c
<
r
<
<
5t
< <
<- <■ »
<: <<
< <^ •
<. t
4r <
1 <
r c
<
'^*
fc^
f c*
< r ^T"
1 •. ■• '#1 J
<i< ccc <:c
Cc ceo
-5 Cc
c«: c cc c(c c -xc
c<c <: c <: cc C-*T<^
v,c<src <^^
c «
^^/:^
%^^^
^L^^ «cc c c
< <(■ cc
Cf c<<.r
<:c<xc
5 '.''<* <<cc«:
C «C C. <.C X
c t <. <:c <
% '<^ 5 <:c <
«-<r «:< < .
- <s '
ct <c cr ^rc<:^
: <cc: <tC<
^CCCCC
f c.c<:c cc c c <
L/: c c <:c cc c
lTc < f ^<L cc c <: c C
c < < <;<! cc <c <r < c
' ■ ' ^ C cci:< <- 1 c
.c cc<r«C <r «^ c
s ^
'CC ccc
c oft- <:.,'-- .
.5, <:«v «: * f
C '
#7~ <■ c<: <
«: <
, -ccc c cc
^ 5
c <? «. ^cc- c
i" ' < c c 4
c *
< *
* «rc
<: CC
^v C
CC r^
Cc c
:< <:
Ct;^ c
<- c<^ r«^c<: A Of dt *c <:< < ^c <
r Cc «^CCC cccc ^ < cccc < Vc a •
SS< <^ <<
S <i<
s <^
cc<r c c< <:<r cc \ c<
_< <:< < c «: <<c «• c «
c cc c <-'• «<: ct <. c o
S c<^ c « c<: cc'cv <: c:
^ Cc <r << c;<: *< «CC'
_; cc c <c <:<: <LCr^cc
-!,<<: < cc c^<l Ccv«C! —
^t Cc^ CO ^c<: «<..<:<<
^cfjce^ c«rc <^«c ^^«^ <^
cccc -err ^ccr" ff'<r<r
cere <ro cct <?^/c .-
. «?c c:<rc c
^<t'C cc c c
*c c<r cr
^cccrrc c
5_< <rv
cars ^
<c. c<: <;<:<aC'
cc c<L <:<«:
< c
<;c <
<c <3fZ '
cdcc^c
^ <rtc: '
«-<r cc
C;r cc
CTCc CC ^
CCCCC c
<^ <:^c<r<r
cc c
;^ Cc«C^ <<lc< CC ^
^ ^ccc ^rcc ccc <
^ _^f 'c ^:t,> c <:c '
^ ^t^c^r^r cere ^
<.g'^<c<rccc^c
_?i <- c<;' < ' .«<.' _^^V
cr ' cc: c ( ' <:' C2 ^ <^
<at^^ « "c <::<7c c cc c / (,
- <^<-C c <? <c
. CT' CC, ct. (c
rx<' .^ <; c OS CC
CC ^c CC c
CC <-( CC Cc
-, C vc ^ dCCc'CC «7-. Cf i^>,'^^
lcc<
c c <-
c c
< < *
C C C!
V. c c.
c <-.C
< 'C c
<?c:
:<rc
:<sc
.'C^C ^
<?c <:
:cc <:
<sc c_
:c< c
cr< <r
ccr«r
CO <<:
CC .^
irICI If ^^'"« ^ ^ «
CC' ''c C3cr<k <^c «rc"c*j«r «"" «^" <-«^
CC- c<jC<t «rc o^ <<^ <r ^ ^
' c <c
c KCC -
=•■ <r.'><c
-'/ CMfcCj
' c^ <:cc :
" C c CCC
c <:<C ^
r: CCC cccrc
c 'CC <:cc '
' CCC dCCCd <X.
-- <C <^ <i c- Cd dC-
t".^ cc «. Cc c ' ' cr" ■
_ ^ ccc «c r' c,<r' '
C'cc <cc <<c ,.<-<:
^c . ccc <xs -sy
^v ccc-«x < ■
?f^M^^ i«c
SMITHSONIAN
VOL. XXIII.
'every man is a valuable member of society WUO by ins OBSEttVATIONS, RESEARCBES,
AND EXPERIMENTS PROCURES KNOWLEDGE FOR MEN." — SMITUSON.
\^^
r
C
WASHINGTON:
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
1882.
^eparfmcTri of fKe S^nfcrior:
U. S. NATIONxVL MUSEUM.
BULLETINS
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
VOLUME II.
(Nos. 11-15.)
PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT TRINTING OFFICE.
1882.
ADVERTISEMENT.
The present series, entitled " Smitlisoniiiu Miscellaneous Collections,"
is intended to embrace all tlie publications issued directly by the Smith -
sonian Institution in 0(;tavo form; those in quarto constituting- the
''Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge." The quarto series in-
cludes memoirs, embracing- the records of extended original investiga-
tions and researches, resulting- in what are believed to be new truths, and
constituting- positive additions to the sum of human knowledge. The
octavo series is designed to contain reports on the present state of our
knowledge of particular branches of science ; instructions for collecting
and digesting facts and materials for research; lists and synopses of
species of the organic and inorganic world ; museum catalogues; reports
of explorations ; aids to bibliographical investigations, etc., generally
prepared at the express request of the Institution, and at its expense.
The assignment of a work to one or the other of the, two series will
sometimes depend upon whether the required illustrations can be i^re-
sented more conveniently in the quarto or the octavo form.
In the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, as well as in the
present series, each article is separately paged and indexed, and the
actual date of its publication is that given on its special title page, and
not that of the ^'olurae in which it is placed. In many cases works
have been published, and largelj' distributed, years before their combi-
nation into volumes.
While due care is taken on the part of the Smithsonian Institution to
insure a proper standard of excellence in its publications, it will be
readily understood that it cannot hold itself responsible for the facts
and conclusions of the authors, as it is impossible in most cases to verify
their statements.
S. F. J5A1RU,
Secretary S. I.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Article I.— Biblioyrapliy of the Fishes of the Pacific Coast of the Uuited States to
thr eutl of 1879. By Theodore Gill. 18ri2. 8vo.,pp. 78. Bulletin of the Xa-
tional Museum, Xo. 11.
Article II. — Contributions to North Auiericaii Ichthyology, based primarily on tht-
collections of the United States National Museum. (Part III.) A. — Ou the Dis-
tribution of the Fishes of the Alleghany Region of South Carolina, Georgia, and
Tennessee, with descriptions of new or little known species. By David S.
Jordan and Alembert W. Bkayton. B. — A Synopsis of the Family Catosto-
midaj. By David S. Jordan. 1878. 8vo., pp. 2:57. BuUefiu of the Xational
Museum, Xo. 12.
Article III. — The Flora of St. Croix; and the Virgin Islands. By Baron II. F. A.
Eor.ERs. 1879. 8vo., pp. 136. BuUetUi of the Xational Museum, Xo. 13.
Article IV. — Catalogue of the Collection to Illustrate the Animal Resources and the
Fisheries of the Uuited States, exhibited at Philadelphia in 1876 by the Smith-
sonian Institution and the United States Fish Commission, and forming apart
of the United States National Museum. Prei)ared under tlie direction of G.
Brown Goode. 1879. 8vo., pp. 367. Bulletin of the Xational Museum, Xo. 14.
Article V. — Contributions to the Natural History of Arctic America, made in con-
nection with the Howgate Polar Expedition, 1877-'78. By Ludwig Ku.mlien.
1879. 8vo., pp. 179. Bulletin of the Xational Museum, Xo. l.">.
CONTEXTS.
KuMLUix, L. Etlmology, mammals, ami birds.
Bean, T. H. Fishes.
Veuiuli,, a. E. Annelides, molliiscoids, ami radiates.
Dall, \Y. n. MoUusks.
Insects :
Edvvauhs, W. n. Diurnal lepidoptera.
SCUDDEK, S. H., and others. Ilymcnoiitcra, uoctuiual li>pidoptera. diptora, cole-
optera, neutoptera, and aiachnida.
Grav, a. Plants.
TucKEUMAN', E. Lichens.
Faklow, W. G. Alga<.
vii
'^ejpavinxiini of flic ^iricrior
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.
11
BULLETIN
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
ISTo. 11.
PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
1882.
ADVERTISEMENT.
This work is tbo eleventh of a series of papers intended to ilhis-
trate the collections of natural history and ethnology belonging to the
United States, and constituting the National Museum, of which the
Smithsonian Institution was placed in charge by the act of Congress of
August 10, 1846.
It has been prepared at the request of the Institution, and i)rint«d by
authority of the honorable Secretary of the Interior.
S. F. BAIRD,
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
Smitusonian Institution,
Washington, February, 1882.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
OF THE
FISHES OF THE PACIFIC COAST
UNITED STATES
THE END OF 1879,
THEODORE OILL.
WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE,
1882.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
OF
THE FISHES OF THE PACIFIC UNITED STATES.
Ball. N. M. N(i. 11—1
PREFATORY.
The scieutilic literature relative to the fishes of the western coast of
North America is of unusually recent, as well as rapid, growth. Noth-
ing exact was known till the present century had I'ar advanced, for the
accounts of the earlier writers, such as Veuegas, intead of enlightening
the reader, convey absolutely false ideas respecting the character of
the ichthyic fauna. Exclusive of incidental notices, the beginnings of
an ichthyography of the northwest coast were first published in 1831
(but printed in 1811) in th(J " Zoographia Rosso- Asiatica " of Pallas;
a few species from British Columbia were described by Richardson in
1S3G, while the fishes of California remained absolutely unknown till 1839,
when a glimpse, but an entirely inadequate one, was furnished by Lay
and Bennett in their notes and account of species collected during the
voyage of the English vessel Blossom. A long silence then supervened,
and, with the excei)tions thus signalized, and the addition by Storer
of a single species of Syngnathus in 184C, west-coast ichthyography
commenced in 1854 with the announcement, by Professor Agassiz, of
the discovery of the remarkable family of Embiotocoids. This was
speedily followed by numerous communications, by Dr. Gibbous, Dr.
Girard, and Dr. Ayres, on new species of fishes, mostly from the Cali-
fornian waters, but partly from the Oregonian ones. As early as 18o8,
nearly 1*00 species had been made known, and the descriptions of most
were collected iu a general report by Dr. Girard. The main features
of the ichthyology of the Pacific slope were then already known; but
more recent laborers have not only extended largely our knowledge
of species, but added a number of entirely new forms, and thrown much
light on the relations of the fish-fauna of that region to others.
The following bibliography is a nearly complete enumeration, in
chronological order, of the memoirs and articles of all kinds that have
been published on the fishes of the region in question. The chrono-
logical order has been determined by the date of reading of the articles
coiniiimiicatod to leiiiiiiHl societies. Ju cases of question of piio.ity,
tlie light depends, of course, on the period of publication ; hut this
is sometimes with great (litliculty ascertainable, aud motives of con-
venience have dictated the sequence a<l()|)ted.
Pel haps some will be disi)i)sed to believe that the compiler has siuued
in redundancy rather than deliciency in this bibliography. The evils
of the former are, however, easily remedied, while those of the latter
must leave the cousulter in more or less doubt. Many popular works
have been catalogued where original information of even slight value
was contained, aud w^hen such works were among the earliest published
on the regions in question. Besides those enumerated, works on Cali-
fornia, too numerous to mention, contain incidental information (very
rarely of any original value, however) respecting the fishes and flsheries
of that State; and a number on the British possessions belong to the
same category. Among those relative to British Columbia au<l Van-
couver's Island worthy to be mentioned, Ifiit not to be particularized,
are the volumes of Win. Carew ilazlitt (1858)^ J. Desford Pembertou
(18G0), Duncan George Forbes Macdonald (18G2), Capt. C. E. Barrett
Lennard (18G2), Alexander Kattray (1802), Com. R. C. Mayne (18G2),
G. M. Sproat (18G8), Francis Poole (1872), and Capt. W. F. Butler
(1873).
The titles of the (io\eriiuient ])ublications are taken from a iikuiu-
script compilation embracing notices of all the reports published by
the General and State governments on scientific explorations, and
intended to be more particular than the present work. They are
retained with the bars ( | ), indicating the distribution on the title
pages of the lines, etc.
Several societies have, or have had, the custom of publishing com-
munications, sometimes of an elaborate and extended nature, without
any titles. This strange and senseless mode of procedure seems to
have originated in some freak or allectation of modesty on the part of
authors, perhaps, rather than a deliberate intention to shirk labor or
confuse matters. Confusion and troul)lt' to others are nevertheless the
result of this vicious negligence, ami a conse(iuenco is an ignoring of
the papers thus unentitled or an irreconcilable variation of titles in
<lin'ereiit bibliographies. Whether the custom originates with authors
or not, the assumption of it is discreditable to the editor or editois ol
the i)ublications adopting it. A number of the papers here recorded
belong to this categorv of the unentitled or disentitled : the titles lol
lowing preceded by an asterisk (*) are selected from the remarks pre-
fatory to the paper in the proceedings, and those i)receded by a
dagger { + ) have been composed bj' the present writer, since nothing
intelligible precedes the papers themselves. It is to be hoped that the
senseless and causeless sin in question may speedily be discontinued.
There is no reason why any one should be conii)clled to read the whole
of an article (as is sometimes necessary) to obtain an idea of what the
paper relates to; and the ''Catalogue of Scientific Papers (1S00-18G3)
compiled and published by the Koyal Society of Loudon" shows how a
bibliography edited under the best auspices may be involved in grave
errors by the negligence adverted to.
TITLES OF WOllKS.
lYST — Noticia de la California, y de su conquista temporal y espiritual hasta el
tiempo preseate. Sacada de la historia manuscripta, formada en Mexico
auo de 1739. por el Padre Miguel Venegas, do la CouipaDia de Jesus ; y de
otras Noticias, y Relacioues antiguas, y modornas. Auadida de alguuosinapas
particulares, y uuo geueral de la America Septentrional, Asia Oriental, y
Mar del Sur interniedio, formados sobre las M' morias mas recieutcs, y exactas,
que so publican juutamente. Dedicada al Rey N.*^" Senor por la Provincia
de Nueva-Espana, de la Compaiiia de Jesus. Tomo primero [ — Touio ter-
cero]. — Con licencia. En Madrid : En la Imprenta de la Vinda de Manuel
Fernandez, y del Supremo Conaejo de la Inquisicion. Auo do M.D.CCLVII.
[8°, 3 vols.]
[Trauslated as follows:— J
.V Natural and Civil History of California: containing an accurate descrip-
tion of that country, its soil, mountains, harbours, lakes, rivers, and seas 5
its animals, vegetables, minerals, and famous fishery for pearls. The cus-
toms of the inhabitants, their religion, government, acd manner of living,
before their conversion to the Christian religion by the missionary Jesu-
its. Together with accounts of the several voyages and attempts made for
settling California, aud taking actual surveys of that country, its gulf, aud
coast of the South-Sea. Illustrated with copperplates, and an accurate
map of the country and adjacent seas. Translated from the original Span-
ish of Miguel Venegas, a Mexican Jesuit, published at Madrid 175d. — In
two voluuu-s. — Vol. I[ — II]. = London : printed for James Rivington and
James Fletcher, at the Oxford Theatre, in Pater-Noster-Row. 1759. [8°,
vol. i, 10 1., 455 pp., 1 pi. ; vol. ii.]
[Tbe only references to fishes are aa f jllows (v. i, pp. 47-48) :— " But if the soil of Cali-
fornia be in general barren, the scarcity of provisions is supplied by the adjacent sea ; for
both in tlie Pacificl; ocean and the Gulf of California, the niultitndo and variety of fishes
are incredible. Father Antonio de la Asccncion, speakinj; of tho bay of San Lucas
[Lower California], says, ' With the nets which every shii) carried, they caught a great
quantity of fish of different kinds, and all ■wholesome and palatable : particularly holy-
buss, salmon, turbots, skates, pilchards, large oysters, thorubacks, mackerel, barbels,
bonetos, soals, lobsters, and pearl oysters.' And, speaking of tho bay of San Francisco,
on the western coast, ho adds: ' Hero arc such multitudes of fish, that with a net, which
tho commodore had on'board, more was caught every day than tho ship's company could
make use of: and of these a great variety, as crabs, oysters, breams, mackerel, cod, bar-
bels, thonihacks, (fcc' And in other parts he makes mention of the infinite number of
sardines, which are left on the sand at tho ebb, and so exquisite that those of Laredo in
Spain, then famous for this fish, do not exceed them. Nor are fish less plentiful along tho
gulf [of California], where to tho above mentioned species Father I'icolo adds, tunnies,
anchovies, and others. Even in the rivulets of this peninsula are found barbels aud cray-
fish : but tho most distinguished fish of both seas are tho whales ; which induced the
ancient cosmographersto call California, Punta de Balenas, or Capo Whale: and these fish
being found iu multitudes along both coasts, give name to a channel in the gulf, and a
bay in tho South sea" (v. i, pp. 47-48).]
1772— V^oyage on Califoniie pour I'observation <lii pa«snge do VilniiHsur 1»' disque dn
suleil, le :{ jiiin 17GU; contenant les observatioiiH de cc pht^nomeno et la dis-
ciii»t:oii historique do la route do raiit«Mir ii travors Ic Mexicpie. Par fon M.
Chappe d'Auteroche, . . . Rddigd et publit^ par M. do Cassini lils . . .
A i'aiis: clicz (Jliarlea-Autoino Jombcrt. MDCCLXXII. [4'=, half-title,
title, 170 [2] pp., plan, and "J pi. — 8abiu.]
[Trnnslnti'd as follows:—]
A Voyage to California, to observe tbe Transit of Venns. By Mens. Cbappe
d'Auteroche. With an historical description of the authors route
through Mexico, and the natural history of that province. Also, a voyage
to Newfoundland and Sallee, tu make experiments on Mr. Le Roy's time
keepers. By Monsieur do Cassini. London: i)rintedfor Edward and Charles
Dilly, In The Poultry. MDCCLXXVIII. \_t^, 4 p. 1., 31;', j.p., witii "plan
of City of Mexico ".]
Extract of a letter from Mexico addressed to the Koyal Acaih'iny of Sci-
ences at Paris, by Don Joseph Anthony de Alzate y Ramyrez, now
a correspondent of the said academy, containing some curious particu-
lars relative to the natural history of the country adjacent to the City
of Mexico, pp. 77-105.
[It is nndiMibteilly this work ihat is meant in the statement that bas so largely {jone tbo
round.1 of the periodical press, to the effect tb;it the Californiau viviparous fishes were ob-
served dnrinfi the voyage for the observation of the transit ofVenus to Lower California,
nU'J. A perusal of the accounts given, however, renders it evident that the fi-shes in qnes-
tion were not Embiotocids but rather Cjpriuodontids, probably of the genus Mollienesia.
The account by Don Alzate (pp. 89-91) is as follows: —
'• I send you some viviparous scaly fishes, of which I had formerly given you an acconui.
What 1 have observed in them this year is—' If you press the belly with your lingers, yon
force out the fry before their time, and upon inspecting them through the microscope you
may discern the circulation of the blood, such as it is to be when the fish is grown up.' If
you throw these little fishes into water, Ihey will swim as well as if they h.id been long
accustomed to live in that element. The flns and tail of the males are larger and blacker
than those of the females, so that the sex is easily distinguished at first sight. These fish
have a singular manner of swimming ; the male and the female swim together on two par-
allel lines, the female alwaj's uppermost and the male undermost; they thus always keep
at a constant uniform distance from each other, and preserve a perfect parallelism. The
female never makes the least motion, either sideways or towards the bottom, but directly
the male does the same."
To this account is added a foot-note (p. 90) containing the following additional informa-
tion:—
" Don Alzate has sent those fishes preserved in spirits; their skin is covered with very
•mall .scales ; they vary in length from an inch to eighteen lines, and they are seldom above
five, six, or seven lines in the broadest pari. They have a fin on each side near the gills,
two small ones under the belly, a single one behind the anus, which lies between the fin
and the single one; the tail is not fuikcd ; lastly, this fish has a long fin on the back, n
little above tbe fin, whirh is under the belly.
"We know of some viviparous fishes in our seas, such as loach, ic. most of these have
a smooth skin without any scales. The needle of Aristotle is viviparous, and yet covere<l
with broa<l and hard scales, I have caught .some that had young on<<s still in their womb.
Ah to these viviparous fishes, it is a particular ami new sort, and we are obliged to Don
Alz:ite for making us acquainted with it. It breeds in a lake of fresh water near the City
of Mexico."
This is, so far as known, the earliest notice of the viviparity of CyJirinodontids. The
mode of consorting together (exaggerated in the account) is common to n number of rep-
resentatives of the family, and is alluded to by Prof. Agassiz in a name {Zygonectet, i. e.
swimming in ])airs) conferred on one of the genera of the family.]
I^ON— Piscium Camt.schaticorutu ITcrpuk'] et [_Wachnja'\. Descriptiones et iconos
auctore ["W". G.] Tilesio. D. 2G Octobri 1808. Conventui eshib. die 2 Not.
1808. <M<''m. Acad. .Sei. Pelersb., v. 2, pp. 3:i5-375, 1810, viz:—
I. llt'xagraiumos Stelleri, Russis Torpuc dictns novum genus piscium
Camtschaticoruui. pp. 33r>-340, tab. 15.
II. Diniensiones piacis, bc-ato Stftllero Hexagraniinos asper dicti, Rossis
Teerpuk [_Terpiik^ i. o. lima (captus d. 20 Maij 1741 in portn Divi Petri
et Pauli i)oiulbbat poudere medicinuli duas usque ad sex uucias). pp.
340-:}41.
III. Hcxagrammos Stelleii, qua^nam genera sit interponendus cuinam
classi ordinique systematico sit inserendus. Labrax Pallassii (vid. ej.
Monograph.), pp. 34-i-:?4:?.
IV. Descriptio Stelleri anno 1741 concepta. pp. 343-347
V. Observationes anatomicjB. pp. 347-349.
VI. Wachnja Camtschatica est Gadus dor.-^o tripterygio, CalJariis spe-
ciatini Lusco affinis. pp. 350-353, tab. Ki, 17.
VII. Wachnia) Camtscbaticse altera species, (Gadus gracilis iuilii,)qu» ab
indigenisCaratscbaticis acqueUacbal, Rossis \Vacbuja[ TFachuJa'] dicitur,
dimensionibus ilbistrata. pp. 354-356, tab. 18.
VIII. Stelleri Descriptio piscis ovo^ sivo asiui autiquoruni. Turnerl ad
Gesneruin aselli 3 sivi .^glefini Rondelet et Gesneri. yEgletiui Bellonii,
Anglorutn Hadok, Russis Wachnja [ Wachvja'\ dicti corrup(a voce Itael-
mannica, in qua tJakal audit, pp. :>56-359.
IX. Observationes anatomicse. pp. 360-363.
X. Observationes ex aliorum individuorum ejusdem specie! dissectionibus,
pp. 363-364.
XI. Ad bistoriam Gadi dorso tripterygio ore cirrato caudo a;qnali fere cum
radio prinio spinoso (Kabeljau vel Cabiljau Bolgarum) (Gadus morrhua
L. Bloch. tab. 64), adhuc anuotata sequentia. pp. 364-370.
XII. Annotationes anatomiciB. pp. 370-371.
XIII. Tabularuu) explicatio. pp. 37'2-375.
1809 — Labraces, novum genus piscium, occani orientalis, auctoro P. S. Pallas.
Conventui exhib. die 5 Julii 1809. <^M^m. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb.,v. 2,
pp. 382-398, 1810.
[^T. 8p. L. decagrammus, L. superciliosus, L. monopterygiiis.]
Description de quelques poissons observes pendant son voyage autour du
nionde. Par W. G. Tilesius. <^ M^m. Soc. Imp. des Naturalistes de Moscou.
• t. 2, ])p. 212-249, with 5 pL, 1809.
1811 — Iconum et Descriptionum piscium Camtschaticoruin continuatio fcrtia lenta-
men monograpbite generis Agoni Blochiani sistens. Auctore [W. G. ] Tile-
sio. Cnm tabulis vi ajneis. — Conventui exhibita die 11 Decenibris 1811.
<M6m. Acad. Sci. Pdtersb., v. 4, pp. 406-478, 1813, viz:—
Dc novis piscium generibus, Agono Blochii et Phalangiste eel. Pallasii,
propter synonymiam coujugendis. pp. 406-4.54.
Appendix de Cyprino rostrato et cultrato, Trachino trichodoute et Epene-
jdielo ciliato. pp. 454-457.
Descriptio Cyprini rostrati Tiingusis ad Covymam fluv. 'I'scbukutscbam et
Jucagiris Onatscha dicti. pp. 457-474, tab. xv, iig^. 1-5.
Epinephelus ciliatus Canitschaticus et Americanus. pp. 474-478, tab. xvi,
fig. 1-6.
Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, sistens Omnium Aninialium in extenso imperio
Rossico et adjacentibus maribns observatorum Recensionem, Domicilia,
Mores et Descriptiones, anatomen atqne Icones plurimorum. Auctoro
10
Petro Pallas, K(i. Aiir. Acadomico-Petroiiolitaiio.— Volnmeu tertium.— Pctro-
lioli ill OlliciiKi Caes. Acaileruiai SLicutianiui Impress. M.DCC.CXI. Edit.
MDCCCXXXI. [4°, vii, 4'2H, cxxv pp., G pi.]
[Ab indiiatofl ou tlio title-page, tbu " Zoograiiliia Rosso- Asiatica " was not rogularly
published till in:tl, bnt was priDted in 1811, anil was only (litsuDcil by tho loss of tbo cop-
per-plitft*. The Ictti'i-prcss was, bowevcr, to a sligbt extent, distribiitcil befiiro the roR-
ular publication of tho edition, and a cojiy v.as possessed by Cuvier, who has given a
suniniury of tbo third vobinio in the Ilistoiro Xaturelle dcs Poissons (t. 1, pp. CCO-201).
Dtscribes species of which specimen bad been obtained from the llussian possessions
in Nortli western America. The following are published as if new, although several had
previously been described : —
Phalangictcs acipeimenmut (yi. 110, pi. 17).
Cottiis pulijacanllwcephalus ([>. I'i'i, \t\. ;JJ).
Cottua platycephalus (p. i:)5, pi. 24).
Coitus ti-achurits (p. i:W, pi. 23).
CoUim pixtUlijcr (p. 14 1, pi. 20, f. 3, 4).
lilenniug dolichoganter (p. 175, pi. 42, f. 2).
BlenniuJi anriniUariii (p. 17C, pi. 42, f. 3).
Gadug wachna (p. 182, pi. 44).
Gadus pygmceiLS (p. lOit).
OaduH fimbria (p. 200).
Ammodiitcx hexaptcrus (p. 226).
Ammodytes xeptipinnis (p. 227, pi. 4H, f. 3).
Traehiimii Irichodon (p. 235, pi. 50, f. 1).
Trachimm cirrhogtu (p. 237, pL 5'\, f. 2).
Perca variabilin (p. 241).
Labrax (tecwirammus (p. 278, pi. G2, f. 2).
La'jrax aupercilios-un (.'. 279, pi. 03, f. 1).
Labrax inonopterygiun (p. 281, pi. 03, f. 4).
Labrax octogrammtts (p. 2*3, pi. 04, f. 1).
Salmo lagocephalus (p. 372, pi. 77, f. 21.
Salmo proteus (p. 37fi, pi. 78, f. 2, p'. 79).
Pleuronecteji quadrilubercu'.atxis (p. 42?).
PleuroncctM cicatricosm (p. 424).
Tho plates referred to were never published.
The only other species signalized as inbabitanta of ihe ATierican waters are the fol-
lowing: —
Ti'aja batii (p. 57).
Salmo socialis (p. 389, pi. 81, f. 2).
PlexiTonecte* stcllatus (p. 410).
Pleuronectes hippoglossus (p. 421).]
•
IWl I— History | of | tlio expedition | under the command of | Captains Lewis and
Clark, 1 to | the sources of the Missouri, | thence | across the Rocky Mount-
ains I and down the | River Colnnihia to the Pacific Ocean. | Performed
dnrin;; the jears 1804-5-6. | By order of the | Government of the United
States. I Pre|»ared for tlie press | hy Paul Allen, Ksqiiire. | In two volumes.
I Vol. 1[— II]. I Philadelphia: | Pnldished by Bradford ami Inkskeep; and |
Ahm. II. In.ski-ep, Newyork. | J. Maxwell, Printer. | 1^14. [t°, vol. i, Ixxviii,
470 pp., maps; vol.ii, ix,.')2"i pp., maps.]
(Vol. ii, chap, vii, contains "A general description of tbe beasts, birds, aad jilants,
(fee, found by tho party in this expedition" (pp. 148-201). Incidental allusions and <iuaai-
descriptions of a popular kind are given of i^onie flshes, but nothing of an ex ct iiaturo is
mnde known.
" An acc/iuiii of tbo various publications re'atirg to tho travels of Lewis anil Clarke,
with a coiunieutary on tho zoological reaulta of their expedition", has been pnbli.shed by
Dr. Elliott Coucs, U.S.A. (Ball. U.' S. Oool. and Oeog. Surv. Terr., v. 1, pp. 417-444, Fob.
8. 1876).]
IS 20— Relation d'lin voyajje i\ la cAte dn nord-onest de rAra^riquo Rpptentrionale
dans h's aniK^es lHlO-1814. Par G.ibriel Frauch^re. [R<5dig6 par Michel
Bibaml.] Montrdal, Id'iO. [S-, -J-l pp.— Sabin.]
11
[Translated as follows:— ]
Narrativo of a voyage to the northwest coast of America in the years 1811,
181:2, 181:5, aud 1814, | or the first American settlement on the Pacific | By
Gabriel Franchere | Translated and < dited by J. V. Hnntington | — | Red-
field I 110 and 11-2 Nassau street, New York | 1854. [l'2c, 370 pp., 3 pi.]
[The salmon is noticed in chapter 18.1
1§22— Voyage pittoresqno antonr dn nioiide, avec des portraits de eauvages d'Am<5-
riqne, d'Asie, d'Afriquo, et des lies du grand oc6an ; des pay.sages, des vues
maritimes, et jilusienrs objets d'histoire naturelle; accompagiu; de descrip-
tions par M. le Baron Ciivier, et M. A. de Chamisso, et d'observatious sur les
cranes humains par M. le Docteur Gall. Par M. Lcuis Choris, Peintre. —
Paris, de I'iniprimeriede Firmiu Didot, . . . 1822. [Fol., 2 p. 1., vi pp.-f [i],
12 pi., 17 pp.+[ii], 10 pi., 20 pp.-f-Liii], 14 pi., 10, 3 pp.-|-[iv], 18 pi., 24 pp.+
[V], 19 pi., 22 pp. + [vi], 23 pi., 28 pp. -f [vii], 7 pi., 19 pp.]
[Partie vi.] Chapeau de bois, sur lequel sont peiutes divers aiiiinaux ma-
rins. Planche v. Par G. Cuvier. pp. 21-22.
[Cnvier considers that one of the iigures (h) represents a Diodon, and such seems to be
the case; but no species of that type has been fonnd so far northward as Unalnshlta,
•where the hat was obtained. ("En h, est un Diodon ou orbe 6pin(us, qui est pris k la
ligue tandis qne les grands c6tac63 du reste de co tableau sont poursuivis avec des lances"
(p. 2-').]
1823 — Account | of | an expedition | from | Pittsburgh to the Eocky Mountains, |
Ijerformed in the years 1819 and '20, | by order of j the Hon. J. C. Calhoun,
Sec'y of War : | under the command of | Major Stephen H. Long. | From
the notes of Major Long, Mr. T. Say, and other gen- | tlenien of the exploring
party. | — | Compiled | hy Edwin James, | botanist arid geologist for the
expedition. | — | In two vols. — With an atlas. | Vol.11. | — | Philadelphia: |
H.C.Carey and J.Lea, Chesuut St. | 1823. [2 v., 8°. Vol. i, 2 p. 1., 503 pp. ;
vol. ii, 3 p. 1., 442 pp.]
1828 — Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le Bo" Cuvier, . . . ; et par JI. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome premier. A Paris, chez F. G. Lcvi.iult, . . . ,
1828.* [8" ed. xvi, 574 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xiv, 422 pp., 1 1.— pi. 1-8 (double).]
Livre premier. — Tableau historiquo des iirogres de Fichthyologie, dcpuis
. son originejusqir'^ nos jours.
Livre deuxibme. — Idee gduerale de la nature et de I'orgauisation des pois-
sons.
[Pallas' "Zoo;;raphia Ko.sso-Asiatica" noticed at pp. 200-201.]
Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome deusiilime. A Paris, chez F. G. Levrault, . . .
1828. [8^ ed. xxi, (1 1.), 490 pp. ; 4° ed. xvii, (1 1.), o71 pp.— pi. 9-40.]
Livre troisieme. — Des poissons de la faiiiille des Perches, ou des Percoi-
des. [Par Cuvier.]
[Xo west-coast species specified.]
1829 — Histoire Naturelle des Poisson.s, ])ar M. le r.0" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes Tome troisiiiuie. A Paris, chez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,
1829. [8^ ed. xxviii, 500 pp., 1 1. ; 4° ed. xxii, (1 1.), 368 pp.— pi. 41-71.]
Livre troisieme. — Des poissons de la famille des Perches, on des Percoides.
[Par Cuvier.]
[X. sp. n.ame, Trichodon Stclleri, based on Trachinus trichodon Pallas. 1
12
l»a9— Histoire Xaf iip'lli' des Poissons, par M. Ic IJ°" Cuvier, . . . ; ot. par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tomo quutriemc. A Pari.s, cUez F. G. Levranlt, . . . ,
IH'J'J. [> vi\ xxvi,(l l.),ul8 pp.; 4- ed. xx,(l 1.), 379pp.— pl.72-'Jl),0~ bis.^
I.,i\•rlMlIIat^i^Inc.— Des AcantboptcrygieiiH a jonccnirassi^e. [FarCnvipr.]
[jr. up. Cottits vrntralui, ITemilcpidnttai Tilesii]
Zoologischer Atlas, eiilballeiul Abbildiingeii und Bestbrcibiiiij^en neucrTbJer-
artt-n, wiibrcnd de.s Flotlcapitains vou Kotzebue zweiter Iiei.<u um die
Welt, auf der Kussisch-Kaiserlicben Krii'j^.sscbliipp Predpriatii- in den
.lahreu 1823-1820 beobacbtet von Dr. Friedr. Eschscholtz, Prolessor nnd
Director des zoologisehen Musennis an der Universitiit zii Dorpat, Mitgli<>d
uirbrerer gelcbrten Gesellscbaftcn, Euss. Kais. Hofratbo nnd Kitter di-s
Onlens des b.il. Wladiinir. Drittes Ileft.— Biirlin, 1829. Gcdruckt nnd
Ve.-legt bci G. Reinier. [Im>1., title, 18 pp., pi. U-l.'j.]
[X. Bp. BU-pnias vcntricosits (p. 4, pi. 1.3), on which was subsi'qnt'ntly based thu geniiH
TemnUiia of UirhariUoD ]
l§30— Histoiro Naliirtlle des Poissons, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; ct i)ar M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome cinqnit-nie. A P.-ris, <bi,z V. G. Levranlt, . . . ,
16:J0. [8^ ed. xxviii, 499 pp., 2 1. ; 4" ed. xx, 374 pp., 2 1.— pi. 100-14(1.]
Livre cinciniiinie. — Des Sci6aoide8. [Par Cnvier.]
[Xo wt'St-coast species noticed.]
HisToire Natnrello des Poissons, par M. Ic B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tomo sixieme. A- Paris, chez Y. G. Levrault. . . . ,
1830. [8^ ed. xxiv, 559 pp., 3 1. ; 4° od. xviii, (3 1.), 470 pp.— pi. 141-1(;9. Hi2
bis, 11)2 ter, 162 qnater, IU7 bis, 168 bis.]
Livro sixieme. — (Part e I. — Des Sparoides. Partie II.— Des Mi'nidtv*.)
[Par Cuvier et Valenciennes.]
[Xr> west-coast species noticed ]
1831— Ilistoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome septieme. A Paris, cbez l'\ G. Levranlt. . . . ,
18.11. [8° ed. xxix, 531 pp., 3 1.; 4° ed. xxii, (3 1.), 3t>9 pp.— pi. 170-208.]
Livre septieme. — Des Squamipennes. [Par Cuvier ?]
Livre buitieme. — Des poissons ;\ pbaryngiens labyrintliiforines. fP.ir
Cuvier?]
[No west-coast species noticed.]
Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M.le B°" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome hnititjme. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrjiiilt, . . . ,
l-t:;i. [-- e.l. xix, (2 1.), 509 pp. ; 4^ ed. xv, (2 I.), 375 pp.— pi. 209-24.").]
Livre nenvieme. — Des Scomb6roTdes. [Par Cuvier et Valenciennes."]
(X>) west-coast species noticed.]
Zoograpbia Uosso-Asiatica. See 1811.
iNSiS—Histoire Nat ureilo des Poissons, ])ar M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; tt par M. Valen-
ciennes Tome nenvieme. A Paris, cbez V. G. Levrault, . . . ,
1833. [8^ ed. xxix, 512 pp., 1 1.; 4'= ed. xxiv, (1 1.), 379 pp.— pi. 240-279.]
Livre nenviferae. — Des 8comb6roides. [Par Cuvier et Valenciennes.]
[Xo wost-coost Hpecios noticed.]
13
1835— Histoire NaturelledesPoissons, par M. lo B°° Cuvier, . . . ; et pur M. Valen-
ciennes Tome dixiemc. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,
1835. LS° cd. xxiv, 482 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xis, (1 1.), 358 pp.— pi. 280-306.]
Suite du livro iieuvioiue — Des Seomb^roides. [Par Cuvicr ct Valen-
ciennes?]
Livre dixie ase. — De lafamille des Teutliies. [Par Cuvier et Valenciennes?]
Livre onzi^mo. — De la faniille des Tteuio'ides. [Par Cuvier et Valen-
• ciennes?]
Livre douziiime. — Des Atherines. [Par Cuvier et Valenciennes ?]
[No -west-coast species noticed.]
1836 — Fauna Boreali-Americaua ; or the Zoology of the Northern Parts of British
America : containing descriptions of the objects of Natural History collected
on the late northern land expeditions under command of Captain Sir John
Franklin, R. N. Part third. The Fish. By John Richardson, M, D., F. R.
S.,F. L. S., Member of the Geographical Society of London, and Werneriau
Natural History Society of Edinl)nrgh ; Honorary Member of the Natural
History Society of Montreal, and Literary and Philosophical Society of Que-
bec; Foreign Member of the Geographical Society of Paris; and Correspond-
ing member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ; Surgeon
and Naturalist to the Expeditions. — Illustrated by numerous plates. — Pub-
lished undt-r the authority of the Right Honourable the Secretary of State
for Colonial Affairs. — Loudon : Richard Bentley, New Burlington street,
MDCCCXXXVI. [4°, pp. XV, 3-^7 (-fl) pp., '24 pi. (numbered 74-97).]
[N. g. and n. sp. Temnislia, (n. g., 50), Oyprinus (Leuciscua) gracilis (120), Sahno Scouleii
(158,2-23), Salmo quinnat (219), Sahno Oairdneri (221), Salmo paucidens (222), Salmo tsup-
pitch (224), Sahno Clarlcii (225, ;i07), Sahno (Mallotux?) pacijicus (226), Acipe7iser iransmon-
taniig (278), Petromyzon tridenfafus (-JiKi) ; (Addenda:) Coitus anper (205,313), Cyprinus
(Abramis) balteatus (301), Cy%)rinus (Leuciscus) caurir.us (:i04), Cyprinua (LeucUcus) orego-
nensis (305).]
Report on North American Zoology. By John Richardson, M. D., P. R. S.
■^ Rep. 6th meeting Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Aug. 1836, ^= v. 5, pp. 121-224, 1837.
Pisces, pp. 202-223.
Astoria, or anecdotes of an enterprise beyond the Rocky Mountains. By
Washington Irving. [1st ed.] In two volumes. Vol. I [ — II]. Phil-
adelphia : Carey, Lea «& Blauchard. 1836. [2 vols., S'^. Vol. i, 285 pp.;
vol. ii,271) i)p., 1 map folded.]
[The fishes and fiehciies, especially salmon, are noticed in vol. 2, chapters and 14.]
Histoire Naturello des Poissous, par M. le B<"' Cuvier, . . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome onzieme. A Paris, cluz F. G. Levrault, . . . ,
1&3G. [8° ed. XX, 506 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xv, (11.), 373 pp.— pi. 307-343.]
Livre troisi^me. — Des Miigiloides.
Livre quatorzi^sne. — De ia famille des Gohioules.
• [No west-coast species noticed.]
1837 — Histoire Naturello des Poissons, i»ar M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tome d uzieme. A Paris, ehez F. G. Levrault, . . . , 1837.
[8° ed. xxiv, 507 -f 1 pp. ; 4° ed. xx, 377 pp., 1 1.— pi. 344-3G8.]
Suite du livre quatorzieme.— Gobioides.
Livre quiuziem-j. — Bes Acanthopterygiens a pectorales pedieul(5es.
1839— Histoire Naturelle des Poissous, par M. le B°" Cuvier, . . . ; et par IM. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tome troisieme. A Paris, cht z Pitois-LovranU et C°, ■ • . ,
• 183'J. [83 ed. xix, .505 pp., 11.: 4*^ ed. xyii, 370 pp.— pi. 369-.:(88.]
Livre seizicme — Labroides.
[No west-coast species noticed.]
14
1M39 — Hisroiro Nutiuello des Poissons, par M. lo B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et pur M. Valen-
cieunes, . . . Toiiioquatorziciao. A. Paris, cliuz Pitois-Li-viaultet C, . . . ,
l^A'J. [HJ ,.(1. xxii, 1(14 pp., :{ 1. ; 4^ «>d. xx, 344 pp., :{ 1.— pi. ;!8'J-4-^0.]
Suite (111 livri! .suiziomo. — Labruitlcs.
Livio <lix-.scphiOiiU'. — Dcs Malaco{iU;i.vjjien8. Des Siluroidcs.
(No wc.Ht-coast species iKitici'd J
TLe Zoology of Cai)t:iiii IJi-echuy's Voyago; compiled from tlic collections and
uotes mado by Captain Beecbcy, tbo otficcrs anJ naturalist of tbo Expe-
dition, during a Voyage to tbe Pacilic and Bebring's .straits performed in
bis M.ijesty's Sliip Blossom, uudor tbe command of Captain F. W. IJeechey,
R. N., F. R. S., &.C., &c. in tbe years 1825, 26, 27, and 28. By J. Ricbardson,
M. D., F. R. S., &.C. ; N. A. Vigors, E^iq., A. M., F. R. S., &.c. ; G. T. Lay, Esq. ;
E.T. Bennett, Esq., F. L. S., &c.; tbo Rev. W. Bucklaud, D. D., F. R. S.,
F. L. S., F. G. S., »fcc. and G. B. Sowerby, Esq. — Illustrated witb upwards of
fifty finely coloured plates, by Soworby. — Publisbed under tbo autbority of
tbe Lords Commissioners of tbo Admiralty. = London : Henry G. Bobu, 4,
York Street, Coveut G.irden.— MDCCCXXXIX.
Fisbes; by G. T. Lay, Esq., jiiid E. T. Bennett, Esq., F. L. S.,&c. pp.
41-75, pi. l.VilJ.
[N. sp. Ohimcera colliei (p. 71, pi. 2!).
Th'is voliirao is intercstiu;; .is boinj; tlio first publication in which any attempt haa boen
madu to scieutitically indicate the fitthesof the coast. Tbo "uaturulist" of the expedi(iou
wa.s, however, iticoiiipotent for the tusk, a\u\ tbo notes taken evinco that he was not
snfliciently verseil in the riidimenta of ichthyology to know what to obaervo. Neverthe-
less, Ihu notes have an interest', if not of importance, enough to tran.scribo what relates
to the regions in question : —
"Otr Saint Lawrence Island wa^ caught, in the dri-ds^o a fish apparently allied to the
genii.s Liparis, Art. It had the 'ventral tins p'aced before the pectorals, but united and
coutiouous with tlieui; aflat, raised, and rou;,;h tubercle, of nearly tlio diameter of an
En;;liHh sixpeiici!, was seated forward between the pectorals, its anterior jiart reaching as
far as the veiitrals; this may boof use in copulation : its caca wen^ pretty numerous.' — C.
The roughness of this tubercle renders it dillicult to refer the fish to any known species;
but it is i)robabIy nearly related to the Cyclopterwi gelatmoniu, I'M., n Xipart« which is
known to inhabit the seas in which this was obtained. The existence of cteca removes it
from Lcpadogaster, Gouan.
"Kotzehue Sound affonled a specimen of a new species of Ophidium, L., the Oph. ttiijtnn.
" On the coast of California, a little to the northwards of tho harbour of San Francisco,
ail OrUtaf}orUeiui wa< nu^t with, app.\rently tho Orth. inola., lU. They swam about the
ship Willi the dorsil tin frequently elevated above tbe surface." (p. .50.)
"Oa tho coast of California, at Monterey, Mr. Collie's notes mention the occurrence of
[1] a species of Sp'trtm. of two Scombri, and of a Clupea. [i] The lirst of the Seombrida; is
apparently a Scomber, Cnv. ; it was 'smaller than tlio mackerel; it was marked on the
back with cross waved narrow bands of black and greenish blue; its first dorsal fin had
nine spines, and there were four small ]iinnules behind tlii> second dorsal and tho anal: it
had a simple air-bladder of moderate size, and an iininiMise number id' fceca, with a stomach
cs^teuding the whole lengtli of the ahdoineii, narrow, tapjring lo tho |)osterior part, and
cov»red throughout nearly its whnlo length with the mill.? Its internal meiiibriiiie forms
longitadinal folds; the intestines have three convolutions.'— C. This fisli occurred iu
shoals. [.)) Tho seoimd species was met with but once. It is a Caratur, Cuv., of which
'the teeth in the upper maxillary are scarcely to be felt: tho pectorals reach nearly to o]*-
posite the anus: a doulile narrow stripe of di-epcr blue than tho general surface runs back-
wards on each side of the llrst dorsal fin to o)i|Hisite its termination, tin- two jMrts being
separatwl by a bro-id line of dirty while, which has a narrow, dark-coloured line along its
middle: there are no distinct divisions in the anal and second dorsal tins: the uir-bladder
is simple, and small, and extends from the/oiiCf-x to the anuji ; the stomach is niiii'h shorter
than In the pncediiig species; the etrra, althoiigli iiiinierous, are le.ss .so tliitii in it. ami the
lnl(«aline is folded in lhi> same niaaner."— C. From the nature of the colouring nf this fish,
as dotcribod by Mr. (JoUie, there can bo little doubt of it« coDstitutiog a tlistinct specica.
15
[4] Alonj; with the first species of Scomber, there occurred in shoak a small species of
Clnpea, L., ' without teeth ; with the dorsal fin a little before the ventral ; and with the back
dark jireenish blue, and having one lino and i)art of anotlier of ronndort black spots on
each side nearly on a level with the eye: tho };jill membranes contain six rays, and overlap
each other at their lower part ; the stomach resembles that of the (irst Scomber ; it has also
numerous ceeca ; the air-bladder is small and tapering.' — U. The other fishes observed at
Monterey were [5] a new species of Ckirncera, Cu v., differing essentially from tho Chimcera
of the Atlantic, and approaching somewhat in tho position of its second dorsal fin to the
Callorhynchus, Cuv. ; [OJ a species of Torpedo, Dam.; and [TJ a Eaia " (pp. 5>!-55).]
1839— Narrative of a Journey across the Eocky Mountains, to the Columbia Eiver,
and a Visit to the Sandwich Lshnids, Chili, «&c. With a Scientilic Appendix.
By John K. Townsend, ]Meuil)er of tho Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. Philadelphia: Henry Perliius, 1:34 Chestnut street. Boston:
Perkins & Marvin.— 1839. [8°, 352 pp.]
[A few incidental popular notices of salmoa and trout are given.]
[Reprinted in England under the following title :— ]
Sporting Excursions in the Rocky Mountains, including a Jouruey to the
Columbia River, and a Visit to the Sandwich Islands, Chili, &c. By J. K.
Towslieud [sjc.'], Esq. In two volumes. Vol. I [ — II]. London: Henry
Colburn, Publisher, Great Marlborough Street. 1840. [d^^. Vol. i, xii [4-i],
31'2 pp., 1 pi.; vol. ii, xii, 310 pp., 1 pL]
[In vol. i, chap. 7, are given details respecting salmon .and the mode of catching them,
and tho frontispiece illustrates a native woman "spearing tho salmon ".]
B 840 — Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. lo Bo" Cuvier, . . .; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tome quinziiiiue. A Pari.s, chez Ch. Pitois, editeur, . . . ,
ld40. [8° ed. xxxi, .')1U pp., 1 1. ; 4" ed. xxiv, 397 pp.— pi. 4-31-4,j."i.]
Suite du livre dix-septieme. — Siluroides.
[No west-coast species noticed.]
Narrative of a whaling voyage round the globe, from the year 1833 to 18^Ci,
comprising sketches, of Polynesia, California, the Indian Archipelago, etc.
with an account of Southern Whales, the Sperm Whale Fishery, and the
Natural History of the climates visired. By Frederick Debsll Bennett,
Esq., F. R. G. S., Fellow of tho Royal \I!ollego of Surgeons, London. In
two volumes. Vol. I [ — II]. Loudon: Ricliard Bentley, New Burling-
ton stfeet, publisher in ordinary to her Majesty. — 1840. [8°, vol. i, xA', 402
pp., 1 pi., 1 map; vol. ii, vii, 396 pp., 1 pi.]
1843 — Histoire Naturelle desPoissons, par M. le Bo** Cuvier, . . . , et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome eeizitjure. A Paris, chez P. Bertrand, . . . , 1842.
[8° ed. XX, 472 pp., 1 1. ; 4° ed. xviii, 363 pp., 1 1.— pi. 4.'i6-487.]
Livre dix-huiti(ime. — Cyprino'ides.
Zoology of New- York, or the Now- York Fauna; comjjrising detailed descrip-
tions of all the animals hitherto observed within the State of New- York,
with brief notices of those occasionally found near its borders, and accom-
panied by appropriate illustrations. — By James E. DeKay. — Part IV. —
Fishes. Albany : Printed by W. & A. White and I. Visscher. 1842. [4°,
xiv [1, errata], 415 pf). ; atlas, 1 p. 1., 79 pi.]
[The letterpress of tho Reptiles and Fi-ihes, each separately paged, forms one volume,
and the plates, each separately numbered, another. Eight cf the northwest-coast iMalaco-
pterygian species {Abramis balteatus, Leuciscus caurinus, Leuciscvs oreponensis, Salmo
quinnat, Salmo Gairdnerii, Salmo Scouleri, Salmo tsuppitch, and Salmo nitidus) anil the
Sturgeon (Acipcnser transmontanua) enumerated by Richardson (l^iiU) are briefly indicated
as "extra-limital".]
16
1814— Ilistoiro Naturello des Poissons, par M. lo B<"> Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . . Tome dix-septieme. A Paris, clii*z P. IJertniiid, . . . , 1^44.
[&= I'd. xxiii, 497 pj)., 1 1. ; 4° ed. xx, o70 i>p. 1 1.— pi. 467 (bis)-jll).]
yuitudii livrc dix-huitieiue. — Cypriuoidos.
1§13 — Description of a uew species of SijiKjnathus, lirou;;lit from the western coast of
California by Capt. Phelps. By Dr. D. H. Storer. <^ Proc. Bostou Soc.
Nat. Hisr., v. 2, p. 7;}, December, lb45.
[S. Hp. Si/ngnalhus californieTuia.]
iS-lG — A Synopsis of the Fishes of North America. By David Humphreys Storer,
M. D., A. A. S., .... <^Mem. Am. Acad. Arts and Sei., new series, vol.
ii, pp. 253-500, Cambridge, 164(i.
[73'J noiuinal species from allNonh America, iDclu(liu<; the Wi-st Indio.s, arc described.
The descriptions, however, are most inaptly compiled and entirely insuUicient.j
A Synopsis of the Fishes of North America. By David Humphreys Storer,
M. D., A. A.S., .... Cambridge: iletcalf ami Company, Printers to the
University. Id4t3. [4^2, 1 p. 1. (=ti(le), 'iUd pp.]
[A reprint, with soparato pa;;inatiou, titlo-page, and index, of the preceding.
According to Dr. Storer (Mem. Arad., p. 200; Syn. p. t'), ''the following species inhabit
the northwestern coast of America: —
Triehodon stelleri. . Salino salar.
Cottus pistUliger. Salmo quiiuiat.
Cottas polyacanthoccphalus. Salmo Gairdtierii.
CottuK aupcr. Salino pau.idens.
Anpidnphorus acipenaerinus. Salmo Scouleri.
Jlemilepidutus Tilesii. Salmo t«uppitch.
Blepxia^ trilobun. Salmo nitidus.
Sebantes cariabLit. , MalloUig pacijiciis.
Ctipriiiwi baltcattu. Cycloptcrun vt^ntricosu*.
Leucuieus caurinus. Acipeiuer tra)iiimoiitanas."\
Lciukcus oregoneiuis.
Ilistoiro Naturello des Poissons, par M. lo B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome dix-hnitii^mo. A. Paris, chez P. Bertrand, . . . ,
Id4t3. [rt-^ ed. xix, 505 i)p., 2 1. ; 4^ ed. xviii, 375 pp., 2 1. — pi. 520-5."m.]
Suite du livre dix-hnitiiime. — Cyprinoides.
Livre dix-neuvifeme. — Des Esoces on Lncii)ides.
Histoi re Natnrello des Poissons, i>:ir M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; »«■ jtar M. Valen-
ciennes Tome dix-nouviomo. A Pari.s, chez P. Bertrand, . . . , Itflti.
[b^ ed. xix, 544 pp., 3 1.; 4^ ed. xv, 301 pp., 2 I.— pi. .'■)54-5yO.]
Sniti^ du livre dix-uenv,ome. — Brocliets ou Lnoioides.
Livre viugtieme. — De qiielques families" do Mai icoptdrygieus, intermd-
diaircs entre les Brochets efi lea Cl'.ipes.
[N'o west-coast species described.]
Ilistoire Naturelle des Poisson.s, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tomo viugtiiime. A Paris, chez P. Bertrand. . . . ; l?4l'>.
[ri^ ed. xviii, 472 pp., II.; 4^ ed. xiv, 34G pp. I 1.— j)!. 501-'JO.;.]
Livre vingt et uui^me. — De la famille des Clupeoides.
18-1§— Ilistoria Fisica y Politica do Chile segiin doemueutos adtpiiridos en esta re-
])ftblica durante doce uDos do rcsidcru-ia eft ella y piiblicaila bajo los aiis-
j,,. ;.,- ,1. ) Supremo Gobierno. Per Claudio Oay, ciiidadauo Chileno, iudi-
• Thf> f«ni lo am:— ChirooAntmH (with tho Konus Chirocentnu) ; Alepor<:*phale8 (with Ale-
, . /• c \', .'/(w/iH*) ; Mormyri'H (with J/ori/ii/ri/*); Ilyodouti-s (with
'' - (vri;h i4U>u<a = ^HfinnM*); Elopieiis (wiih JSJop/f and
.W./(ii<7i,Ti . Ann ■ i" ii ii .li/u.i/ ; \ .iMiiivtuu Aiim-.-i ( (V antral) ; fuuiille particulieri', ou Aiiiii-!<) { Ileterotii) ;
I'rythroidcs (with Erylhrinus.Maarodon, Lebiasina, and Pyrrhulina) ; and Umbrcs (with Umbra).
17
viduo do varias sociedades cieiitificas naciotiales y etrangeras. Zoologia.
Tomo segundo. Paris, en casa del autor. Chile, eu el Museo de Ilistoria
Natural de Santiago. MDCCCXLVIII. [Text, 8° ; atlas, ful. ]
[Feces, pp. 137-370 and index.— In this work ait; described several species afterw.ird
' discovered along the coast of Calilbrnia.]
1S48 — thirtieth Congress — first session. | = | Ex. Doe. No. 41. | — | Notes of a mili-
tary reconiioissance, j from | Fort Leavenwortli, in Missouri, | to | San Di-
ego, in California, ( including part of tlie | Arkansa.s, Uel Norte, and Gila
Rivers. | — | By Lieut. Col. W. H. Emory. | Made in 184G-7, with the
advanced guard of the "Army of the West." | — | Fehruary 1), 1848. — Or-
dered to he printed. | Fehruary 17, 1848. — Ordered, That 10,000 extra copies
of each of the Reports of Lieu- | tenant Emory, Captain Cooke, and Lieu-
tenant Ahert, he printed for the use of the House; j and that of said num-
ber, 250 copies be furnished for the use of Lieutenant Emory, Captain |
Cooke, and Lieutenant Abort, respectively. | Washington: | Wendell and
Van Beuthuysen, printers. | : : : : | 1848. [8°, G14 pp., 50 lith. pi. not num-
bered, 14 numbered, 2 sketch-maps, and 3 maps folded.]
[This work has been so badly edited that the following analysis may prove useful, and
will facilitate the understanding of the work :— ]
CONTENTS.
Notes I of I a military recounoissance, | from | Fort iicavenwortli, in Mis-
souri, to San Diego, ( in California, | including | part of the Arkansas,
Del Norte, and Gila Rivers. | pp. 5-12G, 2(5 litb. pi., 2 sketch-maps.
Appendix No. 1. [Letter on Indians by Albert Gallatin, and reply by
W. H. Emory.] pp. 127-134., 1 pi.
Appendix No. 2. [Report on botany.]
[1. Phanerogams and ferns. By John Torrey. pp. 135-155, pi. 1-12.]
[2. Cactacea. By G. Engelmann. pp. 155-1.59, 14 lith. pi., 2 not
numbered.]
Appendix No. 3. Table of meteorological observations, pp. lGO-174.
Appendix No. 4. Table of geographical positions, pp. 175-178.
Appendix No. 5. Table of astronomical observations, pp. 179-385.*
Appendix No. 6. [Report on natural history. By J. AV. Abort.]
pp. 38G-414.
Appendix No. 7. [Itinerary of Sonoia, Mexico. By P. St. Geo. Cooke. ]
pp. 415-41G.
Report of Lieut. J. W. Abort, | of his | examination of New Mexico, j in
the years 184G-'47. pp. 417-54G, 22 lith. pi., 1 map folded.
Notes concerning the minerals and fossils, collected by Lieutenant J.
W. Abert, while engaged in the geographical examination of New
Mexico, by J. W. Bailey, professor of chemistry, mineralogy, and
geology, at the United States Military Academy, pp. 517-548,2
lith. pis.
Report of Lieut. Col. P. St. George Cooke | of | his march from | Santa ¥6,
New Mexico, | to | San Diego, Up2)er California, pp. 549-503, 2 roap)s
folded.
Journal | of | Captain A. R. Johnston, | First Dragoons, pp. 5G5-G14.
[A species of Gila is noticed at p. G2, and illustrated by a poor plate oppo.site the text.
It is said: — "Wo heard the fish playing in the water, and soon those who were disen-
gaged were after them. At first it was supposed they were the mountain trout, but, being
comparatively fresh from the hills of Maine, I soon saw the difference."]
Histoire Naturello des Pois ons, par M. le B°" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tomo vingt et unieme. A Paris, chez P. Bertrand, . . . , 1848.
[8° ed. xiv, 536 pp.; 4° ed. xiii (-f- iii), 391 pp.— pi. G07-633.]
* Pages 289-304 misnumberod 209-224.
Bull. N. M. No. 11—2
18
Suite dn livre viiigt et uai^mo et des Chip6oide8.*
Livro vingt-do^xi^me. — Do la famille des Salmonoides.
[No ■wcsl-coast spocieB described.]
1810 — Frank Forrester's Fish and Fisbingof the United States and British Provinces
of North America. Illnstrated from nalnre by the anthor. I3y Henry
"William Herbert, author of " Field .Sport-s," '' Warwick Woodlaods," etc.
New York, Stringer it Townsend, 222 Broadway, 1849. H'^.
Hietoire Natun?llo des Poissons, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par JI. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tome vingt-deuxit^mo. AParis, chez P. Bertraud, . . . , ld4'J.
[.- ed.xx, 532, (index) 91 (-1-1) pp.; 4° ed. xvi, 395, (index) 81 (-|- l)pp.— pi.
i;:i4-()50.]
Suite du livre vingt-deuxibme.— Suite do la famille des Salmonoidea.
[So woHt-coast species described.]
A Monograph of the Fresh water Cottus of North America. By Charles Gi-
rard. Aug. 1841). < Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., v. 2, pp. 409-411, 18.".U.
On the genus Cottus Auct. By Charles Girard. Oct. 17, 1849. < Proc. Boat.
Soc. Nat. Hisl., v. 3, pp. 183-190, 1849.
IS'^SO — Some additional observations on the nomenclature and classification of the
genus Cottus. By Charles Girard. .lune 19, I-'.'jO. < Proc. Bt)8t. Soc. Nat.
Hist., V. 3, pp. 302-305, 1850.
18.51— On a new genus of American Cottoids. By Charles Gitard. Feb. 5, 1851.
< Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 4, pp. 18-19, 1«51.
Revision du genre Cottus des auteurs. Par Charles Girard, do I'Associatiou
amcricaine pour I'avancenieut des sciences, menibre ile la Soci<5t6 d'histoiro
naturelle de Boston. [1851. 4°, 28 pp ] < N. Denk.schr. allg. Scliweizer.
Gcsell. gesamnit. Naturw., B. 12, 1852.
Smilh.soiiian Contributions to Knowledge. ^^ Contributions to tin- Nuiiiral Hi.s-
tory of the Fresli Water Fishes of North America. By Charles Girard. I.
A .M():iogra[ih of the Cottoids. Accepted for pui)Iicatioii by the Smithson-
ian Institution, December, 1850. [Smith.sonian Contributions to Knowledge,]
vol. iii, art. 3. [4^, flO pp., 3 pi.]
Description of a new form of Lami»rey from Australia, with a Synopsis of the
Family. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F. li. S., ¥. P. Z. S., etc. < Proc. Zool. Soc.
Loiulon, part xix, pp. 23.5-241, plates, Pisces, iv, v, 1851.
List of the specimens of Fish in the collection of the British .Mu-eum. — Part
I. — Chondroptt<rygii. — Printed byonlerof the trustees. Lnndon, 1~5I. [12^,
X, LIJ, l(iOpp.,2pl.J
[Tbu Diiiiio of tlie cdinpilur i» not poblisbed ou tbo title-pn;;c. lu thr tiHiinl introdiictiou.
Mr. (Jrny slates:— 'The rliarurtcrs of tbo pciiera of ShHrks and Ituys, witb their sy-
nonjtiis. biivu priueipally been derived fmni lln' wnrk of I'rofrs.i jr.-* Miiller and Ilenlo.
Tbe specinirns wliicli wt-re not named by tliose autborH when en;;a;:i'il in llieir work, or
by Dr. Andrew Smith, liuvo been detoriniued by Mr. Kdward Gerr.ird." The responsi-
blbty of tbe compilation, bowever, apparently devolves on JOHN KDWaKI) IIKAY.
The dia;;noReH of tbe gronps, and, for tbe nio.si part, the synonymy of the spt'iieo, are, in
fact, tranHlated or trauHcr.bed from Miiller and llcnle'tt {;ieut work on tbe I'lauiostouies,
entilhMl i.s follows:— Syrteniatisehe lieHtbreibuiii; iler I*lii};iost«>men von Dr. J. Alt'LLER,
o. o. Professor tier Anittomie nnd I'Lyrt ol<>};ie, und Director des anatomiitcheo Theaters
und Mnseuujs iu lU-rlin, und Dr. J. 'lENl.E, o. 6. Professor der A natomie mid Director
des auatomis«.'ben Theaters nnil y.nscnniFi in Ziiiicb. Mit »ocLT.i<i Sleimlrncktafelu.
llerlin, Vcrl.'ij; von Veil nnd L'omp — l^-ll. [[''olio, xxii, "JOO i)p.. 'J 1.. lio pi., muftily colored,
uuuumbcred ] Ane)>iK'b.inarkin'. woik. Iiiit witli no ni>tire.tof \Vej<tern .Vnu'inau species.]
'The Notoptires nr« diflerenluiteil from tlie Clnpeui'.lej us aviTy oistinci r.imily (uue famille trea-
<llstincte).
19
1S51 — Supplenu'Tit to Frank Forrester's Fish and Fishing of the United States and
British Provinces of North America. By William Henry Herbert, author
of the " Field Si>orts of North America," " Frank Forrester and his Friends,''
etc. New York, Stringer & Townsend, 222 Broadway, 1851. pp. 1-86.
ll^JS — Descriptions of some new Fishes from the Eiver Zuui. By S. F. Baird and
Charles Girard. June 28, 1853. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. (>, pp. 3n8-:5G9,
June, 185;J.
[jST. g. and sp. Gila (a. g. 363), Gila robusta (360), Gila elegans (369), Gila gracilis (361)).]
Descriptions of New Species of Fishes collected by Mr. John H. CSark, on the
U. S. and Mexican Boundary Survey, nndec Lt. Col. Jas. D. Graham. By
Spencer F. Baird and Charles Girard. August 30, 1853. <Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., v. G, pp. 387-390, Augu.-it, 1853.
[N. sp. Catostomus latipinnis (388), Gilx Einoryi {3S3), Gila Grahami (389), Cyprinodon
maculariug (389), HeUrondria affi,nig (390), Helerondria ooeidentalis (390). 1
32d Congress, | 2d session. ? Senate. J Executive | No. 59. | — | Report of an Ex-
pedition I down the | Zuai and Colorado Rivers, | by | Captain L. Sit-
greaves, | Corps Topographical Engineers. J — | Accompanied by maps,
sketches, views, and illustrations. | — | Washington: | Robert Armstrong^
public printer. | 1853. [8°, 190 pp., 1 1., 24 pi. of scenery (pi. 1 folded), 6 pi. of
mammals, G pi. of birds, 2 pL of reptiles, 3 pi. of fishes, 21 pi. of botany, 1
folded map, all at end.]
Title, p. 1.
Report of the Secretary of War, communicating, [etc.] p. 3.
£Sltgreaves's report.] pp. 4-29.
Report I on J the natural history j of the | country passed over by the
exploring expedition | under the command of Brevet Captain L. Sit-
greaves, | U. S. Topographical Engineers, during the year 1851. | By S.
W. Woodhouse, M. D,, j surgeon and naturalist to the expedition, j pp.
31-40.
Zoology. I — j Mammals and Birds, by S, W. Woodhouse, M. D, I Reptiles,
by Edward Hallowell, M. D. | Fishes, by Prof. S. F. Baird and Charles
Girard. | pp. 41-152.
Mammals. By S. W. Woodhouse, M. D. pp. 4.3-.57, G pi. (1-G).
Birds. By S. W. Woodhouse, M. D. pp. 58-105, 6 pi. (1-C).
Reptiles. By Edward Hallowell, M. D. pp. lOG-147, 21 pi. ( i-20-(-
10 a).
Fishes. By Spencer F. Baird and Charles Girard. pp. 148-1,52,
3 pi. (1-3).
Botany. | — | By Professor John Torrey. pp. 153-178, 21 pis. (1-21).
Medical Report. | — | By S. W. Woodhouse, M. D. pp. 179-18,5.
List of illustrations, pp. 187-190.
Table of contents. [I 1.]
Extraordinary Fishes from California, constituting a new family, described by
L. Agassiz. < Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, (2), v. IG, pp. 380-390, Nov. 18,53;
also reprinted in Edinburgh New Phil. Journ., v. .57, pp. 214-227; translated
in Archiv fiir Naturgesehichte (Berlin), Jahrg. 20, B. 1, pp. 149-102, 1853.
[Family named "Family Ilolconoti or Embintucoidai" (p. 383). N. g. and n. sp. Embiotoca
(n. g., 3t€) : — I. Emhiotoca Jackgoni (387); a. Enibiotoca Caryi (389).]
[This article -vaa translattd into German as follows: — J
Ueber cine neue Familie von Fischen aus Californien. Von L. Agassiz.
Aus Sillinum's Amer. Journ. vol. xvi. j). 380 iibersetzt. Vom lierau.sgebor
[F. H. Troschel]. <^ Archiv fiir Naturgesehichte, 20. Jahrg., B. 1, pp. 14'.>-
162, 1854.
20
[TbiH tninHlatioii w.is foHowcd by tbe following oiii.iiJul coinnjuLicatios, in \f LicL Ibe
eyatoniutic rolntioiiH of ihe faiiii'y won- iU-fluitt-ly ih-tiTDiiiitd:— ]
Uober tliu HysteniatiHchc Sti-lluiiij der Gattuii<^ Kiiil)i(iti)ca. BciueikiiDg zur
vorijjfii Abhandluiif;. Voni Ik-iiiuf^gcbiT [Dr. F. H. Troschel]. <^Arcliiv
fill- Natuiyescbiclitc, *20. Jabrj;., li. 1, pp. Kio-Ki-', l-.")-!.
1W51 — Tbo Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. 8. lluraltl, luub-r tbe coniiiaiKl of Cap-
tain Henry Keilett, R. N., C. B., diirng tbe years l>*4't-'A. — Publislu'd nuder
tbi) Aiitbority of tbe Loros Coumiis-siouers of the Admiralty. — Edited by
Pntfessor Kdward TorlM s, F. K. S. V'crtebrala, iucluuiug Fus.sil XlaniinalH.
By Sir John Richardson, Knt.,C. B., M. D., F. K. S. — Loudon: Lovell
lieeve, ;'), Heurioita streer, Covent Garden.— 1H54. [4^, xi, vi, [1], 171 [+ I ]
pp., 32 pi.]
Fisb. pp. 15G-171, and pi. xxviii.pl. xxxiii.
I Describe!) Flateasa steUata, nioiitb of Copperuiiuo liiver (104, pi. 32, f. 1-3); Plalensa
glacialin, Uatbursi's lulet (Kiii, pi. 3.!); Sxlmo cunnuetus, Yukon River (167, pi. 32); Salmo
deTTnatinun, Yukon liivor (16t), pi. 33, f. 3-5).)
Notice of a collection of Fisbes from tbe siMifbiMii bend of tbe Tennessee
Kiver, in tbe State of Alabama. By Ii. Agassiz. <^ Am. .I<nirn. Sci. and
Arts, {•>), V. 17, pp. 2i)7-308, Mar. 1854; v. 17, pp. :!.VJ-:{()U, May, 18r)4.
Appendix. — Additional notes ou tbe Iloleonoti. pj). :jG.")-i5(jD, May, 18r)4.
[X. ^. and n. sp. Embiotoca lateralis (3CG). lihacoehilus (n. g.) toxoten (307), AmphUtiehui
(n. g.) argenteus (307), Iloiconotus (n. g., 367) rhodolerxin (308).]
[Translated as follows:—]
Nacbtriiglicbo Bemerkungen iiber die Holconoti. Von Prof. L. Agassiz. Aus
Silliman Amer. Journ. svii. p. 365. Uebcrsetzt vom lleransgeber [J. II.
Tro.scbel]. <^ Arcbiv iiir Natnrgeschicbte, 21. Jabrg., B. 1, pp. 'MWM, 185.').
Description of four new species of Viv.parons Fisbes from Sacramento River
and tbe Bay of Sau Francisco. Read before tbe California Academy of Nat-
ural Sciences, May 15, 1854. By W. P. Gibbons, M. D. June 27, 1854.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila., v. 7, pp. ULVlUi), 1854.
[N'. sp. Hysterocarpug I'rankii (10,'>), Uuperprosopon aryentevm (105) and var. n. punctatum
(UIO), Cymaloganter aygregatus (100), Cyinalo(/at:Ur minimus (>00).]
Description of new Species of Viviparous Marine and Fresh-water Fisbes, from
llii' I'>.i\ iifSin Francisco, anil from tbe Kiver and Lagoons of tbe Sacramento.
By W. P. Gibbons, M. 1). [Read before tbe California Academy of Nat-
ural Sciences, .Jan. Utb and May 15tb, 22d, and 2'Jtb, 1854.] July 25, 1854.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila., v. 7, pp. 122-120, July, 1654.
[N. p. and n. sp. Ui,lamotuiH\i-2), H. Agaiii(izii(V2'\), U. Gibboruiii, " Cul. Acad, of X. S." (122),
n./iilijinomn (123), Ci/matogastcr (n. p.), O. Larkinxii (123), C. pitlchdlug (123). C. rUiptiam
(121), H>ixt>-rncaTp%iM (n. p.), II. Trankii (124), Uiiprrpronopon (u. p ), II. argenlruti (125), //.
arcuatiu (1"J5), ilicrometnis (u. p ), 21. aggregatus (125), M. miniimis 1 12.M, Mytilophagva (n
p.), M.foueiatus (125), Pachylabrxts (n. g.), P. variegatus (120). J ^
[TrauHlatod as follows: — ]
Bescbreibung neuer Fische aus der Faniilie Holconoti aus dem r.nst n vou
S.m Francisco, aus «lem Sacramento- Fluss und dcssen Lagunen. ^'on W.
P. Gibbous. Aus ilen Proceedings of tbe Acad, of nat. sc. of Pbilade!pbi;i
v«)l. vii. l"-54. i». 122. iibersetzt vom lleransgeber [F. II. Troschel]. <[Ar-
chiv Iiir Natnrgescbicbte, 21. Jalirg., B. 1, itji. :i;U-341, 185.5.
Desci ii)tions of mw I'isbcs. rolbctjd by Dr. A. L. Httrmaiin, X;itnralist at-
tacbc<l to tbe survey of tb<- I'acilic Railroad Route, under Lieut. R. S. Wil-
liamson, F. S. A. By Charles Girard. Aug. 'JD, 1854. < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Pliila., v.7, j)p. 12'.)-140, l8r)4.
(X. g. and n. sp. :— I. Cenlrnrrhtu intrrniptu* (129), 2. Cottcptig gulottm (129), 3. Anpicoilu*
(n.g.) bkvon (130), 4. I,rptocollxu {n. i;.,\:W) annalwi (131), 5. Scorpcenii-hthyt (d. g.) marmo-
ratun (131). 6. Hebattes auriculatxu (131), 7. Chins pictvs (132), 8. Chirui gttttatut (132), 9.
21
Ophiod<m (n g.) elongatus (133), 10. Gasterosteus Williamsoni (133), 11. Ganterosteui micro-
cephalus (133), 12. Atherirwpsis <n. g.) californicnsis (134), 13. Gohius gracilis (134), 14. Embi-
oloca lineata (i'ii) , 15. .•l»np/ii*7ic/iits sim(7i,s(i:f5), 16. Ainphistichun ITeer7nanni(['i3), 17. Gi7a
coaocephala (135), 18. I'ogonichth!fni)ueqitilobus (130), I'J. Pogonichlhus nyinnittrieun (136), 20.
Lavinia (n. g.) exilicaitda (137), 21. Lavinia crassicauda (137), 22. Lavinia covformis (137),
23. Lciicosomus oceidentalis (137), 24. (Jlupea mirabdis (138), 25. MeUlta casrutea (138), 26.
Engraulit mordax (133), 27. PUiiichthys (ii. g.) rugostis (139), 28. Fleuronichtliys (n. g.) cojno-
«t« (139), 29. Paroplirys (il g., 139) vetuhis (140), 30. Fsettichthys (n. g.) rnelanostielus (140).]
1854 — Euumeratiou of the species of mariuo Fisbes, collectwl iit Sail Francisco, Ciili-
foruia, by Dr. C. B. E. Keuurrly, uatiualist attacbeil to the .survey of tbo
Pacilic E. B. Eoute, under LiL-iit. A. \V. Wliipide. By Charles Giravd. Aii<j.
29, 1854. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. P.nla., v. 7, pp. 141-1 J-2. An;;. 1854.
[N. g. aud n. sp.:— 1. Chirtis consteUatiis (Ml), 3. PoricJitJiys (u. g.) notatus (141), 8. Gadus
proximni (141), 10. Pnetlickthys .soTdidun iMi)-\
Observations upon a collection of Fishes made on the PacitiC coast of the
U. State.-j, by Lieut. \V. P. Trowbridge, U. S. A., for the Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution. B},- Charle.j Girard. Aug. 29, 1854. <^ Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci- Phihu, v. 7, pp. 14'i-15(i, 1H54.
[X. g. iiiidn. .sp.: — 1. Lnbrax nebid!/er {I4i), 2. Labraz clatliratus {143) , 3. Uetcrostichns (u. g )
rostratus (Hi), 4. Sphyrcsnaargentea (144), 5. Cottopais parcun (144), t>. Scorpccnichtliis late-
ra/is (145), 9. Scorpccria guttata (145), II. Sebanles rosaccus (liC), 12. Sebaf^tes/ascuttus (I4t'i), 15.
Ga^tcrosfetm plebeiug (147), IG. Gasterosteus inopiuatus (147), 17. Umbrina undxdata (148), 18.
Glypkisodon rubiciiMdKS (148). 19. BelonecxUis (149), 20. lilennius gentilis (149), 21. GunneUus
omaiKS (149) 22. ApodicJitkyg (u. g.)Jlavidu)i (150), 23. Apodichthyx viclacetis (1,50), 24. Annr-
rhichas fdis (l^i)), ~C. .TitZi,? wodei-^K* (151), 29. Ernbi^toeaUiicata (151), 30. Embiofoca Cas~
fidyi (151), 32. Ilolconotus TruvDbridgii (15-'), 33. Holconotus mcgalojjs (15:2), 31. Pkanerodon
in. g.) furcatits (153), 36. Pogon.chtJiys a rgyiciosus (K3), 37. Fundvdvs parvipinnis (154). 42.
Eugraidis ddieatvssimus (154), 43. Argentina jiretiosa (1.50), 44. Plcuroiiecies maculnsus (V>5),
48. Lepadvgaster reticttlalus (155), 49. Syngnathus brcviroUris (156), 50. Syngnathus Icpto-
rhytiditig <15<;).j
f Descriptions of two species of fish, believed to be new. Se[»t. 4, 1854. By
Wm. O. Ayres. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 3-4, 1854; !2d ed., pp. :M,
1873.
IN. sp. Labrus pu.lr.her, Hemitripteriis inarmoratus.]
t Descriptions of two new species of Sebastes. Sept. 11, 1854. By "Wm. O.
Ayres. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 5-G, 1854 ; 2d ed., pp. 5-(), 1H7:'..
JN. ep. S. itebulostis, S. pancispinis.l
J Descriptions of new species of fish. Sept. 18, 1854. By Wm. O. Ayres,
M. D. < Proc. Cal. AcacL Sci., v. 1, pp. 7-8, 1854 ; 2d ed., pp. 7-8, 1878.
(K. sp. Sebastes rvber, Sebastes ruber var. parvus, Sebastes variabilis, Centrahhus macii-
losiis.]
t Observations on the development of Auableps Gronovii, a viviparous lish
from Surinam. By Prof. Jeffries "Wyman, Sept. 20, 1854. < Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 5, pp. SO-81, Dec. 1854.*
" Remarks in relation to the Mode of Development of Embiotocoidie. By
Charles Girard. Sept. 20, 1854. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 5, i)p.
81--2, Dec. 1854.
*Two new fishe.i, Morrbua califoruica and Grystes lineiitus. By Wm. O.
Ayres. Oct. 2, 1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, i)p. 9-10, 1854; 2d ed.,
pp. 8-10, 187:5.
{N. sp. Morrhua californiea, Grystes linealtis.]
*S€C, also, OljstTva f ioPR en the develojinicnt of Analli ps GroiK.vii (Cuv. .iixl Val.). By Jeffries Wyiuau
M . D. Read Sept. 20, U54. < Boston Jonrii. Nat. Hist., v. 6, pp. 4.32-443, jil. 17. Nov. 1854.
22
l§54—t Descriptions of a iitw sprcics of cottoid fiili, and remarks on the Anu-riciiii
Aeuutbocolti. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Oc.'J, 1*')4. <l*roc. Cal. Acad,
iici., V. 1, |i. 11, I'ibi; 2d ed., p. 11, 1-^7;?.
(N. Bp. Cbjpeocottut robiuUu (= Aiipieottus bison fJnl ).)
t Descriptions of two new species of fisli. liy "Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. 0<t.
2:{, leio4. <l*roc. Citl. Acad. 8ci., V. 1, pp. i:V-14, lr<.')4 ; -^d. ed., pp. \'l-\:\,
187:1.
IN. 8p. Brosmius marginatus, Syngnathus grisevlinealus.]
Now species of Califoruian Fishes, by "William O. Ayres, M. D. Nov. 1, lr'54.
<Proc. Boston Sjc. Nat. Hist., v. ."j, pp. 1)4-10:5, Dec. If554, a>jd Feb, 1H55.
(N. sp. Hebanteii paucigpinvi (94), Sebantes nebtiUjsug (Ufi), Hcbasten ruber (!I7), SebnsUs ruber
var.pam<*(!)8), Centrarchuninaculoiiws (i)i)),Morrhna cali/ornica (HiO), Labru* pulcher {lOD .]
• Descriptions of the Sturj^eons [Acipenser] found in our [Califoruian] waters.
By "Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Nov. 27, IH7A. < Proc. Cai. Acad. Sci., v. 1, p.
15, Dec. H54 ; 2.1 ed., pp. 14-ir> 187;^.
[N. »p. A. aciUirostris, A. medirostrin, A. brachyrbynchus.]
Characteristics of some Cartilaginous Fishes of tbo Pacific coast of North Am-
erica. By Charles Girard. Nov. 28, 1854. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila..
V. 7, pp. 1UG-1'J7, 1854.
[K. sp.: — I. Cegtracion francisei (IfiG). i. Triakia semifasciatum (19C), :i. Spiiuix (Acanthias)
Suckleyi (t9C>, 5. Raja bitwculata (liW).]
Abstract of a Report to Lieut. Jas. M. Gilliss, U. S.N., upon the Fishes col-
lected during tbo U. S. N. Astronomical Expedition to Cbili. By Charles
Girard. Nov. 28, 1854. < Proc. Acad. NaS. Sci. Pliila., v. 7, pp. 197-ltiit, 1^54.
[Geuux Atlierinopsis iioiicud, and liio Mclctla ccerulca of Aug. i29, 1«;4, v. 7, p. 138, rede-
scribed as a new 8p«cieH, uader the namo Alosa muj>im. ]
t Descriptions of two new spectes of tisb. By "Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Dec. 4,
1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pr. 17-18, 18.'j4 ; 2d ed., pp. l(>-17, 187:1.
[N. sp. Osmems eloiujatim, JUttstelwi felut ]
tDeseriptions of two new s -ecies of Cypnnoidj. By "Wm. O. Ayres, M. D.
Dec. 11, 1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 1^-10. Kvl ; 2d ed., pp. IT-H.
187;{.
[S. up. CcUostomiu occi.-entalU, Gila ginndit:.]
* Descriptions of two new Cyprinoid lish. By "Wni. O. Ayres, M. I». Dec. 18,
ia'>4. < Proc. Cal. Acad. ScL, v. 1. pp. 20-21, 18..4 ; 2d cd., pp. 10-20, 187:;,
[N. sp. Lavinia gibbona, L. comprensa. }
*fl)e8cription of a new Cyprino d tisb. By "Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Dec. 25,
1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 21-2,', 1554 ; 2d ed.. pp. 20-21, 187:?.
[N. pp. Gila microlepidota.]
A list of the Fishes collected in Calil'ornia, by Mr. !•>. .Sannn<ls, with descrij^
tions of the now species. By Charles Girard, M. 1>. [1854.] <^ Boston
.lonrn. Nat. Hist., v. C, j.p. .5;!:{-.'>44, pi. 24-2(5, 1>^.')7.
4N.55 — Synopsis of the Icbtbyological Fanna of the Pacific Slope of North .Vmeric.i.
cbielly from the collections made l>y the U. S. F.\p. ExiH>d. under the com-
mand of Ca]>t, C. Wilkes, with recent addit.ons and comparis ns with east-
ern tyjies. By Louis Agassiz. <[ Am, .lonrn. Sci. and Arts, v. 1I>, pp. 71-119,
Jan., l-'55; v. 11>, j.p. 21.'-2:il, March, 1855.
(N. g. and u. sp. Catostornxui ntcidentalin (94), Acrocheiltm (n. g., 90) alutacrim (99), Plyrho-
cheilut (II. K-. -27). I'lycliocheilui grarilui (^JJO), riychochriluii vimjor (d."?'). llylvrlieilui> (n. y.
'A*?) latcralif^l).]
23
1§55— • Ou two 8pec:-e8 of Liparis. By "Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Jan. 8, 1855. < Proo
Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 23-24, Feb. 1, 1855; 2d ed., pp. 21-23, 1873.
[N. sp. L. pulchelhis, L. muoosus.\
t Description of a new geims (Leptoguui 11ns) and two new species of fishes.
By "Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Jan. 22, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp.
25-27, l-:.5; "Jd od.,pp. 24-25, 1873.
[N. sp. LeioHonais li)ieatws, Leptogunellus gracilu.]
t Description of a Lamprey, from the vicinity of San Francisco. By Wm. O.
Ayres, M. D. Feb. 5, 1855. < Proc. Cal, Acad. Sci., v. 1, p. 28, Feb. VJ,
1855 ; 2d ed., p. 27, 1873.
(JT. sp. Petremyzon plmnbeus.]
* Remarlra on the ioetal Zygiena (Hammer-headed Shark). By Jeffries "Wy-
man- Feb. 21, 1855. <Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 5, p. 157, March,
1855.
t Description of a new generic type among fishes. Py Wm. O. Ayres, M.
D. Feh. 2G, 1855. < Proc. Cal. AcacL Sci., v. 1, pp. 31-32, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp.
30-31, 1873.
[N. sp. Awarrhichthys oc'ellaius.\
rDeseriptioH of a new species of Catastomus. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D.
March 5, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v, 1, pp. 32-33, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp. 31-
32, 1873.
[N. sp. Catoitotmis labiatus.\
* Description of a new ichthyic type. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. March 12,
1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 33-35, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp. 32-34, 1873.
[N. g. and 11. sp. Myhpharodon (lu g ) rohiatus.]
" Description of a new Trout. By W. P. Gibbons. March 19, 1855. < Proc.
Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 36-37, 1855; 2d ed., pp. 35-36, 1873.
{N. «p. Scdm.e iridea.]
* Ou specimens of Gasterostcus plebeins, Gir., brought from San Jos6 by the
Rev. Mr. Douglas. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. April 2, 1855. < Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci., v. 1, p. 40, 1855; 2d cd., p. 39, 1873.
J Description of a new Plateiisn, and remarks ou the i^latfish of the San Fran-
cisco markets. By "Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. April 2, 1855. < Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 39-40, 1855 j 2d ed., pp. 39-40, 1873.
[JT. ep. Pldtesta bilineata.]
t Description of a new Saluio and a new Petromyzon. By Wm. O. Ayres.
April IG, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 43-45, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp.
42-44, 187:L
[N. sp. Saliiio rimdaris, Petromyzon ciliatug.]
Notice upon the Viviparous Fisiies inhabiting the Pacific coast of North Amer-
ica, with an enumeration of the species observed. By Charles Girard.
April 24, 1855. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 7, pp. 318-323, 1~55.
{N. K. and n. sp. :— :J. Einldotoea Webbi (:t20), .I Embiotocaornata (321), 6. Embiotocapergpica-
bilig (3-21), 7. Damalichthys (ii. p..) vacia (;}21), 9. Abcona(u.'i.) Trowbridgii (:ii!2), 11. Ennich-
thyn (n. g., 3J2), Emiichthys megaUtpn (y^J), 12. Emiichthys Ilccrmanni (32:i).]
[Traiifllatod into Gennan by Dr. Troscliel as follows: — ]
Ueber die U-beiidig gebiirenden Fische an dor Westkiiste von Nordamerika.
Von Charles Girard. (Proceedings of the Academy of iiat. sc. of Phila-
delphia April 1855.) Uebersetzt von) Herausgeber [Prof. Dr. Troschel].
<Archiv lur Natuigeschichte, 21. Jahrg , B. 1, X)p. 342-354 [numb. 344],
1855.
24
1855— t Description of a Gasterosteus believed to be new, and on the American spe-
cies of the genus. By "Wm. O. Ayres. April :!0, 18r>5. < Proc. Cal. Acad.
Sci., V. 1, pp. 47-4H, m:>:>; 'J(l ed., pp. 4G-47, lf573.
fN. 8]>. Oasteroatexu 8erratu« ; uaue GaxUroHleug dekaiji proposeil for GasterostexM biaeu-
leattm DuKay.]
t Description of a new species of Apodicbtbys. By "William O. Ayres, M. D.
May 'Jl, 18r)5. <^ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 5'»-5(>, Iri-w ; 2d ed., pp. 54-
5.-), 1873.
[Jf. 8p. Apodichthys vireicens.]
t Description of a new generic type of Blennoids. By William O. Ayres, M. D
Juno 4, IbSo. <[ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. iJ8-5'J, Ittoo ; 2d cd., pp. .jH-oO,
lb7;i.
[N. sp. Cebedichdiyg crUtagalli.]
t Description of a new Carangoid fish. By "William O. Ayres, M. D. .Inly
2, 1855. <[ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. GJ-0;>, l-^ii5; -M e<l., p. G4, 187:5.
[X. 8p. Caraiix nifminetricw.]
t Description of a new species of Whiting, liy "William O. Ayres, M. D.
July l(i, 1855. <; Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, p. Ill, 1>.V>; 2d cd., pp. (J5-G(i,
187:J.
[N. sp. Merlangxis produettis.]
* Description of a fi.ih, i-epresentiog a type entirely new to our waters. By
"Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Aug. G, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 66-G7,
1855; 2d ed., p. tVJ, 1873.
[N. sp. Saiinig litciocepn.]
• Description of a new species of Cramp fish. By "William O. Ayres, M. D.
Sept. 10, 1855. <^ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1 , pp. 70-7 1, 18.').") ; "Jd ed., pp. 74-75,
1873.
[X. sp. Torpedo cali/omica.]
tOu a viviparous fish from Japan. By Louis Agassis Sept. 11, 1855.
<^Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., v. 3, p. 204, l!^.')5.
"A Flying Fish, Exocwtnn fanciatuH Le Sueur, troni the Pacific Ocean, lat. '.W
OG' N.,long. 113° 02' W. [Gulfof California], presented by Dr. Lanszweert."
Sept. 24, 1855. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 71-73, \<i^^.
t Description of a Shark of new generic tyi»e. By "Wm. O. Ayres, .M. D.
Oct. 8, 1H55. <^Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 72-73, 1855; 2d ed., pp.
7G-77, 1873.
[\. wp. Xotorhijnchus macitlalu*.]
' Keiii:iiks concerning a collection of fishes made by I.,ieut. ^\'. )'. Trowbriilge
at or near Cape Flattery, W. T. By "Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Oct. 22, 1855.
< Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, p. 74, 18^>5; 2d ed., p. 7!.l, 1>73.
[10 spocica enumerutcd.]
tOn a supposed new genus of Cottoids. By "V^m. O. Ayres, M. D. Dec. 24.
1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pi>. 75-77, 1-:,.-,; 2d e«l., pp. >l-82, 1873.
[N. 8p. CalyeiUpidotua spiiwgut, ScurpaiiiclUhyt lateralis Grd.— CalycUepidotuslateralui.,
25
l§56— Contributions to the Ichthyology of the Western Coast of the United States,
from specimens in the Museum of Smithsonian Institution. By Charles
Girard, M. D. June 24, 185G. <; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 8, pp.
1:3 1-137, 185;").
[X. g. and n. sp. Paralabraz (n. g., 131), Uomalopomus (n. g.) Troivbndgii (132), Oligo-
cottxts (n. g., 13.2) maculosus (133), Lciocottus (n. g.) lurundo (133), Artcd.xas (:i. g., 134). Arte-
dins nolonpilotus (134), Scbasten melanops (VX>), Oplopoma (n. t'-) pawherina (13J), Gaste-
rosteus inter medmn (135), Gaxterosteus ptigetti (13")), Gobrnn Xcwbcrryi (13G), EmbwUca argy-
rosoHia (13(j), Coregoims Williaingoni (13(i), riatichthyit nmbrosvs (13()), Pleuniiichthys guttu-
latus (137), Ammodytes personatus (137), lihiuoptera vespertilo (137).]
Researches upon the Cyprinoida inhabiting the fresh w;iter Fishes of the riiited
States of America, west of the Mississippi Valley, from .sixcimens in ilie
Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. By Charles Girard, M. U. Sept.
30, 1856. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phi hi., v. 8, pp. 165-Ji:5, 1856.
[N. g. and n. sp. Mylockeiltis fratcrcidus (1G9), Catobtomus (Aconiun, n. a. g.) gencrotug
(174), Catontomus macrocheilus (175), Catobtomus bernardini (175), Algan.sea (0. g.), Ahjxn-
sea bicolor (183), Algansca obesa (183), Algansea formona (183), Lavinia harengus (le4),
Argyrens nubilits (I8(i), Argyreits oncxtlus (lf(J), Argyreun notabilis (180), Agusia (a. g), Agonia
chrysuganter (187), Agmda wetallica (187), Mi;da (ti. g.) fulgida (19"J), liichardsoiuus (u. g.)
lateralis (iOii), Tiaroga (u. g.) cobitis ('^04), Tigoma (a. g.). Tigorn a bicolor (•J0(j), Tigoma pur-
purea ('200), Tigoma intermedia ('JOd), Tigoma obexa (iO()), Tigoma Humboldti (■~0(i), Tigoma
lineata (iQiJ) , I'igoma gracilis (-206) , Tigoma nig renccns (•JU7), TiV/oj/.a c/awa (207), Chconda
(n.g.), Oheonda Cooperi (207), Cheonda coerulea (207), Siboma (u. g.) atraria (208), Ptychochei-
Ixis rapax (209), Ptychocheilus lucius (209), Ptychocheilus vorax (209).]
Notic ! upon the Species of the Geuus Salmo of authors, observed chiefly in
Oregon and Caliibrnia. By Charles Girard, M. D. Oct. 28, 1856. <Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 8, pp. 217-220, 185G.
[N. ap. Salmo spectabilis {2l'^}, Fario aurora (218), Fario argyreus iiit"), Fario kteilatitM
(219), Salar Lewisi (219), SaZar ui gina.is (220). 1
33d Congress, | 2d Session. | House of Representatives, j Ex. Doc. | No. 97. | =r |
Narrative | of | the Expedition of an American Squadron | to | the China
Seas and Japan, | performed in the years 1852, 1853 and 1854, | under the
command of | Commodore M.C. Perry, United States Navy, | by | orderofth<i
Government of the United States. | — | Volume II. With illustrations. | —
I Wa.shiugton: | A. O. P. Nicholson, printer. | 1856. [4°, 4 i». 1., 414 pp.;
[Treaty,] 2 p. 1., 14 pp.; [Index,] ill-xl pp., 1 ].]
Notes on some figures of Japanese Fish, taken from iccout si)i'cimens l)y
the artists of the U. S. Japan Expedition. By Jamas Carson Bre-
voort. (pp. 253-256, pi. iii-xii.)
[Coll tains notice of Ditrema and first notice of the recoguition of tlio alliniiy betwieu
the Embiotocoida of •California and the Japanese genus.]
33d Congress, 2d Session. | Senate, j Ex. Doc. No. 78. | ^=: j Reports | of | Explo-
rations and Surveys, I to I ascertain the most practicable and economical route
forarailroad | from the | Mi.ssissippi River to the PaclLlc Oecau | made uuder
the direction of the Secretary of War, | In 1853-4, | accordinji to actsof Con-
gress of March 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August."), 1854. | — | Volume V. | — |
Washington : | Beverley Tucker, Printer. | 1856.
Explorations and Surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacllic Ocean. | War Department. | =r | Routes in California, tocou-
nect with tbe routes near the thiity-fillh and thirty-second | parallels,
explored by Lieut. R. S. Williamson, Corps Top(>gra])hical Engineers, in
1853. I — I Geological report, [ by | William P. Blake, | Geologist and
Mineralogist of the Expedition. | [With ajtix'iidix.] | — | Washington,
D. C. I 18.57. ^
Appendix. — Article I. Notic«; of the fossil iishes. — By Professor Louis
Agassiz.— (pp. 313-316, and 1 plate ("Fossils jdate 1") )
26
I S56— 3i]d Congress, | 2(1 Session. | Senate. | Ex. Doc. | No. 78. — Reijorts \ of | Explo-
rutiousand Surveys; | to | asceriaiu the most practicable aud economical route
for a railroad | from the | Missiswippi lliver to the Pacilic Ocean | made under
the direction of tbo Secretary of War, in | 1853-4, | according to acts of Con-
gress of March' 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August 5, 1854. | — | Volume
IV. I — I Washington: | Beverley Tucker, Printer. | 18.'jC.
Explorations and surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean. | War Department. | = | Route near the thirty-fifth
l)aralle], explored by Lieut. A. W. Whipple, To) ographical | Engineers,
in 1853 and 1854. | — | Report ou the zoology of the expedition. | — |
Washington, D. C. | 185G. —LI" pp., 1 l.J
No. 1. — Field notes and explanations. — By C. B. R. Kennerly, M. D.,
Physician and Naturalist to the Expedition. — [ip. 5-17.
1H57 — The Northwest Coast; or, Three Years' Residence in Washington Territory.
By James G. S'wan. [Figure of terr. seal.] With numerous illustrations.
New York : Harper tfc Brothers, Publishers, Fiaukliu Sijuare. 1857. [l'i<^,
435 pp. (iucl. '26 tigs, and pi.), frontispiece, 1 map.]
[PopiiUir noticea of fishes— especially saluun iind tiahinj; for fla'.mon — ar« given in chap-
ters a, 7, 9, and 14.]
•Account of some observations on the developuient of Anableps Gronovii, as
compared with that of the Embiotocas of California. By Jeffries Wyman.
Nov. 18, 1857. <^ Proc. Boston S c, Nat. Hist., v. li, p. 2[}\, .Jan. It5-.
Notice upon new Genera and new Species of Marine and Fresh-water Fishes
from Western North America. By Charles Girard, M. D. Nov. "24, 1857.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phi la., v. 9, pp. '2W-2U-2, Nov. 1857.
[N. g. atd n. sp. Chiropxis (u. g., iJOl), Oligocotlits analui (iOl), Olvjocottwi globicf.ps (201),
Zanwh-pis (u. a.) latipinnU (-iO-i), JBlepnian oculnfasciatuH (COi).]
33dCongr»ss, | 2d Session. | Senate. < Ex. Doc. | No. 78. | =: | Reports | of | Ex-
plorations and Surveys, | to | ascertain the most practicable and economical
route for a railroad | from ihe | Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. |
Made under the direction of the Secretary of War, in | lf!54-5, | according to
Acts of Congress of March 3, 18.53, May 31, 1854, and August 5, 1854. | — |
Volume VI. | — | Washington : | Beverley Tucker, Printer. | 1857.
Exploiations and Surveys for a Railroad Route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean. | War De]iartmeiit. | = | Routes in Californii* and
Oregon explored by Lieut. R. S. Williamson, Corps of Topographical |
Eugineers, and Lieut. Henry L. Abhor, Corps of Topographical Eiigiu-
eern, in 1^5.5. | — | Zoological Report. — | Washington, D. C. | 1S'>7. | =
No. 1. Report upon Fishes collected ou the Survey. — By Qharles
Girard, M. D.— pp. 'J-34, with plates xxii a, xxii h, xxv a, xxv /», xl
n, xl\i, Ixii, lx\i, Ixviii, Ixx, Ixxiv.
Report on the lamia and medical toi>ograi)liy of Washington Territory. By
Geo. Suckley, M. D. May, 1^57. < Trans. Am. Med. Assoc, v. 10, pp. 181-
217, lrt57.
[KiHbott noticed at pp. 20!^-203.]
185S — Description of several now species of Salmonidie from the north-west coa.st
of America. By George Suckley, M. D. Read December t), 1858. \Ann.
Lye. Nat. Hist. N.w York, v. 7, pp. 1-10, lriG2.
[\. 8p. Salmo Gibb»ii (1), Halmo truiicaliu (■i), Haltno gibber (G), Halmo eonjluentiu (8),
Saltno eanit (9).]
Ichthyologieal Notices, by Chas. Girard, M. D. Dec. 28, 1858. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sei. Phila., vttl. 10, pp. 22:;-2-J5, Dec. 1858.
(5 1-4, n. sp. " FariQ yevbrrrii, or else Salmo A'ewberrii " CJi^).]
27
1§3§ — Deukwurdigkeiten einer Keise nach dem rnssisclion Anicrikn, iiach Mikro-
uesien and durcb KamtscbatUa. Von F. H. v. Kittlitz. — Erstcr Band
[ — Zsveiter Band]. — Gotlia. Verlag von Justus Pcrtbes. 1858. [fc<^", vol.i,
xvi, 383 pp., 2 pi. ; vol. ii, 2 p. 1., 463 pp., 2 pi.]
1859 — 33d Congress, | 2d Session. /Senate, j Ex. Doc. | No. 78. | = | Reports j of | Ex-
plorations and Surveys, | to | ascertain tbe most practicable and ccoDomical
route for a railroad | from tbe | Mississippi River to tbe Paciflc Ocean. |
Made under tbe direction of tbe Secretary of War, in | lt5£3-t), | according to
* Acts of Congress of Marcb 3, 1853, May 3i, lri54, and August 5, 1854. | — |
Volume X. I — | Washiugtou : I Beverley Tucker, Printer. | 1859.
Explorations and Surveys for a railroad route from tbe Mississipj)! River
to tbe Pacific Ocean. | War Department. | = | Fisbes: by Charles Gi-
rard, M. D. | — | Wasbington, D. C. | 1858.* =; [xiv, 400 i)p., witb plates
vii-viii, xiii-xiv, xvii, xviii, xxii c, xxvi, xxix, xxx, xxxiv, xxxvii,
xl, xli, xhiii, liii, lix, ixi, Ixiv, Ixv, Ixxi.]
[N. g. and n. sp. Oliiiocnttus globiceps (.i^), Nautkhthys (n. g., 74), Amhlodon saturnnn (Oif),
Pelamys lineolata (100), Trachurus boups (108), Dphippux zonatus (110), Xcoclinui; (u. t., 1 H),
Keoclinus Blanchardi (lU), Xiphidion (n. g., 110), Xiphhlion mucostiM (119), Oplddion Tay-
lori (13tf), raralichtUys (n. g., HG), Tigoma egrcjia (-291), Thalcichthys (n. g., 'ii'i), Thuleichthyn
Stevens-ii (3-2')), E- grauUs na\xis ('iXt), Enfiraulia coit.presnu.s (3JG), Tetraodon politus (340),
Hippocampus ingeng (ii-2), ,^yngnathus Ahboti (310), Sijngnathus arundinaceus {'MiJ), Haja
Cooperi (37i;), Pctrumyzon lividiis (379), Fctromyzon astori (3t-0), Ammocoetcs cibarius (383). t
As this report brings up our knowledge of tho fi.sh faun;i of the PacJlio coast slope of
the United States to Iho time of its publicatioi), and lua ks a : eijoch in the ichihyography
of the region in question, tho species described aro hi reitj below enumt rated. Of tho
several columns, (1) tbe first contains the family name, (2) tho stcond the generic, (3) the
third the specific, and (4) the right hand one, tho page where the species are described : —
Order I.— ACANTnOPTERI.
PercidfB
Trachinidas
SphyraeuidiB
HeterolepididoB
Cottidas
Ambloplites
interruptus
10
Paralabrax
nebulifor
33
clathratns
34
Heterostichus
rostiatus
30
Sphyraena
argeatea
39
Chiropsis
coustellatus
4-2
pictus
43
guttatus
44
nebulosua
4a
Oplopoma
pantherin:>
46
Opliiodon
elongatus
48
Cottopsia
asper
51
gulosus
53
l)arviis
."4
Oligocottus
maculosus
5G
aiialis
57
globiceps
58
Leptocottus
armatus
(10
Leiocottus
hiruiulo
C2
Scorpainichthys
inarmoratus
C4
Aspicottus
bison
CO
llemilepidotus
spinosus
68
Artedius
laterals
70
* Creneral Iteport upon tho Zoology of the several Paciflc Hailioad Iloutes. Part IV.
t Dlotida grisea (-030), "from twenty miles west of Chcctaw agency ", ia the only other low ypociea
described.
28
Order I. -AC ANTHOPTEKl -Continued.
Cottidie
Ailedius
iioto.Hpilotus
71
ZniiiolepiH
latipiiinis
73
NautielitlivH
ociiIo-fasciatUH
75
Scorpa;nidaj
Scorpajna
gnitata
77
St'bastes
roHaceua
78
foKcintus
79
•
auriculatUB
60
luclanops
81
paucispiuiH
tf:j
GaateroatoidsB
Ua8tero8leu8
jtlobeiuH
H6
Borratus
f8
intenuc'diuM
«9
iuopinatus
•JO
niicrocepbalus
91
pugftti
!»2
Williani.soDii
!t;j
Scia?Did£B
Arablodon
8aturiiUH
!I8
Leio8tomii8
lioeatus
99
Umbrina
undulata
101
Atberiuidao
Alherinopsis
californiensis
103
Sooinbridas
Scomber
die;;(i
lOJ
Pelamys
lin(H)lata
106
Trachurns
symuietricus
107
boops"
108
Sqaamipennes
Epbippus
zonatUH
1!0
Blcnnidie
Blennius
gent ilia
113
Neoclinus
Blaiicbardi
114
Guunellus
ornatuH
llii
Apodichtbys
tl avid us
117
vircacens
Uf
^ipbiilion
niucoaua
119
Cebidichthys
violacena
IJI
LuDipcDus
aiiguillaria
123
Anarrhichthys
felia
12r>
Gobidffi
Gobiua
lepidua
127
Ncwberri
128
Cjcloplerida;
Lepadngastcr
iiieandricuH
130
Cyclogaster
pulchcllus
132
Biitrachida?
Poriclitbys
Dot at us
134
Order 11— AN ACANTHI N I.
Suborder I.— AronEs.
Opliididn'
Opbidion
Taylori
138
Aiiunodytea
per.siinatu.i
139
Subii'der II.— TnoKArici.
Gadidie
PleuroneciidflD
Uro.smina
MerlaDf;u8
Morrbua
Ilonialopomus
Platcaaa
Pnralii'hibys
Platicbtbya
PU>uri>niclitbyH
Pacophrya
Paotlichtbva
niar;;iuatua
productus
prnxiiua
'rrowbrid;;li
biliiicatu
niaruloauH
rupi.sua
umbriiaua
rd'tioaua
KuttulatUH
votulua
niolaiioatictus
BordiduA
Ml
Ul
142
144
14(;
147
148
149
l.'.l
1.'.2
ir)3
i:.4
!.').■;
29
Order III.— PHARYXGOGXATni.
Suborder I.— Mai-acopteuygii.
Sconiberesocida3 Beloiio exilis 158
Suborder II.— Acantiioptehygii.
Poiiiaccntridaj
Lab idfB
Kuibiotocoidas
Glyphisodon
rubicundiis
161
Labrus
pub'bcr
lG-.>
.1 111 is
modestus
IG!
Embiotoca
Jack.soni
IC'I
Cassidii
171
Webbi
173
lineata
174
oruata
176
per.spicabilis
178
argyrosoma
]?0
Damalicblhys
vacca
182
Pbanerodon
furcatus
184
Abeona
Trowbridgii
186
Rbacochilns
toxotes
188
Hysterocarpus
Traskii
190
Holconotus
rbodoterus
193
Ennictbys
megalops
197
Heermauui
199
Ampbisticbus
ar^enteus
201
siniilis
203
Order IV.— PHYSOSTOMI or M AL ACOPTBRi
Suborder II.— Abuominales.
u'Tpriuidae Tribe of Cyprini.
Mylocbeilu.s
caurinns
213
lateralis
214
fraterculua
215
Mylopbarodon
couocepbalus
216
robu.stus
216
Tribe of Catoi
domi.
A com us
geuerosus
221
Catostomu.s
occidentalls
224
labiatus
224
luacrocbeilus
225
Tribe of Ohondrcstorni.
Orthodon
tnicrolopidotu.i
237
Algansea
bicolor
238
obeaa
239
formo.sa
239
Lavinia
exilicauda
241
barengus
242
Tribe of Pogo
nichthi.
Argyreus
dulcia
243
nubilus
244
Pogoiiicbtbys
iiKuqiiilobus
245
symtiKitricus
24G
argyroicsus
246
communis
247
30
Orderly.— rnrSOSTOMI or AIALACOPTERI-Coiitinupd.
Cyprinidffi
Tribtt of Alburni.
Cyprinella
Gnnnisoni
267
lugubris
271
ludibuuda
271
Eichardsonins
balteatus
278
lati-ralin
279
LuxiUiti
occidental is
2S0
Gila
robnsta
2fir>
elegaim
2^6
(H'ncilis
287
TiRoma
coDtbrmm
2iW
bicolor
•289
obesa
290
huniboldti
291
egre}i;ia
291
lineata
292
\
gracilis
29:j
crassa
293
Chionda
Coopcri
294
coeriilca
295
Siboma
crassioauda
296
atraria
297
Ptychocbeilus
orefTouensis
298
graudis
299
rapax
300
vorax
301
CyprinoiJonfidae
FuiidnliiB
parvipinnis
303
SalmonidsB
Salmo
Scouleri
305
qninnat
30fi
specUibilis
.•w
Fario
anrora
308
tsiippitch
310
argyreus
312
Gairdneri
313
Ciarkii
314
Htellatun
3IG
Salar
virgiualis
320
iridea
321
Osruerns
pretiosus
324
Thaleiihthys
St^Tensi
32.-.
CoregonuH
AVilliam»oi)i
32C
ScopclidFB
Laurus (Laurida)
luciocops
328
Clupoido)
Clnpea
uiirabilis
329
MulettA
coDrulca
3.10
EoKranlia
niordax
334
nanus
:i;{5
deliratissiniiis
33.-.
conipressus
33.-.
Ord.r V.-rLKCTOGNATlII.
lialiKtidic
Italinti'H
Xt8
340
Oyninodouiidip
Totraoilon
)K>)itllS
Order VL-LOPIIOHRANCHII.
nipp(K-.'un|iida;
Hippooamiuin
inRPiis
342
SyDgnntbidcD
Syngnalhnu
rjilifornionais
.344
bri'vlrii.stris
.34.-.
leptdihynrhus
345
AblKtti
.346
HTundinnccuB
346
31
Order VII.— GANOIDEI.
Sturionidaj Acippnser brachjrhynchns
transmontanus
acntirostris
niedirostris
Older VIII.— HOLOCEPHALI.
Chimseridae Chitnaera Colliei
Order IX.-PLAGIOSTOMI.
Suborder I.— Squali.
355
355
355
356
ScyiliodontidiO
Triakis
semifasciatus
362
Mnstelidao
Muatelus
felis
364
CestracioutidoD
Cestracion
francisci
365
Notidanidre
neptanchus
maculatua
3fi7
Spinacidie
Acanibias
Sucklii
368
Suborder II.-
-Raj^.
Rhinobatidaa
Rhinobatius
productus
370
TurpedinidtB
Narcine
californica
371
Eaiidae
Ra,ja
cooperi
372
Uraptera
binoculata
373
MyliobatidEe
Rhinoptera
vespertilio
375
Order X.-DERMOPTERI.
Suborder Marsipodranchii
s. Cyclostomi.
Petromyzontidaa
Petromyzon
tridentatu8
ciliatus
lividus
plumbens
astori
377
378
379
380
380
Ammocoetes
cibarins
383
Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean. | War Department. | — | Route near the GSlh and
39th parallels, explored by Captain J. W. Gunnison, and near the 4lst |
parallel, explored hy Lieutenant E. G. Bckwith. | — | Zoological Re-
porr.i I _ I Washington, D.C. | 1857. | = | ' The report to which thepres-
ent article belongs will be fuund in Vol. II of ihe series.
No. 4. Report on Fishes collected on the Survey. — By Charles
Girard, M. D.— (pp. 21-27, with pi. xxiii, xlix, liv, Ivi, Ixxiii, Ixxv.)
Explorations and surveys for a railroad route from the Mississii)pi River
to thM Pacific Ocean. | War Department. \ — \ Route near t be thirty-
filth parallel, explored by Lieutenant A. W. W^hipple, Topographical |
Engineers, in 1853 and 1854. | — | Zoological Report. | — | Washington,
D. C. I 1859. I =
No. 5. Report upon Fishes collected on the Survey. — By C. Girard,
M. D.— pp. (47-59, with pi. iii-vi, ix, x, xxi, xxiv, xxv, xxxv,
xl6, lit, Ivii, Iviii.)
Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific; Ocean. | War Department. | = | Routes in California, to
connect with thr routes near the thirty-fifth and thirty-second | parallels,
exj)U)red by Lieut. R. S. Williamson, Corps of Top. Eng., in 1853. | — |
Zoological Rt^port. | — | Washington, D. C. | 1859. =
No. 4. Report on Fishes collcclcd on the Survey .—By Charles Girard,
M. D.— (pp. 83-91, with pi. ii, xii, xxii, xxvii, xxviii, xxxi, xxxvi,
xxxviii, xxxix, xlvii.)
32
18.59— Uii HOiiie unu.-iial modes of gefttation in Datratliians and Fishes. By Jeffries
"Wyman. < Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, {2), v. J", p[). r>-i;j, Jan., 18.7J; re-
print. d <Cau. Nat., v. 5, pp. 42-4'.l, 1860; Zoologist, v. l^f, pp. 7173-7170,
I8b0.
Icbthyological Notices. By Charles Girard, M. D. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Pliila., 1859.
§ .VJT, Feb. 22, lii59, v. 1(", pp. 50-.")^, 1859.
1 28-10, March 29, 1859, v. 10, j.p. 100- 104, 1859.
§ 4l-.^9, April 2(j, l!59, v. 10, pp. 1 lJ-122, 1859. ^
§ 00-77, May 31, 1859, v. 10, pp. l.''>7-l(il, 1859.
[N. sp. Xeoclinus tatiricus (§ 5, p. .")G), ilyrichthys tigriuiis (§ C, p. r,8).]
tOu new tishes of the Californian coast. By Wm O. Ayres, M. D. Oct.
17, 1859. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 25-:5:i, 1859.
[N. «p. Sebagtegnigrocinctus, Sebastes helvomacvlatus. Self antes elongaliu, Anophpoma (n.g.)
merlanguM, SUrevlepiK (ii. g ) gigas, Hciuatoia cali/ornica, Ilippoglossiu californicus, Mur<ma
inordax, Orthagorincus aiialin, Jului semiciiicttui.]
Catalogue of tho Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert GUiither, ....
Volume first. London: printed by order of the trustees. 18.7J. [August.]
. At first only entitled: — Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fi.-hes in tin;
collection of the British Museum. By Dr. Albert Giiuther. Volnine first.
Gasterosteidae, Berycidaj, Percidaj, Aphredoderida;, Pristipoinatida-, MuUitla;,
SparidiB. Loudon : printed by order of the Trustees. 18r.O. [General title
-\- xxxix, 524 pp.— 10«.]
I S<»0— Salmon Fishery on the Sm ramento River. By C. A. Kirkpatrick. <^ llulch-
ings's California Magazine, v. 4, pp. 529-534, June, 18GU.
t Notes on Fishes previously described in the Proceedings, with figures of seven.
By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. July 2, 1860. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp.
52-59, 1860.
[N. g. Haling for lirusmiiis inarginatiis.]
Beitriige zur Kenntniss dcr Gobioiden. Von Franz Steiiidachner. (.Mit 1
Tafel.) <^Sitzungsb. mathem.-naturw. Classe [K. Akad. Wisseti.scli.] vom
12. Juli 1860, xlii. Band, No. 2:i, Sitzung vom 1?^. October 1860, pp. 2.-i:5-292.
* Description of new fishes. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Aug. G, 1860. <[Proc.
Cal. Acad. S<n., v. 2, pp. 60-64, 1860.
[N. «p. Trichodon lineatu*, Oxmerug thaleiclithgK, witlj fljiureB.]
Catalogue of tho Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert Gvinther
Volume second. London: printed by order of the trustees, l-'f.i*. [Sept.]
At first only entitled : — Catalogue of tho Acanthoplerygian Fishes in the
collection of the British Museum. By Dr. Albert Giinther, .... Volume
second. Squaniipinnes, Cirrhitidie, Triglidso, Trachinida', SciuMiidjo, Polyne-
iuidu>, Sphyra!ni<hv, Triehiuiida', Scombridio, Carangi«he, XiphiidiP. Lou-
don : printed by order of the Trustees. 1860. [General title -j- xsi, 548 i)p.
— 8/(. 6rf.]
(Nov. loc. Saxieratea ductor (374). Echenei« rrmo/ia (378), EcheneU naxtcratr* (■J84). X. up.
CoUuM criniger (522), Airpidophoroidta intrmis (524).)
Reports of Explorations and Surveys to ascertain the most jimcticable and
economical route for a Railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific
Ocean, made under tho direction of the Secretary of War, in l85:i-6. Are.
Vol. X. Washington, 1659. Fishes; by Chiiles Girard, M. D. Washing-
ton, D. C, 1858. [Review, by Theodore Gill.] < Am. Journ. Sii. and
Arts, 2<l serioa, vol. 30, pp. 277-281, Sei)t. 1860.
33
1860-3GthCongress,ls'-, Session. } Senate.^ Ex. Duc. | =. | Reports | of | Explorations
and S,arveys | to | ascertain the most practicable and economical ronte for a
railroad | from | the | Missi.ssippi River to the Pacific Ocean. Made under
the direcrion of th-i Secretary of War, in 1853-5, according to act of Congress
of Jl'irch 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August 5, 1854. | — Volume XII. | Book
II. I Washington: | Thomas II. Ford, Printer. 18G0.
Explorations aul Surveys for a Riilroad route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacitio Ocean. | War Department. | = | Route near the forty-
seventh and forty-n nth parallels, explored by 1. 1. Stevens, | Governor
of Washington Territory, in 185-5-'55. [pp. 9-35S, 70 pi.] Zoological
report.— Washington, D. C, 18u0. [viii, (1), 399 pp., 47 pi.]
No. 5. — Report upon the fishes collected on the survey. — By Dr. G.
Suckley, U. S. A. (pp. 307-3G8, with pi. i, xi, xv, xvi, xix, xx, xxxii,
xxxiii, xlii, xliii, xliv, 1, li, iv, ix, Ixiii, Ixvii, Ixix, ixxii, Ixxv, viz :
Cha|)terl. Ri;port upon the Salmonid;^. pp. 307-349.)
Chapter II. Report upon the Fishes exclusive of the Salmonidi«.
pp. 350-3GS.
(N. sp. Salino Masoni (34.5).]
[This volume alsg appeared wi li tho following title-page and modifications:—]
The Natural History of Washington Territory, with much relating to Minae-
sota, Nebraska, Kansas, Oregon and California, between the thirty-sixth and
forty-ninth parallels of Latitude, being those parts of the final Reports on
the Survey of the Northern Pacific Railroad Route, containing the Climate
and Physical Geography, with full Catalogues and Descriptions of the Phiat.s
and Animals collec:ed from 1853 to 1857. By J. G. Cooper, M. D., and Dr.
G. Suckley, U. S. A., Naturalists to the Expedition. This edition contains a
new preface, giving a sketch of the explorations, a classified table of con-
tents, and the latest additions by the authors. With fifty-five new plates
of scenery, botany, and zoology, and an isothermal chart of the route. — New
York: Baiilifero Brothers, 440 Broadway, [etc.] 1859. [4°. xvii, 2fi-f 7-J-4-
viii, 399 pp. ( +1-4 pp. betw. 368 and 369), 61 pi., 1 map.]
t Descriptions of the Califaruian AtherinidiB, with figures of the species. By
"Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Oct. 1, 18(i0. < Pioc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. li-
77, I8f;0.
[X. sp. At.hcrinop;iis afflnig, Alhe.rinopsU tenuis, with flgare.s.]
t Descriptions of two now Seioinoids, with figures. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D.
Nov. 5, 1860. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 77-81, 18G0.
fN. g. and sp. Juhnius nobiUs, Seriphus (n. g.) j-)olilu!s.'\
tDescripti >n of new Californian fishes, with figures. By 'Vm. O. Ayres, M.
D. Dec. 3, I860. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 82-86, April, 1862.
[N. g. and sp. Camarina (n. g.) nigricans, Poronotus simillimns.]
IS61 — Obscrva'ions on the genus Cottus, and description of two now species
(abridged from the forthcoming report of Capt. J. H. Simpson), by Theo-
dore Gill. March 20, 1861. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 8, pp. 40-4«.
Aprii, isr.l.
[N. g. o.-jd u. sp. Potamocottus (n. g. 40), Potamoc ttus pvncHdatus.]
Description of a new species of the genus Tigoma of Girard (abridged from
the forthcoming report of Capt. J. II. Simp.soti), by Theodore Gi]l. March
20, 1831. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 8, p. 42, April, 1861.
(N. sp. Tigoma nqiiamula.]
Bull. N. M. No. 11 3
34
I HC I— Notes on the described spccioa of Ilolconoti, found ou the western coast of
North America. By Alexander Agassiz. Marc'li 'JO, 1>«01. <^ Proc. Bos-
ton Soc. Nat. IIi8t.,v. ^1, pp. l'JJ-i:{|, l^(il.
[Tho Dumber of species is rcducoil to 13, which are grouped under 9 genera. N. g.
Tceniotoea > Embiotoca lateralis ; n. up. Hyperpronopon analis, — neither described.)
t Conininnication on several new generic types of fishes, t. e., Podothecus,
Hoplopajinis, and Ste])luinoiepis. By Theodore Gill. .Vpril 10, 1861.
< Proc. Acad. N;it. Sci. Phila., [v. 13 J, pp. 77-78, 1801.
[X. g. and sp. Podothcewi (u. g.).]
llovision of the genera of North Anjerican ScioBnina?. By Theodore Gill.
April 30, 18iil. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp.7'.»-8!», istil.
{'S. g. lihinoscion (85) for Amblodon saturnw Grd., Genyonemus (87) for Leiogtomui line-
atu» Ayres.)
On the Liostomina;. By Theodore Gill. April 30, 18fil. <^ Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 89-93, 18(31.
[Remarks on Leiostomxu lineatus (92).]
Salnionidffl of Frazer River, British Columbia. By C. Bre^w'. <^ Edinburgh
New Philos. Jonrn., v. 1.3, p. 1G4, 1801.
On the Ilaploidonotiiue. By Theodore Gill. May 28. 1861. < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 100-105, 18GI.
(Remarks on Amblodon K'ltumiu (103).]
Notices of Certain New Species of North American .Sulmonida?, chi» fly in the
Collection of the N. W. Boundary Commission, in charge of Archibald
Campbell, Esq., Commissionerof the United States, by Dr. C. B. R. Keunerly,
Naturalist to the Commission. By George Suckley, M. D., late Assistant
Surgeon, IJ. S. Army. Read before the New York Lyceum of Natural History.
.Inne, 1801. < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, v. 7, pp. 30G-313, 18r>2.
[K. R. and sp. Salmo Kennerlyi (:t07), Sabno brevicauda (308), Salmo Warreni (30?), Satmo
Bairdii (.m'.n, Snlmo I'arkei (Mn, Oneorhynchxit (n. g.. 312), finln.o CamphellU'M^).]
Notes on some genera of fishes of tho western <oasl of Norlli .Vmeriea. By
Theodore Gill. .Inly 30, 1861. < Proc. Acad. Nat. .<.i. Phila., [v. 13], pp.
16.|-1()8, isiil.
[N. g. Atractoperca (lfi4), Archoplites (Ifi.'i), rarephlppug (1<;.'>), Ui/pin/popt (ICO, Sfbtutodti
(165), Acantholebiug (IOC), rieurogrammxia (1<">C), (Irainmatoplniriu (ICG), Mnjah rotlut (KW).
Olinocottut (1C6), Jilennicottiu {\6fi), Anoplagonux (lfi7), liroKmophycit (I6e>, Ilypsagoniu.
ilfi7), * r.iragonut (ir.7).]
On new types of Aulostomatoids, fonnil in Washington T<Tritory. By Theo-
dore GiU. .Inly 30, 1861. < Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 168-170,
1861.
[X. g. and sp. Aulorh/nchut (n. g., 169) flavidxt* (169).)
On tho genus Podofhecns. By Theodore Gill. Sept. Jl, 1661. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sri. Pliila., [v. 13], pp. 2.-»8-261, Sept. 1861.
Description of a new generic type of Biennoids. By Theodore Gill. Sept.
•24, 1861. < Proc. Acatl. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 261-263. Sept. 1861.
[N. g. nndap. AnoplarchxiM (n. g., Ml) purpureteent (262).)
35
1861— Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert Giinthei
Vohiaio third. Loudon : printed by order of the trustees. 18G1. [Oet.]
At first only entitled:— Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. Albert Gunther. Volume
third. G()bii(he, Diseoboli, Oxudercida-, Batrachida!, rediculati, Blenniidje,
Acaiithoelinida;, Coniephorida',, Trachypteridae, Lophotida'.Teuthididui, Acro-
nurid;e, lloplognathidie, Malaciinthidiu, Nandida», Polyceiitrida;, Labyrin-
thici, Luciocephalida', Atherinidie, Mugilida', Ophioceplialida^,Triehonotidi»',
CepolidjB, Gobiesoeidas Psychrolutidie, CeutriscidiO, Fistulariidie, Masta-
cembelidiB, Notacanthi. Loudon: printed by order of the Trustees. 18»)1.
[Published in Oct. 8°. General title + xxv, 586 + x* pp.— 10«. ChI.'\
[N. g. and n. sp. Cycloptenis orhis (158), Liparig cyclopus (1C3), Centronotus crista-<j(ilU
(269) = Anoplarchns crista-galU (5Ct4), Psychrolutes (n. g.) paradoxus (.")1C).]
* Description of a new ichthyic form from the coast of Lower California. By
V7m. O. Ayres, M. D. Dec, 1, 1861. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 2, pp.
156-158, 1862.
[N. sp. Cynoscion parvipinnis.]
Analytical synopsis of the order Squali and revision of the nomenclature of
the genera. By Theodore Gill. Dec. 16,1861. < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist.,
N. Y., V. 7, pp. 36H''-370*+ 371-408, 1862.
Squalorutrl generum novorum descriptiones diagnosticse. Theodore Gill, auc-
tore. Dec. 16, 1861. < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., v. 8, pp. 409-413, 1862.
lS6t! — Description of a new species of Hemilepidotus, and remarks on the group
(Temnistiae) of which it is a member. By Theodore Gill. Jan. 28, 1862-
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 13-14, 1862.
[N. sp. Hemilepidotus Oibbsii (13).]
On the subfamily of Argeutininse. By Theodore Gill. Jan. 28, 1862.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 14-15, 18ti2.
[N. g. JTeso^ws (14) or Hypomesut (15).]
Note on the Sciasnoids of California. By Theodore Gill. Jan. 28, 1862.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 16-18, 1862.
[5 species enumerated.]
t Notice of fresh water Fishes taken in the Bay of San Francisco. By "Wm.
O. Ayres, M. D. Fob. 3, 1862. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 2, p. 163,
Sept. 18(52.
[8 sp. specified.]
On the limits and arrangement of the family of Scombroids. By Theodore
GilL March 25, 1862. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 124-127.
1862.
Description of new species of Alepidosauroi(;iE. By Theodore Gill. Marcti
25, 1862. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 127-132, 1862.
[N. sp. Alepidosaurus (Caulopus) borealis (128), Alepidosaurus (Caulopus) serra (129).]
Catalogue of the fishes of Lower California in the Smithsonian Institution,
collected by Mr. J. Xantus. By Theodore Gill. Part I. March 25, 1862.
< Proc. Acad. Nut. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 140-151, 1862.
On a new genus of fishes allied to Aulorhynchus, and on the affinities of the
family Aulorhynchoida) to which it belongs. By Theodore Gill. April 2'.(,
1862. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 233-261, 1862.
36
1 §68— Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California, in the Smithsonian Inctitutioa,
collected hy Mr. J. Xantus. By Theodore Gill. Part II. Ai)ril 20, \»f>2.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 11], i)i>. -Jli-'Jli;, IHW.
Catalojijiio of the Tlshi's of Lower C.ilifi)riii;i. in the SmitliHoniati Iiistiturion,
collected by Mr. . I. Xantus. Ry Theodore Gill. Part III. May 27, 18G2.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. U], pp. -MD-vidi, IHC.J.
Notice of a collection of the Fishes of California presented fo the Sinitlisonion
Institution by Mr. Samuel Hul)bnrd. Uy Theodore Gill. June 24, 1862.
<Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 274-2d-2, 18fJ>.
[N. g. and 8p. Hijpoeritichthys (n. c-, 275) analis (275), *Brach)/igtius(n. g., 27.5) ftenattu (275),
MyperproKopon Agassizii (27(1), Oxylebiiia (n. g,., 277) pictus (278), Apodichthvt saiigiiineus (279),
*Apndlchthiis inornatwi (279), Parophrys Hiibbardii (291), Alausa cali/ornica (2,'?1), Itoplag-
iodon sp. (2«2).]
Synopsis of the species of Lophohrauchiate Fishes of Western North America.
By Theodore Gill. June 24, 18(i2. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14],
pp. 282-284, I8G2.
[N. g. and 6p. DermatontetMts {n. s-.^^'^i) pitnetipinnit (283), Syngnathua dimidiatxi* (283
284).l
Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Musenm. By Albert GUnther
Volume fourth. London: printed liy order of the trnstecs. l-r>2.
Also entitled: — Catalogue of the Acanthopterygii pharyngognathi and
Anacanthini in tiie collection of the British Museum. . . . London : printed
by order of the Trustees. 1862. [8^. General title + xxi, M4 pp.— 8«. 6rf.]
[y. «p. Dilrema brev'pinne (249). Pleuronectet Frankllnii (442), Pleuronectet digrammv*
(44,')), Parophrys Ayresii (45C).] j
Noteson the family of Scombroids. By Theodore Gill. .Inly 29, 1862. < Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.. [v. 14], pp. :32S-:)2t», |s(;2.
Note on some genera of Fishes of Western North America. By Theodore Gill.
Jnly 29, 18G2. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 329-;5:32, 18()2.
[N. g. and sp. Euryclogobius (n. g., 330), Caularehva (ti. g., 330), Eumicrctremu* (ii. g , 330)
Hypsi/iirin (ii. g., 330), Lrpidopsett a (n. g., .3.30), IIijpKopnetta (n. g., 330), Orthopnatla (n. g.,
330), Urnpsetla (n. g., 3.30), Tli/drolagus (ii. p., 33!), GyroplextroduH (n. g.,331), Ilolorhinv-i
(n. g.,331), Entiisphcniix (u. g.,331). 42 genora arc «t*teil to have been iidded to tlie Cali-
fornian f.iuna, either as entirely new nr in nubstitntion for others erroneously identified,
since the publication of G:rar,l'« work.]
On the cliissiiicat ion of the families and genera of the Sqnali of California.
By Theodore Gill. Oct. 28, 1862. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14],
pp. 48:}-ii01, 18(;2.
[N. g. and «p. Rhinnt^ioei* (n. g., 4!?f)) Uenlti (48t)).l
t Statement in regard to Sebastes rosaceus and 8. rnber. By Wni. O. Ayros.
M. D. Nov. :^, A^iVl. < Proc. Cai. .\ca(l. Sci., v. 2. p. 207. .lannaiy, 186:!.
"Description of Fislies believ«'d to bo new. By Wm. O. Ayres. M. I>.
Nov. :J, 1862. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 209-211, Jannary, l-d:!.
[X. sp. Srbtutodet flavidxu, Sebastodet ovalU]
* Heinarks in relation to fln> fishes of California which are inelnded inCuvier's
gonns Seba.stes. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Nov. 3, 1862. < Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci., v. 2, jip. 211-21^, .January. 1861$.
37
1863— Notices of certain new species of North American Sahnonidie, chiefly in the
• collection of the N. W. Boundary Coinniission. By George Suckley, M. D.
See 18(51, Jurte.
1§63 — The Resources of California, comprising Agriculture, Mining, Geography, Cli-
mate, Commerce, etc., etc. and the past and future development of the State.
By John- S. Hittel.— San Francisco: A. Roman & Company. New York:
W. J. Middleton. 1803. [12", xvi, 4(54 pp.]
[Zoology, chap, vi (pp. 140-Ufi); flahing (pp. .313-317;.]
List of the Fishes sent by the Museum [of Comparative Zoology] to different
Insfitations, in exchange for other spei:imens, with Annotations. By P. W.
Putnam. <[Bull. Mas. Comp. Zool., No. 1^ = v. 1, pp. 2-lG, March 1, 1863.
* Remarks in relation to the genus Notorhynchus. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D.
March 2, 1863. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 3, p. 15, April, 1803.
Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California, in the Smithsonian Institution,
collected by Mr. J. Xantus. By Theodore Gill. P«rt IV. March 31, 1863.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15], pp. 80-88, 1863.
Descriptions of some uew species of Pediculati, and on the classification of
the group. By Theodore Gill. Maich 31, 1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., [v. 15], pp. 66-92, 1863.
On an unnamed generic type allied to Sebasles [Sebastoplus, Gill]. By
Theodore Gill. August 25, 1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15],
pp. 207-209, 1863.
[Contains lefeieace to Ayres'a views on the CaMfornian Sebaxtoids.]
*Remarks on ichthyic types new to the California Coast. By Wm. O. Ayres,
M. D. Sept. 7, 1863. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 3, p. 06, Nov. 1863.
[X. sp. (undoscribed) Scomberesox n. sp., Alopias n. sp.]
Synopsis of the Pomatentroids of the Western Coast of North and Central
America. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29, 1863. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., [v. 15], pp. 213-2k;l, 1863.
Notes on the Labroids of the Western Coa^t cf North America. By Theodore
GUI. Sept. 29, 1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15], pp. 221-224.
1863.
Synopsis of the North American Gadoid Fishes. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29,
1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., [v. 15], pp. 229-242, 18(53.
Descriptions of the genera of Gadoid and Brotuloid Fishes of Western North
America. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29, 1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
[v. 15], pp. 242-254, 1863.
Synopsis of the family of the Lycodoidie. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29, 1863.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [t. 15], pp. 254-262, 1863.
I
Descriptions of the Gobioid genera of the Western Coast of Temperate North
America. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29, 1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., [v. 15], pp. 262-267, 1863,
[N. g. and sp. Coryphopterus (n. g., 262) glaucoficenum ("263).]
On New Genera and Species of California Fishes. — No. I. By J G. Cooper,
M. D. Nov. 3, 1863. < Prcc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. 3, pp. 70-77, Nov. 1SG3.
[N. g. and n. sp. Dekaya (ii. j^.) anomala, Aijreda (n. g.) punctipinnis, Otcynits pucificxis.]
38
1863 — Notes on the Sobastoid Kisbes occurring in tbo Coast of Ciiliforuia. By 'Wm.
O. Ayres, M. I)., C. M. D. S. Nov. 10, imii. < Proc. Zool. Soc. London — ,
pp. 390-402, 1863.
Ou New GoDcia aud Species of California Fisbes. — No. II. By J. G. Cooper, M.
D. Nov. 10, 18G;J. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. 3, pp. iYS-07, Due. 1^03.
[S. Bp. Exoroetut Cfili/ornicui. Urolophut Ilalleri.]
Description of tbe gonns Steroolopis Ayres. By Theodore Gill. No\ . 24,
1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila., [v. 1.5], pp. 32'J-33U, 1";C3.
Description of tbe genus Oxyjulis Gill. By Theodore Gill. Nov. 24, 1863.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila., [v. 15], pp. 330-331, 1803.
»
1W64 - Catalogno of tbe Fisbes in tbe Britisb Museum. By Albert Gunther, . . .
Volume fiftb. London: printed by order of the trustees. 1K)4.
Also entitled :— Catalogue of the Physostomi, containing the familie.'i
Silnridie, Characinida), Haplocbitonidaj, Sternoptycbidiu, Scopelida*, Sto-
miatidu', in tbe collection of tbe British Museum. . . . Loudon: published
by order of tbo Trustees. 1804. [8^. (Includinggeneral title) xxii, 455 pp.]
Boscbreibung des Heterodontns Pbillipii Bl. (Cestracion Pliillijiii Cnv.) uiit
Rucksicbt auf seine fossilen Verwandten. Von Johannes Striiver (Giit-
tingen). Dresden, 1804. [4"^., 32 pp, 2 pl."| <;Verbaudl. K. Leopold-Carol.
Akad. der Naturf., v. 31.
On new Genera aud Species of Californian Fishes. — No. III. By J. G. Cooper,
M. D. Jan. 4, 1804. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. 3, pp. 108-114. l^'64.
[X.);- !>D*1 ^V- Myxodcs (or Gibhonsia, n. g.) eltgani, OUlichthys (D.g.) mirahilu. Pteropla-
tea marmorata.]
Description of a new Labroid genus allied to Trocbocopns, Gthr. By Theo-
dore Gill. Mar. 21), l>-04. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila., [v. 10], pp. oT-.VJ.
1804.
[N. g. Piinelometopon (58), Sebastormu (.lO), SebattosomuM (59).]
Note on tbe nomenclature of Genera and Species of the family Ecbeneidoida>.
By Theodore Gill. Mar. 29, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila., [v. 10],
pp. 09-01, 1804.
Critical remarks on tbe genera Sebastes aud Sebastodes of Ayres. By Theo
dore Gill. May 31, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 14.'>-I4r
1864.
[N. 8p. SebculoMomuM pinniijer (147>, Sfb<ulotomut timulant (147).)
Second contribution to tiie Selachology of California. By Theodore GUI.
May 31, intM. < Proc. .U-ad. Nat. Sci. Pbila.. [v. 10], pp. 117-151. 1864.
(N^. sp. MuMeliu enlifornieiu (HH), Xotorhi/nchu* bcreali$ (l.'iO).J
tSeveral points in Icbtbyology and Concbology, viz: Percopsis Hammoudii,
n.Hi»., Paralepidoids and .Mtpidosanroids, Oymnotoids, and Camprloma vico
Melantbo. By Theodore Gill. June 7, lKi4. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., [v. 16], pp. 151-152, 1804.
tAyresia jiunctipinuis named Cbromis punctipinnis _/irfe Gill. By J. O
Cooper, M. D. July 18, 1864. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 3, p. 160, 1-64.
39
1864— Note on the Paralepidoida and Microstomatoids, aud on some peculiarities of
Arctic Icbthyology. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 27, 1864. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Scl. Phila., [v. 16], pp. l»7-ltiD, 1864.
Synopsis of the Cyclopteroids of Eastern North America. By Theodore Gill.
Sept. 27, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila., [v. 16], pp. 189-194, 1864.
Synopsis of the Plouronectoids of Californian aud North-westeru America. By
Theodore GilL Sept. 27, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp.
194-198, 1864.
Description of a new generic type of Pleuronectoids in the Collection of the
Geological Survey of California. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 6, 1864. <[ Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 198-199, 1864.
[N. 1^. and sp. Metoponopg (n. g., 198) Cooperi (199).]
Note on the family of Stichaeoids. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 7, 18C4.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 208-211, 1864.
1865 — Note on the family of Myliobatoids, and on a New species of .lEtobatis. By
Theodore Gill. April :}, 1865. < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, v. 8, pp.
135-138, May, 1865.
[N. sp. Myliobatis cali/ornicus (137), ^tobatis laticeps (137).]
On the Genus Caulolatilus. By Theodore GilL April 25, 1865. <^ Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 17 J, pp. 6J-68, 1865.
Ou the Cranial Characteristics of Gadus [Microgadus] proximus, Grd. By •
Theodore Gill. April 25, 1865. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,, [v. 17], p.
69, 1865.
[N. g. Microgadus.]
Note on several Genera of Cyprinoids. By Theodore Gill. April 25, 1865.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 17], pp. 69-70, 1865.
Some remarks on Labrus pulcher (Ay res). By Albert GUnther, M.A., M. D.,
Ph. D, May 30, 1865. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 17 J, p. 77, 1865.
On a new Generic type of Sharks. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 26, 1865. <;Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 17], p. 177, 18ii5.
[N. g. .ind sp. Micristodus (u. g., 177) ptinctatus (177).]
Histoire naturelle des Poissons ou Ichlhyologie g^n^rale par Aug. Dumeril
Professeur-admiuistrateur au Mns6iim d'Hisloire Naturelle do Paris. — Oii-
vragti accompagn6 de planches. — Tome premier [.] fiiasmobranthes [i. e.]
Plagiostomes et Iloiocdplialcs ou Chim^res. — Premiere partie [-Seconde
panic]. . . . Paris. Librairie Encyclopddique de Rorer, .... 1865,
[Text, 2 p. 1., i>p. 1-352; seconde partie, 2 p. 1., pp. 353-720.] [8°; atlas
larger 8°, pi. 1-14, pp. 1-8.]
Vancouver Island and British Cohimhia. Their History, Resources, and Pros-
pects. Hy Matthe-w Macfie, F. R. G. S., five years resident in Victoria, V.
I. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts, «& Green, 1865. [8", xx
pp. (including blank leaf and frontispiece), 1 1., 574 pp., 2 maps.]
Chapter V. General Resource* of Vancouver's Island, pp. 131-171.
Fiaberies. pp. 163-171.
40
1^06— Catalogue of the Fishes in tbc British Miisuuiii. By Albeit Giiuthei
Volume sixth. Loutlou: priuted by order of the tnislL-es. l.^Gli.
. Also entitled: — Catalogue of the Physostomi, contaiuing the faiuilies Sal-
nionidiB, Percopsidte, Galaxidaj, Moniiyridue, Gyiniiarchidte, Esocidie, Uiu-
hridie, Scouibresocidaj, Cypriiiodontidaj, iu the collection of the B^iti^sh
Musi'Uin. . . . London: printed by order of the Trnstees. lr!6(J. [H^ xv,
3(;8 pp.]
[X. Bp. Salmo lordii (148). 1
The Naturalist in Vancouver Island and British Columbia. By John Kcast
Lord, F. Z. S., Naturalist to the British North American Boundary Com-
mission. [V^i;^iietles.] In two volumes. Vol. I [ — II]. London: Richard
Bentley, New Burlington Street, publisher iu orJinary to Her Majesty. I'^liU.
[2 vols., 1*2°. Vol. i, xiv (incl. frontisp.), 2, 358 pp., 8 pL; vol. ii, vii (incl.
frontisp.), 2, 375 pp., 5 pi.]
Volume i.
Chapter II. — Victoria — The Salmon : its hauuts and habits, pp. 3G-6I.
Chapter III. — Fish Harvesting, pp. 02-96.
Chapter IV. — The Round-lish, Herrings, and Viviparous Fi^^h. pp. l)7-r20
Chapter V. — Sticklebacks and their Nests — Tlio Bullhead — The Rock-
cod— The Chirus— Flatfish, pp. 121-141.
Chapter VI. — Halibut Fishing — Dogfish — A trip to Fort Rupert — Ransom-
ing a Slave — A promentidc with a Red skin — Bagging a Chiefs head —
Queen Charlotte's Islanders at Naniamo. pp. 14'2-174.
Chapter VII. — Sturgeon-spearing — Man-sucker — Clams, pp. 175-198.
Volume ii.
Appendix.
Lirt of Fishes collected iu the Salt and Fresh Waters of Vancouver
Island and British Columbia, pp. ;551-35G.
[In tho list .ire enninor.itetl species which .ilniost cj-rtaiuly wore not "c<illected" in tlio
waters iu qiie.stiou.]
llr. 'W. Peters machte cine Mittheilung iiber Fi.sche (Protojiierus, AuUscopx,
Lahrax, Labracoglussa, Xemotoceniris, ScrrauuK, Scorpin, Opistho;itiathus, Scom-
brenox, Acharna, Anguilla, Gi/miiomurccna, CItiluihinus, UpliUhthus, IltlmUh-
thijH). <^ Monatsberichto d^r Kouigl. Akademio der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin, 1806, pp. 509-.5-26, 1 pi.
[N. g. and sp. Axdisiops (d. g., 510) i^ineneena (510), Scon bregox brevirostrin (5Jl).)
IM4>7 — On the identity of the genns Alepisaurus Lowe with Plagyoiius Steller. By
Dr. Albert Giinther. < Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), v. ID, pp. ISS-l^T.
On the nourishment of the foetus in the Embiotoco'd Fishes. By James
Blake, M. D., F. R. C. S. Jan. !21, 1807. < Pioe. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. 3,
pp. •J14-;U7, Sept. 18G7.
On the organs of Copulation in tho Male of the Embiotoooid Fisiu-s. By
James Blake, M. D., F. R. C. S. Nov. 4, 1.-07. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci..
V. :!, pp. ;i71-:;7-2. May, 1808.
Ifi^OW — Some Recent Additions to tlm Fauna of C'alitornia. By J. G. Cooper, M. D.
Jan. 13, 1808. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 4, pp. 3-13. Nov. IHO-*.
[Tho number of fl»hi-» i.-t stati-d (p. :t) to bo 19C in IcOH, nt;aiuKt 13:i known in lfC-2 ]
Nouii^hmi'nt of the Fo-tus in Kudiiotocoid Fishes. By James Blake, M. D.,
Loud., F. K. C. S. < Journ. Anat. and Physiol., v. '2, pp. '28fl-'2-8-2.
41
1 §68— Oil the aual fin appentlast^ of Embiotocoid Fishes. By Jaxnes Blake, M. D., F.
R. C. S., Professor of Obstetrics in Tolard Medical CoIJege, St. Franci.sco,
Caliioruia. <^ Jourii. Aiiat. and Physiol., v. 3, pp. 30-32, pi. 2, figs. 1 aiid 2,
Nov. 1HG8.
The Natural Wealth of Califoruia. Comprising early hi tory; geography,
topography, and ; cenery ; climate; agriculture and commercial products ;
geology, zoology, and hotany ; mineralogy, mines, and mining processes ;
manufactures ; steamship lines, railroads, and commerce ; immigration,
population and society; educational institutions and literature; together
with a detailed description of each county; its topography, scenery, cities
and towns, agricultural advantages, mineral resources, and varied produc-
tions. By Titus Fey *'roni33. San Francisco : H. H. Bancroft & Com-
pany. 1868. [8°, xvi, (i9G pp.]
Chapter VII. Zoology, pp. 434-501.
Fishes. [By J. G. Cooper, M. D.] pp. 487-498.
Chapter XIII. Miscellaneous Subjects, pp. 668-684.
Fisheries, p. ()80.
[Tho libti of fldhes
was evidently prepai
•ed by Dr. J. G. C
ooper, i
although only geix^ral
acknowlcdgmeut for
assistance was rendered in the preface. It
was acknowledged by
Dr. Cooper, as author
, in tho communication to the California Acad
lemy of Sciences, indi-
cated above. iDaamuch as this was inteiukd to be acomplete enunaeration of the fishes of
California, tho names are reproduced here.]
'
BONY FISHES.
Percidai
Stereolepis
gigaa
^487
1
Paralabras
nebulifer
487
2
AtractopiTc.a
clathrata
487
3*
Archoplitos
interruptus
487
3*
Latiloidaj
C'^nlolatilus
anomalus
487
4
Sciffinidffl
Rhinoscion
saturnus
488
5
Leiostomus
lineatua
488
6
Umbrina
nndulata
488
7
Atractoscion
nobile
488
8
Seriphus
politus
488
Cbaetodonidaj
Pare phi ppua
zonatus
488
10
Girella
nigricans
488
11
Pomacentridaj
Glyphidodoa
rubicundus
488
12
Chromis
puuctipiunis
488
13
Embiotocoidae
HystiTocarpus
Traskii
48?
14
Embiotoca
■Jack son i
489
15
argyrosoma
489
m
Tasniotoc).
lateralis
469
17
Hypsurua
Caryi
489
18
Damalichthys
vacca
489
19
Phanerodon
fiircatm
489
20
Cymatojiaster
aggregatus
489
21
Rh.achochcilus
toxotea
489
22
Amphislichus
.ii'gonteus
489
23
Holconotus
1 hodoterus
489
24
pulchellus
489
25
Hyperprosopon
argenteuin
489
20
arcuatuni
489
27
pnnctatum
489
28
nypociiticlithys
analis
489
29
Brach.yistius
frenatns
489
30
Abeoua
minima
489
31
Labridas
Trochocopus
pulcher
489
32
Ox.vjulls
modoatus
489
33
Coryphaenidoe
Poronotua
simillimus
489
34
Scombridffi
Scomber
diego
489
35
Repeated.
42
1§68-
BONY FISHES— Coutinued.
Pelaiuya
linoolata
489
3«
Ore J u us
pacittcua
489
37
Ualati-actuj
doraalis
490
38
Traohiirus
symiuetricuH
490
39
Paratractas
boo pi
4J0
40
AleptdoHanru!!
aerra
490
41
Scoiu beroHocidie
Ikilouo
exilia
490
43
SpbyrieuidiE
Sphyrajua
ar!;eiitoa
490
43
Atherinldffi
Chirostonia
caliloruioDitia
490
44
affiuis
490
45
teuuia
490
46
ExoccBliiliD
E.voeujtiia
californiciis
4f;o
47
CUridas
Chirus
coDstellutna
491
48
pictua
491
49
guttatua
491
50
Acantholobliis
BobuloHus
491
51
Oplopoina
pantherina
491
53
Anuplupoma
inerlan<;u8
431
53
GasterosteidiB
Gaatorosteug
aerratua
491
54
plebiua
491
35
microcephalna
491
56
Wiliiamaouii
491
57
Soorpsenidae
Scorpoena
guttata
491
58
Sebastea
nigrocinctus
491
59
uebiilo8ua
491
CO
aurictilatua
491
CI
ruber
491
. C-J
ocellatus
491
* 63
oloDKatua
491
C4
paucispiuia
491
C5
ovalia
491
C6
flavidua
491
67
melauopa
491
68
roaaceua
491
C9
TricbodoD
liDeatua
491
70
Blupttiaa
trilobus ?
491
71
Cottlds
Cottopsis
guloaua
492
73
parvua
492
73
Lcptocottna
armatua
492
74
Oligocottus
luaculoaud
492
75
analia
492
78
globiceps
492
77
Leiocottus
birundo
492
78
Soorptenicbtbys
niariDoratua
492
79
Aspicottiis
biatiD
492
80
Heinilopidotua
Bpinoaaa
492
81
Giltbaii
492
83
uotoapilotiia
492
83
Calycilepidotus
lateral ia
492
84
Bleonida
Anarrichthys
ocellatiia
492
85
Xipbidion
niucDHuni
492
80
LiiinpeDnH
nii;:uillaria
492
87
Apod cbthya
flavidua
492
88
Cebedicbtbya
criatagnlli
492
89
violaceus
492
90
Gnnnelliis
ornntua
492
91
Blennide
BlfOuiuH
gcntilis
492
92
Ni'i>clinu8
niancbanli
492
93
Ptcro;:natbu«
natiricna
492
94
lIc-tcroHticbua
roatratuH
492
9.')
CiibbcinHia
cIcpaiiH
492
96
BatrachidiD
Poruhthya
notatua
492
97
Oobida
Lepidogobias
gracilia
492
98
43
1S68-
BONY FISHES— Continued.
Eucyclogobiua
iiowberrii
492
93
Gillichtliy.s
luirabilis
492
100
Cyclopterida)
CaularcUus
roticulatua
493
101
Lii)ari3
imlcboUus
49:i
102
nmcosus
493
103
Pleuronoctidfle
nippoglossus
califoruicus
493
104
vulgaris
493
105
I'lalicbthy.s
stellatas
493
106
Parophys
vetulus
493
107
Paropbiys ?
Ayrosii
493
108
Plateasa?
bilineata
493
109
Paralichthys
maculosus
493
110
Pleuronicbthya
coenosus
493
111
Hubbardii
493
112
Hypsopsetta
ttuttulata
493
113
Paettichthys
melauostictus
493
114
sordidus
493
115
Metoponops
cooperi
493
116
Gadidao
Merluclu3
prodiictus
493
117
Brosiuophycia
niaiginatua
493
118
Gadu3
proxiraus
493
119
Aniniodytea
persouatus
493
120
Ophidiidae
Opbidion
Taylori
493
121
Salmonidat
Salmo
quinnat
494
122
Scouleri
494
123
Mason i
494
124
8tellatu9
494
125
ii'idea
494
12G
Corogonus
■Williamaonii
491
127
Hypomesus
pretiosus
494
128
Osmerus
thab icbtliya
494
129
SoopelidiB
Synodus
lucioceps
495
130
ClupeidsB
Alausa
calil'ornica
495
131
Clupea
mirabilis
495
1.(2
Meletta
casrulea
495
133
Engraulis
mordax
495
134
delicalissinius
495
135
compreasus
495
136
nanus
495
137
Cyprinodontidiu
Cyprinodou
calirornieusia
495
138
Fundulus
parvipinnia
1
495
495
139
140
Mnrsenidie
Murffiiia
mordax
495
141
Ophidiiirus
californiensis
495
142
CyprinldtB
Catostonius
oocidentalis
495
143
hibiatus
495
144
Acoraus
geniTosus?
495
145
Mylopbarodou
robustus
496
146
cono<;epb'»his
496
147
Mylocbeilus
fratcrcuhis
496
148
Ptychocboiliis
grandis
496
149
lucius
496
150
rapax
496
151
Gila
robnsta
496
152
clegans
496
153
Luxilus
occidontalis
496
154
Tigoma
conforniia
496
155
craaHa
49G
156
Siboma
crasaicauda
496
157
Ortbodoii
microlepidotus
496
158
Algansoa
formosa
496
159
Laviuia
exilicauda
496
160
bareugua
496
161
44
1868-
BONT FISHES— Continued.
Pogonichthya
iuscquilobus
496
162
Mymmotricua
49G
1C3
argyroioaun
496
164
CARTILAGINOUS FISUES.*
Ortbagoriscus
analia
407
\l6j
Gastrophj-sua
politus
497
16G
Hippocampua
iujjous
497
167
SyDguuthus
calil'oruieusis
497
168
griseoliu<;atu8
497
1G9
Uptorbyiicbus
497
170
(liiiiidiatus
497
171
aiuudiuuceaa
497
172
Deinaatostt'thus
punctipitinia
497
173
Autaceua
bracbyrbyacbus
497
174
acutirostiia
497
175
medii'ostria
497
17C
Hydrolagus
Colliei
497
177
Notorhyuchus
luaculatua
498
178
IsoijlasioJon
Uenlei
498
179
Tiiacis
semil'asciatus
498
180
Gyroplearoilus
FraiicisL'i
49tj
181
Acautliiaa
Siicklii
49«
182
Sphyia
malleus
498
183
Alopias
vulpes
498
184
llbiua
californica
498
185
Kbiuobatns
l»rodiictus
498
186
Rhinoptera
vt'sperliliii
498
187
Uraptera
biuoculata
498
188
Torpedo
calilbruica
498
189
Urolophus
Halleii
498
190
I'ttToplatea
niarniorata
498
191
Trygon
i
498
192
Laiupetra
plunibea
498
193
EntospheDua
ei)ibi«.\i)dini
498
194
ciliatus
498
195
Brancbiostonia
!
498
196
INC8 — Catalogue of the Fisbes iu the British Mubtiiiii. By Albert Giiuther, . . .
Volume seventh. — London : printed by order of the trusties. 1oT»m.
Also entitled : — Catalojrue of the I'hysostonii, containing; the famiiie.s Htte-
lopyj^ii, Cyi)rinida), Gouorhyncbitiaj, llyodoutidie, OsteogKissida^ Cluiuida-,
Cbirocentridye, AlepocepbalidiB, Notopterida>, lIalosaurid;e, in the collectiiMi
of the liritish Miiseuui. . . . Loudon: printed by order of the Trustees.
18(58. [«^, XX, :>12 pp.]
IW70— Alaska and Its KcsourceB. By 'William H. Dall, Director of tlie Seientilie
Corps of the late Western Union Ttle^^rapli Kx] edition. Boston: Lee anil
Shepard. 1870. 18°, xii, 6J8 pp, l."> pi., 1 map.]
Part II.
Chapter VI. Fisheries, Fur Trade, and other resources not previously
mentioned, pp. 481-505.
Appendix.
Appt-ndix (1. Natural History, pp. 576-5iM.
List of the lishe.s of Alaska, p. .'■>79.
Marine Fishes, p. .'i7'J.
I'resh-water (ishes of the Yukon. )>. .")7'.l.
fTho list Is very imperfect.]
•No families nri) rccoguizi-d among th(< so-called cartilagiiions HkIk-m. These aro indicated by thi
present writer by the lines in tlic family cohirou.
45
l§'3'0 — Mackerel-catching. [By John C. Cremony.] < Overland Monthly, v. 4,
pp. 161-168, Feb. 1870.
The Pacific Coast Cod-finhery. [By Capt. C. M. Scammon.] < Overland
Monthly, v. 4, pp. 4:56-440, May, 1870.
Catalogue of Fishes in the British Museum. By Albsrt GUnther, . . .
Volume eighth. London: printed by order of the trustees. 1870.
Also entitled:— Cataloguoof the Pliysostomi, containing the tamiliesGym-
notidaj, Synihrauchidte, Murajnidte, Pegasidae, and of the [orders] Lopho-
branchii, Plectognathi, [and subclasses] Dipnoi, Ganoidei, Chondropterygii,
Cyclostomata, Leptocardii, in the British Museum. . . . London: printed
bj- order of the Trustees. 1H70. [8°, xxv, 549 pp.]
[Sp. new to coast:— Oaleus canis (379). N. g. Ichthyomyzon (506).]
tJber einige Pleuronectiden, Salmoniden, Gadoiden und Blenniidon aus der
Decastris-Bay und voa Viti-Levu. Von Franz Steindachner und weil.
Prof. Dr. Rudolph Kner. < Sitzb. K. AUad. Wissensch., B. Ol, Abth. i,
pp. 4-^1-447, pi. 1, 1870.
[7 species identified as common to Decastris Bay and the American coast.]
Histoire naturelle des Poissons on Ichthyologieg6n6raIe par Aug. Dumeril [,]
Menibre de I'lustitut [,] professeur-administrateur an Mus6um d'Histoire Na-
turelle de Paris. — Ouvrage accompagnd de planches. — Tome second [.] Ga-
noides, Dipu6s, Lophobranches 1870. — Paris [,] Librairie Ency- ■
clop6dique de Roret, .... 1870. [4juin. — Text, 8°, 2 p. 1., 6:^4 pp. ; Atlas,
larger ftO, pi. 15-26, pp. 9-12, with half title.]
1 «7 1— The Food Fishes of Ala.ska. By William Healy Dall. < Rep. Comm. Agric,
1870, pp. 375-392, 1871.
(14 species specified: no now species described-]
\ Remarks on the mode of attack of the Thrasher Shark. By Gsorge David-
son. July 11, 1870. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 4, p. 127, Ai)ril, 1871
IW72 — Notice of an apparently new marine animal from the Northern Pacific. By
P. L. Sclater, M. A., Ph. D., F. R. S., Secretary of the Zoological Society of
London. <^ Rep. 42d meeting Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sc, Aug. 1872, Tr. Sec, pj).
140-141.
Notice of a supposed new marine animal from Washington Territory, north-
west America. [By P. L. Sclater.] < Nature, v. i, p. 43(), Sept. 26, 1872.
[The supposed new animal was represented by "several specimens whicb at first sight
appt-ared to resemble long thin pe<dod white willow-wand more than anything else." Mr.
Sclatir, in the first instance, " was inclined to regard them as possibly bones of one of the
gigantic rays," and afterwards (wben he had been told what they were !) "as the hardened
notochordof a low organized flsh." They were, in truth, the tixial skeletons of Pennatnlid
Boophytes! ! !
tJber eine neno Gattung von Fischen aus der Familie der Cataphracti Cuv.,
Scombrocottus salmoneus, von der Vancouvers-Insel. Von W. C. H. Peters.
< Monatsb. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, pp. 568-570, 1872.
(N. g. and sp. Scombrocottus (n. g., 56?) salmoneus (569).]
Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries of the State of California for the
years 1870 and 1871. Sacramento: T. A. Springer, State printer. 1872.
[8°, col. title, 24 pp.1
46
1872 — Arranpenicnt of the families of Fishes, or classes Pisces, MarKipohranrhii, ami
Leptocanlii. Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. By Theodore
Gill, M. D., Ph. D. Washinj^ton : published by the Smithsonian Institu-
tion. November, 1872. (Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. 247.) [k ,
xlvl, 49 pp.]
42d Coi>{5ress, 2d session. | Senate. | E.^. Doc. No. !?4. | Message | from the |
President of the United States, | communicating, | in compliance with a
resolution of the 19th of January, 18G9, information ( in relation to the
resources and extent of the fishing-grounds of the North | Pacific Ocean,
opened to the United States by the treaty of Alaska. [Washington: Gov-
ernment Printing Office. 1872.-8°, H5 pp.]
On ]). 2 entitled " The Fisheries and Fishermen of the North Pacific." By
Richard D. Cutts.
Preliminary Report of the United States Geological Survey of Wyoming, and
portions of contiguous Territories, (being a second [really fourth] annual
report of progress,) conducted under authority of the Secretary of the In-
terior, by F- V. Hayden, United States Geologist. — Washington : Govern-
ment Printing Office. 1672. [8°, 511 pp.]
Part IV. Special Reports.
VII. On the Fishes of the Tertiary Shales of Green River, Wyoming
Territory. By Prof. E. D. Cope. pp. 425-431.
VIII. Recent Reptiles and Fishes. Report on the Reptiles and Fishes,
obtained by the Nataralists of the Expedition. By E. D. Cope, A. M.
pp. 432-442.
Preliminary Report of tha United States Geological Survey of Montana, and
portions of adjacent Territories; being a fifth annual report of jtrogrcs*.
By F. V. Ilaydeu, United States Geologist. — Conducted under authority of
the Secretary of the Interior. — W^aMhington : Government Printing Office.
1872. [8^, i-vi, 3-538 pp. (with 04 fig.), 2 pi., 5 maps folded.]
Part IV. Zoology and Botany.
VI. Report on the Recent Reptiles and Fishes of the Survey, colleeteil
by Campbell Carrington and C. M. Dawes. By E. D. Cope, A. M.
pp. 467-47(5.
1S73— A contribution to the Ichthyology of Alaska. By E. D. Cope. Jan. 17, 1873.
<Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. Phila., v. 13, pp. 24-32, 1873. [Extras, March 11,
1873.]
[17 species enumerated : d. sp. Saltnn tudes, SpraUlloidfx hn/oporitg, Xiphidium crttoreMin,
Oentronotuslatwi, i^hirusbalias, Chinm ordinatiig.Chirutt trigramimu. Ammodytesalascanur ,
Qadux perineoptm, Gadus auratiis, BathymasUr gijnatiiii, I'levronectes arnialtui.]
Note on the Scombrocottns salmoueus of Peters, and its identitj' with Anoplo-
poma fimbria. By Theodore Gill, M. D. March 17, 1873. < Proc. Cnl.
Acad. Sci., v. 5. pp. .")()-57, 1873 (April); reprinted. <[Ana. and Mag. Nat.
Hist., (4), V. 12, pp 74-75, Sept. 1873.
•The first shad (Alansa ]ir;estal»ilis DeKay) caught in the waters of Califor-
nia. By S. R. Throckmorton. May 5, 1873. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. ^\
p. 85, May, 1873.
•On the introduction of exotic Food Fishes into the waters of California. By
S. R. Throckmorton. May 5, 1873. <[ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 5, pp. 8(i-
8H, May, 1^73.
United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. — Part I. — Report on flw
condition of the sea-tislu'rits of the south coast of New England in 1871 and
1872. B\ Spencer F. Baird, Commissioner. — With supplementary papers. —
Washington: Government Printing Otfice. 1873. [8-, xlvii, 852 pp., 40 pi.,
with 38 1. explanatory (to pi. 1-38), 1 foMed map ]
47
isra-
Notea on Liparis and Cyclopterns. By P. W. Putnam. Augnst, 1873. <^ Pro-
ceedings of the American Association for tlie Advancement of Science, vol.
22, B, pp. 335-:540, June, 1874.
|j^73 — Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1672. Edited by Spencer P.
Baird, with tlie assistance of eminent men of science. — New York: Har-
per &. Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1873. [12°.]
I. Pisciculture and the Fisheries.
Fish Culture in California, pp. 407, 408.
Report of California Fish Commissioners, p. 408, 409.
Stocking California waters with Trout, p. 409.
Transporting Black Bass to California, p. 409.
Transferring Shad to the Sacramento River, p. 430.
Stocking California with Shad, p. 430.
Oil-works on Unalaselika, )). 43(5.
SiJawning of Cod-fish in Alaska, p, 436.
Cod-fishing in the Shumagiu Islands, p. 43(i.
Salmon Fisheries in the Columbia River, p. 440.
Capture of Sacramento Salmon with the Hook, p. 441.
Fisheries of the Shumagiu Islands, p. 444.
Peculiarities of Rei)roduction of California Salmon, pp. 445, 446.
Alleged Discovery of Young Shad in the Sacramento River, p. 447.
Report on the Prybilov Group or Seal Islands of Alaska. By Henry "W.
Elliott, Assistant Agent Treasury Department. Washington: Government
Printing Office. 1873. [4to, 16^ folios, not paged, with text parallel with
back, and extending from bottom to top, 50 phot, pi.]
Chapter VIII. Fish and Fisheries.
See. also, 1875.
871— 'Note on Subtenanean Fishes in California. By A. W. Chase. <Ani.,
Journ. Sc. and Arts (3), v, 7, p. 74, Jan., 1874; Forest and Stream, v. 2,
p. 70, March 12, 1874.
tOn the edible qualities of the Sacramento Salmon. By Livingston Stone.
<^Fore8t and Stream, v. 1, j). 331, Jan. 1, 1874.
Preparing Salmon on the Columbia River. By Charles Nordhoff. < For-
est and Stream, v. 1, p. 397, Jan. 29, 1874. (From Harper's New Monthly
Magazine.)
Salmon-fishing on the Novarro. [By Thomas Bennett.] <Overland Monthly,
V. 12, pp. 119-124, Feb., 1874 ; Forest and Stream, v. 2, p. 29, Feb. 19, 1874.
Is the Yellow Perch {Perca Jiavesccns) a good fish to introduce into California?
[By Livingston Stone ] < Forest and Stream, v.2,p. 84, March 19,1874.
On the Plagopterinte and the Ichthyology of Utah. By Edward D. Cope,
A.M. Read before the American riiilosophical Society, March 20,1874.
<Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. Phila., v. 14, pp. 129-139, 1874.
(N. g. .and ^\.\>.\>. Plagopterxis (n. j;., l.'SO), argentissimtis (130), Lepidomcda (n. g., l.'Sl),
Lepidovieda vittata (1.31), Lepidomeda jarrovii (loL'), Clinostomus ta-nia (133), lihinieh-
thys hennhai'ii (133), Hybnpgis limpanogcnsiii (134), Minoimis platyrhynchus (134), Mino-
mus jarrovii (135), Cera'ichthys venfricosuH (130), Mi/lolcttrvs parovanus (13G), Clinostomng
phleqelhonlis (137), TJranidea vheeleri (138).]
Geographical and Geological Explorations and surveys west of the lOOili
Meridian. First Lieutenant G. M. Wlu^^eler, Corps of Engineers, U. S. A., in
charge.
On the Plagopteriuic and the Ichthyology of Utah. By Edward D. Cope,
A. M. — Reprinted from the Proceedings of American Philosophical So-
ciety of Phila. Philadelphia: McCalla & Stavely, Prs., 237-9 Dock
street. 1874. [8°, 14 pp.]
48
I S7 I- Tlif Introduction of Eastern Fish into Ihcwateisof the Pacific Slope, togetbei
with an account of operations at tlic United States Saln;on l)rcp<lin<; Es-
tahlishmi'ut ou the McClond River, California. [By Livingston Stone. ]
< Forest and .Stream, v.2, iij). 100-102, March 2.'i, 1871 (.'i^ c).
On the Speckled Trout of Utah Lake.— Salino virgiualis, Girard. Uy Dr. H, C.
Yarrow, U. S. A. < Am. Sportsman, v. 4, p]). G8, 69, May 2, 1874.
Shad in California. [Hy S. R. Throckmorton.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. I'..
I>.229, May 21,1874.
California Sahuon[: it.s rapidity of growth. Uy Livingston Stone.]
<; Forest and Stream, v. 2, p. 2(i0, .June 4, 1874.
Sports in California. — No. II. — Trout fishing at Humboldt Bay. [By Mmi-
mouth.] <:^ Forest and Sfrenin, v. 2, i)i>. 27:!. 274 (o e.), June 11,1874.
Will the Columbia Salmon take the lly? [Anon.] <^Am. Sportsman, v.
4, p. ia;,.June 13,1874.
The Salmon Fisheries of Oregon. [By A.] <[ Forest and Stream, v.2, p. 290,
June 18. 1874.
Sacramento Salmon vs. Eastern Salmon. [By Livingston Stone.] <[Am.
Sportsman, v. 14, p. 198, June 27, 1874.
Ou the use of Giant Powder (Dynamite) for obtaining Specimens of Fiali at
Sea. By A. W. Chase, U. S. Coast Survey. July G, 1874. <Proc.Cal.
Acad. Sci., v. 5, pp. :m-337, Dec, 1874.
Iclithyic Fauna of Nm-thwestern America. [By Moutimkh Kkimiy, j^seudon^
J. M. Ml'Ijimiv. ] < Forest and Stream, v. 2, pp. :{.j6, 3.57 (A col.). .Inly IG.
1874.
The Salmonida' of the Pacilic. [By MouTi.Micu Kkimiy, jiminloii. J. M. Mvn-
PHY. ] < F(U-est and Stream, v. 2, i>p. 3ii<t, 370 ((5 e. ), J uly 2:?, 1874.
Salmo Quinnat and Salmo Salar. [By Charles G. Atkins.] < Forest and
Stream, v. 2, pp. 388, 389 (2 c), July 30, 1874.
Eastern Fi.sh in California. "What they are and what was done with them.
[ From "Sacramento Record."] <; Am. Sportsman, v. 4, ji. 358, Sei)t. .''), 1874.
Oregon Salmon Fisheries. [I'rom " Portland Oregonian.'"] <^Am. Sportsman.
V. 4. p. 3/S, Sept. 12, 1874.
United States Fi.sh Hatching in Califnrnia. [l^ditoii.il.] < Forest an<l
Stream, v. 3, j). 84 (3 col.), Sept. 17. 1874.
Salmon Fislieries on the Cohnnbiji. <;An). Sportsman, v. 4, ]). 412, Sept. 2(>,
l'>74.
The Salmon Fisheries of Oregon. < Forest and Stream, v. 3, ])p. l.S.">, 172.
Oct. 1.-), 22, 1874.
Annual Record of Science .nid Industry for 1M73. Edited by Spencer F.
Baird, with the assistance of eminent men of science. — New York: Harper
& Brothirs, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1.874. [12°.]
Shipments eastward of California Salmon, p. 433.
Shad in the Sacramento River, p. 449.
Shad in California waters, p. 449.
Pacilic Cod-fisheriea of 1873. p. 4.">8.
Taking California Salmon with tin Hnok, p. 4i;4.
R«5vision des esj)6ees du groupn des Epiuoches. Par M. H. E. Sauvage.
<Nouv. Arch. Mus. d'Hisl. X.it.. t. 10,^)]). .-)-32, \)\. 1, 1874.
49
1874 — Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries of tlie State of California for the
years 187tJ and 1873. — Sau Francisco: Francis & Valentine, printers and
engravers, 517 Clay street ; 1874. [8°, 28 pp.]
United States Conniiission of Fish and Fisheries. Part II. — Report of the
Commissioner for 187"2 and 1873. A — Incpiiry into the decrease of the Food-
Fishes. B — The propa>;ation of Food-Fishes in the waters of the United
States. With snpplementary papers. Washin>rton: Government Printiiifj
Office. 1874. [8°, 5 p. 1., cii, (1), 808 pp., 38 pL, 3 maps folded. ]
Report of the Commissioner, pp. i-xcii.
Appendix B. — The Salmon and the Trout, (species of Salmo). pp. 89-384.
III.* — On the North American species of Salmon and Trout. By George
Suckley, Surgeon, United States Army. (Written in 18(;i.) pp.
91-1C)().
VI. — Report of operations during 1872 at the United States Salmon-
Hatching Establishment on the M'Cloud River, and on the California
SalmonidiB generally; with a list of sjjecimens collected. By Liv-
ingston Stone, pp. 1G8--J1.').
XII.— On the Speckled Trout of Utah Lake, Salmo virginalis, Girard.
By Dr. H. C. Yarrow, U. S. A. Lete.]. pp. 363-368.
XIII. — Miscellaneous notes and correspondence relative to Salmou and
Trout, (pp. 369-379), viz:—
D — On the edible qualities of the Sacramento Salmou. [By S. R.
Throckmorton.] pp. 373-374.
E — Ou the Salmon-Fisheries of the Sacramento River. By Living-
ston Stone.] pp. 374-379.
l§7f'> — Salmon-hatchiuLt ou McCloud River. [By Wm. M. Turner.] <Overlaud
Monthly, v. 14, pp. 79-85, Jan. 1875.
Korte Bidrag til uordisk Ichthyographie. — I. Forelobige Meddelelser om nor-
diske Ulkefske. Af Dr. Chr. Liitken. (Meddelt den 31te Marts og 19de
Maj 1875.) <^Videnskabelige fra den Natnrhistoriske Foreniug Kjobeuhavn,
187(), pp. 355-388 ; Fr. trans., pp. 72-98, 1876.
Ichthyologische Beitrage (II). Von Franz Steindachner. 29. A])ril 1875.
<Sitzb. K. Akad. Wissensch., B. 71, Abth. i, pp. 443-480, 1875.
[4 Califoruian sijecies mentioned.]
Ichthyologische Beitriige (III). Von Franz Steindachner. 17. Juni 1875.
<Sityb. K. Akad. Wissensch., B. 72, Abth. i, jtp. 29-96, 1875.
fi2 Califoruian species particularized: n. sp. Xenichthys calif or nicnsis, Scorpis califor-
nienxis, Corvina utearnM, Otolitlmn calif urniensis, AthcrinojJS u. g. or u. s. g. yAtherinopiis
affmis Ayrcs.J
Description of a New Species of Trout from Mendocino County. [Typical
8])ecimen in the collection of California Academy of Natural Sciences.] By
W. R. Gibbons, Alameda. Juno 22, 1875. <^Proe. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 6,
pp. 142-144.
[n. sp. Salmo mendocinensis.]
California Fishplanting. [Signed E. J. Hooper.] <Forest and Stream, v.
5, pp. 19, 20, Aug. 19, 187.5.
Tronting in Colorado. [Signed "Warren."] <[ Forest and Stream, v. 5,
p. 35, Aug. 26, 1875.
Edible Fish of the Pacific. [Signed E. J. Hooper.] < Forest and Stream,
V. 5, p. 3(), Ang. 26, 1875.
Sahnon Fishing cast and west — How they take them in California. [Signed
Horace D. Dunn.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 38, Aug. 26, 1875.
* Theao numbers are continuous through the volumo and not subordinated to the parts.
Bull. Nat. Mils. No. 11 4
50
1S75— California Salmon. When to take them with a fly. [Signed "Podgers."]
<C Forest and Stream, v. 5, pp. 53, 54, Sept. 2, ld75.
Salmon Scores from the McClond Itiver. [IJy Sir Rose Price.] < Forest and
Stream, v. 5, p. 54, Sept. 2, 1875.
Fishing in Montana. [Signed A. B. Keeler.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 5, p.
54, Sept. 2, l'>75.
The Speckled Beauties [Sahno fotitinalis'] in Colorado. [From "Denver
News."] <Kod and Gun, v. 6, p. 348, Sept. 4, 1875.
Fishing in the McCloud Kiver. [By Sir Rose Price.] <^I{odandGnn, v.
6, p. 362, Sept. 11, lf^75.
Carp in California. [Uy E. J. Hooper.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 115,
Sept. 30, 1875.
California Angling. [By E. J. Hooper.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 133,
Oct. 7, 1.^75.
Flora and I'anna of California. [By W. M. Hinckley.] <^ Forest and Stream,
V. 5, p. 141), Oct. 14, 1875.
Lake Tahoe, Cal. Its Scenery and Trout Fishing. [By E. J. Hooper.]
<[ Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 151, Oct. 14,1875.
Shipments of California Salmon eggs. [By Li\T[ng8ton Stone.] < Forest
and Stream, v. 5, p. 17t), Oct. 28, 1875.
Sea and Bay Fishing in California. — Wonders of the deep. [ By E. J. Hooper. ]
<] Forest and Stream, v. 5, pp. 197, 198, Nov. 4, 1875.
Illegal traffic in SalnKm. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 5, ]». 217, Nov. 11; 1875.
[From San Francigco Dealt/ Evening Post.]
Progress of Fish-culture in California. [By E. J. Hooper.] <^ Forest and
Stream, v. 5, pp. 19. — 227, Nov. 18, 1875.
The Oregon Salmon Fisheries. [J/i««.] -^Forest and Stream, v. 5, ]>. 230,
Nov. 18, 1875.
Comparative size of Trout in Europe and America. [U\ S. C. C. i. e.
Clarke.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. .5, p. 230. Nov. 1~, 1~7.'>.
On what do Salmon Feed? [Editorial from E. J. Hooper's observations. ]
< Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 280, Dec. 9, 1875.
Distribution of California Ova. <] Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 291, Dec. IG,
1875.
Ichthyologische Beitrilge (IV). Von Franz Steindachner. K'.. T)ec(niber,
1875. <Sitbz. K. Aka<l. Wissensch., B 72, Ablli. i, pp. 551-t;i(;. l."^75.
(2 wpst-coast species rte8cril)ed.l
Truckee River Trout. [Jhox.] ^Forest and Stream, v.5,p.308, Dec. 23, 1875.
What do Salmon eat f [By R. Tallant.] < Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 308,
Dec. 23, 1875.
Aiumil Ki'cord of Science and Industry for 1874. Edited by Spencer F.
Baird, with the assi.stance of eminent men of .science. — New Ymk : Harper
& Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1875. [12°.]
J. Pisciculture and the Fisheries, pp. 419-428.
Alaska Cod-flsheries in 1873. p. 424.
Stocking :i jiond in Utah with Eels. p. 428.
Destruction of Fish on the Oregon coast with uitro-glycerine, p. 428.
51
1§75— A report ou iho, condition of afTuirs in the Territory of Alasjksi. I'.y Henry "W.
Elliott, special agent of the Treasury Department. — Washington : Govern-
ment Printing Office. 1875. [8°, 277 pp.]
Chapter VIII. — Fish and Fisheries. The Fisheries of Alaska, pp. 165-1G7.
[This is essentially a second edition of the report of Mr. Elliott, published in 1873.]
Department of the Interior. — Bulletin of the United States Geological and
Geographical Survey of the Territories. F. V. Hayden, United States
Geologist-in-Charge. 1874 and 1875. Vol 1. — Wasliinglon : Government
• Printing Office. 1875. [8°, xiii pp.-}-28 pp. +77 pp.+4')y pp. + l^ H. un-
paged, 2G pi., 3 maps, 1 woodcut.]
[Consistiiij; of the separately paged Bulletins jSTos. 1, 2, "First Series," and of the con-
ttuuously paged Bulletins Nos. 1 to 6 inclusive, " Second Series,'" furnished with xiii pp.
extra (title, table of contents, etc.). The aistinct.ou "Series" is not maintained alter
Xo. 6, which completes vol. 1.]
First Series, 1874.
No. 2. [8°, 77 pp., 1.]
Review of the Vertebrata of the Cretaceous Period, found west of the
Mississippi River. By Edward D. Cope, A. M. pp. 5-48.
Supplementary Notices of Fishes from the Freshwater Tertiaries of the
Rocky Mountains. [By Edward D. Cope, A. M.] pp. 49-51.
Second Seiics, 1875-1876.
No. 1. [8°, 47 pp.]
On the Fishes of the Tertiary Shales of the South Park [Colorado].
Bj E. D. Cope, A. M. pp. 3-5.
La Chasse aux animaux marius et les peclieries chez les Indigenes de la cote
nord-ouest d'Am^rique, par ni. Alph. Pinart. — Boulogne-sur-mer, Imp. de
Charles Aigre, 4, Rue des Vieillards. 1875. [8°, 15 pp.]
Engineer Department, United States Army. — Report upon Geographical and
Geological Explorations and Surveys west of the One Hundredth Meridian,
in charge of First Lieut. G. M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, U. S. Ai-my,
under the direction of Brig. Gen. A. A. Humphreys, Chief of Engineers,
U. S. Army. Published by authority of Hon. Wm. W. Belknap, Secretary
of War, in accordance with acts of Congress of June 23, 1874, and Febrn-
p.ry 15, 1875. In six volumes, accompanied by one topographical and one
geological atlas. — Vol. V. — ^Zoology. — Washington: Government Printing
Office. 187.5. [4°.]
Chapter VI. — Report | upon | the collections of Fishes | made in portions
of I Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona, |
during | the years 1871, 1872, 1873, and 1874. | By | Prof. E. D. Cope
and Dr. H. C. Yarrow.=pp. 63.5-703, pi. 26-32.
Appendix. — Description of a Mugiloid Fish from the Mesozoic Strata
of Colorado [Sylhemus latifrons, Cope], pp. 701-703.
[N. sp. Apocope coup.sii. Yarrow (p. G48, pi. 27, f. 2), Gila nigra. Cope (p. CC3, pi. 30,f. 3),
Gila Kcminiida, Cope and Yarrow (p. fifiC, ]>!. 31, f. 1), nj/horlnjnchus sidmiis. Cope (]>. 070,
pi. 31, f. 0,) Gila ardesiaca (p. CUO, pi. 30, f. 1), Gila ncmiyiuda (p. GOG, pi. 31, f 1), Pantuntcus,
Cope (n. g., p. 073), Catostomus fecundm (p. 678, pi. 32, f. 1).
"The most extended list is that of tlio Colorado basin " (p. C99) : —
Cj'priuidas
Plagopterus
argentissimiis
C40
:M.-,ia
fulgida
642
Lepidomeda
vittata
C42
jarrovii
643
Ceratichthys
squamilentns
000
oscula
G47
Apocope
couesii
048
ventricosa
648
52
1§75—
Gila
oprcKia
C62
niifT-.i
C63
rulxiHta
663
(•lo};aii8
C64
^;iciliB
665
praliarnii
663
iiacrca
666
sfiiiiiiuda
6G6
emorii
6C7
Hj-borhjTJchus
sidci'ias
670
Catostomiilic
Pantostons
bnidiis
673
diliiliinna
673
Catostomua
insiguo
670
discobolus
677
Ptychostomus
conjicstiis
680
Coregonidaj
Coregonus
villiaiiisonii
682
Salmonidre
Salmo
plriniticiis
693
CyprinodontidjB
Girardinua
sonoriensis
695
Cottidaj
Uraiiidca
vheelerii
696
" The following species are those of the basin of Utah, whether from tributaries of the
Great Salt Lake or not " (p. 700) :—
CyprinidJB
Apocope
carringtonii
C45
henshavii
645
vulnerata
646
Ceraticbthys
bigiittatiis
051
Hybopsis
tinipanogensis
654
bivittatus
000
GUa
]ilili-i:«'tboutis
657
•
niontana
057
bydrophlox
658
ta'nia
658
egregia
662
Sibonia
atraria
067
Alylolcucua
pulvenilentus
609
parovanns
669
CatostomidjB
Pantosteus
platyrbynobus
673
jnrrovii
074
Catostomus
fecundus
078
Coregonidas
Coregonus
villianisonii
682
Salmon ida3
Salmo
virginalis
685
l)leuriticii8
693
Cottidfc
CTranidea
vhcelerii
606
punctulata
697
[In bi)tb of the preceding lists the enumeration is in the order of the desciiptions. nud
not of the lists, which deviate considerably from the former.]
1876.— Siiliuou ritshin;; on the ^Mayo Kivcr, California. [Anon.] < rorest and
Strraui, V. T), p.2G7, 187(>.
California Salmon for New Hampshiro. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. ^3'J,
Jan.0, 187G.
The McClond River Reservation. [Editorial.] <] Forest and Stream, v. .'»,
p. 355. Jan. 13, 1«7G,
Habits of Parific Salmon. [IJy Livingston Stone.] < Forest and Stream,
V. 5, p. 37-J, Jan. 20, 187G.
California Shad. [Anon.] <[ Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. '.V7'2, Jan. iO, 1?>7G.
(G lines.)
An^tling for Easfcrn Salmon {Salmo sahir) in California waters. [J»o».]
<^ Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 3'JO, Jan. 27, 187G.
53
1876— The Fisheries aud Sea Lions of Califoruia. [Anon.] <[ Forest oud Stream,
V. G, p. 387, Feb. 24, 187G.
The Natural and Economic History of the Sahnonida; — geographical distribu-
tion aud artificial culture. By Philo-Iclithyos. <^ Forest and Stream, pp.
68-69 (No. 3), 106 (No. 4), 116 (No. 5), 131 (No. 6), 147 (No. 7), 164 (No. 8),
179 (No. 9).
Check List of the Fishes of the Fresh AYaters of North America. By David
S. Jordan, M. S., M. D., and Herbert E. Copeland, M, S. March 3, 1876.
<[Bulletiu of the Bufi'alo Society of Natural Sciences, v. 2, pp. 133-164,
1876.
Viviparous Perch : [their abundance at Santa Barbara. By H. C. Yarrow.]
<^ Forest and Stream, v. 6, ji. 132, April 6, 1876.
Angling for Smelts in California. [By E. J. Hooper.] <^ Forest and Stream,
V. 6, p. 166, April 20, 1876.
A Viviparous Perch. [Editorial.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 6, p. 180, ^ith
fig., April 27, 1876.
Noget cm Sliegten Soulv (Anarrhidtas) og dens uordiske Arter. Af Proffessor
Japetus Steenstrup. Med en Tavle. <^ Viden8kab(dige Meddelelser frai
den Naturhistorisk Foreuing i Kjobenhavn, 1876, pp. 159-202, tav. 3.
Salmon Fisheries on the Columbia Eiver. lA)ion. By Barnet Phillips. —
From Appleton's Journal.] <^ Rod and Gun, v. 8, jjp. 131-132 (5 col.), May
27, 1&76, with 2 Hgs.
Remarks on the Various Fishes [of the family of Scorptcnida^] known as Rock
Cod. By W. N. Lockiugton. July 17, 1876. <^ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 7,
pp. 79-82.
[N. sp. Sehasles Ayresii proposed as a substitute for S. rosaceus of Ayrcs, but not of
' GirartL
Notes on Some California Marine Fishes, with description of a new species.
By W. N. Lockiiigton, July 17, 1876. <^ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 7, pp.
83-88.
[N. sp. Argyreiosus Pacificus, Magdalena Bay.J
Ichthyologische Beitrage (V.) Von Franz Steindachner. 20. Juli 1876.
<^Sitzb. K. Akad. Wissensch., B. 74, Abth. i, pp. — , 1876.
[13 west-coast .species elucidated: n. sp. Artedius pxigetensis, Siphagonus harhatm,
Hypsagunus Swanii, lUakca n. g. < Myxodes elegans Cooper.)
Lake Fishing in California. [By B. J. Hooper.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 7,
p. 5, Aug. 10, 1876.
Fishing this Season [summer of 1876] in California. [By E. J. Hooper.]
<^ Forest aud Stream, v. 7, j). 21, Aug. 17, 1876.
Notes on Californian Fishes. By W. N. Lockington. September 4, 1876.
< Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 7, pp. 108-110.
[N. sp. Gentropomus viridig (provisionallj- named on p. 100) from Asuncion Island, Lower
California.!
Connecticut River Shad for California. [By S. F. Baird.] <^ Forest and
Stream, v. 7, pp. 66-67, Sept. 7, 1876.
California Sliad. [Anon.] <[ Forest and Stream, v. 7, p. 83, Sept. 14, 1876.
The Big Fisli [Salmon weighing 100 pounds] of Alaska. [Anon.] <:^ Forest
aud Stream, v. 7, pp. 213-214, Nov. 9, 1876.
54
187C — Annual Record of Scieuce and Industry for 1675. Edited by Spencer P.
Baird, with the assistance of euiineut men of science. New York : Harper
»5t Brothers, Publishers, PYauklin Square. 1?J76. [l*-^^.]
J. Pisciculture aud the Fisheries, pp. 40r>— 140.
Salmon in the San Joaquin, pp. 4:{t.M:n.
Salmon Trade of the Columbia River, pp. 431^32.
Salmon in the .Sacramento River, p. 432.
United States Salmon-hatching Establishment, pp. 434-435.
Engineer Department, U. S. Army.= Report of explorations across the Great
Basin of the Territory of Utah for a direct wagon-route from Camp Floyd
to Genoa, in Carson Valley, in 1"559. By Captain J. H. Simpson, Corjis of
Topograjihical Eugineers, U. S. Army [now colonel of ciiL,'in( cr.-:, bvt. brig,
gen., U.S.A.]. Made by authority of the Secretary of "War, and under iii-
structious from Bvt. Brig. Gen. A. S. Johnston, U. S. Army, commanding tho
Department of Utah. Washington: Government Printing Office. Ie7<3.
Explorations across the Great Brisiu of Utah. = Appendix L. — Report on
ichthyology. By Prof. Theo. GilL pp. :J83-431, 8 pi., with 8 1. explan-
atory.
[This chapter was -written iu 18(J1, and not subsequently revised.]
United States Commis.sion of Fish and Fisheries. Part III. — Report of the
Commissioner for 187:j-4 aud 1^74-5. A— Inquiry into the decrease of the
Food-Fishes. B — The propagation of Food-Fishes in the waters of th«
United States. Washington : Government Printing Office. 187G. [f^-, li,
777 pp.]
Report of the Commissioner, pp. vii-xlvi.
Appendix A. — Sea fisheries and the fishes and invertebrates used as food,
pp. 1-319. ^
V. — Account of the fisheries and seal-hunting in the White Sea. the
Arctic Ocean, and the Caspian Sea. By Alexander Schxiltz. pp.
35-96.
Appendix B. — The river fisheries, pp. 321-540.
XX. — Report of operations in California in 1873. By Livingston
Stone, pp. 377-429.
A — Clear Lake. pp. 377-381.
B — Sacramento River, pp. 382-385.
C — California aquarium-car. pp. 385-390.
D— Overland journey with live shad, pp: 390-402.
E — The MeCloud River station, pp. 402-423.
F — Catalogue of collections sent to the Smithsonian Institution
in lr«73. j.p. 424-427.
G — A list of ikCloud Indian words supplementarj' to a li.st con-
tained in the rejiort of 1872. pjt. 4"i8— 129.
XXI. — Hatching and distribution of California salmon.
A — Report on California salmon-spawn hatched and dLstributcd.
By J. H. Slack, M. D. pp. 431-434.
B — Hatehing and distribution of ( iilifuniia salmon in tribut.iries
of (ireat Salt Lake. By A. P. Rockwood, Sui»erintendeut of
Fisheries in Utah Territory, jip. 434— l;J5.
XXII.— Report of opcratioius during 1?74 at the United States saliiion-
liat< biii^ (••.t;ibli.sliment on the McCloud River, California. B\ Liv-
ingston Stone. i»p. 4:?7-478.
XXIII. — Cwre.spondeuce relating to the San Joaquin River and its
fishes, pp. 479-483.
55
1877— Tho Trout of Washington Territory. < Forest and Stream, v. 7, p. 413, Feb.
1,1877.
Canned Salmon. \_Anon.~\ <[ Forest and Stream, v. 8, p. 32, Feb. 22, 1877.
On the Genera of North American Fresh-water Fishes. [By David S. Jor-
dan and Charles H. Gilbert. Feb. 27, 1877. <Proc, Acad. Nat. Sc.
Phila., V. — , pp. 8:5-104, April 17, 1877.
The Oregon Fisheries. [_Anon. From " Pacific Life."] <[ Forest and Stream,
V, 8, p. 49, March 1, 1877.
Fish Culture in California. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 8, pp. IG, 81, 207, 224.
1877.
Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1876. Edited by Spencer F.
Baird, with the assistance of eminent men of science. — New York: Harper
& Brotliers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1877. [12°.]
I. Pisciculture and the Fisheries, pp. 385-410.
Biennial Eeport of the California Fish Commission [abstract], pp
401-403.
Cultivation of Carp in California, p. 403.
Department of the Interior: U. S. National Museum. — Bulletin of the United
States National Museum. — No. 7. — Published under the direction of the
Smithsonian Institution. Washington: Government Printing Office.
1877. [8'^.]
No. 7. — Contributions to the Natural History of the Hawaiian and Fan-
ning Islands and Lower California. By Thos. H. Streets, M. D.
Trout Fishing in Southwestern Colorado. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 8, pp. 189,
190, May 3, 1877.
California Salmon Spawn for Shipment. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 8, p. 191,
Ma3' 3, 1877.
Fishing in Lakes San Andreas and Pilercitas, California, [By E. J. Hooper.]
<[ Forest and Stream, v. 8, p. 270, May 31, 1877.
Contributions to North American Ichthyology. Based Primarily on the Col-
lections of the United States National Museum.
A. Notes on the Cottidaj, Etheostomatidie, Percida;, Centrarchidve,
Aphododerida', Dorysomatidie, and Cyprinida?. With Revisions of
the Genera and Descriptions of New or Little-known Species. — B. Sy-
nopsis of the Silurida', of the Fresh Waters of North America. By Da-
vid S. Jordan. Washington: Government Printing Office. 1877. [8^^,
2 title-pages, 120 pp., 45 i)Iates-]
( Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum, No. 10. )
M'Cloud and Sacramento River Trout. [From "San Francisco Pacific Life."]
<^Foiesi and Stream, v. 8, p. 299, June 14, 1877.
Stocking the Barren Wat<>rs of the Great Divide. [By J. W.B.J <^ Forest
and Stream, v. 8, p. 400, July 19, 1877.
California Salmon in Lake Ontario. [By Sam. Wilmot.] <^ Forest and
Stream, v. 8, p. 419, July 2G, 1877.
t California Salmon in the James River, Va. •<[ Forest and Stream, v. 8, p,
400, July 19, 1877.
Hatching on the Columbia. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 8, p. 420, July 20, 1877.
56
1877— TIk' LonK-Jawod Ooltv. ByW. N. Locking^ton. <The American Natui-
alist, V. 11, pp. 471— ITri, Aug., 1-^77.
[An iut< ri'stiiiK iicionuf of hoiiio puculiarities in tlio haliits of Gilliehthys mirabilis ]
Tlni Corcj^oui— Thi'ir natural history, native waters, economic value, and
implcMients connected with their production. lAnon.'] < Forest and
Stream, v. 8, pp. 4:?1), 440. 1«77.
The Con.'goni. No. Tart 2. < Forest and Stream, v. 9, pp. :5, 4, Aug. 3, 1877.
A Contribution to tlie Ivuowledgeof Ichthyological Fanna of the Green River
ShaUs. By E. D. Cope. <Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terra., v. 3,
pp. 807-81U, Aug. 10, 1H77.
California Salmon. [By Emery D. Potter.] <Fon'.st and Stream, v. 9, p.
()3, Aug. 30, 1879.
Notiet^ of the Utah Trout in Provo rising to the lly. By W. Y. S. < Forest
and Stream, v. 9, p. 88, Sept. G, l)-^77.
Canning Salmon. < Forest and Stream, t. 9, p. 88, Sept. 6, 1877.
Operations of the McCloud River (Cal.) Fish Hatching Establishment.
< Forest and Stream, v. 9, p. •20(5, Oct. 13, 1877.
The Salmon Fisheries of California. < Forest and Stream, v. 9, p. 233, Oct.
25, 1877.
Salmon Trout on the Pacific Coast. < Forest and Stream, v. 9, p. 247, Nov.
1, 1877.
More about McLeod River Trout. < Forest and Stream, v. 9, j). 247, Nov. 1,1877.
The Sportsman's Gazetteer and General Guide. The Game Animals, Birds
and Fishes of North America: their habits and various methods of captun-.
Copious Instnictions in Shooting. Fishing, Taxidermy, Woodcraft, etc. To-
gether with A Directory to the Principal (iame Resorts of the Country; il-
lustrated with maps. By Charles Hzdlock, Editor of ''Fiuxst and
Stream"; Author of the "Fishing Tourist"; "Camp Life in Florida," etc.
New York: "Forest and Stream" Publishing Company, American News
Company, agents. 1877. [I'i^, 008 pp., -f 208 i)p., 3 nnii>s, 1 portrait.
Part I. — Game Animals of North America. Fishes of the Norlhwest, ii)).
339-3.'j3. Pacili<; C:oast Fishes, pp. 3.'j4-309.
1 87 §— Beneficial Results of Salmon Hatching on the Sacriuuinto River. [F-ditorial. ]
< Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 18, Fcl). 14, 1878.
Trout Fishing at Lake Bigler, California. [Jhow. J < Fonst and Stre:im. v.
10, p. 28, Feb. 14, 1878.
California Salmon Fishing and the Gamt- Laws. [Signed E. J. Hooper. J
<^ Fonst and Stream, v. 10, p. 47, Feb. 21, 1>78.
[Price of fin*t four Shad of the st-ason in San rrancisco=.iilO each.] <^ Fonst
and Stream, v. 10, p. (".7, Feb. 28, li^H.
Birds and Salmon in California, [./imn.] < Fon'st and Stream, v. in, p.
95, March 14, ls78.
Spawning of Calift)rnia Salnu)n. [Signed B. B. Redding.] < Forest and
Stream, v. 10, p. l.'>5, April 4, 1878.
Re<l Troiit. or Redlish of Oregon ami Idaho. [By Charles Bendire, 1'. S. A. ]
<^ Fonst and Stn-aiu, v.ld, jt. l.">(i, April 4, l'^78.
Carp in Snu Franrtsco. [Fnun " PaeiJic Life."] <^ Forest and Stream, v.
1(1, p. 174, April 11,1-78.
57
1§78 — The Norway Trout of the Ydlowstone. lAnon.'] <[ Forest and Stream, v.
10, p. 175 [195], April 11, 1878.
Prof. Jordan on Characteristics of Trout. [Sigucd D. S. Jordan.] <C^ Forest?
and Stream, v. 10, p. 1D6, April 11, 1878.
[Contains suggestion that the original Eedfish is ITypsifario kennerhji.]
Manual of the Vertebrates of the Northern United States, including the Dis-
trict east of the Mississippi Eiver and uorlh of North Carolina and Tenn-
essee, exclusive of marine species. By David Starr Jordan, Ph. D., M.
D., Professor of Natural History in Butler University. Second Edition, re-
vised and enlarged. — Chicago: Jansen, McClurg & Comp.any, 1878. [12°.
407 pp., pub. May 1(5.]
[Contains synopsis of the Americui Salmonino! and Corcf/oniiicc.]
California Fishing Prospects. [Signed E. J. Hooper. ] <^ Forest and Stream,
v. 10, p. 239, May 2, 1878.
Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Grande, at Brownsville, Texas.
By David S. Jordan, M. D. <Bnll. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr. v.
4, [pp. :}97-40{), May :J;] v. 4, pp. GG:W!67, July 29, 1879.
[Spocimens of Hunterocarpus Trankii indicated as an unknown Labroid fi)rni at p. 399,
and described as the type of a new genus and sp. at p. 667. The speciiuens had been
probably misplaced.]
A Catalogue of the Fishes of the Fresh Waters of North America. By David
5. Jordan, M. D. <Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., v. 4, pp.
407-442, May 3, 1878.
[A simple nominal list of the fresh-water species north of the Mexican region. 1
Spawning of California Brook Trout in New York. [By James Annin, jr.,
Caledonia, N. ¥.]. <Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 182, May 4, 1878. [F. M.]
California Salmon on Long Island, success of. By a member of the South
Side Club. <Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 182, May 4, 1878. [F.M.]
Trout Hybrids. [Possibility of intercrossing Eastern and Californian Trouts.
Editorial.] <^Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 255, May 9, 1878-
California. [Notice of distribution of land-locked Salmon and Eastern Trout
by Fish Commissioners.] <^Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 255, May 9, 1878.
The heaviest American Salmon. [Notice of one weighing 82 pounds caught
at the mouth of the Columbia River. By John Goudy.] <^Forest and
Stream, v. 10, p. 265, May 9, 1878.
Salmon canning on Frazer River. [By Fred. Mather.] ^Chicago Field,
V. 9, p. 19G, May 15, 1878. [F. M.]
"'. — A. On the Distribution of the Fishes of tlu^ Alleglu^ny Region of South
Carolina, Georgia, and Tennessee. With Descriptions of New or Little-
known Species. By David S. Jordan and Alembert W. Brayton.— B.
Synopsis of the Family Catostomidai. liy David S. Jordan. Washington :
Government Printing Office. 1878, (8vo, 237.)
Run of Salmon in California. Note by A. R. <Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 229,
May 25, 1878. [F.M.]
Shad in California. Announcement of t^vo taken in San Franci.sco Bay May 1.
Note by B. B. Porter. <Chicago Field, v. G, p. 229, May 25, 1873, [F, M.]
California Salmon. [Notice of their ascent up the McCloud and Sacrairento
rivers in May.] <|Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 3.50, June G, 1878.
Salmon canning iu Oregon and California. [Editorial. With three wood-
cuts,] <Forest and Stream, v, 10, p. 398, Jane 27, 1878.
58
1§7§— Another sbipment of Sbad to California. Notice bj- Fred. Mather. <Chi-
cago Field, v. 9, p. 308, July G, lb78. [F. M.]
California Salmon in Lake Ontario. [ By John J. Robson. ] <^Forcst and
Stream, v. 10, p. 48-i, .July 25, 1878.
Salmon canning in Alaska. An account of the objections of the Indians to
tbf lantling of a lot of Chinese lisb canners. From Alaska Cor. " N. Y.
Snn." <Cbicago Field, v. 9, p. 371, July 27, 1878. [F. M.]
Notes on a Collection of Fishes from Clackamas River, Oregon. I3y David
S. Jordan, M. D. <Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 1, pp. 69-85, Aug., 1878.
The Labrador and Columbia River Fisheries. [From the "New York Sun."]
< Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 507, Aug. 1, 1878.
The Mysterious Salmon. A quotation from the '"Astorian" on the subject of
the salmon taking the artificial fly, with editorial comment by Fred. Ma-
ther. < Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 387, Aug. 3, 1878. [F. M. ]
The McCloud River Hatchery. [By K. B. Pratt.] < Forest and Stream, v.
11, p. 2, Aug. 8, 1878.
Fish Gossip: Abundance of Salmon in the McCloud River, and their annoy-
ance to anglers when fishing for Trout. [Itein from ''San Francisco Chron-
icle," with editorial comment by Fred. Mather. <^ Chicago Field, v. 9,
p. 403, Aug. 10, 1878. [F. M. ]
Gameness of the Quiuuat Salmon. [By Tarleton H. Bean.] <^ Chicago
Field, v. 10, p. 4, Aug. 17, 1878. [F. M. ]
The Fraser River Salmon Season. [From the "New York World."] "^For-
est and Stream, v. 11, p. 50, Aug. 22, 1878.
Fishing in Northern California. [By E. J. Hooker.] <^ Forest and Stream,
V. 11, p. 51, April 22, 1878.
Trout Fishing in Truckee River. Correspondent of the "Sacramento Union."
<Chicago Field, v. 10, p. 20, Aug. 24, 1878. [F. M.]
Trout ing in Nevada. Catching them in the water-works at Gold Hill and
Virginia City. [From "Virginia City Chronicle."] <^Chicago Field, y.
10, p. — . Sept. 14, 1878. [F. .M.]
Good News from California. [An account of fish-ladders in the Truckee River,
from the "Truckee Republican."] <^ Chicago Field, v. 10, p. 84, Sept. 21,
1878.
Salmon One Cent Each. [Item from Frazer River, from California i)aper, with
editorial comment by F. Mather.] < Chicago Field, v. 10, p. 101, Sept. 28,
1878. [F.M.]
Salmon Canning on Cobinibia River. An account of the process, with statis-
tics. By Fred. Mather. <ChicagoFie](l.v.in.|,. i(i],Sept.28,1878. [F. M.]
Note on the Saurus bicioccpa of Ayres. [By W. N. Lockington.] <Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v. 2, pp. 348, 349, Oct., l-7~.
McCIoiid IJivcr Hatching ;"»fati(»n. Daily Record of Salmon taken. [Signed
Livingston Stone. ] < F-on-st and Stream, v. 11, p. 203, Oct. 10, 1878.
California Tmut in New York. [By Seth Green.] <^ Forest and Stream, v.
11. p. 203, Oct. 10, 1S78.
McCloud River Hatchery. [Tabic of l)istribution of Salmon Eggs during
1878,] < Forest and Stream, v. 1 1, p. 222, Oct. 17, 1878. '
59
1§7§ — Land-locking the Quinnat Salmon. Experiment of H. G. Parker, Commis-
sioner on Fisheries for Nevada, in Pyramid and Walker Lakes. <^ Chicago
Field, V. 10, p. 1(55, Oct. 20, 1878. [F. M. ]
The Yellowstone as a Tront stream. lAiioii.'] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 11, p.
263, Oct. 31, 1878.
Another Devil Fish Story, Account of devil-fish (Ccratoptcni) interfering
with a submarine diver, from California paper. <^ Chicago Field, v. 10,
p. 181, Nov. 2, 1878. [F.M.]
Walks around San Francisco. By W. N. Lockington. No- III. — Lalie
Honda and Seal Rock. <Am. Nat., v. IJ, p]). 78G-793, Dee., 1878.
[N. Sp. Bdcllostoma Stoutii, j). 793.1
A'bfe— "No. I.— The Ocean Beach" (v. 12, pp. 347-3.-)4) and [No. II.—]
"The Bay Shore" (v. 12, pp. 50.5-512) have nothing relative to lishes.
Salmo quinnat in France. [By Fred. Mather.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 11,
p. 360, Dec. 5, 1878. [See, also, pp. 339, 340, Nov. 28, 1878.]
On the occurrence of Stichaius punctatus, (Fabr.) Kroyer, at St. Michiel's,
Alaska. By Tarleton H. Bean. < Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 1, pp. 279-
281, Dec. 17, 1878.
Report on the collection of Fishes made by Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. A., in Da-
kota and Montana during the seasons of 1873 and 1874. By David S.
Jordan, M. D. <Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., v. 4. pp. 777-7L)9,
Dec. 11,1878.
Note. — [Contains an "analysis of tlie genera of American Cypiiuida}, .and reference of
Paciflc slope genera to European types, at pp. 785-790. J
California Salmon in Holland. [Editorial.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 11, p.
420, Dec. 25 1878.
45tli Congress, 3d session. > House of Representatives, j Ex. Doc. 1, pt. 2. Vol.
II. I = I Annual Report | of the | Chief of Engineers | to the | Secretary
of War I for the | year 1878. | — i In three parts. | — | Part III. | — | Wash-
ington : I Government Printing Office. | 1878. |
Appendix NN. [ — | Annual Report of Lieutenant George M. Wheeler, |
Corps of Engineers, for the fiscal year ending | June 30, 1878. [pp.
1421—
Appendix K. | Report upon the Fishes collected duiing the years 1875, lh7(),
and 1H77, in | California and Nevada, by Prof. David S. Jordan and H.
W. Henshaw. [pp. 1609-1622, pll. 1-4.]
Appendix K 1. | List of Marino Fishes collected on the coast of CaIiforni;i,
near Santa | Barbara in 1H75, with notes by Dr. H. C. Yarrow, Acting
Assistant Surgeon | U.S. A., and H. "W. Henshaw. [pp. 1623-1627.]
P. 1610, pi. 1, 2, Catantomus tahoensis (Jill and Jordan.
P. ICIO, pi. 3, Catastomun arccopun Jordan.
P. 1G19, pi. 4, Salrao Hcnshaivi Gill and Jordan.
The Si)ort.sman's Gazetteer and General Guide. The Gome Animals, Birds,
and Fislies of North America: Their Habits and Various Methods of Cap-
ture. Cojjious Instructions in Sliooting. Fishing, T.axidermy, Woodcraft,
etc. Together with maps. By Charles Hallock, Editor of ''Forest and
Stream " ; Author of the " Fishing Tourist," " Camp I^ife in Fh)rida," etc.
Fourth Edition. Now York : Forest and Stream Publishing Co. 1878.
(12mo.)
60
1878 — Manual of the Vertebrates of tbe Xorthtrn United States, Ineliuling the Dis-
irict East of the Mississippi River, anil N<ti1i of North Carolina and Ten-
nessee, exclnsive of Marine Speeies. I5y David Starr Jordan, I'll. 1).. M.
D., Professor of Natnral History in Bntler University. Second Kdition, Ke-
vised and Enlarged. Chieago : Jansen, McClnrg & Co. lS7i?. (12uio,
40r pp.)
The Califoinian Salmon. With an Aceount of its Introdnction into Victoria.
lly Sir Samuel Wilson, Member of the Legislative Council (jf Victoria.
Mell)0iirue: Sands »X; McDongall, Printers, Collins street 'West. 1H78.
1879. — The Nevada Fish-hatchery. [From Carson City "Api»eal.''] <^Chicago
Field, v. 10, p. 332, Jan. 4, 1879. [F. M.]
Captnre of a Devil-Osh [Ceratoptera]. From California ])aper. <^Chicago
Field, V. 10, p. 'AUb, Feb. 1, 1879. [F. M.]
The Fisheries and Other Resources of Alaska. B\ H. A.R. <^Chicago Field,
V. 10, p. 395, P^b. 1, 1879. [F.M.]
Viviparous Perch [Embiotocidte. By Charles Hallock. From "Sportsman's
Gazetteer."] <[ Forest and Stream, v. 11, \k r>l".'., .Ian. 23, lt^79.
Fish and Fishing of Oregon. [By "Wrn. Laug. ] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 12,
p. 35, Feb. 13, 1879.
Report of the Nevada Fish Commission. [Notice by Fred. Mather.] <^Chi-
cago Field, v. 11, p. 3, Feb. 15, 1879.
Rapid growth of the Califomian Salmon. [Jtiov.'] <^Forcst and Stream, v.
12, p. 55, Feb. 20, 1679.
[An abstract from the "GennaB Fishing Gazette."]
Eastern Trout on the Pacitic Slope. [By H. H. Holt, Kaloma. W. T. <For-
est and Stream, v. 12, p. 105, March 13, l^l'J.
Rearing Whitefish in confinement. [By B. B. Redding.] <^Chicago Field,
V. 11, pj). 07,68, March 15, 1879.
Interesting Facts from Washington Territory. [By Chs. Bendire.] <^ For-
est and Stream, v. 12, p. 154, March 27, 1879.
I Refers to "Salmo Kcnnerlyi", &c.]
The Flounders of our Markets. Rea<l by W. M. Lcckington before the San
Francisco Acad, of Sciences, March 17, lf^79. <^ Scientific Press Snpple-
meut, April, 1879; Mining and Scientific Press, April 12 and 19, l.'«79.
Salmon Fishing in Oregon. [V>y H. B.] <] Fon-st and Stream, v. 12, p. 174,
April 3, 1H79.
Traits of Rocky Mountain Trout. [ T.y VV. N. Byers.] < Forest and Stream,
V. 12, p. 174. April 3, 1879.
[Notice of a " 'Devil Fi.sh ' recently taken on the Pacific coast whose body
was four feet long, with a spear-shaped tail and tentacles seven feet long."'
t. c, a siiecies of Ceratojitera. I'rom the "Santa Barbara Pres.s."] <;^Chi-
cago Field, v. 11, p. 148, April 19, l.>-79.
Descrijition of a species of Lycodeit (L. Tnrvrri) from Al:iskn, b(li«ved to bo
niidescribed. By Tarleton H. Bean. <^F'roc. U. S. Nat. Mii.seiim. v. 1,
pp. 4(*)3-4(;C>, April 25, 1-79.
Tlie Fishes and Birds of tin- P;'cific Coa.st. [ By Calamink, pmuilon of John
L. "Wilson. <Chicago Field, v. 11. p. 1(;3, Ai»ril 2(1, 1879.
[Note relative to the Fisheries of British Columbia. Not ice of Report to
House of Commons.] <^Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 1G5, April 2(3, 1379.
61
ISYO—Xotcs on some Fishes of tho Coast of California. No. I. By "V7. N. Lock-
ington. < Am. Nat., v. i:5, pp. 299-308, May, 1879.
Culifornia Mountain Trout in Eastern Watei-s. [By Seth Green.] < Forest
and Stream, v. 12, p. 2G4, May 8, 1879.
[See, also, v. 12, p. 288.]
Trout and. Salmon Season in California. lAnon.l < Forest and Stream, v.
12, p. 277, May 8, 1879.
Angling in California. [Abstract from " Pacific Life."] < Chicago Field, v. 11,
pp. 19.'>, 190, ]\Iay 10, 1879.
[Catfish in California.] < Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 196, May 10, 1879.
Pacific Tront [Salmo iridea] in Eastern Waters. [Note signed H. "W. De Long,
with description appended from Hallock's Sportsman's Gazetteer.] <^ For-
est and Stream, v. 12, p. 283, May l.">, 1879.
Does the Western Salmon die after spawning? [By Ma.jor, p.seudon.'l < Chi-
cago Field, V. 11, p. 221, May 17, 1879.
California Salmon do not all die after spawning. [By B. B. Redding.]
< Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 230, May 24, 1879.
The Roe of the Salmon the Indian's Bait. [By Jonas C, Portland, Oregon.]
< Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 237, May 24, 1879.
California News. [Notice of expected consignment of eggs from U. S. Com-
mis.siou Fish and Fisheries. Anon. From Sacramento "Record-Union."]
< Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 244, May 31, 1879.
On a new Genus of ScombridiB. By W. IT. Lockington. <^Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila. [v. — ], pp. 133-130.
[N. g. and sp. Chriomitra (p. lo3) concolor, p. 134.]
Who branded the Salmon ? [Notice of capture of four salmon branded with
W. at Westport, Oregon. By Geo. H. Heather.] < Chicago Field, v. 11,
p. 200, June 7, 1879.
Lake Tahoe. [Anon. From "Philadelphiii Press."] < Chicago Field, v. 11,
p. 260, Jane 7, 1879.
Grand Success of Shad and Salmon Culture. [By B. B. Redding.] < Chi-
cago Field, V. 11, p. 277, June 14, 1879.
Salmon at the Antipodes, being an account of the successful introduction of
Salmon and Tront into Australian waters. By Sir Samuel "Wilson, Mem-
ber of the Legislative Council of Victoria, [etc.] ; author of a worlc on the
Angora Goat, and papers on the Ostrich, the Chinese Yam, etc. London :
Edward Stanford, fio. Charing Cross, S. W., 1879. [3d ed., 12°, viii, 252 pp.,
1 phot. 1)1., 1 map folded.]
Partial Contents.
Cliap. V. The first introduction of Californian Salmon Ova. pp. 24-25.
Chap. VII. The second im))ortation of Californian Salmon Ova. pp. 29-38.
Ch.ap. VIIL The Californian Salmon, pp. 39-58.
Chap. IX. Is the Californian Salmon suitable to the Murray River? pp.
59-66.
Chap. XIX. The Growth and Development of the Salmoniihe. pp. 160-172.
Chap. XXII. The Di.^tribution and Liberation of the Californian Salmon
Fry. pp. 193-244.
[Introduction dated June IG, 1.S79.
" Th« Hul).stance of this work, in a sli'^htly different form, under the title of 'The
Citlifoniian Salmon,' was originally pulilislied in the Transactions of the Zoological and
Accliiuatization Society of Melbourne for the year 1878, and a second small edition was
reprinted in Victoria."— From "Preface to the third edition."— See 18781
62
1§T9 — The Chinese and other Fishermen of California. [Condensed from San Fran-
cisco "Chronicle" by Fred. Mather. ] <^Chicaj;o Field, v. 11, p. 291,.Tiino
21,l^"-».
On the Occnrrenco of lliiqioi^lossiis viil^^aris, Flem., at Unala.shka and St.
Michufl's, Alaska. Ji.v Tarleton H. Bean. <^ Proe. U. .S. Nat. Musouui, v.
•2,1.]..('):J-G(>, Jnly 1,1C71).
Pacific Coast Shad. [l!y "William La:ig.] < Forest and Stn-ani, v. I'J, j).
487, Jnly 24, 1S7'J.
Notes oil New and Rare Fishes. Read before the California Acad. Science
by "W . N. Lockington. ] <[Scientillc Press Sopiilcnifiit,. Jnly, 1871); Mining
and ScientilJc Press, Aug. 2 and 16, 1879.
Fish Notes from the Pacilic Coast, [liy Robt. E. C. Stearns.] < Chicago
Field, V. 11, p. 339, Ang. 2, 1879.
[E::tract from " American Natur.ilist."]
Curious Facts about Trout [i.e., jumping from flume into water below. By
B. B. R., 1. e. B. B. Reddiag.] < Chicago Field, v. 1 1, j.. 404, Ang. 9, 1879.
Alaska in Summer. — Second Paper. [By "Pispxo," i. c. Lester Beardslee.]
<; Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. r>'>'.i, A ug. 14, 1H79.
[Refers, inter alias, to capture ami curin-; of salmon at Port Hunter.]
Largest Salmon on Record. [./«o/i.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 113, p. ^K}7, .\ug.
14. 1879.
(" Victoria, June 20.— .\ salmon that wei.^hC'd 98 pounds when caught has heen received
here from the Skeena Kiver Fishery by Mr. Turner, Mayor of Victoria. Its length is 5
feet 11 inches from noso to tail."]
Shad in the Columbia. [By "S."] < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. o8r>, Aug. 28,
1879.
[Refers probably to Pomolobus.]
Trolling for Salmon. [ Anon. ] < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 588, Ang. 28, 1879.
[Ilelates to Columbia Kiver.]
Oregon. [Record of a trout -fishing expedition. By William Lang.]
< Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 589, Aug. 28, 1879.
The McClond River Fishery. l.tiioii.'\ < Fon-.st and Stream, v. 13, p. r.04,
Sijpt. 4, 1879.
Salmon a Nuisance to Trout Fi.shers. [Anon. By Fred. Mather.] <^ Chicago
Field, V. 12, p. 52, Sept. (i, 1879.
The North Pacific Ccdiishery. [By W. N. Lockingtou. lu luiuted from
" Pacific Life. "] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 53, Sept. C), 1879.
[Notice of Trout pas-sing through flume under pres.sure of 370 ])ound3 to the
square ineh. Anon.] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 53, Sept. C, 1879.
[Notice of Catfish — .\iiiiuriis .-ilbidns? — 5 to 15 inches long, taken in Sansal
Lagoon, where pl.iiiti-d three years beAue. Jmoh.] < Chicago Field, v.
12, ].. .53. Sepl.C, 1-79.
The Pacific Salmon Fisheries. [Anon.] < Chicago Field, v. 12, [•. (,;t, Scjit. 13,
1879.
[Notice of Catfish — Amiurus albidus? — taken in McCloud's Lake, Stockton.
Anon.'\ < Chicago' Field, v. 12, p. »;9, Sept. 13, 1879.
The Trans-Continental Expedition of the California Fish Commissiontrs.
[By H. A. L. ] < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. G45 (3 col.), Sept. 18, 1879.
63
1879 — Review of the riouronectidte of San Frnncisco. By "W. N. Lockington^
< Prob. U. S. Nat. Musemii, v. 2, pp. 09-96, July 2— Sept. 19, 1879.
[N. sp. Hip2)oglossoidesJordani,i).73; Gbjptocephalrts Pacijicus, -p. SG; Glyptocephalus zachu
rus, p. 88.
[Notice of Catfish for Susan River and Eel Lake. Anon.'\ <^ Chicago Field,
V. 12, p. 85, Sept. 20, 1879.
The first biennial report of the Nevada Commission. [Notice by Fred. Ma-
ther. ] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 85, Sept. 20, 1879.
Habits of California River Salmon. lAnon. Extract from "Sacramento
Bee."] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 100, Sept. 27, 1879.
Fish Culture Operations in California. [By Livingston Stone.] < Forest
and Stream, v. l:{, p. 685, Oct. 2, lr79.
[Refers to Salmon. 1
Why Salmo Quinnat does not take the Fly. I Anon, by Charles Hallock.
<[Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. C85, Oct. 2, 1879.
Washington Territory. [By "MuLTXOjMAH,"2>8eM(7o«.] <^Forest and Stream,
V. 13, p. 687, Oct. 2, 1879.
[Relates to fishing in "the great Spokane country."]
Salmon Fishing on the Pacific. [Incomplete. By C. R.] <^Forest atid
Stream, v. 13, p. 689, Oct. 2, 1879.
The Fishery of Mr. A. P. Rockwood [near Salt Lake City. Anon. From "The
Juvenile Instructor."] <Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 11.5, Oct. 4, 1879,
Do Fish hear ? [By 'W. N. Lockington. From " Pacific Life."] <Chicago
Field, v. 12, p. 116, Oct. 4, 1879.
Trout in the Truckee. lAnon. From " Sacramento Bee."] <^Chicago Field,
V. 12, p. 117, Oct. 4, 1879.
California. [ Record of good Grilse-fishing in September. ] By B. B. Redding
<[Forest and Stream, v.ul3, p. 715, Oct. 9, 1878.
The Game and Fish of Alaska. [By " PiSECO," i. e. Lester Beardslee, U. S.
N.] <]Forest and Stream, v. 13, pp. 723-724, Oct. 16, 1879.
Salmon Eggs from the Pacific [By Livingston Stone.] <^Forest ard
Stream, v. 13, p. 725, Oct. l(i, 1879.
California Fishing. [By E. J. Hooper.] <^Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 7i^8
Oct. le, 1879.
Wyoming Territory. [Note on Trout-fishing. By "Multnomah," jjscwrfon.]
<Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 728, Oct. 16, 1879.
Spawn in off season [of Californian Trout. By E. C. Tallant. With edito-
rial note] <^Fore8t and Stream, v. 13, p. 744, Oct. 23, 1879.
The Rerlfish of the Northwest. [By Ch. Bendire. With editorial note.]
<Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 745, Oct. 23, 1879.
Rocky Mountain Trout. [By Flyfisitkr, psciidou., J. J. Stranahan, Chagrin
Falls, O.] <Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 164, Oct. 25, 1879.
"Mountain Trout". — (Salmo virginalis). [By Gordon Lamb.] <Chicago
Field, V. 12, p. 164, Oct. 25, 1879.
Fishing in Gray's Harbor [i. e. Salmon-fishery. Anon. From " Olympi;),
(Washington Terr.) Transcript." <^Chicago Field, v. 12, pp. 164, 165, Oct.
25, 187U.
64
1879— Codfishiug in tbo Pacific. lAnon.'} From " San Francisco Altii.") <Chicago
Field, V. 12, p. l(J5, Oct. 25, 1879. •
California Trout in New York State. [liy Clarence A. Farnum.] < Forest
and Stvi-aiu, v. 13, p. 705, Oct. 30, lB7y.
Salmon Fishing on the Pacific. [By C. R.] < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p.
707, Oct. 30, lH7y.
Why Salmo Quinnat does not take the Fly. [Editorial.] <^ Forest and
Stream, v. 13, p. 770, Oct. 30, 1679.
Notes on Pacific Coast J'ishes and Fisheries. By "W. N. Lockington. < Am.
. Nat., V. 13, pp. 684-687, Nov., 1879.
Notes on some nndescribed Fishes of the Pacific Coast. By "W. N. Locldug-
ton. <^ Scientific Press Supplement, v. — , p. 76, Nov., 1879.
Cant Breeding in California. [Anan. From "Sonoma Index."] <^ Chicago
Held, V. 12, p. 180. Nov. 1, 11=79.
Trout Culture in Nevada. lAnon. From "Virginia City Enterprise."] <^ Chi-
cago Field, V. 12, p. 180, Nov. 1, 1-79.
Fish in Washington Territory. [ Auon. From the " Exjieriment."] <^ Chicago
Field, V. 12, p. l.>-0, Nov. 1, 1879.
Washington Territory. [Abundance of Trout. By ^lULTXOMAll, pscudon.]
<^ Forest and Stream, v. 13, jip. 79c -796. Nov. 6, 1879.
The Redfish of Idaho. By Charles Bendire. < Forest and Stream, v. 13,
p. 806, with fig., Nov. 13, 1879.
[The flguro appears to represent Hysifario keniterhji.]
California Notes. (From the "San Francisco Bee.") < Chicago Field, v. 12,
p. 213, Nov. ir>, 1879.
Some Fishes of Oregon. By C. J. Smith. < Forest and Stream, v. 13. p.
82(), Nov. 20, 1879.
The Trout of Utah. [Notice of its rising to a lly.] I y C. B. Western
< Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 820, Nov. 20, 1^79.
California Fishing Notes. [From "Sacrauunto Bee."] <:^ Chicago Field, v. 12,
p. 221>, Nov. 22, 1"<79.
California Fishes. By B. B. Recldiirg. < Forest and Stream, v. 13. j). 847
Nov. 27, 1879.
Mountain Trout. — Sahiio rirf/iuitrts. By Gordon Lajid. <^ Chicago Field, v.
12. 1.. 24r>, Nov. 29, 1879.
The Fishesof Klamath Lake, Oregon. By E. D. Cope. < Am. \;it., v. 13,
pp. 7H4-7.X.., Dec, ls79.
[X. sp. ChahViUten lujcaht« (ji. 781) ; Chamnlsten hnvirogtrit (p. TS."!) ; } ilylopharodon 8p.
(785).]
Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1»^8. | Eilited by Spencer F.
Baird with the a.ssistance of eminent men of science. | New York: | Har-
]»er A, Brothers, Pnblishi-rs, Franklin Square. 1S79. [12*^.]
The North .\merican 'i'ront and S;ilmon. jip. 1(>7-47(I.
Ichthyologi.sche Beitriige (VIII). Von Dr. Franz Steindachner. <Sit7.b.
K. Akad. Wi.s.sensch., B, HO. Ablb. i. p]!. . ('•.hili-hcft.") [.Vuilior's exna,
received by mail Oct. 22. 1879.]
|N. sp. Corrina\Tohniuji) Jacnhi. S:m Tliono, p. 3; n. p. .nml sp. Tyjphlf>rtnhiui calif or-
nieiXKit. San Oirgo, p. '-'J j aii^l Gobius Ifcwberrii. p. 17, Engraulis ringent, p. CL', also com-
m(Jiit<.>d upon.]
INDEX.
rage.
A.
A 48
Abbot, Lieut. Henry L 26
Abeona 23
Abeona minima 41
Trowbridgii •. 23,29
Abert, J. W 17
Abraniis balteatus 15
Acaathiaa Sucklii 31, 44
AcantLoIebius 34
Acantholebina nebulosus 42
Achames 40
Acipenser acutirostiia ;22, 31
brachj-rb jTichus 22, 31
medirostris 22, 31
transmontanus 13, 15, 16, 31
Acomus 25
Acomus generosus 29, 43
Acrocheilus 22
Acrocheilus alutaccus 22
^tobatis laticeps 39
Agassiz, Alexander 34
Agassiz, L 19,20,22,24,25
Agassiz, Profcasor 3, 8
Agonna 9
Agoaia 25
chryaogaater 25
metaUica 25
Alaaka, big aalmon of 53
flahcries of 51
ichtbyology of 46
report ou 51
Alaikan fishea 44
food fiahcs 45
Alaasa califomica 36,43
Albula 16
Alepidoaauroida 38
Alepidosaurua (Caulopua) borealis 35
serra 35,42
Alepiaaurus 40
Alepocephalus 16
Algansea 25
Algansea bicolor 25, 29
formosa 25,29,43
obeaa 25,29
Allen, Paul 10
Alopiaa 37
vulpea 44
Aloaa muaica 22
pra;stabilis 46
Alzate, Don 8
Amblodon satumua 27, 28, 34
Ambloplitea iuterruptus 27
Bull. ^nt. Mus. Ko. 11 5
Page.
Aniia 16
Amiurua albidua 62
AmmoccDtcs cibariua 27, 31
Ammodytea alascanus 46
hexapterua 10
personatua 25, 28, 43
septipiuuia 10
Auipbisticbua argenteus 20, 29, 41
Heermanni 21
aimilia 21,29'
Auableps Gronovii 21, 26
Anarrbicbaa 53
fells 21,28
Anarrbicbtbya 23
felia 28
ocellatua 23,42
Anguilla 40
Annin, James, jr 57
Anon 48,50
Anoplagonus 34
Anoplarcbua 34
crista-galli 35
purpurescena 34
Anoplopoma 32
fimbria 46
merlangus 32, 42
Antaceus acntiroatria 44
bracbyrbyncbua 44
medirostria 44
Apocope carringtonii 52
couesii 51
benshavii 52
ventricoaa 51
vulnerata 52
Apodichthys 21
flavidns 2 1, 28, 42
inornatua 36
sanguiueua 36
violaceua 21
vireacens 24, 28
A. R 57
Archoplites 34
interruptus 41
Argentina pretioaa 21
Argyreiosua paciQcus 53
Argyreus dulcia 29
notabilia 25
nubilus 25, 29
osculus 25
Artediua 25
lateralis 27
notoapilotus 25, 28
pugetensia 53
65
66
INDEX.
Page.
A spicot tu8 20
bison 20, 22. 27, 42
Aspidopboroidcs inermis 32
Aspidophorus acipensorinua 16
Atherinopsis 21,22,49
affinis 33,40
califui-niensia 21, 28
tennis 33
Atkins, Charles G 48
Atractoperca 34
clatbrata 41
Atractoscion nobile 41
Auliscops 40
spinescena -fO
Aulorhjnchus 34
flavidus 34
Ayres, Dr.Wm.O. .3, 21, 22, 23, 24, 32, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38
Ayresia 37
punct ipinnls 37, 38
B.
Bailey. J. W 17
Baird, Spencer F 10, 46, 47, 48, 50, 53, 54. 55, 64
BnlisU's 30
Bathym.istor signatus 46
Bdellostuma Stoutii 59
Bean, Tarleton U 58,59,60,62
Beardslee, Lester 62,03
Beckwith, Lieut. E. G 31
Beechey, Capt. T.W 14
Belone exilis 21, 29, 42
Bendire, Charles 56, 60, 63, 64
Bennett, E. T 14
Bennett, Frederick Dcboll 15
Bennett, Thomas 47
Blakea 53
Blake, Jaracs 40, 41
Blake, WUliam P 25
Blenuieotlus 34
Blennius angiiillaris 10
dolicbogaster 10
gentilis 21, 28, 42
Blep-sias oculofasciatus 26
trilobus 16,42
ventricosus 12
Brachy istiiis 36
BraehyistiuM fienatus 36, 41
lirnncliiostonia ? '. .. 44
Brayton, Akmbert W 57
Brevoort, James Carson 25
Brow, C 34
British Columbia 39, 40
Brosmius marginatus 12, 22,28
BroHmi)phj-cis 34
lunrginatus 43
Brotnloid fishes 37
Bucklnnd. Rev. W 14
Bullhead 40
Butirinus 10
Butler, Capt. W. F 4
Byers, W. N CO
C.
Calamink CO
California fliiherles 53
Commissioner's report on 40
Page.
California, natural wealth of 41
scia lions 53
Califomian fish culture 47
salmon 00
Callorhynehus 15
Calycilepidotus 24
lateralis 24. 42
spinosas 24
Caniariiia 33
nigricans 33
Campbell, Archibald 34
Caranx 14
aymraetricus 24
Carrington Campbell 46
Catostomidio 57
Catostomus araiopus ...; 59
bemardini 25
discobulus 52
fecundus 51, ."iL'
( Acomus) generosus 25
insigne 52
labiatus 23, 29, 43
latipinnis VJ
niacroeheilus 25, 29
occidentalis 22, 29, 43
tahoensis 59
Cauliirehus 3t)
reticulatus 43
Caulolatilus 39
anomalus 41
Cebedichthys crista-galli 24,42
violaceus 28, 42
Ccntrarchus interrupt as 20
maculosus 21,22
Centronotus crista-galli 35
laitus 46
Ccntropomus viridis 53
Ceratiehthys biguttatus 52
oscula 51
squamilentus 51
ventricosus 47
Ceratopter.i 59,63
Cestraciou fnincisei 22,31
Philipii 38
Chanos 10
Chappe d'Autorochc, M 8
Chase, A. AV 47,48
Chasniistes brevirostris 64
luxatus 64
Cheonda 25
cocrulea 25
Coopci i 25
Chilorhinus 40
Chimtcra I'l
colliei 14, 31
Chionda cocrulea 30
cooperl .'10
Chirocentrus 16
Chiropsis 20
conatellatas 27
guttatus 27
nebulusus 27
piclns 27
Chirostoma afliuis 42
califoiniensis 42
INDEX.
er
Page.
Cbirostonia tenuis 42
Cbirua 40
balias 46
constellatua 21, 42
guttatus 20, 42
ordinatus 46
pictus 20,42
trigrammus 46
Choris, Louia 11
Clirioruitra 61
concolor 61
Clironiis puuctiijinnis 38, 41
Clams 40
Clark, Captain 10
Clark, S.C 50
Clinocottus 34
Clinostomus phlegetbontis 47
taenia 47
Clupea 14, 15
mirabilis 21, 31, 43
Clypeocottua robustus 22
Codtisbery, Pacific 45
Cooke, r. St. Geo 17
Cooper, J. G 33, 37, 38, 40, 41
Cope, E. D 40, 47, 51, 56, 64
Copeland, Herbert E 53
Coregoni 56
Coregouinte 57
Coregonus WiUiamsoni 25, 30, 43, 52
Corvina ( Jobnius) Jacobi 64
btearnsii 49
Corypbopterus 37
Corypbopterus glaucofraenum 37
Cottoids 18
Cottopsis asper 27
gulosus 20,27,42
parvus 21, 27, 42
Coitus 18
Cottus asper 13, 16
criuiger 32
pistilliger 10, 16
platycepbalus 10
polyacantbocepbalus 10, 16
tracburua 10
ventralis 12
Coues, Dr. Elliot. 10
C.K 63,64
Creinony, Jobn C 45
Cronisc, Titus Fey 41
C utt.s, Kicbard D 46
Cuvier & Valenciennes. . . .11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18
Cy clogaster pulcbellus 28
Cyclopteroids, synopsis of 39
C y cb)pteru3 47
gelatinosus 14
orbis 35
Ycutricosus 16
Cymatogaster 20
aggregatua 20,41
ellipticus 20
Larkiusii 20
niinimua 20
pulcbellus 20
parvipinnis 35
Cy piincUa gunnisoni 30
rfage.
Cypriuella ludibuuda 30 '
lugubris 30 '
Cypriuodiun californiensis 43
macularius 19
Cypiiuus (Abrarais) balteatus 13
balteatus .^. 16
(Leuciscus) caurinus. 13
cultratus 9
(Leuciscus) griicilis 13
(Leuciscus) oregonensis 13
rostratus 9
D.
Ball, William H 44,45
Damalicbthys 23
vacca 23, 29, 41
Davidson, George 45
Dawes, CM , 46
Do Kay, James R 15
Dekaya 37
anomal.i 37
DeLong, H. W 61
' ' Denver News " 50
Dermatostetbus 36
punctipinnis 36, 44
Devil fisb 60
Diodon 11
Dionda gi-isea 27
Ditrema 25
brevipinne 36
Dogfisb 40
Dum6ril, Aug 39,4.5
Dunn, Horace D 49
Dynamite, forfisbing , 48
E.
Ecbeneidoidae 38
Ecbeneis naucrates 32
remora 32
EUiott, Henry W 47, 51
Elops 16
Embiotoca 19,20
argyrosoma 25, 29, 41
Caryi 19
Cassidii 21, 29
Jacksoui 19, 29, 41
lateralis 20, 34
lineata 21, 29
ornata 23, 29.
perspicabilis 23, 29
Wcbbi 23,29
Embiotocoidae 21
Embiotocoids 3
Emory, Lieut. Col. W. H 17
Engelmann, G 17
Engraulis compressua 27, 30, 43
dclicatissimua 21, 31,43
mordax 21, 30, 43
nanus 27, 30, 43
ringens 64
Eunicbtbys 23
Heemianni 23, 29
iiiegalops 23, 29
Eutospbcnus 36
ciliatus 44
G8
INDEX.
Page.
Entuspbcnus cpihcxodon 44
Ephippus zonatiia 27, 28
Epinopbelus ciliutus 9
Erythriniis 16
Esi-hsclioltz, Dr. Friodr 12
£ucy<-lo2obiua 36
ucwberrii 43
Eumicrot n-miiB 36
ExoccBtus califomicus 38, 42
fascial ua 24
r.
Fario argyrcua 25,30
aurora 25, 30
Clarkii 30
Gairdneri 30
Nowbcrrii 26
stellatus 25, 30
tauppitcb 30
Farnum, Clarence A 64
Fisb, eastern, in California 48
Fisberies of Noitb Pacific 46
Fisberies, Oregon 55
Fiebes of Wyoming 46
subteiranean, in California 47
lertiary. 51
Flat-fish 40
of San Francisco 23
Flounders of Snn Francisco 60
Forbes. Edward 20
Francbiire, Gabriel 10, 11
Fundulua ? 43
parvipinnis 21, 30, 43
G.
Gadoid fisbea, synopsis of 37
genera • 37
Gadua auratus 46
doraotripterygia 9
liiubria 10
gracilis 9
morrbua 9
pcriscopus 4G
pro.ximus 21,43
pygmseus 10
wacbna 10
Galeus cania 45
Gallatin, Albert 17
. Gasterosteus biuculeatus 24
dekayi 24
inopiuatua 21,28
intemiedius 25, 28
niierocepbalus 21, 28, 42
plobeiua 21, 23, 28, 42
PUgPtt i 25, 28
Borratus 24,28,42
Wllliauisoui 21, 28, 42
GaatropbyHus polilus 44
G»»y, Claudius j(j
Genyononiiis 34
Gibbi>uH, Dr 3
Gibbuna, W. I' 20 23
Gibbims, W. K 49
Gibbousiu 3g
elegaus 38,42
Page.
Gila 17,19
ardesiaca 51
couocepbala 21
egregia 52
clegana 19, 30, 43, 52
Emory i 19, 52
gracilis 19, 30, 52
Grabami 19,52
grandis 22
by drophlox 52
microlepidota 22
luontana 52
nacroa 52
nigra 51, 52
phlegetbontis 52
robusta 19, 30, 43, 02
seminuda 51,52
tiPnia 52
Gilbert, diaries H 5.j
Gill, Tbeodore 32, 39, 46, 54
Gillif htbys 38
mirabilis 38, 43, 56
Gilliss, Lieut. Jas. M 22
G irard, Dr. Cbarlea . .3, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27,
31,32
Girard, Edward 18
tiirardinus aonoriensis 52
Girella nigiicans 41
Glypbiaodon rubicundus 21, 29, 41
Gl.vpbtocepbalus paciflcus 63
zacbirus 63
Gobioid genera 37
Gobiua gracilis 21
lepidus 28
Newberryi 25, 28, 64
Gonorbyncbus 16
Goudy, John HI
Graniniatopleunis 34
Gray, J. E IH
Green, Setb 58,61
Gryatea lineal us 21
Giiinielliia ornatus 21, 28, 42
Gunnison, Capt. J. W 31
Giinther, A Ibert 32, 35, 36, 3«, 39, 40, 44, 45
Gyniuoniurwna 40
Gyninotoida 38
Gyropleurodus 36
franrisci 44
][.
TTalatrnctus dorsalis 42
Ilaliaa 32
Halibut lisbing 40
Hnlloek, Cbarlea 66, 59, 60, 6:i
llallowell, Edward 19
n. A. L «2
II. A. U CO
Huyden, F. V 46,51
Hazlitt, William Carey 4
11. n .' m
Heather, George II 61
Ileennann, xV. L 20
Ileluiiehthya ' 40
Ileniilepidotus Gibkail 35,42
uotoHpilotus 42
INDEX.
G9
Pa;:e.
Heniik'pidotus spinosus 27, 42
Tilesii 12,16
marmoratus 21
Henshaw, H. W 59
Heptanchu-s luaculatus 31
Herbert, WiUiam Xlunry 18, 19
HeiTings 40
Heterandria affiui^ 19
occidcntalis 19
Heterodontus philipii 38
Heteiostifhiis ■ 21
rosti-atus 21, 27, 42
Heterotis 16
Hexagraiumus 9
asper 9
stelleri 8
Hinckley, W. M 50
Hippocampus ingens 27, 30, 44
Hippoglossoides Jordani 03
Hippoglossus califoniicus 32, 43
vulgaris 43, 62
Hittel, Johns 37
Holcouoti 20
Holconotus Agassizii 20
fuliginosus 20
Gibbonsu 20
megalops 21
pulchellus 41
ihodoterus 20, 29, 41
Trowbridgii 21
Holorbinus 30
Holt, H. H 60
Homalopomus 25
Trowbridgu 25,28
Hooper, E.J 49,50,53,55,56,57,58,63
Hoplopagrus 34
Hubbard, Samuel 36
Humphreys, A. A 51
Huntington, J. V 11
Hybopsis bivittatus 52
tinipanogcnsis 47, 52
Hyborhyuchus siderius 51, 52
Hydrolagus 36
Colliei 44
Hyodon 16
Hyperprosopon 20
Agassizii 36
analis 34
arcnatum 41
arcuatus 20
argenteum 20, 41
argenteum var. apunctatum 20
argenteua 20
punctatum 41
Hypocriticlitliys 36
analis 31,41
Uypomesus 35
pretiosus 43
Hy psagonus 34
Swanii 53
Hypsifario 36
Kennerlyi 57, 64
Hypsopsetta 36
guttulata 43
Hypsurua Caryi 41
Page.
Hypsy pops 34
Hy sterocarpua 20
Traekii 20, 29, 41, 57
I.
Ichthyomyzon 45
Irving. Washington 13
Ischiiosoma 16
Isoplagiodon 36
Henlei 44
J.
James, Edwin 11
Jolinius nobilis 33
Johnston, Capt. A. li 17
Jonas, C 61
Jordan, D. S , 53, 55, 57, 58, 59, 60
Julis modostus 21,29
semicinctus 32
J. AV. B 55
K.
Keeler, A.B 50
Kennerly, Dr. C. B. R 21,26,34
Kerry, Mortimer 48
Kirkpatrick, C. A 32
Kittlitz, F. H. V 27
Kner, Dr. Rudolph 45
L.
Labraces 9
Labracoglossa 40
Labrax 9, 40
clathratus 21
decagiammus 9, 10
monopterygius 9, 10
nebulifer 21
octogrammus 10
superciliosus 9, )
Labroids 37
Labrus jjulcher 21, 22, 29, 39
Lamb, Gor<lon 63, 64
Lanii>etra jdumbea 44
Lang, William 60,62
Laiiszweert, Dr 24
Lavinia 21
compressa 22
tonformis 21
crassicauda 21
cxilicauda 21, 29, •ft
harengus 25,29,43
gibbosa 22
Lay, G. T 14
Lebiasina 16
Leiocottus 25
hirundo 25,27,42
lineatus 23, 28, 34, 41
Lcuciscus caurinna 15,16
oregonensis 15, 16
Leucosomua occidcntalis 21
Lennard, Capt. C. E. BaiTatt 4
Lopadogaster 14
meandricus 28
reticulatus 21
L('j)id(igobiu8 gracilis 42
70
INDEX.
Pago.
Lf|ii(l(iiu(Mlu 47
jaiTovii 47,51
vittata 47, 51
Lt'])i<lo|)8ettik , 30
L)-)ltUL'uttU8 20
arniatua 20, 27, 42
Le|itogunnellu8 gracilis 23
Lewis, Captain 10
Liparis H,47
I/iparid cyclopus 35
DIUC0.SU9 23, 43
piilch<llu8 23,43
Lo<;kington, W. X 53, 56, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64
Long, Muj. Stephen II 11
Lord, John Koast 40
Lmnixnas aiiguillaris. 28,42
Lutk.'U, Dr. Cbr 49
Liixilua occidentalia 30,43
Ly codes Tumerii 60
Lycodoidaj 37
M.
McDonald, Duncan George Forbes 4
Macflc, Matthew 39
Mackerel catching 45
Macrodon 16
Miijor 61
Mallutas pacificus 16
Man-8ucker 40
Mather, Fred 57, 58, 59, 60, 62. 63
Mayne, Com. R. C 4
Mcda 25
fulgida 25,51
Megalocoltus 34
Megalops 16
Mel.t ta ccerulea 21, 22, 30, 43
Merlangus productns 24, 28, 43
Mf8"pu8 35
Metoponopa 39
Cooperi 39, 43
Micriatodus 39
ptinctatus 39
Microgadua 39
proximtia 39
Micrumetrus 20
aggregatus 20
tiiiniiiiua 20
Microsl^imatoiiU, note on 31)
Miuoniua jarrovii 47
phityrhyuchus 4"
Mnllicneaia 8
Mimiiiouth 48
Morniy rus 16
Morrliua californica 21,22
proxinia 28
MiillerA. Urnlo 18
Multnomah 63,04
Mnneiia niordax 32,43
Miirpliy.J.M 48
Muatt'lua caliromicns 38
felia 22,31
M > liuhat is cnlifoniicus 30
Myloch.ilua 22
raurinus 29
frnt«>rculu8 * 25, 20. 43
Vase.
Mylocheilua lateralis 22,29
Mylolencua parovanua 47, 52
pulverulentus 52
Mylopharodon 23, 04
conocephalus 29, 4$
robuatus 23, 29, 43
Myrichthys tigrinua 32
Mytilopbagus 20
fasciatua 20
Myxodes elegans 38, 53
N'.
Narcinc califoniica 31
Xauerates duetor 32
Nauticbthya 27
oculo-fasciatns 28
Nematocentria 40
Neoclinus 27
Blanchardi 27, 28, 42
satiricua 32
Nevada fish hatchery CO
Xordhotr, Charles 47
Notorhyncbus 37
borealis 38
maculatus 24, 44
0.
Oligocottus 25
nnalia 26,27,42
globiceps 26, 27, 42
maculoaus 25,27,42
Oncorhyncbus 34
Opbiehthya 40
Opbidion Taylorl 27, 28, 43
Opbidium 14
stigma 14
Opbiditirua californiensia 43
Ophiodon 21
elongatua 21, 27
Ophistbognatbaa 40
Oplopoma 25
pantherina 25, 27, 42
Orcynua pacilicua 37, 42
Oithagoriscua 14
analis 32, 44
raola 14
Orthodon microlopidotus 29.43
Ort hopaettrt 3t>
Osuierua elongatua • 22
pretioaua 30
tbaleichthys 32, 43
Osteoglossum 16
OtolitUua californiensia 49
Oxylebins 30
pictus 36
Oxyjulia 38
modest US n
P.
Pacliylabrus 20
varicgatus 20
Pallas 3
Pallas, Pi-tro 10
Pallas. P.S 9
Piinto8(<>us 51
INDEX.
71
Page.
Pantosicus barilus 52
delphinus 52
jaiTovii 52
platyrhynchus 52
Paragonus 34
Paralabras 25
clatbratns , 27
nobulifer 27,41
Paralepidoida 38
note on 39
Paralichthys 27
macwlosus 28, 43
Paratractns boopa 42
Parepbippus 34
zonatus 41
Parker, H.G 59
Paropbrys 21
Parophry 8 Ayresii 86, 43
Hubbardii 36
vetulus 21,28,43
Pedicnlati 37
Pelamys lineolata 27,28,42
Pemberton, J. Uesford 4
Perca flavescens 47
variabilis 10
Perch, viviparous 53
Percopsis Hammondii 38
Perry, Com. M. C 25
Petera, "W 40
Peters, W. C. H 45
Petromyzon astori 27, 31
ciliatus 23, 31
lividus 27, 31
plumbeua 23, 31
tridentatus 13,31
Phalangistes 9
acipenserinus 10
Pbanerodon 21
furcatus 21,29,41
Phillips, Barnet 53
PhUo-Ichtbyos 53
Pimelometopon 38
Pinart, Alph 51
Piseco 62, 6 J
Plagopterua 47
argent issimus 47,51
Plagyodua 40
Platessa bilincata 23,28,43
glacialia 20
Btellata 20
Platichthys 21
rugosus 21, 28
stellatus _. . 43
umbrosns 9. . 25, 28
Pieurogrammua 34
Pleuroncctes arcuatus 46
cicatricosus 10
digrammus 36
Franklinii 36
hippoglossus 10
niaculosus 21
(luadrituberciilatus 10
stellatus 10
Plenroiicctida of San Francisco 63
Pleuronecfoids, synopsis of 39
Page.
Pleuronicbthys 21
cocnosas 21, 28, 43
guttulatus 25, 28
Hubbardii 43
"Podgers" 50
Podotheens 34
Pogonicbthys argyreiosus 21, 29, 44
communis 29
ineequilobos 21, 29, 44
symmetricus 21, 29, 44
Pomacentroids 37
Pomolobns 62
Poole, Francis 4
Porichthys 21
notatus 21, 28, 43
Poronotus simillimus 33, 41
Porter,B.B 57
Portland Oregonian 48
Potamocottus 33
punctulatus 33
Potter, Emery D • 56
Pratt,K.B 58
Price, Sir Rose 50
Protopterus 40
Psettichthys » 21
Psettichthys melanostictus 21, 28, 43
sordidus 21, 28, 43
Psychrolutes 35
paradoxus 35
Pterognathus satiricus 42
Pteroplatea marmorata 38, 44
Ptychocheilus 22
gracilis 22
grandis 30, 43
lucius 25,43
major 22
oregonensis 30
rapax r 25,30,43
vorax 25, 30
Ptychostomus congestus 52
Putnam, F. W 37,47
Pyrrhulina 16
R.
Kaia 15
Kaja batis 10
binoculata 22
Cooperi 27,31
Rattray, Alexander ^
Redding, B. B 56,60,61,62,63,64
Reptiles of "Wyoming 46
Rhacbocheilus toxotcs 41
Rliacocbilus toxotcs 20, 29
Rbinichthys bensbavii 47
Rhina califoniica 44
Rhinobatus productus 31, ■14
Rhinoptera vespertilio 25, 3 1 , 44
Rhinoscion ;!4
saturnus 41
Rbinotriacis 30
Ilenlci 36
Richardson 3
Richardsouius 25
balteatus 30
lateralis 25, 30
72
INDEX.
Page.
Richardson, J 14
Riclianlson, John 13,20
Kobsou, JohnJ 58
Rock cod 40,53
Rockwood, A. P 54, 03
Round-fish 40
S.
S G2
Sacramento record 48
salmon 49
Sular iridea 30
Lewi»i 25
virginalis 25,30
Salmo 49
Bairdii 34
hrevicauda 34
canipbtlli 34
canis 20
Clai'kii 13
confluentua 26
conaiii'tu-s 20
donnatinns 20
fontinalis 50
Gairdneri 13, 15, 16
gibber 26
Gibbsii 26
Hensbawi 59
iridea 23,43,61
Kcnnoilyi 34, CO
lagocephnlos 10
lordii 40
Masoui 33, 43
mendocinensia 49
Newberrii 26
nitidus 15, 16
(Mallotus f ) pacificus 13
paucidcna . . * 13, 16
Parkci 34
pleuriticua 52
proU'US 10
quinnat 13, 15, 16, 30, 43, 48, 63, 04
rlvularia 23
ealar 16, 48, 52
Scouleri 13,15,16,30,43
Bocialis 10
spectabilis 25,30
Btellatua 43
^ truncatua 26
tsuppitch 13, 15, 16
tades 46
virginalis 48, 49, 52, 63, 64
■Warrt'ui 34
Salmon 40
California 50,57
canned 55
Salmon flsherics, Oregon 48
Salmon fishing 26
Salmon, heaviest American 57
Salmonidie 33, 40, 57
history, &c., of 53
North American 37
of Pacific 48
Saaras lucioccps 24, 58
(Saurido) lucioceps 30
Page.
Sauvage, U. E 48
Say, T II
Scammon, Capt. CM 4.'i
Schultz, Alexandor 54
SclaU'r, P.L 4.-.
Scomber 14,15
Seorabor diego 28, 41
Scomberosox !I7
Scombresox 40
brevirostris 40
Scombrocottus 45
salmoueua 45, 46
Scorpa?na guttata 21, 28, 42
Scorpasnichthys 20
latornlis 21,24
manuorataa 20, 27, 42
ScorptenidfB 53
Scorpis 40
califomiensis 4ft
Seal Islan<!s of Alaska, report on 47
Sebaetcs 36, 37, 38
auritfulatus 20, 28, 42
Ayresii 53
elongatua 32, 42
fasciatus 21, 28
flavidns 42
helvomaculatna 32
melanopa 25, 28, 42
nebulosus 21, 22, 42
nigi-ocinctua 32, 42:
ocellatus 42
ovalia 42
paucispinia 21, 22, 28, 42
rosaceus 21, 28. 36, 42, 53
ruber 21,22,36,42
ruber var. parvus 21, 22
variabilis 16, 21
Sebastodea . 34,3*
flavidua 36
ovalia S6
Sebastoid fishes 38
Sebastoids ^ 37
Sebastonius 38
Seba.stoplus 37
Sebastosouius 38
pinniger 38
simulana 38
Seriphus sa
politua 33, 41
Serranua 40
Shad, Culifomift 46. 48, 52, 53, 57
first California 46
Siboma^ 25
^raria 25, 30, 52
crnssieauda 30, 43
Simpson, Cupt. J. II 33, 54
Siphagouus barbatus 53
Sitgreaves, Capt. L ll>
Slack, J. 11 54
Smelts, Califomirt 53
Smith, C.J 64
Dr. Andrew 18
Sowerby, O.B J4
.Spnrus 14
Sphj riena argentoa .'...21,27,42
INDEX.
73
Page.
Sphyra-iia malleus 44
Spinas (Acauthias) suckloyi 22
Spratelloides biyoponis 46
Sproat, G.M 4
Squall, synopsis of 35
Squatina califomica 32
St earns, Kobert E. C 62
Steenstiup, Japetus 53
Steindachner, Franz 32, 45, 49, 50, 53, 64
Stephanolepis 34
Stereolepis 32, 38
gigas 32,41
Stevens, I. 1 33
Stichajoids, note on 39
Stichreus punctatus 59
Sticklebacks ' 40
Stone, Livingston 47, 48, 49, 50, 52, 54, 58, C3
Slorer 3
Storer, David Humphreys 16
Strauahan, J.J 63
Streets, Thos. H 55
Striiver, Johannes 38
Sturgeon spearing 40
Suckley, Geo., M. D 26,33,34,37,49
Swan, James G 26
Syllsemus latifrons 51
Syngnathus 3
Abboti 27
arundinaceus 27, 30, 44
brevirostris 21, 30
califomicnsis 16, 30, 44
dimidiatus 36, 44
griseolincatus 22, 44
leptorhynchus 21, 30, 44
43
Symidiis lucioceps.
T.
Tjeniotoca ■ 34
lateralis 41
Tallant, E. G 6:J
Tallant, 11 50
Temuistia 12, 13
Tetrodon politus 27, 30
Thaleichthys 27
Stevcnsii 27, 30
Thrasher shark, attack of 45
Throckmorton, S. E. 46, 48, 49
Tiaroga 25
cobitis 25
Tigoma 25
bicolor 25, 30
conformis 30, 43
crassa 25,30,43
egregia 27, 30
gracilis 25, 30
1 Inmboldti 25, 30
intermedia 25
lineata 25,30
nigrescens 25
obcsa 25, 30
purpurea 25
squamata 33
Tilesius, W. G 8,9
Torpedo 15
califomica 24, 44
ToiTey, John 17, 19
Page.
Townseud, .lolui K 15
Trachinus cirrhosus lu
trichodon 9, ] 0, 1 1
Trachurns boops 27, 28
symmetricus 28, 42
Triads semitasciatus 44
Triakis semifasciatum 22,31
Trichodon lineatus 32, 42
stelleri 11,10
Trochocopus 38
pulcher 41
Troschcl, D 23
Troschel, F. H 20
Trowbridge, Lieut. TV. P 21, 24
Try gon ? 44
Turner, William N '. 49
Typhlogobius califomiensis 64
U.
Umbra 16
Umbrina nndulata 21, 28, 41
United States Fish Commissioner's report.. 49, 54
Urauidea punctulata 52
vheeleri 47, 52
Uraptera binoculata 31,44
Urolophus Halleri 38, 44
Uropsetta 3C
V.
Vancouver Island 89, 40
Vastres . > ] G
Ycnegas a
Miguel 7
Tertebrata, Cretaceous 51
Vigor.s, X. A 14
Viviparous fish 23, 24, 40
fish from Japan 24
fishes, notice upon 2.'!
perch CO
W.
"Wachni.ja Camtschatica 9
' ' "Warren " 49
Western, C. B C4
Wheeler, Lieut. G. M 47, 51, 59
Whipple, Lieut. A. W 26, 31
Williamson, Lieut. R. S 20, 25, 26, 31
Wilmot, Sara ")5
Wilson, John L Cl)
Sir Samuel 60, 61
W^oodhon-se, S. W 19
W.V.S 56
Wyman, Jefiiies 21 , 23, 20, .■!2
X.
Xautus, J 30. ,'i7
Xeuichthys califomiensis 49
Xiphidion :.«7
mucosum 27,42
niucosus 28
Xlphidiuin cruoreuni jfi
Y.
Yarrow, H. C 48, 49, . 11, 53, 59
Yukon Kivcr fishes 44
Z.
Zauiolcpis 26
latipinnis 26,28
Zyga;na, remarks on the foetal 23
Zygoncctea 8
;:iX^cpav-f incut of flic ^nfcrior
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.
12
BULLETIN
OF THE
UNITED STATES NATIONAIv MUSEUM.
.TSTo. 13.
PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
WASHI]SGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE,
1878.
1
ADVERTISEMENT.
Tliis«woik is the twelfth of a series of papers intended to illustrate
the collections of Natural History and Ethnology belonging- to the United
States and constituting the National Museum, of which the JSmithsouiaa
Institution was placed in charge by the act of Congress of August 10,
184G.
It has been prepared at the request of the Institution, ami iniiited by
authority of the liouorable Secretary of the Interior.
JOSEPH HENRY^
Secretary oj the Smithsonian In.stKution.
Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, May, 1878.
2
CONTRIBUTIONS
ro
NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY
BASKD rniMAliU-Y ON THE
COLLECTIONS OF THK UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
III.
A— On the Distribution of the Fishes of the Alleghany Region of Ponth Carolina,
Georgia, and Tennessee, with Description." of New or Little Known Species.
IJY
DAVID S. JORDAN
AND
ALEMBEKT W. BRAYTON^.
B. — A Synopsis of the Family CatostomidaB.
DAVID S. JORDAN,
WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
1878.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page.
A.— Ou the ilistributiou of the fishes of the Alleghany Region of South Carolina,
Georgia, and Tennessee, with desciiptioDs of new or little known
species 7
List of streams examined 8
Santee Basin H
Savannah Basin 29
Altamaha Basin 154
Chattahoochee Basin I'9
Alabama Basin 44
Tennessee Basin ^^>
Cumberland Basin '^1
Eecapitnlation 82
Table showing the distribution of species B2
Distribution of genera 88
Conclusions 91
B. — Synopsis of the family Catostomidai 97
CatostoininiB 98
Cycleptina" 98
Bnlialichthyinie ^9
List of nominal species 1^"*
Analysis of genera .* lt'3
Genua Quassilabia 104
Qnassilabia lacera 19(>
Genus Placopharynx 107
Placopharynx carinutus 108
Genus Myxostoma 110
Myxostoma carpio 118
Myxostoma euryops - 119
Myxostoma niacrolepidotum 120
Myxostoma aurcolum 124
Myxostoma crassiiabre 12t»
Myxostoma conns 126
Myxostoma anisura 126
Myxostoma poccilura 128
Myxostoma albidum 129
Myxostoma cervimiiii 129
ilyxostoma all)um 130
Myxostoma thalassiuum 131
Myxostoma velatum 132
Myxostoma cougestum 133
Myxostoma pidienso 133
Myxostoma coregonus 134
Myxostoma papillosum 134
Genus Minytrema l-''*
Minytrema melanops 138
> TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Genua Eriniyzon 140
Eriniyzon sucetta 1.14
Eriniyzon {joodoi 148
Genus Chasniisti's 14'J
Chasinistes fecniulns UiO
Gonns Catostouuis 1 l.')!
Catostoniuh nigricans 1G"3
Catostonuis claiki !(;.">
Catostonins iiisignis 1(J5
Catostonuis teres lOfi
Catostonins niacroebilnt!' 171
Catostonins occidentalis 17'J
(^atostonuiH labiatns 17:!
Catostonins atafopns 17:{
Catostonins talioensis 17:?
Catostonins rostratiis 174
Catostonins ioiii^irostris 173
Catostonins retrojiinni.s 17m
Catostonins latiiiiniiis 178
Ca ostonnis discobolus 171)
(^•iins Pantostens IbO
I'antostens virescens itj*
Pantostens ])latyrliyncli lis 1H:>
Pantostens {jenerosns 18:J
Pantostens iilebehis 1H4
Geiins Cyeleptns . !;:■'(;
Cyeleptus elonj^atus 1-<J
(Seiins Carniodes 1<10
Carniodes dillonnis I'Jo
Car])iodes cntisaiiser.il us lOo
Carpiodes velif'er I'JG
Carpiodes bison 1',I7
Carpiodes thonijisoni 198
Carjiiodes eypriiins I'.I.S
Carjiiodes earpio 'JOO
Genns Bnbalieblliys JOl
Bubal lelitbys bn bains yOG
Biiltaiielilhys urns 'JOU
Bubaiicbtliys nieridionalis iilO
Genus leiil liyobiis yi 1
Iililiiyobiis bnbabis 214
Genns Myxoeyiiriiins -JI"
Myxoryprinns nsiuticns 'J 17
Ad<leiidmn 2il>
Chiisn.istes liorns 211)
CatoHtonins feenndns 219
Bibliojijrapby 2*J1
Index 231
CONTRIBUTIONS
TO
NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY.
No. 3.
ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FISHES OF THE AIj^EGHANY
REGION OF SOUTH CAROMNA, GEORGIA, AND TENNESSEE,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN SPECIES.
By Dwid S. Jordan and Alembert W. Brayton.
Tbis paper is based primarily on the collections made by the present
writers, assisted by Mr. C. If. Gilbert, and a party of students from
Butler University, during the past summer (1877), in various streams of
South Carolina, Georgia, and Tennessee. For the purpose of a more
complete discussion of questions of geographical distribution, the au-
thors have brought together, wit I) their own observations, those previ-
ously made on the fish-faunae of the same streams by other writers,
especially the observations on the fishes of the Tennessee Basin by
Professor Agassiz ;* those on the fishes of the basins of the Santeet
(Catawba), Teunessee,f and Cumberland,!] by Professor Cope, and on
the fishes of the Cumberland, Tennessee, Alabama, and Altamahai
* Notice of a Colleotiou of Fishes from t ha Sout beru Bend of tlie Tcuuessee River, in
Iho State of Alabama. By L. Agassiz. < American .Journal Sci. Arts, 11^54, pp. 207-
308 and 353-3C.'>.
t Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of Nortli Carolina. By E.D.Cope. < Proc.Am. Philos.
Soc. Phila. 1870, pp. 448-495.
t On the distribution of Fresh-water Fishes in (he AUejjhany Ke<;i()n of South-western
Virginia. By E. D. Cope, A. M. < Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. new series, vol. vi,
part iii, January, 18G9, pp. 207-247.
II On some Etheostoniine Perch from Tennessee and North Carolina. By E. D. Cope.
< Prcc. Am. Philos. Soc. 1870, pp. 2G1-270.
8 CONTKIBUIIONS TO NOKTII AMEUICAN ICIIXnYOLOOV III.
basins by Professor Jordau.* The purpose of tbis pai)cr is to give a
resume of all that is certainly kuowii in regard to tbe icbtbyology of
the seven bydrograpbic basins embraced in its scope, viz, tbe Santee,
Savannah, Altaniaba, Cbattahoocbe;', Alabama, Tennessee, and Cum-
bei land. For purposes of comparison, a table of distribution of species
is added, which includes, in addition, what is known of the fish fauna;
of the James, Iloanoke, Xeuse, Great I'edee, and Ohio.
Tbe following is a classified list of tbe streams which have been ex-
amined in each water-basin included in this paper, with a word or two
suggestive of the character of each stream. The collections in every
case were made by one or both of the i)reseut writers, unless otherwise
stited
LIST OF STREAMS EXAMINED.
I. — SANTEE BASIN.
1. Catawba Klver and tributaries in Xorth Carolina. (Cope, 1SG9.)
2. Ennoree lliver, near Chick Springs, S. C. (Deep, muddy, and rapid.)
0. Eeedy River, at Greenville Court-House, S. C. (Muddy.)
4. Saluda lliver, at Farr's Mills, west of Greenville. (Clear and rapid;
a fine seining-ground.)
II. — SAVANNAH BASIN.
1. Tngaloo River, ITabersham County, Ga., just below mouth of Panther.
(Clear, broad rapids.)
2. Panther Creek, north of Toccoa City, Ga. (Clear mountain-stream.)
li. Toccoa Creek, below Toccoa Falls, Ga. (Clear, cold mountain-
stream ; contains little besides Ilydrophlox rithricroccus.)
4. Toxaway and Chatuga Rivers and tributaries about the foot of White-
side Mountain. (Clear mountain-streams, abounding in Trout.)
III. — ALT AMAH A BASIN.
1. Oconee Kiver, at Sulphur Springs and Fuller's Mills, Hall County,
Georgia. (Clear.)
2. Ocmulgeo River, Reed's Fish-pond, south of Atlanta, Ga. (Ilead-
waters; clear.)
.*}. Ocmulgee River, South Fork, Flat Rock, De Kalb County, Georgia.
(Partly clear ; a small falls, and a deej) basin worn in granite rock;
a fine stream for seining.)
"A Partial Synop.sis of the Fiabes of Upper Georgia ; with Siip])loaientary Papersoii
I'ishe.s of Tennessee, Kentiu-ky and Indiana. By Pavid Starr Jordan, M. D., Ph. 1>
< Annals N. V. Lyceum Nat.'Hist. vol. xi, 1877, pp. 307-;?77.
ON THE FISHES OF THE ALLEGHANY REGION. 9
4. Ocmnlgeo River, Macon, Ga. (Collection of Dr. T. H. Bean and
other members of tbe United States Fish Commission.)
IV. — CHATTAnOOCIIEE BASIN.
1. Cbattaboocbee liiver at Sballow Ford, nortbwest of Gainesville, Ga.
(Broad, shallow, rapid ; water moderately clear.)
2. Suwannee Creek, near Suwannee, Gwinnett County, Ga. (Deep,
muddy, and very cold. Contains chiefly Codoma eurystoma.)
3. Peach Tree Creek, just north of Atlanta. (Deep and muddy.)
4. Nancy's Creek, northwest of Atlanta. (Clear and rapid.)
5. Flint River, in Taylor County. (Collection of Dr. Hugh M. Neisler
in United States National Museum.)
V. — ALABAMA BASIN.
A. — Etowah River.
1. Pettis Creek, near Cartersville, Ga. (Clear, rocky.)
2. Silver Creek, near Rome, Ga. (Clear, rapid ; a fine stream for col-
lecting.)
o. Dyke's Creek and Pond, near Rome, Ga. (Clear and cold.)
B. — Oostanaula River,
4. Rocky Creek, near Floyd Springs, Ga. (A fine, clear stream.)
5. John's Creek, near Floyd Springs. (Clear.)
6. Lovejoy's Creek, near Floyd Springs. (A small sandy streau:, full
of fishes.)
7. Big Armuchee Creek, above Rome. (Clear.)
8. Big Dry Creek, near Rome. (A succession of weedy rock-pools.)
9. Little Dry Creek, near Rome. (Like the preceding.)
10. Waters's Creek, above Rome. (Muddy and rocky.)
11. Lavender Creek, in Texas Valley, Ga. (A small clear stream.)
C. — Coosa Rircr.
12. Beech Creek, near Rome. (Muddy.)
13. Horse-leg Creek, near Rome. (Rocky, clear.)
14. Little Cedar Creek, at Cave Spring, Ga. (A fine, clear, cold stream.
One of the best for the collection of fishes. Abounds in Xenisma
stelliferum,' Hydrophlox chrosomus, Codoma callistia, and other
beautiful species.)
Z). — Alabama River, near Montgomery, Ala. (Collection of Dr. Bean and
others, 187C.)
10 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMKKICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
VI.— TENNESSEE BASIN.
A. — Upper Course.
1. Clincli liiviT. trihutarii's in SDiitliwestcni Virginia. (Cope, 18G8.)
2. PowelTs Ivi\('r, iu*ar rniiibciIniKl (rap. (Clear.)
3. Indian Creek, near CiimbcrlaiKl (lap. ((Jlear.)
4. Station Creek, near ('nnibi'i land (lap. (Clear.)
5. Holstou River, various triUntaiics in Southwestern Virftiuia.
(C(»pe, ISGS.)
G. French Broad River, at Newport, Tenn. (Rather deep and muddy.)
7. French Broad River, about Warm Si)rinji;s, N. C, Asheville, N. C,
and elsewhere.) (Cope, 18G9.) (Rapid, rocky, and generally
clear.)
8. Big rij^eon River, at Cliliton, Tenn. (Rather clear.)
9. Swannanoa River, at foo of Black Mountain. (Clear, cold mount-
ain stream, with trout.)
B. — Lower Course.
10. Cliickamauga River, at Ringgold, Ga. (Rather clear and very
rocky.)
11. Tributaries of 'J'ennessee River, abiiut Ilunl>ville, .Via. (Agassiz;
Newman's collection, l.So.'j.)
12. Tributaries of Tennessee River, about Tloreuce, Ala. (Storer, lS4o.)
13. Elk River and tributaries, at Estill Springs, Tenn. ((,'lear, rockj",
and cold.)
VII. — rUMBEHLANI) B.\SI.X.
1. KoiindStone Rivei-, Rock Castle County, Kentucky. (Clear.)
2. R(i( k (Jastle Rivei', Livingston, Ivy. (Clear and rocky.)
3. Big Laurel River, Laurel County, K Mitueky. (Clear.)
4. Cundx-rland River, about Pineville, Jvy. ((Jlear, rocky.)
o. Yellow Creek, neai- Cumberland (lap. (Rather minldy.)
G. South I'ork of Cntnbeiland River, in Tennessee. (Cope, 1SG9.)
7. Cumberland River and tributaries, near Nashville. (Wincliell, 1S7G.)
8. Stone liiver, Mur freest )oro', Tenn. (Clear and rocky.)
It will be noticed that almost without exception the above mentioned
localities are in the mountainous or upland parts of the dillirent water-
bu.sins. Of the hshes iidiabiling distinctively the lowland courses of
most of the streams, little is yet delinitely known.
FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 11
The Santee, Savannah, Altamaha, and Chattahoochee have been
examined only in that part of their course which flows over metamor-
phic rocks. The three western streams have been studied chiefly in the
limestone regions. The litliological character of the bed of a stream
has a certain influence on its fish-fauna, as will be seen hereafter. Gen-
erally limestone streams are richer in 's[)ecies than those with granitic
bottoms.
The types of the new species described below are deposited in the
United States National Museum at Washington, and in ^le Museum of
Lutler University, Indianapolis, Indiana.
I. — SANTEE BASIN.
Thirty-nine species are ascertained to occur in the headwaters of the
Santee River, thirty-three having been obtained by Professor Coi)e in
the Catawba River in North Carolina, and thirty by the present writers
in the Saluda and Ennoree in South Carolina. Of these thirty nine
species, ten are not as yet known Irom any other hydrographic
basin. These are : Alvordins crassus, Noihonotus thalassinus, Ceratlchthys
labrofius, Ccraticlithi/s zauonns, Codonta pyrrlwmdas^ Codoma chloristio,
Photoficnis niveus, Alburnops chloroccphahis, Alburnops saludanus, and
Myx'Stoma album. The apparent absence of Luxilus cornutus in the
Great Pedee, Santee, Savannaii, Altamaha, and Chattahoochee Basins is
remarkable, as that si)ecies is abundant in the tributaries of thcNeuse on
the east and the Alabama on the west, as in all streams northward to
Minnesota and New England.
The species most a'jundant as to individuals, in the Saluda at least,
is probably Notroph photogenis. Next to this come Codoma pyirhome-
Utsdud CcnitichihysbUjnUatUH. -Jf the Catostomidoi, Myxostvma cervinum
seems to be the predominant species; of the Slluridcc, Aminrnn br\in-
neus, and of the Centrarchidw, LepiopomiiN auritus. The chief food-
fishes at Greenville, S. C, are the " Mud Cats" [Amiurns briinncns and
platyecphalus)., the '"Fine-scaled Sucker" (Catostomiis commcrsoni), the
Eel {AnguiUa vuhj((ris),i\ni "Spotted Sucker" {Minyfrcina mchoiopti), the
*• Perch " {Lepiopoinvs auritus), the ''War-mouth Perch " {Clucnobryttus
viridis), the "Jack" {Esox reticulatus), and the " Jumi> Rocks" {Myxo-
stoma cervinum).
12 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III
etiieostomatidj:.
Genus ALVORDIUS Girard.
1. ALVORDIUS CRASSUS, sp. nov.
Etheoatoma vtantlatmn var. Copk. Proc. Am. Pliilos. Soc. 1870, 961, 262, and 449. (Not
UadropteritH vuiculatus Girard.)
A species beaiii)g considerable resemblance to ^L ospro, but less
distinctly marked and more heavily built, the form beiufj less graceful
than that of tiie other members of the genus. Bod}' considerably com-
pressed, the depth 4h times in length to origin of caudal (as in all cases
in this paper). Dead comparatively short, 3^ in length ; the snout
medium, not acuminate as in A. j)1iox(ceplmlus, nor especially obtuse.
Eye n)oderate, as long as snout, 4 in head. .Mouth rather small for tlic.
genus, nearly horizontal, the upper jaw but little the longer: upper
jaw not projectile: maxillary reaching anterior margin of eye.
Cheeks naked: opercles with a few scales above: back and breast
naked: middle line of belly in some specimens naked: in others with
enlarged i>lates. Scales on the body rather larger than usual, about
7-55-7.
Fins moderately developed: dorsal XII-I, 10, var;sing to Xl-l, 11;
an increase in the number of the spines, as usual, accompanying a
decrease in the number of soft rays, a rule ai)parently not hitheito
noticed, and perhaps not of general api)lication. The two dorsal (ins
are well separated, the first being longer than the second, but consider-
ably lower.
Anal tin shorter, but Iiiglicr than second dorsal, II, 0; the two sjiines
ucll developed. Caudal lin deeply lunate, almost furcate. Pectorals
and ventrals large, their tii)s about equal.
Coloration rather ])lain. General hue olivaceous ; the l>ack marked
with darker, as in the other species of the genus. Sides with a series
of dark olive, rounded blotches, coniu'ctiMl along the lat( ral line by a
narrow, dark band ; a dark streak forward, and one downward from the
eye. First dorsal with a dark spot in front, and another on its last
rays. Second dorsal, caudal, and pectorals barred with dark spots.
Anal and ventrals uncolored.
J.ength of longest speciniens observed, ,3 inches.
Jlttbitat. — Saluda, Ennoree, and Iicetly Kivers, in rapid water, espe-
cially abundant in the Saluda at Farr's Mills. Also recorded by Cope
from tile Catawba.
FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 13
Genus BOLEOSOMA DeKay.
2. BOLEOSOMA MACULATICEPS CopC.
Boleoaoma maculaliceps Cope (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 269 and 450. (Catawba
R.) — JoKDAX & Coi'ELAND (167C), Check List (Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist.),
16:5. (Namoouly.)
Arlina maculaticcps Jokban (1S77), Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. x, 15. (Name only.)
Boltosoma olmstcdi Jordan (1877), Anu. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist. 3Grf. (Ocmulj^ee River.)
A siu^^Ie speuiuien takeu iti the Saluda Kiver at Fan's Mills answers
closely to Fiolessor Coi)e's descriptioD. The upper part of the cheeks
have, however, a few scattering scales. This species is a true Boleosoma.
Although the type of Boleosoma has but a single anal spine and B. cfful-
gens and B. muculaticeps have two anal spines, the essential character of
those spines is the same in both cases, and the genus Arlina^ based on
B. cffulfjens, is a synonym of Boleosoma. In Boleosoma, the spines are
all weak and flexible, and those oi the anal especially so. In most or
all of the other genera of Etheostomatidce, the anal spines are stifl' and
long, and, with scarcely an exception, the first spin-e is the longer of the
two. In the species of Boleosoma, with Uco anal spines, the two spines
are unequal, the second the longer, both extremely slender and flexible;
not at all " spine"like, except that they are not inarticulate. This
feeble condition of the spines seems to constitute the chief generic
character of Boleosoma.
Two of the species provisionally referred by Professor Jordan (Bull.
U. !S. Xat. Mus. x) to ^'■Arlina^\ viz, Arlina stigmcea .Tor. and A. atripin-
nis Jor., have the anal si)ines well developed, as usual in EtlieostomatuJce.
These two species and their congeners apparently constitute a distinct
genus, difleriug from Diplesiiim in the toothed vomer and from Notho-*
notus in the i)rotractile upper jaw. For this genus, the name of
Vlocentra (Jordan) has been suggested (Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 223), in
allusion to the development of the spines.
Genus NOTIIONOTUS Agassiz
3. NOTHONOTUS THALASSINUS, S/). UOV.
A handsome species, differing from the others now referred to this
genus in the entire nakedness of the head.
Body rather stout, the depth about 5 times in the length, com.
pressed behind, the back somewhat arched. Head large, 4 in length,
the snout rather blunt and convex in profile; a pretty decided angle
14 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICFITIIVOLOGY — III.
opposite tlic oye. l^ves larfjo, lii;,'li up, lnii;;rr tliaii tlie muzzle, 3i
in lii'iul : iutcrorhital space rather narrow, the eye liaviii;,^ some upward
ran;4e. Mouth uxxleiate, shj^htly ol)li(iue, the maxillary reaching; to
orbit. Upper jaw sli^litly lonji'er than the hjwer, not protractile. Head
entirely iiaUt-d, both cheeks and opercles beiuj:^ destitute of scales.
Sealfs l.ir;je, rj-l'.'i-~). Jlelly scaled: throat naked: mck anteriorly
naked, but scaly in IVont of the dorsal : lateral line complete.
Fins all lar^e : D, X-I, 10, or IX-I, 11, the membrane of the first dor-
sal continued to the base of the second : lonj^est dorsal spine a little
over half the length of ihe lu'ad, scarcely shorter than the solt lays;
the base of the spinous dorsal a little longer than that of the soft dor-
sal. Anal II, 8, rather smaller than second dorsal, the first spine lonjjer
and larfjer than the second. Caudal fin deeply lunate, almost forked.
Pectoral and ventral (ins liu-ge; the fornier reaching nearly to the vent,
the latter somewhat shorter.
Color, in spirits: Olive, closely mottled and tessellated above with
dark green ; this color extending down the sides, forming six or eight
irregular dark green bars. Head daik green ; a dark green line down-
ward from eye and another (brward. I'ins in maUs nearly plain, the
sj)inous dorsal with a black edj^e ; feujales with all the fins excejit the
ventrals closely barred or speckled with dark green. Two pale orange
spots at the base of the caudal.
Lile-colors : The colors of a male specimen in lile are as lollows: llody
dark olive and blotched above: sides with nine dark blue-green vertical
bars, the t'lVi.' next the last most distinct, and reaching down nearly to
the anal. Spinous dorsal reddisl^at base, then with ti broad black
band, the uppermost third being of a bright terruginous orange-red :
second dorsal blackish at base, reddish above: caudal with two orange
blotches at base, black mesially, i)ale orange externally. Anal fin of a
brilliant i)lue-green color at base, i)ale at tip. Pectorals barred, the
maiillc ol the tin grass green. Ventrals dusky mesially, w ith a gieeii
shade. Opercular region more or less grass-green : streaks about eye
blackish green.
Length of largest specimens takt'ii, 'JA inches.
Habitat — Very abundant in all the streams seined, especially so in
the rocky shoals ot lleed\ K'iscr in the city of (Ireenville.
This handsome little fish may be easily known from its i-ongeners by
the smooth head, and by the general greenness of its coloration, which
resembles somewhat that of the species of Diplcnium.
FISHES OF THE SAXTEE BASIN. 15
Genus ETHEOSTOMA Rafinesque.
4. Etheostoma flabkllake Eaf.
{Catonotus Jlahdlatus Auct.)
Three specimens doubtfully referred to tliis species were obtaiued by
Professer Cope iu the Catawba Riv^er.
CENTRAHCHIDiE.
Genus MICROPTERUS Lacepede.
5. MiCROPTERUS PALLIDUS (Rajiiu'sqiie) Gill cf- Jordan.
Professor Cope obtained this si)ecies in the Catawba. We collected
none iu the Saluda or Euuoree, but we were told ihat " Trout", as the
species of Micro^pterus are universally called iu the South, are frequentlj*
taken there.
Genus CH^ENOBRYTTUS Gill
C). Ch^nobryttus viridis {Cuv. c£- Val.) Jordan.
The War-mouth Perch occurs in abundance in the Saluda, and ai)par-
eutly in all the South Atlantic streams. Coi)e says that it is exceedingly
common in all the streams of Eastern North Carolina, and that it is
known as the Red-eyed Bream on the Catawba. This species is very
closely related to C. gulosusj differing chied}' iu the color and iu the
somewhat less robust form. It may be only a variety.
Genus LEPIOPOMUS Bafinesque.
7. Lepiopomus auritus {Linnwus) Jiaf.
All my specimens of this species from the Saluda have a dusky blotch
or bar at the base of the soft dorsal, a feature of coloration not shown by
my Northern specimens. This is a widely diffused species, and, like most
such, is quite variable.
Genus EUPOMOTIS Gill S Jordan.
8. EupoMOTis AUREUS ( Walbaum) Gill & Jordan.
Professor Cope obtaiued this species iu Catawba River. We have
never collected it in the Southern States. It is probably chiefly con-
lined to the lowland regions.
1 6 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY Til.
ESOCID^].
Genus ESOX Linnccus.
9. Esox RETicuLATUS Lc Siieur.
Very comiuoii. Wo are unable to distingiiisb the Southern form
[phdlcnitus Say, ojfiniti Uolbrook) as eveu varietally distiuft troin the
Northern reticidatus. *
10. Esox KAVENELI Ilulbrool:.
Obtained by Professor Cope in the Catawba. Its specific distinction
from E. americanus Gnielin a])pears questionable.
SALMOXID^.
Genus SALVELINUS Rkliardson.
11. SALVELINUS FONTTNALis (.l/<7t7/<7/) GUI d: Jordan.
This sfjccies was found by Professor Cope iu the headwaters of the
Catawba liiver.
CYPRIXIDzE.
Genus CAMPOSTOMA Aaassiz.
12. CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUM {Raf.) Ag.
Subspecies prolixum (Storer) Jor.
A few specimens from Salnda liiver. Also in the Catawba (Cope).
Genus HYBOGNATIIUS Agassh.
13. HVBOLiNATnUS AEGYRITIS Givurfl.
A few specimens were ohtaineil in Saluda IJImt, not distinguishable
from others from Ohio liiver and others (types ot JI. dsvioiiius Cope)
I'rom Xew dersey. Professor Cope found it alumdant m Catawba Piver.
Genus ALBURNOPS Girard.
11. ALlUKNorS SALUDANUS, sp. )l0r.
Uyhopaia antarun, " variety from tlu> Catawba," Con: (1-70), rroo. Am I'liilos. Soc. -1^0.
A Species belonging to ^'Jliihopsi.^. Cirou[) A", of Cope, which is equi-
FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 17
viilont to the snbgeneric section of Alhurnops or " Jiy^oj^s^.s ", called
Hiidsonim by Girard.
Body elongate, but compared with its immediate relatives, hudsonius,
aiuarus, and storerianuSj short and thick ; moderately compressed, the
depth 4| in length : caudal peduncfe shortened, 4| in length : bead large,
4 times in length, relatively heavy and gibbous forward, the snond
rounded in profile, as in A. hiidsonius. Eye large, rather wider than
interorbita^ S[)ace, about equal to snout, 3^ in head.
Mouth moderate, subiuferior, the maxillary not reaching to eye.
Scales large, thin, and loose, 5-39-3, about twelve in front of the dor-
sal tin. Lateral line somewhat decurved in front.
Fins moderately developed. Darsal beginning in advance of ventrals,
I, 8; its first ray nearer snout than caudal. Anal I, 8, rather small.
Pectorals not reaching to ventrals, the latter not to vent.
Color clear olivaceous, nearly white, like the rest of the group, some
specimens showing a faint plumbeous lateral line.
Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, two or three of the principal row obtuse, not hooked ;
only one or two of the teeth usually showing a masticatory face.
Habitat. — Abundant in Saluda River, where it reaches a length of
about four inches. Also obtained by Professor Cope from the Catawba.
The i)eculiar characters of this species have been noticed by Pro-
fessor Cope, who, however, was disposed to consider it a variety of
n. amarus. It differs from our specimens of what we consider to be
the latter species (from Ocmulgee River) in the smaller eye, the thicker
head, shorter, deeper body, more decurved front, and shorter caudal
peduncle. In amarus, the eye is 3 in head, the head 4^ in length, and
the caudal peduncle 3|.
We have been disposed to unite, under the generic name Liixihts, a
large number of species forming a series the extremes of which bear
little resemblance to each otlnr or to the means, but which form a chain
so unbroken that it is dififlcult to draw any generic lines among them.
That this group may ultimately be broken up into natural genera is very
probable, but the groups thus far proposed have not received very
satisfactory definition.
These species agree {a) in the absence of any special modification,
either of mouth, fins, or alimentary canal; {b) in the dentition, the
teeth being in one or two ro,ws, always four in the principal row of
the raptorial type, and some or all of them provided with a grinding
surface; often, and in some species always, one edge of the masticatory
Bull. N. M. Xo. U—2
18 CONTRirJUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
surface is more or less ereuate, especially' in young individuals; (c) (he
aual flu is always short, containing from seven to nine rays; (rf) tbo
dorsal tin is never inserted very far behind the ventrals; (c) the lateral
line is developed and continuous.
The species dififer much among themselves in size, nuptial dress, and
general appearance, notably in the squamation, the scales of the typical
species of Lurilus being closely imbricated and much higher than long,
wiiile in the group called Jluflsonins the two dimensions of tlii' scales are
nearly eipial. The sciales themselves, in Hudsonius, are thin and loosely
imbricated. Within certain limits, the position of the dorsal varies also.
In Hudsonius, its first ray is in advance of the insertion of the ventrals;
in Luxilus ami AlbHnio2)s, usunWy directly oi)posite; in Photogenis and
HydrophloXy distinctly posterior. The form of the mouth varies largely :
in L.coccogenis, it is wide and oblique, the lower jaw projecting. In
the typical species of Alhurnops and Hudsonius, the mouth is small and
more or less inferior.
The species may be provisionally grouped as follows, under live groups,
four of which may be considered as distinct genera. Those species
whose position is doubtful are indicated by a mark of interrogation : —
A. — LuxiLUS Rofinesque. (Scales very closely imbricated, much deep-
er than long: teeth2, 4-4, 2, entire: dorsal 15n inserted directly op-
posite ventrals: mDUth termiiuil : size large: nui)tial dress
peculiar ; type Cijprimis cornutus Mit.)
cornuius Mit. coccogeuis Cope.
selene J or.
r>. — PnoTOGENis Cope. (Scales pretty closely imbricated, deeper than
long: teeth 1, 4-4, l,morc or less ereuate (rarely one-rowed ?):
dorsal fin behind ventrals, always with a black spot on the last
rays behind : males in spring tuberculate, the lower fins ami the
tips of the vertical fins filled with satin-white pigment in spring:
mimtli terminal, the upper jaw longest: size medium; type l\
spilopfcrus Cope = CyprincUa anahstana).
analosfauus Girard. nireus Cope.
galacturus (^ope. iris Cope (?).
Icucopus .1, »S: H.
C. — IIydrophlox Jordan. (Scales less closely in)l>ricated, somewhat
deeper than long; teeth usually 2, 4-4, 2, often more or less
ereuate: dorsal fin distinctly behind ventrals, unsjiotted : breed-
ing dress peculiar, thema'es almost always red : mouth terminal,
FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 19
oblique, the upper jaw usually slightly the longer : size verj
small ; type Hybopsis rubricroceus Cope.)
roseus Jordan. chrosomvs Jor.
rubricroceiis Cope. xwnocephalus Jor.
luilinnnis J. & B. plumbeolus Cope.
chiliticns Coi)e. bivittatus Cope.
clialybccus Cope. lacertosus Cope.
D. — Albuknops Girard. (Scales rather loosely imbricated: teeth
4-4, or 1,4-4, 1: dorsal fiu inserted over ventrals, unspotted:
sexes alike: mouth more or less inferior, horizontal or oblique:
size small j type Alburnops blennius Grd.)
microstomus Rat. timpanogensis Cope.
volucellus Cope. chlorocephalns Cope.
spectruncidns Cope. frctensis Cope.
procne Cope. nuhilus Forbes.
stramineus Cope. blennius Grd.
tuditanus Cope (?). shumardi Grd.
missuriensis Cope. illecebrosus Grd.
scylla Cope.
E. — HuDSONius Girard. (Scales thin and loosely imbricated: teeth 1,
4-4, 1 or 2, the grinding surface often distorted: dorsal inserted
in advance of ventrals : colors silvery : sexes alike : mouth in-
ferior : body elongate, the head comparatively short: size
medium; tj'pe Clupea liudsonia Clinton.)
saludanus J. & B. amariis Girard.
hvdsonius Clinton. storeriamcs Kirtlaud.
We have substituted the name Alburnops Grd. for the earlier name
Hybopsis, as we think that the latter genus was founded on a species of
Ceratichthys.
15. Alburnops chlorocephalus (Cope) J. & B.
Hyhopsis chlorocephalus Cope (1870), Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. 461.
This beautiful little fish is abundant in the clear rapid waters of the
Saluda. It resembles //. rubricroccns. but is smaller and stouter-bodied,
with smaller mouth. The scales in front of the dorsal are fewer (about
16) in number. The teeth are 1, 4-4, 1 (2, 4-4, 2, in rubricroceus). The
male specimens are profusely tuberculate on the snout and ante-dorsal
region. Professor Cope found this species abundant in the clear waters
of the tributaries of the Catawba.
20 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
Genus PHOTOGENIS Cope.
IG. PlIOTOGENIS NIVKUS [Copc) J. & B.
Eybopsia /liccnx Cope (1^70), Proc. Am. Pliilos. Sue. 4()1.
A very pale species, related to Phoiogcnis analostanus and P. gahiclnrufi^
ratber than to tlie species of '■'•IIybopsi.s^\ to wbieli genus Piolessor Coj e
referred it. ]\Iy specimens are all very vrhite, with a narrow bhiisli
stripe along the caudal peduncle, which sometimes forms a faint spot
at base of (laudal. In male specimens, the snout and ante-dorsal region
are covered with small tubercles. In males, the dorsal fin ia considerably
elevated. In color, the dorsal fin is largely dusky on the last rays, the
most of the tin somewhat creamy-tinted. The tip of the dorsal fin and
the tips of the caudal are filled with milk-white pigment, as in the
related species. The anal fin is entirely milky. The teeth are 1, 4-4, 1,
l)rovided with a narrow masticatory surface.
Photof/enis niceus is abundant in the Saluda lliver. It was first dis-
covered by Professor Cope in the Ciitawba iiiver.
17. PnoTOGENis ANALOSTANl'S {Girard) Jordan.
We did not find this species in tke Saluda, although Professor Cope
states that it is abundant in the Catawba. It is perhai)s possible that
Professor Cope mistook our Codoma chloristin, a species which resem-
bles it very much, except in dentition, for the true (uialo.stanu,s. The
'■'Cyprinella tinalo.slana''^ has been a stumbling-block in the classification
of these fishes, as to the masticatory surface of Luxilus it adds the cre-
nations of Cyprinella. We are inclined to think that CyprincUa should
be restricted to those species whose teeth are without grinding surfaces
and are permanently crenate. The relations of Luxihis aiuilo.^ta)iu.<i,
npiloptents,(jalacturus,lcvcopus, and wrn'?/,s are much more intimately with
the species of Codoma than with Lnxilus^ but the development of grind-
ing surfaces on the teeth renders it necessary to refer them to the latter
genus, unless Phoiogenin be admitted as a distinct genus.
Genus CODOMA Girard.
(Subgenus lUiOGALA Jordan.)
Photogcnia J«)IJI)ax (1^77), Ann. Lye. Nut. Hist. N. Y. :>:>,'). (Not of Copc, whose type,
/'. Huilopterns provi*- tn in' ;i vi;iiii'si i1<m'1v ii-l:itc(l fo /.. nnaldstaniiK. if mit
i(i<Mitiotil with it.)
Examination of a large number of spteimens supposed to be Photogenis
spilopterus, from Saint Jo.seph's Piver, iji Northern Indiana, Professor
FISnP:S OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 21
Cope's oiigiual locality, has convinced lis that the spilopterus. the type of
the genus Pkotogenis^ does not belong to the groui) of colored si)ecies for
which Profei^sor Jordan lately adopted the latter name. The genus Pho-
togenis (Jordan) being thus left without a name, that of Erogala has been
suggested (;;,«, spring-time; ydla^ milk, in allusion to the milk-white pig-
ment with which the male fishes are ornamented in the nuptial season)'
CocZo w« Grd. differs from Erofjala in the form of the head, which is
short, blunt, and rounded, as in Fimephales. We do not now think that
the two are distinct as genera, and prefer to consider Urogala as a sub-
genus of Codoma.
The type of Erogala is Fkotogenis stigmatunis Jordan. This subgenus
is remarkable for its geographical distribution. All of the species thus
far known belong to the Southern States, and each of the Southern
river- basins probably has from two to four species of the genus; not a
single species, so far as known, being common to two different river-
basins.
The distribution of the species of Erogala is as follows : —
Santee Basin : pyrrhomelas Cope.
chloristia J. & B.
Savannah Basin : none known.
Altamaha Basin : xcenura Jor.
callisema Jor.
Chattivhoochee Basin : eurystoma Jor.
Flint Eiver : fonnosa Putn.
Alabama Basin: callistia Jov.
trichroistia J. & G.
ccerulea Jor.
stigmatura Jor.
Farther west their place is taken by the species of Cyprinella having
serrated teeth, and farther north by the species of Luxllus, section Pho-
togenis, having teeth with developed grinding surfaces.
The species of Codoma are remarkable for their exquisite coloration,
most of them being adorned with bright red in addition to the milky
pigment. The black dorsal spot is present in all the species.
18. Codoma chlokistia, sp. nov.
Body short and deep, strongly compressed, the form elliptical,
resembling that of Cpyrrltomdas, but rather deeper, the dei)th of adults
being 3^ to 4 in length. Ilead rather small and pointed, 4| in length.
22 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
Eye moderate, less than snout, 1 in head. Mouth rather small, <iuite
oblique, the maxilhir^' not attaining the line of the orbit, the upper Jaw
l)rojecting beyond the lower, especially in spring males. The head and
mouth considerably resemble those parts in P. <inalostani(s.
Scales much deeper than long, very closely and smoothly imbricated,
more or less dark-edged above. 5-37-3. Lateral line decurved.
Fins moderately developed : dorsal distinctly behind veutrals, its first
ray about midway between nostrils and the base of the caudal. Dorsal
1,8. Aiml 1, 8.
Nuptial tubercles in the male greatly developed, covering rather
sparsely the top of the head and the region anterior to the dorsal. In
addition, similar tubercles cover the caudal peduncle and the whole sides
of the body, except the space below the lateral line and in front of the
ventrals. The tubercles ou the body are considerably smaller than
those on the head, and smaller than in xamtra or jijjrrhomclas, but they
cover a much larger area than iri any of the latter species of the geuus.
Chin tuberculate.
Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, entire, without masticatory surface.
Coloration, in life: General color a dark steel blue, a very distinct
blue stripe along each side of the caudal peduncle, as in C. cccnilca, but
fainter : sides of body with tine steely-purple lustre: back clear green :
head clear brownish : iris white: cheeks of a pale violet color : lowor
part of sides becoming rather abruptly n)ilky-white: dorsal fin with
the usual large black spot ou the last rays well developed, and the
usual milk-white pigment in the tips: lower part of the <lorsal fin with
l)igment of a fine clear green color, somewhat as in analostanus, but
unusually bright: cjiudal fin chiefiy dusky, its tips milky and the base
somewhat so; the middle of the fin has a slight reddish tinge: anal
tin entirely milky, a faint dusky spot ou its last rays, resembling that
on the dorsal : ventral fnis milky.
Female and young specimens are more slender, and the bright colors
are usually wanting or obscured.
8ize small ; length of largest specimens less than three inches.
In fortn, this s|)ecies resembles C. pyrrhomclas, but the short anal
(eight rays instead of ten) will always distiuguish the species. The
cDloration of the male is dilTerent, being much less brilliant, although
l»erhaps more delicate. C. chlori.stia resembles in color C.cixndca most,
but the latter species has a much more slender form.
Habitat. — Abundant in the clear waters of Saluda River, with C.
FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 23
pyrrhomelaSj Photogenis niveus, Alburnops chlorocephaluSj and other hand-
some species.
19. CODOMA PYRRHOMELAS (Cope) Jov.
Pliotogenis jtyrrhomeJaH Copk (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 463.
This species, the most ornate of the genus, and one of the most bril-
liant of Cyprinidce, is extremely abundant in the clear rapid waters of
the Saluda and its tributaries. The general color of the males is dark
steel-blue above, with the scales darker-edged, the bi lly abruptly milky-
white. The head is pale reddish ; the snout, the tip of lower jaw, and
the iris above and below are scarlet; the dorsal fin is dusky at base,
has a large black spot on the last rays, is red in front, and broadly milk-
white at tip. The tips of the caudal fin are milk-white ; next to this
cotnes a dusky crescent ; a wide bright scarlet crescent lies inside of the
black and extends into the two lobes of the tin. The base of the tin is
pale.
The top of the head and the region in front of the dorsal are covered
with small pale tubercles. The sides of the caudal peduncle are i)ro-
vided with rather larger tubercles, arranged in rows along the series of
scales.
This is the most abundant tish in the waters of Catawba River, accord-
ing to Professor Cope.
Genus NOTROPIS Rafinesqiie.
{Mtnmlus Rafiaesqne; AlbunieUns Girard.)
20. NoTROPis riiOTOGENis (Cope) Jordan.
Squalius photogenis Coi'E (18C4) Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. 280.
Photogenis leucops Copk (186G), Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 379, and elsewhere.
My specimens differ considerably from the typical forms of this spe-
cies, but correspond to Professor Cope's " var. a a a a a" irom the Ca-
tawba. It is the most abundant species in the Saluda waters, especially
in more sluggish tributaries. Two forms, perhaps varieties, perhaps
different sexes, occur, the one pale, with deep, compressed body; the
other darker, with the scales dark-edged and the bodj' much more elon-
gate. It is difficult to distinguish the latter form from N. telescopus
(Cope). The pale form has the head above and under jaw covered with
small pointed tubercles.
24 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NOKTIl AMKKlfAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
C4enus GILA Baird dc; Glranl
(Siib^'oiius CLINOSTOMCS Girard.)
21. Gila vandolsula {Cui\ d- Veil.) J or.
Leiiciscita vandoimdan C. it V. (lb-14), Iliht. N;it. Poiss. xvii, :U7.
Clhioalomus affiiiis Gikaiid (LH3(>), Pioc. Ac. Nat. Sc. '2\2.
TUis species is coinmoii in the Saluda waters, as in the Catawba,
Yadkin, and other Southern streams. It seems to prefer still, or even
muddy waters, as we found it more iibnndant in the Keed.v lliver than
in either Saluda or Ennoree. Our specimens were greenish or bluish
in color, the back motlh-d with scales oia dillVrent hue, as usual in this
jienns. In the males, the region behind the head and jibove the pec-
torals and extending backward to the anal are of a bright rosy-red,
brightest just behind the head. There is no distinct dark lateral band.
None of our specimens were noticed to be tubcrculate. The characters
distinguishing this species from the more northerly Gila {Cli}iostomu.s)
funduloides have been well given by Professor Cope (Journ. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Phila. 1808, 228).
Genus NOTEMIGONUS Eafinesque.
22. XOTEMIGONUS AMEKICANUS [Linn.) Jordan.
Kutemigonus ischaxita .Joi;dan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. p. ;5G4.
This is the true Cyprinus amcrivanus of Linnteus, as lias been else-
where shown. We obtained but a single si)ecimen in the Keedy lliver.
ProfessorX'ope found it abundant in the sluggish wateis of the Catawba.
The long anal, more compiessed body, larger eye, and peculiar Ijiceding
colors distinguish this siiecies from the Norihern and Western X.
chrytsohucus.
Genus CEKAIlCirrilVS naird.
23. CERATKIIJ IIVS ZANE.Ml'S, .s;). lUtr.
A small, ]»('culiar species, allied to ('. lnhmsus (Cope), but apjiarj-ntly
dift'ering iti the longer barbel, smaller scales, and in the coloration.
Jiody long and slender, not much compressed, the dejith about 4^ ("lA
in young) in length. IJead rather long, narrow, and pointed, }] in
length, very slender in Noting si»ecimeiis, stouter inadidts: snout de-
curved in proiile, with an angle in liont of the nostrils, l^ye moderate,
FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 25
rather shorter tbau the long muzzle, i)hiced nearly midway in head,
about 3^ ill head.
Mouth ratlier large, inferior, the lips much thickened, Suclver-like ;
upper jaw extremely protractile; the lower with a conspicuous internal
fringe of papillae.
Barbels extremely long, probably longer than in any other of our
Cyprinoids; their length § to | the diameter of tlie eye.
(Scales moderate, pretty closely imbricated, 5-40-3 ; 15 or 10 in fiont
of dorsal. Lateral line continuous, slightiy deliected foiward.
Fins rather small, high, and short. Dorsal 1, 8, originating slightly
behind the base of the ventiah?, as in C. labrosiifi and C luonach'ds. Anal
1, 7. Caudal deeply forked, its peduncle long and slender.
Coloration, in spirits, quite pa!c ; a small, round, black spot at base
of caudal : dorsal scales d.irk-edged : some dark points along caudal
peduncle, forming a dark steak: muzzle punctate. Large s|>eGit!iens
with a large dark i)atch on the last rays of dorsal, as in C. monachus
and the species of Codoma: base of dorsal fin with dark points. Chee!:s
and opercles silvery.
In the spring, the male fishes are profusely tuberculate on the head
and neck, and the fins are flushed with crimson. Teeth 1, 4-4, ], hooked,
without masticatory surface.
The largest specimens taken were nearly three inches long, but m(ist
were less than two.
This species is abundant in SaUida River. It appears to be distinct
from C. Jahrosus, that s|)ecies having larger scales and some other poinl.s
of difference. C. labr<;,sus, monachu;,, and zancmus differ from their con-
'geners in the backward position of the dorsal and in the gri^ater devel-
opment ol the lips.
24. Ceraticiitiiys laivrosus Cope.
Ceratichthijs lahrosus Copk (1870), Proc. Am. Pliilos, Soc. 458.
Professor Coi)e found this species not uncommon in the upper v/aters
of the Catawba. We did not lind it in the Saluda or the Ennoree.
25. CERATLCiri'IIY.S IIYl'SINOTUS CopC.
CcraticlilliijH hijimvotuH Cow. (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 458.
This species is not uncommon in the Saluda. Breeding males are
violet-tinted, and the tins are quite red. The head is more or less rosy
and tuberculate above. This species has a very small barbel, and might
easily be taken for a Uydrophlox of the rubricroceus type.
2G CONTRIDUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
26. Ceraticiituys uiguttatus {Klrt.) Baird.
The common Uorued Cluib is very ubmidant in all the tributaries of
the Saluda.
Genus SEMOTILUS Bafinesque.
27. Semotilus corporalis {Mit.) Putn.
This commou species occurs iu the tributaries of the Saluda.
CATOSTOMTD.E.
Genus MYXOSTOMA Ilafincsque.
(iloxoatoma and Tereiuhis Raf. ; Ptychontomus Ag.)
28. Myxostoma cervinum Cope.
Tiretuhis cervinus COPK (1868), Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 235.
I'tychostomua cervinun CoPK (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 478.
This little Sucker is exceedingly abundant in the Saluda, Reedy, and
Eunoree. It abounds in rapids and rocky shoals, and is popularly known
as ''Jump-rocks", from its habit of leapin^^ from the water. It is not much
valued, except by negroes, small boys, and naturalists. The black outer
margin of the dorsal is a characteristic color-mark.
29. Myxostoma papillosum ( Cope) Jor.
Fti/chostomua papillonHs CovF.'{lS70), Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. 470.
A few specimens of this peculiar species were taken in Saluda Kiver.
Professor Cope found it abundant in the Catawba and Yadkin Rivers.
oO. Myxostoma vklatum (Cope) Jordan.
J'ii,cho8toinuii colliipsiiH Coi'K (IS70), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 471.
Wo obtained no specimens of this widely dilftised species in any of
tiie Sontli(>rn rivers. I'rolessor Cope found it in the Neuse, Yadkin,
and Catawba.
31. Myxostoma coregonus {Cojic) J. ({• D.
PtychostomuH corr</OH«« Col'K ( 1^170), Proc. Am. I'liil. Soc. 47"2.
Tiie " Bhu' Mnllet " was found very abundant in the Catawba and
Yadkin liiveis. We did not takt" it in the Saluda.
FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 27
32. Myxostoma album {Cope) J. tt B.
Piifchostomvs albus Cope (1870), Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 472.
The species — tbe "White Mullet" — was found by Professor Cope iu
the Catawba Kiver only. We obtained no specimens from the Saluda,
which is perhaps due to the fact that our collections were not made
during the season of the migrations.
Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.
(iloxosfoma Agassiz, but not of Raf.)
33. Erimyzon sucetta (Lac.) Jordan.
Cyprinus sucetta Laci^p^de.
Vyprinus oblongus Mitchill.
This species is moderately abundant in the Saluda River. Professor
Cope found neither this species, nor the next, iu the Catawba.
Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.
34. MlNYTllEMA MELANOPS {Fllf.) Jor.
Catosiomus melanops Rafixesque, Kirtland, etc.
Moxostoma Victoria; Gikaisd.
Erimyzon melanops Jordan.
This widely diffused species is abundant in the mill-poads, etc., of the
Saluda Eiver, and is known as the Striped Sucker. It is considerably
valued as a food-fish. Many specimens were taken at Bannister's Mills,
on the Ennoree, the proprietor of the mill, Mr. Bannister, having
kindly drawn oft" the water fiom his i)ond, in order to enable us better
to examine its fishes. Our specimens seem to be precisely like the ordi-
uary melanops from the Ohio lliver and the Gieat Lakes.
Genus CATOSTO]\IUS Le Sueur.
35. Catostomus commersoni [Lac.) Jor.
The Fine-scaled Sucker is common in the Saluda, as in nearly every
stream east of the Kocky Mountains. It is especially abundant i" luill-
pouds.
28 CONTRIBrTIONS TO NOKTII AMKRICAN ICnTIIYOLOGY III.
SILUPJDJ^.
Genus AMIURUvS liafinesque.
3(). AsriURUS BRUNNEUS Jordan.
Amiiirufi platycrphalna Cope {l>7(^),Fvoc. Am. Pliilos. Snc. 485. (Not rimdodus plalij-
aphaluH Gnl.)
Amiurm brunneus Jordan (1S70;, Aun. Lye. Nat. Hist. 'M'i
This is the coiuiiioii ciit-flsh of the Saluda, and is kiiouii as the i\Iiul
Cat. Adult specimens reach a U'ti^th of about 18 inches, and bear little
resemblance to tlie yonnj;, I'roui which the species was first descril)ed.
The adnlts are extremely elongate, nearly terete behind, with liar, thin,
broad heads. In color, they are of a more or less clear yellowish green,
more distinclly green than is any other species. The uaun; '■'■ hrunueuH"
only applies well to the young. The species may be known from the
related A. platyeephaluH by the more elungate form, the shorter anal (in
(10 to 18 rays instead of 20), and by the mouth, whi<-h is somewhat
inferior, the lower jaw being much the shorter, while in A. platycephahfs
the jaws are equal. The color is also dilfereiit in the two species. .1.
plutycephalus is yellowish, dark above, and more or less marbled oJi the
sides with darker, resembling, in that resjxct, ^4.. mormotuttiis. In A.
hnaincits, the caudal fin is usually nnecinal, the upi)er lobe being tin*
longer, and the rndimt-ntary caudal rays are unusually nnmeioiis. A
specimeu nearly a foot long had the alimentary canal four (inu-s the
length of the body, and lilled with Pyxhmiemon ccratophyUum. T'le
stomach coutainea eight adult males of Codnma pijrrhomclas.
As Professor Cope counteil 17 anal rays in his '■'jihitycephah'ti''', it is
likely that he had this sja-eies instead of Girard's, whi(;h has pretty uni-
formly L'O or 21 rays. IJoth Aniiitri(.s bruiiiicus and plntyccplialus ;iro
valued as food.
o7. AMIUUUS rLATYCEI'lIALl'.S {(jinird) GUI.
rimelodns phitijciphahiH GiK.vltn (1H59), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sl!. Pliila. IGO.
i\Iauy specimens of this sjiecies were taken in IJannister's niill-pond,
on the Ennoree. The lislifrmen confound it with the piceeding under
the name of Mud Cat. but the species may be readily distinguislied by
the characters given above.
A "Blue Cat*' is said to occur in the S.dnda, but we obtained no
specimens.
FISHES OF THE SAVANNAH BASIN. 29
Genus NOTURUS Uafinesque.
38. NoTURUS iNSiGNis {Rtchardson) Gill & Jar.
Noiurus mavQinatHS Baikd.
Tbiw species is abmidiint in tlie rock-[)Oo]s of lieedy River. It ]>rol)-
ably oceiirs iu ail Ibe Atlantic streams as far nortb as Pennsylvania.
ANGUILLID^.
Genus ANGUILLA Tlmnlerg.
39. Anguilla vulgaeis Fleming.
The common Eel is abundant in all the streams of the Southern States
thus far explored.
LEPID0STEIDJ5.
Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Lacepede.
40. LEriDOSTEUS ossEUS (L.) Ag.
This fish is said to occur iu the Salud;i, but we oblained no s^jecimens.
II. — WATER-BASIN OF THE SAVANNAH EIVER.
Fifteen species are ascertained to occur in the water-basin of the
Savannah. Of these, two species are recorded from specimens in the
United States National Museum; one on the authority of Professor
Agassiz, the others from our collections in the Tugaloo Eiver and in Toc-
coa CreeU. None of these species are peculiar to the Savannah Basin.
The common Cyprmidcc are all of Tennessee Kiver types; the others arc
either 'species of general distribution, or else are shared with other
Southern streams.
In seining the Tugaloo liiver, two rather unexpected features were
made maniiest : first, the very small number of small fishes, both Ci/pri-
itidcv -ciud Etheostomatidce inhabiting the river. There seem to be very
few species i)resent. and these few are represented by very few individ-
uals. Although the islands below the mouth of Panther Creek frrnish
a most excellent seining-ground, yet our fishing was a seiies of "water-
hauls". A single draw of the seine in the Saluda or the Etowah v.ould
often yield more species and more individuals tliau were secured iu
the Tugaloo in a whole day.
30 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICnTHYOLOGY III.
The second pociiliju ity of tlie Tngaloo fauna is tliat its cliaracteiistic
fislii's are all of types abundant in tbe Tennessee River, but not known
IroMi any other of the Athmtic streams. Of these may be mentioned
Photogcnis gtilacfurus, Luxilus coccogenis^ lIijdroplthKt rubricroceiis, and
Cntostomutt nigricans. The close proximity of the sources of the Tujjaloo
and tin- Little Tennessee, War Woman CneU and Little Tennessee lliver
risinj^ on opposite sides of Rabun Gap, and of the Tallulah and the
Uiawassee, may perhaps help to explain tliis anomaly of distribution.
ETIIKOSTOMATIDJi].
Genus IIADROPTERUS A(/assiz.
I. HaDROPTERUS NIGROFASCIATUS yl.</.
A single large specimen was taken in Toccoa Creek, near Toccoa
Falls.
CEXTRAECHIDJE.
Genus MICROPTERUS LacepMe.
1*. MlCROPTERUS SALMOIDES {Lac.) GUI.
(Var. aahnoidcs.)
The small-mouthed Black Bass or "Trout" of the Southern streams
(/. c, Savannah, Altamaha, Chattahoochee, Alabama) differs so con-
stantly from Northern representatives of the same species that the two
forms may be taken as geographical varieties of one species, and it is
probably worth while to distinguish each by name. The Lahrns sabuoi-
(Its of Lacepeile was collected by Bosc near Charleston, S. C. It w;is
therefore presumably the JSouthern variety, which should be designated
as var. salmoidcs. The oldest name known to apply to the Northern
form is that of Bodianus achigan Raf. The Northern form may there-
fore be designated as M icmptcrus salmoides var. achigan, whenever it is
deemed desirable to call attention to these variations.
Tlie body is appreci.d)ly longer and slenderer in var. sabnoidcs than
in var. achigan, the head being about .'i^ i" length instead of about L';^.
'I'lie anal rays in salmnidcK are usually 10 instead of II; the dorsal
lortnula X, 1, iL', instead of X, 1. I.'I. The scales are larger in salmoides,
there being about 70 in the lateral line instead of 77. Tlie coloration of
sahnuidoi is uniformly unlike that of achigan. Tlie lower part of the sides
FISHES OF THE SAVANNAH BASIN. 31
is marked by pretty regular Hues of dark olive-green spots along the
series of scales. The lower fins are usually more or less red, and the
black, yellow, and white coloration of the caudal fin, so conspicuous in
young si)ecimeus of the Xortheru form — ia the Western States, at least —
is not noticeable in the Southern variety.
This species is abundant in the tributaries of the Savannah, where it
is known as the " Trout ".
Genus XENOTIS Jordan.
3. Xenotis sanguinolentus {Agassiz) Jordan.
Jordan (1877), Aun. Lye. Nat. Hist. 318.
A single si)ecimen of this beautiful fish is in the National Museum
from Augusta, Ga. It is identical with ray specimens from the Etowah,
mentioned in the paper above cited, but it is possibly not the si)ecies
to which Agassiz gave the name of sanguinolcntus. The species of the
genus Xenotis are extremely difficult either to define or to recognize.
CYPRINODONTID^.
Genus ZYGONECTES Agassiz.
4. ZYGONECTES NOTTii Agassiz.
A " Zggonecfps guttatus " is recorded by Professor Agassiz from the
Savannah near Augusta. Professor Putnam informs me, from the ex-
amination of the type-specimens, that the si)ecies is identical with Z.
nottii Ag.
SALMONID^E.
Genus SALVELINUS Bichardson.
5. SALVELINUS FONTINALIS (Ji<7c/i.) Gill & Jov.
The common Brook Trout is very abundant in the clear tributaries of
the Chatuga and Toxaway Kivers, at the foot of the Blue Kidge. This
is very near the southern limit of the species, although it is said to occur
in certain tributaries of the Upper Chattahoochee, farther west.
CYPEINIDJ].
Genus LUXILUS Bafinesque.
6. LuxiLUB coccoGENis {Copc) Jordan.
This beautiful species is common in the Tugaloo. The numerous
specimens were all palo, and showed only traces of the distinctive red
markings.
32 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
Geims PIIOTOGEXIS Cope.
7. PnOTOGKMS GALACTURUS [Cope) J. & IS.
Unpnilepis galacturita CoPK (1870), Pioc. Ac. Nat. Sc. KiO
The most a!)tui(l;iMt li>Ii in tlio Tiigaloo. Our specimens were very
])ale ami dull colored, but they are not otherwise diil'ereiit iVoiii speci-
mens of /'. (jiiUiclurun Horn the Tennessee and Cuuiberlaud liivers.
Genus HYDROPIILOX Jordan.
S. IIVDKOrilLOX UUBRICROCliUS [Cope) J. tt B.
Uf/bopul!) riibricrocciis Coi'io {l>:6i), Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. 'S)\.
This suipassingly beantifiil little lish abounds in the rock-pools of the
smaller tributaries of the Tny:aloo. In Toccoa.CreeU, it is very abnii-
tlant, far ontnumberinj^ all other species. We obtained many si)eci-
mens fiom tlic pool at the loot of Toccoa lalls.
The life-colors are as follows: Dark steel-blue; u dark lateral band of
coaly punctiilatioJis, which is usually distinct on the anterior half of
body, and pusses through the «'ye around the snout. All the tins ot a
rich clear retl ; the dorsal rather crimson, the caudal i)ink, the l(>wer tins
full bri<j:ht scarlet. Head all pale scarlet-red, the lower jaw Hushed, as
if bloody, a lustrous streak alonjj; the sides, below which is a distinct
silvery lustre. Eyes silvery, somewhat flushecl with red. In hi;.'h
coloration, the entire body becomes more or less red. This red pij;-
ment becomes more evident when a fish is first placed in alcohol. First
ray of dorsal dusky on anterior e<lge.
Top of heail and wh<;le ante-dorsal region in males dusted with line
"White tubercles.
Female specimens are pale olivaceous nr silvery.
Te.'th 2, 1-4, '2, with Uiast icMfmy sui r:ice, till- e(l';<> of which is UNUiIly
crenate.
Tliis species and the jyrecedinj;' wei<> hitherto known only from the
liead waters of tiie T<Minessee Kiver.
Genus CERATICIITIIYS nainl.
9. Cekaticiithvs KtuRirnoNS Jordan.
NocomiH ruhrifronH J oiiVAS (U'77), Aim. N. V. I.yi cum Nat. Hist. '.Y.'>0.
A few specimens of this spe(;ies wcie t;du'n. They were brighter iu
color than the oiiginal tyjies liom the Ocmnlgee. The muzzle was in
the males br ght red, and the lins somewhat ro.sy.
FISHES OF THE SAVANNAH BASIN. o3
This species is related to C Jnjpslnofvs (Cope), but has a less elevated
dorsal region and longer barbels.
10. Ceratichthys BiGUTTATUS (Kutland) Glrard.
Tbe " Horny Head" is abundant in all the small streams falling into
the Tugaloo. It furnishes much harmless sport for the amateur anglers
\vho yearly visit the beautiful Tallulah region.
CATOSTOMIDiE.
Genus MYXOSTOMA Eafinesque.
11. Myxostoma cervinum {Cope) Jor.
The little " Jump Rocks" occurs in some abundance in the Tugaloo
and its tributaries.
Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.
(Hylomjjzon Agassiz.)
12. CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS Le S.
The Hog-sucker occurs in rapid waters of the Tugaloo and Toccoa.
It is not known to occur in any other of the Atlantic streams south of
the Potomac.
SILUEID^.
Genus AMIURUS Bafmesque.
13. Amiurus platycephalus (Glrard) Gill.
The original types of this species in the Smithsonian Institution were
from a tributary of the Savannah at Anderson, S. C.
Genus ICHTII^LURUS Eafinesque.
14. Icm II^.LURUS PUNCTATUS (Raf.) Jor.
The common "Channel Cat" is found in some abundance in the Tu-
galoo River.
ANGUILLIDJ^.
Genus ANGUILLA Thnnherg.
15. ANGUILLA VULGARIS Fleming.
The common l^el is an inhabitant of the waters of the Tugaloo.
Bull. N. M. No. 12—3
34 coNTRimnioNs to north American ichthyology — iii.
III. — AVATERBASIN OF THE ALTAMAHA RIVER.
Twenty-tlirc'O species :iie known ti) o<'eni' in tlie wnter-basin of tiie
Altaraaba, exclusive of tlie Sluid {Alosa sapidissima)^ wh'u-.h ascends all
the Soutliern rivers until prevented by tlie dams Of tliese tweiitytliree,
four are known only from the Oconee and Ocniulgee-, viz, Xothonotus
inscriptus, IlydropJilo.v lutiphinis, Cod(>macalHsema,iiu(l Codoma xccnura.
The others are chiefly species of general distribution. Five species wen*
obtained by the writers in the headwaters of the Oconee River, viz,
Nothonotus hiscriptus, Micropicrns salmoides. IlydrophJox lutipinnis, Ceral-
iehthys rnbrifrons, and Ceratichthns higuttatii.s. The other species men-
tioned below are from the (^cmulgee.
ETHEOSTOMATID^.
Genus IIADROPTERUS Agassiz.
]. Hadropterus NiGROFASciATUS Agass'iz.
Taken at the Flat Shoals in the South Fork of the Ocmulgee.
Genus BOLEOSOMA DcKay.
2. BoLEOsoMA :maculaticeps Cope.
A specimen, apparently of this species, from the Ocmulgee River at
Macon, Ga.
Genus NmiTONOTUS Afiasmz.
3. NOTUONOTUS INSCRIPTl S, Kp. nov.
Body rather stout and deep, pretty strongly compressed behind, less
so antcrioily : depth 4 J in length : caudal peduncle rather deep.
Head large, 4;^ in length, rather obtuse, the jirofde quite gibbons:
a considerable angle formed o[)posite the eyes, wiiich arc high up and
rather close together.
Eye about equal to snout, '.\h in head. I\Iouth moderate, slightly ob-
Tupie, the maxillary reaching eye, the upper jaw the longer. Cheeks
and opercles entirely scaleless, as in N. thalassinus. Region in front of
dorsal scaly: breast naked. Belly covered with ordinary scales. Scales
rather large, closely imbricated, tlu' lateral line continuous and nearly
straight. Scales 5-4(1-5.
Fins well developed. The spinous dorsal larger than the soft dorsal,
FISHES OF THE ALTAMAHA BASIN. 35
which is somewhat larger than the anal ; the two dorsal fins connected
by membrane. Dorsal Xl-I, 11. Anal II, 8.
Dorsal spines a little more than half the length of head. Pectorals
and ventrals well developed.
Color, in spirits: Olive, with an orange spot on on each scale, these
forming continuous lines along the rows of scales. These lines are quite
conspicnous, as in Xenisma catcnatum. Three dark blotches across the
back : one in front of dorsal, forming a black spot on the anterior dor-
sal spines ; one between the two dorsal fins, forming a similar black
spot on the last part of the spinous dorsal ; and one on the caudal pedun-
cle, behind the second dorsal.
Sides with about six irregular dark olive blotches just below the
lateral line. Second dorsal, caudal, and pectoral extensively dusky-
shaded. Anal unicolor. Head dusky above, a dark line downward, and
one forward from eye.
A female specimen taken lacked the lines of orange spots, and it was
more distinctly blotched on the sides. In life, the male specimen had
the entire anal fin, the cheeks, opercles, and a bar below the eye bright
blue. The extreme edge of the spinous dorsal was blackish; below this
bright orange red, and a dusky bar at the base. The colored lines of
spots were ferruginous, or scarlet-red, rather than orange.
Length 2^ inches.
Two specimens only were taken, in the upper waters of the Oconee
River, at Sulphur Springs, in Hail County, Georgia.
This is one of the most beautiful of this interesting geuus. In the
smooth head, it resembles N'. ihalassinns, and differs from the others
known. The entirely dissimilar coloration separates it at once from JV".
thalassimis.
OENTRAllCHID^.
Genus MICROPTERUS Lacefede.
4. MiCROPTERUS SALMOIDES {LciG.) Gill.
Var. salmoides.
Abundant in the Oconee and Ocmulgee.
Genus CHtENOBRYTTUS Gill
5. Ch^nobryttus viridis {C. (& V.) Jordan.
The "War-mouth Perch" is abundant in the Ocmulgee.
36 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORfn AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
Genus LKPIOPO:\IUS Uafmesqm.
(I. LEPioroMUS AURITUS (L.) Raf.
Common in tlu^ Ocninlgee River.
Genus CENTRARCHUS Cavier d Valenciennes,
7. CENTRARCHUS MACKOPTERUS [LaccpMe) Jordan.
Several specimens of the laige-Iinneil CcnU-arcliHs ;iie in tlie United
States National Museum, from the Ocmulfjee Kiver, near Macon, Ga.
The characters distinguishing this si)ecies liotn C. irideus are given in
I'ulletin No. 10 of the National Museum, p. 31.
ESOCID^.
Genus ESOX Lhinmis.
8. Esox RETICULATUS Le Sueur.
Found in the Ocmulgee River.
CYPRlXiD^.
Genus ALBURXOPS Ghard.
(Subgenus IIUDSONIUS Grd.)
0. AlBURNOPS AMARUS {Grd.) Jordan.
JTi/iopsis liHctJioniuM yaT.nmariix .Toiidax (1877), Ann. Lye. N;it. Ilisf. N. Y. 362.
Very abundant in the South Fork of the Ocmulgee. This is jmssibly
not Girard's amrtr?<.s', but at present I tiiiiiU that it is. Leuchcus npir-
Ihigulus C & V. seems to be ^4. hudsonius.
Genus TTYDROPHLOX Jordan.
10. IIVDROPULOX LUTIPINNIS, sj). nov.
A brilliantly colored lilth' fish allied to JF. rnhricroccu.*t.
Body stout iUMl rather strongly compressed, the (lei)th \\ in length,
the dorsal region somewhat elevated, the outline of the \r.\v.k sloping
each way from the base of the dorsal tin.
Head short and ratber deep, -1 to 4^ in length, broad and llittish
FISHES OP' THE ALTAMAHA BASIN. 37
above, the uiiizzle moderately rouiuled. Eye rather large, uearly as
loug as the muzzle, 3J to 3^ iu head.
Mouth large, quite oblique, the maxillary reaehiug to orbit, the man-
dible included.
Scales medium, 0-40-3, rather closely imbricated, about Ul iu front
of the dorsal. Dorsal nearer caudal than muzzle, distinctly behind the
ventrals. Dorsal 1, 8. Anal I, 8. Pectorals not reaching nearly to veu-
trals, the latter not to vent.
Color, in spirits: Clear olive; a dark, burnished, jjlumbeous lateral
baud, which extends through the eye and up the caudal fin : whole
body bright crimson : fins yellow.
Colors, iu life: Clear olive above, with very intense green dorsal
and vertebral lines; an intense metallic blackish band along sides;
below this the sides bright silvery, in the males bright, clear red, the
color of red berries; the whole body more or less flushed with red, the
belly especially bright : iris crimson.
Fins all blight golden-yellow: silvery space below eye strongly
marked : tip of lower jaw black.
Teeth 2, 4-4, 2, with masticatory surface developed.
Length 2i to 3 inches.
This species is extremely abundant in the headwaters of the Oconee,
in clear rapid streams. It is one of the most brilliant of the genus.
Hydrophlox lutipinnis is deeper-bodied than H. rubricroceus. It has
also a smaller month and differentcoloration,especially of thefins. From
A. chloroccphalus, it differs in the larger mouth, larger size, and smaller
scales : the pectoral and ventral fins are also usually shorter. The
teeth, also, are 2, 4, instead of 1, 4.
Genus CODOMA Girard.
11. CouoMA XiENURA Jordan.
Minnilus (Photogenis) xanurus Joudax (1877), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 79.
This beautiful fish is the most abundant species in the rapids of the
Ocmulgee at Flat Shoals.
12. CoDOMA CALLISEMA Jordan.
Episcma callisema Jordan (1877), Ami. Lye. Nat. Hist. 303.
This species, one of the most elegant of the genus, is very abundant
in the South Fork of the Ocmulgee. It differs from the other species of
38 CONTKIliUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
llie genus in the presence of a single row of teetli and in the more ante-
rior position of tbe dorsal, which is scarcely at all posterior to the ven-
trals. It is, however, rather a Codoma th;in an Episema.
Genus NOTEMIGONUS Hajhiesquc.
13. NOTEMIGONUS AMERICANUS {L.) Jor.
.\otrmi'joints i.^iliiinu.'i .JoRDAN (1^77), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 3r>4.
Very abundant everywhere in the Ocmulgee in still or deep waters.
Adult specimens have the lower fins yellow, tipped with scarlet.
Genus CERATICIITllYS JBaird.
14. Ceratichtiivs iubrifrons Jordan.
Xoconiis nibrifrons Joudan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. :{30.
This handsome little fish was first described from the Ocmulgee River,
where it is abundant. It is also common in the Oconee.
15. Ceraticothys biguttatus (Kirt.) t'irard.
Abundant in the Oconee; not noticed in the Ocmulgee.
Genus SEMOTILUS llafmesqm.
IC. Semotilus couporalis {Mit.) Putnam.
From a small brook, tributary to the Ocmulgee. In the South, this
species is almost coufuied to the srimller creeks and spring runs.
CAT08T0MIDJE.
Genus MYXOSTOMA Ilafinesque.
17. Myxostoma CERViNUM {Gope) Jordan.
The little ".Tumi» Kocks" is very abundant at the Flat Shoals of the
Ocmulgee.
18. Myxostoma paimllosum {Cope) Jordan.
Common in the Ocmulgee.
Genus ERDrVZON Jordan.
1!». ImjimYZON SUCETTA {Lnc.) Jordan.
From the Ocmulgee.
FISHES OF THE CHATTAnOOCHEE BARIX. 39
SlLURIDiE.
Genus ICHTII^LURUS Rafinesque.
20. ICHTii^Lunus P/UNCTATUS {Bajinesque) Jordan.
Very cormnou in the Ocmulgee.
Genus AMIURUS Rafinesque.
L'l. AMIURUS MARMcniATUS {Holhrook) Jordan.
A single specimen is in the National Museum, collected by Dr. Hol-
brook in the Altamaha Eiver. The species occurs in abundance in the
streams and slouglrs of Southern Illinois.
22. Amiurus brunneus Jordan.
Very abundant in the Ocmulgee, from which river it was first de-
scribed.
ANGUILLIDJ].
Genus ANGUILLA Thunherg.
23. Anguilla vulgaris Fleming.
Eels occur in all the larger tributaries of the Oconee and Ocmulgee.
IV. — WATER basin OF THE CnATTAHOOCHEE RIVER.
Our collections in the Chattahoochee Basin have been rather unsatis-
factory, as only twenty-one species have been obtained. Of these, three
seem to be characteristic of the river, and have not yet been obtained else-
where : Semotilus thorqauianus, Pliotogenis leucopus, and Codotna eury-
stoma. The other species taken are found also either in the Altamaha-
or Alabama, or both.
The Chattahoochee is noteworthy as being, so far as is at present
known, the easternmost limit in the Southern States of the Rock Bass
{AmblopUtes rnpcstris) and tlm Red Horse {Myxosioma duquesnii), as the
westernmost limit of the range of the " Green Cat" {Annnrns brnnneus),
tl)e War-mouth Perch [Chwnobrythin viridis), wwd the "Jump Rocks "
[Myxostoma cervinum). It is also the westernmost of the series of riv-
ers — Great Pedee, Santee, Sav.vnuah, Altainahu, and Chattahoochee —
in which Lnxilus cornutus does not occur.
40 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NOKTIL AMEKICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
I'Vtur 1)1' the* specii's Iieie iiKMitioiaMl were collected several years
jigo by Dr. lliigb M. Neisler at .some point in Georgia, the record of the
locality not certainly preserved, but supposed to be Flint River, and are
now in the Museum of the Smithsonian In.stitution. These are Compo-
stoma anoniuliDii, tScmodius ihoreauianiis, Codoma J'onnosa {"■(jraniUpin-
nis^'), and Aphudoderua sayanus {'■'• Astcrnotremia mesotrema ").
ETIIEOSTOxAIATIDiE.
Genus HADROPTERUS Ayassiz.
1. IlADROPTERUS NIGROFASCIATUS Ayassiz.
Abundant at the Shallow Ford of the Chattahoochee near Gaiue.s-
yjlle, Ga.
CENTRARCHID^.
Genus xAIICROPTERUS Laccpede.
2. MiCROPTERUS PALLTDUS {Raf.) G. & J.
Not very abundant.
3. MiCROPTERUS SALMOIDES (LflC.) GUL
Very common.
Genus AMBLOPLITES Bafinesque.
4. AMBLOPLITES RUPESTRIS {Raf.) GUI.
Abundant.
Genus LEPIOPOMUS Bafinesque.
5. LEPIOPOMUS PALLIDUS [Mit.) G. & J.
{IchtheUa invisur llitlbnjok.)
A few specimens taken in Peach Tree Creek near Atlanta.
6. LEPIOPOMUS AURITUS (L.) Raf.
Abundant at the Shallow Ford of the Chattahoochee. ]\Iy speriinens
are more elongate tiian those from the Saluda, and they ditler .some-
what in coloration and sijuaination. The darU Idotches at the ba.se
of the dor.sal are wanting. 1 am not, however, disposed to consider
them as specitically distinct.
FISHES OF THE CHATTAHOOCHEE BASIN. 41
APIIODODERID.^.
Genus APIIODODERUS Le Sueur.
7. Aphododekus say anus {Gill) TJeK.
The specimen described iu Bulletin No. 10, U. S. Nat. Mus., as Aster-
notremia mesutrema Jor., doubtless belongs to this species. Tlio " genus "
Asternotremia is probably an immature stage of Aphododcrns.
CYPEINID^.
Genus PHOTOGENIS Cope.
8. Photogenis leucopus, sp. nov.
A slender, rather plain species, closely resembling P/iOifo^enis nircus
from the tSaluda.
Body elongate, compressed, tapering toward the snout and the long
caudal peduncle. Depth 4 J in length. Head moderate, 4 J in length,
larger than in 1*. niveus, rather pointed, wide on top. Snout rather
long and somewhat pointed. Mouth large, quite oblique, the intermax-
illaries on the level of the pupil : upper jaw slightly longest. Eye
moderate, rather less than snout, 3.J in head. Scales moderate, rather
closely imbricated, but less so than in P. analostamis, 0-39-3.
Fins moderate, D. I, 8, A. I, 8, the dorsal evidently behind the ven-
trals. Pectorals not reaching nearly to veutrals, the latter not quite to
vent. Neither dorsal nor anal specially elevated.
Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, hooked, with narrow grinding surfaces and usually
somewhat crenate.
Color olivaceous, the sides bright silvery : a rather inconspicuous
dark blotch on last rays of dorsal, as in related species. A round black
spot, nearly as large as eye, at base of caudal, precisely as in Codoma
eurystoina. In life, the coloration is pale; the dorsal fin is chiefly of a
clear yellowish-green color, as though yellowish pigment were mixed
with white; the upper part is of a i)ale ferrugineousred and the extreme
tip milUy-white. The caudal fin is ferrugineous, with milk-white tips.
The lower fins, especially the ventrals, aie milk-white. The snout in
males is tuberculate, and very minute prickles occur on the sides of the
caudal peduncle. Length 3| to 4 inches.
Very abundant in the Chattahoochee Kiver at the Shallow Ford ; not
noticed elsewhere.
42 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
Comnaivd witli P. niveiis, P. Ici((<)i)us lias a (liil'erent form, tlie dorsal
regfion is less elevated, and the imclial region less depressed. The inoutli
is larger, the maxillary extending- to nearly opposite tlu; eye, instead of
tailing short. The eye is larg«*r and the montli is less interior in P. Icu-
copus. The eoloratiou is somewhat dili'erent.
Fhotogvnis leucopm also resembles Codoina evrysioma, but that species
has a heavier head, larger eye, stouter body, and different dentition and
coloration.
Genus CODOMA Girard.
9. CODOMA EURYSTOMA Jordan.
I'hoiogeiiia euri/stomus Johdan (1677), Aun. Lye. Nut. Hist. o'U).
This.is the most abundant Cyprinoid in the tributaries of the Chat-
tahoochee lliver. It frequents especially the cold streams, but does not
seem to be adveise to mud. In iSuwannee Creek, a deep, cold, muddy
stream flowing tliioiigh the woods, this was almost the only species
obtained.
Its life-colors are as follows : General color ol LuxHuh cornvtus on body,
but the sides with considerable coi)pery lustre. Dorsal fin with a sharp,
blacU, horizontal bar about half-way np. In young fishes, this bar is
red. The fin above is somewhat niilUy ; below, it is pale. There is a
small, but distinct, round, black, caudal spot. The caudal tin is ehietly
of a rather dull ferruginous red. The base of the tin is pale, the tips
rather milky. The anal fin is unmarked. There are gilt lines along the
back and sides'. A dark humeral l»ai- is usually present, and the up[)er
edge of the pectoral fin is largely black.
The teeth of this species are usually 1, 4—1, 1, as at first described,
but we have found several individuals 1, 4-4, 2. This species resembles
somawhwt Phn(o(jcnis Icuoopun^ but it is stouter every way, with (leeper
body, larger head, and much larger eye.
10. C0D0:\IA FORMOSA {Putnam) Jordan.
(Albunius formoHHS I'litiiaii), Lntfisvus hi/psdoplcnts Giinther, riiologmis gntndij^iutiiii
.Ionian.)
The typical specimens of /*. <iranilipitints are suppo.sed to have beet
coUected in Flint IJiver. 7yrf/c»,s(W/.s' //^y;,sr.oj>/t7«.s' of C lint her is doubt less
the same species. We follow (Hint her in identifying AWurnm formosus
Putnam as the same, although there is little in the very imperfect orig-
inal d(»scription to wairant it.
FISHES OF THE CHATTAHOOCHEE BASIN. 43
Genus CAMPOSTOMA Agassis.
11. Campostoma anomalum {Eaf.) Ag.
Specioiens iu Dr. Neislor's collecition, sui)posed to have beeu takeu in
the Fliut River, in Taylor Conuty, Georgia.
Genus SEMOTILUS Bafinesque.
12. Semotilus thoeeauianus Jordan.
The types are iu Dr. Nei.slcr's collection, probably from Fliut River.
Genus CERATICIITIIYS Baird.
13. CEKATiCHTnYS BiGUTTATUS {KirUand) Girard.
Very abundant in the Chattahoochee.
(JATOSTOMIDJE.
Genus MYXOSTOMA Bafinesque.
14. MYX0ST031A DUQUESNii (Le Sueur) Jordan.
A species which we are unable to distinguish from the common "Red
Llorse" of the Ohio is abundant in the Chattahoochee.
15. Myxostcma cervinum Co2)c.
A few specimens takeu in the Shallow Ford.
Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.
1(5. ICkimyzon sucetta {Ldc } Jor.
From Peach Tree Creek near Atlanta.
SILURID^.
Genus ICIITILELURUS Bafinesque.
17. ICHTUiELURUS ^U^'CTATUS [Rof.) Jor.
The Channel Cat is exceedingly abundant iu the Chattahoochee.
44 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NOltTU AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — ]II.
Genus AMIURUS Bajinesque.
18. AmiURUS BRUNNEUS Jordan.
This is the most abundiiiit i-dible lish in the Cliattuhoocht'e. \\'«*
sei'UR'il iii)\vards of forty huge specimens iu two hours' seiuiiig at the
.Shallow Fonl. It grows to the leugth of about 18 inches, and is much
valued as food. It is usually kuown as the Mud Cat.
Genus NOTUUUS Ilajinesque.
19. NoTURUS LEPTACANTUUS Jordan.
y<>tnrun h'ptacanihus Jokdax (1H77), Anu. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. V. \io2.
This species was originally described from a single specimen taki-u i.i
Silver Creek, a tributary of the Etowah. A second specimen, similar
to tlie tirst, was taken by us at the Shallow Ford dniing the past sum
mer, and since then a third, at the same locality as the first. In color,
this species is of a rich pale transparent brown, very slightly m(>ttl«'il
with darker.
LEPIDOSTEID^.
Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Laa'pede.
20. LEPIDOSTEUS OSSEUS (X.) A(J.
Taken at the Shallow Ford.
AXGUILLIIM^:.
Genus ANGUILLA Thnnhcrg.
21. AnGUILLA VULGARIS Fleming.
Im'Is, of course, abound in the Chattahoochee.
V. — WATER BASIN OF THE ALABAMA RIYER.
The fish-fauna i)f tln' Alabama Kivei' is now better known than that
of any other ot the Southern streams. Fifty-live species are now known
as iidiabitants of that liver and of its great tributaries, the Ktowah,
Oostanaul.i, and Coosa. A slight examination of any suitable tributary
of the Alal)ama is sullicicnt to show tijat it is much richer in species
than are any of the rivers lying to tin- eastwaid of it.
Of tlic.M' lil'tysix species, thirteen are as yet only known from the
FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 45
Alabama Basin. These are: Xenisma steUifenon, Ztjgonectes gnftafus,
Zygonectes hieroglr/phicus, HydropJdox xa'noccphalus, Hydrophlox chroso-
mns, Codoma calUstia, Codoitia trichroisiia, Codoma ccendea, Codoma
stigmatura, JS'^otropis siilbinsj Fhcnacohiiis catostomus, Catostomus nigri-
cans etov anus, and Myxostoma euryops. 1 exclude from this enumeration
one or two species recorded from the Black Warrior Eiver, as it is
l;kely that the fauna of that stream will prove, in part at least, dififereut.
Certain comniou Xorthern or Western types, apparently absent in the
streams hitherto noticed, make their appearance in the waters of the
Alabama. Among these are Lnxilus cormitus, Notemigonns chrysoleucus,
CItcenobrytfus gulosus, Hyodon, Phenacobiiis, etc.
ETHEOSTOMATIDJE.
Genus PERCINA Haldeman.
1. Peecina caprodes {Raf.) Grd.
Abundant: precisely like Northern specimens.
Genus HADROPTERUS Agassis.
2, HADROPTERUS NIGROFASCIATUS AgassiZ.
Abundant: first described from near Mobile.
Genus ULOCENTRA Jordan.
3. Ulocentra stigm^a Jordan.
Bohosoma stigmcea Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 311.
(Common in clear water. This si)ecies also occurs in the streams of
Louisiana.
Genus BOLEICHTIIYS Girard.
4. BoLEiCHTHYS ELEGANS Girard.
Abundant in clear, weedy ponds. This may not be identical with
Girard's species, which was originally described from Texas.
VERCIDM,
Genus STIZOSTETHIUM Rafinesque.
5. STIZOSTETHIUM SALMONEUM Rafmcsquc.
In the river-channels of the Oostanaula. We have had no opportu-
nity to examine specimens, and we are not sure that the Alabama fish
is the original salmoneum.
46 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
CENTRARCHIDJE.
Genus ]\IICROPTERUS Lacepede.
C. MlCROPTERUS PALLIDUS {Eaf.) G. & J.
Abundant.
7. MlCROPTERUS SALMOIDES {Lac.) GUI.
(Var. sal mo ides.)
Abundant, but less so than the preceding. The two species are
known indiscriminately as ''Trout".
Genus CH^NOBRYTTUS Gill.
8. Ch^nobryttus gulosus ( ^. t£- F.) Gill
From the Alabama Kiver at Montgomery.
Genus AMBLOPLITES Bafinesque.
9. AMBLOPLITES RUPESTRIS [Eaf.) Gill.
From the Etowah and Gostanaula ; rather common.
Genus LEPIOPOMUS Bafinesque.
10. Lepiopomx's pallidu.s {Mit.) G. tO J.
Abundant in the Etowah and Oostanauhi.
11. Lepiopomus obscurus {A(jassiz) Jor.
Not rare in the Etowah and Gostanaula.
Genus XENOTIS Jordan.
12. XenotiS INSCRIPTUS {Agassiz) Jor.
From the Gostanaula.
l.i. Xenotis sanguinolentus [Agassiz) Jor.
Very abundant in the Etowah and Gostanaula.
Genus EUPOMOTIS Gill £ Jordan.
14. EupOMOTlS PALLIDUS [Agassiz) G. il- J.
Specimens from the Alabama River nrar .Montgomery. This species
and the three preceding were lirst described from the Tennessee River
in Alabama.
FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 47
Genus CENTRARCHUS Cuvicr £ Valenciennes.
15. CENTRARCHUS IRTDEUS {LctC.) C. & V.
Specimens from Alabama Eiver, at Montgomery, similar to others
from the Neuse and from about Charleston. This species has been
found by Prof. S. A. Forbes in Southern Illinois.
Genus POMOXYS Rafinesque.
IC. PoMOXYs KiGROMACULATUS {Le 8.) Giravd.
Specimens from the Alabama River at Montgomery.
17. POMOXYS ANNULARIS Raf.
From Bound Lake near Montgomery.
SCIiENIDJE.
Genus HAPLOIDONOTUS Rafinesque.
18. HAPLOIDONOTUS GRUNNIENS Rafinesqiw.
Abundant in the Oostanaula.
COTTID^.
Genus POTAMOCOTTUS Gill
19. POTAMOCOTTUS MERiDiONALis {Girard) Gill.
J'otamocottus caroUvce Gill (1861), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
PoiamocoUus zoplierus Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 320.
Exceedingly abundant in all the clear and cold tributaries of the
Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa. Many specimens from the cold waters
of the Cave Spring Creek. We are unable to satisfactorily distinguish
the forms called zojpJienis, carolinw, and meridionalis, and, believing them
specifically identical, we unite them under the oldest name.
APHODODERID^.
Genus APHODODERUS Le Sueur.
{Aphredoderns Le S. ; Sternotremia Nelson.)
20. APHODODERUS SAY" ANUS {GUliams) DeKay.
Specimens from Alabama River near Montgomery. The fish de-
scribed by Professor Jordan from Flint River, under the name of As-
ternotreinia mesotrema, is undoubtedly a variation of this species.
48 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
CYPRINODOXTIDJ^.
Genus XENISMA Jordan.
21. XenisjMA stellifkrum Jordan.
Xeniiima t^telliferu .Iokdan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat.. Hist. N. Y. :J22.
Tliis most exquisitely colored fish is vciy abniidant in all the clear
tributaries of the Etowah, Oostaiiaula, and Coosa. It j)rel'ers cold
waters, and ascends the " spriuj^-runs'' to their fountain-heads.
Genus ZYGONECTES Agassis.
22. Zygonectes nottii Agas-nz.
Many specimens in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Phila(k'l[)liia, from near Mobile. This and the next belong to the
grou[) of short-bodied species called MicrisUus by Professor Gill.
23. Zygonectes guttatus Agassiz.
Eecorded by Professor Agassiz from near Mobile.
24. Zygonectes niEROGLYrnicus Agasaiz.
Recorded by Prolessor Agassiz from nt*ar Mobile. We have never
seen either this or the preceding, and doubt if any one will ever recog-
nize them from the published deserii)tious.
ESOCIDiE.
Genus ESOX Linncsus.
25. Esox RETICULATUS Le Sueur.
Abundant in tributaries of the Etowah.
20, Esox RAVENELi IloJbrook.
A few specimens in the United States National Museum from the
Alabama Iliver.
HYODOXTIDiE.
Genus IIVODOX Le Snci(r.
27. Myodon selenops Jordan A Bean.
Ilijodon Hclenops Johdan &. Bkan (1877), Bulletin U. S. Nut. Mus. x. G5.
A single specimen in the National Museum from the Alabama River
at Montgomery.
FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 49
DOROSOMATID^.
Genus DOROSOMA Bafinesque.
28. DOROSOMA CEPEDIANUM [Lac.) GUI.
(Var. heteruruni liaf.)
Specimens in the United States National Museum from Round Lake
at Montgomery, Ala.
CYPEINID^.
Genus CAMPOSTOMA Agassiz.
29. CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUM {Rof.) Ag.
Var. proUxum (Storer).
Abundant in the Etowah and Oostanaula.
Genus LUXILUS Bafinesque.
30. LUXILUS CORNUTUS {Mit) Jor.
Yevj abundant in all the tributaries of the Etowah, Oostanaula, and
Coosa Elvers.
My specimens do not obviously differ from those from New York and
the Northwest.
Genus HYDROPHLOX Jordan
31. HYDROPHLOX CHROSOMUS Jordan.
Uiihopsis chrosomus Jori>an (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 333.
Very abundant in the clear tributaries of the Oostanaula, Coosa, and
Etowah. In Cedar Creek, at Cave Spring, it is the commonest species
occurring in the clear, cold waters, with Codoma callistia and Xcnisma
HteWferum. None of our Cyprinidcc excel Hydrophlox chrosomus in deli-
cacy of coloration. It is of a clear hyaline-green above; clear silvery
below: a scarlet band straight from upper edge of opercle to caudal :
dorsal, anal, and caudal each with a scarlet bar. In this species, the
mouth is rather less terminal than is usual in tlie group called Mydrophlox.
32. HYDROPHLOX x^NOCEPHALUS Jordan.
Hybopsis xanocephalus Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 334.
With the preceding, but i-ather less common. This species bears some
resemblance to the young of Codoma callistia.
Bull. N. M. No. 12—4
50 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
Genns CODOMA Girard.
3,3. CoDOMA STIGMATURA Jordan.
Photogenic atigmaturiai Jokdan (1877), Aun. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y.337.
This elegant species is very abundant in the tributaries of the Eto-
wah, Oostanauhi, and Coosa. In those streams which are neither very
clear and cold nor very muddy, it is usually the most abundant species.
34. CODOMA CALLISTIA Jordan.
rhotogenis caUistiua Jordan (1877), Aun, Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. '.V.i7.
A large, ornate species, more brilliantly colored than the preceding,
but less graceful in form. Female specimens are dull dark olive, with
the dorsal fin brick-red. This species occurs with the preceding, but is
rather less abundant.
35. CoDOMA TRicnROiSTiA Jordan d; Gilbert, sp. nov.
A small, slender species, graceful in form and elegant in coloration.
It is most nearly related to C. callintia, but may be readily distinguished.
Body rather slender, considerably compressed, the depth 4Jin length.
Head rather slender and pointed, 4^ in length. Eye of moderate size,
3J in head. Mouth quite large, very oblique, the maxillary extending
to opposite the anterior margin of the eye, and the premaxillaries
being on a level witli the middle of the pupil, the mouth thus being
similar to that of the species of Notropis. In C. caUistia, the mouth is
much more inferior, nearly horizontal; the maxillaries do not extend to
the eye, and the j;rc)WflTi7/flr/(vv ai-e cntirchj hehnc the level of the orbit.
Scales rather closely imbricated, 0-4U-3 ; lateral line considerably
decurvcd, usually with an al)rupt aiiguhitioii between pectorals und ven-
trals; 18 or 19 scales before dorsal fin (IT) or 1(J in C. vailistia).
Fins moderately developed: dorsal well behind ventials, lather nearer
caudal than muzzle. Dorsal I, 7. Anal I, 0. Pectorals falling some-
what short of ventrals; the latter reaching beyond vent nearly to base
of anal.
Color: liright steel-blue above : sides bright silvery ; in maU's, more
or less milky. A largo black spot at base of caudal, precisely as iu C.
caUistia, not nearly so distinct as in G. stipmatvra. Head silvery; above
bluish. Dorsal till with a luoad, dusky, hoiizoiital band at base; the
membrane of the last rays above jet-black, blacker than in the other
species; the tip of the fin milk white. The rest of the dorsal fin, espe-
FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 51.
cially the anterior i)art, is of a bright pale vermillion-red. The caudal
fin is chiefly rosy, the tips milk-white. The anal is milky, with a decided
flush of rose-color. The ventrals are milky.
Female specimens are duller, but the black fin-markings and the cau-
dal spot are similar in all. In the female of G. eallistia, the dorsal mark-
ings are obliterated.
In the males, in spring, the head and anterior dorsal region are rather
sparsely tuberculate. The caudal peduncle and the space below the
lateral line as far forward as the ventrals are covered with similar
tubercles.
Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, of the usual type, hooked and sharp-edged. Maxi-
mum length 22 inches. C. eallistia reaches a length of 4 inches.
Codoina irichroistia is very abundant in the clear tributaries of the
Etowah and Oostanaula. Specimens were taken by Messrs. Jordan and
Gilbert in 187C, but the species was at first confounded by us with C.
eallistia, which it much resembles in coloration. The entirely different
mouth will distinguish the two specits at once.
30. Eeogala c^rulea Jordan.
Photogenis cceruleus Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 338.
This most delicate and graceful fish has thus far been only found in
the Oostanaula River and its tributary. Rocky Creek. It prefers clear
waters.
37. CoDOMA FORMOSA {Putnam) Jordan.
The typical specimens of Alburniis formosns Putnam and of Leuciseus
hypselopterns GUnther were obtained from near Mobile. The species
therefore belongs to the fauna of the Alabama Basin. Giinther's
description applies well to '■''Photogenis grandipinnis Jor.", and Albnrnns
formosus is piobably the same.
The following is an analysis of the characters of the species of the
subgenus Erogala at present known : —
Section I. Anal fin elongate, its rays 1, 10, or 1, 11 : teeth 1, 4-4, 1.
a. Dorsal fin entirely posterior to ventrals, its rays, in males, longer than head, reach-
ing nearly to the base of the caudal : i)ody short, much compressed : back
elevated; depth 4 iu length: head 4^^: mouth large, very oblique, the
jaws equal : black dorsal blotch very distinct : a distinct black caudal
spot: coloration and tubercles unknown: size small; length 2i in-
ches FORMOSA, 1.
aa. Dorsal fin sliglifly posterior to ventrals, its longest rays, in males, shorter than
the head, and not reaching nearly to base of caudal : caudal peduncle
tuberculate : fins with much red : size medium ; length 3^ inches.
52 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOI.OGY III.
b. Body deep. coiiiineKsi d ; d«^pth '.i\ to 3J in length : fins all {greatly elevated; tlie
hi'ij;lit ot" tlio dorsal livf-HJxtlis llii; Icntcth of the lii-ad :.ninzzk', anti-nor
part of dorsal tin, and a bioad tTChfent in tlif inuldlc of tlie caudal fm
bright scarlet: posterior margin of caudal iilackish ; no black spot at
baso of caudal pvkkhomki.as, 2.
bh. Body more elongate, less compressid, its depth 4 to \{ in length : fins all rather
low, the longest dorsal ray scarcely J length of head : dorsal, anal, and
caudal fins chieUy bright crimson: no definite dark margin to caudal :
a faint black caudal spot x^nura, 3.
Section II. Anal fin short, its rays 1, 8, or 1,9.
* Teeth one-rowed, 4-4. Dorsal fin scarcely at all posterior to ventrals, its first ray
nearer snout than base of caudal: body elongate, compressed : month
snjallish, obliqire, rather inferior : dorsal fin greatly elevated, tbe longest
ray, in njales, longer than the head : black dorsal blotch well maiked:
dorsal, anal, and caudal fius chiefly of a br ght ferrugiuous-oraugc ;
a blue streak along sides : sizt! small ; length 2 J inches.. .c.\i.r,i.SK>JA, 4.
"Teeth two-rowed, I, 4-4, 1 (often 1, 4-4, 2, in C. eurystoma).
c. Black markings of the dorsal fin not in the form of a horizontal bar across the
fin.
d. Adult males without red markings on tbe fius.
e. No distinct black or dark blue spot at base of caudal : body short and deep,
strongly compressed : fins not greatly elevated, the dorsal largely of a
bright lustrous jnile greeu : black dorsal markings distinct : a bluish
streak along sides: males with the whole body tuberculatc, except the
space anterior to the ventrals and below the lateral liuo : head pointed :
mouth oblique, the upjjcr jaw projecting: size small; length ',i in-
ches CHLOIU.STIA, 5.
ee. A rather faint dark blue caudal spot, i>recedfd ity a very distinct l;iteral
band of clear blue : sides chiilly blue and silvery: tins clear yellow, the
black markings obscure: body slender: mouth small: fins nut greatly
elevattd : size small; length JiJ inches CjEI{ULK.\, ti.
eee. A large, very conspicuous jet-black spot at base of caudal : body elongate,
moderately compressed : color pale olivaceous or bluish: sides silvery :
fin-markings ratber obscure : tins rather low : mouth oblique, the lower
jaw the shorter : .'■cales large ; size large : length 4 inches, stig.matuija,?.
dd. Adult males with the vertical fins chiefly red : a well-marked black caudal
8j)ot, less distinct than in ('. niifjitialitni.
f. Mouth largo, quite oblique, the j:iws about e<|ual, the ma.xillary reach-
ing to »)jtpoi>ite the eye and llu jircmaxilluyiiK antiiiorly ou the level of
thl^ pujiil : Itody slender, c(Mnpre.><8cd : dorsal fin dusky at base, jet-black
on last rays, the fin otherwise, as well as the anal amd caudal i)ale Ver-
million : caudal peduncle tuberculate: dorsal luai kings usually distiuct
in both sexes : size small ; length '2^ inches iiiiciikuistia, 8.
ff. Mouth nearly horizontal, overlap]ied by the heavy snout, the maxillary
not reaching to the eye, and thi* jfem axil! aries anteriorly below the lev«d
of the orbit : dorsal tin <lusky at the base and on the last rays, ihe greater
])art of the fin, as well as of the i*aiulal, bright carmine : ctdoration of
body quite dark, l)hie in males, olive in females: dorsal markings obscure
in the latter: bixly stont, not greatly compussed, Ihe back sunn what
elevated: size large. ; length 4 inches Cali.i.stia, U.
cc. Black markings of the dorsal fin in the form of a horizontal bar across the fin
midway: body stont and deep, not greatly comjiressed : head heavy:
mouth large, oblicpie, with equal jaws: eye very large; a small but dis-
tinct black caudal spot : tins with pa'e red : teeth .sometimes 1, 4-4, 2:
hize large; length 4 inches: appcaraucc of Liinhis. i iiivsioma. 10.
FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 53
^ Genus NOTROPIS Rafinesque.
38. NoTROPiS LIRUS Jorflan.
Notolroph Urns Jordan' (1877), Auu. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 342.
Common in tributaries of the Etowab, Oostanaula, and Coosa iu still,
deep waters. This species is not, b^' any means, a typical member of
the genus. In form, coloration, squamation, and nuptial tubercles, it
resembles the species o^ Lytlirurus, from which it is technically separated
by the want of masticatory surface on the teeth. Notropis matutimis
approaches it in the small size of its scales.
39. NoTROPis STiLBius Jordan.
Nototropis stilbius Johdax (1877), Anu. Lj'c. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 343.
Abundant in the water-basin of the Alabama. The species of this
genus greath' need revision.
Genus ^OTEUiGO^ U ^ Bqfinesque.
e
40. NOTEMIGONUS CHRYSOLEUCUS (Mit.) Jor.
{Stilbe americana of most writers ; uot Cyprinus americanus Liuiia;us, which is a Southeast-
ern species — Noiemigonus ischaniis Jor.)
This familiar species is very abundant in bayous and weedy streams
in the basin of the Alabama.
Genus PHENACOBIUS Cope.
41. PHENACOBIUS CATOSTOMUS Jordan.
Phenacohius catoslomiis Jokdan (1877), Aim. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 332.
This strongly marked species was found in abundance iu two clear
streams, Silver Creek and Cedar Creek, tributaries respectively to the
Etowah and the Coosa. This is a much stouter species than P. uranops
Cope ; it has less developed lips and is in various other ways dissimilar.
Genus CERATICIITHYS Baird.
42. Ceratichthys winchelli {Girard) Jordan.
Hijhopsis winchelli GiitAKD (185G), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1856, 211.
Ceratichthys hyaliniis Cope (1868), Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc Phihi. 1868, 236.
Very common in the Alabama Basin. G. higuttatus was not obtained
by us in any of the tributaries of the Alabama. It seems, however, to
have been described by Girard, from the Black Warrior, under the name
of Nocomis bellicus.
54 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
Genus SE]\ir)'riLUS Rafinesque. ..
43. Semotilus couporalis {Mit.) Putnam.
Common in the smaller streams.
Genus lUIINICHTHYS Agassh.
44. IlHINICHTHYS OBTUSUS AgasSlZ.
Very common iu the spring runs tributary to the Etowah aud Oosta-
n a 111 a.
CATOSTOMID^.
Genus MYXOSTOMxV Rafinesque.
45. Myxostoma macrolepidotum duquesnii [Le S.) Jordan.
The "Red Horse" is common iu the Etowah and Oostanaula. Var.
lachrymale (Cope) also occur.;.
4G. jMyxostoma euryops Jordan.
Myxostoma euryops Jokdan (1877), Aud. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 348.
From Lovejoy's Creek, a tributary ot the Oostanaula. The type-speci-
men of this singular sjx'cics still remains uniriue.
Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.
47. CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS ETOWANUS Jordan.
Cntostomnit nigricuna var. ctouuiiuK JoitOAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist N. Y.
Tlic llog Mullet, or Ciawl a-bottoni, is very abundant in all ra|)id
Htreams in the Alabama Basin. The characters separating var. ctoica-
nuH from nigricans seem to be i)retty constant. I do not, however,
think them distinct s[)ccics.
Genu.s KRIMVZUN Jordan.
48. Erimvzon sucetta [Lac.) Jordan.
This species, kiu)wn locally as the May Sucker, is abundant in the
water-basin of the Alabama.
Genus MINVrUKMA Jordan,
v.). Minvtrema melanops Jordan.
The "Sand Sucker" is abundant in the waters of the Alabama.
FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 55
Genus CARPIODES Bafinesque.
50. Carpiodes cyprinus [Le S.) Ag.
A single specimen from Round Lake near Montgomery, Ala., appa-
rently identical with Pennsylvania examples.
Genus BUBALICHTHYS Agassiz.
51. BuBALicnTHYS (TAURUS) Agassiz.
Recorded by Professor Agassiz from the Alabama. Other species of
" Buffalo Fish " doubtless occur in the Alabama, but the species have
never been studied.
SILURIDJE.
Genus ICHTH^LURUS Bafinesque.
52. ICHTH^LURUS PUNCTATUS {Raf.) J or.
Abundant in the basin of the Alabama.
«
Genus AMIURUS Bafinesque.
53. Amiurus natalis antoniensis {Grd.) Jor.
Abundant iu muddy tributaries of the Etowah and Coosa.
Genus NOTURUS Bafmesqite.
54. NoTURUS leptacanthus Jordan.
Two specimens, taken in Silver Creek, and a third specimen, from the
Chattahoochee, are all that are at present known of this curious little
species.
ANGUILLIDiE.
Genus ANGUILLA Thunberg.
55. Anguilla vulgaris Fleming.
Abundant.
LEPIDOSTEIDyE.
Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Laecfede.
oG. Lepidosteus osseus (L.) Ag.
From the Oostanaula; probably common.
56 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICIITIIYOLOGV III.
VI.— WATER BASIN OF THE TENNESSEE RIVER.
The fish-fauna of the Teiiuessee liivor has been pretty fully studied,
especially as to its Cijprinida:. 'J liiity-seven species were obtaiued by
Prolessor Coi)e in the French Broad, thirty-four in the Ilolstou, and
twenty -live by Professor Jordan in tributaries of the Clinch and French
Broad, iuakin<jf in all some sixty different species known to inhabit the
upper waters of the Tennessee. In the lower course of the rivei', thirty-
four species are recorded by Professor Agassiz from thii Tennessee
Kiver at Iluntsville, Ala.; twenty species were obtained by the writers
from the Chickamauga Kiver at Ringgold, Ga., and seventeen species
from Elk Eiver at Estill Springs in Tennessee. About sixty-eight spe-
cies are therefore known to occur in the lower course of the river. In
all, eighty-two different species are Joioicn to inhabit the waters of the
Tennessee. To this number many species of large lishes inhabiting the
Ohio at the mouth of the Tennessee might, with certainty, be added;
but it is not the province of this paper to record guesses. Forty-six
species are therefore certainly common to the upper and lower courses
ot the Tennessee Kiver. •
The species at present known in the Tennessee Basin, only liom the
upper course, — the Clinch, Holston, and French Broad Kivers, — are the
following: —
Hadropterus aurautiacus.
Diplesium simoterum.
Nothonotus zonalis.
Nothonotus vulueratus.
Nothonotus rutilineatus.
Etheostoma llabellare.
Salvelinus fontinalis.
Alburnops spectruneuhis.
IIyilroi)hlox rubricroceus.
11^ drophlox lacertosus.
Ei)isema leucioda.
Notropis uiicropteryx.
Notropis atherinoides.
Hemitremia vittata.
Placopharynx carinatus.
Noturus eleutherus,
Jn all, sixteen species.
From the lower course of the river <»nly, the following are known :-
("Etheostoma") cinerea.
("Etheostoma") tessellata.
Puicilichthys jessiie.
Chajnobryttus gulosus.
Lcpio[)omus obseurns.
(Lei)i()pomus) l)jinl)il'roMs.
Eupomotis pallitlu."5.
Xenotis inscriptus.
Esox (crassus).
Uyodon selenops.
Pomolobus chrysochloris.
Dorosoma eepedianiim lieterurum.
Notropis lirns.
Plioxirms llammeus.
FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 57
Gila estor.
Qaassilabia lacera.
Carpiodes bisou.
Bubalicbthys urus.
Am ill calva.
Acipenser maculosus.
Ill all, twenty species.
Increased knowledge will considerably modify these lists. It is
probable that the sixteen species in the first list, with the probable
exceptions of Noturus eleutherus and SalveUnus fontinalis, will be found
to inhabit the lower part of the river basin, if sought for in suitable
localities. It is likely that the tributaries of the Tennessee having their
source in the Cumberland Mountains in Alabama have the same fish-
fauna as similar streams rising in the Cumberland Mountains in Virginia.
About twelve species are at present known only from the Tennessee
Kiver and its tributaries. These are : —
Hadropterus aurantiacus.
(Etheostoma) cinerea.
(Etheostoma) tessellata.
Xothonotus vulneratus.
Nothonotus rufllineatus.
(Lepiopomus) bombifrous.
Alburnops spectrunculus.
Hydrophlox lacertosus.
Phoxinus flammeus,
Episema leucioda.
Poecilichthys jessioe. Ceratichthys monachus.
As we go from the Alabama to the Tennessee, we note an increased
resemblance in the fish-fauna to that of the Ohio arid Upper Mississippi
region. The following are some of the Northern or Western types
added : —
Diplesium, Etheostoma, Poecilichthys, Lahidesthes, Zygonectes (proper),
Episema, Hemitremia, Chrosomus, Phoxinus, Placopharynx, Quassilabia.
COTTIDiE.
Genus POTAMOCOTTUS Gill.
1. POTAMOCOTTUS MERIDIONALIS (Girard) Gill.
From Chickamauga River. Also a single specimen from the Cave
Spring at Cumberland Gap. Abundant in the French Broad Eiver
(Cope) and in the Ilolston.
ETHEOSTOMATID^.
Genus PERCINA Haldeman.
2. Percina caprodes {Uaf.) Grd.
Generally abundant in clear streams.
58 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY —III.
Genus ALVORDIUS Girard.
3. ALVORDIUS MACULATUri G'lfdnL
(? Alrordius maculatiis Gi«l.; Iladropttrus inaculuiua Grd.; Ethtoatoma bhtinioidea Agaseiz,
etc.; AlvorcUus aspro Cope & Jor.)
From the Clinch ami French Broad Rivers. Also abundant in the
Chickamauga at Ringgold.
Genus HADROPTERUS Agassiz.
4. llADROPTEUUS AUUANTIAOUS (Copc) Jordan.
French Broad River {Cope).
Genus DIPLESIUM liafinesque.
o. JJiPLESIUM BLENNIOIDES {Raf.) Jor.
Holston and French Broad Rivers. Also from Chickamauga River.
Described by Professor Agassiz from Huntsville, Alabama, under the
name of Hyostoma newmani.
G. DiPLESiUM siMOTERUM {Cope) Copelatid.
From the Clinch and Holston Rivers.
Genus BOLEOSOMA DcKaij.
7. BoLEOSOMA MACULATUM Aga><8iz.
(/?. brcvijiinne Cope.)
Abundant in the Holston River.
Genus NOTHONOTUS Agassiz.
8. NoTUONOTUS zoNALis (Cope) Jordan.
Holston and French Broad Rivers (Cope).
!). Xf>TlIONOTl\S VULNEUATUS {Coj)() Jor.
French Broad River at Warm .Springs.
1(». NoTUONOTUS UUFILINEATUS {Copc) Jor.
Frencli Broad River. We have not examined this species and the
preceding. One or both oi them may pcrhai)s belong to rwcilichthys.
FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 59
Genus PCECILICHTHYS Agassis.
11. PCECILICHTHYS JESSIE Jor. <& Brayt.
Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 1878, 227.
Body fusiform, rather deep aud compressed, the depth 5 to5|in length,
the Ibrm of the body similar to tbat of P. spectahilis.
Head rather large, moderately pointed, 4 Iq leugth. Mouth rather
large, terminal, the upper jaw slightly longest, not protractile. Eye
pretty large, high up, 3| in head, about equal to snout.
Cheeks naked, scaly above: opercles scaly: throat naked: neck
above scaly : scales medium, G-45 to 50-7. Lateral line incomplete, but
extending farther than in P. variaius and P. spectabilis, on about 35
scales, or nearly to the end of the second dorsal.
Fins moderate. Dorsal, XIl — about 12. Anal II, 9.
Color, in spirits, olivaceous, with about nine squarish, bar-like blotches
along the sides, aud about live dark cross-blotches on the back. Dorsal
and caudal fins faintly barred.
In life, the fish is chestnut-colored above, and the squares on the sides
are bright dark blue : the fins are mottled with chestnut. A dark yel-
low or orange band across the dorsal. Second dorsal and anal with dark
and golden specklings.
Several specimens, each about two inches long, taken in Chickamauga
River at Ringgold. The specimens are certainly not fully grown, and
the coloration of the adult male is doubtless much more brilliant. It
will be at once distinguished from P. variatus and P, spectabilis by the
scaliness of the upi)er part of the cheeks, by the greater development
of the lateral line, the more numerous dorsal spines, and the coloration.
This species is named for Mrs. Jessie D. Brayton.
Genus ETHEOSTOMA Bafinesque.
12. ETHEOSTOMA FLABELLAKE liojincsque.
Abundant in the upper waters of the Tennessee in clear rapid
streams.
Genus ? .
13. (ETHEOSTOMA) ciNEREA Storer.
Described from Florence, Ala. The description has reference chiefly
to the coloration. Neither this species nor the next have been rec-
ognized by any author subsequent to their description.
14. (ETHEOSTOMA) TESSELLATA Utorer.
From the Tennessee River at Florence, Ala.
60 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMKlilCAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
PERCIDJ].
Genus STIZOSTETHIUM Rafinesque.
15. Stizostetdiuji vitreum {Guv. & Yah) Jor. d Copvl.
Fomul by Professor Cope iu the French Broad.
IG. STIZOSTETHIUM SALMONEUM Raf.
Species of this fieuus occur throughout the Tennessee Basin. Pro-
fessor Cope ascribes this species and the preceding to the French
Broad. As we have seen no si)ecinieu, we follow his identifications.
CENTEAHCHID^.
Genus MICROPTKKUS Lacepede.
17. MiCROPTERUS PALLiDUS {Raf.) GUI & Jordan.
Not uncommon in the Tennessee Basin.
18. MiCROPTERUS SALMOIDES {LaC.) GUI.
Very common in the Tennessee River.
Genus AMBLOPLITES Rafinesque.
10. AMIJLOPLITES RUPESTRIS [Raf.) GUI.
Common in the Tennessee Basin,
Genus CII^N013RYTTUS Gill.
20. CU^NOBRYTTUS GULOSUS (C. «(• V.) dill.
Lower Tennessee River ; probably loiiuiioii.
Genus LEPIOPOMUS Rafinesque.
21. LEPIOPOMUS PALLIDUS {MUch.) GUI cO Jor.
*
Very common in the Tennessee Basin.
22. LEPIOPOMUS onscvRVS {Agassiz) Jordan.
Described by Professor Agas.siz ivoiu Iliintsville, Ala.
23. (LEPIOPOMUS) ROMBIFRONS {Af/assiz).
()iil\ flic type specimens of this siiccies an' yet known. They were
FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 61
from Huntsville, Ala. Wo arc unable to decide, from the description
and a MS. drawing kindly forwarded by Professor Bliss, whether this
species is a Lepioponuis or a Xenotis.
Genus XENOTIS Jordan.
24. Xenotis sanguinolentus (Agassiz) Jordan.
Originally described from the Tennessee River at Huntsville. We
have seen no specimens from that locality, and are unable to decide
wbetber Agassiz's species is the one to which we have applied the name
sanf/uiuolentus, or whether it be one of the forms of the Northern X.
mcgalotis.
25. Xenotis inscriptus (Agassiz) Jor.
Originally described from the Tennessee River at Huntsville. Also
found by Professor Cope in the upper waters of the same river.
Genus EUPOMOTIS Gill d; Jordan.
26. EupoMOTis PALLiDUS (Agassiz) G. &J.
Originally described from Huntsville, x\la.
Genus XYSTROPLITES Jordan.
27. Xystroplites notatus (Agassiz).
Originally described from Huntsville, and later found by Professor
Cope in the up^jer waters of the Tennessee. This species may be
a Eupomotis instead of a Xystroplites. It much resembles the Texan
Xystroplites heros B. «& C.
SCIxENIDxE.
Genus HAPLOIDONOTUS Bafinesque.
28. Haploidonotus grunniens Raf.
Abundant in the Tennessee Basin. The form called by Professor
Agassiz Amblodon concinnus needs re-examination before it can be admit-
ted as a species.
ATHElllNIDiE.
Genus LABIDESTIiES Cope.
20. Labidesthes sicoulus Cope.
Found by Professor Cope in Coal Creek, a tributary of the Clinch
River.
62 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
CYPRINODONTIDit:.
Genus XENISMA Jordan.
30. Xenisma CATENATUM (Storer) Jordan.
OrlghvdUy deseribtd from Florence, Ala. It is abiuidaiit in the Elk,
Cliucli, and Uoiston in clear waters.
Genus ZYGONECTES Agassis.
31. ZfGONECTES NOTATUS (Raf.) Jor.
Described by Dr. Storer from Florence, Ala., under the name of PcecUia
oUvacea. This species prefers still, deei) waters.
ESOCID^.
Genus ESOX Linnceus.
32. Esox (ciiASSus AgasHiz).
A species is recorded by Professor Agassiz under the name of Esox
crassns. The description is insufficient and the species is at present
unrecognized.
HYODONTIDzE.
Genus HYODON Le Sueur.
33. HyodON SELENOPS Jo/v/</» d- Jhan.
The original type of this species came from the Tennessee River at
Chattanooga. Ryodon tergisus doubtless also occurs in the lower course
of the river.
CLUPEIDJ^..
Genus P(.).M( ) LOB US Hajincsque.
34. POMOLOBUS CIIUYSOCnLORIS Raf.
Abundant in the channel of the Lower Tennessee.
FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 63
DOROSOMATIDJ].
Genus DOROSOMA Bafinesque.
35. DOROSOMA CEPEDIANUM IIETERURUM (Enf.) Jor.
The " Gizzard Sbad " is tibuudant iu tlie Lower Teuuessee.
SALMONIDJ].
Genus SALVE LIN US Bichardson.
36. Salvelinus fontinalis {Mitchill) Gill & Jor.
This species occurs in abundance in Swannanoa Eiver, at the foot of
Black Mountain, and in all clear tributaries of the French Broad in West-
ern North Carolina. In Southwestern Virginia, it occurs iu certain trib-
utaries of the Holston. In Eabun County, iu Northeastern Georgia, it
abounds in the headwaters of the Little Tennessee. Professor Cope
states, on the authority of Dr. Hardy, of Asheville, that it "occurs in the
headwaters of the Chattahoochee, on the south slope of the Alleghanies,
in Georgia".
OYPEINIDiE.
Genus CAMPOSTOMA Agassiz.
37. CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUM {Baf.) Ag.
Yar. proUxum Storer.
Everywhere abundant. In the clear pools of the Swannanoa River,
at the foot of Black Mountain, this fish is extremely abundant, and the
large si)ecimens are brilliantly colored, so that they appear to be lumi-
nous or ])hosphorescent as one looks down on them through the crystal
water.
Genus HYBORllYNCHUS Agassis.
38. IIyborhtnchus notatus (Baf.) Agassis.
Numerous specimens from the Chickamauga Eiver. These are nar-
rower-headed than the common Western form {H. superciliosus Cope)
and want the barbel, which is usually distinct on the latter. It is not
improbable that we have two distinct species.
64 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTFIYOLOGY III.
Genus LUXILUS Rafinesque.
3"J. LuxiLUs COKNUTUS {Mitch.) Jar.
Abuiidaut in every stream examined.
40. LuxiLUS coccoGENis {Cope) Jor.
Abundant in every stream examined. ••
Genus PIIOTOGENIS Cope.
41. PnOTOGENIS GALACTUEUS ((7o2;e) Jt>r.
Abundant in every stream examined.
Genus HYDROPHLOX Jordan.
42. IlYDROPnLOX RUBRICROCEUS [Cope) Jor.
Described by Professor Cope from tributaries of the llolston. It pre-
fers boisterous mountain-streams.
43. HYDROPHLOX LACERTOSUS {Copc) Jor.
Described Irom the llolston.
Genus ALBURNOPS Girarcl
44. ALBURNOPS MICROSTOMUS {Rof.) Jor.
Minnilus microstomus Raf.
TTi/bopsis longiceps Cope.
Obtained by Professor Cope in tributaries of Clinch River.
45. ALBURNOPS SPECTRUNCULUS (C'OjX) Jor.
Obtained l>y Professor Cope in the ITolston and French l'>n>;id.
Genus Episesia Co2)e (C- Jordan.
46. Episema leucioda Cope.
Found by Professor Cope in the Uolston and iMvnch llroad.
Genus NOTRUPLS Kajlncsqnc.
{Xotropis et ^innilns Raf. ; AlburutUus (Jiraril.)
47. Xotropis ATiiintiNoiDKs luif.
From tributaries of Clinch Kiver.
FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 65
48. IS'OTROPIS MICROPTERYX {Copc) JoV.
From tributaries of the Holston and Clineb.
49. NoTROPis PHOTOGENIS {Cope) Jor.
(Squaliua photogenis Cope; Photogenis Iciicops Cope.)
Abundant in tbe French Broad River.
50. isoTROPis TELEScopus {Cope) Jor.
Holston and French Broad Eivers {Cope). Also abundant in Elk
Kiver. If our specimens are correctly identified, this is a true Notropis.
We find it not easily distinguishable from W. photo genis.
k 51. Notropis lirus Jordan.
This little species abounds iu both the Elk and the Ohickamauga.
Genus HEMITREMIA Cope.
52. Hemitremia vittata Cope.
Described from the Holston Kiver near Knoxville.
Genus CHROSOMUS Bafinesque.
53. Chrosomus erythhogaster Eaf.
Eecorded by Professor Agassiz from Huntsville, Ala. We have seen
no specimens from the Tennessee River.
Genus PHOXINUS Bafinesque.
54. PnoxiKUS plammeus Jordan t£- Gilbert.
Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, p. 303.
A very distinct species, resembling " Gila'^ margarita (Cope). but with
the short lateral line of P. neogmus Cope.
Body stout, rather more slender and more compressed than in F.
neogceus, the form being nearly that of G. margarita. Depth 4 in length,
about equal to the length of the head.
Head short and deep, smaller than in neogwits, the upper outline
rounded, the muzzle quite blunt and rather short. Eye rather large,
31 in head, longer than snout. Mouth small, oblique, the lower jaw
projecting, the intermaxillary in front on the level of the pui)il, and tbe
maxillary extending to opposite the front of tbe orbit.
Scales much larger than in P. neoga;us, but still quite small, in appear-
Bull. N. M. No. 12—5
6G CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — ITT.
nnce s'milar to those of the s|)ecies of Gila ; dorsal and ventral regions
scaled ; 7-43-5. Lateral line short, decurved, not reaching to base of
ventrais, on only 1-i scales.
Teeth 2, 4-5, 2, as in P. ncog(eu8, without masticatory surface.
Fins small : dorsal well behind ventrais : pectorals reaching nearly
to ventrais, the latter to vent. D. I, 8, A. I, 8; the latter fin rather high.
Coloration that of the s[)ecies of CJi)wstomj(s, psjiecially C. vinrparita
(which .si)ecies, having the lateral line wanting on the last three to eight
scales, might perhaps with propriety be referred to Phoxinus).
Back dark, the scales profusely punctate: a dusky band formed of
dark specks along the si<les : cheeks pearly: space below lateral line
silvery; in the type-specimen Hushed with rich scarlet-red.
Length of type 2J inches.
A single specimen taken in Elk River, at Estill Springs, in compnny
with Gila estor, which species it much resen)l)les in color. PhoxinuH
fiamuicus bears the same relation to P. luogans that Gila cutor does to
the small sealed Gila clongata.
Genus GILA Baud d; Guard.
(Subgenus CLINOSTOMUS Girard.)
55. Gila estor Jordan <£• Brayton.
Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. :{00.
A large and handsome species, related to G. clongata and G. prorigcr^
but well distinguished from both.
Body elliptical elongate, rather deep and compressed; the caudal
))e(lnncle long. Greatest depth 4J in length. Ileiid very long and large,
3rJ in length ; llattish above, but not wide. ]\louth exceedingly large,
very obli(pie, the premaxillaries anteriorly on the level of the i)upil, the
maxillary extending to opposite the middle of the orbit, and the length
of the gape of the mouth a little more than half the length of the head.
Lower jaw decidedly the longer.
Eye «]uite large, less than snout, 4 in head.
Scales small, but large for the genus, their outlines well defined, espe-
cially above, S-5U-5. Lateral line strongly decurved ; about 23 scales
on the l>ack anterior to the dorsal fin. •
Fins high. Doisal I, S, well behind ventrais, its first ray nearer the
caudal than the snout. .\nal 1, 8, short and high. Pectorals falling
just short of ventrais, the latter just short of vent.
Teeth 2, 4-5, 2.
FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 67
Color dark olive above, with a bluish lustre, many scales darker, as
is usual in this genus. Sides somewhat silvery. No dark lateral band.
A broad shade of deep rose color along the sides, below which most ot
the belly is bright crimson, the red colors brightest anteriorly.
Length of largest specimens about 4 inches. Numerous specimens
from the Elk Eiver at Estill Springs, and from Stone River atMur-
freesboro'. This striking species resembles most G. elongata and G.pro-
riger. Both those species have much smaller scales (70 to 75 in the
lateral line iu elongata, GO to Go in proriger). The coloration is likewise
different, the two latter species having a dusky band along the sides,
the anterior half of which in elongata is red iu spring. G. elongata is
much more elongate, as is also G. proriger. The mouth appears largest
in G. estor. The distinction between G. proriger and G. elongata is per-
haps questionable.
Genus NOTEMIGONUS Rafinesque.
56. NOTEMIGONUS CHRYSLOLEUOUS (Mit.) JoV.
Common in still waters in the Tennessee Basin.
Genus PHENACOBIUS Cope.
57. PHENACOBIUS URANOPS Copc.
Bather common in the Elk and Chickamauga Bivcrs. A few speci-
mens from the French Broad. Originally described from the Holston
iu Virginia.
Genus RIIINICHTHYS Agassiz.
bS, Bhinichthys obtusus Agassiz.
(Rhinichihys hinatus Cope.)
This species is abundant iu all clear rocky brooks and iu outlets of
springs.
Genus CERATICHTHYS Baird.
59. CERATICHTHYS MONACHUS Cope.
Abuudant iu Chickanuiuga Biver. Originally described from the
Dolstou.
GO. CEKATicnTHYS DissiMiLis {Kirt.) Cope.
Obtained in Elk Biver.
68 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTnYOLOGY — III.
01. CERATiCHxnYS wiNCUELLi [Glrard) Jordan.
{Ceraticlithys liyaUnua Cope.)
Every wlicMC abuudant in Tennessee River. This is probably Ilyhojms
gracilis Ag;., the oii^nnal type of the genus Jlybopsis. In that case, it
will be necessary to substitute the specific name gracilis lor icinchcUi.
62. CERATicnTHYS BiGUTTATUS [Kirtlaiid) Oirard.
Everywhere very abundant.
Genus SEMOTILUS Rafinesque.
G.3. Semotilus corporalis (.1/^7.) Piitn.
Tributaries of the Clinch and French Broad; chiefly in small monnt-
aiustreams.
CATOSTOMID^.
Genus QUASSILABIA Jordan d- Brayton.
04. QuASSiLABiA LACERA Jordan tC Brayton.
Lagochlla laccra Joudax & Bhaytox (1877), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila.
Two specimens of this singular tish were taken in the Chickamauga
Eiver at Ringgold and one specimen in Elk River at Estill Springs. In
the Chickamauga, we were told that it is quite common, and that it is
much valued for tbod. It is usually known as the " Ilare-lip " or " Split-
mouth Sucker". We have lately received a fine specimen taken in the
Scioto River, Ohio, by Mr. J. H. Klippart, where it is well known to the
fishermt'ii under the name of " ]\Iay Sucker".
Genus MYXOSTOMA Bafinesque.
05. ]\lYXOSTOMA VELATU M (Co^JC) Jor.
{Plychostomus collapsiis Cope.)
Obtained by Professor Cope in Clinch River, and by us in the Chick-
amauga.
or.. MVXOSTOMA MACROLEPIDOTUM DUQUESNII ( Lc S.) Jar.
From the Ilolston, Clindi. French Broad, and Chickamauga. Proba-
bly generally abundant.
FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 69
Genus PLACOPHARYNX Cope.
07. Placopharynx carinatus Cope.
This large species is the couiinon " Red Horse" of the French Broad.
It much resembles the preceding, but has a much larger mouth aud
lips, besides the different deutitiou.
Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.
08. Erimyzon sucetta {Lav.) Jor.
Obtained in Clinch Eiver.
Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.
09. MiNYTREMA MELANOPS {Raf.) Jor.
Obtained by Professor Agassiz at Huntsville, Ala.
Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.
70. CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS Le S.
Very abundant throughout the Tennessee Basin.
71. CATOSTOMUS COMMERSONI {LaC.) JoT.
Generally abundant.
Genus CARPIODES Rafinesque.
73. CARPIODES BISON Agassiz.
Lower Tennessee River {Cope.) The Buhalichthyincc of the Tennessee
River are as yet unstudied.
Genus BUBALICHTHYS Agassiz.
7.3. BUBALICHTHYS URUS Agcissiz.
Recorded by Professor Agassiz from the Tennessee River.
SILURIDJE.
Genus ICirniiELURUS Rafinesque.
74. ICHTHiELUEUS PUNCTATUS {Rdf.) Jor.
Very abundant in the Tennessee River.
70 CONTlilBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICIITnYOLOGV III.
Genus A^llCUUS Hafmcsque.
75. Amiurus natalis (Lc 8.) Gill.
V;ir. eupreus [Iio/.).
Eather abundant in Tennessee River. Other species of this genus
are doubtless common ; but they have not been distinguished.
Genus PELODICIITIIYS Uafinesque.
70. Pelodiciithys olivakis {liuf.) Gill tO Jor.
Abundant in the channels of the larger streams. Several specimens
from the French Broad.
This species probably occurs in the channels of all the streams men-
tioned in this paper; but, from its habits, it is not easily taken with a
small net.
Genus NOTURUS Bajinesque.
77. IfOTURUS ELEUTHERUS Jordan.
Koturua cleutheru8 Jordan (1877), Aun. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 372.
The type-specimen of this species vras from Big Pigeon River, in
Cocke County, Tennessee, near its junction with the French Broad.
Many other specimens have since been obtained in Tar River, Korth
Carolina.
ANGUILLID^..
Genus AXGUILLA Thunhcrg.
78. Anguilla vulgaris Flemiiifj.
Eels occur in Tennessee River, though rather less abundantly than in
the streams farther south.
AMIIDJE.
Genus A All A Linuccus.
79. Ami A calva L.
Recorded bv Professor Agassiz from lIuntsviDe, Ala.
FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 71
LEPIDOSTEIDiE.
Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Lacepkle.
80. Lepidosteus osseus (Z/.) Ag.
Generally abuudant.
81. Lepidosteus platystomus Eaf.
From Huutsville, Ala. {Agassiz).
ACIPENSERID^.
Genus ACIPENSER AgassU
83. ACIPENSER MACULOSUS Lo Siiciir.
Huntsville.^ Ala. (Agassiz).
83. ACIPENSER RUBICUNDUS Le Sueur.
From Iluntsville, Ala. (Agassiz).
POLYODONTIDiE.
Genus POLYODON Lacejpede,
84. POLYODON FOLIU3I "■ LaG?''
Abundant in the river-channels.
VII. — WATER-BASIN OF CUMBERLAND RIVER.
Sixty-five species are known to occur in the wntersof the Cumberland
River. Of these, forty-seven have been obtained in the lower course of
the river, L e., in the vicinity of Nashville, by Professor Winchell, and
in Stone Kiver, at Murfreesboro', by the present writers. In the upper
courseof the stream, thirty- three species have been obtained by Professor
Cope in the South Fork of the Cumberland in Tennessee and by Professor
Jordan at the Falls and in the Rock Castle, Round Stone, Big Laurel, and
other tributaries in Kentucky. Only fifteen species are, therefore, Jinoicn
to be common to both the upper and lower courses of the stream. The
actual differences between the upper and lower faunae are, however,
probably very small, if similar streams are comi)ared. The differences
really existing are i)robably chiefly due to the fact that the large fishes
inhabiting the h>wer part of the river are unable to ascend above the
falls of the Cumberland.
Comparing the Cumoerland River with the Tennessee, the disappear-
72 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NOKTH AMERICAN ICHTnYOLOGY III.
mice of one or two Southern types will be noticed, as will be the appear-
ance of certain forms abundant in the basin of the Ohio. Of these latter
may be noticed Pcecilichthys rariaiiis. Ajunnotia^ Lythrurns, and I'lmvpha-
les. But two species, both Darters, are at present known only Iron) the
Cumberland lliver. These are Ulocentra atripinnis and Nothoywtus san-
guijiuus.
The [N'atioual Museum is indebted to the kindness of Professor Win-
chell for the following interesting —
List of Fishes of Nashville, as given by a Fishernutn, Daniel A. Bircheti, to
A. Winchell.
"PERCH TRIBE."
Sun Perch.
Coon Perch.
White Perch.
Black Perch.
Bed Perch.
Sl)eckled l*erch.
Brama Perch.
Bass or Kock Bass.
"TROUT TRIBE.''
White Trout.
Black Trout.
"SUCKER TRIBE."
I
White Sucker.
Spotted Sucker.
Hog Sucker.
Bed Horse, creeks and river.
Black Horse.
Carp, creeks ami river.
Mullet.
"BUFFALO TRIBE.'-
White Bufialo.
]>hu- i>ut)al().
" CAT JRIBE."
Yellow Cat.
Blue Cat.
Nigger lip Cat.
Chisel-head Cat.
Kerkin Cat.
Shovel-bill Cat.
"MINNOW TRIBE."
Silver Side.
Stone Toter.
Horny Head.
White Roach.
Creek Mullet.
Steel Back.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Thunder Head.
Drum.
Jack.
Chover.
White Chover.
Gizzard Shail.
Skip Jack.
Tooth Herring.
Sand Pike.
Pike.
Top Water (several species).
Car.
Sturgeon.
Eel.
Lan)prey Eel.
FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 73
COTTIDiE.
Genus POTAMOCOTTUS Gill
1. POTAMOCOTTUS MERIDIONALIS (Grd.) Gill.
From Cumberland IJiver at ;N"asliville.
ETIIEOSTOMATID^.
Genus PERCINA Ilaldeman.
2. Percina caprodes {Raf.) Grd.
Abuutlant.
Genus ALVORDIUS Girard.
3. Alvordius maculatus [Girard] Cope & Jordan.
From the Rock Castle and Cu:nberland at various points.
4. Alyordius pnoxocEPnALUS [Nelson] Cope & Jordan.
From the Cumberland River at Nashville. Specimens of this inter-
esting species are in the National Museum from Marais du Cygne,
Kansas. I have others from the Wabash River. Nelson's types were
from Illinois River.
Genus DIPLESIUM Rafinesqiie.
5. DlPLESIUM BLENNIOIDES [Raf.] J or.
South Fork of the Cumberland Kiver (Cq^^c'). Also from Cumberland
and Stone Rivere.
G. DiPLESiUM siMOTERUM [Cope] Copeland.
From the Rock Castle Riv'er at Livuigston, Ky.
Genus ULOCENTRA Jordan.
7. Ulocentra atripinnis Jordan.
ArVma atrijnuyua Johdan (1877), Bulletin X, U. S. Nat. Miigeum, 10.
The type of this species was collected in the Cumberland River at
Nashville by Professor Winchell.
74 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY— III.
Genus NOTIIOXOTUS Ar/assiz.
8. NOTHONOTUS CAMURUS (Cojie) Jor.
Professor Cope's types were from the South Fork of tlic Cumberland.
We have seen others from White Kiver in Indiana, and from Mahoning
liiver and other streams in Ohio. This species is not identical with
I^^othonotus maculatus Ag. [Etheostoma maculata Kirt.), as has been sup-
posed.
I^^othonotus maculatus has a pointed instead of rounded snout ; its
jaws are equal ; its mouth is larger, the body is more compressed, and
its dorsal iin more elevated, the soft rays when depressed reaching to
the caudal.
Specimens in the National I\Iuseum, collected in Mahoning Hiver by
Professors Baird and Kirtland, show the following characters : —
Body moderately elongated, very deep, stronglj- compressed, the
depth 4^ iu length. Head 4 in length, the jaws equal, the mouth large.
Eye 4} in head. Si)inous dorsal with a long base, larger than soft dor-
sal, the spines high, the two fins slightly- connected. Solt dorsal ele-
vated, the longest rays when depressed reaching base of caudal, the
caudal peduncle very short and deep. Caudal Iin short and rounded.
Anal somewhat smaller than second dorsal. Pectorals and ventrals
moderate.
Scales not large, 58 to (50 in the lateral line, which is continuous:
cheeks naked : opercles scaly.
Fin rays: Dorsal XII-13; A. II, 8.
An elaborate colored drawing of a male fish in life colors, in the
Smithsonian Institution, shows the foHowing features of coloration.
As we hav^e never seen this species in life, we cannot vouch for tlieir
accuracy : —
Back olive; belly becoming yellowish. Sides and back profusely
speckled with carmine-red, the blotches rather less than the size of the
eye, not round, nor arranged in rows.
Dorsal (in with a dull rt'il stripe at base, a brown interval, then a
bright red stripe, tinally niargined with \\iiite. Second dorsid dull
brown at base, then a broad red stripe; a broad marginal band of
white. Caudal similarly tricolor, chielly crimson, witii a broad dusk}'
band at base and a wide white band at tlu' tip. Anal chictly crimson,
with a terminal band of white. Pectorals ami \-entrals nearly i)lain.
Head olivaceous.
FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 75
0. NoxnoNOTUS sangutfluus {Cope) Jor.
from tbe South Fork of the Cumberhiud iu Tennessee [Cope).
Genus BOLEOSOMA BeKay.
10. BOLEOSOMA MACULATUM A(J.
From tbe Rock Castle Eiver.
Genus POECILICIITHYS Arjassiz.
11. PCECILICHTHYS VARIATUS (Kirt.) A(J.
From the South Fork of tbe Cumberland liiver (Cope),
Genus ETHEOSTOMA Rafmesrpte.
12. ETHEOSTOMA FLABELLAHE Raf.
Abundant in tbe mountain tributaries of tbe Cumberland.
PERCID^.
Genus STIZOSTETHIUM Bafinesque.
13. STIZOSTETHIUM SALMONEUM Eof.
One or two small specimens from tbe Eock Castle liiver.
CENTRARCHIDJ].
Genus MICROPTERUS Lacepede.
14. MiCROPTERUS PALLIDUS (Raf.) G. & J.
The " White Trout", as this species is often called, is common in tbe
Cumberland. It is said that this species and the next were not found
above the falls until introduced.
15. MiCROPTERUS SALMOIDES (irtC.) GUI.
The " Black Trout" occurs with the preceding, and is still more abun-
dant.
Genus AMBLOPLI'l^ES Ilajlmsciue.
IG. Ambloplites rupestkis {Raf.) Gill.
Everywhere abundant.
76 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
Genus APOMOTIS liafinesque.
17, AroaroTis cyanellus {Raf.) Jor.
Abuinliiiit ill the Cumberland River at NasUvillo.
Genus LEPIOPOMUS Rafincsque.
18. LEnopoMUS PALLiDUS (l/i7.) Gill du Jordan.
Very abundant in the Cumbeiland.
19. LEPIOPOMUS OBSCURUS (Agassiz) Jor.
Collected by Professor Winchell iu the Cund)t'rlaud lii\cr at Xash-
ville.
Genus XENOTIS Jordan.
20. Xenotis megalotis [Raf.) Jor.
Abundant in tlie Ciimberlaud River.
Genus POMOXYS Bajinesque.
21. r03I0XYS IMIGROMACULATUS {Le 8.) Gnl.
Collected by Professor Wincbell at Nashville.
22. POMOXYS ANNULARIS Raf.
Prom the Cumberland at Nashville.
SCIyENIDiE.
Genus HAPLOIDONOTUS Bafmcsqiie.
2;5. IlAl'LOIDONOTUS GRUNNIENS ii'rt/.
Abundant in the liver-channel.
ATITERIXID.E.
Genus LABIDESTHES Cope.
21. LAJilDHSTUKS SICCULUS Cope.
Abundant in Stone River at ^Murlreesboro'. This interesting spe-
cies was named b^> Rafmesque in 1832 Zonargyra I'irescens. This latter
name was, however, not accompanied by a description, and therefore
cannot l)e employed.
FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 77
OYPIUNODONTID^.
Genus XENISMA Jordan.
25. Xenisma oaten atum [Storer) Jordan.
Collected by Professor Wincbell iu streams about Nasbville
Genus ZYGONECTES Agassis.
26. ZYGONECTES NOTATUS [Rof.) Jor.
From Cumberland and Stone Eivers. Eafiuesque's original speci-
mens were from the Cumberland at Williamsburg.
HYODONTIDJ].
Genus HYODON Le Sueur.
27. Hyodon tebgisus Le Sueur.
Abundant in the Cumberland.
28. Hyodon selenops Jordan & Bean.
Two or three specimens in the National Museum from Cumberland
River.
CLUPEIDJE,
Genus POMOLOBUS Rafinesque.
29. P03I0L0BUS CHRYSOCHLORis Rajincsque.
Abundant in the Lower Cumberland.
DOPvOSOMATIDiE.
Genus DOROSOMA Rafinesque.
30. DoROSOMA cepedianum ueterurum {Txaf.) Jor.
Abundant in the Lower Cumberland.
CYPPJNIDiE.
Genus CAMPOSTOlilA Agassiz.
31. Campostoma akomalum {Raf.) Ag.
Abundant.
78 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICnTHYOLOGY — III.
Genus PDIEPIIALES liqfinesque.
32. PiMEPiiALES PROMELAS Rafinesquc,
Collected by Professor Wiucliell in tributaries of tlie Cumberlaud.
Genus IiYBORIIY^X'IIUS Agassiz.
33. HYBORIIYNCnUS NOTATUS {Raf.) A(J.
Abiiiulant everywhere in the Cumberland.
Genus LUXILUS Rajinesque.
34. LuxiLUS CORNUTUS (MU.) Jordan.
Exceedingly abundant everywhere.
Genus PHOTOGENLS Cope.
35. PnOTOGENIS GALACTURUS {Cope) Jar.
\' ery abundant everywhere in the Cumberland. Some specimens from
Nashville have the caudal fin pale red. This species does not seem to
occur in the Ohio. The quotations from that river were founded on
erroneous identifications.
30. PUOTOGHNIS ANALOSTANUS {Grd.) Jof.
From the Cumberland at Nashville.
Genus ALBURNOPS Girard.
37. Albuiinops microstomus {Rof.) Jor.
From the South I'ork of the Cumberland {Cope).
Genus LYTIIPURUS Jordan.
38. LvjiiurKis arde>'S {Cope) Jor.
Very abundant everywhere in Cumberland ]Ii\er. One of the most
charcteristie species, as it ap[)areiitly does not occur either in the Ken-
tucky or the Ti-nnessee.
Genus NO^J^ROPIS nafincsque.
30. Xoriiopis ATiii-inNoiDES (/i(//.) Jor.
Veiy abiiiidaiit in the Kock Castle and other upper tributaries of the
(yUmbeiland.
riSIIES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 79
40. NOTROPIS MICKOPTERYX (Co^JC) JoY.
Abundant iu the Rock Castle.
41. NoTROPis TELESCOPUS [Cope) Jor.
Stoue River at Murfreesboro'.
Genus HEMITREMIA Cope.
42. Bemitreiviia vittata Cope.
Abundant in Big Laurel River in Laurel County, Kentucky.
Gonus GILA Baird <€■ Girarcl.
45. GiiiA ESTOR Jordan & Brayton.
Several specimens from Stone River at Murfreesboro'.
Genus CHROSOMUS Agassis.
44. CUROSOMUS ERYTHROGASTER Ag.
From the tributaries of the Rock Castle.
Genus NOTEMIGONUS Rafinesque
45. NOTEMIGONUS CURYSOLEUCUS {MH.') Jor.
Common iu sluggisb waters.
Genus PHENACOBIUS Cope.
40. PHENACOBIUS URANOPS Cope.
Taken in Rock Castle River.
Genus CERATICHTHYS Baird.
47. CERATICHTHYS DissiMiLis {Kirtlaud) Cope.
From Cumberland River at Nashville.
48. CERATICHTHYS AMBLOPS {Ruf.) Gt'd.
From Cumbi'rland River at Nashville.
49. CERATICHTHYS BIGUTTATUS {Kift.) G id.
Everywhere abundant.
80 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
Genus SEMOTILUS nafmesqm.
50. SeMOTILUS CORPORALIS (.1///.) Put.
From IJock Castle River.
CATOSTOMID^.
Genus MYXOSTOMA Rafmesque.
51. ^Iyxostoma macrolepidotum duquesnii [Le S.) Jor.
Common in the Cumberland.
Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.
52. Erimyzon sucetta (Lfrc.) Jor.
From the Cumberland at Xasbville and IVom the Hoek Castle.
Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.
53. MiNYTREMA MELANOPS (/i<//.) Jor.
From the Cumberland at ^Sashville.
Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.
54. CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS Lc S.
Common in the Cumberland.
55. Catosto:\ius f;oMMEKSONi {Lac.) Jor.
Very commou in the Cumberland.
Genus CYCLEPTUS Bafnwsque.
5C. Cycleptus elongatus {Lv S.) Ag.
From the (Cumberland at Xashville. 'Jhis species is known a.^ *' DlacU
Horse", "Gourd-seed SucUcr", and '' Missouri Sneker".
Genus CARPIODES liafinesque.
57. Carpiodes cutisanserinus Co2)e.
From the Cuujberland liivt-r at Nash\ ille.
FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 81
SILUEID^.
Genus ICHTH^LURUS Bafinesque.
58. ICHTH^LURUS PUNCTATUS {Raf.) Jor.
Very abundant.
Genus AMIURUS Rafinesqiie.
59. Amiurus NAT alts {Le S.) Gill.
Collected at Nashville by Professor Winchell.
60. Amiurus nigricans {Le S.) Gill
From the Falls of the Cumberland.
Genus PELODICHTHYS Rafinesqiie.
Gl. PELODICHTHYS OLIVARIS [Raf.) Gill & Jor.
From the Rock Castle at Livingston, and from the Cumberland below
the Falls.
ANGUILLIDJE.
Genus ANGUILLA Thunberg.
62. Anguilla VULGARIS Fleming.
Common in the Cumberland. A very large specimen taken in the
Eock Castle at the mouth of Round Stone River.
LEPIDOSTEID^.
Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Lacepede.
63. Lepidosteus osseus {L.) Ag.
From the Cumberland at Nashville.
POLYODONTID^.
Genus POLYODON Lacepede.
64. POLYODON FOLIUM ^^ LaC.^
From the Cumberland River.
Bull. N. M. No. 12— G
82 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
RECAPITULATION.
Tlie following table shows tlie distiihiition of the species in the seven
river-basius especially treated in this i)aper. For purposes of compari-
son, I have introduced the results of Professor Cope's explorations in
the lloanoke, James, Neuse, and Great Pedee, of Prof. Forbes and
Mr. Nelson in the Illinois, and of myself and others in the Oh.o. A
few unverified species have been introduced, but all doubtlul (juotations
and, in general, all "guesswork" have been excluded.
Table shoicing the Distribution of the Species in the Different River Basins.
o
a
c
i
3
d
e
a
1
a
J3
a
a
E
a
<
2
.a
ci
i
a
XI
a
<
i
K
c-
a
o
rs
a
a
.3
S
5
"5
U
B
2
i
Lota hicustris, (Walb.)Gill
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
jf
+
+
+
+
Potanioroltiis bainlii. (Grd.) Gill
N
+
Pli'urolepia i cUnfiduf, (Baird) Aj;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
1-
+
+
+
+
"
+
■i-
+
+
+
I'ercina capror'eo, (Uaf.) Grd
ICE
Percini niauitou, Jor
+
NW.
1
+
W
AlvordiiiH crasstis, J. & B
j
+
+
+
JCrif osina cvidcs, J. &. C
...
Jiadropterus auranliacoR, (Ci)pi!) Jor 1
+
Iladriipferns uigrof i8ciatii8, Ag
...
■V
+
f
+
+
:::
..
+
sw.
+
+
+
+
Ulocentra 8ti;;niica, Jor
+
+
+
+
+
sw
H-
NW.
Boleosoma tnaculaticejiH, Cope
Bolon.sonia olmstcdi, (Stor.) Ag
'
'
+
+
•■
NK
NW.
]i<deosDma itsopus, Copo
Nothnuotus z niilis, (('opu) Jor
NotboDotiiH innciilatiis, (Kirt.) Ar
Nolh 'DotaH ramnniH, (Cope) Jor
Xotbouotua Han);uiniiii», (Cope) Jor
Kotbniiot 118 viiluprat 118, (Cope) Jor
NotliuD(itu8 tbiMaxsiuiia J. & H
■■
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Xolhdii'itiis iDHcriptns, J. & B
Notbouriiun ruflliiioatiiA, (Copr) 1 ir
PcDciliohlbys vnriatus, (Kirt.) Ajr j
NW.
Tcccilicl! th v« spfcmbiliH. Ac ' . . .
x\v.
Must recpived from iJoiifpon-'sry, Ala
DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES.
83
Taile aJioioing the Distribution of the S2)ccic8 in the Different River-Basins — Continncd.
a
ca
1^
c
c
o
s
'A
5
o
6
o
C
B
n
>
K
X
.a
o
5
d
o
o
/a
a
B
ci
,a
<
6
a
a
a.
S
s
6
o
'o
a
t
a
Poecilichthys jessise, J. <feB
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-f-
+
(Ethiostoma) tessellata, Stor
(Etheostoiua) cinorea, Stor
Etheoatoiua squaiuiceps, Jor
Ethoosloma flabellarc, Raf
+
+
+
+
+
Etiieostoma liueolatutn, (Ag.) Jor
N.
Boleicbthys eos, Jor. &. Copel
+
N.
Boleiclithys ele^ans, Grd
+
SW.
Microprrca puuctulata, Putu
+
X.
Perca americana, Schrauck
NE. J
Stizostfthinm vitreum, (]\Iit.) J. (fcC
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
NE.
+
N.
N.
SW.
Micropterus pallUlns (Raf.)G. <tJ
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
f
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Chaiuobrytt^s gulosus (C &. V ) Gill
+
+
+
+
T
sw.
+
+
+
-1-
+
SE.
Apomotis cyani llus, (Raf.) C. & J
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
w.
Lepiopomns (ib.^cunis, (Ag.) Jor
Lepiopomus auritus, (L.) Raf
+
+
-h
^-
+
SE.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
w.
( L»!pioponiu.s) boiubifron.s, Ag
X(>ni>tis megalotiw, (Raf.) Jor
■■
J
+
X
+
+
N,
+
+
+
+
'Xy.striiplites) iiotatas, Ag
+
+
Euponiotis aureus, ( Walb ) G. & J
+
+
+
+
+
■f-
+
+
-1-
NE.
+
-1-
+
Heiui()[)litt'S Bitnulau.'*, Cope
CeDtrar»;luis iri .'pus, (Lac.) C. & V
CeutrarcbiH inacropterus, (Lac.) Jor
...
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-1.
+
+
+
+
f
+
+
S.
N.
+
N.
Labidesthcs siicenhia. Cope
...
...'...1
+
+
+
N.
8-1 CONTKILLIIONS JO NORTH AMERICAN ICHIIIYOLOGV ill.
Table ehowing the Uistrlbntiin) of the Species in the Different lit rer- Bast us — Continued.
00
5
-0
a
a
3
•J
si
S
03
as
a
c
a
a
a
•£
a
a
5
5
c
X
s
c
5
a.
5
3
c
«
5
b
a
+
Xeiiismn selliferum, Jor
+
Xenisma c:iteiiatiini, (Stor.) Jor
+
+
+
+
Zygoni'Ctes dispar, Ag
Zygoiicctes nottii, Ag
+
+
Zvgoiicctea melanops, Cope
+
+
+
Zvjfonecte.s atrilatua.J. & B.*
+
+
Zygnnocto3 giittatus, Ag
Zvgonectcs notatiis, (U:if.) Jor
+
+
+
+
+
N"vr.
5Ii-l.iDuri limi, (Kirt.)'Ag
N.
+
+
Amblyopais spelmis, DoKay
+
+
+
Typhlichlhys subterraneua, Gril
ChologRsUragassizi, Potn
+
NE.
Ksox (crassus. Ag.)
K-jox salmoucnsi, Ilaf
1 1 _
+
+
+
+
-1-
.1.
+
+
+
+
+
+
N.
E90X cypho, Cope
i 1
N.
I'trcopais guttitus. A g
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
N.
4
+
-(- -
N.
N.
1
Dorosoma ci-pediannm licternruw, (Kaf.) Jor ..
PoTDolobiis cbrvsofbloris, Kaf
+
+
+
+
+
+
N.
W.
+
+
N.
+
N.
llyborliy Dchna snporciliosus, Cope
...
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
N.
Photo'^Piiis galactarufl, (Cope) Jor
+
+
+
+
+
rholog<ni« Icnropiis J. & B
-«•
' Z'j^oneU^i alrUalim, «p. nov.— A Hbort, ibick-fet »pccio>>, rclntcd to Z.welanops Copo. Body sbort
and Hiotit, compressKd, especially po.sioriorly, (be dopth about •! tiinei* iii Ibe IcDgtb In base of cniu'nl.
Hfod moderate, 3J limes in leiiutli, moderately broad and llitteiiod above, the monib < f Ibo ordiiiury
8ort. Dorsal flti well bark, moilir.itely high, of about H rayn; anal larger ili.m the dors.-:!, with seven
rayH: venlnil flns quite umali, not reaching quite to Iboiuml: pocloral 11ns sMinll : cand:il fin rounded,
of the nsual form: hciIch large, in al)oi\t 30 traiiBver.Ke series.
Coloration iliill olive; no Hlriiiei imr bara: ecules Blight ly diirk-edgrd : each side willi n large jet-black
bbitch on tho sides of the body just above and somewhat in front of the vent: dorsal and nnnl finn
speckled.
Kumerous specimens, 1 J to IJ inches in length, nearly all females, distended with f pawn. In nil, tin-
black side-blotch is very distinct. They were taken by Messrs. Biayton and Gilbert, in the Neuse
Iviver, near Goldsboro', with JToa titren, Xoturtu eUtttkervi, Achini$ lincattit, and other interesting
species.
DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES.
85
Table showing the Distribudou of the /S/;tcus in the Different River- Basins— Continued.
B
c
t
E
'A
o
•a
t 1
5
5
+
+
IS
C
a
a
C3
a
o
a;
o
Si
a
ca
a.
a
5
6
O
'3
a
o
a
a
o
a
6
Luxilus cocco<;c'nia, (Cope) Jor
ilydiophlox lubricroceus, (Cope) Jor
+
+
+
+
+
+
Ilydrophlox lntii;iiiLiis, J. & B .
H-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
N.
+
"P
+
+ -1-
Alburuops saludanus, J. & B
A'.burnops amaius, (Gr.l ) Jor
Notropis dinemus, (Il^f.) Jor
Xotropis i ubellus, { Ag.) Jcr ...
+
T
+
NE.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-1-
+
X.
-1-
+
W.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Notropis photogi-uis. (Cope) Jor
Motropis luatutiuns, (Cope) Jor
+
-1-
+
■\-
+
+
..j
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Episema scabricops, (Jope
+
+
+
-f
+
+
+
+
Phoxiuus neogxu.s, Cope
Phoxiuus llammcua, Jor. & Gillbert
.::
X.
+
4-
Gilacutor, J. & B
+
+
+
+
Gila vaailoisuln, (C. & V.) Jor
Xoteiuij;oni:8 chrysoleiicus, (Mit.) Jor
+
+
+
+
+
X.
8G CONTRIBUTIONS TC NORTH AMERICAN ICIITIl YOLOGV III
Tahh fihowing lite Distribution of the Sptcics in
thi Diffirin
tli
iirr-Dasina-
-Contiuacd,
i
B
1
i
9
O
"A
I
g
1
+
B
n
a
c
<
+
e
o
1
3
.a
a
a
JS
1
<
i
o
B
S
1
^ i .
ill
0|0
s
"5
a
+
+
u
§
1
o
c
I'licuacoliius tiTi'tulus, Copo
+
.
+
+
+
+
+
+
W
Jthiniclithya nasulus, (Ayros) As
+
+
T
E.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-r
Ceraticlilliys aiublopa, (Ilal'.) Grd
+
)
('eraticlitliyB winclielli, 'Grtl.) Jor
+
(Jeraticbtbys bypsiiiotus. Cope
Corntir.hlliysbi'iutt itiis, (Kirt.) liuinl
+
+
+
+
+
+
XNV.
Seniotilus c^irporalis, (Mit.) I'ut
St»motiu8 tboreanianu8, Jor
IC\oglo8suni niaxillilingna, (Le S.) Ilald
XE
Placopbarynx carinatus, Coo
+
+
+
+
Mvxos'.oiua album, (Cope) Jor
+
-1-
+
+
+
+
Myxostoiua conns, (Copi-) Jor
Myxostonia ib.ilasitinnui, (Cope) Jor
Mjxoatoina piiliunHO, (Cope) Jor
Myxostorai craHsilabre, (Cope) Jor
Myxoat. niacrolopi'lotum, (Lo S.) Jor. i-t vars . .
Myxostoma aureoluni, (Lo S ) Jor
Myxostotna anisuruin, (Raf.) Jor
Myxostoma euryops, Jor
+
+
+
...
+
+
+
..
+
4-
+
+
...
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Myxotttoma papillo.snm, (Cope) Jor
Minytruma nnOanop.s, (Uuf.) .For
Krirayzon Buci-ttn, ( Lac.) Jor
Hyficntuliuni ni^^ricans. (LoS) Jor
llypcnti linra ftowannni, Jor
CalojtomuH comnirntoui, (I.ac.) Jor
(;ato8tomu.H loiicirosiriH, LoS
(lyclept Ort ilonjia- us, (Lo R.) Uaf
Oarpiodca dilTonnis, Copo
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
4-
-f-
+
+
+
4-
+
+
+
4-
NW.
< ;arplodo8 cutiHausorinus, Copt<
(^arpioilcn velifor, (Raf.) Ag
IJarpiodi-a cyprinna, (LeSi) Ag
..
+
+
+
NE.
Carpiodcs c.irpio, (Raf.) Jor
IchtliV'buH bnl).ilijs, (Uaf. ) Ap
lluballcbtbya cyuDellus. (N'ida.) Jur
...
...
...
...
+ W.
DISIRIBUTIOK OF SPECIE"..
87
Table showing the Dislribution of the Species in the DiffercU River-Basins— Cowi'mvuiH.
6
'A
a.
o
-3
t
J2
a.
is
3
<
o
o
3
1
2
a
c
+
+
3
+
-1-
-t-
+
+
+
+
2
r.ubalichlhvs urus, Ag
+
Ichtbachinis fiircatus (C. ^t V.) Gill
SW.
li^htha.-liirus robu.stus, Jor
Ii,ht!}telurus p'.inctatus, (Kaf ) .Tor
+
+
+
"'''
4-
+
+
+
+
+
+
w.
Aniiurns albidus, (Lo S.) Gill
Araiui'us uivciventris, Copo
Ainiuru.s nigr.c/ns, (Lo S.) Gill
+
+
+
N. &S.
Ainiurus natalis, (Le S.) Gill
+
+
+
+
+
Aiuiurus, cat lis, (L.) Gill
+
+
Aluiurus xamliocephaliis, (Kal.) Gill
+
+
+
+
w.
Aiiiiuriia inanuoiatus, (Holbr.) Jor
Ainiiiius p'atyccpbalus, (Grd.) Gill
Aiuiunis bi'uuuei:8, Jor
+
4-
+
rdoclicbthys olivaiis, (Raf ) (J. <k J
+
+
+
+
+
Xoturus llavus Kaf
K.
NoturuH insignis, (Ricb.) G. & J
+
+
+
NK.
^-
+
NW.
Xoturus Icpt acanthus, Jor
Xoturns sialis, Jor
+
+
+
-t-
W.
Xoturus luiurua, Jor
+
H-
+
+
-t-
-\-
+
+
-1-
+
+
Au^ii^lla vulgaris, Flem
+
+
+
+
+
+
f
+
+
+
-1-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
•t-
117
Amia calva L
LepidostcHs osseus, (L.) Ag
+
+
+
+
liCpidostcus platystouius, Raf
\v.
Lilholepis spatula, (Lac.) Jor
Scapbirbvncbop8pla*yrbyncbus,(Raf ) Gill
Poly odou t'olimu, Auct
+
+
+
-f-
Acipenscr rubicund us, Le S
Acipcnser luaculosus, Le S
Ammoroetes argenteus, (Kirt.)
•
Ammofoetes nijjer, (RhI' )
AmmoccEtes birudo, (Grd.)
Total
30
I'.l
4-2
•n
40
1!
■ii
90
Y^
84
cu
From the above taijle, it will be seen that the number of species
inhabiting any one river- basin rapidly inereasea as we leave the
Athmtic streams for those of the Gulf. The following table shows the
arrangement of the speeies from another point of view — omitting refer-
ence to the range of the species outside of the thirteen rivers included
in this table:
Known only from the —
Ohio
Alabama
Species.
ao
17
Known only from the —
Tennessee
Illinois . . .
Species.
10
14
88 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
Known only from the —
Species.
10
7
C
7
4
Known only from the —
James
Cumberland
Roauoake
Savannah
Species.
Sautee
Altamaha
Great Pedee
Neuse
Chattahoochee
Common to —
Ohio and Illinois. .J..
Cumberland and Tennessee
Tennessee, Cumberland, Ohio, and Illinois
Cumberland, Ohio, and Illinois .
Alabama, Tennessee, Cumberland, Ohio, and Illinois.
.lames and Neuse .'
Tennessee, Ohio, and Illinois
Alabama and Tennessee
Savannah and Tennessee
Alabama, Tennessee, and Cuu)berland
Great Pedee and Santee
Cumberland and Ohio , .
Species.
30
10
10
10
G
4
t
Distribution of Genera.
OS
SJ
"a
>-)
a
O
+
+
+
+
ti
9
M
a
a
o
+
a
Q
5S
a
1
s
>^
c
S
o
0.
T.
B
o
SI
•3
£
i
a
a
a
a
a
>
to
<i
e
3_
§
a
1
<1
o
o
a
a
•a
a
a
3
6
O
+
+
m
"o
a
+
+
a
a
o
+
+
c
'i
1
ii
3
m
LotA
+
+
+
+
Potrtinocottns
1
+
...:...
Trigliipsia
Aminocrypta
+
Plourolepis
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
f
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
lo.***
Torcina
+
+
+
+
+
*
...
Alvorclius
+
+
+
+
Bricosmft
H.idropUrun
+
linostoma
■
llhfocrvpta
UUtcentra
+
+
+
+
+
+
ifiplcsiiim
+
a.
* IiiA (J. ifc IJ ), livii. uov.: tjpi> I'axUiditliys vUrcxu ('opo. This jjeuus is (liHtitiKuisbtd from I'euroUpUi
by tlio presence of two anal spliies iuhtcad of one, imd by Uio greater scalincss of the ventral region.
Tho nnmo is from (Of, an arrow or dart.
DISTRIBUTION OF GENERA.
89
Distribution
Of
Genera
—
Contiuued.
a
1-1
*^
a
3
u
a
P
c
a
£
a
%
P
a
p
a
6
CO
g
3
a
a
CJ
n
a
+
+
J3
rt
a
n
5
xn
cS
a
+
+
c
C5
§
<
□
a
+
+
+
+
r3
a
a
c
3
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-t-
+
'0
M
+
.9
'a
1
+
+
+
H-
H-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Boleichthys
+
+
+
-1-
+
T-
+
-f
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-t-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Xystroplitos
4-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Pomoxys
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Haploidonctus
+
AphodoJerua
-1-
+
+
+
Eucalia
P Vgosteus
Libidesthea
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Fundulus
+
+
+
+
Xenisma
+
+
+
+
4-
+
Zygoiiectes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
,
Gambusia
+
Girardioua
+
MoUienesia
+
Melanura
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Ainblyopsis
Typhlichtbys
Chologastor
Esox
+
+
+
+
+
+
H-
+
+
+
+
+
Tetragonopteru3
4-
Percopsis
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Sal volinua
^-
+
+
-1-
+
+
Cristivomer
Thymallus
CoreKonus
...
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Ilyodon
+
* Vailla.ntia (jordau), gon. nov.: typo Jluloosomti Camurum Forbea. This jiomis dili'ors li'om Ho-
leichthys in having the upper jaw protractilo, and tho anal spines very focblc. From Bolfosnma, with
which it agrop.i in these respects, it is distinguished by tiie iiieonipleto later.-il line. It is named for
Prof. Loon Vuillant, of Paris, who.so thoroughly excellent monogruph of the EtheoittomatiMw in i,U]l the
starting-point for all work on that difficult but most interesting group.
90 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
JJiNtrihution
Oj
6
'cncrn—
■Cout
ill
lied.
8
a
o
p
a
o
O
%
a
a
o
9
3
i
s
a
6
a
a
;5
t
'J
c
o
B
•f.
.3
ej
s
a
cd
a
CO
s
<
8
1
"n
5
.a
'•J
e
S
s
+
c
a
a
H
+
+
+
"3
'u
1
+
+
T
5
3
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
'c
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
a
c
+
+
+
+
-r
+
"3.
c.
1
'3
.2
q
+
+
^-
+
+
Caiupiixtinna
...
+
+
+
+
■1-
...
+
Hvlmirnatbns
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
...
+
+
-r
+
Luxiliis dd'.tpiM)
]'lu)t(>;;iniii
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Aibiiniops
+
+
+
+
+
lluddoiiius
+
+
+
L ylhiiiriis
+
+
Cypiiiiclla
+
(Jotloma
+
+
+
+
+
Xofropis
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
X
+
t
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
H-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
I'bi'iKiciibius
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Chrosom us
+
+
+
+
+
+
Plioxinua
Gila
+
+
+
+
+
-1-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
...
+
+
+
+
+
Ubiiiii'litlus
('eraticbthys
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
SfniDtiliiii
l',rii;y luba
Exo^lo-sum
+
+
■1-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
3(.
<^iia?Hilabia
-V
+
+
+
+
+
I*bic<>pb;irviis
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
C3
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
r
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
H-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Minytrenia
Krimyzou w.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
I'atoHtumua
Cycloptus
+
+
Carpioileti
+
+
...
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Icbtliyubu.s
ISiibiilicbtbya
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Aniiuru8
No.iiius
+
+
+
+
+ +
+
3;2
+
1!)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
r
+
+
+
4-
-f
+
i.itli(jb<piM
+
-f.
+
+
+
+
21
3d -I'
Total
19
2:1 1 >l
10
r»i
401
w\
53
1
1
1
1
1
CONCLUSIO.NS. 91
CONCLUSIONS.*
la the course of the investigations detailed in this [)aper, some light
has been thrown on the laws which govern the distribution of fresh-
water fishes in general. The writer has collated the known facts into a
series of general propositions, which, without any pretense to exhaust-
iveness or to originality, are here briefly stated. It may be premised
that some of these i)ropositions are only half truths, to be more com-
pletely stated when our knowleiige of the subject shall be increased.
Most of the statements also refer chiefly to the smaller and non-migratory
fishes, es])ecially the EtheostomatidWj Ceiitrarchuhv, and Cijprinidw. Our
knowledge of the range of the larger Catostotnidte and tSUuridui is still
very meagre.
For the first statement of several of the following propositions, we are
indebted to Professor Cope, who has ably discussed the subject of the
distribution of tishes in his paper on the Fishes of the Alleghany Ki'giou
of Southwest Virginia, Journ. Acad. Xat. Sc. Phila. 18G8, i)p. 239-247.
I. In the case of rivers flowing into the ocean, the character ot the
faunae of the upper waters, ('om[)ared one with another, bears no, or
very little, relation with the places of discharge. In illustration of this
we may note {a) the similarity of the faunae of the Chattahoochee and
Altamaha, as com[)ared with the Chattahoochee and Alabama. The
faunae of Wisconsin River and of Ked Itiver of the North are very similar.
II. Iiiiver- basins having a similar discharge into some larger river or
lake have a similarity of fauna, due to this fact, and, in general, other
things being equal, the nearer together the jjhices of discharge, if in
/resli water, the greater the similarity. The almost identical faunae of
the Catawba and the Saluda will illustrate this.
III. Parallel rivers tributary to the same stream have, other things
being equal, more in common than streams coming from opposite direc-
tions. The Wabash and jMiami have more in common than either has
with the Kentucky.
IV. The higher or the older the water-shed between two streams, the
fewer species are common to both. (This matter needs lurther investi-
gation.)
V. Certain species, not including "species of general distribution",
occur on opposite sides of even the highest watersheds. This fact was
first noticed by Professor Cope. The occMirrence of Luxilus eoccofjenis,
* An abstract of the icniaiiiing part of thia paper appeart-*! in the American Naturalist
for October, 1877 (p^). ()()7-()l:)). For tbia part, Professor Jordan is alone responsible.
92 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
IlydrophJox rubricrocens, Photogenis galacturus, and Catostomus nigricans,
both in the Tennessee and Siivannab, will illustrate tliis. Neither of the
two lirst-nanied spi'cios are as yet known from any other river-basins.
VI. When the watershed between two streams is a swampy upland
instead of a mountain-range, the same si)ecies may be found in the head-
waters of both, although the species inhabiting the lower courses may be
different. In case the one stream flows northward and the other south-
ward, the common fauna will be nearest like that of the northern stream.
In Northern Indiana, the same species are found in the waters of Saint
Josei)h's, Maumee, Wabash, and Illinois Rivers, although these streams
discharge their waters in widely different directions. The swami)y water-
shed between them is often overflowed in the spring, affording to the
smaller tishes an easy means of migration.
VII. In any river-basin, many of the species inhabiting small streams
are different from those occurring in the river-channels. Among the
brook species may be mentioned JEucalia inconsianfi, FceciUchthyn apecta-
bilis, Xcnotis lijtkrochloris, Xcnisma stellifcrum, iSalvclinus fontinaliSj
Ericymha buccata, Semotilus corporalis, Chrosotnus erythrogaster, the
species of Rhinichthys, etc. Of channel species, Raploidonoivs, Hyodon,
J)oroso)ua, PomolobuSy Foccns chry.snps, all the " Buflalo-flshes", and the
larger Siluridcc, Ichthcclurus j;?/j«c<«/m.s', Fcludivhihys olivaris, Amiurus
nigricans, and the like, will serve as examples.
VIII. Many species inhabiting the upper course of a stream are differ-
ent Irom those of the lower. This subject has been ably discussed by
Professer Cope, but further investigations, especially of the rivers of the
Southern States, are very desirable.
IX. This diflerence between the ujjpor fauna and the lower is due to
differences in the character of the river itself, such as climate, condition
of water, character of river-bed, sui)ply of food, etc.
X. Hence, if in the same river basin there are two streiims llowing
into a larger stream, the one near its source, the other near its month,
if the two streams are similar in all known ])]iysieiil i-espects, their
faun;e will be simil ir, and if dissimilar, they will have diflerent fauna'.
The general identity of the faniue of Elk Kiver and Tovxrirs IJivcr
may be noticed in this connection.
XI. Some spi'cies of fishes are confined strictly to a single river-i)asin,
while other species, with apj)arently no better means of diflnsion or of
defense, are widely distributed, inhabiting many rivers. In illustration
of this, the limited rauge of each of the species of Cudoma may be com-
CONCLUSIONS. 93
pared with the range of Luxilus cornutns. In the genus Ceraticlithyn^ C.
hignttatus probably occurs in every stream from the Susquehanna to the
Great Salt Lake, while four other species of the same genus, C. micro-
pogon, C. monachiis, C. zanemns, and G. labrosus, are each, so far as is
known, coutined to a single river-basin.
XII. In any river-basin, the most abundant species (of small fishes)
are usually (a) those i)ecnliar to it, or {b) those of the widest distribution.
In illustration of this, we may notice the abundance of Codoma jnjrrho-
melas and Noiropis photogenis in the Santee; of Codoma stigmatura and
IaixHus cornutns in the Alabama; of Codoma euri/stonia and Ceratichthys
hignttatus in the Chattahoochee; of Codoma xceniira and Notemigonus
americanus in the Ocmulgee. To this rale, however, there are mauy
exceptions and modifications.
XIII. In general, the further south any 'river-basin lies, the more
species are peculiar to it, and the greater the differences between its
fauna and that of the neighboring streams. In illustration of this, the
differences existing between the faunj© of the Alabama and Chatta-
hoochee may be compared with those between the faunae of the Susque-
hanna and Delaware. Twelve genera are known to be common to the
Chattahoochee and Alabama, and twenty-three to the Susquehanna and
Delaware. In the- Southern streams, the process of evolution of specific
forms seems to have gone on more rapidly. This matter, however,
requires further investigation.
XIV. Species of the widest distribution often have breaks in their
range which cannot be accounted for by any facts now in our posses-
sion. Luxilus cormitus, so abundant in all the waters of the North and
West, does not occur, so far as is known, in any of the rivers between
the Neuse and the Alabama, in both of which streams it is abundant.
A^arious species range over several river basins and then cease abruptly.
Amiurus hrunneus is abundant from the Santee to the Chattahoochee, in
the latter river the most abundant food-fish, while in the very next river-
basin, the Alabama, it is unknown.
XV. Many species of wide distribution which are absent in certain
streams are there represented by certain other related species, which
may be regarded as modified descendants. Thus, in the South Atlan-
tic streams, Chcenohryttus gulosus is represented by Chcenobryttiis viridis,
Xotemigonus chrysoJeucus by Kotemigomis americanus. In the South-
west, Eupomotis aureus is represented by Eupomotis pallidus ; in the
West, Noturus gyrinus by Kottirus sialis, Noturus insignis by Noturiis
04: CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
exilis, Noturus eleutltvrus by yotnrus mi urns, Mdauura prjfimcca by Mt-
lanura liini.
XVI. Other species uuder similar circiirnstances have no such repre-
sentatives. Tlie case of Luxilns cornutus will ajjain illustrate.
XVII. Certain species have been known to extend their geographical
range since the opening of the canals. Such are more especially the
migratory species of probably marine origin, as Dorosoma hctcrnro,
Poiiiolnhus cliri/socliloris^ and AnguUla vuhjaris. These species are now
abundant in Lake Michigan and Lake luie. iilthough formerly unknown
there. The range of certain Percirfa' and CentrarehuJiv has undoubtedly
been extended by the same means.
XVIII. The characteristically American forms of lishes are, generally
si)eaking, rare or absent in the waters of New England and of the
Pacilic slo|)e. This fact has been well stated by Professor Agassiz, who
called New England "a zoological island".
About 105 genera of fresh-water fishes occur in the waters of the
United States east of the Mississippi River. Oi these, about 70 do not
occur in Xew Engl.ind (exclusive of Lake Champhiin, the fauna of
which is nearly identical with that of Lake Ontario.) Of these 30 or
fewer genera occurring in New England, all but Salvelinus, Corcgotius,
Esox, i:)emotilns, llhinichthys, and possibly Aniiurus, are represented by
a single species each. From 30 to 35 genera occur in the waters of the
Pacific slope.
XIX. The larger the river-basin, the greater its variety of forms, both
genera and s[)ecies. In the little White IJiver at Indianapolis, belonging
to the Mississippi basin, 70 species, representing 4S genera, are known
to occur — twice as many as inhabit all tln^ rivers of New England.
XX. Other things being equal, a river whose course lies in a region
oi undisturbed stratified rocks or of glacial drift contains most genera
ami species.
XX i. Conversely, rivers in regions of igneous or metamorphic rock
contain lewest'fepecies.
XX IL Sources of streams on opposite sides of a high watershed often
have si)ecies in common which do not occur in the lower courses of tlie
saaic riviMs. The distribution of several mountain six-cies, as Sa'veliuH.s
fontiiKiUs and Ilijdropldox rubricroceus, will exemplif\' this.
XX! II. Certain spe(>ies have a compact geographical range, occurring
in all the rivers within this range, without apparent regard to the<lire<'-
tion (»f their tlow. Sncli aie Lepiopomus obaatms in the Alabama, Ten-
CONCLUSIONS. 95
nessee, and Cumberland, and Alburnops microstomus in the James, Eoa-
noke, Kentucky, Cumberland, and Clinch.
XXIV. Certain species have a wide east and west range, without
api)arent regard to the courses of the rivers, but are bounded on either
the nortli or the south by parallels of latitude.
Eucalia inconstans occurs from Western New York to Kansas and
norrhward, but it is never found southward of a line passing about fifty
miles souih of Lake Erie. Pcrcopsis f/uttatns has a like range, but its
southern boundary is in the Potomac and Ohio. Lota lacusiris is simi-
larly circumscribed, but ranges farther to the east. The three species
of Lyihrurus have each a belt of latitude: L. cyanocephalns belonging
to the Great Lakes and Ui)per Missi&sippi ; L. (Ux)h('mms to the Ohio
and the Potomac; X, ardens to the Eoanoke, James, and Cumberland.
The three species of Hyodon are similarly arranged.
XXV. Certain species have a i)eculiar northern and eastern range,
occuriing in the waters of the Upper Mississippi, in the headwaters of
the Illinois, Wabash, and Scioto, thence through the Great Lakes to
Xew England, thence to South Carolina on the eastern slope of the
Alleghanies. Such species are Eupomotis aureus^ Perca americana, and
Aiiiiurus catufs.
XX VL Certain species have a peculiar northern and western range,
occurring in the Middle States and in the Great Lakes, and usually
southwriid in the east to some point in Virginia or Xorth Carolina,
ceasing in the same latitude on both sides of the Alleghanies, but ex-
tending southwestward through the Mississippi Valley to the Gulf of
Mexico. Among these may be mentioned Lnxilus comutus, Notemigonim
chrysoleucuN, Ambloplites riipestris, Apomotis cyanellus. The last-named
species, however, scarcely ranges east of the Alleghanies.
XXVI I. Certain species have a wide range north and south, either
east or west of the Alleghanies, but do not cross that chain. Of these
may be mentioned Lepiopomits auritus, Enneacanthus ohesus, Esox rcticu-
latii.s, etc., on the east, and Ilaploulonohis grunniens, Hyodon ter-yisus,
Noturus iniurus, Noturnn sialis, etc., on the west.
XXVliL The distribution of fresh-water fishes is dependent (a) on
fresh-water communication ; {b) on character of stream, i. e., of water — as
to pui ' ty, depth, rapidity, vegetable growth, etc. ; (c) on the character of
the river-bed ; {d)on climate, as determined by latitude and by elevation
above the sea; and (e) finally on various unknown factors arising from
the natuio or past history of the species in question, and from the geo-
logical historv of the rivers.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE FAMILY CATOSTOMIDvE.
Bv David S. Jokdan.
Class PISCES.
Subclass TELEOSTEI.
Order TELEOCErHALL
Suborder EVENTOGNATHl.
Family CATOSTOMID^.
Catostomoidw Gili-, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. v. lo, p. 8, 18G1.
CatosfomidcB Cope, Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. v. 20, p. 332, 1H72.
Catostnmida'. Johdax, Man. Vert. E. U. S. p. 292, 1876.
Cyprinidai gen. Kai ixesque, Risso, Cuvier, Boxapaijte, Giraud, Bi,kk,ker.
Cyprinidce subfam. Heckel, Agassiz, Blkeker, Guntiier.
The family of Catostomidcc, or the "Suckers", may be biieliy defined
as follows: — Eveniognathous ^shes, having the pharyngeal teeth pecti-
niform, iu a single row, closely approximated, very numerous, and
c'ompres.sed at right angles to the direction of the bone, and the intermax-
illaries forming but a small part of the upper arch of the mouth, the
maxillaries entering into it largely on each side.*
* The following more elaborate diagnosis is given by Professor Gill (Johnson's Uni-
versal Cyclopaedia, vol. iv, p. 15T4) : — " The body varies between an elongated subcylin-
drical and an oblong more or less compressed contour; the scales are of nicdiiiiii or
rather largo size, cycloid ; the lateral line is genet ally present and decurved, but some-
BuU. K M. No. 12—7 97
98 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III
Early writers on fishes, as well ;is most foi('I<;ri iditliyologists, havi-
considered the Suckers as t'onuinf; a niere tiil)e oi' subfamily of the
C!fprini(I(r, whi(;h gioup has been variously denoniinated Catostomi,
Catastomina, and Cato>»(ominiv, but t!ie characteis above noti'd, of teeth
and mouth, seem to the writer to fully jnstily their separation as a dis-
tinct family TW' dorsal fin in 0»/o.v^o»j/rfcr is more develojied than i>*
nsual in American C^pnnithr, although various Old World genera show
similar characters. The development of the lips and the great profrac
tility of the mouth aie leatures usually diagnostic, but in the genus
Quassi'ahia the mouth is scarcely i)iotractile, and among our Cypri-
wjrfrt' certain species of Phenacobiv.s and Ceratielithys hnve thicker lips
than have some of the Cato.stomidw.
The Catofitoondw fall at once into thiee well-marked subfamilies, first
indicated by Professor Gill, and termed by him Catostomincr, Cycleptince,
and Buhalichthyincc. These may be characteri:;ed as follows: —
Ca(ostomina\ — Body oblong or elongate, subterete or more or less
compressed : dorsal fin nearly median, short and sub(iuadrate, with
from nine to eighteen developed ravs: ventral fins under the dorsal, of
nine; or ten rays : anal fin high and short, normally of seven rays, nearer
the base of the caudal th;in that of the vential fins: lips well developed,
usually papillose or plicate: gill-rakers little developed. Genera Quassi-
labia, Placopharynx, Myxostoma, Erimyzon, Minytrema, Chasmistes^
Catostomus, Pantostetis.
Cyckptiiuv. — Body elongate, slender: dorsal fin falciform, of about 30
rays, beginning over the interval between the jiectoral and ventral fins,
and extending as far back as the beginning of the anal fin : ventral fins
10 rayed; anal fm small, of about 7 rays: head extremely small: scales
moderate, with the exposed suifaces broad : fontauelle entirely obliler-
times absent; tlic head is diversi'orni ; the ojjercular bones normally developed ; tbe
nostrils double ; the nioutb more or less inferior, and provided with llesby and gener-
ally papillose or crenated lips; the upper jaw is formed on tbe middle by the small
and lamellifoim interniaxillaries, and on the sides by the supnimaxillaries ; teeth are
wanting in the jav^i; the pharyngeal bones are developed in a falciform manner, and
provided with a row of numerous conib-like teeth ; the branchial apertures are re-
stricted to the sides; brauchiostegal rays three on each side ; dorsal variaVile in devel-
opment; anal posterior, and gem-rally t-hort and high; caudal large, and more or less
emarginated; pectoral fins low down, but lateral and with their rays branched; ven-
tral fins abdominal ; ihi' intestinal canal is very long; the stomach simple and desti-
tute of pyloric cieca ; the air-bladder is large, unprotected by an osseous capsule, and
divided by transverse coustrictious into two or three regions."
CATOSTOMIDiE 99
ated by the union of the parietal bones : mouth inferior, with thick
papillose lips : gill-rakers moderate, soft. Genus Gycleptus.
Buhalichthyince. — Body stout, oblong-oval, and compressed. Dorsal
fin elongate, beginning more or less in front of the ventral fins, and ex-
tendiug at least as far as the commencement of the anal, its rays 20 to
50 in number, the anterior ones more or less elongate : ventral rays
usually 10: anal rays 8 to 12: kead stout and heavy : mouth moderate
or small, with thin lips: foutanelle open: gill-rakers of anterior arch
long, slender, and stift above, growing smaller downwards. Genera
Carpiodes, Bitbalichthys, IcJithyobus, Myxocyprinus.
As the chief purpose of this paper is to a.scertain and make known
the proper nomenclature of the valid genera and species of Catostomidce,
I shall omit further discussion of family and subfamily characters, and
proceed at once to a catalogue of described species, arranged in chrono-
logical order, with the date and my identification of each species oppo-
site its name. As is the case in nearly every group of American fishevss,
the number of nominal species is about three times the numb'^.r really
existing. It will be noticed that the number of species which I h:ive
admitted is in most of the Catostomoid genera fewer than has been
recognized by previous writers. This seems to me to result not from any
peculiar theories as to what constitutes a species, but from the fact that T
have had a greater range of specimens of most forms than any previous
writer has had. I am confident that in the presence of a still greater
amount of material, the characters of several other species will be found
to melt away. To indicate which these species are. in default of such
material, would, however, be an unprofitable task. In this group, as in
so many others, the truth well stated by Dr. Cones* becomes a ppn rent: —
"We can only predicate and define species at all from the mere cir-
cumstance of missing links. ' Species ' are the twigs of a tree separated
from the parent stems. We name and arrange them arbitrarily, in de-
fault of a means of reconstructing the whole tree according to Nature's
ramifications."
' Birds of the Northwest, p. 227.
100 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICmilYOLOGY III.
Lint of Nominal S2)ecics of CotostomUhi', icith Identifications.
ITouiinal Bpccies.
Dale,
Cyprinns catostoraus Forater
'Le cxjprin commeraonien"" Lac6pcde
Cvjuiuiis siitetta Lacdptido
CvpiiiiMs ro.stiutus Tilesius
Cyprimis teres Mitcbill
Cyptiiins oblongus Mitcbill
Catostonins cyprinus Le Sueur
C:)tostotnu8 gibbosus Le Suuur
Catostoiuua tuberculatus Lo Sueur
Catostomus uiacrolepidotus Le Sueur..
CatostoiHUS aureolus Le Smur
Catostonius coniinuni.s Le Sueur
Catostomns loDKirostruui Le Sutur
Catostoniu.s nip;ricans Le Sueur
Catostoniu-s uiaculosua Le Sueur.
Catustomus elongatusLe Sueur..
Catostomus vitfatusLe Sueur
C;:tostomus duque-snii Lc Sueur
Catostomus bostoniensis Le Sueur
Catostonius budsonius Le Sueur
Catostonius bubalus Ralinesque
Catostouuis erytbruruM Ralinesque
Exofildssum nincropterum Ralinesque..
Auiblodon uiger Rafinet-quo
f'y(lei)tns iiigresceus Ralinesque
Rutilus uielanurus Ralinesque
Catostonius aiiisuru.s Ralinesque
Catostonius anisojiterus Raliuesquo
Catostonius carpio Ralinesque
Catostomus velil'er Rafinesque
Catostomus xanlbopus Rafinesque
Catostomus melanoj)s Rafirjosque
Catostomus fasciolaris Ralinesque
Catostomus ilexmisus Ralinesque
Catostonius megastonius Raliues(iue..
Cato.stomus forsterianus Ricli.ird.son. .. .
Catostomus lesueurii Riebar<lson
1773
180:{
1803
1813
1814
H14
1817
1817
1817
1817
1^17
1817
1817
1817
1817
1817
1817
1817
1817
1817
1818
1818
1818
1819
1810
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1823
1^23
Ideutification.
Catostomus longirostris.
Catostomus teres.
Erimyzoii sucetta.
(Catostomus) rostratus.
Catostomus teres.
Erimyzon sucetta.
Carpiodes cyprinus.
Erimyzon sucetta.
Erimyzon sucetta.
My xostoma macrolepidotum.
MyxostoQia aureolum.
Catostomus teres.
Catostomus longiro.stris.
Catostomus nigricans.
Catostonius nigricans.
Cycleptus elougatus.
Erimyzon sucetta.
Myxo.stonia macrolepidotum duquesni.
Catostomus teres.
Catostomus longirostris.
Icbtbyobus bubalus.
Myxo.stonia macrolepidotum duquesni.
Catostomus nigrican-*.
Bubalicbthys sp. T
Cycleptus elougatus.
Myxo.stouia macrolepidotum duquesni.
Myxoetoma anisura.
Carpiodes sp.
Carpiodes earpio.
C.upiodes velifer.
Catostomus nigricans. '
Minytrema melanops.
Erimyzon sucetta.
Catostomus teres.
A myth.
Cattihtonius loiigiiostris.
Mvxo.«touia aureolum.
'Tbis species is quoleil by Dr. Giintber as '• C',»/^*r»«H» (Oiniiurnoiiiiii Laee[)ede". 1
have been unable to examine Lac<^p^de's original work, but in Ibe reprints of if, sup
posed f o bo literal, I find only tbe French form, " Le Cyprin Commersonien ". Unless
Lac6p6du really bestowed a Latinized specific name on tbe species, " commeiaoni" or
" co/n»itT«o«irtHH«" sbould not claim priority over ^T<t ol" MiUbill.
LIST OF NOMINAL SPECIES. 101
List of Jf^ominal Species of Caiostomidce, with Identijications — Continued.
Nominal species.
Date.
Identification.
'Cypiinus(Catostomns) siieuiii Rich. .. .
h:5G
Myxostoma aureoluni ?
Cypi'inns(Catostomus)reticulatiisRicli.
183;;
Catostomus teres.
Catostomus gracilis Kirtland..
18:?8
Catostomus teres.
Labeo elegans Delvaj'
3.842
Erimyzou sucetta.
Labeo esopus DeKay .
1842
Erimyzon sucetta.
Myxostoma macrolei)idotum.
Catostouius teres.
Catostoiiius oueida DeKay
1*^42
Catostomus pallidus DeKav .... .
1842
Labeo eloDgatus DeKay ...... . ..
1842
Erimyzon sucetta.
Catostomus fasciatus Le Sueur, MSS
1844
Minytrema melanops.
Catostomus plauiceps Valenciennes. ..
1844
Catostomus nigricans.
Catostomus carpio Valenciennes
1844
Myxostoma carpio.
Catostomus tilesii Valsucieunes
1844
(Catostomus) rostratus.
Sclerognathus cyprinella Valenciennes .
1844
Ichtbyobus bubalus.
Catostomus forsterianus Agassiz
18r,0
Catostomus teres.
Catostomus aurora Agassiz . ......
1850
Catostomus lougirostris.
Catostomus latipinnis Baird & Girard..
1833
Catostomus latipinnis.
Carpiodes urus Agassiz
1854
Bubalicbthys urus.
Bubalicbthys sp.
Carpiodes taurus Agassiz
1854
Carpiodes bison Agassiz
1854
Carpiodes bison.
Bubal ichtbys sp.
Carpiodes cyprinus.
Myxostoma congestum.
Carpiodes vitulus Agassiz
1854
Carpiodes vacca Agassiz
1854
Castotomus congestus Baird & Girard..
1854
Catostomus clarki Baird & Girard
1854
Catostomus clarki.
Catostomus inslgnis Baird & Girard.. .
1854
Catostomus Inslgnis
Catosromns plebeius Baird & Girard. ..
1854
Pantosteus plebeius.
Carpiodes tumidus Baird & Girard.
1854
Car^iiodcs cyprinus.
Catostomus occidentalls Ayres
1854
Catostomus occidentalls.
Ichtbyobus rauchii Agassiz
1855
Ichtbyobus bubalus.
Ichtbyobus bubalus.
Erimyzon oblongus.
Carpiodes thompsonl.
Ichtbyobus stolley 1 Agassiz
1855
Moxostoma tenuo Agassiz. ..
1855
Carpiodes thompsonl Agassiz
1855
Bubalicbthys niger Agassiz
1855
Bubalicbthys urus.
Bubalicbthys bubalus.
Bubal ichtbys bubalus Agassiz ... . . .
1855
Bubalicbtbys bonasus Agassiz
1855
Bubalicbthys urus.
Catostomus occidentalls.
Catostomus occidentalls Agassiz
1855
Catostomus labiatus Ayres
1855
Catostomus labiatus.
Carpiodes damalis Girard
185(5
Carpiodes cyprinus.
Moxostoma claviformls Girard
1856
Erimyzon sucetta.
Moxostoma kcnnerlyl Girard
185(5
Erimyzon sucetta.
Minytrema melanops.
Erimyzou sucetta.
Myxostoma iilbidum.
Moxostoma victoria} Girard
1850
Moxostoma campbelll Girard
185(5
Ptycliostomus alliidus Girard
lH5r)
Ptycbostomus baydeiii Girard
1856
Minytrema melanops.
102 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
List of Nominal Species of Calostomida, with Identijicationn — Continued.
Nominal species.
Date.
Identificution.
CatostomuH (Acomus) guzmaneusisGir.
Catostouius (Acouius) gencrosiis Girard.
Catostomus (Acoiuus) griseus Girard.. .
Catostomas (Acomus) lactarius Girard.
Catostomus macrocheilus Girard
Catostomus sucklii Girard
Catostomus bernardini Girard
Catostomus texanus Abbott
Catostomus chloropteron Abbott
Carpiodes asiaticus Bleeker
Terotulus eervinus Cope
Sclerojijuathus nieridioualis Giinther .. .
Placopbarynx carinatus Cope
Pt}'cbostomii8 pappillosus Cope
Ptychostomus velatus Cope
Ptycbostomus coUapsus Cope
Ptycbostomus pidiensis Cope
Ptychostomus coregonus Cope
Ptycbostomus albus Cope
Ptychostomus tbalassiuus Cope
Ptycbostomus robustus Cope
Ptychostomus lacbrymalis Cope
Ptychostomus crassihibris Cope
Ptychostomus breviceps Cope
Ptychostomus con us Cope
Carpiodes dili'ormis Cope
Carpiodes cutisaDserinus Cope ... ..
Carpiodes selene Coj)e
Carpiodes grayi Cope
Ciiri>io(b's nummirer Cope
Catostomus discobolus Cope
&1 inomus delpbiuus Cope
Miiiomus bard us Cope
I'tycliostomus bucco Cope
Jvliuonius platyrhyucbus Cope
Miiiomus jarrovli Cope
Catostomus alticolus Cope
Ichthyobus cyauellus Nelson
PiiiitosteuH viresceiis Cope
Catostomus fecuudum Cope & Yarrow.
Moxostouia trisijjuatuui Cupc
Ichthyobus ischyrus Nelson
Bubalichthys altus Nelsou
185G
1856
1856
1856
1856
1856
1856
1860
1660
1864
1868
1868
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1-70
1m70
1870
1870
1872
1872
1872
1872
1874
1874
1874
1876
1876
1876
1876
1877
1877
Catostomus latipiunis.
Pantosteus generosns.
Catostomus lougirostris.
Catostomus lougirostris.
Catostomus macrochilus.
Catostomus teres.
Catostomus occidentalis.
Catostomus teres.
Catostomus teres.
Myxocypriuus asiaticus.
Myxostoma cerviuum.
Bubalichthys meridioualis.
Placopbarynx cariuatus.
Myxostoma papillosum.
Myxostoma ve'atum.
Myxostoma velatuui.
Myxostoma pidiiuse.
Myxostoma coregouus.
Myxostoma all)um.
Myxostoma thalassiuum.
Myxostoma macrolepidotun:
Myx. macrolepidotum lacbrymaie.
Myxostoma crassilabre.
Myxostoma anisura.
Myxostoma conus.
Carpiodes difformls.
Carpiodes cutisauseriuus.
Carpiodes cutisauseriuus.
Carpiodes cypriuus.
Carpiodes carpio.
Catostomus discobolus.
Pautostena (plebeiusf).
Pantosteus (plebeiust).
Myxostoma cougestum.
Pantosteus platyrhynchus.
Pautosteus geuerosus.
Catostomus teres.
Bubalichthys bubalus.
Pautosteus viresceus.
Chasmistes fecuudus.
Catostomus tores.
Ichthyobus bubalus.
Bubalichthys bubaluti.
ANALYSIS OF GENERA. 103
List of N^ominal Species of Catostomidce, icith Identifications — Continued.
NoQiiual species.
Date.
Identification
Myxostoma enryops Jordan
1877
Myxostoiiiu euryops.
Bnbalichrhys biibaliniis Jordan
1877'
Hiibalichiliys bubalns.
Myxostoma poL'cilura .lordati
1877
Myxostoma pojeilura.
Lagochila laceia Jordan & Brayton.. . .
1877
Quassilabia lacera.
Eriiuyzon goodei Jordan
1878
Erimyzou goodei.
Catostomus arieopus Jordan
1878
Catostomus araiopus.
Catostomus retropinnis Jordan
1878
Catostomus retropinnis.
ANALYSIS OP GENERA OF CATOSTOMID^.
" Dorsal tin sbort, subquadrato, with ten to eighteen developed rays: body oblong or
elongate: gill-rakers feeble. {Catostomincc.)
a. MoutU siugnlar, the upper lip not protractile, greatly enlarged, the lower lip
developed as two separate lobes : operculum veiy short : air-bladder
in three parts: scales large : fontanelle well developed: lateral line
present: pharyngeal bones and teeth ordinary Quassilahia, 1.
uti. Mouth normal, the lower lip entire or merely lobed, either tubercular or plicate.
b. Air-bladder in three jKirts : lateral line continuous: fontanelle present : scales
large, subequal.
c. Pharyngeal bones very strong, with the lower teeth much enlarged, subcy-
lindrical and truncate, the teeth of the upper part of the bene small
and compressed: mouth large, somewhat oblique, with very thick
lips Placophakynx, 2.
cc. Pharyngeal boues moderate, the teeth compressed, gradually larger down-
wards: mouth moderate or small, the lii)s usually plicate.
Myxos'ioma, 3.
bb. Air-bladder in two parts.
d. Lateral liue interrupted or wanting : scales large (40 to r>0 lu the course of
the lateral Iilc) : lips plicate.
e. Lateral lino incomplete, obsolete in the young, becoming developed in the
ivdult, but always more or less interrupted: mouth small, inferior.
Minyti;kma, 4.
ee. Lateral liue entirely wanting : mouth somewhat oblique.. Ekimyzox, 5.
dd. Lateral line complete and continuous : scales small, o.5 to 115 in the course
of the lateral line.
/. Fontanelle present.
g. Mouth verj' large, terminal, ()bli([ue : lips thin, nearly smooth.
Chasmistes, 6.
gg. Mouth inferior, moderate or small, with thick, papillose lips.
Catosto.mus, 7.
ff. Fontanelle obliterated by the union of the parietal bones: mouth small,
inferior, with thick, ])apillose lips, the lower jaw provided with a
cartilaginous sheath . . .> Pantosteus, 8.
104 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
*• Dorsal (in elongate, more or less elcvati-d in front, of about 25 or more dt^veloped
rays : air bladder in two parts,
t I'ontanolli' obliterated by the union of the parietal bones: head nhort and small :
body elongate. {Cyvleptince.)
Ii. Mouth small, inferior, with very thick, papillose lips : scales small, ou to 60 iu
the course of the lateral lino C yclkptus, 9.
tt Fontanelle well developed : head large : body oblong or ovate : scales large, 35 to
45 in the course of the lateral line. (Bubalichthyinw.)
i. Dorsal rays in moderate number (24 to 33).
j. Mouth comparatively small, inferior, protractile downwards.
k. Pharyngeal bones narrow, with the teeth comparatively thin and weak.
Cakpiodes, lU.
A-^". Pharyngeal bones strong, the teeth comparatively coarse and large, in-
creasing in size downwards Buijalicutiivs, 11-
jj. Mouth quite large, terminal, protractile forwards : i)haryngoal bones and
teeth moderate : lips thin, nearly smooth Iciixii yobus, 12.
ii. Dorsal fin very long, of about 50 developed rays Myx()CYI'i;inl"s, 13
Genus QUASSILABIA Jordan d Brayton.
Lagochila Jordan & Brayton, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 280. 1877. (Preoccupied in
conchology as Lagochilus.)
Quassilabia {JoHT>AS & Brayton) Joudan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 401, l'^73.
Type, Lagochila laceia Jordan & Brayton.
Etymology, qitafmiis, broken or torn; labia, lip.
Suckers like Myxostoma in every respect exceptiiifj the .structure of
the mouth and opercula. Head shorti.sh, conical, with lenjjthened snout;
its length 4^ to 5 times in that of the body, the opercuhir region being
reduced, so that the eye is well backwards: suborbital bones narrow : fon-
tanelle larj;e, widely open. Mouth large, singular in structure, inferior,
the ui)per lip not protractile, greatly prolonged, closely plicate. Lower
lip much reduced, divided into two distinct elongate lobes, which are
weakly papillo.se. The split between these lobes extends backwards to
the edge of the dentary bones, which are provided with a rather hard,
horny plate, as in J'antostevs. The lower Hp is entirely .sei)arated from
the upper at the angles by a deep fissure. The skin of the cheeks
forms a sort of cloak over tiiis lissur*', the crease separating this skin
from the mouth extending up on the sides of the muzzle. Tlu' crease
between the lips extends down on the under si<le of the head. System
of muciferous tubes well developed.
Pharyngeal bones not dissimilar from the usual ty|>«' in Mi/.rofintmuy
rather weak, with numerous .small teeth.
Body elongate, not much compressetl, not elevated. Fn)s moderate,
of precisely the type usual in Alyxontoma.
GENUS QUASSILABIA. 105
Scales large, i)recisel.y as in BLyxostoniay the lateral Hue wejl developed
and nearly straight, wijth about 45 scales in its course.
Air-bladder iu three parts.
Sexual i)eciiliaiities unknown ; probably little marked.
But a single species of this genus is known. It is a sort of oflshoot
from the genus Myxostoma, but its non-protractile mouth and singular
lower lip would seem to indicate some real affinity with ihe genus Ujco-
glosKum.
The name Lagochllus had been previously applied to a genus olOas-
teropods by B!auford,and toagenusof Insects by Loew. As Lagochila is
substantially the same word, with the same etymology, and as, if written
in strict (correctness, it would be Lagochilm also, its authors have seen
lit to substitute the name Quassilabia, and thus to forestall all discus-
sion as to w^hether the name Laguchila should be retained. As this sub-
stitution was made soon after the original description of the genus, and
before the name Lagochila' had come into any general use, it is to be
hoped that it will be accepted by succeeding ichthyologists.
Generic Characterizations.
Lagochila Jordan & Brayton, 1877. — "Similar to Myxostoma {Ptijchostumus Assmaiz)
except in the Btructure of the mouth parts. Dorsal fin short ; lateral lino well fl^vel-
oped ; scales large, subequal ; air-bladder iu three paits ; I'outauelle between parietal
bones well developed ; pharyngeal bones weak, with numerous small teeth ; upper lip
not all protractile, greatly enlarged, but attenuated, and sirgular in form. It consists
of two elongated and narrow lobes, separated by a narrow, deep fissure, which extends
inward to the edge of the mandible proper, which seems to be armed with a rather
hard or almost horny plate, about as iu the genus Pantosteas. The two lobes of the
lip are weakly papillose. The lower lip is entirely separated from the upper at the
angles by a deep fissure. Over this fissure the skin of the cheek lies as a sort of cloak ;
the crease separating this skin from the mouth, extending up on the sides of the muzzle.
The fissure between the lips extends dowu on the skin of the under side of the head.
The opercle is extiemely short and the eye is entirely lu the posterior part of the head." —
(Jordan & Brayton, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. p. 280, 1877.)
Quassilabia Jordan & Brayton, 1878. — "When the xxixme Larjochila was fiist pro-
])08ed for this genus, its authois were not aware that the mrfsculino form, Lagochilm,
had been already given to two different genera, toone of Gastero[>()ds by Blanford aid
to one of Insects by Loew. The words Lagochila and Lagochilus are identical in ety-
mology and in all except terminations, and many writers would consider them insuffi
ciently distinct, and wouhl hold that the name Lagochila should be changed. At
present, lam inclined to the contrary opinion ; nevertheless, as the matter stands, and
as the name Lagochila lla^ not yet come into general use, less confusion perha|)S will
result from renaming the genus, than from any othet course. The name Quanailabia
(Jordan &, Brayton) is accordingly suggested as a substitute for Lagochila, considered
to be preoccupied in conchology. The etymology is quassus, broken or torn ; labia, lip.
106 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICUTHYOLOGV— III.
Tbc case is precisely liko that of the ^eimsof Doves, Leptoptila Sv/aintiuu, lately uataed
JEchmoptila by Dr. Coues, ou account of the previous Leptoptilua of Lessou." — (Jokdak,
Bull. r. X. fiml. Surv. Terr, vol iv, No. 2, p. 418, ld78.)
ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF QUA8SILAUIA.
•Head short, couieal, with lengtheued suout, the regiou between the eyes flattened
and with prominent mucous ridges : cheeks and lower part of head rather swollen:
openle much reduced, its greatest length scarcely greater than the diameter of the
eye : head about 4J in length : eye 4J- in length of head, about 2 in length of the snout,
its situation thus quite posterior; length of the top of the head Ig in thi- distance
from the snout to the base of the dorsal. Body rather slender, the form being
between that of Myxostoma cervinum and M. macrolepidotum, the depth 4f in the length.
Dorsal tin rather low ; its rays I, 12; A. I, 7; V. 9. Scales 5-4!>-5. Color olive or
bluish-brown nbove; sides and belly silvery ; lower fins faintly orange. ..laceka, 1.
1. QUASSILABIA LACERA Jordan d; Brayton.
Hare-lip Sucker. S2}lit-mouth Sucker. May Sucker of the Scioto. Cut-lips.
1877 — Lagocltila lacera Jordan & Brayton, Proc. Ac. Nat. So. Phila. 280, 1877.
Latfochila lacera Jokdan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, oil, 1878.
Quunsilabia lacera Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 406, 1878.
Quasisilabia lacera Jordan, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. 418, 1878.
Habitat. — Tennessee River. Scioto River.
Only three si)eciinens of this isiiijinUir SiuUer are yet known. Two of
tliese were taken by Tiofessor Brayton and myself in the Chiekainauga
Kiver at Ringj?old, Catoosa County, Georgia, and the other iu Elk Kiver
near Estill Springs, Tennessee. In both these streams, the species was
well known to the fishermen, who s;iid that it is one of the mo.st abun-
dant s])ecies in those waters, and one of the most highly valued for food.
In the Chickamauga, it is known as the Harelip or Split-mouth Sucker
None of the specimens taken wi-ic mature, the largest being but ten
inches long, so that its maximum size cannot be given.
Since the above was written, a line large specimen has been sent to me
by J. U. Klippart, Es(|., of the Ohio Fish Commission. It was taken in
Scioto Iliver near Columbus, in April, 1878. Mr. Klippart inlorms me
that the species is well known to the Scioto fishermen, who call it May
Sucker, as it runs up the river in May. That so strongly marked a spe-
cies has so long escaped the attention of ichthyologists in the State of
Ohio is singular.
SpecimcuH in United Staler Xalioual ilu^eum.
Numl)er
Locality. , Collector.
«
Cbickainangn River
D. S. Jordan.
GENUS PLACOPHARYNX. 107
Genus PLACOPHARYNX Cope.
Placopharynx Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 407, 1870.
Type, Placopharynx carinatus Cope.
Etymology, nXu^, a broad surface ; (piipvy^, pharynx.
Suckers like Myxostoma iu all respects, except that tbe pharyngeal
bones are much more developed, and the teeth reduced iu number, those
on the lower half of the bone very large, G to 10 in number, nearly cylin-
dric in form, being but little compressed, and with a broad, rounded
or flattened grinding surface. The forms and positions of these en-
larged teeth vary greatly. In a specimen before me, the first tooth is
the highest and most compressed, its summit being rounded and then
abruptly truncate. The second tooth is notably shorter and thicker,
much larger, and rounded on top, the body of the tooth serving as a pe-
duncle for the swollen grinding surface. The third tooth is still shorter
and similar in form. The fourth tooth is similar to tbe first, being much
higher than the second and third, and flat on top. The others seem to
be irregularly alternated or arranged iu pairs, a long one and a short
one, the long teeth in all cases being the most truncated, as if their sur-
faces had been most worn off.
As I have at present no perfect specimens of this genus, nothing but
very young specimens, and pharyngeal jaws of adults, I cannot do*better
than to copy Professor Cope's original description, which seems to be
an accurate one. I substitute the generic names used in this paper
{Myxostoma, etc.) for those used by Professor Cope {Ptychostomus, etc.\
whenever a difl'erence occurs : —
"Allied to Myxostoma. The pharyng*al teeth much reduced in num-
ber, only seven on the proximal half of the bone, cylindric in lorm, with
a broad, truncate triturating surface. These play against a broad, cres-
centic, chitin-like shield on the posterior roou' of the i>haryngeal cavity.
Three divisions of the vesica natatoria.
" With a great superficial resemblance to Myxostoma, the masticatory
apparatus is different from that of any Catostomoid form known to me,
and combines peculiarities observed in some forms of true Cyprinidw.
The chitin-like shield is found in some of the latter; it is represented in
Catostomus, Myxostoma, and Garpiodes by a narrow and very thin pel-
licle of the same material, frequently interrupted in the middle line."
But one species of the genus is known. It is apparently widely dis-
tributed through the Mississippi Valley and the Great Lakes, but its
108 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
peculiarities are rarely noticed unless the pbaryugeal teeth are expo^d.
The writer has obtaiued four sets of the pharyngeal jaws and one entire
skeleton, but has seen only two small specimens, collected by Professor
Brayton in the Illinois liiver, and has obtained none in life.
Since the forc-joing was written, I have collected nnnicrons large
specimens in the French Broad Kiver, North Carolina, where it is the
most abundant member of the family, known to all (isht'rmen as the "Red
Horse". With a great sui>erlicial resemblance to the ^'ortheru lied
noise [Myxostoma macrolepidotum), Plncopharynx carinatus differs from
all the species of Myxostoma in its larger and more oblique mouth and
extremely thick lips.
2. PLACOPnAKY^X CAltlNATCTS Cope.
Big-jawed Sucker.
1870 — Placopharynx carinatus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 4G7, 1870.
Vlacopharyux cariiiatim Johdan, Fishes of Iiul. 221, 1875. (Name only.)
Placopharynx carinatus Jojjdax, Mau. Vert. 290, 1870.
Placophariprx carinatus Nklson, Cull. No. 1, Ills. Miis. Nat. His^. 49, 1870.
Placopharynx carinatus Johdan & Copeland, Check List, l"))^, 1870. (Name
only.)
Placopharynx carinatus Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72, 1877.
Placopharynx carinatus Jouuan & Gilukkt, iu Klipitart's Kept. 5:!, lull. (Name
only.)
Placopharynx carinatus Ki.ippart, First h'cport Ohio Fish Commission, 8ti, l.-??.
Placojiharynx carinatus Joiu^ax, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mns. i.x, 50, 1877. (Name only.)
Placopharynx carinatus JouDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 2(1,311, 1878.
Placopharynx carinatus Johdan. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. vol. iv, No. 2, p. 417, lf!^78.
Habitat. — Mi.'^sissippi Valley and Upper Great Lakes. Wabash River {Cope. Jordan).
Scioto River. Ohio River. Detroit Kivcr. Illinois River. French Broad River.
The following is Professor Coi)e's description of this spi'cie.s: —
''The physiognomy and i)roportions of this sucker are those of the
Pt. erythrufUH or the 'red horse' of the Western Rivers.
" The lips are large and i)licate, the anterior pendent like that ot i he /'.
collapaus, the posterior full like that of Pt. ccrriims. Mn/.zle veiiically
truncate. Length of head in that of body four times; depth of body in
same 3.0(1 times ; scales (» — 41 — 5. Radii 1). XIV, V. 0, A. 7. Free mar-
gin of dorsal straight, not elevated anteriorly. Occii)ital region more
elevated medially than in Pt. crythrurus, superior ridges well marked,
with a s])e('i:il addition characteristic of this species, ;ind of none other
with which I am ac(piaint«'d. This is a median longitudinal fiontal
ridge, extending from the fontauelle to hetweeu the nasal ridges. Onl^\
PLACOPHARYNX CARINATUS. 109
the posterior extremity of this ridge appears in some Ptychostomi. Orbit
lougitudiiially oval, 4.5 times in length of head, twice in interorbital
width. Type, fonrteen inches in length.
" Color in alcohol like that of other species, uniform straw or whitish
silvery.
" The pharyngeal bones of this species are much stonter than those of
other species of its own and greater size, c. r/., PL aureolas of eighteen
inches, where they are comparatively slight. The exteroposterior ala is
twice as wide as the body inside the teeth is deep, and but for its short
base and narrowed tip would do lor that of a Semotilus. But while there
are seven broad teeth without heel or cusp on the basal half, there are
at least forty on the distal half, they becoming more compressed and
finally like those of other allied genera. There are fourteen with trun-
cate extremities. The pharyngeal plate has narrow horns directed up-
wards and forwards, and is thickened medially. It is placed ini medi-
ately in advance of the opening of the oesophagus. I have but one
specimen of this curious species, which I obtained at Lafayette, on the
Wabash River, in Indiana."
The writer has in his collection two young specimens obtained in Illi-
nois Eiver by Piof. Brayton, a skeleton of a very large individual
found in Scioto River by Dr. J. W. Wheaton, and a pair of pharyngeal
bones taken by Dr. G. M. Levette from a fish taken in the Wabash at
Terre Haute. I have also seen a pair of pharyngeals and an air-bladder
of one taken in Detroit River by Professor Baird, and now in the United
States National ]\Iuseum, and a jaw from " Post-pliocene " deposits near
the Falls of the Ohio, found by Dr. John Sloan, The jaws and air-
bladder iibove noticed are the oidy specimens of this species preserved
in the National Museum.
Since the foregoing was written, the writer has obtained numerous
living specimens of Plaeopharyiix carinatus from the French Broad at
Wolf Creek and other localities in North Carolina. From one of these,
the following description was taken : —
Body oblotig, moderately compressed, heav^ at the shoulders : head
very large, 3^ in length of the body : eye small, behind the middle of the
head : mouth extremely large, the lower jaw oblique when the mouth is
closed, the month, therefore, protractile forwards as well as downwards :
lip'S very thi(;k, coarsely plicate, the lower lip full and heavy, truncate
behind : head above evenly rounded, in my specimens not showing the
carination described by Professor Cope : scales C-45-G : dorsal rays 13 ;
ventral 9: color I)rassy-green above; lower fins red.
110 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
Genus MYXOSTOMA {Rafinesqne) Jordan.
CatoHtomua hj). Le Sueur, anil ol all writers till IHSf).
MoxoHtoma Rafinesquk, Iolitliy<ilogi,a Obienais, 1820, 54. (Proposed as a Bubgonus for
tbo.se sj)ecie8 of CaloHtomuH witb eigbt ventral rnys and tbe candal lobes un-
equal : typo C. amsurus Raf.)
Terclithii Kakinesque, Icbtbyolofria Obiensis, 1820, 57. (As a euhgetiiiH, !(» iucluilo
those ppecies of Catontomiis witb nine ventral rays: no type designated— most
of the species recorded belong to tbe present genus. C. aitreolua Lc Sueur is
tlie species Grst mentioned, and to this species and its relatives tbe name
TcrttuUm was afterwards restricted by Professor Cope.)
Ptychostomns Agassiz, American Journal of Science and Arts, 185.5, p. 203. (No type
designated : tbe species mentioned are P. aureolm, P. mncrohpidotun, P. duques-
nil, and P. melanops. P. aureolua has been considered tbe type of tbe genus.)
Teretuhix Copk, .fourn. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 18(i8, 236.
Moxostoma Jordan, Manual of Vertebrates, IriTG, 295.
Alyxostoma Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 1877, 348. (Corrected ortbograpby.)
Etymology, /ii'iu, to suck ; aru/ia, moutb.
Type, Cutmtomaa nniauruH Kafioesquc.
Body more or less elongate, sometimes nearly terete, usually more or
less cotn pressed.
Uead vnrionsly long or short, its k'n;itli ranging i'rom 3.^ to 3.^ in that
of llic l»ody : eye usually rather large, varying from 3 to 6 times in tbe
length of the side of the head, its position high up and median or
rather posterior: suborbital bones very narrow, always much longer
than broad, their width less than one-fourth that of the fleshy part of
tbe cheek : fontanelle on top of bead always well open, the parietal
bones not coalescing.
Mdutli varying much in size, always inferior in position, the mandible
being hoiizontal or nearly so: lips usually well developed, tbe form of
tbe lower varying in ditterent sections of the j;enus, usually with a slight
median tissurc, l»ut ncNcr dfcply incised ; the li{)s with transverse
plicai — the Iblds rarely so broken up as to form papillue : jaws without
consi)icuous cartilaginous sheath : muciferous system considerably de-
veloped, a chain of tubes aU)ng the supra()rbital region, a branch of
whitth extends around behind the eye and forwards along the suborbital
bonesand tbe lower edge of the preorbital : op<icular bones moderately
developed, nearly smooth : isthiiins broad : gill rakers weak, moder-
ately long, in length about half the diameter of the eye.
Pharyngeal bones mtber weak, much as in Erimyzon and CatostomtLS^
GENUS MYXOSTOMA. Ill
the teeth rather coarser, strongly compressed, the lower five or six much
stronger than the others, which are rapidly diminished in size upwards,
each with a prominent internal cusp.
Scales large, more or less quadrate in form, nearly equal in size over
the body, and not specially crowded anywhere, usually about 44 in the
lateral line (41 to 5G), and about twelve series between dorsal and ven-
trals. Lateral line well developed, straight or anteriorly decurved.
Fins well developed, the dorsal inserted about midway of the
body, its first rays usually rather nearer snout than the caudal, the
number of developed rays usually about 13, but varying in different
species from 11 to 17 : anal fin short and high, usually emarginate in
the male fish, probably always with seven developed rays : ventrals in-
serted nearly under the middle of the dorsal; their number of rays nor-
mally 9, occasionally varying to 10 ; the occurrence of ten ventral rays
is probably an accidental individual character, and not a permanent
specific one : caudal fin deeply forked, the lobes about equal, except in
two species.
Air-bladder with three chambers: skeleton essentially as in Gatostomus,
the vertebrae in M. carpio 27-14 (Giinther).
Sexual peculiarities little marked, the males in the spawning season
with the lower fins reddened, and the anal rays swollen and somewhat
tuberculate.
This genus is widely diffused, some of its species occurring in all the
waters of the United States east of the Rocky Mountains, excepting
those of the New England States. Some of the more aberrant species
seem to be quite local; other species are of the widest distribution. The
principal species in the genus, although not the technical type, M. ma-
crolepidotum, is very widely difiused, and is subject to much variation.
This genus is one readily recognizable by external appearance, its
species being known to the fishermen as '■'■Bed Horse -^ and "■ xMnlleV^ )
those of other genera being called rather " Suckers". Its proi)er nomen-
clature has, however, been a subject of considerable uncertainty.
The subgenus Moxostoma was originally proposed by Kafiiies(iue to
include 6'. anisurus Raf., with the following diagnosis: — ''liody oblong,
compressed; head compressed, eight abdominal rays; dorsal fin com-
monly longitudinal ; tail commonly unequally forked."
The characters here noticed are either common to several genera,
or else merely specific, and the use of the generic name must de-
pend on our identification of the original typical species. By some
1 1 2 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY IIT.
process of reason in jjj not now cxp.iiinab'.e, Professor Agassiz identified
Ibis with tbe coniruon Chub Sucker of the West, a speeirs which I con-
sider Klentical with Cyprinu.s obl<»i;/us Mitchill. lie 1 bus transferred the
name Moxontonui from the '• Ited IJorso '' to tlie "Chub Sucker" group
Kafiuesque's description, however, renders it evident tliur his fish was
out' of the Red Horse kind; and as Moxontoma is the first generic name
applied to species of that group, it must be retained in spite of the
inconi|)h'teuess of the original diagnosis.
Teretulus Kafinesque was proposed three pages later for ''nu extensive
subgenus, to which belong all the following species of Le Sueur: C.au-
reolus, C. )Nacrolcpidotus, ('. toiKjiro.struui, C. niyrieann, C. V'ttatus, C.
maenlosuSj C. fiucetta, besides the C teres and C. obh)iyn.s of ^litchill."
To these he adds his own species, C. melannps, C melaiiotus (= Campo-
stoma), C.fasciolaris, C. erythrurus, and V. Jlcxuosus. This ^'' omnium ya-
therum^^ receives the following diagnosis: — "Body elongate cUiudrical
or somewhat quadrangular, abdominal rays, dorsal tin commonly small,
tail equally forked."
A nume proposed for a group of this kind, in the opinion of the pres-
ent writer, should not be set aside, but should be retained for some one
o; more of the si)ecie8 originally referred to it, and when any writer
adopts such a genus, he shall have the right to select any of the species
as its type, and the name should be considered thereafter as ai)plyiug
to siK-h typical species only, not to be revived in case sueLi typical species
be afterwards found to have had a prior generic name. In case no such
type has been selected by any author, then the "principle of exclusion''
shouM be applied, aud the name be retained for such species as may be
left to the last, on subtracting from the mongrel group the diilerent
component genera in chronological order.
In this view, Tcretnlus, having been by Professor Cope, in 1S08, re-
stricted to C. uurcolm Le S. and its ailines, these being congeneric with
species previously called Moxostoma, becomes a synonyuj ol Moxostoma,
and cannot be used for a distinct genus. The principle of exclusion,
if unmndilied, would rctjuire us to use the name Teretulus for those
species lefc on subtracting Catostomus proper, Moxostomn, Camjxistoma,
Erimyzou, and Jlypentelium, i. e., in i>lace of Minytrema.
P(ycltosti)mi's Agassiz was pioposed htr this same j^roup, without
reference tothetuo names conferred by Jtafinesque. '1 his genus was
well characterized by I'rofessor Agassiz on the peculiarities of the scales
GENUS MYXOSTOMA. 113
and lips, although the species of Minytrema was inadvertently included
in it. The most important generic feature, the tricellular air bladder,
was Qrst noticed by Professor Cope.
I have seen fit to change (he orthography of the name from Moxoatoma
to Mi/xostoma, in accordance with its apparent etymology. This change
is rather desirable from the fact that it tends to avoid confusion, the
name Moxostoma hav'ing been commonly used in connection with a
diflferent genus.
The genus Myxostoma contains two well marked sections, typified
respectively by M. velatum and AL macrolepidotum, and characterized by
the form of the mouth and lower lip : that of M. veJata being as in the
genus Erimyzon; that of M. macrolepklotum being of the character most
common in this genus.
Generic Characterizations.
Moxostoma Rafinesqiie, 1820. — " Body oblong, compressed ; bead compressed, eigbt
abdominal rays, dorsal fin commo.ly longitudinal ; tail commo*nly unequally forked." —
{Ichthyologia Ohiensis, p. 54.)
Teketui.us Rafinesque, 1820. — " Body elongate cylindrical or somewbat quadrangu-
lar, 9 abdo:ninal rays, dorsal fi'.s commonly small; tail equally forked. Au exten-
sive subgenus, to wbicb belong all tbe following species of Le Sueur: C.anrcolus, C.
macrolepidotus, C. longiroatrum, C. nigricans, C. vittatus, C. macuhsus, C. sucetta, besides
tbe C. teres and C. oblongus of Dr. Mitcbill."— (/c/i. Oh. p. 57.)
Ptychostomcs Agassiz, 1855. — "In respsct to form of body and tbe structure and
position of tbe fins, this genus does not differ from Catostomus proper, but may be
distingiiisbed by tbe following structural peculiarities. Tbe lips are marked by trans-
verse ridges or folds, and bardly bilobed below ; tbey are not papillated as in Catosto-
mus proper. The generic name of this type is derived from this character of tbe lips
The head is shorter and stouter. Tbe dorsal is longer than it is high, but m tbe males,
it is longer in proportion than in the females. The anal of the male is also broader
than that of the female, and its lower margin lobed, while in the female it is trape-
zoidal and narrow.
" The tcales are as large ou the anterior as on tbe posterior region of the body ; their
ver.ical diameter about as great as the longitudinal, so that the scales are nearly quad-
rangular, with rounded edges; the ornamental concentric ridges not longeruor broader
ui)on the posterior than upon the lateral and anterior fields; the radiating furrows few,
only one or two in the posterior field and one on each side limiting that fitld from the
lateral fields; those of the anterior field are more numerous, and yet not crowded.
Tube of the lateral line arising in the centre of radiation or farther back upon the
posterior field.
" The pharyngeals are strong, their entire edge spreading like a wing, and that
spreading margin is separated from the symphysis by a deep emargination. The
teeth increasing rather rapidly in size from above downwards, are more apart from one
Bull. K M. No. 12—8
114 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
auotlier tliaii in tlio preceding genera, und arcbed inward as in Moxostonia, the inner
edge of the lower ones square, its inner margin rising into a broad ensp in the middle
and npner teetb." — ( JmfnV;an Jonrn. Svi. Arts, xis, p. 2015.)
TERETi-i.fS Cope, 1868. — "The essential character of this genns is the division of
the natatory bladder into three chambers, while Catostorans and all Cyprinidaj, exhibit
but two. Tliis feature is accompanied by plicate lips, as Agassiz has indicated, and
nine rays to the ventral tin, already pointed out by Eafinesque. The species are the
largest scaled of the typical suckers. Le Sneur and Vale^nciennes have pointed out
the generic features in the /'. viacrolepidotim ; Prof. Baird informs me that it occurs
in rt. florvaUs Rd., aud I find it in P^ cervinus and I'l. duquexnii. It no doubt exists
also in the Pt. aureolas. Other species descrilied by Bainl and Girard from the South-
west probably possess it.
"It is difficult to assign a name to this g(^nus. Raliiiesquo proposes it upon unten-
able characters, and includes with it species of Moxostonia and Catostomus. Agassiz
purged it of these elements, but did not express its essential character, apparently rely-
ing on the plicate lips. I have taken the older name, leaving for others the final
decision."— (JoMJ-nai Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila. 180H, p. 230.)
Ptychostomus Cope, 1870. — '• The development of the ii|)H furnish important diag-
nostic indications in thi*genus. In tho*e most nt arly allied to Moxostoma,tho inferior
lip resembles that of that genus in being narrower and deeply incised, emargiuate
posteriorly forming a figure V with the apex forwards, at the same time the superior
lip is very thin and often narrow. Such species are shorter, and tend to a great de-
velopment of dorsal fin. Others of tiiis type are more elongate. Some. species of both
are distinguished by their very prominent couio muzzle and minute, inferior mouth,
reminding one of the Carpiodes. In one species the lips are papillose instead of plicate.
In some species, the mouth is very projectile, in others scarcelj' so at all.
" Rafinesqiie proposed a genus Tcretulus on the characteristic peculiarity of nine ven-
tral radii, belonging to most species of this genus. He however included species of
two other genera. On this account, Agassiz, in rearranging the suckers, imposed on
it the name standing at the head of this article, regarding the plicate lips as a primary
character. I think Rafinesque's name is to be rejected, owing to its ill application ;
the more as I find two species in which there are ton ventral radii. I adopt that of
Agassiz, though I showed, when describing the /*/. cervinus, that the tricellular nata-
tory bladder was a more distinctive feature. This becomes the more obvious now that
I liave found a species where the lips are tubercular instead of plicate." — (/Voo. Jhi.
Philos. Soc. Phila. p. 4G9.)
MOXOSTOMA Jordan, 1H7(!.— •• Doi.sai modtrale, of 11 to 20 rays : air bladder in three
parts: lips usually plicate: lateral lino very distinct: pharyngeal teeth numerous and
all small, of tho usual type, the bones slender" (in comparison with those of I'lacopha-
rynx).—iMan. Vert. E. U. S. p. 292.)
MoxoSTOMA Cope & Jordan, 1877. — " Body oblong or elongate, with a short sub-
qnadrate dorsal fin of 10 to 17 developed rays: air bladder in three parts : lateral line
present: fontanelle present: scales large, subequal : pharyngeal bones not especiiiUy
enlarged, the teeth of the usual type." — (Jokdan, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1877, p.
Jfl.)
ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF MYXOSTOMA. 115
ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF MYXOSTOMA.
Lips distinctly plicate.
t Lower lip full, its posterior edj^e truncate, not infolded and " /v-sbaped".
a. Species with tho body distinctly compressed, tbe depth 3J to nearly 5 in length,
b. Dorsal fin largely developed, its rays If) to 18 in number: head rather large,
3f to 4i in length, broad above : mouth large, with full lips : eye rather
largo : body deep, strongly compressed, the back somewhat elevated, tho
depth about :?i in length : dorsal fin high and large, larger than iu an5
other species of the genus, the first ray about as long as the biise of th<«,
fin : scales 5-43-4, quite largo : colorntion very pale and silvery, the lower
fins white Carpio, 3.
66, Dorsal fin moderate, its rays 1*2 to 14 in number,
c. Scales large, 41 to 50 in the course of the lateral line.
d. Caudal fin normal, the two lobes about equal and similarly colored.
e. Head singular in form, much shortened, the muzzle very abruptly de-
curved, descending almost perpendicularly in front of the eye : the
head wedge-shaped from behind forwards, and less so from below
upwards, its sides subvertical and the low^ cross-diameter of the
head greater than the upper.
/. Eye very large, more than one-third tbe length of the side of the
head (in an individual of sis inches iu length): lips thin, very
faintly plicate : width of head through the opercles greater than
the thickness ot the body: head 4^ in length; depth about the
same: dorsal rays 13: scales G-43-5: body shortish, closely com-
pressed, the back somewhat elevated, and the caudal peduncle
unusually long in i)roportion : color smoky-blue ; lower fins white :
size probably small EURYOPS, 4.
te. Head normal in form, not as above.
g. Mouth moderate or large, not very small, nor very much overpassed
by the muzzle : lips thick, strongly plicate : body stoutish, vary-
ing to moderately elongate : dorsal fin medium, its developed
rays 12 to 14, usually 13 in number : scales large, about 6-45-5:
lower fins in the adult red or orange.
h. Head comparatively elongate, 4 to 5 in length: mouth large:
size very large, reaching a length of two feet
or more mackolepidotum, 5.
X. Head quite elongate, 4 to 4| in length : back little
elevated: body rather elongate, not greatly
compressed : scales pretty large, 6-42 to 49-5:
back bluish or olive ; sides brilliantly .silvery,
with bright reflections ; dorsal fin dusky above ;
lower fins bright red duqiiesnii.
XX. Head a little shorter, 4J to 43 in length : form
of the preceding: scales distinctly smaller,
7 or 8-48 to .'iO-6: back with much smoky
shading laclmjmale.
11 D CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
'Lips distinctly plicate — Continued.
XXX. Head still shorter and deeper, 4^ to 5 in lengtL,
its upper profile concurrent with the curve
of the back, which is considerably elevated,
the form being thus somewhat elliptical : sides
compressed : dorsal rays usually 13: coloration
little silvery, the sides reflecting brownish aud
golden ; back smoky, some of the scales dusky
at base : scales 6-42 to 50-5 macrolepulolHm.
hh. Head comparatively short, low and small, 5 to 5J in length ;
back elevated and compressed ; depth 8^ in length : mouth
rather small, more or less overpassed by the snout : color-
ation bright yellowish-brown, etc., not silvery ; lower fins
bright red : dorsal rays 13: scales G-4"2 to 48-5: size large,
AUREOLCM, 6.
gg. Mouth very small, much overpassed by the conic muzzle : head
small, about 5 in length,
r. Body llattisb, the back elevated and compressed; dei)th 3J :
muzzle contracted : scales large, 5-44-5 : dorsal rays usually
12 : dorsal fin elevated in front, its first soft ray longer than
the base of the fin : color silvery, with smoky bhading
above, some of the scales blackish at their bases; lowtr fins
white; top of head, humeral bar, aud dorsal fin dusky.
CIlASSILAnUE, 7.
a. Body flattish, the dorsal outline elevated, the form being like
that of M. corigonus: head small and conic : mouth exceed-
ingly small, the snout far overjiassing it, the muzzle being
much longer than in M. craHHilabre : dorsal rays 11 : eye
large: coloration smoky above, some scales dusky at their
bases ; sides ]»ale ; lower fins white coxes, 8,
dd. Caudal fin with the upper lobe falcate, much longer than the lower, at
least in the adult, the lobes similarly colored: dorsal fin short and
high, falcate : body compressed ; back somewhat elevated ; depth 3J
in length: head conic, flattish, 5^ in length: mouth very small, much as
in aurcolum. D. 12-13, half higher than long : scales (>-4(>-5.
ANisruA, 9.
ddd. Caudal fin with the lower lobe much longer than the upper and difl'er-
ently colored, the upper h>be in the adult being red, the
inferior jet-black, its two hnvermost developed rays and
their membranes abruptly white (f in both sexes). Body
elongate, umderately compressed, somewhat elevated for-
wards ; depth 4i in kngth: head about the same: mouth
medium, the lips full : dorsal rays 13 : scales large, 5-44-4:
coloration usual, except of the caudal fin ; other fins all red,
with blackish shadings : size email poeciluka, 10.
ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF MYXOSTOMA. 117
•Lips distinctly plicate — Continued.
cc. Scales very small for the genus, about 9-56-8 in number : body moderately
elongate, the dejith about 4 iu the length.
ee. Head shortish, conic, the snout not much projecting, about 4 in length :
eye large : dorsal tin .-^mall, with about eleven rays, the last rapidly
shortened (characters of moutli uukuowu, but probably similar to
viacrolepidotum ami jJoecUura ; it is said to be " much larger than in
P. congestuti") aljjiuuji, 11.
aa. Species with the body elongate, little compressed, broad, the dep^i about a
in length, not very much greater than the thickness.
j. Head very short, roundish above, rather pointed forwards,
about 5 in length : cheeks subvertical : mouth rather large,
with thick lips, which are strongly plicate, the folds some-
what broken up : eye small : tins very small, the dorsal
rays 10 to 12 : scales rather large, (5-44 to 49-5 : color green-
ish-brown, a pale blotch on each scale, these forming con-
tinuous streaks along the rows of scales : back with more
or less distinct brownish cross-blotches ; fins brownish, not
much red; the dorsal blackish at tip: size smallest: length
less than a foot CERVINUM, 12.
tt Lower lip thin, not infolded and "/V-shaped ", forming a narrow, crescent-shaped
border around the mandible.
k. Head small, 5 times in length : muzzle prominent, but
less so than in M. coregonus : month moderate : back a
little elevated: depth about 3^ in lengih: dorsal rays 12
to 14, its free border of^en incised : scales G-45-5 : colora-
tion very pale; lower fins white: size large; reaches a
weight of four pounds or more album, 13.
kh. Head stout, as in M. velatum, rather long, 4 in length,
flattish above, muzzle truncate, not very prominent :
mouth moderate : back elevated : dorsal tin long, of 14
or 15 rays : sea-green above ; white below ; lower fina
white THALASSINUM, 14.
ttt Lower lip, infolded, /V-shaped when viewed from below, with a distinct median
crease, iu which the two halves of the lip meet, forming
an acute angle : mouth small.
I. Dorsal large, with 1(5 (15 to 17) developed rays.
m. Body stout, deep, compressed, the back elevated, the
depth 3 to 4 in length : head short, heavy, flattish
and broad above, thick through the cheeks, 3f to 4J
in length : eye rather large, midway in head, 4 to
5 in its length : muzzle rather prominent, blnntish,
overhanging the very small mouth : fins very large ;
dorsal long and hi^h, its height five-sixths the length
of the head : pectorals nearly reaching ventrals •
color silvery, smoky above; lower fins red: size
large velatum, 15.
118 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
•Lips distinctly plicate — Coutinued.
U. Dorsal moderate, with 1*2 to 14 developed rays.
n. Head comparatively larj^e, about 4 in length: dorsal
rays usually 12.
0. Head short aud very wide through the opercles,
flat above: body stout, the back somewhat
elevated, depth 4 in length: muzzle subtrun-
cate, slightly projecting : scales G—10-r> : oliva-
« ceous. siUi TV lii'low ; dorsal fin dusky.
CONGESTUM, IC.
00. Head rather lung, 4^ in length, llattish above :
body elongate, more nearly cylindrical, little
compressed: muzzle truncate: olivaceous, some-
times with rows of faint spots along the series
of scales ; dorsal and caudal (ins black-edged :
size quite small: Teaemhles M. cervhium, but the
mouth entirely dill'erent pidiexsk, 17.
tin. Head very small, about 5 in length : muzzle couic,
much projecting beyond the very small mouth ;
body broadly fusiform, much compressed, the
back elevated and arched : dorsal rays 14 : color
silvery, with plumbeous shades above; lower
fins while: size small corkgoncs, l^*.
•' Lips full, strongly papillose, much as in the subgenus Ilypathliuvi.
p. Body comparatively stout, the dorsal region
somewhat elevated and rounded, the depth
being about 4 in length, the head about the
same : eye lather large, high up aud well back,
the preorbital space being longer than ir the
other species: top of head flat : dorsal rays 1'2
to 14: scales rather large, 6-42-.^: lips well
developed, deeply incised : color silvery ; back
with smoky shading; lower fins white: size
large, reaches a length of about two feet
i'Ai'n,Lot>iM, 19.
3. MYXOSTOMA CARPIO {Valenciennes) Jordan.
Carp MulUt. White Ltd- MulUi.
1944— Ca<08<omu« carpio Vai.knciennIuS, Cuv. et Val. Hist. Nat. des I'oiss. xvii, 457, pi.
517.
CatoslomuH carpio Storkk, Synopsis, 426, l^ltl.
Caiostomm carpio GOntiikk. Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii. 20, 1668.
Plyvhostomus carpio Copk, Proc. Am. Philos. Soe. Phila. 47(», 1870.
Ptychoetomua carpio Jokdan, Fishes of lud. 221, l'?75. (Name only.)
MYXOSTOMA EURYOPS.
119
Moxostoma carpio Jokdan, Man. Vort. 290, 187(3.
Teretuhis carpio Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. xMus. Nat. Hist. 49, 187G.
Teretuhis carpio Jokdan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 187C. (Name only.)
Moxostovia carpio Johdan & Gilbeht, in Klippart'a Rept. Fish Comm. Ohio, 53,
1877. (Name onlj'.)
Myxostoma carpio Jokdan, Man. Vtit. E. U. S. cd. 2il, 1512, 1878.
Habitat. — Great Lake Region and northward. Also in the Ohio River.
This species is apparently not very common, and its distribution is
probably chiefly northward. I have obtained but one living specimen,
a fine lar^e one, from Lac des Buttes des Morts, in Northeastern Wis-
consin. This specimen in life was extremely pale and silvery, its fins
having none of the orange coloration common to most of the species.
M. carpio is related toM. macrolepidotum, but the much greater develop-
ment of the dorsal will always distinguish it.
Specimens in Unitei States National Museum.
Number.
10793
11214
12270
12271
12293
Locality.
Cincinnati, Ohio
Alpena, Mich. (Lake Huron)
Cincinnati. Ohio
Cincinnati, Ohio
Cincinnati, Ohio
Marietta, Ohio
Collector.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
Prof. Andrews.
4. MYXOSTOMA EURYOPS Jordan.
Snub-nosed Sucker.
187(5 — Teretuhis euryops Joi:i>an & Copeland, Check List, 157. (Name only.)
Myxostoma euryops Joijdan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi. 348, 1877.
Myxostoma euryops Johdan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 312, lh78.
Habitat. — Alabama River.
This species is still known only from the type specimen obtained in
Lovejoy's Creek, a small tributary of Oostanaula Kiver, a lew miles
north of Rome, Ga. The species is most nearly related to M. macrolepi-
dotum, and it is barely possible that the type specimen is a monstrosity
of that species. The peculiarities of the mouth, and the fact that the
bones of the head seem to be normally developed, lead me to consider it
a distinct species.
120 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
5. MYXOSTOMA MACKOLEPIDOTUM {Le Sueur) Jordan.
Common Hid JIoikc Mullit. While Sucker. Large-scaled Sucker.
a. Subspecies vmcrolejudotum.
1817 — Caioslomvs macrolcpidolus Li; Sukuh, Jouin. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. i, 91.
Catostomus viacrolepidotua DkKay, New Yo;k Fuuua, part iv, Fishes, 202, 1842.
Catostomus macroh'pidotus C\j\\vv. A V xf.knciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poitsous, xvii,
447, 1844.
Catostomus macrohpidolus Stokki!, Syuopsis, 420, 184G.
rtychostomus macrolepidoius Agas.siZ, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 2(1 series, xix, 204,
1855.
PtychoHtomus luacrohpidoius Cope, Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. Pbila. 47.">, 1870.
I'tychostomus macrohpidotitu Jo*:dan, Fisbes of lud. 221, 1H75. (Name only.)
MoxoHtoma viacrolcpidotum J()i:i>an, Man. Vert. 296, 167G.
Terelithis viacrohpiilotum Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Miis. Nat. Hist. 49, 187G.
Catontomus viacrohpidotus UiiLKU & LuGGER, Fisbes of Maryland, 140, 187(5.
TerdwZjw mac>-o?cpido<M8 Jordan & CoPKLAND, Cbeck List; x, 157, lf'7<3. (Name
only.)
iloxontoma macrolepidola Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart'sReiU. .>!, l-'Tt;. (Name
only.)
Myxobtoma macrolepidoia Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 3i:5, 1878.
1842 — Calostomus oiieida DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fi.sbcs. 19-'.
Catostomus oneida Stoker, Synopsis, 425, 1840.
rtjichniitomuH oneida Cope, Proc. Am. Pbilcs. Soc. Pbila. 470, I(!<7u.
li^70—rttjehoiilomu>< 7-ohus1u» CoPE, Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. Pbila. 473.
Tereitthts robustus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 1.57, 187G. (Name only.)
187G — I'tychotitomus congeatus Coviz & Yarrow, Lieutenant Wheeler's Expl. W. lOOtb
Mer. V, G80, 1H7G. (Not of Girard.)
IIaiuiat. — North Cai'olina to Vermont, and northwestward throiij;;h the Great Lakt)
ReyioM and the l'p])er Mississippi — the only form of the species occurring east of the
Alleghany Mountains. (Also in Arizona ?)
b. Subspecies hieliriimalc (Coi)c) Jordan.
1870 — riychostomus lachrymaliH Cope, Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. Pbila. 474.
TcrcluhtH lachrymalis Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 187G. (Name only.)
Myxoatoma duqitesnii var. laehrymaliH Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 349,
1877.
Mi/rostoma macrolepidoia vai\ laehrymalis .Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 313, 1878.
Hauitat. — North Carolina to .Mahama.
r. Subspecies duqtusvei (Le Sueur) Jordan.
1817 — Catontomuii diiqiiemiii Le Sl'EI'r, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 105.
Catoxtomiis diiqitcsiiii llAKiXE.sQrE, Kb. Ob. GO, 1820.
Caloatomim dnqmsuH Kirilanu, Kt'[il. Zuul.^Oliio, U'H, 1838.
Cato»(omu8 duqnesnii DkKay, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 203, l.-'42.
MYXOSTOMA MACROLEPIDOTUM. 121
Catoslomus duquesnii Cuvier & Valencienxks, Hist. Nat. dca Poissous, xvii,
458, 1844.
Catostomus dnqucsnit Kiiitland, Bostou Journ. Nat. Hist, v, 208, 1845.
Catostomus dvquesnii Storeh, Sj^nopsis, 42.i, 1846.
Piiichoxtomus duqiusmi Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2(1 series, xix, 204, 1855.
Catostomus duqutsnii Gunthkr, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 18, 1808.
Teretuhis duquesnei Copk, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 236, 1868.
Ptychostomus duqiicsni Copk, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 476, 1870.
Ptychostomiis duquesnei Jokdax, Bull. Bufl'alo Soc. Nat. II:st. 95, 1876.
Moxostoma duquesnii Jordan, Man. Vert. 295, 1876.
Catostomus duquesnii Uhler & Lugger, Fishes of Maryland, V.i9, 1876.
Teretuhis duquesnii Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hint. 4'J, 1876.
Teretulus duquesnii Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Narao only.)
Moxostoma duquesnei Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1876. (Name
only.)
Mijxostoma duquesnii Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 349, 1877.
Myxostoma duquesnii Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 37, 1877.
Mijxostoma tnacrolcpidota var. duquesni Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 313, 1878.
1818— Catostovms erythrurus, Rvfinesque, Am. Month. Mag. and Crit. Rev. 354.
Catostomus erythrurus Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 59, 1820.
Catostomus erythmrus Kirtland, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 168, 1838.
Ptychostomus erythrurus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 474, 1870.
Ptychostomus erythrurus Jordan, Fishes of Ind. 221, 1875. (Name only.)
Teretulus erythrurus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
182Q—Rutilus melanurus Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 51.
Haiutat. — Ohio Valley. Upper Mississippi River and southward; niost abundant
from Wisconsin to Georgia.
Examiniition of a very large series of "Mullet" and "lied Horse"
from various i>arts of the country has led me to the conclusion, at first
rather unexpected, that all the various forms included in the above
synonymy belong to one widely diffused and somewhat variable species.
The "INIullet" of the lakes and of Eastern Pennsylvania appears gen-
erally to differ in the more elevated and compressed body, shorter,
deeper head, and brownish or brassy rather than silvery coloration.
This represents the general tendency of '•^vixr. macrokpiflotum^^ -, but
specimens of '■'• duqiiesneV can be found which will match the average
macrolepidotum in each of these respects. The form which I have iden-
tified with Professor Cope's lachrtjmale is to some extent intermediate,
but has the additional peculiarity of smaller scales. In this respect,
however, occasional individuals, both of dnqncsnci ixud oi macrolepidotum y
can be found which approach it.
The form inhabitiug the waters of the eastern and northern parts of the
United States is the variety macrolepidotum. It is sold commonly as a food-
122 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
lish ill the wintiT and spring in the markets of Washinglon and Philadel-
phia, as well as in the markets of those cities in the ^\^ st which are sup-
plied by the fisheries of the Great Lakes. It is i»rol)ably ninch more
abundant in Lake Erie than M. aunolum is, and it has been Irecjuently
confounded with the latter species. I once obtained two specimens,
each of nearly twelve i)ounils weij;ht, in the Fox River in Wisconsin.
In the Ohio llivei' and its tributaries, and in the rivers of the Southr
west generally, the var. duquesnil is the prevailing form. This variety
is more delicately colored than the other, the silvery lustre of the scales
is more strongly marked, and the red of the fins is rather iin)re vivid.
This form, too, is valued somewhat as a food-fish, although the flesh,
like that of all the Suckers, is comparatively coarse, tasteless, and full of
bones. The variety duquesncl is everywhere known by the curious ver-
naeuhir name of "Red Horse", a name possibly to be accounted for liy
the color of the fins and the form of the head. This variety also grows
to a large size.
The variety lachryniale I only know from specimens obtained in Eto-
wah River, Georgia, in company with the variety duquesiiei. Nothing
distin(^tive was noticed in regard to its habits.
The Red llorse i>refer rather deep, clear water, seldom ascending very
small streams, and then chietly in the spawning season — in May — at
which time they may be found in great abundance in any rapid of i*
ri\ er or a creek, or below a mill pond. They are generally caught by
nets, traps, or snares, but will frequently bite at a hook baited with a
worm.
In the confinement of an aquarium, the Red IJorse are not very hardy.
Foul water kills them at once.
SynouymH. — The earliest name given to a Red Horse is that of Cato-
stomus macrolepidotm Le Sueur. The specific name macroh-pidotns must
therefore l)e retained for this species. The specific name oneida, given
by DeKay to an individual from Oneida Lake, New York, doubtless
belongs here, as the \ar. uiacrokpidntiun is the only member of this
genus known to inhabit that i)art of New York, and there are no serious
discre|)ancies in the rather jioor description.
Ptychostomuit robtistus Cope may possibly be diflerent ; but as its de-
scrii)er has failed to n(»t»' any distinctive characters w hieh I consider
likely to be permanent, 1 am compelled to refer it here. It is Irom Yad-
kin River iu North Carolina. A I'tychustumiis congestm is described by
Cope and Yarrow from Arizona. It is probably not Girard's si)ecies of
MYXOSTOMA MACROLEPIDOTUM. 123
that name, and I am unable to distinguish it from typical macrolepidotum,
although the mouth is rather small, more like that of aureolum.
I have ideiiiitied certain specimens with Professor Cope's P. lachrymale
with a little doubt, as the points of differentiation which 1 notice are not
those eini)liasized by Professor Co[)e. The original types, which 1 believe
are now lost, were frqm the Neuse lliver iu Xortli Carolina. In describ-
ing this species, ProfessorCope remarks, " This species is quite near the
last (P. cri/lhrurus) and may at some future time be shown to be a local
variety of it, but in this case P. niacrolepidotus must follow^ also."
The synonyms of var. duquesnci may now be noticed. Of these,
the only one of importance is that of Catostomus erythrurus Ealiuesque,
recently recognized by Professor Cope as a species distinct from P.
duquesnii.
The presence often ventral rays in duquesnii, as contrasted with nine
ventral rays iu erythrurus, is the chief point en which Professor Cope
relies to distinguish the two species. He also tinds the mouth rather
more inferior iu duquesnii, and the scales rather smaller, 7-48-7, instead
of ,j-4l>-4.
In regard to the number of ventral rays, my experience is that in every
species of the genus the normal number is nine, but that ten-rayed
individuals occur iu the proportion of about one iu twenty in any of the
species. I have seen specimens oi duquesnii with nine rays on one side
and ten on the other. I have therefore discarded all consideration of
the number of ventral rays as a specific character. In regard to the
number of scales in the lateral line, the usual uumbei iu most of the
species is 43 to 44; but of every species iu which I have been enabled
to examine a large series of individuals, I have found a range extend-
ing from 42 to 49. I have seen ten-rayed specimens of duquesnci with
large scales, and nine-rayed erythruri with small ones. Within the limit
of 42 to 50 I therefore do not consider the number of scales as a perma-
nent specific character. The greater prominence of the muzzle iu duques-
nti, as observed by Professor Cope, is perhaps accidental or individual.
At all events, it is too uncertain a feature to base a species on.
The liutilus melonurus of Ilafinesque is, as I have elsewhere shown,
probably a young Ked tlorse, with a dusky-shaded dorsal and caudal,
which that acute, but superficial, observer mistook for a species of Dace.
124 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
Specimens in United States Xational Museum.
Numbor.
Locality.
Collector.
7995
Viir. macrolepidoium.
b754
" Probably North Curoliua. " .....
9056
10631
Potomac River
J. W. Milner
10682
Potomac River
J. W. Milner.
lOCHO
Potoiuuc River
J. W. Milner.
1 1 |iii;
Potomac River
J. W. Milner.
12:JI6
Potomac Ri ver
J. W. Milner.
12317
Potomac River
J. W. Milner.
12318
Potomac River
.J. W. Milner.
12319
Potomac River
J. W. Milner.
1C755
18251
Ash Creek, Arizona {'^ eon(jestuii")
Potomac River
Dr.J.T.Rockrock.
G. B. Goode.
18253
Potomac River .. . .
G. B. Goode.
18254
Potomac River ..
G. B. Goode.
18255
Potomac River
G. B. Goode.
18256
Potomac Ri ver
G. B. Goode.
18257
Potomac River
G. B. Goode.
19451
Potoniiic River
J.W. Milner.
20230
Black River, New York.
S. F. Baird.
20263
Nebraska, PuciGc Railroad Survej*
Governor Stevenn,
20278
" Hrookiyu "
J. C. Brevoort.
8025
8526
Var. duquennii
Yellow Creek, Ohio
.S. F. Baird.
10794
Cincinnati, Ohio
J.W. Milner
1226S
Cincinnati, Ohio ..
J.W. Milner.
12269
Cincinnati, Ohio
J.W. Milner.
12272
Cincinnati, Ohio. . . . ..
J. W. Milner.
20040
20075
Cumberland River, Tennessee
A. WiucheU.
20773
Normal, Illinois .. . .. . .. ...........
S. A. Forbep.
6. MVX< )^'Vi )MA AUREOLLIM {Le Sueur) Jordan.
(ioldcn lied ITorse. Lake MuJJet.
1817 — CatoHtomus <iurt<ilu« Le Sukiic, Journ. Ac. Nut. Sci. Phila. i, 95.
CatoHtomuH aurcolus Kiiiti.ano, Rept. Zool. Ohio, liiS, 1838.
Catostomus aureolus Kikti.ano, Boston Jonrn. Nat. Hist, iii, IMO. 1840.
Catostomua aureoluH DiclCw, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 201, 1842.
MYXOSTOMA AUREOLUM. 125
Catostomvs nureolus Stoker, Synopsis, 420, 1846.
Calostomus aui-eolns Agas^siz, Lake Superior, 357, 1850.
Ptychostomus aureolus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Ars, "2(1 seriea, xix, 204, 1855.
Ptychostomus aureolus Putnam, Bnll. Mus. Coiiip. Zool. 10, 1863.
Ptychostomus aureohis Copk, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Pliila. 285, 1864.
Catostomus aureolus Guktiiku, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 16, 1868. (In part;
description apparently copied and confused.)
Ptychoslomns aureolus Cope, Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. Phila. 476, 1870
Moxostoma aurcolum Jordan, Man. Vert. 295, 1876.
Tt7-etuhis aureoluvi Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.
Teritulus nurcolusjoiivxyi &, Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Moxostoma aureola J cnvAy: & Gilbert, in Klippart's Kept. .53, 1876. (Name only.")
Myxostoma aureola J OUD as, Man. A^ert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 314, 1878.
l&2'i — Catos omus lesueurii Eichardson, Franklin's Journal, 772, 1823.
1836 — Ciiprinus {Catostomus) sueurii Richardson, Faun. Bor.-Am. Fishes, pp. 118, 303,
1836.
Catostomus sueurii Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 465, 1844.
Calostomus sueuri DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 203, 1842.
Catostomus sueurii Storer, Synopsis, 425, 1846.
Ptychostomus sueurii Cope, Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. Phila. 477, 1870.
TeretuluH sueurii Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
1868 — Catostomus macrolepidoitts GtJNTnER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 18, 1868. (Excl.
syn. part. Not of Le Sueur.)
Habitat. — Great Lake Region, Upper Missouri and Ohio Valleys, and northward.
This sjiecies is very closely related to the last, and may possibly be a
variety of it, as specimens of var. macrolepidotum often occur which are
with difficulty distinguished from it. In general, however, the smaller
head, smaller mouth, and deeper body of aureolum sufficiently distin-
guish them. This species is less abundant than macrolepidotum^ and is
apparently more northerly in its distribution. It has been well figured
by DeKay.
The synonymy of this species needs no S[)ecial remark. It seems
j)robal)le that C. lesueurii belongs here, although the statement that
"the muzzle projects an inch beyond the mouth" in a specimen 19
inches long, if correct, would indicate difference. The name " le smsuriP'
was first given, and afterwards changed to ^'■sueurii "on the ground that
the article " Ze" is not an integral part of Le Sueur's name.
326 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY— III.
Specimens in United States 2s^aitonal Museum.
Nuiubir.
Locality.
Collector.
77r.(;
82ii2
11074
iiir.i
12-207
12294
12440
20272
Carlisle, Pa
SanduHky, OLio
Saudnsky, Ohio
Ciucinnati, Ohio
Cincinnati, Obio ,
licorsc, Mich
Root River, Wisconsin .
S. V. Buiril.
J.W. Milner.
J. W. Miliier.
J. W. Miliier.
J.W. Milner.
J.W. Milner.
S. F.Baird.
7. MYXOSTOMA CRASSILABEE {Cope] Jordan.
Thiclc-lippcd Mullet.
1870 — Pliicho-iiomus erassilahris CoPK.Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 477, 1870.
Teretuhts crasHilahris JORDAN & Copeland, Chock Li.st, 1.^)7, 1H76. (Name only.)
Mj/xostoma crassilabris Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 314, 1878.
Hahitat. — Neuse River, North Carolina.
IHiis species is known only from Professor Cope's description. It
appe::rs to be distinct from M. aureolum, which is probably its nearest
rehitive. Nothing has been noted in regard to its habits.
8. MYXOSTOMA CONUS (Cope) Jordan.
Long-nosed Mulht.
l."^70 — PtijchosUmius cnnus, CoPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 478.
Trrctnliis conus, Jordan «fc Copeland, Check List, 157, 187G. (Name only.)
Mijrnxtoiiia conus, Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 314, 1878.
Haimtat. — Yadkin River, North Carolina.
Tliis s|i('(ies is also known only from Professor Cope's account. There
appeals, however, to be no room for doubt as to its specific distiiietion.
As stated by Professor Cope, " this fish represents the i*. coregonus in
the section with fully-developed lips."
It is taken in large number.s in the Yadkin River, " with Pt. coUapstis,
Ft. 1-obustus, etc., but is of less value than they."
1). MYXOSTOMA ANISUKA {Rajincsque) Jordan.
Long-tailed lied Horse.
1820 — Catoslomus nnisuruH Rakink-sqi-e, Ichthyolojjia OhiensiH, .')4.
Myxostoma anisura Jordan, Alau. Vert. ed. 2d, 31.t>, 1878.
MYXOSTOMA ANISUEA. 127
1870— Ptychostonuis Ireviceps Cope, I'roc. Am. Pliiloa. Soc. Pliila. 478.
Teretulus breviceps Jokdan & Copelani>, Cluck List, 157, 187G. (Niime only.)
Moxostoma breviceps Jokdan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1876. ^'Name
only.)
Mijxosloma breviceps Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mas. 9, 50, 1877. (Namo only.)
Habitat.— Ohio Valley and Great Lakes.
This species, first described by Rafinesqne in 1820, has been entirely
lost sight of by succeeding writers, and I, donbtin.o- the existence in the
Ohio River of a species characterized by the marked inequality of the
caudal lobes, have hitherto followed Dr. Kirtland in using the name
anisura for the fish recently named colkqjsus by Professor Cope. Some
specimens lately examined by me from the Ohio River have shown the
existence of a fish corresponding very closely to Rafinesque's account,
and which really has the inequality of the caudal fin, on which he lays
such emphasis, and which suggested the name anisuriis (unequal-tail).
This fish api)ears to be the same as that to which Professor Cope has
given the name of breviceps. Professor Cope had, however, but a single
specimen, in poor condition, and did not notice the falcation of the
caudal, or, more likely, that fin was not preserved intact. I have, some
time since, examined Professor Cope's type, preserved in the Museum
of the Academy of Natural Sciences, at Philadelphia, and believe it to
be identical with M. anisura Raf. The form of the head and body and
of the mouth are similar in the two, and the dorsal in both is simi-
larly falcate.
This species resembles aureolum in every respect, except that the
dorsal fin is shorter, and elevated or falcate in front, the free border
being deeply incised, and that the caudal fin is similarly elongated, the
upper lobe being much the longer and greatly attenuated.
The following are the measurements of three specimens: 10,788, from
Sandusky, and 12,207 and 12,294 from Cincinnati. The fractions indi-
cate percentage of the length to the base of the caudal : —
128 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
Measurements of three specimens of Myxostoma anixura.
in:--
1 l-liu
12:94.
Length, inches 2^
Depth ^8
Length of luad . H
Width of interorbital area OS
Leugtii of snout | . 07^
Eve I .05
Length of base of dorsal [ . If)^
Height of h)ngest ray of dorsal .22
Height of last ray of dorsal 10
Length of upper caudal lobe 31
Length of lower caudal lobe .20
Length of middle caudal rays 13
Dorsal rays 2,13
Scales G-40-.')
di
l(!i
.27
.20
.17
AH
AH
.10
.22
.2.3J
2,12
()-4.--n
31
2,13
It is perhaps barely possible tbut this fish is the male of aiireolum
at a certaiu age, but it seems to me decidedly improbable. The resem-
blance between the two is, however, very strong, and, except for the
fins, they could hardly be distinguished.
Specimens in United States National Museum.
Naniber.
10788
1110.5
11107
11108
Locality.
Sandusky, Ohio..
Cincinnati, Ohio.
Cincinnati, Ohio .
Cincinnati, Ohio .
Collector.
J. W. Milncr.
J. W. Milncr.
J. \V. Milner.
J. W. Milncr.
10. MYXOSTO:\IA PCECILURA Jordan.
Tariegnted-tailcd Red Horse.
li^l—MyjoHloma pcrcilnra .Jdudan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. x, GO, 1877.
Myxostoma pcccihira JoKDAX, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 315, 1878.
Habitat. — Tangipahoa River, Southeastern Louisiana.
This singular species is known only from two specimens in the United
States National Mu.seuin, recently colU'cted by Mr. Fred. ^Iati)cr, of
tlio United States Fish Commission. Whetlier the ju'culiar form and
coloration of tlic c;ni(hil is general or is conlincd to the male se.\ is not
certain. In :in> txcnt, it will serve to sharply distinguish this s[)ecies
from all the others now known. In other respects, it most approaches
M. maerolciiidotum lachri/maU:
i
MYXOSTOMA CERVINUM. - 129
Specimens in United States Xalional Museum. «k/
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
*1092S
Tanfjipaboa River, Louisiana , •
Freil. Matber.
11. MYXOSTOMA ALBIDUM {Girard) Jordan.
Small-scaled lied Horse.
1856 — riycJtostomiis albidus Gikakd, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 172.
Ptychostojniis albidus GlRAUD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Icbtb. 30, pi. xix, f. 5-8,
1859.
Terelulus albidus Jordan & Copeland, Cbeck List, 157, 1876. (Name ouly.)
Myxosioma albidum Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. 315, 1878.
Habitat. — Eio San Juan, near Monterey, Nevr Leon, in Mexico.
This species is known only from Girard's figure and description. No
account of the lips is given, but the mouth is said to be a " great deal
larger" than in M. congestum. The descrii)tion is trivial, but the figure,
if at all correct, represents a species quite unlike our other members of
the genus ; the chief character being the much smaller size of the scales,
which in the description are merely stated to be " smaller than in con-
gcstus^\ The species may possibly belong to some section of the genus
other than the one in which it is here placed. The original types, No.
170, U. S. Nat. Museum, from Rio San Juan, near Monterey, New Leon,
are no longer to be found.
12. MYXOSTOMA CERVINUM (Coj^e) Jordan.
Jump-rocks. Jumping Mullet.
1868 — Terelulus cervinus Cope, Jonrn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Pbila. 236.
rUjcliostomus cervinus Cope, Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. Pbila. 478, 1870.
Moxostoma cervinum Jordan, Man. Vert. 296, 187G.
Teretulus cervinus Jordan & Copeland, Cbeck List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma cervinum Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 365, 1877.
Myxostoma cervinum Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 315, 1878.
1868 — Catostomus duquesnii Glntiier, Cat. Fisbes Brit. Mus. vii, 483. (Not of Le
Sueur, nor ot p. 18.)
Habitat. — Rivers of tbe Soutb Atlantic States, from tbe James to tbo Cliattaboocbee.
This is a strongly mjirked and very abundant species, the smallest of
its genus, and one of the smallest of the Catostomidw. It occurs in the
*Two specimens, types of tbo species.
Bull. N. M. No. 12—9
6-
130 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
greatest abnndance in tlie swift streams of the South, frequenting
especially the rapids or "shoals", and often throwing itself from the
water in its endeavors to reach some higher rock-pool. It is too small
and the flesh spoils too (juickly to be much valued for food, but great
numbers are caught for " lun " by negroes and boys. The largest speci-
mens which I have seen were taken in the Chattahoochee, and are about
ten inches in length : ordinary individuals are four to six inches long.
Specimens in United Slates National Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
7G;?3
8835
* 14994
Cat.iwba River . .
E. D. Cope.
Ocuiulgee River
D. S..Iordau.
—
Sahida River
Chattaboocheo River
D. S. Jordan.
D. S. Jordan.
13. MYXOSTOMxV ALBUM {Cope) Jordan.
White Mullet. ^
ISlO—Plychostomus albus Cope, Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. Pbila. 472.
Tiretulus albus Joiidan & Copkland, Cbeck List, 158, 1870. (Name only.)
Mtjiostoma alba Joudax, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, lUG, 1878.
]Iaiiitat. — Catawba and otlier rivers of Eastern Nortb Carolina.
This species is well marked by the peculiar form of the under li[>,
which is quite small — a narrow, regular crescent following the boundary
of the mandible, not full, as in the species previously note«l, ror with
the sides folding so as to meet on the middle line, as in the remaining
species (excepting ihalassinum). Specimens from Morth Carolina in the
National Museum correspond well to Professor Cope's description, except
that the back is rather more elevated than one would infer from Pro-
fessor Cope's remarks. The dorsal rays are 12 and 13 instead of 11.
The following are the measurements of two of them, 18,535 and 14,943,
both from Kinston,]l:T. C.:—
" Types.
MYXOSTOMA THALASSINTTM.
Measurements of iivo specimens of Myxostoma album.
131
Length, inches
Depth (percentage of length to base of caudal")
Length of head
Width of iuterorbital area
Length of snout
Diameter of orbit ,
Length of base of dorsal
Height of dorsal
Height of last ray of dorsal
Length of outer caudal rays
Length of middle caudal rays
Length of pectorals
Number of dorsal rays
Scales
14943.
m
.30
.20
.10
17
18i
2,12
The form is elliptical, not much compressed, but rather elevated,
somewhat as mErimyzon sueetta. Head short and stout, bluntish, broad,
and rounded above ; mouth somewhat inferior ; the plica? of the lips few
and rather broken ; dorsal fin high, its free border somewhat concave;
caudal strongly forked ; color lustrous white, with greenish reflections.
This is one of the largest species, reaching the weight of four pounds
or more. Professor Cope states that it is much valued as a food-fish by
pecple living in the neighborhood of Catawba Eiver, where it is known
as the White Mullet.
Specimens in UniUd Slates National Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
10(J32
North Carolina
G B Goode
14943
Kinston, N. C
G. B. Goode.
14990
North Carolina
G. B. Goode.
18535
Kinston, N.C
J. W. Milner.
19450
North Carolina
G. B. Goode.
14. MYXOSTOMA TDALASSINUM {Cope) Jordan.
(Ireen Mullet.
lS70—Pti/chostomus thalassinus CorE, Proc. Am. Philos, Soc. Phila. 472, 1870.
Teretulus thalassinus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Mi/xostoma Ihalassina Jordan, Man. "Vert. ed. 2d, 310, 1878.
Habitat.— Yadkin Kiver.
132 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AilERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
I have upt seen tliis species. From Professor Cope's descriptiou, it
\v(nil(l appear to l»o allied to M. aJhutn, l)ut distinguishable by the
longer bead. It is a large species, abundant in the Yadkin River, where
it is used lor food.
15. MYXOSTOMA VELATUIM (Cope) Jordan.
Small-mouthed Bed Horse.
1815— Calostomus anisnrua Kiijtland, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist, v, 269 (with plate).
(Not of Kafiuesque.)
Catostomus aiiisurua Stoker, Sj-nopsis, 424, 1846.
Ptychostomus anif<uru8 Jor.DAX, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 94, 1876. (N.imo
only.)
Moxostoma anisurua JoitD^vu, Man. Vert. 295, 1876.
Teretulus anisurua Nklson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1676.
Tcreiulua anisurua Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name ouly.)
Moxoatoma anisurum Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72, 1877.
Moxostoma anisurum Joudan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 80, 1877.
Moxoaloma aniaura Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Re^t. 53, 1877. (Nanio
ouly.)
Mijxoatoma aniaura JoiiDAX, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 33, 1877.
1870— Plychostomua velaius Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 471.
Moxostoma vclatum Joudax, Man. Vert. 296, 1876.
Ttretulua velatum Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.
Tactulus vclaiua Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Moxostoma velata Johdan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1S76. (Name only.)
Myxostoma velata Jordan, Man. Vert. cd. 2(1, 317, 1S78.
1870 — rtychoatomua coUapaua Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 171.
Habitat. — Upper Mississippi Valley to Georgia and South Carolina. Neuse, Y'adkin,
Catawba, Clinch, Yonghiogheny and Wab.ish Rivers (Cope). Chickamang.^, Ohio
Wabash, Illinois, Rock, and Wisconsin Rivers (Jordan). Lake Erie (Jordan).
This species is one of the most widely distributed species, although
it does not seem to be a.s abundant in individuals as several others.
There is considerable variation in foim among difterent specimens, but
all the species with long dorsal tin and small yy-sliaped mouth appear
to belong to one species, for which the name vclatiim should be retained.
The finding of a species with unequal caudal lobes renders it evident
that the identification of Rafinesque's anifsurus with this species is in-
correct. The name next in order is rcJatus Cope. The difl'erence in
the size of the eye between collojyfius Cope and rclatus Cope appears to
be dui' to diftVrence in age merely. Younger specimens have the eye
proportionally larger.
MYXOSTOMA PIDIENSE. 133
I did not find any specimens of this species in the United States
National Mnseuiu. The types of vclatus and collapsus, preserved in the
Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences, at Philadelphia, I have
examined.
16. MYXOSTOMA CONGESTUM {Baircl & Girard) Jordan.
Gibbous Suclcer.
1SG4 — Vatostomus congestus Baird & Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 27.
Ptychostomus congestus Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 172, 1856.
Ftyciiostomus co«if('s<us Girard, U. S. Mex. Bouud. Surv. Iclith. 36, pi. xxi, f. 5-8,.
1859.
Catostomus congestus Guntiier, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 19, 1868.
Teretulus congestus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name ouly.)
Myxosioma congesta Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 317, 1878.
lS72—Ptijchosto7nus hucco Cope, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 437,
Tei'etulus hucco Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Habitat. — Kansas to Texas.
The original type of congestus, No. 171, from Eio Salado, Texas, col-
lected in 1851 by John H. Clark, seems to have disappeared from the
Museum. No description of the mouth has been given, except that it is
"very small". The species, therefore, probably" has a mouth similar to
that of velatum, and, if so, is probably identical with the species since
described as P. hucco by Professor Coi)e. I have not seen the type of
P. bucco, and, therefore, can only suggest the probable identity of the
two ; but, as the matter is likely to remain long unsettled, it seems best
])rovisionally to unite them. "P. congestus'''' Cope «So Yarrow is certainly
not this species ; more likely a form of M. macrolepidotum.
17. MYXOSTOMA PIDIENSE {Cope) Jordan.
Mullet of the Great Pedee.
1870 — Ptychostomus pidiensis Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 471.
Teretulus pidiensis Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name ouly.)
Myxostovia pidiensis Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 317, 1878.
Habitat. — Great Pedee River, North Carolina.
This appears to be a slender species, resembling "P, cervinus in color,
form, and size". Professor Cope obtained it in the Yadkin River. I
have not seen it. No specimens are in the National Museum.
134 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
18. MYXOSTOMA COREGONUS {Cope) Jordan,
Blue Alullct.
1H70 — Plychoslomus coregonua Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 472.
Teretuhta coregonua Jordan & Copeland, Check List, I.'jS, 1876. (Name only.)
Mijxostoma covegonua Joud,vn, Man. Vert. ed. '2d, 317, 1878.
IlAniTAT. — Catawba and Yadkin Rivers, North Carolina.
I liave not seen this species. Professor Cope states that "it never
exceeds a foot in length, and is very abundant in the Catawba and
Yadkin Rivers. It is caught with the preceding two species and is
used for food, but is the least valued of all the species. It is called at
Morganton, Blue Mullet." There are no specimens in the Isational
Museum.
10. MYXOSTOMA PAFlLLOoL'M {Cope) Jordan.
Papillose Mullet.
1870 — Piychoalomua pappilloaua Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 470.
Terdulua pappilloaua JoRD^vx & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Muxostoma papillosum JoitD^VN, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 366, 1877. (Ocmul-
gee River.)
Mijxoatoma papillosa Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 318, 1878.
Haiutat. — North Carolina to Georgia.
This species appears to be very abundant in all the streams from the
Great Pedee to the Altamaha. In its general character and appearance,
it is very similar to the rest of the genus; but the mouth is retnarkably
different, the lower lip being full, thick, decidedly papillose, strongly
incised behind, being very much as in Cafostomus nigricans.
My specimens do not agree very well with Professor Coi)e's descrip-
tion; but this is probably due to their greater size. Still, a pos.sibi-
lity exists that two species of this type inhabit our South Atlantic
States.
The head in my s|)ccimens is very largo, llattish above, narrowed for-
wards, and more than one fourth of the length, without caudal. The
mouth is very large and inferior. The body is oblong, compressed,
heavy forwards ; the back moderately elevated. The eye is quite large,
high up, and well back. The free border of the dorsal fin is sometimes
MYXOSTOMA PAPILLOSUM.
135
convex, sometimes concave,
two specimens: —
The following are the measurements of
Length, inches
Depth (percentage of length)
Head
Width of interorbital area ..
Length of snout
Diameter of orbit
Length of base of dorsal
Height of longest ray
Height of last ray
Dorsal rays
Scales
14989.
18536.
16i
12
.29
.27
.26
.24
.10
.12
.05
.19
.10
.19
.10
2,14
2,10
6-46-5
In color, this species is smoky above, the sides silvery, the lower fins
white.
Professor Cope says that " they attain one foot in length, and do not
exceed one pound in weight". I have specimens a foot and a half long
and of three pounds or more weight.
In the Ocmulgee, the species is next to 71/. cervinum the most abundant,
and is called the White Mullet, or Sucker. Professor Cope found it
quite abundant in the Catawba and the Yadkin Rivers, where it "is
highly valued by the inhabitants as an article of food. It is regarded
as the best of the Catostomi for that purpose. It is less frequently
caught on the hook than some other species, but in the autumn, they
come upon the weirs in considerable numbers. The fishermen call it
the 'Shiner'."
Specimens in the United Slates Xaiional Museum.
Number.
149S9
18536
1S537
18538
18970
20906
Locality.
Kinston, N. C
Kinston, N. C
Kinston, N. C
Kinston,^N. C
Kinston, N. C
Kinston, N. C
Ocmulgee Eivcr, Ga .
Collector.
J. W. Miluer.
.J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
.1. W. Milner.
.^W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
D. S. Jordan.
136 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.
Miiiytrana Jokdan, Man. Vert. ed. "id, 31S, 1878.
Caloalomus, J'tychoatomus, Moxoatoma, aud Erimyzon sp.. ACTIIOKS.
Type, Catoatomua melanopa Rafinesque.
Etymology, /iirtf, reduced ; rp/y/za, ajjerture, iu allusion to the imperfections of the
lateral line.
Species with the form, squamation, and general appearance of Myxo-
.stoma, but with the air-bhidtler in two parts, as in Erimnzon, and the
hiteral line imperfect — in the very youDg entirely obsolete, in half grown
specimens showing as a succession of deepened furrows, in the adult
with perfect tubes, but interrupted, these tubes being wanting on some
of the scales, especially posteriorly.
Head moderate, rather broad above ; mouth moderate, inferior, hor-
izontal, the upper lip well developed, freely protractile, the lower rather
sn)all, infolded, A-shaped in outline, plicate, with 12 to 20 plicte on each
side; lower jaw without cartilaginous sheath; eye moderate, rather
high up, placed about midway of the head. Suborbital bones consid-
erably developed, not very much narrower than the fleshy portion of
the cheek below them, the posterior suborbital concavo-convex, about
twice as long as deep, sometimes divided, the anterior somewhat deeper
than long, often divided into two, sometimes united with the preoibital,
which is well developed and much longer than bioad. The number and
form of these bones, except as to their depth, are not constant in the
same species, and do not afford specific characters. Oi>ercular bones well
developed, not much rugose. Foutanelle evident, rather huge. Gill-
rakers rather long, in length about half tlu' diameter of the eye. Isth-
mus moderate. Pharyngeal bones essentially as in Myxostoma.
IJody rather elongate, subterete, becoming deep and rather compressed
with age. Scales rather large, nearly equal over the body, the radiating
furrows not specially marked. Lateral line as above described, iuter-
iMjjted in the adult, but with perfect tubes, imperfect in partly grown
specimens, entirely obsolete in the young. Scales in a longitudinal
series 14 to 17 in number, 12 to 14 in a transverse series from dorsal to
ventrals.
Dorsal lin rather short and high, with about 12 developed rays, be-
ginning rather nearer the snout than the base of the caudal. Pectoral
tins moderate, not reaching ventrals, the latter not to vent. Ventrals
rather in advance of Iho middle of the dorsal, their rays normally 9,
/
GENUS MINYTREMA. 137
raiely 8 or 10. Anal fin high and short, often more or leSvS emargiuate
in males. Caudal fin moderately forked, the lobes about equal.
Air-bladder with two chambers.
Males in spring with the head covered with many small tubercles.
But one species of this genus seems to be known. It is widely dis-
tributed in the waters of the Western and Southern States.
This genus has been recently separated from Erimyzon, on account of
the peculiarities of the lateral line. The form of the body, the form of
the mouth, and the character of the squamation differ considerably in the
two genera.
Generic Characterizaliona.
MiNYTKEMA Jordan, 1878. — "Young speciujeus of this species {melanops) have no
trace of a lateral line, as in Erimyzo'a. Older ones (G to 8 inches) show a deepening of
the furrows along the median series of scales. Adults of 12 to 18 inches show a series
of completely developed tubes, which, however, are wanting on some of the scales, espe-
cially behind. As Erimyzon never shows any traces of the tubes of the lateral line, these
peculiarities may be held to indicate generic distinction, and the name Mmytrema is
here proposed for E. melanops." — (Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 318, 1878.)
ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF MJNYTKEMA.
* Body oblong, little compressed ; the young nearly terete ; the adults deeper-bodied;
the dorsal region not elevated : depth about 4 in length, varying from about ?> in
adults to 4i in the young : head not very large, 4^ in length of body (4:^ to 4^),
not specially depressed: mucous pores rather strong: eye small, 5 to ti iu head:
mouth quite inferior, horizontal, rather small: scales large, firm, regularly and
smoothly imbricated, in 46 (44-47) longitudinal series and 13 (12 to 14) transverse
series, the scales net crowded forwards: fin-rays usually, dorsal 12,* anal 7, veu-
trals 9.
Coloration dusky above, with usually a black blotch behind the dorsal fin : each
scale along the sides with a small, more or less distinct blackish spot at i:s base,
these spots forming interrupted longitudinal line^ along the rows of scales.
These lines are usually very distinct, • specially in the adult, but young specimens
often show them faintly: sides and belly silvery, with a coppery lustre: sexual
peculiarities moderately marked; very old males with the head covered with small
tubercles in spring : no great changes with age, either in form or coloration : size
large ; maximum length about 18 inches melanops, 20.
* As in all cases in the present paper, the number of developed rays is here understood,
the one, two, or three rudimentary rays not being counted, and the last or double ray
of the dorsal and anal being counted as one.
138 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
20. :MINYTKE.MA MELANOPS {Eajincsque) Jordan.
Striped Suchir. Sand Suclcci:
1820 — Catostomvs meJauops Rakinksqck, Ich. Ob. 57.
Catostomua mdanopsis Kiiitland, Zool. Ohio, 1(58, 1838.
Caiostomua melanopa Kirtland, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist, v, 271, 1845.
Calontomus melanopa Stoker, Synopsis, 424, 184G.
I'lychostomua melanopa Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 204, 18C5.
Piyclwatomua melanopa Cope, Proc. Am. Philoa. Soc. Pbila. 478, 1870.
Erimyzon melanopa Jordan, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 187G.
Erimyzon melanopa Jordan, Man. Vert. 294, 187G.
Erimyzon melanopa Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48, 187G.
Erimyzon melanopa Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876.
Erimyzon melanopa Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 347, 1877.
Minytrema melanopa Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 318, 1878.
1844 — Catoatomua faaciaiua (Le Sukur MSS.) Cuvier «S:, VALENClEieNES, Hist. Nat. des
Poissons, xvii, 449.
Catoatomua faaciatua Storer, Synopsis, 42G, 184G.
Catoatomua faadatua GOnther, Cat. Fishes Brit, Mus. vii, 19, li^'GS.
1856 — Moxoatoma riUoria; Giraiid, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 171.
Moxoatoma fjc/ona; Girard, U. S.Tklex. Bound. Surv. Icbth. 35, pi. xx, f. 1-3, 1859.
185G — Ptychoatomua haydeni Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 172.
rtychoalomua haydini Girard, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 220, pi. xlix, f. 1-4, 1858.
Teretnliia haydaii Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, lfc7G.
1877 — Terctulua anectta Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. Fish Commr. Ohio, 53.
(Supposed to bo C. aucefia Lac6p^de, as it was perhaps in part the C. auceti
of Cuv. & Val. and of Bosc.)
Erimyzon aucetta Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mas. x, 35, 1877.
IlAniTAT.— Great Lnke Region to South Carolina and Texas.
This tisb, although a very abuiulaut cue iu the Mi^isissii)!)! Uasin,
seem.s to Iiave beeu overlooked by most recent writers. Katiuesquo
described it rather poorly. Dr. Kirtland was able to recognize the fish
from Kalinesque's account, and has given a very good description and
an indillVront ligure. Valenciennes described it fairly, and Agassiz
seems to have been acijuainted with it, although, deceived by its exter-
nal :ii)p( ar.iiice, be took it for a Myxostoma [Ptychostomus). Girard next
de.scribetl and figured it as two species, belonging to two diflerent genera.
Professor Cope, for some reason, did not obtain it in any of his collec-
tions, and seems to have had much dilliculty iu identifying Kirtland'a
account. Jn ]S7.~), the writer, noticing certain resemblances to Erimyzon
oblonr/us, was led to dissi'ct a number of individuals, and found that the
MINYTREMA MELANOPS. 139
air-bladder in all cases was bicellular, as in the geuus Erimyzon. At
that time he had never seen any specimens with a developed lateral line
and then unqnestioningly referred the species to Erbnyson. Later, Mr.
Nelson noticed the occasional partial development of the lateral line,
and recently, by the examination of a fnll series of specimens, the
writer has been enabled to trace the stages in its growth.
This fish inhabits all the Western streams and lakes, nsually in com-
pany with Erimyzon sucetta. It is fond of clear sluggish waters, and
abounds in ponds and bayous. It is used for food, and is pretty good
for a "Sucker", which is not saying much. This species is more than
usually tenacious of life, and young specimens are rather interesting as
aquarium fishes.
The synonymy of this species needs a few words. It was originally
described by Eafinesque as a species with a lateral line. This first
description is quite indifferent, but the account of the coloration, and the
name, Striped Sucker, enabled Dr. Kirtland reatlily to identify it, but
the latter writer found the " lateral line obsolete ". Later, Valenciennes
described it under Le Sueur's MSS. name of fasciotus, and found a lateral
line. As Le Sueur's specimens were from the Wabash, there can be no
doubt of their identity with mclanops. Later, Dr. Girard described and
figured Texan specimens without the lateral line under the name of
Moxostoma victorice, and specimens with the lateral line from the Upper
Missouri Eegion as Ptychostomus haydeni. The types of neither of these
species are preserved, but no distincti%s from mclanops are noticed in
either case by the describer, and the range of melanops certainly includes
the Missouri river and the waters of Texas.
The name sucetta has been once or twice employed by me for this
species, erroneously, as I am now cotivinced. I found this species in
abundance in South Carolina; and Le Sueur, apparently quoting from
Lacepede, says : — " Sides silvery, with brown spots at the base of the
scales." Nevertheless, on inspection of Lacep^de's description, and
especially of the colored figure which he gives from a drawing by Bosc,
it becomes evident that the Cyprinus sucetta Lacepede is the same as
Cyprhius ohlonrjus of IMitchill, a species equally abundant in the same
waters. Bosc's drawing, although not giving the details of structure
minutely, represents the general form and coloration of the body and
fins, and this figure can only represent the Cyprinus ohlonyus. As the
Cyprinus sucetta Lac(5pecle is based entirely on inforniation derived from
Bosc, the name must be retained for the species which Bosc had fig-
140 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
ured. As for the oxprosslon, ^' brown spots at the base of the scales,"
if really ori.uinatiiif? with Dose, as appears to be the case, it may have
arihcn lioin the coufiisiou of succtta with vielanops, which species inhab-
its the same waters, or it may simply refer to the obscure duskiness of
the bases of the scales, common to both species.
I have examined many sjiecimens of Minytrcma melanops from the
Great Lakes, from various places in the Mississipi)i Valley, and from the
Tennessee, Alabama, Sautee, and other Southern rivers, and can find
no dift'ereuces of any importance. Indeed, the species seems to be very
little variable for one so widely distributed.
Specimens in the United Slates Xalional Museum.
Number.
7G94
77Gd
8434
11050
11144
11145
12449
17b00
17808
20;275
Locality.
Sandusky, Ohio J. W, Miluer.
Saudusky, Ohio J. W. Milner.
Sandusky, Ohio J. W. Milner.
Sandusky, Ohio J. W. Milner.
Round Lake, Montgomery, Ala Kumlien& Ui-iin.
Hempstead, Tex ' Kuinlien & Eanl.
Dr. Keuners.
Collector.
WLito River, Indiana.. ..^j. ...
p]towali River, GeorgiaX; L .. .
Saluda River, South Carolina.
D. S. Jordan.
D. 8. .Jordan.
D. S. Jordan.
Geiiu.s EPiLMYZUX Jordan.
Moxosloma Ag.v.<;siz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 1854, 200. (Not of Rafiuesquo.)
Erimyzon Joiidan, Bull. BuDf. Soc. Nat. Hist. 187G, U.'t.
Tcretulua CorE, Synoii.sis of Fishes of N. C. 2d ed. Addenda, lb77. (Not cf RafiueEque.)
t'/y>r»nH«, (Jaioslomm, and Labeo sp., Early Authors.
Type, Cyprinus oblongiis Mitchill = Cuprinua aucetta Loc.
Etymology, ipi, an intensive particle ; /xivj, to sink.
Head moderatQ, rather broad above : montli moderate, somewhat in-
ferior, the ui)per lip well developed, freely protractile, the lower moder-
ate, infolded, /^-shaped in outline, i>lieate, with 12-L'O plica? on each
side: lower jaw without cartilaginous sheath, rather stronger than usual.
GENUS ERIMYZON. IJtl
and oblique in position when the mouth is closed, the mouth thus similar
to that of Ichthyolnis. Eye moderate, rather high up, placed about mid-
way of the head : suborbital bones considerably developed, not very
much narrower than the fleshy portion of the cheek below them, the
X>osterior suborbital concavo-convex, about twice as long as deep, some-
times divided, the anterior somewhat deeper than long", sometimes
divided into two, sometimes united with the preorbital bone, which is
well developed and much longer than broad. Opercular boues moder-
ately developed, scarcely or not rugose. Fontanelle evident, rather
large. Gill-rakers rather long, about half the diameter of the eye in
length. Isthmus moderately developed, about the width of the eye.
Pharyngeal bones weak, the teeth quite small, slender, and weak,
rapidly diminishing in length upwards, each tooth narrowly compressed,
with a cusp on the inner margin of the cutting surface, and some ine-
qualities besides.
Body oblong, rather shortened, heavy forwards and considerably com-
pressed.
Scales rather large, more or less crowded forwards, sometimes showing
irregularities of arrangement, the longitudinal radiating furrows much
stronger than usual, the scales rather longer than deep, but so imbri-
cated in the adult that the exposed surfaces appear deeper than long.
Lateral line entirely wanting. Scales in the longitudinal series from
head to base of caudal 35 to 45 in number ; scales in transverse row from
base of ventral to dorsal 12 to 18. ^
Dorsal flu rather short and high, with from 10 to 14 developed rays,
the number usually 11 or 12.
Beginning of dorsal fin rather nearer snout than base of caudal. Pec-
toral fins moderate, not reaching ventrals ; the latter not to vent.
Yentrals under a point rather in advance of the middle of dorsal ;
their rays normally 9, but occasionally 8 or 10.
Anal fin high and short, more or less emarginate or bilobed in adult
males ; caudal flu moderately forked or merely lunate, its two lobes
about equal.
Air-bladder with two chambers.
This genus has a very wide range, one of its two known species
probably occurring in all the streams of the United States east of the
Rocky Mountains.
The existence of this genus seems to have been first noticed by DeKay,
who, however, erroneously supposed it to be identical with the Afri-
142 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
can fromis Laheo of Cuvier and Valenciennes. Its essential cbaracter —
the absence of tbe lateral line — was first noticed bj J^rofessor Agassiz,
who identified its typical species with Catostovius {Moxostoma) anisiirus
llaliiu'sque, and therefore erroneously called the genus Moxostoma.
The application of the name Moxostoma to the lied Ilorse group was
pointed out by the present writer in 187G ; the name Erimyzon being
then suggested for the group now under consideration.
The use of the name TereUdiis for this genus has been lately sug-
gested by Professor Cope, its species being among those enumerated by
Kafinesque as composing his " omnium gatherum " to which the name
Tereiuhis was applied. If we subtract from the original group Tcrctulus,
the dillerent coujponent genera in order of time of proposal, the last
one lett would be Erimyzon, or rather Minytrema. But the name Tere-
iulm has already been restricted hy Professor Cope to the Red Horse
group, the principal component of Kafinesque's Teretuius. In my opin-
ion, it should remain there, although the earlier name Myxostoma renders
it but a synonym. Wo cannot afford to reconsider our use of these old
collective generic names whenever a new genus is proposed. The "rule
of exclusiou", if stiffly adhered to, would require the substitution of
Acomus for Paiitostcus, inasmuch as a species of the latter genus was
referred by Girard to the former. This question is further discussed
under Myxostoma.
Generic Characterizations.
Labeo DeKay, 1842. — "Dorsal ^ofg. No spines nor barbels. Lips llesb}*, and fre-
quently crenated." — (DeKay, Xeic York Fauna, Fishes, 192.)
Moxostoma Agassiz, 1855. — "Tbe species of tbis genus contrast greatly witb those
of all otber genera of tbo family of Cyprinoids, by tbo total absence of external open-
ings in tbo lateral line, visible upon tbe scales. Tbcre-is indeed no row of iKrforatid
scales upon the sides of the hodif, to mark tbo main course of tbo system of tubes per-
vading tbo skin in most fishes, and tbe pores traversing tbe skin which covers the
skull and cheeks, as well as tbo lower jaW, are so minute as to escape tbe unarmed eye.
In tbis respect tbo genus Moxostoma dillVrs greatly from all otber abdominal fishes in
which the lateral line is distinctly marked by a series of tubes traversing a prominent
row of scales along tbe sides, and extending through the mastoids to the forehead,
and along tbe preopercle to tbe symphysis of the lower jaw. Tbis total absence of a
lateral line is compensated by tbe presence of a few deeper radiating furrows in tbo
posterior field of all tbo scales.
•' Tbe longitudinal diameter of tbe scales exceeds greatly the transverse, but the
scales are imbrioute«l in such a manner that tbe portion visible externally aj)pears
higher than long. Tbe c«'ntre of radiation is pbn-cil in tbi- middle of tbe scales; there
are no radiating furrows jipon tbe lattral fields, those of tbe posterior fuld are fewer
and deeper thau those of tbo anterior field ; tbo concentric ornamental ridges of the
GENUS ERIMYZON. 143
posterior field are also much broader and farther apart than those of the lateral and
anterior fields. The scales are smaller upon the anterior portion of the body than
upon the sides. Another remarkable peculiarity of this genus consists in the great
diflference there is among the adults in the form of their fins in the several sexes. The
young also differ strikingly from the adults both in form and coloration
The body of Moxostoma is elongated and somewhat compressed, though stouter
than that of rtychostomus and Catoatomus proper. The greatest depth is over the
veutrals.
" The head is small; the small mouth opens obliquely forwards and downwards;
when open the lower jaw is quite prominent. The lips are small and transversely
ridged ; the lower one is slightly bilobed. The dorsal is over the ventrals ; its length
considerably exceeds its height in the males ; in the females its dimensions are more
nearly equal. The pectorals and ventrals are more pointed and longer in the males
than in the females. The lower margin of the anal fin is bilobed in the males, while
in the females it is simply emarginated ; in both sexes, the anal when bent backwards
reaches the caudal.
" The pharyngeal bones have a greater resemblance to those of the genus Iclithijolus
than to any other of the tribe of Catostomi ; the symphysis however is shorter, and
the teeth are neither so minute nor so numerous; they increase also more rapidly in
size from above downwards, and are more strongly curved inwards, the innermost
edge rising into an acute point, which is more prominent in the middle and upper
teeth, than in the lower ones." — (Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, p. 200.)
Moxostoma Girard, 1856. — " May be circumscribed by characters more natural than
the preceding ones. And the most striking of these, it must be conceded, is the ab-
sence of that lateral line possessed by almost all fishes. The body is elongated and
compressed ; the head small ; the mouth small also, opening obliquely forwards and
downwards. The lips being email and transversally ridged ; the inferior one being
slightly bilobed. The anterior margin of the dorsal is situated in advance of the inser-
tion of the ventrals. The dorsal fin is either higher than long or else its length is
equal to its height, varying somewhat according to the sexes, as well as the anal,
which is, however, always deeper than long. The shaft of the pharyngeal bones con-
stitutes a very open curve, the convex margin of which is regular and entire. The
teeth themselves are very much compressed, strongly curved inwardly, and much
larger inferiorly than superiorly." — (Giuard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1856, p. 171.)
Moxostoma Giinther, 1868. — " Scales of moderate size ; lateral line none ; fins,
mouth, gills and pharyngeal teeth, identical with those of Catostovms in all essential
points." — GiJNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, p. 20.)
Erimyzon Jordan, 1576. — [Name suggested as a substitute for Moxostoma Ag., the
type of Moxostoma Raf. {Catostomus anisurus Raf ) not being a member of this genus.] —
(Jordan, Bull. Buff. Soe. Kat. Hist. p. 95.)
Erimyzon Jordan, 1876. — " Dorsal moderate ; air-bladder in two parts ; no lateral
line; lips usually plicate." — (Jordasi, Man. Vert. ed. 1st, p. 292.)
JLNALYSIS of 8PKCIES OF ERIMYZON.
•Body oblong, compressed, becoming gibbous with ago, the ante-dorsal region more
or less elevated in the adults ; the depth 3^ in length, ranging from 24 in adults
144 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
to l in yuiin;^ : head stout, short, about 4 J in lonj^th (4 to 4^), the interorbital
space wide and depressed, tlie lower parts narrower, so that it is somewhat wedgo-
Bhapcd downwards : eje not large, 4 J in head (4A toG^) : mouth protractilo down-
wards and forwards, the mandible oblique: scales usually closely imbricated and
more or less crowded forwards, but often showing various irregularities in arrange-
ment, about 43 (39-45) in a longitudinal series and 15 (14 to 10) in a transverse se-
ries between the ventrala and the dorsal. Fin-rays somewhat variable, the dorsal
with 11 (10 to 13) developed rays, the anal with 7, and (he ventrals with U
(rarely 8).
Coloration varying with age ; never distinct series of black spots along the rows
of scales; young with a broad black lateral band bordered above by paler; in
some specimens from clear water, this band is of a jet-black color and very dis-
tinct ; in others, it is duller; later this band becomes broken into a series of
blotches, which often assume the form of broad transverse bars; in adult speci-
mens, these bars disappear, and the color is nearly uniform brown, dusky above,
paler below, every where with a coppery or brassy, never silvery, lustre ; the fms
are dusky or smoky brown, rarely reddish-tinged: sexual differences strong; the
males in spring with usually three large tubercles on each side of the snout, and
with the anal On more or less swollen and emarginate : adult specimens with the
back gibbous and the body strongly compressed, in appearance quite unlike the
young. Maximum length about 10 inches .st:cKTTA,21.
•• Body oblong, the back more elevated, the body deeper and more compressed than in
the preceding, the greatest depth in advance of the dorsal fin being contained
about 2J times in the length ; nape less gibbous than in sucetta; head quite small
and short, the large eye being almost exactly midway in its length, its length 4i
in that of the body; eye 4 J in head; interorbital space rather narrow, strongly trans-
versely convex, less than half the length of the head : mouth small, protractile for-
wards, the lower jaw oblique ; lips as in the preceding.
Scales large, much larger and much more uniform in their imbrication than in E.
sucetta; 3G in a longitudinal series, and about 13 in a transverse series from the ven-
trals to the dorsal. Dorsal fin high, of 12 developed rays; anal moderate, with 7;
ventrals large, with 10. Color dark olivaceous above, each scale along the sides
reflecting pale from the strongly ridged middle part; these giving in certain
lights the appearance of pale stripes along the rows of scales: fins dusky, espe-
cially at their tips GOODEI, 2*2.
21. EKIMYZON SUCETTA {LacepMc) Jordan.
Chub Sucker. Creek Fish. Mullet.
1803— C'iy)rinM8 sucetta LAClSpfeDE, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, v, GOG, GIO.
Catostoinua sucetta Le Sueuk, Jouru. Ac. Nat. So. Phila. 109, 1817.
Catostomus sucetta DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1S42.
Catostomua succti CuviKii &. VALrxciKNXES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 400, 1844.
Catostoinua succti RTonER, Synopsis, 419, 184G.
Moxostoma sucetta Aoassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 202, 1855.
Moxostoma sucetta Pcttxam, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, lb()3.
ERIMYZON SUCETTA. 145
Erimxjzon sttcetia Jordan, Man. Vert. 295, 1876.
Erinujzon suceita Jokdax & Copeland, Check List, 157. 1876.
Erlmyzon suceita, Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2cl, 319, 1878.
1814— C^j;>-(HMS oblongus Mitchill, Lit. & Pliil. Trans. New York, 1, 459.
Caiostomus ohlongus Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. 108, 1817.
Catostomus ohloiigita Thompson, Hist. Vt. 134, 1842. (Synonyuiy, but not descrip-
tion, wbicli applies to If. meter olcpidotum.)
Labto ohlomjHH DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 193, 1842.
Catostomus ohlougus Cuvier «& Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissous, xvii, 441,
1844.
Catostomus ohlongus Storer, Synopsis, 423, 1846.
Moxostoma oblongum Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 203, 1855.
Moxostoma oblongum Putnam, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.
Moxostoma oblongum Gill, Canadian Nat. p. 19, Aug. lSo5.
Moxostoma oblongum Guntuer, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 21, 1868.
Moxostoma oblongum Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 468, 1870.
Moxostoma oblongum Jordan, Fishes of Ind. 221, 1875. (Name only.)
Erimijzon oblongus Jordan, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 187G. (Name only ;
generic diagnosis of Erimyzon.)
Erimyzon oblongus Jordan, Man. Vert. 294, 1876.
Moxostoma oblongum Uhlkr & Lugger, Fishes of Maryland, 140, 1876.
Erimyzon ohlongus Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48, 1876.
Erimyzon oblongus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Teretuhis oblongus Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Eept. 53,1876. (Name only.)
Teretulus oblongus Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's First Kcport, Ohio Fish Com-
mission, 85, pi. xii, f. 20, 1877.
Erimyzon oblongus Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 346, 1877.
Erimyzon oblongus Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 305, 1877.
Erimyzon oblongus .Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 36, 1877.
1817 — Catostomus gibhosus Le Sueur, Jourc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 92.
Catostomus gibhosus Storer, Kept. Ichthy. Mass. 183, 1838.
Labeo gibhosus DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 194, 1842.
Catostomus gibhosus Storer, Synopsis, 420, 1846.
Catostomus gihbosus Kirtland, Hamilton Smith's Annals of Science.
Catostomus gibhosus Storer, Hist. Fishes Mass. 291, pi. xxii, f. 4, 1867.
Ifil7— Catostomus tuhcrculaius Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 93.
Catostomus tubcrculatus DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 199, 1842.
Catostomus tuhcrculaius CrviER & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
444, 1844.
Catostomus tubcrculatus Tiio'ieau, Week on Concord and Merrimack, 38, 1868.
1817 — Caiostomus vittaius Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 104.
Catostomus vittatus DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.
Catostomus vittatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 459,
1844.
Catostomus vittatus Storer, Synopsis, 422, 1846.
1820 — Caiostomus fasciolaris Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 53.
Bull. N. M. No. 12—10
14tl CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICIITnYOLOGY III.
1842— Zxitco elegans DkIvvy, New York Fauna, i)art iv, Fishes, 102.
Catostomns elegans Sronv.U, Synopsis, 425, 184C.
1842— Laico cnopita DkKay, Now York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 193.
Catoatomua empus Stokkr, Synopsis, 425, 1846.
\>i\\>—Lahco ehnftatus DkKay, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 394.
l^'to—MoiOHloma animrua Agassiz, Am. Journ. So. Arts, 2d series, xix, 202. (Not of
Katine8(ine.)
1S5.'»— J/oj-o.s/oma tcuue Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2^1 series, xix, 203.
Moxotitoma teiiuc Putnam, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 18G3.
Moxoatoma ienue G^nther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 21, 1868.
Erimtizon tcnuia Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876.
185G— Moxoatoma daviformia Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 171.
Moxoatoma claviformis GiRARD, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x,219, pi. xlviii, f. 5-9, 1S58.
Erimyzon dariformia Jordan &, Copkland, Check List, 157, 1876.
\?T^(i— Moxoatoma Jccnnerlyi Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 171.
Moxoatoma kennerlyi Girard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 34, pi. xx, f. 7-0, 1859.
183G— Moxoatoma camphelU Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 172.
Moxoatoma camphdli Girard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 35, pi. xx, f. 4-6, 1859.
Erimyzon camphdli Jordan Si. Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876.
ITaditat.— All waters of the United States east of the Rocky Mountains.
This protean species is, next to Catostomus teres, the most abundant
anil tbe most widely dillused of our species of Suckers. It occurs in
cverj- stream from Maine to Texas, and thrives in all sorts of waters,
from the Great Lakes to the smallest ponds and brooks. Its variations
in color and form are remarkable; bur after theeliniinationoftho.se
which are known to be due to differences of sex, age, and surroundings,
I lind nothing left on which a ditterence of .species or even a varietal
<lifference may be based. I therefore unite all the nominal species of
this genus, with a single exception, under the oldest specific name ap-
plied to any of them, sucetta of Lacepiide.
The name sucetta has been pas.sed from author to author for a \ouiX time,
all tlie descriptions being based on the notes of Bosc and the account
given by Lac( pi'de, no one seeming to have any clear idea of what the
ori^Mual species was. The reasons for identifying sucrtfa with ohJonrjus
have been already given.
The name sitcctta was spelled succli by Valenciennes. I see no reason
for this change. The derivation of the word is from tlie Frencli sucet^
a sucker; and succfta is an- agreeable latinization of the barbarous word.
The identity of the nominal species oblonfjus, gibbosus, tiibereulatiis, vitla-
tus, €sopus,cIongatus, i\i\d clegam yxnH conclusively shown by Professor
Agassiz. Thv JascioUtris of Kafinesque, as 1 have sliown, is probably
this species, which llalincsquo could hardly have overlooked.
ERIMYZON SUCETTA.
147
Professor Agassiz's anisurtts, considered by him as the "Western rep-
resentative ol' ohlongiis, must belong here. Professor Agassiz's tenuis
from Mobile is not described ; but as sncctta occurs abundantly in Ala-
bama, it is safe to presume their identity. The type of Moxostoma da-
viformis Girard is now lost. Both figure and description point to the
young of sttcetta. The figure represents the scales rather smaller than
usual, but it may not be correct. The types of Moxostoma l^cnncrlyi
Girard and of Moxostoma camphelli Girard, from Texas, have also disap-
peared ; but they too seem to have been based on the young of the
present species, and as sucetta certainly occurs in Texas, these nominal
species must fall into the synonymy.
The Chub Sucker is one of the smallest species, rarely reaching a
length of more than a foot. It is tenacious of life, and bites readily at
a small hook, but is not much valued for food. The young are rather
handsome, the black lateral band being sometimes very distinct. In
the aquarium, they act as scavengers. The adult fishes, especially* the
males, are very dusky in color, and the males in spring are provided
with three large tubercles arranged in a triangle on each side of the head.
The fins of the adults are usually black, sometimes tinged with red.
Specimens in United' States National Museum,
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
144
6860
Sugar Loaf Creek,
Nova Scotia ...
Arkansas
11. B. Mollhansen.
7638
7646
Boston, Mass . , -- -- --
7771 •
7776
Riverbead, L. I . .
S. F. Baird.
8280
S. F. Baird.
8376
North Carolina
McNair.
8459
Potomac River . .....
8497
8700
Holliston, Mass.....
8742
Detroit River
S. F. Baird.
8933
Brimfield
F975
9007
Delaware County
9042
9082
9160
9162
Jackson, 111
R. Kenuicott.
148 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
Specimcna in Unilcd Slates Xatlonal Museum — Continuefl,
Numhcr.
Locality.
Dim;
1)*275
9446
9551
9660
10631
10814
11033
11034
11035
11199
11200
12441
14977
16990
16991
16992
16993
16994
17816
17821
17838
19158
20061
20064
20105
20157
20231
20254
20269
20360
Collector.
Abbeville, S.C.
Aux Flaiaes River, Illinois —
Lake Ocouomowoc, Wisconsin
R. Konuicott.
S. F. Bairil.
Potomac River
Sanduskj', Ohio
do
, do
do
do
do
Halifax, Nova Scotia
Potomac River
do
do
do
do
do
Clear Creek, Texas
do
New Bedford, Mass
Aux Plaincs River, Illinois. ..
Cedar Swamp, New Jersey. ...
Schuylkill, River
Fox River, Wisconsin
Montgomery, Ala
Riverhead, L. I
Piermout, N. Y
Sin- Sing,N. Y
Trenton, N. J
Cumberland River
White River, Indiana
Etowah River, Georgia
Sakula River, South Carolina.
J. W. Miluer.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
G. B. Goode.
J. W. Miluer.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Kumlicn & Earll.
Do.
Thomas.
R. Kennicott.
S. F. Baird.
J. H, Richard.
S. F. Baird.
Kumlien A: Maxson.
S. F. Baird.
Do.
Do.
C. C. Abbott.
A. Winchcll.
D. S. Jordan.
Do.
Do.
L'L'. r.KLAIYZON GOODEI, .S7;. nov.
Goode' 8 Sucker.
Tins spin ics diflVr.s from E. succita in form, in tlie smaller size of the
Lead, in its greater convexity above, and in the hirger size and greater
imiformily of the scales, which are not at all crowded or reduced for-
ward.s.
GENUS CHASMISTES. 149
The type is a fine specimen, 10| inches long, collected by Professor G.
Brown Goode in the Saint John's River, Florida. It is numbered 19071
on the Museum Eegister. I have named the species for my friend, Pro-
fessor Goode, one of the best of American ichthyologists, to whom we
are indebted for the discovery of the species.
Specimens in United States Xutional Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
19071
Saint John's River, Fla
G. Urowu Goode.
Genus CHASMISTES Jordan.
Chasmistes Jordan, Bull. Hayden Geol. Snrv. Terr. 417, 1878.
Type, Ca'.ostomus fecundus Cope & Yarrow.
Etymology, ;\;af7//uw, to yawu or gape.
Fishes related to Catostomns, having the teeth, scales, and air-
bladder as in that genus, but distinguished by the size and position
of the mouth, the great development of the mandible, and by the small,
smooth lips.
Head disproportionally large, forming more than one-fourth of the
length, broad and flattish above; sides of head vertical, slightly directed
inwards, the breadth through the cheeks less than the breadth above the
eyes ; eyes small, high up, rather posterior : mouth exceedingly large,
terminal, the lower jaw in the closed mouth being very oblique, placed
at an angle of about 45 degrees; the low'er jaw very long and strong,
its length more than one-third the length of the head, nearly half the
length of the head in the adult, its tip when the mouth is closed about
on a level with the eye ; upper jaw very protractile ; ui^i)er lip \e.\y
thin (for a Sucker), and nearly smooth ; snout elevated above the rest
of the head, notably so when the mouth is closed ; lower lip moderate,
consisting of a broad flap on each side of the mandible, in front reduced
to a narrow rim, the surface of the lip nearly smooth, without evident
papilla) : nostrils large ; suborbital bones narrow, but rather broader
than in Catostomiis ; preorbital unusually large : mucous channels mod-
erately developed; fontanelle very large; isthmus rather narrow:
pharyngeal bones and teeth essentially as in Catostomus.
Body rather slender, tapering pretty regularly from the shoulders to
the tail, but little compressed : caudal peduncle rather stout.
150 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
Fius moderate, the dorsal rays about 12, tbe anal 7 : pectorals
rather long, not (iiiite reachiug veutrals: veiitrals reaehiug veut : anal
tin hiii:h, reaching caudal : caudal fin rather long, its lobes equal.
Scales moderate, large ou the caudal peduncle, much smaller and
crowded auteriorly, CO to G5 in the lateral line, about 18 iu a transverse
series iVom dorsal to ventrals.
Sexual peculiarities unknown.
Coloration usual.
Air-bladder in two parts.
Size moderate or rather large.
The single species now included iu this genus is known only from
Utah Lake. Its describers referred it to the genus Catostomus, but
made no mention of its singular mouth and lips. The original type of
the species is in very bad condition, the mouth being shrunken and dis-
torted, and the bones of the head protruding through the skin, so that
the peculiarities of the species are hardly recognizable.*
Gcmric Characlerizationa.
Chasjiistes Jordan, 1873. — " This genus is distiuguisbed from Catontomim by the
very large, terminal mouth, tho lower jaw being very strong, oblique, its length about
one-third that of the head. The lips are little developed, and are very nearlj' smooth.
The type of the genus is C. fecundua Cope & Yarrow." — (Jordan, Bull. U. S. Geol. Sun:
Terr. vol. iv, No. 2, p. 417, 1878.)
ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF CHASMISTES.
* Dejith about .^ in length; head 3 j ; interorbital space broad, 2i in head; eye to 7
in head ; width of the open mouth '.^ in head. Dorsal 12. Anal 7. Scales
9-G3-8. Color dusky above, pale below ; tho scales of the back and sides pro-
fusely covered with dark punctulatious fecindus, 23.
L'3. CnASMISTES FECUNDUS {Cope d- Yarroic) Jordan.
Sucker of Utah Lake.
187G—Ca(oiiiomu8 fecundua CorK & YaI!i:uW, Wheeki's Expl. \V. l(i(i;li Mer. v, Zool.
G78, pl.xxxii, f. 1, 1 a.
Calo8tomuHfccnndusJonr>AS & Copelani>, Check List, W], 1>1G.
ChaamiatcaftcnnduxJoi.v.Mi, lUill. Ilayden's Geol. Surv. Terr. vol. iv. No. 2, 117,
1878.
IL\BIT.VT. — Utah Lake, Utah, where it is excessively abundant. Not yet noticed
elsewhere.
This singular species has been overlooked until quite lati'ly. ])r.
Yarrow states that it " is abundant iu Utah Lake, and is called Sucker
•In fact, this specimen in its jiresent condition looks to me more Wko Calostomuaocci-
dinialis, but the tigiiro iiublislir<l by Cope & Yarrow represents C. J'lcundua. IJolh
S[)ccie8 occur in Utah Lake.
GENUS CATOSTOMUS.
151
by the iiibabitants. Tliey run up the rivers to spawn in June ; feed on
the bottom and eat the spawn of better fish ; spawniuft- beds on gravel ;
bite at hooli sometimes ; are extremely numerous, and are considered
a nuisance by the fishermen, but they meet with a ready sale in winter
at an average price of 2^ cents per pound."
Specimens in United States 2\'aiional Afiiseum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
12894
Utah Lake, Utah
Yarrow & Ileushaw.
2033r
Utah Lake, Utah
Dr. IT. C. Yarrow. (Manj^ specimens )
Dr. IT. C. Yarrow. (Type Chasmistes.)
Dr. IT. C.Yarrow. (Typesof the species.)
20932
Utah Lake, Utah
Utah Lake, Utah
Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.
Caioslomus Le Sueuii, Journ. Ac, Nat. Sc. Pliila. i, I^^IT, fe9. (Equivalent to family Ca-
tostomida:)
nypentelmm Rafixesque, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, lbl8, 421. (As subj^emis of Zro-
glosstim.)
Z)ecac<j/r«8 EAFiNESQUE,Ich thy ologi a Ohiensis, 1820, GO. (As subgenus of Catosiomvs,
including the lO-rayed 8i)ecies.)
Hylomyzon Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, ISoo, 2(te.
Minovius GiRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1856, 173,
Aconms Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 183G, 173.
Catastomua Gill, Canadian Naturalist, 1865, August.
Decadactylus Jordax, Man. Vert. 2d ed. 1878, 319. (As subgenus.)
Type, Cyprinus catostumus Forster, = Caioslomus hudsoniits Le Sueur, ;= Catostomus lon-
fjirosirum Le Sueur,
Etymology, Kara, low ; oruiiu, mouth.
Efi/mologij of Si/nonyms.
Hijpentelium: probably iiro, below; ■nevre, five; Xo-ioQ, lobe, as the name is said to
refer to the 5-lobed lower lip, supposed to distinguish it from the 3-lobed subgenus
Maxillingua; possibly, however, from VTzb, below; eire/iz/f, perfect.
Decaetylus: 6eKhr, ten; duKTv?.or, toe, i. e., 10 ventral rays, hence properly Deca-
dactylus.
UyJomyzon : v2.e, mud ; /u.v'^uu, to suck.
Jcomus aid Minonius are probably meaningless words, without etymology.
Head more or less elongate, its length ranging from 3A to 5 times in
that of the body, its form var;^ing considerably in the diflerent subgen-
era. Eye usually rather small, high up and median or more or less pos-
152 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
terior in position : suborbital bones narrow, lonjjer than broad, mucli as
in 3/>/xosfo7«a ; fontanelle always present, usually widely open, in two
species reduced to a narrow slit, but never wLoUy obliterated.
Mouth rather lar<,fe, always inferior, and sometimes notably so ; the
upper lip thick, protractile, papillose ; the lower lip greatly developed,
with a broad free margin, deeply incised behind, so that it forms two
lobes, which are often more or less separated: mandible horizontal,
short, not one-third the length of the head and not reaching to oi)posite
the eye : lower jaw usually without distinct cartilaginous sheath : oper-
cular apparatus moderately developeil, not rugose: pharyngeal bones
moderately strong, the teeth shortish, vertically compressed, rapidly
diminishing in size upwards, the upper surface of the teeth nearly even,
or somewhat cuspidate.
Body oblong or elongate, more or less fusiform, subterete, more or
less compressed.
Scales comparatively small, typically much smaller and crowded an-
teriorly, the number in the lateral line ranging from about 50 to 115,
tlie number in a transverse series between dorsal and ventrals from
]5 to 40: lateral line well developed, straightish, somewhat decurved
anteriorly.
Fins variously developed: dorsal with its first ray nearly midway of
the body, with from 9 to 1-4 developed rays; anal tin short and high,
with probably always 7 developed rays; ventrals inserted under the
iHiddle or posterior part of the dorsal, typically with 10 rays, in one sub-
genus usually 9, the number often subject to variation of one ; caudal
tin usually deeply forked, the lobes nearly equal.
Sexual peculiarities not much marked, the tins higher in tlie male
and the anal somewhat swollen and tuberculate in the spring : br(!ed-
ing males in some species with a rosy or orange lateral band.
Air-bladder with two chambers. Vertebra) in C. teres and C. nigri-
cans 45 to 47.
"The fihdcton iti Catosfomus has been well described by Valenciennes
(XVII. p. 433). It is distinguished by the comparative want of solidity,
certain bones consisting merely of a network of osseous matter. There
is a large and broad fontanelle on the upper surface of the head, separ-
ating the parietal bones, and leading directly into the cerebral cavity.
The occii)ital process is, below the anterior vertebra}, enlarged into a
bladder-like swelling, which is not solid, but consists of a delicate net-
work on'y. The prefrontal is advanced to the anterior part of the orbit.
GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 153
The jaw-bones are very feeble, the intermaxillary being reduced to a
thin lamelhi, which does not descend to the middle of the maxillary.
The anterior part of the mandible is horizontal, thin and slightly dilated.
The apophyses of the four anterior vertebrte are very strong aud long." —
(GiJNTHEE, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 13.)
This genus as at present restric*^ed comprises three well-marked
groups, which may be accepted as subgenera, under tbe names Catosto-
mus, JDccadactyliis, and Ilypcnielium. One of these groups, Hijpcntelium,
has been usually coniidered as a distinct genus, on account of the dif-
ferences in the form of the head and in the squamation. These differ-
ences are, however, individually of subordinate value, and should
probably be held to designate a subgeneric section, rather than a
distinct genus.
The group BecadactyJus as here given is nearly equivalent to Minomiis
and Catostomus of Girard, while our Cafostomus is Girard's Aconnts.
The type of Catostomus, as restricted by Agassiz, prior to Girard being
Cyprimis catostomus Forster, Oi.-e of the small-scaled group, the name
belongs properly to that group, and Acomus is a simple synonym.
Decactylus Eafinesque was not originally defined in any very tangible
way, inasmuch as its author included in it species of Myxostoma and
Cycleptus. As, however, it was intended for 10-rayed species, aud as one
among those originally placed in it was C. teres (as G. hostoniensis), the
the name Decactylus (Decadactijlus) may be used instead of Minomus as
a designation for the subgenus to which C. teres belongs.
The genus Catostomus is, next to Myxostoma, the most rich in species.
It is much the most widely distributed of ihe genera of Suckers, some of
its members abounding in every river of Korth America, and one of them
being found in Asia.
Generic Characterizations.
'•Catostomus Ls Sueur, 1817,
"Bade witli a siuf^lo fin.
"Gill-membrane thrce-rayecl.
"Head and opereula sinootb.
"Jaws toothless and retractile.
'•Mouth beneath the snout ; lips plaited, lobed, or carunculatcd, suitable for sucking.
" Throat with pectinated teeth.
"The species which are here described arc all possessed of the following general
characters : —
"Body. — The body in general is elongated and varied in its form.
"Scales.— ^ho scales in almost all the species are marked with radiated lines, and
fimbriated on their edges; their form more or less rhomboidal or roundish.
154 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
"Gill-cover8. — Tbo gill-covers are large, and composed of three pieces ; the anterior
piece small in some, as is exemplified in the C. maaolcindoUts, and in others large, as in
the C. communis; opening or expansion wide.
^^Noatrih. — The nostrils are double on each side, and separated by a menibrane ; tie
largest aperture near the eyes.
^'Eijia. — The eyes in general are pretty large, a little oblong, without nictitating
membrane : pupil black and roundibh : irides yellowish, someliuies Lrown, as in the
C. gihhoxuH.
''Tath. — No teeth in the jaws, but those of the throat, on each side, are composed of a
range of bones, generally bluut and thick at their summits, i)laced in a pectinated
form, on an osseous, arcuated base, of which they are a Jomponent part, and sonu'-
times terminate in a hooked point, as in the C. maculoaus ; these teeth are enveloped in
a thick mass of whitish substance, which covers the throat, and supplies the place of
a tongue.
"Month. — The month is generally lunated; to the palate is attached a membrani'.
'^Viscera. — The inttstinal canal is very much developed, and it has its origin ne.ir the
throat ; the stomach, which is simide, and without plaits and curvatures, being a con-
tinuation of this canal, and appears to be confounded with it. The intestines make a
number of circumvolutions; in a specimen of the C. macrolcpidotus of 16 iuclies
in length, they were 3 feet 5 inches in length. The liver is deliquescent, and soon
passes into oil after exi)osure to the atmosphere. The air-bladder is subcylindricul, and
divided, in most species, into two parts ; in the C. macrolepidofus, it is separated into four
parts. I have remarked in the intestines of these fishes river-shells of the genera
Lymna'a, JJulimns, etc., which dwell on aquatic plants audou the rock at the bottmn of
the rivers; these shells the Catostomi are enabled to take with their lips, which are
protruded forwards by means of their jaws.
" Ifc is necessary to remark that in all the spoaics which I have examined there is a
line which runs from the nape, beneath the eyes, and another along the head, above
the eyes, of small orilices, for the passage of mucus, which lines are well delined
after the fish is dead and desiccated, but not so conspicuous when recent ; these lines
Forster improperly terms sutures. I will add that some species, in a dried state, have
also a tuberculated appearanco on the head, which tubercles are not discernible wlien
the animals are living."— (Lk Sueur, Jonrn. Ac. Sat. Sc i, p. s.).)
IIvPKNTKi.ifM Ralinesqne, 1H1«.— " This species lExotjlnnhum viarropltrum'] distin-
guished by so many secondary characters may be the type of a subgenus, which may
be called IJi/pentelium, in reference to the five lobes of the lower jaw. The species
with a three-lobed jaw may form then another section under the fi>rmor name of
J/rtjri//i»<7Ha."— (RaI'INKSQUK, Joiirn. Jcad. Xat. Se. p. 420, 1818.)
Catosto.ml's Rafinesque, 18.20. — *' Body oblong cylindrical, scaly. Vent posterior or
nearer to the tail. Head and opercules scaleless and smooth. Mouth beneath the
snout, with fleshy, thick or lobed sucking lips. Jaws toothless and retractible.
Throat with pectinated t*eth. Nostrils double. Gill-cover double or triple. Three
branchial rays to the gill membrane. A single dorsal tin commonly opposite to tho
abdominal tins, which have from eight to ten rays." — (R.vi'INESQUK, Teh. Oh. p. 53.)
Decactylus Ralinesqne, 1820. — " Body nearly cylindrical, abdominal tins with tea
GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 155
rays ; tail equally forked. Besides the two followiug species (C duquesnii; C. clongalus)
the C. bostoniensis and C. hudsonius unibt be eiiuuieiated here." — (Rafinesquk, Ich. Oh.
p. 60.)
Hypentelium Rafinesque, 1820. — " Body pyraiuidal slightly compressed, with very
minute scales. Vent posterior. Head scaleless, nearly square, mouth terminal pro-
truded beneath toothless, jaw shorter with five lobes, the middle one larger, lips very
small. Abdominal tins anterior removed from the veut, dorsal liu anterior, opposed to
them.
" This genus belongs to the familj- of the Cyprinidia, and is next to my genus Exoglos-
8um, with which I had unittd it; but this last differs from it by an oblong bodj', llat
bead, lower lip trilobe not protruded, abdominal tins and dorsal fin medial, &c. The
name expresses the character of the lower lip." — (Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. p. 6d.)
Catostomcs DeKay, 1842. — " Both lips thick, Ueshy, and crenated or plaited ; the
lower lip pendant. Dorsal placed above the ventrals and usually short." — (DeKay,
Neiv York Fauna, Fishes, p. 19(i.)
CvTOSTOMUS Heckel, 1843. — " Os iuferuni ; labia carnea, lata, rugosa, suctni apta;
cirrhi nuUi ; praioperculum ante occiput. Pinna dorsalis brevis, rarius elougata ; analis
brevior, utraque radio osseo uullo. Dentes pharyngei ijectiniformes.
D : 31 H- 13 — 29
A : 2) i) — 7
(Characters of Tribus IV, including Catosiomus, Bhytidostomiis, and 9 Exoglossum.)
" Dentes pectiniformes 40 — 40. Os inferum; labia carnea; lata, rugosa ad suctum
apta ; cirrhi nulli. Pinna dorsalis et analis brevis, ilia ante pinnas ventrales incipiens ;
radius osseus niillus. — Tractus intestinalis 2^—3 long, corp." — (Heckel, Fischc
Syriens,\).32.)
Catostomus Valenciennes, 1844. — " lis different t^es ables [Leifc/scHs], avec lesquels
lis ne sont pas sans afiBnit6, par la position de leur boucbe et par la forme des levres
qui la bordent. Ces organes sont assez distincts do ceux des Chondrostome^.
" L'absence des barbillons les 61oigne aussi des Labeous [Lahco'j, avec lesquels ils out
d'ailleurs moins de rapports que M. Cuvier ne le supposait quand il a r6dig6 le Regne
Animal. Enfin ils different de tous ces genres par leurs dents pharyngieunes.
"Par la forme g6n6rale de leur corps, ils ressemblent a nos barbeaux IBarhusI, dont
ils ont presque tous la t6te alongce, lisse et nue, et le museau un pen pro(5nnnent,
mais ils n'ont pas leurs barbillons, et la dorsale manque do rayons <Spineux et denteles.
La bouche est situde sous le museau ; elle est sans dents, et les levres, dlargies, lobdes,
caronculdes, mais sans prolonguemeuts filiformes, servent a. constituer une sorte de
ventouse au moyen de laquelle ces poissons peuvent adherer ou sucer. Les pharyngiens
sont grands et arquds, presque en demi-cercle ; tout le bord interne est garni de dents
comprim(5es, a couronuo stride, un peu jilus large que la base; toutes ces dents d<5-
croissent regulicrement depuis les inferieures jusqu'aux sui:e[ieures, le nombro en varie
selon les espiices ; elles formeut un peigne sur le corps I'os. Les opercules sont grands ;
les narines ont chacuno, comme ;\ I'ordinaire, deux ouvertures rapprochtSes; les ycux
assez larges, sont elliptiiiues, et ont I'iris ordinairement jaunc ; les dcailles sont en
general petites sur la nucjuo et pres de la tete, et elles vont ensuite en augnientant ii
m6sure'(|u'on s'en approehe de la queue; elles sont plus ou moins rhoniboidales et
strides ou frangdes.
156 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III,
"Lc3 visc^re8 rappellent cenx dcs cyprinoides en g6n6ral, luais I'lntestiii, j\ cause de
ses uombroux rcplis, a orcore plus d'dtenflue, ... Le foie se rdsout bient6t en
liuile; la vossie a<?r enne est comuiiindmeiit divisd cti deux ot comuiiinifjne avec le
liaut de I'cesoph.'ige comrae dans no8 cyprins." — (Valen'ciexnes, Hist. Nat. dea Poiaaoiin,
xvii. pp. 42;j-4-J4.)
Hvi-oMYZOx Aj^asiiz, 1*^55. — "The uame of this pemis is a mere translation of the
vcTiiaLiilar name of its type, the Miid-.Siicker of the West, framed iu imitation of
Petromyzon, but expressing its habits of living in the mud. The body is stout and
heavy in front, and tapers off rapidly from the shoulders towards the tail; behind the
dorsal it ia nearly cylindrical in form.
"The short quadrangular head is broad and llat above, its sides are vertical. The
eyes are of moderate size and elliptical iu form ; the superorbital ridges are elevated
above the general level of the head. The mouth is inferior, and encircled by broad
lleshj' lips vrhich are covered with small grains or papilhc. The lower lip is bilobed.
The dorsal is over the ventrals, and nearer the head than the tail; its height and
length are nearly ecjiial. The pectorals and ventrals are broad and rounded, the anal
tin is slender and reaciifS the caudal. The scales are largest on the anterior portion of
the body. They are slightly longer than high, the ornamental concentric riJges of
the posterior field are broader and farther apart than those of the lateral and anterior
fields; those of tbo anterior and jmsterior lields rather remote, about equal in nniuber.
Tubes of the lateral line arising from the centre of radiation.
"The teeth are compressed, so that their sharp edge pnyects inwards; at the same
time they are slightly arched inwards and inserted obliquely npon the pharyngeal
bones. They increase gradually in size and thickness from above downwards. The
masticating ridge of the teeth is transverse, compressed iu the middle and sharp; its
upper and lower edges are rounded and more projecting, the inner point, however, more
projecting than the outer one." — (Agassiz*, Am. Jouvn. Sd. Arts, 1655, p. 205.)
C.vTOSTcftMUS Agassiz, 1855. — "I have retained the uame of Catostomus for the type
to which it was originally ai)plied by Forster. The bodj' is elongated, fusiform and
slightly compressed. The snout is short and blunt, and projects but little beyond the
mouth, wliich is iiift-rior. The lower jaw is short and bread. The lips are fleshy and
strongly bilobed below ; their surface is conspicuously granulated or papillated. The
bead is considerably longer than high. The dorsal is large and mostly in advance of
the ventrals; its length is greater than its height. The anal tin is long and slender,
and rcaehi's the caudal. The sexual diliVrences, so conspicuous in the genus Moxostonia
and I'lycii'istomus, arc hardly to be noticed iu this genus. The other lius are of moder-
ate size, and more or less pointed.
"The scales are much smaller on the anterior than on the posterior portion of the
body; jiearly quadrangular, with rouTidrd angles, but somewhat longer than high;
the ornamental concentric ridges of the posterior tidd broader than those of tlu- lateral
and anterior fields; the radiating furrows more numerous than in llylomyzon and
Ptychostomus, and encroaches upon the lateral fields, where, in some species, they are
nearly Jis numerous as npon the anterior uiul posterior fields. Tubes of the lateral line
wider than in llylomyzon and Ptychc-^tomus, extending from the centre of radiation
to the posterior margin.
"The pharyngeals are stout and compact, the outer margin not so spreading as
GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 157
in Ptycbostoraus; the teetli are blunter and larger comparatively than iii any
other genus of the tribe, increasing more rapidly in size from above downwards, so
that those of the middle of the arch are lilready of the same cast as those of the lower
part of the comb ; their crown is blunt and the inner edge rises into a blunt cusj)." —
(Agassiz, Am. Joiirn. Sc. Arts, 1855, p. 207.)
MiNO.MUS Girard, 185G. — " We propose to include under the head of Aliiwmus, such
species as are characterized by an elongated and fusiform body, a head longer than
deep; a dorsal fin either higher than long, or with both dimensions equal. The l.ps
being tuberculated, moderately bilobed. The pharyngeals not expanded laterally, but
considerably bent inwardly. The teeth compressed, decidedly bicuspid, but the inner
projection more developed than the outer. The scales being nearly of the same size,
but slightly smaller anteriorly than posteriorly." (Includes C. insujnis, C.plebtius, and
C. cZaj-Aa.)— (Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Fhila. 1856, p. 173.)
AcoMUS Girard, 1856. — "And then giving the name of Acomus to those tpecies in
which the head is very elongated, the dorsal higher than long, and the scales much
smaller upon the anterior region of the body than upon the posterior. The lips being
papillated and very deeply cleft. The pharyngeals are gently arched and not expanded;
the teeth compressed and bituberculated^ the inner projection conspicuous ; the outer
one obsolete, though existing." (Includes Cforsterianvs, C. aurora, C. latipinnis, C. (juZ'
manienhis, C. generosus, C. gnseits, and C. lactarius.) — (Girard, Froc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Fhila.
1856, p. 174.)
Catostomus Girard, 1856. — "The genus Caioslomus, Le Sueur, would then be re-
stricted to such species in which the head is moderately elongated, the dorsal fin gen-
erally longer than high, and the size of the scales less disproportionate anteriorly and
posteriorly than in Acomus. The lips are i>apillated and deeply cleft. The pharyngeals
provided with a little expansion inferiorly. The teeth are comxjressed, with the inner
projection of the Crown alone developed." (Includes C. liadsonius, C. communi», C. occi-
dentalis, C. lahiatus, C. macrochdlu's, C. suclclii, and C. hcrnardini.) — (Girard, Froc. Ac.
Nat. Sc. Fhila. 1856, p. 174.)
CATASTOMU.S Gill, 1865. — "Snout long. Lateral line present, nearly straight. Lips
papillated." — (Gill, Canadian Naturalist, Aug. 1865, p. ID, reprint.)
Catostomus Giinther, 1868. — " Scales of small, moderate or large size. Lateral lino
present, running along the middle of the tail. Dorsal fin of moderate extent, with not
more than about seventeen rays, opposite to the ventrals, without si)ine. Anal fiu very
short, but deep. Fins of the males generally more i^roduced than those of the females,
and frequently with horny tubercles. Mouth inferior, with the lips more or less thick-
ened and papillose, the lower frequently bilobed. Barbels none. Gill-rakers well
developed, soft, the upper lanceolate, the lower quite membranaceous, low folds cross-
ing the bone. PseudobranchijE. Pharyngeal bones sickle-shaped, armed with a comb-
like series of numerous compressed teeth, the teeth becoming larger and broader
towards the lower end of the series." — (GCntuer, Cat. Fishes Frit. llus. vii, p. 12.)
Catostomus Jordan, 1876.— "Air bladder in two parts ; lateral line well developed;
lips papillose ; scales much smaller anteriorly than posteriorly ; interorbital space
convex; body sub-terete."— (Jordan, Man. Vert. 1876, p. 292.)
Hvpentelium Jordan, 1876. — "Air bladder in two parts ; lateral line well devel-
oped ; lips papillose ; scales about as large on front part of body as on tail; body
158 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
tapering rapidly from shonUlers to tail; intcrorbitnl space concave: length of hc«(l
jjrcater than depth of body."— (JounAX, Man. Vtrt. 1H7(), p. 292.)
C.vTOSTO.MCS Cope & Jordan, 1877. — " Body oblong or elongate, with a short, snb-
qaadrate dorsal tin ; air bladder in two parts ; lateral lino well developed ; fontanelle
distinct."— (JoRD.w, rroc. Ac. Nai. Sc. Ph'tla. 1877, p. 81.)
IlYrKNTEi.iu.M Jordan, 1878. — " Body oblong or elongate, with a short subqnadrate
dorsal; anal rays uniformly 7 ; mouth normal, the lower 11]) tindivided or deeply lobod ;
lips tuberculato; lateral line well developed; fontaiielh.' distinct; no mandibulary
sheath ; scales moderate, not crowded forwards, about equal over the body ; body long,
and little compressed; head transversely coEcave between orbits, long and flattened,
the physiognomy being therefore peculiar; ventral rays 9." — (Joun.vx, Man: Vert. ed.
2d, 1878, pp. :]09-310.)
Catosto.mus Jordan, 1878. — [As in the preceding except] "Scales small, smaller
anteriorly and much crowded ; head transversely convex between orbits ; ventral
rays normally 10."— (Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 1878, pp. :]09-:]10.)
Dkcadactylus Jordan, 1878 (as subgenus). — "Lateral line with 00 to G5 scales;
snout comparatively short." — (Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 319.)
Catostomus Jordan, 1878 (as subgenus). — "Lateral lino with about 100 scales;
snout much produced." — (Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 320.)
The three subgenera here recoguized are characterized below. The
single species of IlijpcnicUum is found only eastward of the Kooky
Mountains. Catostomus and Decadactyhts each have representatives on
both sides of the mountains. It is a curious fact that the Southwestern
representatives of each, as a rule, have the upper lip more developed,
and with more numerous series of papillre, than the Eastern ones. In
this respect as in others, these Western species approach the genus Pan-
tosteus, a group exclusively Western in its distribution.
ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF CATOSTOMUS.
• Scales moderate ; not crowded anteriorly, nearly equal over the body ; 48 to ;"> in the
lateral line; 12 to 15 in a transverse series from dorsal to
ventrals : head flattened above, transversely concave between
the orbits, the frontal bono thick, broad, and short, the phy-
siognomy being therefore i)eculiar: ventral rays normally
9: upper lip very thick, strongly papillose, with a broad,
free margin, which has upwards of 8 to 10 series of papillas
upon it. Lower lip greatly developed, strongly papillose,
considerally incised behind, but less so than in Catostomus
proper: fontanelle shorter and smaller than in Dccadactijhis :
pectoral fins unusually large. (Ilypentelium.)
X. Depth ■!* to ") in length ; head 4 to 4^ ; eye rather snuill, 4^ to .5 in head : color
olivaceous; sides with brassy lustre; belly white; back
brown, with several dark cross-blotches, irregularly arranged,
these becoming obsolete in old individuals; lower fins dull
red, with some dusky shading: size large; maximum length
about two feet nigricans, 24.
GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 159
y. Dorsal with 11 dcveloiietl rays: scales 7-50-5: bcail rather longer, 4 to 4^ in
length: pectoral fins rather longer: colors relativelj' dull;
uo distinct whitish stripes along the rows of scales.
nigricans.
if^. Dorsal with 10 developed rays : scales G-43-5 : head rather shorter, 4| in
length : pectoral fins rather shorter : colors brighter ; black-
ish above; belly abruptly white; a pale spot at the base ofi^
each scale, these forming conspicaous whitish streaks along
the rows of scales etowcmus.
'* Scales small, rcducetl, aud crowded anteriorly more or less ; 58 to 72 in the lateral
line jtnd about 20 to 25 in a transverse series from the ven-
trals to the dorsal : snout moderate or rather short. {Deca-
dactylus.)
t Upper lip comparatively thin, with but few (2 or 3) rows of paiiillse.
a. Dorsal fin with but 10 or 11 developed rays; scales but little reduced in size
forwards.
h. Body moderately stout ; depth 4J in length ; head very small and short, about
5 in length; eye moderate; fins all notably small: scales
small, snbequal, 9-70-9, larger on the middle of the body than
on the caudal peduncle : body with scattered, dusky, nebu-
lous spots CLARKI, 25.
li. Body rather elongate, subterete, heavy at the shoulders and tapering back-
wards, the depth about 5 in length ; head moderate, about 4^
in length ; mouth comjiaratively small ; lips moderate, the
upper narrow, with about two rows of large tubercles : scales
little crowded forwards, 58 to 63 in the lateral line, 19 in a
cross-series : a series of dusky spots along each row of scales,
as in Minytrema melanops ; the spots sometimes obscure.
INSIGNIS, 26.
aa. Dorsal with 11 to 13 developed rays : scales much reduced and crowded ante-
riorly.
c. Body moderately stout, varying with age, subterete, heavy at the shoul-
ders, the depth 4 to 4 J in length : head rather large and stout,
conical, flattish above, its length 4 to 4| in body (3.^ to 4J in
young) ; snout moderately prominent, scarcely overpassing
the mouth ; mouth rather large, the lips strongly papillose,
the upper moderate, with two or three rows of papillae :
scales crowded anteriorly, much larger on the sides than be-
low ; scales 10-64 to 70-9: coloration olivaceous; males in
spring with a faint rosy lateral band ; young brownish, more
or less mottled, often with about three largo confluent lateral
blotches, which sometimes form an obscure lateral band.
TERES, 27.
tt Upper lip thick and full, with several (5 to 8) rows of papilla;: scales crowded
forwards.
160 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
f Foutanollti well developed : li^js without evident cartilaginous sheath.
(/. Dorsal flu couiparatively long, of 12 to 14 raj's.
e. Mouth quite largo, with very large lijjs, the upper lull and pendent,
with G to 8 rows of etroug papilla) : head large, 4J in length,
rather narrow, quadrangular, the snout projecting : eyo
large: dorsal fin much longer than high, its ray.s about 14:
♦ scales 12-72-10 : coloration rather dark ; a dusky lateral
stripe MACiJDCHiLUS, 28.
ee. Mouth comparatively small, smaller than in C. teres; the upper lip
thick, with 5 or G rows of papilla;, which are moderately
largo: head rounded above, 4^ in length, the profile steeper
than in C. teres, the snout more iiointed, the two sides of the
head more convergent forwards: eyo small : dorsal fin longer
than high, its rays 12 to 14: scales 1:5-72-10.
OCCIDKNTALIS, 29.
dd. Dorsal fin short, higher than long, of about 11 developed rays: head 4 J
in length, rather bluutish : mouth moderate, the labial papilhe
largely developed, the upper lip full, with about 5 rows of
large but rather sparse papilla; : scales 12-74-10 : color dark
above; sides clouded with black and yellow. ..labiatcs, 30.
JtFontanelle very small and narrow : both jaws with a weak cartilaginous sheath :
body elongate, fusiform, eubterete, the greatest depth 4J to 4^
in length : head small, conical, 4f in length : mouth quite
large, with full, thick lips, the upper very wide and pendent,
with about 6 rows of very strong papilla; : lower lip two-
lobed, similarly papillose: interorbital space wide, convex :
eye elevated, posterior, quite small: fins moderate; dorsal
higher than long, with 10, rarely 11, rays: ventral rays 10:
scales small, crowded forwards, 10 or 9-70-8 : color dark ;
scales with dark pnnctulations aujcopus, 31.
••• Scales very small, much reduced and crowded anteriorly; 83 to 115 in the lateral
line, and 25 to 40 in a transverse series from the ventrals to
the dorsal : body and head more or less elongate : sides with a
broad rosy or orange lateral band in spring males. {Cato-
atomus.)
^ Fontanelle well developed: jaws without evident cart ilaginons sheath.
/. Upper lip comparatively thin and narrow, with but few (3 or 4) rows
of papilla\
g. Body shorter than in the next, but still elongated, its greatestdepth
4^ to 5 in length : head very large and long-acuminate, the
muzzle nearly one-half its length, overhanging the rather
largo mouth : lips moderate; the upper pendent, with about 3
rows of small papilla? ; tho lower rather full, siunlarly papil-
lose: eye nearly median, rather small, 8^ in head: scales
Bmall and crowded forwards, closely imbricated, 83 to 87 in
GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 161
the course of the hiteral lino and about 28 in a cross-series
from dorsal to ventrals : coloration very dark ; fins dusky ;
scales everywhere finely punctate. Size large, .tahoensis, 32.
gg. Body elongate, subterete, the depth 4J to 4f in length : head quite
long and slender, 4J to 4f in length, deprossed and ilattened
above, broad at base, but tapering into a long snout, which
considerably overhangs the large mouth : lips thick, coarsely
tnberculate, the upper lip narrow, with 2 or 3 rows of
tubercles: eye ratbor small, behind the middle of the bead:
scales very small, much crowded forw.rrds, 95 to 114 in the
course of the lateral line, and about 29 (26 to 31) in a cross
row from dorsal to ventrals : dorsal rays 10 or 11 : males in
spring with the head and anal fin profusely tnberculate, the
tubercles on the head small ; the sides at that season with a
broad rosy band: size large; the largest species in the
genus LOXGIROSTRIS, 34.
ff. Upper lip very broad, with several (5 or 6) rows of largo i)apill2B.
i. Body long and slender, subterete, compressed behind, tho form
essentially that of C. lonfjb-ostris, the depth contained 5^ times
in the length : head large, 4 in length of body, the interorbital
space broad and flat, 2A in length of head: eye small, high up
and rather posterior : preorbital bone very long and sU^nder,
its length about three times its depth : mouth large, precisely
as in C. latipinnis, the upper lip pendent, very large, with 5 to
8 series of tubercles : dorsal fin not elongated or especially
elevated, its rays 11, the beginning of the dorsal much
nearer base of caudal than snout : caudal fin long and strongly
forked : anal fin long and high, reaching base of caudal : ven-
trals not reaching vent : caudal peduncle stout and deep, its
least depth more than one-third length of head, its kngth
about two-thirds that of head : scales quite small, about as in
longirostris, the exx»osed portion not notably lengthened:
chest with well-developed scales ; scales lG-100-14 : coloration
dusky brown, a dusky lateral band, pale below, tlic dark colors
extending low ; snout quite dark : size large . . i:kti!01'INNIS, 35.
ii. Body slender and elongate, the caudal peduncle especially long and
very slender, the depth 5J in the length : head moderate, 4f
in length, rather slender, with prominent snout and rather
contracted, inferior mouth ; outline of the mouth triangular,
tho apex forwards; the lips very thick, greatly developed,
lower lip incised to the base, its posterior margin extending
backwards to opposite the eye: jaws with a slight cartila-
ginous pellicle : eye small, high up : preorbital bone broad,
scarcely twice as long as deep: scales long and low, posteri-
orly rounded, their horizontal diameter greater than the ver-
Bu!!, N. M. No. 12—11
102 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
tical, 17-98 to lO.Vl? ; fins excessively developed, much
more elevated in the males than in the females, the free
border of the dorsal, in the males at least, deeply incised : in
the males, the height of each of the three vertical iins is
greater fhan the length of the head: dorsal rays i:], its
beginning rather nearer snout than base cf dorsal : eaudjlfin
especially strong, the rudimentary rays at its bast" nnusually
developed : least depth of caudal peduncle less than one-third
length of head : coloration rather silvery, the males proltably
rosy and tuberculate in spring latipinnis, 36.
$$Fontaue]lo almost obliterated, reduced to a narrow slit: each jaw with a well-
developed cartilaginous sheath (as in Pavtosliits).
j. Body subterete, compressed behind, the depth 5 in length : in-
terorbital 6i)ace 2 in head : head quite short, broad and
rounded above, 4f in length : eye small, far back and high up,
6 in head : mouth very large, inferior, beneath the projecting
snout : upper lip very full, pendent, with alx^nt 5 rows of tu-
bercles Uiion it : lower lip very full, moderately incised, with
about 10 rovjs, a notch separating the upper lip from the
lower, each jaw with a slightly curved cartilaginous sheath on
its edge, the two parallel with each other and fitting closely
together: iins small: dorsal rays 11; caudal little forked:
scales 15-90-11, very much reduced forwards and subject to
many irregularities : colors dusky : size small .. discobolus, 36.
24. CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS Le Sueur.
Iloij Sucker. Hog Mullet. Hop Molly. Cr<url-a-holtoiii. Slone Holhr. Slotie Toiei:
Stone l.iifitjer. Hammerhead. Mud Sucker.
a. Subspecies nigricans.
1~17 — Catohtomus nigricans Lk Suki'i:, Jouru. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 102.
Catoxtomus nigrans (sic) Kiktlaxd, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 168, 1838.
Caiostomus nigricans DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 202, 1842.
CatostojHus nigricans CrviiCR & Valkn'CIKNNKS, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii,453,
1844.
Catoslomus nigricans Stokeh, Synopsis, 421, 1846.
Hylomyzon nigricans ACfAs.siz, Am. Jourii. Sci, Arts, 2d eerioe, xiN,205, 1855.
Hijlomiizon nigricans PiTNAM, Bull. Mus. Conip. Zool. 10, I860.
Hijlonii/zon nigricans Coi'K, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 285, 1^64
Catoslomus nigricans Con:, Journ. Ac. Nat. So. Phila. 236, 1868.
CatostonniM nigricans OOntuki:, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 17, 1868.
Catostomus nigricans C<»rr, Proc. Am. Pliilos. Soc. Phila. 4C8, 1870.
nglomiizon nigricans J()RI>an, Fishes of Ind.221, 1875.
Hiipen'elium nigricans Jordan, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876.
Iliipenlrlium nigricans JoitDAN, Man. Verf.294, 1876.
I'atostomus nigricans I'lii.KU & Llur.KK, Fishes of Maryland, 138, l"^?'}
Ilypentelium nigricans Ni:i>;on, Bull. No. 1 , Ills. Mus, Nat. Hist. 48, I87f^
CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS. 163
Hypcntelium nigricans Jordan &, Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
Caiosiomus nigricans Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 345, 1877.
Hypcntelium nigricans Jordan &. Gilbert, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1876.
Hijpentelium nigricans Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 34, 1877.
Uypenlelium nigricans Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2cl, 319, 1878.
1817 — Caiostomtts macnlosus Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 103.
Catostomus macuJosus DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 203, 1842.
Catostomus macuJosus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. ties Poiss. xvii, 454,
1844.
Catostomus maeulosus Storer, Synopsis, 422, 1846.
Catostomus maculoms Uhler & Lugger, Fishes of Maryland, 139, 1876.
1817 — Exoglossum macropterum Eafinesque, Jonrn. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 420.
Hypcntelium mo.ci'opterum Eafinesque, Ich. Oh. 68, 1820.
Hypentelium mao'ojHerum Kirtland, Eeiit. Zool. Ohio, 168, 1838.
Exoglossum macrojiterum Cuvier Sz, Valenciennes, xvii, 486, 1844.
Exoglossum 7nacropterum Storer, Synopsis, 428, 1846.
1820 — Catostomus xantliopus Eafinesque, Ich. Oh. 57.
1820 — f Catostomus fmegasiomus Eafinesque, Ich. Ob. 59. (Most likely mythical.)
1844 — Catostonms planiceps Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. desPoissons, xvii, 450,
pi. 516.
Catostomus planiceps Storer, Synopsis, 426, 1846.
aa. Subspecies etowanns.
1877 — Catostomus nigricans var. eioivanus Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 345.
Habitat. — New York and Maryland to North Carolina ; west to the Great Plains.
Var. etowanus in the Alabama Eiver. Most common in the Central Mississippi Basin ; not
known from the streams of the South Atlantic States, excepting the Savannah Eiver.
This species is one of the most abundant and widely distributed of
our Sucliers. It abounds in rapids and slioals, especially in the larger
streams, and its singular, almost comical form is familiar to every
schoolboy in the West. Its powerful pectoral fins render it a swifter
fish in the water than any others of its family. Its habit is to rest
n:!Otionless on the bottom, where its mottled colors render it difficult to
distinguish from the stones among which it lies. When disturbed, it
darts away very quickly, after the manner of the Etheostomoids. They
often go in flocks of eight to ten. I have never yet found this species
in really muddy water, and when placed in the aquarium it is one of
the very first fishes to feel the influence of impure water. In my expe-
rience, it is a fish as peculiar to the clear streams ,as the species of
Etheostoma or TJranidea are. Professor Agassiz speaks of it as the
Mud Sucker, and has named it Hylomyzon, iu allusion to its mud-loving
habits. It is fortunate that that name has become a synonym, for it is
certainly a misnomer.
This Sucker reaches a length of about 18 inches. It is not much valued
1G4 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
as.food, but is often caught by boys with a spear or snare. In comiiany
with other species of Catostomiis aud Myxostoma, it ascends all our West-
ern streams in April for the purpose of depositing its spawn.
The Southern form, which I have designated as var. ctoicamis, is more
intensely colored and differs in some minor respects. It frequents, in
great abundance, the clear tributaries of the Etowah, Oostanaula, and
Coosa Rivers, in company with Potamocoftus ^ueridionalis {zopherns)^ a
species to which the young of the Catosiomns bears much resemblance
as seen in the water.
The synonymy of this species has been well worked out by Professor
Agassiz. The variations in age and api)earance have given rise to a
number of nominal species, most of which have, however, already been
dis])osed of. The oldest specific name, nigricans, has been the one most
generally employed. The generic name used depends on wlu'thtr we
consider this si)ecies generically distinct from the type of Catostomus or
not. It would seem — if we may so speak — as if Nature had intended
Hypentelium for a distinct genus, but not being an expert in generic
chara(;ters, had failed to provide it with iiny which can stand our tests.
The name Bijlomyzon, being a simple synonym of Hiji^entcUum, of course
cannot be used. Kafinesque's account is nuieh inferior to that of Pro-
fessor Agassiz, and the figure given by him is one of the worst ever
published, still his tyiucal species is readily identifiable, and his name
for it cannot be set aside.
Specimens in United Stales National Museutn.
Number.
7644
8446
8702
9061
9069
12295
15246
20066
2010l»
20260
20270
Localitv.
Collectcr.
Cayng.i Lake, New York
Cint-inii.iti, Ohio J. W. Milncr.
CcorHi", Mich J. W. Mil nor.
BainbridRO, Pa T. H. Ut-aii.
Black Rver, Ohio S. K. B.iinl.
Teniiesseo ' IWkwitb.
Yellow Creek. Ohio I S. I\ Bair.l.
Roof River, WiHCuiisiii j
Etowah River, Georgia (typesof Viir. ttniranus) r». S.-lonlan.
White River, Indiana 1). S. .Jordan.
S,i\ :iiiii.ili h'ivir 1 D. S. Jordau.
CATOSTOMUS INSIGNIS. 165
25. CATOSTOMUS CLARKI Baird & Girard.
Clark's Sucker.
1854 — Catostomus clarkii Baiisd & Gikakd, Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc. 27.
Catostomus clarkii Aoassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, "^d series, xix, 208, 1855.
Mi7io7nu8 clarkii Girakd, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1856.
Miriomus clarkii Gihard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Icbth. 38, pi. xxii, f. 5-8, 1859.
Catostomus clarkii Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
Habitat. — Eio Santa Cruz in Arizona.
Notliiug is known of this species except from the figure given by
Girard and the descriptions published by Baird and Girard. The
original types of the species are not to be found in the Museum, and
there are no specimens of recent collection which appear to belong to
it. It seems, however, to be a valid species, related to C. insignis.
Its lips have not been figured, hence I can only infer that it belongs to
the group with a narrow upper lip.
26. CATOSTOMUS INSIGNIS Baird & Girard,
Spotted Sucker.
1854 — Catostomus insignis Baird & Girard, Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc, 28, 1854.
Minomus insignis Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1856.
Minomus insignis Girard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichtb. 37, pi. xxi, f. 1-4, 1859.
Catostomus insigne Cope »& Yarrow, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool.
676, 1876.
Catostomus insignis Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156,. 1876.
Habitat.— Tributaries of the Rio Gila.
The original types of this species, from the Eio San Pedro, are now
lost. The specimens collected by Dr. Roth rock in Ash Creek, Arizona,
and referred to this species by Professor Cope, undoubtedly belong
here. The species is a well-marked one, both as to form and coloration.
The genus Minomus, of which it was made the type, appears, however,
to have no tangible existence.
Specimens in^ United States National Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
16756
Ash Creek. Arizona
Dr. J, T Rothrock
166 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
27. CATOSTOMUS TERES {Mitchill) Le Sueur.
Common Sucha: While Suckei: Brook Sucker. Fine-scaled Sucker.
1803 — Le Ci/prin commersonien LacI^pkue, Hist. Nat. des PoiHS. v, 502,508.
Cato8tomu8 commcrsonii Jokdax, Man. Vert. od. 2il, 320, 1878.
18 Cyprinus catontomuH Veck, Mem. Am. Acad, ii, pt. 2, p. 55, pi. 2, f. 1. (Not of
Forster. )
1814— Cyprinus tcre^ MiTCniLL, Lit. and Phil. Trans. New York, i, 458.
Catostomus ta-oi Lk Sukur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. lOrt, 1817.
Catostomus teres Thompson, Hist. Vt. 134, 1842.
Catostomus teres CuviicR & Valknciennks, xii, 468, 1844.
Catostomus teres Stokkis, Synopsis, 423, 184(i.
Catostomus teres Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d peries, six, 208, 1855.
Catostomus teres GCxtiieu, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 15, 1868.
Catostomus teres Cupk, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 468, 1870.
Catostomus teres Jordan, Fishes of lud. 221, 1875.
Catostomus teres Jordan, Man. Vert. 293, 1876.
Catostomus teres Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48, 1876.
Catostomus teres Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
Catostomus teres Jordan & Gilbert, in Klii)part'8 Rept. 53, 1876.
Catostomus teres Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's First Report Ohio Fish Com-
mission, 84, pi. xii, f. 18-19, 1877.
Catostomus teres Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 37, 1877.
1817 — Catostomus comviunis Lk Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 95.
Catostomus communis DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 196, 1842.
Catostomus communis CuviER & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
426, 1844.
Catostomus communis Kirtland, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist, v, 265, 1845.
Catostomus communis Storer, Synopsis, 421, 1846.
Catostomus communis Cope, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 236. 1868.
Catostomus communis Uhler &, Lugger, Fishes of Maryland, 138, 1876.
1817 — Catostomus bostoniensis Lk Sueuu, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 106.
Catostomus bostoniensis Storer, Rep^ Ich. Mass. 84, 1838.
Catostomus bostoniensis Cuvier &, Valenciex.nes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
432, 1844.
Catostomus bostoniensis STORtni, Synopsis, 423, 1846.
Catostomus bostoniensis Putnam, Bull. Mus. Ci>nip. Zi«)l. 10, 1863.
Catostomus bostoniensis Gill, Canadian Nat. p. 19, Auy. 1865. •
Catostomus bostoniensis Storer, Hist. Fishes Mass. 290, pi. xxii, f. 3, 1867.
Catostomus bostoniensis Tmorkau, Week on Concord and .Mi rriinack, 38, 1868.
1820 — Catostomns flexuosus KArixESQUE, Ich. Oh. 59.
1823 — Catostomus hudsoniim Iv'iciiardson, Franklin's Journal, 717, 1823. (N«)t of Le
Sueur.)
Cyprinus {Calostounis) hiidsouiiis Richardson, launa Bor.-Ant. Fislus, ll-J, 1836.
(Excl.syn.)
1836 — Cyprinus {Cato.sloinitu) r<lii!:lulu>i Kicmardson, Fauna Bor.-Ani. I'islio, ,',u3.
CATOSTOMUS TERES. 167
1838 — Catostomus gracilis Kirtland, Kept. Zool. Ohio, 168.
\638—Catostomus nigricans Stouku, Rept. Ich. Mass. 6G. (Not of Le Sueur.j
Caioatomus nigricans Thompson, Hist. Veniiout, 135, 1842.
1842 — Catostomus paliidus DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishe ', 200.
Catostomus paliidus Stoker, Synopsis, 426, 184G.
1844 — Catostomus aureolus Cuvip:r &- Valexciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. svii, 439.
(Not of Le Sueur.)
Catostomus aureolus Guntuer, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 16, 1868.
1850 — Catostomus forsitrianus Agassiz, Lake Superior, 358.
1855 — Catostomus forsterianus Agassiz, Am. Jouru. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 208.
Acomus forsterianus Giraud, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1856.
I8b6— Catostomus sucklii GiitAUD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 175.
Catostomus sucklii Gikard, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, pi. li, 226, 1858.
Catostomus sucklii Cope, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Wyoniiug, 1870, 434, 1872.
Catostomus suckleyi Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
1860 — ? Catostomus texanus Abbott, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 473.
? Catostomus texanus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
1860 — Catostomus chloropteron Abbott, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 473.
Catostomus chloropterum Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 85, 1865.
Catostomus chloropttrus Johdan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
1876 — Catostomus alticolus Cope & Yarrow, Wheeler's Expl. VV. 100th Mer. v, Zool. 677.
Catostomus alticolus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
1876 — Moxostoma trisignatum (Cope) CoPE«fc Yarrow, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v,
Zool. 679.
Erimyzon trisignatus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876.
Habitat. — All streaius frGm Labrador to Florida and westward to the Rocky Mount-
ains. Everywhere abundant. The most widely distribuLed of the Catostomidoi.
This species is the commonest of all the Suckers in nearly every
stream east of the Rocky Mountains. In Canada, iu New England, in
the Great Lakes, in the Mississippi Valley, iu South Carolina, in Georgia,
in Alabama, it is everywhere the commonest Sucker, and it certainly
occurs in Dakota, Nebraslui, Kansas, Colorado, and Texas, though how
abundantly I am unable to say.
This species is everywhere the one to which the name of "Sucker"
primarily belongs, rhe other species, though often called "Sucker", as
a sort of general term, receiving the special names of Red Horse, Buffalo,
Mullet, Chub Sucker, etc.
This species is subject to consideruible variations in different waters.
In shaded brooks, it is dark-colored and rather slender. In open or
muddy waters, it becomes pale. In the Great Lakes, it often reaches a
considerable size and a proportional stoutness of body. The adult is
usually uniformly colored above. Young fishes 1^ to 3 inches in length
are often variegated, and sometimes show tliree or four lateral dark
168 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
blotches, wliicli are souietiines confluent into an irregular dusky baud.
Such little tislies usually have the lateral line iuji)erlect. On such, the
nominal species Moxostoma irisignatum was based.
The male fishes in the spring show a more or less distinct pinkish or
rosy lateral l)an(l. The males and females ascend the small streams in
the spring for the purpose of depositing their spawn. The coincidence
of their times of migration with that of some of the early settlers of Illi-
nois, who used to come up from New Orleans in the spring, returning
in the fall, has given to the natives of that State the slang name of
" Suckers", as natives of Michigan were called " Wolverenes "; of Minne-
sota, " Gophers "; of Wisconsin, "Badgers ''5 of Indiana, " Hoosiers"; of
Ohio, ''Buckeyes"; and of Missouri, "Pukes".
I have elsewhere adopted the name ^' commeraojii " for this species,
inasmuch as there is little tloubt that it is the '•'•Cyprin commersonien^ *
of Lacepede, as has long since been noticed by Valenciennes.
Dr. Giinther quotes, in the synonymj' of Catuafomus teres, '■'■CyprinuH
commersonnii Lacepede"; but, on examination of Lac^pede's work, I am
unable to (iiid that he uses the name coinmersoni, or in lact any classical
name whatever for the species, and as priority of date can hardly be
claimed for a French name like '■^Cyprin commcrsonien^^ I am compelled
to fall back on iMitehill's very api)ropriate name teres for the species.
The identity of C. teres of ^Mitchill, C. comnmnis and C. hostoniensis of Le
Sueur, C. reticulutus oiliichiwd^ou, C.<)fraci^<«of Kirtlaud, and C.paUidim
of DeKay has been long since shown, and has been generally admitted
by late writers. C niyrieans of Storer and Th()nii)son, Irom the Con-
necticut, is evidently the dusky brook form of this species, and not
the tiue jj/flfnca/j« of Le Sueur. It is ecjually evident that the species
called C. nureolus by Valenciennes and Giinther is the present t)ne and
not Myxosloma aureolum. Agassiz's Catostomus/ursterianus is doubtless
the common lake form of C. teres, as indicated by Dr. Giinther. The
• Tho I'ollowing is hav6\)h(le's description of bi.s *'ic Cyprin Commti-fionien" : —
"Ouze rftyons i\ lu dorsule; Imit a la uiiyeoire de I'amis; dix il cha»|Ue ventrale;
huit oil ncuf il cbaque i)ectoiale ; la nageoire du dos et celle do rami» qaadrilateres;
I'anal (jtroitc ; I'anKle de r»;xtrdniit<5 de cette dernicro nageoiro trcs aigu ; la raudale
eu croi8«aut; la ligiio lat6rale droite; la luacboire supdrieure jduH avamci- qiu" celle
d'en has; les dcaiiles arrondies et tria petitcs.
"Lo eoniniersonicii, dout iions publioim les premiers la description, et c|iio le savant
Coiumersoii a observt'', prdsento uu donble oritice ponr cluujue narine ; sa tfite est denude
do pctites dcailles; ses ventralea et ses i)ectorale8 sout arrondies a Itiir extivmitd; la
dorsale s'dli^vo vers le luiliMi de la longueur totalo de la poiswin."
CATOSTOMUS TERES.
169
types of G. sucJclii are lost, but C. teres occurs in tbe Upper Missouri
region, and Girard's description bints at no specific diflfereuee. Catosto-
vins cMoropteron Abbott is evidently the same. Catostomus texanus
Abbott, described from a dried specimen, is less clear, but what there is
of specific characterization in the description points to C. teres. The
dorsal cariuation is frequently observed in stuffed fishes in which some
flesh is left in tiie back to shrink in drying, leaving the back "carinated".
I have examined several of the types of Catostomus aUicoliis Cope.
They are all small fishes, not oue-lourth grown, and, as usual in young
fishes, the head appears proportionally large. I see, however, no rea-
son for considering them different from (Jatostomus teres. Moxostoma
trisignatiim I have already referred to. The absence of the lateral line
is due to their youth, not to their belonging to a different genus.
The three large lateral spots, " not seen in any other of the order," are
found on young specimens of Catostomus generally. I have examined
the types of ^'■Moxostoma trisi<jnaium''\ and have found specimens of
similar size, similarly colored and without lateral line, from Michigan and
from other Western States. I would undertake to match them from any
stream in the West. The reference of these specimens to Moxostoma
{Erimyzon) was probably the result of a very hasty examination.
Specimens in United States National Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
1592
C.irlisle, Pa
S. F. Baird.
6239
Maryland
Dr. Keunerlv.
G853
Summerville, S. C. .
Lake Cbamplaiu.
7067
S. F. Baird.
7607
7677
Marietta, Ohio
Prof. Andrews.
7678
7706
7707
7717
7777
7781
8320
Port Huron, Mich
8409
8440
8451
8489
Racine, Wis
S501
8573
Toronto, Canada
170 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICUTHYOLOGY — III.
Specimtns in United iflatis yational Munttan — Contiuned.
Naiuber.
bG(i4
BG71
8669
8728
8759
8834
8870
8927
8984
9041
9054
9059
9157
9170
9182
9195
9207
9:?93
9404
9503
9G46
9875
10540
11146
11147
1114H
12320
12915
1293()
12937
1293'.t
12940
1535(5
15777
17099
18258
1^259
20010
20057
2fHl'.»7
201 '.14
20195
Locality.
Hurou River, Michigan...
Oswego, N. Y.
Alabauiii
Missouri (?) .
Peuibitiii, Red River of the North.
Aux Plaiues River, I.liuois
Lake ChaiupLin
l5corse, Mich
Abbeville, S. C
Mississippi Valley
Black River
Lake Superior
Sandusky, Ohio
Sandusky, Ohio
Sandusky, Ohio
Potomac River
Twin Lakes, Colorado (alticolua)
South lliidley Palls, Mass
South Hadley Palls, Mass
South Hadley Palls, Mass.
South Hadley Palls, Mass
Raiubrid^e, Pa
Twin Lakes, Colorado (types of alticolus)
Arkansas River, Pueblo, Col. (types of trixiynntiim).
Potonuic River
Potomac River
Yillow Creek, Ohio
Hrownsvillo, Tex
Sing Sing, N. Y
Collector.
Barry.
S. P. Baird.
Barry.
R. Kennicott.
R. Kennicott.
G. Clark.
[Northoru Boundary Survey, Dakota.
8. P. Baird.
J. W. M ker.
J.W. Milner.
J.W. Milner.
J.W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. T. Rothrock.
J.W. Milner.
J.W. Milner.
J.W. Milner.
J.W. Milner.
T. 11. Brnn.
J T. R t brock.
C. E.Aiken.
G. B. Go..de.
G. B. Goinle.
S. P. Baird,
S. P. Baird.
Dr. Elliott Cooes.
CATOSTOMUS MACROCHILUS.
171
Specimens iti United Slates Xational Museum — Continued.
Number.
20241
20238
202r)G
20262
20266
20267
20268
20316
20344
20377
20382
20454
20918
Locality.
Picrmont, N. Y
Madison, Wis
Quebec, Canada
Fox River, Wisconsin
Sing Sing
Root River, Wisconsin.
Potomac River
Potomac River
Platte Valley, Nebraska
Wilkesbarre, Pa
Etowah River, Georgia
Saluda River, South Carolina
Fort Bridger, Wyoming. .... .
Collector.
S. F. Baird.
S. F. Baird.
S. F. Baird.
S. F. Baird.
S. F. Baird.
S. F. Baird.
Goode &. Bean.
House.
L. H. Taylor.
D. S. Jordan.
D. S. Jordan.
28.* CATOSTOMUS MACROCHILUS Girard.
Large-lipped Sue er.
1856 — Catostomus macroclieilus GiUAi:!), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 175.
Catostomus viacrocheilus Girahd, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 225, 1858.
Catostomus macrochilus GDnther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 20, 1868.
Cato8to7nus macrochilus Johdan & Copeland, Chick List, 156, 1876.
Habitat. — Columbia River.
Ouly the original type of Ibis species is kuowii. It is au adult spe-
cimen, well preserved. Altbongli this species seems closely related to
C occidentalism I am disposed to consider it distinct, as the mouth is
notably larger than in any oecidentalis which I have seen. The exami-
nation of a large series of specimens may, however, render it necessary
to unite them.
Sjyecimens in United States National Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
240
Astoria, Oregon (type macrochilus) -
Lieut. Trowbridge.
For 28 (6). Catostomus fecundus Cope &. Yarrow, see Addenda, p. 219.
172 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTU AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
29. CATOSTOMDS OCCIDENTALIS Ayres.
Western Sucker.
16£4 — Caio8tomu8 occideiitalis Ayres, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat. Sc. i, 18.
Catoslomua occidcntalis Agassiz, Am. .Joiirn. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 209, 1855.
(Described us a uew species.)
Cato8tomu8 occidenlalia Gikakd, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 174, 1856.
Cato8lomu8 occidenlal'w Gikakd, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 224, 1858.
Catostomus occidentaUs GOnther, Cat Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 17, 1868.
Cato8tomu8 occidenlalis Jdkdan & Copelaxd, Check List, 156, 1876. (Same
only.)
1856 — / Cat08(omu8 bernardini Gikakd, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 175.
f Catosiomus bernardini Gikakd, U. S. Mex. Boimd. Ichth. 40, pi. 23, f. 1-5, 1859.
? CatoHtomud bernardini GtJNTHER, Cat. Fishes Biit. Mus. v. 7, 17, ItiOS.
Habitat. — Streams west of the Rocky Mountains, probably generiilly distributed.
This species was de.scribed almost simultaneously uuder the same
uame by Dr. Ayres and Professor Agassiz. Since then it ha^ been little
noticed l)y ichthyologists, and its distribution has remained uncertain.
The tew specimens in the National Museum indicate, however, a wide
distribution. I have here united Cafostomus hcrnardini Girard to C.
occidcntaJis. The single specimen made the type of C. bernardini is lost,
so that we can probably never know exactly for what the author in
tended the name. The size of the dorsal and the form of the mouth as
given in Girard's figure indicate a species of Cutostomus rather than
Pantoiifcu,s, and as I am unable to distinguish it from C. occidentalism I
let it fall into the synonymy. The scales of C. bernardini as figured
seem, however, smaller than usual in C. occidentaUs.
G. occidentaUs is apparently related to C. teres, but is di.stinguished
by the form of mouth ami by the somewhat smaller scales. The .si)ecies
is "brought to the market in San Francisco, and is said to be quite
common in the Sacramento and 8an Joatiuiii liivt'rs." — (GlEAliD.)
Specimen« in United Slates Xational AluMuni.
Number.
1.-..VJ7
20814
Locality.
Collector.
(•rt'tMi River, Wyoming . . .
McLeod River, Califurnia
Livingston Stone.
LivingHtoD Stone.
CATOSTOMUS TAHOENSIS.
173
30. CATOSTOMUS LABIATUS Ayres.
Thick-lipped Suclcer,
1855 — Catostomus laiiatus Ayres, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat. Sc. i, 32.
Catosiomus laUatua Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 175, 1856.
Catostomiis laiiafus Girard, U. S. Pac. K. R. Expl. x, 224, 1858.
Catosiomu.9 lahiatiis Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
Habitat. — Streams of Oregon (Klamath Lake).
I have seen only the specimen from wliich Girard's desciiptiou was
taken. Like macrochilus, this species ai)pears distinct I'roin occidenialis,
hut the examination of a larger series of specimens is necessary to
prove it. At present, it .appears to difler from macrochilus and occiden-
talis in the smaller size of the dorsal fin.
Specimens in United States National Museum.
Number.
Locality.
CoUertor.
239
Klamath Lake Oregon . ......
'Dr. John S. Newberry.
31. CATOSTOMUS AR^OPUS Jordaii, sp. nov.
Hard-headed Sucker.
1878 — Catostomus arceopus Jordan, MSS., Wheeler's Rejort Siirv. W. 100th Mer. (ined.).
This species represents C. discobolus in the section Dccadactylns. Its
very narrow foutanelle and sheathed lips indicate its close relation to
Pantosteus. The specific name is from apacdc, small, thin; o-ry, hole or
aperture. The typical specimens were from ICern River, California.
Specimens in United States National Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
17107
Kern River, Cal. (type)
H. W. Henshaw.
17103
Carson River, Nevada ........... ....
H. W. Henshaw.
32. CATOSTOMUS TAHOENSIS Gill t0 Jordan.
Sucker of iMke Tahoe.
1868 — Acomus geticrosus Cooper, Cronise's Nat. Wealth Cal. 495. (Not of Girard.)
1878 — Catostomxis tahoensis Gill & Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi, p. — .
Haditat. — Lake Tahoe, Nevada.
The Sucker of Lake Tahoe is closely related to Catostomus lonQivostris,
but seems to differ constantly in the shorter head and mor*? contracted
174 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
body. It is said to be very iibuiulaiit in Laico Talioe. "They are caught
in nets and sometimes with the hook, bnt like all this family are rather
poor as loud'' (Cooper). Acomiis gcnerosus of Girard, with which this
species has been ideutitied, is a very diflereut species, belonging to a
dilierent genus.
Sjaeciviens in United States Xatwr.al Museum.
NirnlnT.
Locality.
C'olli'ftor.
5240
17109
Lake Tahoe (types C. tahoensis)
Lake Taboo
J. G. Cooper.
H. W. Ileiishaw,
33. CATOSTOMUS ROSTKATUS {Tilesiiis) Jordan.
Siberian Sucker. ^
1813 — " Cyprinus roxiratus Tilesius, M6m. Ac. Sc. St. P^tersbourg, iv, p. 454, tab. 15,
figs. 1-2, 181:}."
Cyprinus roatratus Pali.as, Zoogr. Rosso- Asiat. iii. 308.
Cyprius rostratus -OUnther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. xii, 12, 1868. (As doubtful
species of Calostomus.)
1844 — Caiostomua tilesii Cuvikr & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 4G9,
1844.
Haiutat. — Eastern Siberia.
No writer vsince Tilesius seems to have observed this fish It is, how-
ever, unquestionably a species of Catostomus, allied to and perhaps even
identical with C. longirostris. The iollowing is Tilesius's description
of this species, as quoted^by Pallas : —
" Descriptio Cyprini rontrati Tungusis ad Covymani fliiv..Tscbuknlscbaa et Jiicagins
Onatscha dicti. Tab.XV, Fig. 1-.5. {Der liuffclkarpfen, Eampkopf.)
'' Magnitiido in adultis pedem snperat, sed trium spitharnarniu longitndinem vix
attingit. Caput osseum longiim antico rostro descendente trnncatum e (piiuo simile
quam ob rem Rntbonis.
" Koub dieitur aliis Prodnsf, qnoniam os snbtus, iit In (sir) Cotto catapbrarto val
Agono accipenserino, sed rictus oris vol orificium lunatum non ainplnm sed angustum
labiis cra.Hsia pinguibns marginatum, labium anterins fornicatum. ambitusemieircularo
ossibus laliialibus vel mystaceis ad fncnum oris de8cendentil)us urcuatis lateraliter
tectum, labium posterius minus, rectum, ab anterior! inclnsiini anipltxnm itapillis
Damerosit<simis granulatnm.
** Oculi lateralis a rostro renioli operenlo posteriori brancbiali ajiproximati ovales,
iridibuH aurt is superne angustiorilms, pupilla supra centrum posita. XariH ad mar-
giucm orbitai anteriorem <luplices in sulro profundo osseo. Opcrculo branchialia tri-
lamellata, lamrUa anterior cum ossiltns maxillic superioris conjuucta ellyptica angusta
ad orbific marginem anteriorem ascendens inferins lamel'.ai sccnnda' tenerrimaj
angustiori orbitam inferiorem fi>rniniiti imposita, lamina ossea sutyaccns, operculum
CATOSTOMUS LONGIROSTEIS. 175
medium formans, subtus plica itshmojuguli adnata, carnetegitur euborbitali. Lamina
posterior maxima latissima ossea conchse adinstar fornicata, auteriiis cum obitse mar-
gine posteriori juncta. Mcmhrana branchiostega triradiatW inter opercnli laminam
anteriorem subtus utrinque approximatam coarcta et in isthmo gula) conjuncta.
Corpus oblongum erectum microlepidotum, squamis IfBvibus subtilissime radiato-
striatis oblongis, ad caput minoribus versus anum et caudam majoribu.s imbricatum
crassiuscuhim leviter compressum, ventre-dorsusqne convexum. Linea lateralis recta
versus medium corporis paululum descendeus per seriem squamarumpostice incisarum
expressa versus caudam raagis conspicua. Color in dorso atro cceruleus nitidus, versus
latera subargeuteus, subtus albous. PinncB pectorales quatuordecim radiatae, radii
medji longissiuii, ventrales decemradiatse, radia primo osseo acuminato, dorsalis decem-
radiata et duodecimradiata, radio primo cum adminiculo radicali, ultimo brevissimo
ad basin usque fisso, omnibus ad apices quadrifidis, dorsalis pinna ventralibus oppo-
sita, aualis p. septemradiata, radio primo simplici cum adminiculo radicali, reliquis
quadrifidis, tertio longissimo eeptimo brevissimo. Caudalis pinna bifurca lacinia
inferior paulo major undecimradiata, superior novemradiata tota pinna vigiuti radiis
suffulta extremis lateralibus cum adminiculo radicali connatis. Radii pennarum ad
extreuiitatis qnadrifidi et extrenii ad radices duplicati vel ex binis truncis connati,
quam ab rem primus dorsalis longitudinaliter ad basin snlcatus est, quod etiam in
primo analis et caudalibus extremis fere ex tribus compositis cernitur. In dorsali et
anali pinna radii valde distant, i^ectorales ventrales et analis pinnoB aureo-rubescentes
et ad basin jiromineutes, pectorales adeo tuberosae, ventralium radices per mem-
branosain laminam triangularem squamatam obteguntur. Anus caudie pro[)ior. In-
terna non exjiloruvi. Cbaracteribus caiterum generis cyprinacei ore nimirum edeutulo,
dentibus post branchial ibus, nienibrana branchiostega triradiata utrinque iustructus
est. A celeberrimo Mtrck jdura specima ex siccata ex Covymse fluvio allata sunt,
quae nominse Tschukutschan designata sunt. Annotavit simul idem, 'pisceni in Lena
et Indigirca ejusque coUaterali lapidoso Dogdo fluviis copiosum esse sed propter
nationis velocitatem captn difficilem esse et non nisi in ccecis fluminum raniis hamo
capi, gregatim et velocissime natare, sapidissimum cseterum, excepto vere, cum, ov.i
spargunt nee aristis impeditnm piscem esse, attamen ab accolis Covyma) et Indigircas
(qui caput tantem in deliciis habet, reliqua canibns cedunt) non mnltum aestimari.'" —
(Pallas, Zoographia Eosno-Jsialica, pp. 308-1310.)
34. CATOSTOMUS LONGIROSTEIS Le Sueur.
Long-nosed Sucker. Northern Suclctr. Bed-sided Sucker.
1773 — "Cijprinus caiostomus Forster, Philos. Trans. Ixiii, 155, tab. 0, 1773."
Cypnnus catasiomus Schneider, ed. Bloch, 444, 1802.
1817 — Catostomus longiroslrum Lk Sukur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 102.
Caiostomus lougirostrum Thompson, Hist. Vt. 135, 1842.
Catostomus longirostris DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.
Catostomus longirostrum Cuvier & Valenciennes, xvii, 4.53, 1844.
Caiostomus longirostrum Storkr, Synopsis, 421, I84G.
Catostomus longirostrum Jordan & Copeland, Cln;ck List, 15(), 187G.
Catostomus longirostris Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1877.
\817— Catostomus hudsonius Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 107.
176 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
CatostomiiH hudaoniua Cuviek & Valenciknnes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 451),
1844.
CatoHtomus hudmniuTSiroKKR, SynopsiH, 419, 1846.
Caionlomtta hudsoniua AOASSiz, Aui. Jouru. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 208, 1855.
CatoatomiiH hudsoniua GCnthkr, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, UJ, 1868.
CalostnmuH hudKouiuH Jokuan, Man. Vert, 'iid'.i, 187().
CatoHtomuK hudhoiiiua Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist, 48, 1876.
lri2'^ — Catoslomus fomienanua RiciiAi!DS()N, Fraiikliii's Joiiriml,720.
Catoslomna foratcrianus RrcilAUDSOX, Fauna Bor.-Araor. iii, Fishes, 11(>, 1836.
Catoatomua foraterianua DeKa Y, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 203, 1842.
Catostomua foraierianna Cdvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
% 463, 1844.
Catoatomua foraterianua Stoker, Synopsis, 419, 1846.
Acomua foraterianua GiUARn, Proe. Ac. Nat. 8c. Phila. 172, 1856.
Catoatomua foraterianua Pitnam, Bull. Mus. Couip. Zool. 10, 1863.
Catoatomua foraterianua Jordan &, Copeland. Check List, 156, 1876.
IdfiO — Catoatomua aurora Agassiz, Lake Superior, 360, pi. 2, f. 3-4.
Acomna aurora Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phda, 173, 18r>6.
Catoatomua aurora Putnam, Bull. Mus. Conip. Zool. 10, 1863.
1856 — Jcomua griacua Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 174.
Jcomua griaeua Girard, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x,222, pi. xlix, 1858.
Catoatomua griaeua GDnther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 14, 1868.
Catoatomua grixeum Cope, Haydeu's Geo!. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 434, 1872.
Catoatomua griaeua Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
1856 — Catoatomua lartariua Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 174.
Acoinua ladariua Girard, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 223, 1858.
Catoatomua ladariua Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
IIaiutat. — New England to Nebraska and north to Alaska and the Arctic Sea. Ex-
livmely abundant in British America and along the northern lioniidnriis of the United
States, but not found south of 40° north latitude.
Tbis is iiiiotlicr of our nunierous species wliidi liave ;m e.xtretiiely wide
range of distribution and a considerable range of variation. It has l)een
longer known than any otl)er of the Snckers. Tlie ohlest spccilic name
^iven was tliat of catostomns, which, however, had to be set aside when
the generic nanie Catotstomus was i)roj)oscd for it. The next name in
order of time is the very appropriate one ol loiitjirostntm Le Sueur (more
properly spelletl longhostris), given to some specimens from Vermont.
I'ive pages later, the name hudsonius was given as a substitute for ca-
toatnmus of Forster. The slight priority of longirostrum over hudsonius,
however, seen)s to entitle it to pn'feience, although the lattei- name has
l)een n)ost fn (inently used. Later, specimens ccuisideied by Dr. (iiinther
to be identical with hiulnoHius received from Kichardson the name ^^/or-
sfcrianu8^\ and, .still later, the name forskrianvs was, without evident
reason, transferred from this species to (ercn by Professor Agassiz, who
CATOSTOMUS LONGIROSTRIS.
177
gave to this species tbe name of aurora, in allusion to the red breeding
colors of the male. Western specimens were still later described by
Girard as two distinct species, (jriscus and lactariiis, apparently without
comparison with tiie Eastern forms.
The examination of the large series of specimens noticed below, to-
gether with others from the Great Lakes and Upper Mississippi, has
convinced me that all belong to one species, variable to some degree,
but not more so than is Catostomus teres and less so than Erimyzon
succtta. Some of the Upper Missouri specimens referable to C. grisetts
Grd. haveonan average rather smaller scales (95 in the lateral line
instead of 100 to 110) ; but I am unable to distinguish a tangible variery.
The original types of C. lacfarhis Girard are not now to be found, but
the description indicates no difference from C. loiujirostris.
Sptdmens in TJnittd States National Musetim.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
i054
20H7
2563
6709
7047
7G40
799:5
813G
8435
8437
8802
8905
9010
9116
9175
9522
11212
11213
12210
20075
20191
20223
20235
202.57
20282
20689
Lake Superior
Pugct's Sound
Platte Eiver, Nebraska
Yougbiogheny Eiver ...
Lake Winnipeg
Xulato, Youcon Eiver, Alaska.
Essex County, New York
Quebec
Great Slave Lake
Pole Creek, Nebra.ska
Saint Michael's, Alaska
Au Sable Eiver, Michigan
Au Sable River, Michigan
An Sable River, Michigan
Eaciue, Wis
Northern Bounclory Survey, Dakota
Racine, W^is
Lake Superior ,
(Probably original types of grisevs; the okl number
and locality obliterated.)
Platte River, Nebraska ,
Great Lakes
J. W. Milner.
R. Kennicott.
Capt. Simpson.
Prof. Andrews.
R. Kennicott.
W. H. Dall.
S. F. Baird.
E. Kennicott.
Lieut. Wood.
Dr. Baunister.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
Dr. Elliott Coues.
S. F. Baird.
J. W. Milner.
Bowman.
Bull. N. M. No. 12—12
178 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICnTIIYOLOGV — III.
35. CATOSTOMUS IIETKOPINNIS Jordan, sp. iiov.
1876—Cato8iomu8 i-ctrojnimis Jordan, ]5iill. llayden's Geol. Siirv. Tt'ir. (h)al.).
This flue species combines the month of C. latipinnis with the form
and general characters of C. longirustris. Tlie type is No. ^l,!*^^, col-
lected by Dr. Elliott Cones in Milk River, Montana. It is a male sjieci-
men IG:^ inches in length. A specimen previously examined Irom Platte
Valley was identified as i)robably the female of C. latipinnis, but the
discovery of this large male specimen forbids such a supposition.
Spedmens in Ihe United States National Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
20933
21197
Platte Valley
Milk River, Moutaua (type)
Dr. Elliott Cones.
3G. CATOSTOaiUS LATIPINNIS Baird tO Girard.
Great-finned Sucker.
1653 — Caiostomus latipinnis Baikd & Girahd, in Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. vi, 388.
Acomus Iati2nnni8 Giuakd, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1356.
Jcomus latipinnis GiRARD, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Icbtb. 39, pi. xxiv, £. 1-C,
1859.
Catostomus latipinnis Gl'NTIIER, Cat. Fisbes Brit. Mns. vii, 14, 18G8.
Catostomus latipinnis Cope, Haydeu's Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 434, 1872.
Catostomus latipinnis Jordan & Copeland, Cbeck List, 1.50, ls7G.
ISoG^Catoslomus guzmanicnuis Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173.
Acomus guzmaniensis GiRARD, U. S. Mix. Bound. Surv. Itlitli. '.V.\ pi. xxiii, f. 6-10,
1859.
Catostomus guzmaniensis GCntiikh, Cat. Fisbes Brit. Mns. vii, 15, 1868.
Catostomus guzmaniensc Cope &. Yaimiow, Wheeltr's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool.
679, 1876.
Catostomus guzmanin>sis Jordan A. Copeland, Cbeck List, 156, 1876.
Haiutat. — Arizona and SdiKirn. (Jrcen River, Wyoming {f'npr). IVuli.ibly not
abundant.
This species is one of the most strongly marked of our Suckers. The
male lisli may be liiiown at (nice by the slender form and excessive
development of the lins, and probably in the females the fins are more
develoi)ed than in the males of any of the related .species. The squama-
CATOSTOMUS DISCOBOLUS.
179
tion also is peculiar, and the form of the mouth is unlike that of any
other species. These features are all well shown in Girard's figure of
the species in the Ichthyology^ of the Mexican Boundary.
The distribution of the species has not been well made out. I have
seen but one specimen, an adult male from the Gila region, apparently
the one from which Girard's figure was made.
The type of Catostomus guzinaniensis cannot be found. The figure -xvas
made from a young fish, and the distinctions between it and laiipimiis
are such as often distinguish a young fish from an old one. It is better,
therefore, to unite the two than to admit an insufficiently characterized
nominal species.
Specimens in United States National Artiscicm.
Number.
Locality. Collector.
20078
(Type of latipinnis undoubtedly, but the locality, Eio San
Pedro, tributary of Eio Gila, and old number, 254 ?, oblit-
erated.)
J. H. CTark.
37. CATOSTOMUS DISCOBOLUS Cope.
Large-lipped Sucker.
1672 — Catostomus discohol lis Cope, Ilayden's Geol. Surv. Wyo. 1870, 435. •
Catostomus discobolus Cope & Yarrow, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool.
677, 1876.
Catostomus discoholus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 15G, 1876.
ITacitat. — Idaho to Arizona.
This interesting species is a Pantosteus in all but the technical char-
acter of the open fontanelle, and in this respect it is really intermediate,
as the fontanelle, in the adult at least, is reduced to a narrow slit. The
characters given in the analysis were taken from the Snake River spe-
cimen, 20,475, larger and in better condition than most or all of those
examined by Professor Cope. Professor Cope's original types came from
Green Eiver in Wyoming.
180 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICnTIIYOLOGY — III.
Specimens in Unitcrl Slates Xulional Museum.
Number.
12914
l.->783
15791
20475
Locality.
Collector.
Zuui,N.Mox
Arizoua
Snake River, Idaho
Newberry.
Yarrow & Ilenshuu-.
C. G. Newberry.
F. V. Hayden.
Genus PANTOSTEUS Cope.
2Iinomiis Cope, U. S. Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 434 (187-2). (Not of Ginird.)
I'antosteus Cope, Lieut. Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, G73, 187G.
Catostomus, Acomus ct Minomus sp. Gin.vRD.
Type, Alinomus plalyrhynchns Cope.
Etymology, ttuv, all ; oa-t:ov, bouc (from the closing of the fontanelle by bone).
Dead moderate or rather small, 4 tD 5 times in length of body, ll.ittish
and rather broad above, anteriorly somewhat pointed ; eye rather small,
usually behind the middle of the head : suborbital bones narrow, as in
Catostomiifi ; bones of hea^l rather thick, the two paiietal bones firmly
united, entirely obliterating the fontanelle.
■Mouth rather largo, entirely inferior; each jaw with a more or less,
developed cartilaginous sheath, separable in alcohol, essentially as in
Chondrostoma, Acrochiliis, and related genera; upper lip broad, i)apillose,
with a rather broad, free margin, and several series of tubercles ; hnver
lip largely developed, with an extensive free margin deeply incised
behind, but less so than in Catostomun. Pharyngeal bones and teeth
e.sseutially as in Catostoimis. Isthmus quite broad.
Body generally elongate, subterete, and little compressed.
Scales quite small, from 80 to 105 in the course of the lateral line,
and 30 to 33 in a cross series between dorsal and ventrals, usually more
or less reduced in size and crowded forward, as in Catostomtis ; lateral
line well developed, straightish.
Fins generally rather small ; first ray of dorsal usually about iniilway
of body, its rays few, 9 to 12 in number; ventrals inserted rather under
l)osterior part of dorsal, their rays 10 or 9 ; anal short and high, with
7 develop<(l rays; caudal rather shallow, emarginate ; pectorals well
developed : air-bladder w ith two chambers.
The characters of rmitostcus are essentially those of Ca/o.s/o;///w, except
that the fontanelle is obliterated. The usual .scale formula is interme*
GENUS PANTOSTEUS. 181
diatc between that of Catostomus proper and that of the subgenus
Decadactylus.
The genus was first indicated by Professor Cope in 1874, under the
name oi Minomus, he supposing at the time that Catostomus insi(/nis, the
tvpe of Girard's Minomus, was a species with closed fontanclle. On
obtaining specimens of G. insigniti, it became evident that such was not
the case, and the new name Pantosteiis was proposed for the genus.
Puntontcus runs very close to Catostomus. two species referred to the
latter genus {C. discobolus and C. arcvopus) being almost intermediate.
Generic Cliaraclerizations.
MiNOMUS Cope, 1872.— "I Lave proposed to adopt as valid (Pioc. Amer. Pliilos. Soc.
1870,480) seven genera of this family. I -will now add an eighth, which embraces
species which combine with the characters of Catostomus proper, a complete union
of the parietal bones, which obliterates the foutanello so universal among the
suckers. The only other exception is seen in C'^c?(2><«s, Raf., as I have already men-
tioned. In all the members of the family where I have examined it, this fontaueile is
([uite open and of no doubtful proportions, and nowhere reduced to the slit so often
seen in Siluridce. In searching for the characters of Girard's so-called genera Minomus
and Acovius, I find that the type of the former, M. insignis, B. G., presents the character
above mentioned. I therefore adopt his name for the new genus, and add two new
species, M. delphinus and M. hardus. Whether his two other species, M. plebcius and M.
clarJcU, belong to it is uncertain as yet, but they have the same physiognomy."— (Cope,
Hayden's Geol. Surv. Wyoming for 1870, p. 434, 1872.)
Pantosteus (Cope) Yarrow, 1876.—" Professor Cope, in 1870, purposed to adopt as
valid seven genera pf this family; but in 1872, he stated bis belief that an eighth
should be added, which should embrace species combining the characters of Catostomus
proper, a complete union of the parietal bones, which obliterates the fontaueile, so uni-
versal among the suckers ; the only other exception being seen in Cycleptus, Raf., as he has
already observed. In all the members of the family that he has examined in this re-
gard the fontaueile has been found quite open and of no doubtful proportions, and is
nowhere reduced to the slit often seen in the Siluridse, unless it be in the Catostomus
discobolus. In searching for the characters of Girard's so-called genera Minomus
and Aconms, he expressed the view that the type of the former, ilf. insignis, Bind &,
Girard, presents the character in question. This conclusion was based on a specimen
sent to the Academy of Natural Sciences from Washington, bearing that name. Hav-
ing since examined live specimens of the M. i?;si^nfs, obtained by the geologists of this
suivey, he iinds them to be true Catostomi as determined by the presence of the fon-
taueile. It therefore requires a name, and he proposes for it that of Pantosteus. It
embraces P. platyrhynchus, P.jarrorii and P. virescens Cope of the present essay and P.
delphinus and P. tardus, Cope, Hayden's Report, /.c."—( Yamkow, iic«<. Wheeler's Expl.
W. WOliv Mer. vol. 5, p. fi7.3, 1870.)
Pantosteus Cope «S: Jordan, 1877, — "Body oblong or elongate, with a short, sub-
quadrate dorsal liu ; air bladder in two parts ; lateral line well dev(;]oped ; fontanclle
obliterated by the union of the parietal bones." — (Johdan, Proc. Ac. Xat. Sc. Phila.
1877, p. 81.)
182 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
ANALYSIS OF SPECIKS OF PAXTOSTEUS.
•Scales very small, 100 to 1U3 iu the lateral line; 18 above and 10 below, iu a cross-
series : body elonj^ate, compressed, the caudal pedunelo contracted : head sboit,
wide, 5 iu length: muzzle obtuse, little projecting; ui)per lip wide; lower lip
full,emarj;inate ; jaws with wellduveloped cartilaginous sheaths : scales mueh
reduced in size forwards: dorsal rays 10 ; ventral 'J : color olive ; lower surface
yellow viKKSCENS, 3:j.
•* Scales small, 80 to 85 in the course of the lateral line,
t Scales very much reduced and crowded anteriorly : upper lip full, pendent ; cartila-
ginous sheaths on jaws well developed, the commissure transverse and ab-
ruptly augulate at the corners of the mouth.
a. Body extremely elongate, the depth 5i to 7 in length : head 4J in length, short
and wide, with depressed and expanded muzzle, which considerably overhvings
the mouth : isthmus very wide : dorsal rays 11 ; ventral rays D : scales 15->JG-r2 :
belly and lower tins yellowish, probably red in life platykiiyxchus, 39.
aa. Body moderately elongate, the depth 4^ to 5 in the length : head rather short,
4J in length, not specially broadened; muzzle not greatly overhanging the
mouth : dorsal rays 9 (raiely 10) ; ventral rays 10 (rarely 9) : scales 11 to 14-83
to 87-13 to 15: light brown above, with dusky spots and clouds; males with
the chin and fins red, and a crimson lateral b.ind gexkkosl's, 40.
tt Scales subequal over the body, not much reduced forwards: upper lip rather nar-
row, not pendent ; cartilaginous sheath ou jaws obsolete (f).
h. Body comparatively stout, the caudal peduncle short and thick, the back some-
what arched, the depth 4i to 5 iu length : head short and wide, ilattish above,
4| to 5 iff length : scales 14-84-15 : dorsal rays 9 to 11 ; ventral rays 10 : black-
ish above, with one or two dark lateral shades pleueius, 41.
38. PAXTOSTEUS VIRESCENS Cope.
Gnoi Sitvkcr.
lQ7iJ—rantoHtiu8 rireaccns (Copk) Cope & Yakp.ow, Wheeler's Expl.W. 100th Mer. v,
Zool. G75.
raiitosteus virescens Jokd.vx «fc Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
Habitat. — Arkansas River in Color.-vdo.
Only a sin^^le specimen of this species is known, colletleil by Mr. V.
E. Aiken at riicblo, Colo. The small size of its scales indicates its
distinctness from the other si)ecies of Pautostcufi. The jjreenness of
coloration of the typical .'Specimen is probably due to its haviiijj been
ke[)t in a co[)per tanlc.
^pecimetia in United i>late8 ynfional Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
—
Arkansas River, Pueblo, Colo, (typo)
C. !•:. Aiken.
PANTOSTEUS GENEROSUS. 183
39. PANTOSTEUS PLATYRHYNCHUS Cope.
Flat-headed Sitclcer.
1874 — Miiiomiis plali/rhifuclius COPK, Proc. Am. Pliilos Soc. Phila. 134.
Fantostms platijrhynchus Cope & Yai:i;ow, \Vboelei'.s Expl. W. lOOtb Mer. v,
Zool. G7:5, pi. xxis, f. 3, 3 a, 1876.
Paniostcna platyrhynchus Jordan & Copkland, Check List, 156, 1870.
Pantosiciis jfhityrhyncJuis Joi:dan, Bull. U. S. N;it. Mus. xi, p. — , 1878.
Habitat. — Utah Lake aud tribntaries.
The specimens which I have seen of this species are all small and in
poor condition. Their remarkable sleuderness is donbtless in part due
to their llabbiness. The species as noted by Professor Cope much
resembles Catostoinus discobolus. It is also very similar to Pantosteus
generosus, but at i)resent I consider it distinct.
Sjicciiiieiis in Untied States National Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
12906
Utah Lake
Yarrow & ITeushaw.
15163
Utah Lake ..,-.-- .- -..- .-- -.
YaiTiiw & Heiisbaw.
40. PANTOSTEUS GENEEOSUS {Girard) Jordan.
Yarroiv's Suclca;
1H5C — Catosiomus (Aconute) genei-osus Girakd, Pioc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 174.
Acomu8 generosus Girard, U. S. Pac. E. R. Expl. x, 221, 1858.
Catoatomus generosus Jordan & Copela.nd, Che( k List, 1.^)6, 1876.
1874 — Minomus jarrovii Cope, Proc. Aui. Philos. Soc. Phila. 35.
Fantosteus jarrovii Cope & Yai;row, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool. 674,
1)1. xxix, 2, 2 a, 1876.
Pantosteus lavroni Jordan &, Copkland, Check List, 150, 1876.
Habitat. — Rio Graud*^, Colorado Basin, and Great Basin of Utah ; verj' abundant.
This species is the most characteristic and most widely dili'used of
the Suckers of the Great Easiii. It was first described by Girard in
185G, under the name of Catostonnis generosus. Girard's description,
unaccompanied by a figure, was so very loose and irrelevant that it has
hitherto remained unidentified. I have, however, had the opportunity
of examining Girard's original types, and of cotnparing them with the
types of Fantosteus jarrovii. They seem to me to belong to the same
species, and I am therefore compelled to substitute the name generosus
184 C0NTKII5U1I0-N.S TO NCIITII AMKKICAN ICUXnYOLOOV III.
lor lluit of jarrorii. Il' 1 liad not bci'ii able to compare gcncrosus with
jarrovii, I should never have suspected their identity.
Sjpecimens in Uniiid States Xatioiial Mtmeum.
Naiuber.
Locality.
Collector.
256
Cottonwood Creek (types of generosun)
5910
Ojo do Gallo, N. 5Iex
Lieut. Beale
15802
17080
Zuiii River, New Mexico (types of jarrovii)
Sau Ildefonso, N. Mex
H. W. Hensbaw.
Yarrow & Cope.
Dr. 0. Loew.
17095
Mohavo Desert, Caliloruiu
18009
New Mexico
2010-2
Pacific Railroad Survey, 33°
41. PANTOSTEUS PLEBEIUS {Baird & Girard) Jordan.
Flain Sitclcr.
1854 — Catostomus plehdua B.unD & GutAun, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 28.
Catostomus jylebius Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 208, 1855.
ilinomiia jihbciiis Gikahd, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 1715, 185(5.
Minomns 2)lcbeiit8 Girard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Icbtb. 38, pi. xxii, f. 1-4, 1859.
Catoxtomits jihhfjns GtJ'NTiiEit, Cat. Fisbes Brit. Mus. vii, 15, 1808.
Caiontumus 2>hl)(ju8 JoKDAS & Copki.and, Cbeck List, 150, 1876.
Pantostcus plebeim J OliD AN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi, p. — , 1878.
1>72— J/inoniHS (M2)hinus CoPK, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Wyomin«?, 1870, 435, 1R72.
Panlostem ddphinus Cope & Yauuow, Lieut. Wbeeler's Rept. Expl. W. lOOtb
Mer. vol. 5, 673, 1876.
TantoHtem dotphinns Jordan &. Copeland, Cbeck List, 156, 1870. (Misprint for
delphiuus.)
1872 — Minomus hardua Cope, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 430.
Pantostens bardns Cope, Lieut. Wheeler's Expl. W. lOOtb Mer. vol. 5, p. 073, 1870.
PantoHtiuH hardus Joijdax & Copeland, Cbeck List, 156, 1876.
IIaiuta'". — Basin of Ibo Colorado. Lake Guzman.
Tiie types of CatoHtomiiH plchehtu are not to be I'ound, and no .speci-
mens rcli-ralile to the species are in tlie National ."Mnsenni. The types
of rantostcua dvlphinus and 1\ bardits 1 have been unable to examine.
The scaleforniuhi and small dorsal fin of C. lAcbdus indicate that it is
a species of Fantontciis. Assnniiuj; that it is so, 1 lind n)yself unable to
vlraw lioni the printi'd «1( scriptionsof j>/t7>e}MS, rff//>/u;jws, and iKinhts nuy
sort of Ki)ecilic characters. Until such characters are shown, the burden
of proof lies with the proposer of those species, and I shall consider them
as identical until they are proved to be distinct. In characters of mouth,
PANTOSTEUS PLEBEIUS. 185
scales, and form of body, Pantosteus plebeius seems to resemble Catosto-
imis insignis and C. clarMi, and to diverge from the type of discobolus,
gcnerostis, and plafyrJiynchus.*
* Professor Cope (in lit.) dissents from the identification above made, maintaining
that 1\ (h'ljjhinus and J', hardus arc at least speciiically distinct from each other, what-
ever may be the relation of either to P. jj7t'&o«s. As I have scon none of the three
forms in q-jestiou, I let the above stand as I Lad written it, and qnote the original de-
scriptions of the three nominal species: —
MiNOMUS PLEBEIUS Grd. — " I3ody snb-fusiform, compressed. Head elongate, subcon-
ical, forming the fifth of the entire length. Mouth of medium size. Eyes large, sub-
elliptical, their longitudinal diameter being contained about five times in the length of
side of head. Dorsal fin subquadrangular, its anterior margin being equidistant be-
tween the tip of the snout and the first ludimentary rays of the upper lobe of the
caudal. The latter is slightly concave i)osteiiorly, and the lobes rounded ofi". The
base of the anal is contained nearly three times in its height, and when brought back-
wards its tip extends to the rudimentary rays at the inferior lobe of the caudal fin. The
veutrals are inserted under the posterior third of the dorsal ; bent backwards, their tip
does not reach as far as the anus. The pectorals are of medium development, sub-
ovate, posteriorly acute.
"The scales are of medium size, considerably largest on the peduncle of the tail.
Twenty-eight to thirty rows from the base of the ventrals to the dorsal fin. About
eighty in the lateral line, which is not discernible as far back as the base of the caudal
fin.
"The color as preserved in alcohol, is dark brown on the upper regions, faintly mot-
tled with blackish patches. The sides and belly txhibit traces of orange in some of
the specimens, in others it is pale yellowish. The fins are unicolor ; the dorsal, caudal,
and pectorals, blackish brown ; the auals and ventrals yellowish." — (Gii:ai;d, Ich. U. S.
and Mex. Boundary Surr. , p. 38, figs. 1-4, plate xxii.)
MixOMUS DELPHINUS Cope. — "The subequal size of the scales of this species would
refer it indifferently to the true group Catostonius of Girard, or his group Minomus,
which he did not distinguish clearly. The preceding species would enter his Acomus,
which is, however, only an undefined group of species, to which, by the w'ay, the type
of Catostonius, C. teres, belongs. This sjiecies is especially distinguished from those
heretofore described by the shortening of the caudal part of the vertebral column, and
the consequent posterior position of the dorsal fin. Add to this a short, wide head, and
thick body, and its physiognomy is expressed.
"The dorsal outline is arched, the head flat above, but elevated behind, and much de-
pressed on the muzzle. The muzzle is wide and does not project beyond the upper lip,
which is aiipressed to its lower face and bears four rows of warts; its smooth com-
missural part is narrow. On the lower lip the tubercles advance nearly to the com-
missure ; this lip is deeply emarginate posteriorly; the eye enters the length of the
head five times, two and one-half times measuring the muzzle, and twice the inter-
orbital region. Head four and two-thirds times in length to end of caudal basal scales.
Scales in thirty longitudinal series, between dorsal and ventral tins; ventrals remark-
186 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
Genus CYCLEPTUS Ilajincniic.
Cychptiis Rakinksql'e, Journal do riij-siqno, dc Cliiuiic ut d'Histoire Naturello, Paris,
l«I9,p. 421.
liltytiduslomus Hkckkl, Fische Syrieus, Russegger's Reisen, 1842, p. 1023.
Catoslomus et Sdcrognathus sp. AuCT.
Type, Cych'piuB vigreacena Rafinesque, ^ Catostomus iJoikjuIuh Le Sueur.
Etymology, /ci'/cXof, round; Aenrdf, small. "The name meaus small, round nioutb"
{Itafincsque).
Head very small, short and slender, its lenijtli contained G to 7 times
in that of the body, its upper surlaee rounded; eye quite small, nearly
median, not very high up, its length G to 8 in that of the side of the
bead; suborbital bones rather small and quite narrow; fontanelle en-
tirely obliterated by the union of the parietal bones.
Mouth small, entirely inferior, overlapped by the projecting snout,
the upper lip thick, pendent, covered with 3 to 5 rows of tubercles, the
outer quite large, the inner small; lower lip moderate, formed some-
ably abort, extending little more tban balf way to vent, originating under posterior
tbird of dorsal. Pectorals well separated. Istbmus wido.
"Color above blackisli, witb a strong inferior marginal sbadc on tbo lower part of tbe
sides, and the ligbter tint above ; a brown spot just above axilla, is cut oil" from il by
a band of tbe yellow color which covers the belly and bead below.
" The only species concerning which any doubt can arise in tbe nomenclature of this
one is C. bernardini of Girard. That writer states tbat the latter possesses 15 D. radii ;
this, with the ascription of a .slender form and other peculiarities, will always sepa-
rate them. Three species in Professor Haydeu's collection without locality. This
should be probably a tributary of Green River." — (Copk, Haydcn'n Giol. Sitrv. Tvrr.
1872, p. 436.)
Mixo.MUS BARDUS Cope. — "This species is distinguished by its very short head, and
marked coloration, resembling in that respect the C. giizmaiiivusis of Girard ; with this
species, it has, bowever, nothing else in common.
"Head wide, muzzle not projecting beyond upper lij); latter not jiendent, with nar-
row, smooth commissure and three or four rows of tuberclts. Lower lip deeply incised,
tubercular to near inner edge. Eye 5.25 times in length of head, twice in inter-
orbital width. Head five times to end of basal caudal scales. Form stout : body cylin-
dric anteriorly. Dorsal tin nearer end of niuzzle than end of caudal scales. Scales of
bodysubetiual, in thirty longitudinal rows between dorsal and ventral fins, latter orig-
inating beneath hinder border of dorsal, not quite reacliing vent. Pectorals well sepa-
rate; isthmus wide, narrower than in .1/. dilphinus. Color blackish above, a broad
olive b.md from upper part of opercular border along upper half of caudal peduncle,
and a bread black band below, narrowing to a line along the middle of tbo peduncle;
below, yellowisii, a band of the same cutting oil' a blackish area above the axilla, as
in tbe last species." — (Con:, Uaifden'a Gcol. Surv. Tirr. 1872, p. 4:u;.)
GENUS CYCLEPTUS. 187
what as iu Catostomus, but less full, iuciscd behind ; jaws without carti-
laginous sheath; muciferous sj'stem not greatly dGveloi)ecl ; oj)eicular
apparatus not greatly developed, the operculum smooth and narrow.
Isthmus moderate; gill-rakers moderately long, soft ; pharyngeal bones
strong, the teeth stout, increasing iu size downwards, rather wide ai)art.
Body elongate, moderately compressed, not much elevated, the caudal
peduncle long, the greatest dei)th contained 4 to G times in length.
Scales moderate, about equal over the body, uot closelj' imbricated,
with wide exposed surfaces, the number in the lateral line from 5o to
CO, and about 17 in a transverse series from dorsal to ventrals; edges
of scales serrate; lateral line well developed, nearly straight.
Fins rather large ; dorsal flu beginning iu irout of ventrals and ending
just before anal, of about 30 rays, strongly falcate in front, the lirst and
second developed rays in length more than half the length ot the base
of the flu, the rays rapidly shortened to about the eighth, the length of
the remaining rays being nearly uniform and all short ; caudal fin large,
widely forked, the lobes about equal; anal flu quite small, low, of 7 or
8 developed rays, scaly at base; ventrals moderate, with 10 rays; pec-
torals elongate, somewhat falcate.
Sexual peculiarities somewhat marked ; the males in spring with black
pigment ; the head then covered with small tubercles.
Air-bladder with two chambers, the anterior short, the i^osterior
elongate.
But a single species of this singular genus is as yet known. It is
found in the waters of the Mississippi Valley, and, although not a rare
fish, it is by no means as generally abundant as are many others of its
family.
Genet-is Characterisations.
Cycleptus Rafinesque, 1819.—" Cj^cleptus, (abdomiual). Different du genre Ciitos-
tomns. Deux nageoires dorsales, boncbe petite, ronde, an bout du museau ; Icvres
circuhiires. Famille (Jyprinidia ? C. nigrescens, iioirixtre ; ventre blancbatro, bouche
retroussdo ; queue fourchee. Parvient a deux pieds de loug ; tits bou a manger, rare
dans rOhio et lo Missouri." — (RAriXESQUK, Journ. de Fhys. etc. 1819, p. 421.)
Cvci.KrTUS Rafinesque, 1820. — " Difference irom the foregoing genus \_Catostomv.s'\ —
two dorsal fins, mouth round and terminal." — (Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. j). 6.)
RilYTiDOSTOMUS Hccl^el, 1842.—" Dentes pectiniformes GO-GO. Pinna dorsalis basi
elongata; radio tertio vel quarto longissimo. In reliquis cum genere Catostonio con-
gruit." — (Hkckkl, Fische Syricns, p. 33, or Russcger'a Edsen, p. 1023. — Species referred to
the genus, Cyprinu8 catostomua Forster and Catostomus elongatus Le Sueur.)
Cycleptus Agassiz, 185.'). — "As in manj- other instances, Rafinesque has named, but
neither defined nor characterised the genus to which I now call attention. He has not
188 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
himself even seen the lisli upon which the genus is founded, and refers to another
genus a species which cannot be separated from this. Moreover, the characteristics of
the genus, as given hy Rafinesqne, are not true to nature. Yet, notwithstanding these
objections, I do not feel at libertj' to reject his generic name, since it is possible to
identify the fish he meant by the vernacular name under which it is known in the
West. There is another reason why Rafinesque's description of our western lishea
oui;ht to be carefully considered and every possible effort made to identify his genera
and species, the fact that he was the first to investigate the fishes of the Oliio and its
tributaries upon a large scale, and that notwithstanding the looseness with which he per-
formed the task and the lamentable inaccuracies of his too short descriptions, his works
bear almost upon every page the imprint of his keen perception of the natural affinities
of species, and their intimate relations to one another ; so much so, that even where he
has failed to assign his genera atiy characters by which they may be recognized, yet,
when the species upon which ihey were founded can be identified, we usually lind that
there are good reasons for considering them as forming distinct genera.
"The trouble with Rafinesqne is, that he too often introduced in his works species
•which he had not always seen himself, and which he referred almost at random among
his genera, thus difacing his well characterised groups, or that he went so far as to
found genera upon species which he had never seen, overlooking perhaps that ho had
already described such types under other names.
"The genus Cychptus affords a striking example of all these mistakes combined
together. In his remarkable paper upon the genus Catostomus, Lesueur describes aud
figures one species from the Ohio River, under the name of C. elovgattts, peculiar for
its elongated cylindrical body, aud for its long dorsal fiu beginning half way between
the pectorals and ventrals, and extending as far back as the insertion of the anal.
The species Rafinesqne introduces in his subgenus Decactijhis among the genuine Ca-
tohtomi, without perceiving that it belongs to his own genus Cydfpiua. This mistake
arises undoubtedly from his belief that in Cydeptns there are two dorsals, which indeed
he mentions as characteristics of this genus; but this statement is erroneous: the
rays of the dorsal are, in fact, enclosed in a continuous membrane, the anterior rays
only being much longer than thoee of the middle and posterior portion of the fin ; oc-
casionally these long rays split, and accidentally separate from the following ones,
when they seem to form two dorsals.
"The character of this genus, so far as the dorsal is concerned, consists in r»ality not
in its division, but in its great extension along the back, and the elongation of its
anterior rays. The anal is very long in proportion to the size of the fish, and inserted
far back, so that the leiigtli of the abdominal cavity is greater than in tiie genera Car-
piodvH, Ichlhyohux, and lUihaUchthys, with which Cythptus is closely allied by the pecu-
liar form of its dorsal. Again, Rafinesqne remarks that the mouth is terminal, round
and small. This requires also to be qualified. The mouth apjiears terminal and round
only when the jaws are protruded to their utmost extent ; wlien closed, it is rather
crescent-shaped and entirely retracted under the projecting, pointed snout ; the lips
are covered with numerous projecting i)apillie and spread horizontally, — these are
moreover, continuous around tlie angles of tlie mouth, so that the upper an<l lower
1 ps are hardly separated by a small fold, and the lower lip is slightly cmarginate in
the middle, while in other genera of this tribe it is actually bilobod.
CYCLEPTUS ELONGATUS. 189
" The pharyngeal boues arc strong, their anterior surface being flattened anrl the
greatest diameter being the transverse one, as in IjithalichthySjiiud not laterally com-
pressed and thiu as in Carpiodes and Ichthyobiis.
" The symphysis is short and its peduncle flat and square, separated from the curved
arch bj' a deep semicircular emargination. The teeth are also stronger and stouter
than in Carpiodes and Ichthyohits, as is also the case in Buhalicliihyii, and they are grad-
ually increasing in size, and relative thickness from the upper part of the arch to the
symphysis, but they are much fewer and farther apart than in the latter genus. Their
inner edge is transverse, rather blunt, though the middle ridgo is somewhat project-
ing ; the lower teeth are so shaped that their inner angle is hardly higher than llie
outer, while in the middle and upper teeth it is gradually more i)r(>jecting, and from
the middle of the arch upwards forms a prominent point aiched outwards.
"The scales arc considerably longer than high, with a rather prominent posterior mar-
gin ; numerous radiating furrows upon the anterior and posterior fields, some across
the lateral fields ; the concentric ridges of the postei'ior field are not only broader than
those of the other fields, but instead of running parallel to the margin of the scales
they are curved in concentric gothic arches between each two radiating furrows.
Heckel mentions this genus under the name of Bliyiidostomua, but Rafinesque's name
Cycleptus has the priority. Projierly it ought to be called Lcptocyclus, according to its
etymology, (see mj' Nomenclator Zoologicus ; Index Universalis, p. 109,) but under thin
form nobody would recognise it as Rafinesque's name. I shall therefore not urge the
change." — (Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, p. 197.)
Cycleptus Copo & Jordan, 1877. — "Body much elongated, subcylindrical forwards :
dorsal elongate, falciform, of 30 or more rays; fontanelle obliterated by the union of
the parietal bones; mouth small, inferior, with i)apillose lips." — (Joijdan, Froc. Ac.
Xat. Sc. Phila. 1877, p. 81.)
ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF CYCLEPTUS.
• Depth 4 to 5 in length : head G to 6^ : eye small, G to 7 in length of head : longest
dorsal rays a little longer than head : pectorals rather longer than head : dorsal
rays 30 ; anal 7 or 8 : scales 9-56-7 : coloration very dark, the males almost black ;
size large; length of adult H to 2^ feet elongatus, 42.
42. CYCLEPTUS ELONGATUS {Le Sueur) Agassiz.
Black Horse. Gourd-seed Snclcer. Missotiri Sucler. Suckerel.
1817 — Catostomiis eloiigatus Le Sukup., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 103.
Catoslomus tlongatus Rafixesque. Ich. Oh. GO, 1820.
Catostomus elongatus Kiutland, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 1G8, 183S.
Catostomns cloiiijatits DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.
Catostomus vlonyatus Cuvieu & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, 455,
1844.
Catostomus clongatus Kiutland, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. v,2G7, 1845.
Catostomus clongatus Stokei;, Sympsis, 422, 184G.
Cycleptus clongatus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d saries, xix, 197, 1855.
Sclerognalhus clongatus Gt'NTiiEH, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 23, 18C8.
1 90 CONTRIDUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
Cycleptua clongatu/i Jokdan, Fishes of Ind. 222, 1875.
Cyclq)tH8 elonrjaluH Johdan, Bull. Buflalo .Soc. Nat. Hist. 9.'), 187G. (Name only.)
Cych'ptus elongatus Joiidan, Man. Vert. 298, Ib/G.
Cycleptua elongatus Nelson, Bnll. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 50, 187G.
Cycleplus elongatus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Cyclepius elongatus Jorvas & Gilueiit, in Klipitart's Kept. 53, 1870. (Name only.)
Cycleptua elongatus Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 38, 1877.
Cychpius tlongatuti JoitDA^i, Man. Vort. cd. 2d, 1878.
1818 — Cyclcptus nigrcscciis Rafinesque, Journal do Physique, 421.
Cycleptua nigrcscena Rafinesque, Ii-h. Oh. Gl, 1820.
IIaijitat. — Mississippi Valley, in all the larger streams.
This species is found in some abundance in the larger streams. At
the Falls of the Ohio, it is taken in nets, and meets a ready sale. It is,
however, much less abundant than the Buffalo fishes are. From the
general use of the name '' Missouri Sucker", its abundance in the State
of Missouri* may be inferred; but, as to the facts in the case, I am not
informed. This fish is as sharply distinguished from the other Suckers in
its appearance as in its anatomy. The dusky colors and the smnll size
of the head attract attention at once.
But one species is yet known. That being the case, the synonymy of
the species needs no discussion, its oldest name being the one in com-
mon use.
Specimena in United States National Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
107
8G73
10790
Cincinnati
do .
Ohio
J. W. Milner.
12278
Do.
1
Genus CARPIODES Rafinesque.
Carpiodca Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. .'>;'), 1820. (As subgenus of Satoatomua.)
Selerognnthus Valencienne.s, Mist. Nat. des Poissous, xvii, 472, 1844.
Type, Calostomus cypriuuHluG&ucyw.
Etymology, Latin carpio, a carp ; i. c., carp-like.
Ik-ad con)p:irativi-ly sliort and deep, sometimes conic, sometimes
hliiiit, its length ranging from '.\h to 5 in that of the body, its upper
surface always rounded ; eye moderate, median or anterior in position ;
suborbital bones well developed, their depth more than half that of
GENUS CARPIODES. 191
the fleshy portion of the cheek below ; fontanelle always present, well
developed.
Month always small, horizontal and inferior, the mandible less than
one-third the length of the head, the lips thin, the upper protractile,
narrow, the lower quite narrow, y\-shaped, or rather fj-shaped, behind;
both lips feebly plicate or nearly smooth, the plicse often more or less
broken up ; jaws without cartilaginous sheath ; muciferous system
moderately developed ; opercular apparatus well developed, the sub-
opercle broad, the operculum in the adult more or less rugose; isthmus
moderate ; pharyngeal bones remarkably thin and laterally compressed,
withashallowfurrowalongtheanteriormarginon the inside, and another
more central one on the outline of the enlarged surfaces ; teeth very
sm;dl, compressed, nearly equally thin along the whole inner edge of
the bone, forming a fine comb-like crest of minute serratures; their
cutting edge rises above the inner margin into a prominent point.
Gillrakers of anterior arch slender and stiff above, becoming reduced
downwards.
Body ovate or oblong, the dorsal outline more or less arched, the
ventral outline more nearly straight, the depth from half to one-third
the length, the sides compressed; the back notably so, forming a sort of
carina ; caudal peduncle short and deep; scales large, about equal over
the body, their posterior margins slightly serrate ; lateral line well
developed, nearly straight, with 34 to 41 scales, 12 to 15 scales in a
cross-row from dorsal to ventrals ; dorsal fin beginning near the middle
of the bodj', somewhat in advance of ventrals, falcate, its anterior rays
very much elevated and usually filamentous, their height ranging from
^ to 1^ the length of the base of the fin, the number of developed rays
ranging from 23 to 30; caudal fin well forked, the lobes equal ; anal fin
comparatively long and low, emarginate (in males?), its number of
developed rays usually 8; ventrals shortish, with usually 10 rays ; pec-
torals short.
Sexual peculiarities little marked ; in some species, at least, the males
in spring have the snout minutely tuberculate.
Coloration always plain ; pale olivaceous above, white below, but
hardly silvery, the fins all partaking of the color of the region to which
they belong.
Air-bladder with two chambers.
Size medium or rather large.
This genus was first recognized and defined by Professor Agassiz in
192 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICnTHYOLOGY III.
1835. Since then it has been generally received by authors undei' the
same name and with the same limits. It was first briefly outlined by
Iiaiines(|ue in ISl'U under the name of Catyiodes, then afterwards by
Valenciennes deliued more fully under the name of Solcrognathus. Both
Carpiodcs and Sckrognathus having the same typical species {Catostomu.s
cijpylnns Le Sueur), the older and preferable name, Carpiodes,iii the one
to be adopted.
Tiie recognition of species in this genus is a matter of extreme diUi-
culty, from their great resemblance to each other in color, size, form,
and gt'iieral appearance. Uur knowledge of the species thus far has
been almost entirely due to the labors of Professor Cope (A Partial Syn-
opsis of the Fishes of North Carolina", Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila.
1870). I have myself examinetl specimens agreeing with each of Pro-
fessor Cope's descriptions, and, with two exception {Carpiodes selene and
Carpiodes grayi)^ I am disposed to admit all his species. It is true, how-
ever, that in every large collection of Carpiodes there are specimens
disagreeing more or less from the typical forms of each species, and
which should, in consistency, be described as distinct species, or else
the si)ecies which they appear to connect should be united. I have not,
however, examined a sufficiently full series of Carpiodes to be pre-
pared to accej)t either of these alternatives. I have, therefore, taken
Professor Coi)e's analysis of the species, and added to it such addi-
tional features as I have been able to observe, and 1 give the whole as
our best knowledge at present on the subject, leaving for future study
the consideration of the degree of relationship existing between cjjprinus,
vclifer, and tliompsoni. The other four species, carpio, bison, cutisause-
rinu.s, and difformiSj seem to be manifestly distinct, unless diffor)nis be
a monstrous form of cut isatiser inns.
Species of this genus are found in all the fresh waters of the United
States east of the llocky Mountains. They seldom ascend the small
streams, and are taken by means of nets from the larger rivers and
lakes. From their resemblance in form to the European CnT[){Cypriuus
carpio), they are i)opularly known as "Carp''. This resemblance has
suggested the name of the genus and of two of its species. As food
fishes they are rather indillerent, the flesh being rather coarse and flavor-
less and full of small bones. The geographical distiiltiition ol thespecies
has been little studied. C. cf/prinus is the common species east of the
AUeghanies, and, if "C damalis"' and " C. iumidus'^ be the same, in
thi' Ui>per Missouri region and the Kio Grande also. C. tliowpsoni is the
GENUS CAKPIODES. 193
commou Carp of the Great Lakes. C. carpio is tlio most abundant spe-
cies in the Ohio Uivcr, where G. veli/cr and C. cutiucDincrimw^ also occur
in immense numbers.
1 am convinced that neither the uutnber of scales nor the number of
fin-rays can be relied on to distinguish species in this genus, the entire
range of variation being probably found in every species. The height
of the anterior rays of the dorsal, although subject to considerable varia-
tion with age and wear, seems to be sufficiently constant to divide the
species into two groups.
Gentric Clmrackrizalions.
Caiipiodes Rafinesqne, 1820. — " Body oblonjr, somewbat compressed ; head com-
pressed, nine abdominal rays, dorsal fin commonly elongate, tail equally forked." —
(Rai-inesque, Ich. Oh. p. 56.)
SCLEiiOGNATHUS Storer, 1846. — " Snout slightly advanced beyouud the month ; the
extremity of the mouth is supported, as in the Caiostomi, by the intermaxillary, which
is furnished in front with a well developed, projecting, cartilaginous ethmoid. The
upright branch i.s long, and of a styloid form, while the horizontal is shortened, and is
a mere keel, the inferior edge of which .serves merely to support the superior angle cf
the mouth. The remainder of the maxillary arch is formed by a flbrous ligament cov-
ered by a thin, undilated lip, reduced to a thin and fleshy jirotuberance. The upper
jaw is a wide, very solid bony piece, under which the uj)per lip is partly drawn ; this
bone is concealed by the first two suborbitals, being wider and no less advanced than
those of the Catostomi. As to its lips, it is a Leuciscus ; but the osteology of its mouth
resembles that of the Catostomi. The dorsal is long, like that of the Carps. The head
is naked, marked by lines of mucous pores. Pharyngeal teeth comb-like, finer and
more equal than those of the Catostomi. The air-bladder is divided into two large
lobes; the anterior is large and rounded, with a slight depression at its superior face ;
the second conical, twice as long as the first and followed by two small lobes; the sec-
ond communicates with the ojsophagus by an air-pipe." — (Stouku, 21cm. Am. Ac. Arts
and Sc. 1846, p. 427 ; essentially a translation from Valenciennes's account.)
Cai:piodes Agassiz, 1855. — " The body is very high and strongly compressed, the
narrow ridge on the back forming the outline in front of the dorsal is very nnich arched,
and regularly continuous downwards with the rather steep piofilo of ihe head.
"The head is short, its height and length differ but little. The snout is short and
blunt. The small mouth is entirely inferior, and surrounded by narrow thin lips,
which are more or less transversely folded. The lower jaw is short and broad. The
pharyngeal bones of Carpiodcs are remarkably thin, compressed laterally, with a shal-
low furrow along the anterior margin on the side, and another more central one on the
outline of the arched surfaces ; the teeth aro very small, compressed, equally thin along
the whole inner edge of the bone, forming a fine comb-like crest of minute scrraturcs ;
their cutting o«.lgo rises above the inner margin into a prominent point.
"The anterior lobe of the long dorsal is slender, its third and fourth rays being pro-
longed beyond the following ones into long filaments. The lower fins are all pointed,
Bull. K M. ^0. 12—13
194 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
rather small, and liciico didcront from one anotln-r. The ventral ridj^e of the body is
Hat. The scales have many narrow, radiating furrows upon the anterior field, and arc
uioro deeply marked, in a straight line, across tlie lateral fields, or limiting the lateral
and poaterior fields, hardly atij' upon the anterior field, the waviog of the broader
conceutric ridges producing only a radiated api)earanco upon that field. Tube of the
lateral line straight and simide, arising in advance of the centre of radiation, which is
seated in the centre of form of the scales." — (Agassiz, Am. Joum. Sc. Ji-Ik, 185.'), p. 189.)
C.vuriODES Giiuther, 18G3. — " Distinguished from Sdirognalhus (i. c. Iiuhalidt(hyn and
Ichthyobits) by its very thin, compressed pharyngeal bones, which are armed wiih a
comb-like series of nearly equally minute compressed teeth." — (GtJNTiiER, Cat. Fishes
Biit. Mus. vii, p. 24.)
CAi{riODE.s Cope & .lordau, 1877. — " Body oblong oval, compressed ; dorsal elongate,
elevated in front, of 20 or more rays; fjntauelle present; pharyngeal bones narrow,
with the teeth relatively thin and weak; mouth small, inferior, protractile down-
wards." — (JoHDAN, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1877, p. 82.)
ANALYSIS OF SPECIKS OF CARPIODE.S.
* Dorsal fin with the anterior rays very much elevated and attenuated, equalling or
more usually exceeding the length of the base of the fin.
+ Muzzle very abruptly obtuse, almost vertically truncate in front.
fl. Muzzle exceedingly blunt, so that the anterior edge of the mandible is in line
with the anterior rim of the orbit, and the maxillary reaches to the anterior
edge of the pupil : anterior suborbital deeper than long: head 4^^ in length :
eye quite large, 3J to 4 in head : body arched, the depth somewhat less than
half the length: first ray of dorsal nearer muz/.lc than base of caudal:
scales G-35-4 : D. 24, A. 8, V. 9 diffoijmis, 4:{.
aa. Muzzle notably blunt, but less so than in the preceding: anterior edge of the
mandible in advauce of the orbit, and the maxillary just reaching the line
of the lower rim of the orbit : anterior suborbital bone deeper than long
(longer than deep, "sc/ene"): head 4 times in length: eye smallish, 4J in
head : body arched, the depth about 2i in length : enterior rays of doi-sal
about midway between snout and base of caudal : scales 7-37-5 : D. 26, A.
8, V. 10 ci riSANSEiMNrs, 44.
•if Muzzle conic, iirojecting, obtusely pointed : end of the mandible reaching to oppo-
site nostrils: anterior suborbital as deep as long: head 31 in length: eye
moderate, 4 to 4 J in length of head : body arched abne, the depth 2f to 2^
in length : first ray of dorsal nearer muzzle than base of caudal : scales 7-
37-5: D. 20 or 27 ("22", Cope) VELIFEU, 4.'..
••Dorsal fin with the anterior rays more or less shortened, their length one-half to
two-thirds that of the base of the fin : muzzle more or less conic and pro-
jecting.
b. Head long, contained about 3A tim(\s in length to base of caudal : muzzle elon-
gate-conic, so that the eye is nearly median, the middle of the length of the
head tailing in front of its posterior margin : body not iiincli arclicd ; depth
3 in length : anterior rays of dorsal pretty high, not much shorter than the
base of the fin, not thickened at base: lips well developed: eye large, A\ in
bead: scales 7-40-5 : D. 27, A. 7, V. lU bison, 40.
CARPIODES CUTISANSERINUS, 195
bb. Head intermetliute, its length contained about 4 times (of to 4 J) in that of
body : anterior rays of dorsal not thickened at base.
c. Body stout, short, the back much arched, the depth 2| in length : head 4 to
4J in length, the nnizzlo moderately pointed : dorsal raya considerably ele-
vated, two-thirds as long as base of fin : eye small, 5J in head : tip of lower
jaw much in advance of nostrils ; maxillary reaching line of orbit : anterior
suborbital large, deep, roundish: origin of dorsal about midway of body:
scales rather closely imbricated, 8-39 to 41-6 : D. 27, A. 7, V. 10.
TIIOMPSONI, 47.
cc. Body elongate, not much elevated, the depth 2| in length : head 3| to 4,
■ the muzzle prominent but rather bluntish : front scarcely concave above
eyes, the profile forming a somewhat uniform curve: eye small, nearly 6 in
bead : anterior rays of dorsal moderately elevated, nearly three-fourths the
length of the fin, the first ray nearly midway between snout and base of
caudal : scales 6-37-5 : D. 24 to 27, A. 8, V. 10 cvprinus, 48.
bbb. Head comparatively short, its length contained 4A to 5 times in the length
of the body: body more fusiform than in the others, compressed, but not
much arched, the depth 2J to 3 times in the length: anterior rays of dorsal
short, notably thickened and osseous at base, the first ray nearer the end of
the muzzle than the base of the caudal fin : eye small, anterior, 4i iu head :
muzzle short, but projecting much beyond mouth : size largest of the genus.
CARPIO, 49.
43. CAEPIODES DIFFORMIS Cope.
Deformed Carp Suclcer.
1870 — Carpiodes difformis Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 480.
Carpiodes dijformis Jordan, Man. Vert. 297, 1876.
Carpiodes difformis Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 1.58, 1876.
Carpiodes difformis Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72, 1877.
Carpiodes difformis Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's First Report Ohio Fish
Commission, 86, pi. xiii, f. 21, 18/7.
Carpiodes difformis Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 9, 50, 1877.
Carpiodes difformis Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 321, 1878.
Habitat. — Ohio Valley ; less common than the other species.
The only specimen which I have seen of this species was from the
Wabash River, in which stream Professor Cope's original types were
collected. No specimens are in the United States National Mnsenm,
which, indeed, at present contains very few of the Carp Suckers or
BuCfalo-fish.
44, CARPIODES CUTISANSERINUS Cope.
Long-Jlnned Carp Sucker. QuiUback.
1870 — Carpiodes cuiisanscrinus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 481.
Carpiodes cuiisanserinus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
196 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III,
Carj/iodes cuiisanaeriuiis Joudan, Bull. U. S. X:it. Mus. 9,50, 1877.
Carplodcs cntisamcrinm Jokdan A: Giu:i:kt, in Klii»ii;irl'.s Kept. 53, 1876.
Carpiodes culisaustrinus Joudan, Man. Vert. ed. 2(1, 321, ld78.
lS70—Carpiod€8 aclenc Cope, Proc. Ana. Pbilos. Soc. Phila. 4H1.
Car2)iode8 sileiic JouvA's & Copkland, Check List, 158, 187G.
Carpiodes selene J (HiUAii cV Gilukut, in Klippart'-s Kept. 53, 1876.
Carpiodes selene Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 321, 1878.
l&JG—Ichthjohus difformin Nklson, Bull. No. 1, U. S. Nat. Mus. 49.
Habitat. — Mississippi Valley ; generally abundant.
This species is closely related to C. vdifcr, but differ.s in the abruptly
trnucate snout, tbat of velifer being conic. 1 am unable to rccognizL-
C. sclene as a distinct species at present, the form of the anterior sub-
orbital being the only distinguishing feature of nuu-h inii)ortanee, and
tbat probably not a constant one. C. cKtisanscrinns is as abundant in
the Ohio as C. rcUfcr, and I have seen many specimens from the Illinois
Eiver.
Specimens in United States National Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
20032
20033
CunQberland River.
do
A. Wincbell.
Do.
45. CARriODES YELIFER {Rafincsque) Agassiz.
Car}) Sucker. Skimhavk. Quillback. Sailor. Sailing Sucker. Spear-fish.
1820—?? Catostomns anisojyterus Rafinesque, Icli. Ob. 45. (Description at second band
and unrecognizable.)
1820— Caiostomus velifer KAKiNESQin:, Feb. Ob. 5C>.
Catostomus veli/tr Kii;ri-AM>, Ken. Zool. Obio, 168, 1838.
Carpiodes velifer Agassiz, Am. Jonrn. Sc. Arts, 2d scries, xix, 191, 1855.
Carpiodes velifer Cope, Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. Pbila. 482, 1870.
Carpiodes velifir Jokdan, Fisbes of Ind. 222, 1875.
Carpiodes velifer Jordan, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. U,ist. 95, 1876.
Carpiodes velifer Jokdan, Man. Vert. 297, 1876.
Carpiodes velifer Jokdan & Copelaud, Cbeck List, 158, 1876.
Jchthyobus velifer Nei-son, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.
Carpiodes velifer Jokdan & Git.nERT, in Klipparl's First Report Obio Fish
Coramisbiou, 87, 1877.
Carpiodes velifer Jokdan, Bull. I . .S. Nat. Mus. ix,34, 1877.
Cai-piodea velifer JoIidan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 321, 1878.
CARPIODES BISON. 197
18i6—Sclcrognat7ius cuprinus Kiiitland, Bost.. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. v, 275. (In part ;
not of C. & V.)
Habitat.— Western streams and lakes (Cayuga Lake, New York, to Mississipri
Iliver).
This species is quite abundant in the Ohio River, and I have seen
specimens not evidently.distinguisbable, from Lake Erie and from other
waters tributary to the Great Lakes. Indiscriminately with C. cutis-
anscrimis, it is known to the fishermen as Quillback, ISkimback, etc.,
tbe lower-finned species being called ratber "Carp". Most of the
synonymy above quoted includes several species, the true vclijer being
first distinguished by Professor Cope. Rafiuesque's anisopteriis I bring
into the synonymy of tbis species, simply to refer to it somewhere. It
is really unidentifiable. Kirtland's Sclerognathus cyprinus refers most to
tbis species, but his figure represents no known fish. The head is too
small, and the form, etc., incorrect.
Specimens in Unifed States Xational Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
20277
Cayuga Lake, New York .
There are also several other specimens in the collection, but without
locality.
46. CARPIODES BISON Agassiz.
Long-headed Carp Sucker.
1854 — Carpiodes bison Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 35G.
Carpiodfs bison Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 190, 1855.
Carpiodes bison Cope, Proc. Ara.Philos Soc. Phila. 463, 1870.
Carpiodes bison Joudax, Man. Vert. 297, 1876.
Carpiodes bison Joi;dax &, Copelaxd, Check List, 1.58, 1876.
Ichthijohus bison Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.
Carpiodes bison Johdax & Gilbert, in Klippart'a Kept. 53, 1876.
Carpiodes bison Joiidax,. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 50, 1877.
Carpiodes bison Joisdax, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 322, 1878.
Habitat. — Mississippi Valley (Osage River, Afjassiz ; Mississippi River, Wabash
River, Tennessee River, Cope).
What the fish is to which Professor Agassiz gave the name '•'- bison''''
cannot be ascertained from the published descriptions. Professor Cope
has described the present species under that name, and we accept the
198 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
uaiiR' bi.sun on his aulhoiity. This species is not generally common ia
so far as my experience goes. I liuxc, however, seen one or two from
the Oiiio liiver. I found no specimi'iis in the National .Museum.
47. CAKPIODES TUOMPSONI Agassiz.
Lake Carp.
184"^ — Catostomus cypriniis Thompson, Hist. Vf. 133.
1S55 — Carpiodes thompsoni Agassiz, Am. Jouru. Sc. Arta, 2d series, xix, 191.
Carpiodea thompaoni Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 285, ldC4.
Carpiodes thompnonn Copk, Proc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. Pbila. A>i'A, 1670.
Carpiodea thoiin)8oni JoKDiUS', Man. Vert. 297, 1876.
Jvhthyobus thompaoni Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.
Carpiodea tJwmpsoni Jordan & Copkland, Cbeck List, 158, 1876.
Carpiodea thompsoiiii Jordan &. Gilijkrt, in Klip|)art'8 Rept. 53, 1876.
Carpiodea thompaoni Jordan, Man. Veit. ed. 2d, 322, 1878.
Habitat. — Great Lake region ; abundant.
This species occurs in more or less abundance throughout the Great
Lake region. It is the shortest and most arched of all the species. Its
dorsal fin is about intermediate between that of relifer and that of
caijyw. 1 have examined very many specimens of this species, and I
find little variation antong them. This fish reaches a length of somk'-
thing over a foot, and is sold by the Lake fishermeu as " Carp ".
Specimena in United Stalea Xational Muacum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
11040
Sandusky, Obio.
J. W. Milner.
11127
do
Do.
1112-!
do
Do.
11130
do
Do.
11131
do
Do.
11132
do
Do.
48. CAllPIODKS CVriilNUS {Lc Sueur) Aijr.ssiz.
Eastern Carp SuvLer. XihrasLa Car}) Sucher. liio Grande Carp.
1817 — Catoatomits ct/priniia Le Suruu, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. I'bila. i, 91.
Labeo cyprinua DeKav, New York Fauna, part iv, Fisbos, 194, 1842.
Sclerognathua cyprinun Crvir.R «S: Valknciknnks, Hist. Nat. dea Poissons, xvii,
474. 1844.
Sclerognathus cypr^nna Storkr, .Synopsis, 427, 1846.
Carpiodea cyprinua Aoas.^iz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 191, 1855.
CARPIODES CYPRINUS. 199
CarjHGdcs oy2)rhu(s GCntiikh, Cut. Fishes Brit. Miis. vii, 24, 1808.
Carpiodes eypriuus Copk, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 484, 1870.
Carpiodi's cuprhuts Joi'.dan', I'ishes of Iiul. 20'^, lb75.
Carpiodes ei/priuus Joiidan, Man. Vert. 297, 187C'.
Carpiodes c>i2)ri)nts IJiilkk & Luggei:, Fishes of Maryland, 140, 1876.
Carpiodes cypriiius Jofsdan & Copklano, Check List, 15^, 187G.
Carpiodes eyprinns Joijdan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 32I5, 1878.
1854 — Carpiodes vaeca Agassiz, Am. Journ. 8ci. Arts, :i%.
1854 — Carpiodes iumidi(s Baiiid & Gihard, Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc. 28.
Ictiohtis tiimidus GiUAi;!), U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ich. 34, pi. xxx, f. 1-4, 1859.
Ichthiiobus tttmidns JoiiDAN & Copicland, Check List, 158, 187G.
1856 — Carpiodis damalis Gihakd, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 170.
Carpiodes damalis Gii:a];d, U. S. Pae. E. K. Expl. x, 218, pi. xlviii, f. 1-4, 1858.
Carpiodes damalis Copk, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 85, 18-35.
Carpiodes damalis Jordan & Copkland, Check List, 155, 1876.
187Q— Carpiodes grayi Copio, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 482, 1870.
Carpiodis {irayi .Joi.'DAN & Copelavd, Check List, 158, 1876.
Carpiodes grayi CoPE &. YAiajow, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool. 681,
1876.
HaijitaT. — New En<;lai:d to Alabama ; thence to Mexico and north to tho Upper
Missouri.
I Lave elsewhere already uuited the iioininal species <ji'at/i and tuml-
clus, for the following reasons: — Giravd's ^'■Ictiobits tionulus'" is certainly
a Carpiodes^ as is plainly shown by tbe published (igure, the month be-
ing represented as small and inierior, beneath the i)r()j(c!!iig .sDout. I
have numerous young specimens (jf a Carpiodes Crom the Kio (iiatide,
at Brownsville, Texas, the original locality of Ictichu.s fumidiin. liut my
specimens do not disagree in any important resi)ect from Carpiodes graiji,
from the same river, nor am 1 able, on examination of authentic speci-
mens of the latter species, to point out any dillerences between them and
my Brownsville specimens. Therefore, if Uimidiis and grayi are really
different, the differences have escaped m^' notice. It is of course i)ossi-
ble that my Brownsville specimens, although from the original locality
of tumidus, may not be that species; but, as tbe types of tumidus have
been lost, I do not see how the qnestion can ever be settled.
1 am furthermore nuable to se[)aratc tumidns as thus characterized
from damalis Grd., and the close relationship existing between damalis
and ajprinus has already been noticed by Professor Cope. As 1 now
believe that cyprinns, tumidus, damalis, and grayi were all based on mem-
bers of a single widely dillused species, 1 unite them in the above
synonymy.
This species is the common Carp Sucker of Pennsylvania and tho
200 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
Middle States. I bare no speciraeus referable to this species from the
Great Lakes, nor froin tbe Mississiifpi or tbe Obio. If cyprinus, tuini-
(his, and danndi.'i are identical, however, oiieof two things must be true.
Either C. cijjjrimts really inhabits tbe whole Mississii)pi Valley, but has
been overlooked or confounded with others, or else we have a very curi-
o*is anomaly in the distribution of the si)ecies, it being an inhabitant
of waters of two widely separated areas, having little in common. The
former supposition seems the most probable, and I accordingly look for
specimens of C. cyprinus in the Mississii)pi Valley.
Specimens in United Staks Xational Aluneuni.
Number.
Locality-
Collector.
179
:'550
13012
15891
20109
Round Lake, Montgomery, Alabama | Kuralien & Bi-aii.
Fort Pierre, Nebr. (types of C. damalis) ' Dr. Evans.
Republican River Wood & Hammond.
Rio Grande, New Mexico {(jrayi) Dr. O. Loew.
Nebraska i
" U. S. Mex. Boundary Survey" (types of lumidasf).
Brownsville, Tex
49. CxillPIODES CARPIO [liajinesquc) Jordan.
Big Carp Sucker. Olive Carp Sucker.
1?20 — Catoslomus carpio Rafinksquk, Ich. Ob. 5G. ,
Carpiodtn carpio Johdax, Bull. Biiftalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 0.5, 1876.
Carpiodes carpio .Ioudax, Man. Vert. 297, 1870.
IchihyohuH carpio Nkl.son, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. liisr. 4'.', 1876.
Carpiodes carj>io Joisdax & Copklaxd, Check List, 1.'j8, 1">7G.
Carpiodes carpio .Iokdax »fc Gilbeut, in Kiippart's Rept. T):?, 1876.
Carpiodes carpio J()I!I>an, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 72, 1877,
Carpiodes carpio Johdan, Bull, U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, :U, 1877.
Catpiodes carpio Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 1322, 1878.
1870 — Carpiodes nummifer Cope, Proc. Am. Piiilos. Soc. Phila. 484.
IlAniTAT.— Mississippi Valley. Abundant in tlie Ohio River.
This is the njost abundant species of its genus in the Ohio Kiver and
its tributari«'s. It is the largest species, the most elongate, and has the
lowest fin rays and the smallest head. The ])eculiar enlargement of the
anterior rays of the dorsal I have found to be an excellent diagnostic
character. This species has been well described by Prolessor Cope
under the name of C. nunnnifcr. There can. however, be but little
GENUS BUBALICHTHYS. 201
doubt that Eafinesque bad the same fiyb in miud as bis C. car2)io, and I
have accordingly^ adopted the latter name.
Specimens in United States Xatioital Museum.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
12291
Ohio River, Cincinnati ,
J. W. Milncr.
12292
do
Do.
Genus BUBALICHTHYS Agassu.
Buhalichthys Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, 192.
Sclerognathus Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, p. 22, 1868.
Catostomus et Carpiodes sp. of authors.
Type, Carpiodes ui-us Agassiz.
Etymology, [3ov(3uAog, buffalo ; Ix^^vg, fish.
Head moderate or rather large, deep and thick, its superior outline
rapidly rising, its length about 4 in that of the body : eye moderate,
median or rather anterior in position ; suborbital bones comparatively
narrow; fontanelle always present and widely open.
Mouth moderate or small, more or less inferior, the mandible short,
little obliqne, or typically quite horizontal, the mandible less than one- third
the length of the head, the premaxillaries in the closed mouth below
the level of the lower part of the orbit ; lips rather thin, thicker than in
Ichthyohus, the upper protractile, narrow, plicate, the pliciie sometimes
broken up into granules; lower lip comparatively lull (lor a Butfalo-
fish), faintly plicate, the plicic broken up into grannies, tlie lower lip
having the general fj-shaped form seen in Carpiodes; jaws without car-
tilaginous sheath ; muciferous system well developed ; opercular appa-
ratus well developed, but less so than in IchiliyGhus, the oi)erculum
strongly rugose; isthmus moderate; pharyngeal bones triangular, with
large teeth, which increase in size from above downwards; teeth com-
pressed, their grinding edge blunt, slightly arched in the middle, and
provided with a little cusp along the inner margin, which is hardly
detached from the crown, and does not rise above the surface : gill-rakers
of anterior arch slender and stiff above, growing shorter downwards.
Bodj- ovate or oblong, the dorsal outline more or less arched, the sides
of the body compressed, the ventral outline curved also, but to a less
degree: scales very large, about equal over the body, their posterior
202 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
outlines soinewbat serrate; lateral line well dc^veloped, nearly straij^bt,
with 35 to 12 scales, 12 to 11 iu a cross-series Ironi veiitraKs lo dorsal ;
dorsal tin beginning near tbe middle of tlie body, soinewbat in advance
of llie ventrals, its anteiior rays elevated, tiieir beigbt about o<iual to
ball' tbe bas*; of tbe tin, tbe number of rays in tbe dorsal tin ranging
froai 25 to 32; caudal liu well lorUed, tbe lobes about equal, not lal-
cate ; anal tin comparatively long and ratiier low, of 8 or 1) develoi)ed
rays; ventrals moderate, 10 rayed ; pectorals ratber sbort: sexual i)eiu-
liarities, if any, unknown : coloration dull dark brown, nearly plain, not
silvery ; fins olivaceous or more or less dusty.
Air bladder witb two cbambers.
Size quite large.
In general appearance, tbe species o( BuhaUchthys heaiv a considerable
resemblance to tbose of Carpiodes. Tbe form is, however, coarser than
that of any Carpiodes, the dorsal fin is lower, and tbe coloration is
darker and duller. Tbe species reach a larger size than do tbose of
Carpiodex, but whether larger or not than the species of Ichthyohus I am
unable to say. Iu external appearance, BuhaUchthys is intermediate
between Carpiodes and Ichthyohus, tbe one species, buholns, resembling
Carpiodes most, the other, nrns, being most like Ichthyohus.
Our knowledge of tbe species of this genus is very incomplete. ]\Iany
species were nanu'd and indicated by Professor Agassiz, but witb siu-li
fragmentary descriptions that not a single one of them is certainly
known by any one. I have, however, been able to identify in specimens
from Quincy, 111., tbe fishes termed by him B. hnhalus and B. ni<jer,
tbe small mouthed and the large-mouthed liullalo. Assuming these two
well-separated species as a basis, I have compared with tlu-in numerous
BuUalofisbes from various localities, and in all cases I have found them
identical witb either tbe one or tbe other. 1 have therefore adopted
the hypothesis, possible, and perhaps probable, that all of the nominal
species of Professor Agassiz were based on the one or the other of these
two forms. As to this, I may say that tbe sole basis of some of these
nominal species was tbe diflerence in locality. From what we know of
tbe range of other species of Catostomidw, there is nothing antecedently
improbable in tbe same fish being found in tlu' NVabasli and Mol)il(^
Kivers, or ib the Tennessee and Osage. Myxostoma )>iacrokpidotum,
Erimyzon ohlongus, Minytrema melaiu}2)8, Catostomus teres, and others
are known to occur in all four of those streams. The questions of
locality may, I think, be salely eliminated from the discussion. The
GENUS BUBALICHTHYS. 203
descriptions publisbed by Professor Agassiz iiro iilinost worthless for tbo
distioctiou of species. It bas accordingly seemed best to me, as a tem-
porary arraugemciit, at least until more than two si)ecies are shown to
occur in our waters, or until some one is able to show from examination
of Professor Agassiz's types what he really had in mind, to distribute
his nominal species in the synonymy of the two which we know. I
have accordingly considered each of Agassiz's species and made it
identical with either the small-mouthed or the large-mouthed species, as
the descriptJou seemed to indicate. A third species, from Central
America, which I suppose belongs to this genus, is added from Dr.
Giinther's description.
Generic Cliaracterkations.
BuBALiCHTiiYS Agassiz, 1855. — "At the time I viudicated the iiropriety of restoring
some of the genera established by Rafinesque among Cypriuoids, I did not suspect that
the genus Caiyiodes, as I then represented it, still contained two distinct lypes, though
I had noticed that some of the species had the anterior margin of their dorsal greatly
prolonged, whilst in others it hardly rises above the middle and i)osterior of that fin.
Having since examined the pharyngeals of all the species of this tribe which I have
been able to secure from different parts of the country, I lind that those with a high
dorsal which constitute the genus Carpiodes, have, in addition, very thin Hat pharyn-
geals with extremely minute teeth, whilst those with a low dorsal have triangular
pharyngeals with larger teeth, increasing gradually in size aud thickness, from the
upper margin of the bones towards the symphysis. The difference in form of these
bones arises from the circumstance that the slight ridge upon the outer surface of the
arch in Carpiodes is transformed in this second type into a promiuent edge, dividing
the outer surface of the arch into a posterior aud anterior plane, meeting under aa
acute angle. This structural homology is satisfactorily traced by the difference of the
external appearance of these two planes, the posterior one being full as the posterior
half of the flat outer surface of the arch in Carpiodes, whilst the anterior plane is
coarsely porous, indeed studded with deep pits analogous to the porous character of
the anterior half of the outer surface of that bone in Carpiodes. The teeth themselves
are compressed ; their grinding edge is rather blunt, slightly raised in the middle, and
provided with a little cusp along the inner margin, which is hardly detached from the
crown, and does not rise above its surface, as iu Carpiodes, Ichthyobus and Cyelcptus.
" In this genus the bulk of the body is not placed so far forwards as iu Carpiodes, the
greatest height being between head and tail. The upper outline of the body is less
strongly arched in advance of the dorsal ; the head is longer than high, and the snout
not more promiuent than the mouth. The mouth opens obliquely downwards autl
forwards, the lower jaw being nearly as long as the upper. The lips are siuall aud
granulated. The anterior rays of the dorsal are not separately prolonged beyond tbo
rest of the fin, though its anterior margin is higher than its middle and posterior por-
tion. The lower fins are as in Carpiodes.
" The scales have manj' narrow radiating furrows upon the anterior field, none across
the lateral fields, and few upon the posterior fields, converging to the centre of radia-
204 coxTRinunoNS to north American ichthyology — in.
tiun, to which the tubes of the lateral line extend also. For this new j;enns I propose
the name ol" BnbaHchthyn, inteniliu;; to recall the name of Biifi'alo lish, commonly
applied to this species. To this yemis belong the species I have described as Carpiodc8
uni8 from the Teonossea River, C. (auras fiom Mobile River, and C. vUuIuh from the
Wabash, and also the Catoatomua niger of RaQnesqae and Catoatomua bubalus of Dr. Kirt-
land from the Ohio, but not C. babalun Ralinesque, which is the typo of the genus Ich-
iUijobna described in the following paragraph. I have another ubw species from the
Osage River, sent me by Mr. George Stolley. This shows this type to be widely dis-
tributed in our western waters, but thus far it has not been found in the Atlantic
states. I have some doubts respecting the nomenclature of these species which are
rather difficult to solve. It will be seen upon reference to RaQuesque's Ichthyologia
Ohiensis, p. 55 and 56, that he mentions two species of his subgenus Ichthijobus, one of
which he calls C. btibalus, and the other C. niger; the second he has not seen himself,
but describes it on the authority of Mr. Audubon as 'entirely similar to the common
Buffalo fish,' his C. bubalus, but ' larger, weighing upwards of fifty pounds.' Dr. Kirt-
land, on the other hand, describes the C. bubalus as the largest species found in the
western waters, and adds that the young is nearly elliptical in its outline and is often
sold in the market as a distinct species under the name of Buffalo Perch. If the. e was
only one species of Buffalo in those waters the case would be very simple, and the Ca-
ioatomus hiibuhis and niger of Rafinesque, and C. biibalua of Dr. Kirtland, should simply
be considered as synonymous, but Dr. Ranch of Burlington has sent me fine specimens
of this Buffalo Perch, to which the remark of Dr. Kirtland, ' elliptical in its outline,'
perfectly ap[)lies, and I find that it not only differs specifically but even gencrically
from the broader, high backed, common Buffalo, and being the smaller species, I tako
it to be Rafinesque's C. iubalua, the ty[ie of his genus Ichihgobua, which is more fully
charact'rised below, whilst the larger species, Rafinesque's C. niger, can be no other
than Dr. Kirtland's C. bubalus, ' the largest species of the western waters.' It seems
therefore hardly avoidable to retain the name of ('. niger or rather Bubalichlhys nigtr
for the common Buffalo, though Rafinesque, who first named the fish, never saw it, or
if he saw it mistook it for his own bubalus, and fhongli Dr. Kirtland, who correctly
describes and figures it, Tianies it C. bubalus, ior such is the natural result to which the
history of the successive steps in our investigation of these fishes lead, lint our diffi-
culties here are not yet at an end. Among the sjjlendid coHections I received from Dr.
Rauch, I found two perfectly distinct species of Bubalichthys, one with n largo mouth,
and the other with a small mouth, and one of Icliihyobus, living together in the Missis-
sippi River, in the neighborhood of Biiplington, Iowa; and the next question, proba-
bly never to be solved, will be, if tiicy all three occur also in the Ohio, whether Rafi-
nesque's C. nigvr was the big moutiied or the small moutlied Bubalichthys. Judging
from the figure given by Dr. Kirtlaud in the Boston Journal of Natural History, vol. v,
pi. fig. 2, 1 believe his C. bubalus to-be the small mouthed species. I myself have, how-
ever, seen only one specimen of the big mouthed species from the Ohio, and that in
rather an indiflerent state of preservation; for which I am indebted to Prof. Baird, and
none of the small mouthed species. Sliould, however, all three, as is possible, occin- in
the Ohio as well as the Mississippi, to avoid introducing now names, I will call tlio
big mouthed species B. nfger, preserving for it Rafinesque's specific name, — the small
GENUS BUBALICHTHYS. 205
montlicd, 77. buhahtfs, retainin;^ for it tlio naiDO \vliirh Dr. Kirtlnnd has given it, even
thongb tho species o^ Jchlhyobus must bear the same specific name, beinff that origin-
ally applied bj' Rafinesque. It may be that cither my B. vituhis or ray 7>. tirus is iden-
tical -with Dr. Kirtlaud's C. hnbahi.i, bnt until I can obtain original specimens of this
species, this point must remain undecided, as it is impossible for mere descriptions to
institute a sufficiently minute comparison. The specimens from Osago liiver I shall
call B. honasus.
"Compared with one another, these species differ as follows: B. nif/er, (tho big-
mouthed Buffalo) dilTers from B. hubaliis (the small-mouthed Bufialo). by its larger
mouth, opening more forwards; its more elongated body, tho first rays of the dorsal
rising immediately above the base of tho ventrals, and its anterior lobe being broader,
and the anal fin not emarginated; B. bonasus differs from B. biibahis and from B. uifjcr
in having the mouth larger than the first and smaller than the second, and from B.
btibalus by its less emarginated dorsal, which renders its larger lobe broader, anal fin
not emarginated, opercle larger. A farther comparison with the Southern species could
only be satisfactory, if accompanied by accurate figures."— (Agassiz, Am. Jourti. Sc. Jr!8,
1855, p. 192.)
SCLEROGNATHUS GUnther, 1868. — " Scales of moderate or rather large size. Lateral
line running along the middle of the tail. Dorsal fin much elongate, with about 30 or
more rays, none of which are spinous. Anal fin short. Mouth small, inferior (i>.(&a-
lichthys) or subterminal {Sderognathus), with the lips more or less thickened. Barbels
none. Gill-rakers long, stiff in tho upper two-thirds cf the first branchial arch, modi-
fied into low membranaceous transverse folds in the lower third. Pseudobranchiio.
Pharyngeal bones sickle-shaped, armed with a comb-like series of numerous, compressed
teeth, increasing in size downwards."— (GtiNTUEH, Cat. Fishes Brit. Miis. vii, 22, 18G8.)
BuBALicilTHYS Cope & Jordan, 1877. — " Body oblong oval, compressed; dorsal elon-
gate, elevated in front, of 20 or more rays; fontauello present; pharyngeal bones
t>trong, the teeth comparatively coarse and large, increasing in size downwards; mouth
inferior." — (Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. riiila. 1877, p. 82.)
ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF BUBALICHTHYS.
* Body considerably elevated and compressed above ; the dorsal region subcarin.ite :
belly thicker ; depth 2| to 2| in length ; axis of body above tho ventrals below
tho lateral line and nearly twice as far from the back as from the belly: head
moderate, triangular in outline when viewed from tho side, 4 in length : eye
equal to snout, 4 to 5 in length of head, much larger than in B. urus : mouth (]uito
small, notably smaller and more inferior than in B. imts : mandible about ocpial
to eye: dorsal fin elevated in front and rapidly declined, the highest ray reach-
ing much beyond the middle of the fin, the seventh ray about half the length of
the third or longest; anal rays rapidly shortened behind, the middle rays much
shorter than tho first long ones: soaks 8-39-G; dorsal, 29; anal, 10; ventrals,
10: coloration palor, tho lower fins slightly dusky buball'S, .50.
•* Body much lees elevated and less comiiressed than in the preceding, tho back not at all
carinated ; axis of body above ventrals about at tho lateral line, and but very lit-
tle farther from the dorsal outline than from tho ventral ; depth 3 to 3| in length ;
head very stout, strongly transversely convex, thicker, larger, and less pointed
206 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
than ill the next, about 4 in length: eye ahont equal to snout, fii in head, niueh
smaller than in //. hiihalna : month large, considerably oblique, opening well for-
wards : mandible longer than eye : dorsal fin lower and less rapidly depressed
than in the next, the longest ray scarcely half the length of the base of the fin ;
anal fin rounded, its rays not rapidly shortened, the middle ones not much shorter
than the longest: colors very dark; tins all black: scales 8-41-7; dorsal, 30;
anal, 10 URUS, 51.
••* Mou;h small, inferior, slightly corrugated: depth ;5| to 3^ in lengthy head 4 to 4|,
not much longer than high : eye rather small, one-lifth of the length of the head
and J that of the snout : suborbitals narrow. Anterior rays not much produced,
shorter than the head ; caudal forked. Origin of ventral vertically below the
fourth dorsal ray. Pectoral tin not extending to ventrals. There arc live
longitudinal series of scales between the lateral line and the root of the ventral.
Coloration uniform. Scales 7-3S-7 ; dorsal 29; anal 10 mkuidionalls, 52,
50. BrTBALICHTHTS BCTBALUS Agassiz.
Biiffah-Jiiih. Small-mouthed Buffalo. Jligh-hackcd Buffalo.
1838 — Catostoniua bubalu8 Kirtland, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 1G8. (Not of Rafincsque.)
Calostomus bubalus Kirtland, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist, v, 2GG, 1845.
Catoatomua bubalua Storkr, Synopsis, 424. 1846.
Bubaliohfhya bubalua Agassiz, Am. Jonrn. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 195, 1855.
Bubalichthya buhalus Jordan, Fishes of Ind.,222, 1875.
Buhaliclillnja bubalua JoitDAN & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
Bubalichthya bubalua Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 74, 1877.
Bubalichthya bubalua Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1877.
1854— f f Carpiodcs iaurua Aga.ssiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Art.s, 355. (Not identifiable.)
f f Bubalichthya Iaurua Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 193, 1855.
ff Bubalichthya tattrua Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 15H. 1876.
18'i4— ?,' Carpiodcs vitulua Ar.ASSiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 356. (Not identifi ible.)
?i' Bubalichthya vilulua Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 193, 185a.
ff Btubalichthya vitulua Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
ff Bubalichthya vitulua Jordan Sc Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 187C.
\^C)i^—Sclcrofiiiaihu8 urus GOntmer, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 22.
iH7C) — Iclhyobua cyancllua Nel.son, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49.
Icttiyobua cyancllua Jorda.n & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
InbyobuH cyancllua JoitDAX, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 73, 1877.
Idhyobua cyancllua Jokdan & GiLHWtT, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.
Ichlhyobua cyancllua Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 323, 1878.
li-'. 7 — BiibaluhthyH altua Ni:i.so.\, MSS.
Bnbaluhlhya alius .Iordan, Proc, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 73, 1877.
Bubalichthya altua Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 324, 1878.
lf^7 — Bnbalich.hya hubalinua Jordan, Bull. IJ. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 50.
Btilvlichlhya hubalinua Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 325, 1H78.
Hauit.vt.— Mibsissippi Valley ; abundant in all the larger streamB.
BUBALICIITHYS BUBALUS. 207
This is probably the most generally distributed of the various species
known popularly as Buffalo-fish. The question as to its proper nomen-
clature is even more complic;ited than that of the next species. It
may be that this is the true hnhaliis of Rafinesque, as supposed by Dr.
Kirtland. But as that species was the type of the genus Tciiohus, the
identification of Rafinesque's species with the present one would lead
to changes in nomenclature far from desirable. The name IchtJnjohus
would then belong to Buhalklithys and the genus Ichtlujobus would
receive a new name. As this can never be proven, it is best to consider
Agassiz's identification as correct and that of Dr. Kirtland wrong. The
first mention of this species was that of Dr. Kirtland as Catosfomns hii-
halus. The name hubalus, however, was given through an erroneous
identification, and must be passed over. Next come Agassiz's names
ianriis and viftdus, both possibly belonging here, but just as likely be-
longing to urns. Both of them, from the exasperating insufficiency and
irrelevance of the descripftons, are practically unidentifiable. Next is
Agassiz's hubalus, noticed below. The next name in order is that of
Ichthyobus cyanellus Nelson, which was based on this si)ecies, as I have
ascertained by examination of his type. This is the first tenable name
certainly belonging to this species, unless we adopt the name bubalus.
Next comes Nelson's altus. A specimen answering Nelson's description
in all respects, and as evidently belonging to the species now under
consideration, is at present before me. It is a fine adult example.
Lastly comes my own b^ibalinus, intended merely as a substitute for the
name ^^ bubalus ^\ not then considered tenable as the specific name of
this species, having been given to it originally by an error in identifica-
tion. The adoption of the name bubalus by Agassiz after the knowledge
of this error may, however, be considered as a proposal of a new name.
The original descriptions of tanrus, vidilus, cyanellus, and altus are here
subjoined.
Carpiodes taurus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, p. 355. — " From
Mobile River, Alabama. The form of the body is intermediate between
that of C. Cyprinus and G. Urus. The gill-cover has the same form as
in G. Urus, but it is larger and more strongly arched behind. The hind
margin of the scales is waving, owing to a somewhat prominent mid-
dle angle. The anterior rays of the dorsal equal in length two-thirds
of that of the base of the fin. Anal not lunate behind. The ventrals
do not reach to the anal opening. Caudal not so deeply furcate as in
G. Cyprinus.'"
208 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMKKICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
Carpiotlca vitulus Agassiz, Am. Juurii. Sc. Arts, 1855, p. 3.")(». — "From
the Wabash Kiver, Indiana. This seems to be a smaller species lliau
the preceding ones. The form of the body resembles that of C. Taurus,
but the eyes are smaller ; the opercle is more broadly rounded behind ;
the subopercle has its posterior and free border regularly arched above
and below, and not emarginate as in C. Taurus. The direction of the
uunieroiis water-tubes on the head and cheeks also differ. The u[)per
and lower border of the scales are nearly straight. The dorsal does not
extend quite so far forward. I am indebted to Col, Richard Owen of
Kew Harmony for this species."
Iclithjohun cyanellus Xelson, Bull. Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist, i, 1877, p. 49. —
" Blue Buffalo. A number of specimens of this species are in the state
collection, from the Illinois liver, and in Prof. Jordan's collection, from
the Mississippi at St. Louis. The following is the description, taken
from several specimens, measuring from 8 to 9J inches iu length : —
" Head about 3^ in length. Depth 2^ to 5-6. Eye 4;^ to 5.i in head.
Dorsal 1,30. Anal I, 8. Ventrals 10. Lat. 1. 38. Longitudinal rows
7-5 to 7-0. Body compressed, high. Anteriorly broad, compressed
behind. Longest ray reaching 18th ray. Pectorals shorter than ven-
trals, both shorter tlian head. Anal scarcely reaching caudal ; head
very short, high and thick; its thickness ^ length, depth 1} in length.
Mouth quite small, oblique, and overlapped by a slightly projecting
snout. Mandible short, 4 in head. Opercle becoming wrinkled with
age. Head small, short and thick ; muzzle obtuse, conic, not twice the
length of eye. Anterior ray of dorsal, in type from Illinois river,
slightly nearer snout than base of caudal. In specimens from St,
Louis the dorsal is about equidistant. Color above, light steel blue in
adults, becoming lighter below. Young lighter with distinct stripes
along the rows of scales. Although the si)ecies is described from spe-
cimens but nine inches long, when full grown it undoubtedly reaches
similar dimensions to its congeners."
Bubalichthys alius Nelson, MS3.; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1877,
74. — '* This speciimen is very deep and much compressed. The back is
much arched and the protile descein^s steei>ly in front to end of snout,
not forming an angle with it as in many species o( Ichtliyobus.
" Depth of body, 2A in length ; head, 4 in length; greatest thickness
of body, \'j in length of head; dei)th of head, 1} in its length; width,
IS in length.. Eye. 5^ in head, '2h in interorbital space, which is but
little rounded.
BUBALICHTHYS URUS. 209
" Lateral line perfectly straij?bt from upper edffe of opercleto caudal.
" Scales, 8-35-5. Dorsal I. 25 ; A. I. 0.
"Color in spirits, (lull yellowish olive; fins dusky.
" Type specimen 12 inches long, in Ills. State Museum, from Cairo,
Illinois."
51. BUBALICHTHYS UEUS Agassiz.
Big-moutlied Buffalo. Blade Buffalo. Mongrel Buffalo.
1818 — ?f Amhlodon nigcr Rafinesque, Journal de Physique Phila. 421. (Entirely ua-
recojfnizable.")
? ? Catostomus niger Rafinesque, Icbth. Oh. TiG, 1820. (Unrecognizable ; more
likely Cycleptus elongatus.)
BuMVukthijs niger Agassiz, Am. Jonrn. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 195, 1855.
Bubalkhthijs niger Jokdan, Fishes of Ind. 222, 1875.
Buhalichthijs niger Joudan, Bnll. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 187G.
Buhalichthys nigcr Joudax, Man. Vert. 298, 1876.
Bubal ichth/s niger Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 50, 1876.
BulalichtJujs niger Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
Buhalichrluis niger Jordan, Proc, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 75, 1877.
Bubalichthys nigcr JoitDAN & Gilbert, in Kiippart's Rept. 53, 1876.
Bubalichthys niger Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 34, 1877.
Buhalichthijs niger Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 323.
1854 — Carpiodcs urus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 355.
Bubalichthys urus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 193, 1855.
Bubalichthys urus Putnam, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.
Bubalichlhys ui-us Jordan, Fishes of lud. 222, 1875.
Bubalichthys urus Jordan &. Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
1855 — Bubalichthys bonasus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 195.
Bubalichthys bonasus Jordan «fe Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
Habitat. — Mississippi Valley, in the larger streams.
This is an abundant species in the Mississippi and its larger tributa-
ries. It is very distinct from the preceding, almost intermediate between
BubalichihyH hubalus and Ichthyohus biibalus. It may indeed be necessary
to unite these two genera on account of this species.
The question of the name which sliould be borne by this species is a
very diflicult one. Inasmuch as Rafinesque's C. niger was known to him
only through the accounts of Mr. Audubon, a gentleman known to have
played several practictd jokes on the too credulous naturalist, and to
have led him thereby to describe and name several impossible animals,
and inasmuch as no real description whatever is given by Rafinesque,
it seems to me that the name niger vmu be used only on the authority of
Agassiz, and not on that of Ratinesque. That being the case, the name
Bull. K M. No. 12—14
210 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
urus of Agassiz, which iiDqiiestionably belongs to this species, has a
year's priority over nifjer, and is really the- first teuable name api)lied to
any si)ecies of ]iuhalichtln/s. The original account given by llafiiies(ine of
his Catofitomns nigcr and that by Professor Agassiz of his BulniUchfhi/s
itrus I here append. Agassiz's descriptions of B. niger and B. honasuH
have been previously given under the head of the genus.
Cafostomns {Ictiobus) niger Ilaf. Ich. Oh. p. 5G. — "Entirely black; lat
eral line straight; 1 have not seen this fish. Mr. Audubon describes it
as a peculiar si)ecies found in the Mississippi and the lower part of the
Ohio, being entirelj' similar to the common Buffalo fish, but larger,
weighing upwards of fifty pounds, and living in separate schools."
Carpiodes nrus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, p. 355. — "From
the Tennessee lliver. It grows very large, weighing occasionally from
30 to 40 pounds. The body in this species is not so high as in C. cypri-
Hus, nor is it so compressed above; the scales are also not so high, but
more angular behind, and the anterior portion of the dorsal is not so
elongated. The gill-cover is larger, and the distance from the hind bor-
der of the eye to the inferior angle of the subopercle near the base of
the pectorals and the distance Irom the same point to the superior and
posterior angle of the opercle, are nearly equal. In C. cuprinnfi the dis-
tances differ by nearly one third. The subopercle is not triangular, but
its hind border is nearly regularly arched from the upper angle to the
posterior angle of the interoi)ercle. The anal has its posterior margin
full and not lunate; the caudal is not so deeply furcate as in C. ct/prinus.
The ventrals do not reach the anal. All fins are of a dark color. I am
indebted to Dr. Newman for this species."
I found no specimens of Bubalichthy-s urus in the collections of the
United Slates National Museum.
5L». BUBALICHTHYS MEKIDIONALIS {OUnther) Jordan.
Central Amcricdii Buffalo. ,
1868 — Sdcrognathus meridionalia GOnther, Trsins. Zool. Sjc. p. — .
Scltrognathue meridionaliH GCntuer, Cat. Fishes Brit. Miih. vii, 2;?, 1868.
HABrFAT. — Klo UHiiniaciiita, Gunteinaln.
I know nothing of this si)e('ies except from (iiintlier's description.
Frotn its remote locality, it is jjrobably distinct, but the description
shows no especial difference from B. buholus, unless it be that the
body is slenderer. The following is I)r, Giinther's account : —
" I). L'0-30. A. 10 : lat. 1, 3S, 1. transv. 7.^-7*. Mouth small, interior,
GENUS ICHTHYOBUS. '211
slightly corrugated. The height of the body is contaiued thrice aud
one third or thrice aud one fourth in the total length (without caiuhil),
the length of the head four times or four times and a half ; head not
much longer than high. Eye rather small, one fifth of the length of the
head aud two thirds of that of the snout; suborbitals narrow. The
anterior dorsal rays are not much produced, being shorter than the
head. Caudal fin forked. The origin of the ventral fin is vertically
below the fourth dorsal ray. Pectoral fin not extending to the ventral.
There are five longitudinal series of scales between the lateral line and
the root of the ventral. Coloration uniform. Pharyngeal teeth very
numerous and small, increasing somewhat in size downwards.
"Eio Usumacinta (Guatemala)."
Genus ICHTHYOBUS Rafinesque.
Amblodon Rafinesque, Journal de Physique, de Cliymie et d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris,
421, 1819. (Part.)
Icliobns Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 1820, p. 55. (As subgenus of Catostomus.)
Ichthyobus Agassiz, Am. Jouru. Sci. Arts, 1855, p. 195.
Type, Amhlodon bubalus Rafinesque.
Etymology, IxO^'C, fish ; f^ovg, bull or buffalo ; i. e., buffalo-fish.
Head very large and strong, wide and deep, its length 3.J to 3f in that
of the body, its upper surface broad and depressed ; eye moderate,
wholly anterior in position, the middle of the head being entirely behind
it ; .suborbital bones proportionately narrow; fontanelle large, well open:
opercular apparatus largely developetl, the subopercuium broad, the
operculum broad, strongly furrowed.
Mouth very large for a Sucker, terminal, protractile forwards, the
middle of the premaxillaries rather above the line of the middle of the
eye, the posterior edge of the maxillary extending about to the line of
the nostrils; mandible very strong, oblique, placed at an angle of 45
degrees or more when the mouth is closed, its posterior end exteudiug
to beyond opposite the front of the eye, its length a little less than one-
third that of the head. Lips very little developed, the upper narrow
and smooth, scarcely appreciable, the lower narrow, rather full on the
sides, but reduced to a narrow rim in front, entirely destitute both of
papillae and i)lic8e; jaws without cartilaginous sheath; muciferous sys-
tem of head well developed ; isthmus narrow ; pharyngeal bones in form
intermediate between those of Carpiodes and those of BubaUchihys^ the
outer surface of the arch standing outwards, and presenting a porous
212 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
outer iiiaigi!). The peduncle of the symphysis is imuh longer propor-
tionally, and more pointed than in Carpioden and BubuUchthys. Tiie
teeth are very numerous, small, thin and comi)ressed in Carpiofles, but
the lower ones are gradually larger tlian the upper ones. Their inner
edge is slanting outwards, and not uniformly arehed as in Bubniiclithys,
or truncate as in Cycleptus, the innermost margin rising somewhat in the
shape of a projecting cusp. Gill-rakers of anterior arch long and slender
above, becoming shorter downwards.
Body heavy, robust, not especially arched above nor greatly com-
pressed, the form somewhat elliptical, the depth 2^ to 3^ in the length
of the body.
Scales large, thick, nearly equal over the bodj', their posterior edges
somewhat serrate, the lateral line well developed, but not as distinct as
iu Curpkxlcs, slightly decurved anteriorly, the number of scales in its
coursi' .}() to 42; 13 to 1"> in a transverse series from dorsal to ventrals.
Dorsal lin with an elongate basis, its number of rays 25 to 31), the
anterior rays somewhat elevated, their length about half that of the
base of the fin; caudal not much forked; anal fin not much elevated,
its rays about in number; pectorals and ventrals moderate, th" latter
with about 10 rays.
Sexual peculiarities, if any, unknown. Coloration dark, not silvery,
above dusky olive; lower tins more or less black.
Air-bladder with two chambers.
Size very large.
The claim of this group to generic rank has been questioned by Pro-
fessor Cope and others. The difl'erences in the pharyngeal teeth are
perhaps hardly sufficient to distinguish it from Carpiodes, but at present
I am inclinetl to think that the great development of the inandilile,
which forms a large and terminal month, ain[)ly snnicient for generic
distinctii^n. The relations of the group to Bubalichlhys are doubtless,
in reality, closer. lehthj/obufi bears much the same relatioii»to Buba-
lichtliyn that Clinstmstcs does to Catostomus, and, so far as the month is
concerned, but iu a greater degree, that Erinn/zon bears to Mini/trcma
■ and Placophanjnx to Mif.rnstnmn. The head of Ichthi/obus is much larger
and stouter, and the whole body more robust ami less compressed than
\u Carpiodes. I know iVoni autopsy but a single species of Ichthyobua.
It has, however, been described uiuier several different names. So far
as is known, the genus is confined to the valley of Ihe Mississipj)!, no
species having been recordeil from the Great Lakes, or from any streams
GENUS ICHTHYOBUS. 213
east of the Allegbanies. No members of the suborders Cycleptince aud
Buhaiichthyinw are kuowii from the United States west of the basiu of
the Kio Graude.
The typical species was first described under the name of Amhlodon.
The genus Amhlodon of liafiuesque, 1819, is based on the same species
as his Ictiobus of 1820. The name Amhludon, however, was given in
allusion to the pharyngeal teeth of Haploidouotus grunniens, popularly
supposed to be the teeth of the Buffalo tish, the presence of which teeth
was supposed to distinguish Amhlodon Irom Catosiomus. This error was
afterwards discovered by iiatinesque, and the name Amhlodon trans-
ferred to the Scisenoid fish. As Amhlodon of Eafiuesque included the
present genera Haploidonotus and Ichthyobiis, erroneously confounded,
and as on the discovery of this error its author restricted the name to
Haploidonotus, I think that we are justified in retaining Ichthyohus
instead of Amhlodon for the genus of Catostomoids.
Generic Characterizations.
Amblodon Rafiuesque, 181'.).—" 16. Amci-odon. (Abdominal.) Different du genre
Catostomus. Macboire inf^rieure pavee de dents osseuses serr^es arrondies, a couronne
plate, in<Sgales. — Les poissons de ce genre, qui abondent daus I'Obio, le Missouri et le
Mississippi, sont distiugu^es par Te nom vulgaire de Buffaloe-Fisb (Poisson bouffle)
et les Francois de la Louisiane les nomment Picoueau. II y en a plusieurs especes qui
parviennent souvent h une tr^s grosse taille. Les deux suivants habitent dans FOhio.
1. A. inbalus. Brun olivdtre pdle dessous, joues blanchfitres. D. 28, A. 12, P. 16, A. 9,
C. 24. UA. viger est entierement noir; tons deux ont la ligne lat^rale droite, queue
bilobde, tdte tronqu^e, etc. lis sont trfes-bons k manger." — (Rafinesque, Journal de
Physique, etc. p. 421.)
Ictiobus Rafiuesque, 1820. — " Body nearly cylindrical. Dorsal tin elongated, abdom-
inal fins with nine rays, tail bilobed, commonly equal." — (Rafinesque, Ichthijologia
Ohiensis, p. 55. )
ICHTiiYOBUS Agassiz, 1855. — " lu the form and position of the fins, as well as in the
general outline of the body, this genua is very nearly related to Buhalichthys, but in the
structure of the parts of the head, it is quite dissimilar. The mouth opens directly
forwards, and is large and round. The lips are small, smooth and thin ; the upper one
is not thicker than the interaiaxillary itself, and tapers to <i narrow edge. At the
symphysis of the lower jaw, which is larger than in any other genus of this group, the
lower lip is hardly more than a thin membrane connecting its smjill lateral lobes.
"The eye is small, and the opcrcnl .r pieces very large.
"The scales have many narrow radiating furrows upon the anterior field; none
across the lateral fields, few ujwn the margin of the posterior field and these not ex-
tending to the centre of radiation. Tubes of the lateral line straight and simple,
arising nearly in the middle of ti)e posterior field.
" Pharyngeal bones are neither flat as in Carpiodea nor triangular as in Buhalichthys,
214 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
but present an intermediate form ; flie outer suiface of the arch standing ontwardt*
and presenting a porous outer margin. The peduncle of the symphysis is much longer
proportionally aud more pointed than in Carpiodea and Bubalichlhya. The teeth are
very numerous, small, thin and compressed as in Carpiodes, but the lower ones are
gradually larger than the \ipp<n- ones. Their inner edge is slanting outwards, and not
uniformly arched as in BuhalichthyH or truncate as in Ci/cleptua, the innermcst margin
rising somewhat in the shape of a projecting cusp."— (Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Art.s,
1855, p. 196. )
IciiTiiYOBUS Cope & Jordan, 1877. — " Body oblong oval, compressed ; dorsal elevated
in front, of 20 or more rays ; fontanelle present; pharyngeal bones narrow, with the
teeth relatively thin and weak ; mouth large, Bubterminal, protractile forwards."—
(JoRD.\N, Proc. Jc. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1877, p. 82 )
ANALYSIS OF SPFXIKS OK ICHTll VwUU.s.
•Body robust, moderately compressed, the outline somewhat elliptical, but the back
rather more curved than the belly ; depth 2* to '.Ji in length : head very large and
thick, :!J in length of body : opercular api)aratU8 very strong, the operculum itself
forming nearly half the length of the head : scales very large: developed rays of
the dorsal 27 to 29; anal rays 9; ventrals 10: scales 7-:{7 to 41-0 : coloration dull
brownish-olive, not silvery ; tins dusky : size very large, reaches a length of nearly
three feet and a weight of 20 to '30 pounds bi'Daix's, 53.
53. ICHTHYOBCJS BUB ALUS [Rajinesque) Agassiz.
Bed-7noiilh Hiiffalo Finh. Large-mouthed Buffalo.
1818 — Amhlodon buhulnn Raiinesquk, Journal de Pliysique, 421.
Catosomns bubaliis Rakinfsque, Am. Mouth. Mag. and Crit. Rev. 354, 1818.
Catostomim babalus RaI'INESQUE, Ich. Oli. 55, 1820.
Jcthi/obiis biibalua Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 196, 1855.
Icthyobus bubalus Jordan, Fishes of Ind. 222, 1875.
IchtUijubnH bubaluH Jordan, Bull. Builalo Soe. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876.
Icthyobub biibalun Jordan, Man. Vert. 298, 1876.
IcthyobuH bubaliiH Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat.^Sist. 49, 1876.
Irthjiohiin hitbdhis JoRDAN & CoPKLAND, Clitck List, 158, 1876.
Jctlu/obiis biibahiH .Jordan &- Gilbert, in Klipiiart's Repr. 53, 1676.
Icthy ibiin biibuliin Jordan, Proc. Ac. Niit, Sc Phila. 72, 1877.
IctliynbuH bubaliiH Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 34, 1877.
lehthjiobiiH bubahtH Jordan, Man. Vert. t«1.2il,322.
\SAA—SeUro(jnathHHcijprineUaCv\iv,\\. & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
4/7,i.l.51M.
Scleroi/valliuH ct/prinella .Storer, Synopsis, 428, 1846.
IchthijobuH n/priiietla Aoa.ssiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 196, 185.">.
Scltrof/iialhiis riipriiieUa G( NTiiKR, Cat. Kishes, Brit. Mus. vii, J 1, l'^6'^.
IchtliijobuH lyprimUa Jordan, Man. Vt-rl. 298, 187(1.
Ichlbyobua cypi iiifUit .Ioijdan ».V CNirki.and, Check List, 158, 1876.
1855 — IcthyobuH rauvhii AiiA.-^MZ, Am. Journ. So. .\rtH,2d series, xix, 196.
ICHTHYOBUS BUBALUS 215
Icthijohiis ranchii Putnam, Bull. Mus. Copjp. Zool. 10, 1863.
Jctliijobiis »-fl«c7iJi Jordan & Copklaxd, Cbeck List, 158, 187G.
Idliyobus rauchii Joiidax & Gilueut, in Klippait's Rupt. 53, 1876.
Ichthyohus rauchii Jordan, Mau. Vert. ed. 'id, 323, 1878.
ISo.'i — Icihi/obus sfoUei/i Agassiz, Am. Jouru. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 196.
Icthijohus siolleyi Jordan »fc Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
1877— Icthyobus ischijrus Nklson, MSS. — Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 72.
Icthyobns ixcliyrus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
Icthyvbits inchyrus Jokdan & Gilbert, iu Klippart's Kept. 53, 1876.
Ichthyohus ischyrtis Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 323, 1878.
ILvBiiAT. — Mississippi Valley ; ^^euerally abundant iu the larger streams.
Au examiuation of a large series of wide-mouthed Buffalo fishes
from the Ohio, Wabash, Illinois, aud Mississippi Rivers has convinced
me, contrary to my previous impressions, that all belong to a single
species. It is not absolutely certain what Rafiuesque's Catostomus
bubalus was. It is perhaps as likely to have been a species of Buba
lichthys, as supposed by Dr. Kirtland, as an Ichthyobus. I however
follow Professor Agassiz in identifying it with the present species,
which is, at the Falls of the Ohio, where Katiuesque's collections were
made, probably the most abundant »f the Buffalo-fishes. Neither
Rafinesque nor Professor Agassiz has, however, recognizably described
the species. In my Manual of Vertebrates, in 1876, I gave a short
account ot Ichthyobus bubalus, dravfu from two large specimens taken iu
Wabash River at Lafayette. Besides these, I have numerous smaller
specimens, obtained in the Mississippi at Saint Louis. As these differed
in the greater compression of the body aud higher fins, I have identi-
fie<l them as belonging to Ichthyobus rauchii Agassiz, an identification
which I still think correct. In 1877, Mr. Nelson described an Ichthyobus,
ischyrus, irom Mackinaw Creek, a tributary of the Illinois River, near
Peoria. His typical specimen was very stout and deep, and at the time I
thought with him that it was j)robably distinct from /. bubalus. Lately I
have been enabled toreexaminethetypeof /. /sc/t^n/i- in the State Museum
of Illinois, and to compare it with a numerous series from the same
locality. I found it possible to establish an unbroken series among
them, connecting the nominal species which 1 had termed bubalus,
rauchii, and ischyrus, the difterences se[)arating them being, iu my opin-
ion, due either to differences of age or to individual peculiarities. At?
110 description of any importance has been published of /. stollcyi, J
include it as a synonym of I. bubalus. 1 know nothing whatever con-
cerning it. Ichthyobus cyane'lus Nelson, as below stated, is a species of
216 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMKRICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
BubaHchthjs. The description of Scltronnathus cyprinella Valenciennes
refers principally to the ^'eneiic featniea of lliesc fi.shes. It agrees fully
with I. hubnlnsy except in tbe number of scales above the lateral line,
a (liffeietu-e doubtless due to a dilierence in the place or the manner ol
ujaking the count. As no specific characters are known, and as the Ich-
th>;ob:t.s bubahm doubtless abounds in the Lower as in the Upper Missis
sippi, I lefer /. cyprinella to the synonymy of I. bubatus, the original type
having probably been a young specimen of that species. This species is
perha|)s the largest of the Catostomida;, reaching a weight of 20 to 30
pounds and a length of more than two !ee(. The young (•' ischynis^^) are
sold m the Illinois markets under the name of Ked-uiouth Buffalo,
the adult being called simply Buffalo. A species which 1 suppose to be
the present one I have seen taken in iujmense nuinbiis, by means of
seines, in the Mississippi River at Burlington, Iowa. The flesh is good,
although not first-rate. It is rather coarse, and is lull of small bones.
For i.mrposes of comparison 1 liere add tlie original descriptions of jS'.
cyprinella, I. rauckii, J. fitolleyi, and I. ischyrun : —
Sci.KHOGN.vinu.s cvi'KiNKLLA VjileDcienncs. — " Rien ce nie seuiblo, iie jiistifio micux
lasdparatiou do8Hcl6rognathesdu gungs des Catobtonies quo I'cHpfece dont jo vaisdoiiutT
ici la desci iption. Avec un-' boncln', fonii^e coiume cello du SclerognalhiiH ci/prinus, nous
voyoDs rouverturo portdo an bout du museau, la \h\'ro inf6rioure pins loiiguo (pio la
8up6iieuio, ct par couseqiifiit il n'y a plus do possibilite d'eiuployer la boucLi- jujui
sneer.
" Ce poissoii a le corps asst'Z seniblablc au pioccdtMit [^Srlerogtiaihns cuprhniKj; 8a
hautenr oHt. trois fois et un tieis dans sa longueur lotale ; la longueur «h' la tfite y est
comprise qnatro fois ot deuiio ; I'ceil est petit, et sur le baut de la joue. le dianiiHre est
contenu c;n(i Ibis et un tiers dans la tdte, et deux dian.etres et deiui, donuaut la uiesnre
de I'iutervaile entro les deux yenx ; le dessus du crAne, convert comiuo a I'ordiuaire,
d'nne peaii nue est luoins couvexe ; les deux bgnes «lo pores sont traeces ii lenr place
ordinaire, et sout sinnenses, coniiue cellos do I'espfeco pr6c6dente ; I'opercule est striii et
bonibd ot est plus grand, co qui rend le sons-opeicule plus petit (jue dans I'autro 8cl6-
rognatbe. L'on sent les intonuaxilkiiresa IVxtreniitd hupdrituro du ninsean, sonteimnt
on Idvre trfes niinco. L'infdrieure est nioius <Spaisse,et le nouibro des p;ipilU8 est uioins
faible. La dorsalo a la nidinc forme que celle de I'liutrc especo ; mais I'aiuilo est i)lu8
pointue : la caudalo est 6cbaiicree ot large.
'■D. :W. A. I'i.otc.
"Les 6cailles sont beaucoufi plus jii'tifes; .j'en compto quarante et nne le long des
cAtds; dix uti dessus, ot sept au dessoua do la ligne lat^ralo, qui est <5iroite i-t minco.
"La coulcur est un dor^j vordAiro, avoc les uageoires plus fonefies.
"Notro individn est long «le sept juiuces ; il vient tlu Lae rontebartraiii." — (V.vlen-
CIKNNKS. //i-./. yal. (/«■« Poiim. xvii, pp. 477-479.)
IcHiiiYouus iiAlcnii Aga-ssiz. — "L)!M>al mucb liigber than in /. /)i//f(;/i«''. all otber
fins mucb larger, and tlio scales mucb bigber tlian long ; Irom IJuilington, Iowa."
MYXOCYPRINUS ASIATICUS. 217
ICHTHYOBUS STOLLEYi Agassiz. — "Body higher than in Ichthijobus rauchii, profile
steeper, and hence snout bhinter, opercular bones larger ; fins proportionally of the
same size. From Osage Kiver, Missouri."
ICHTHYOBUS ISCHYRUS Nelson. — "This is a very stout and heavily built species:
depth ti^ in length ; head extremely broad between the eyes and but slightly convex;
its length 3^ times in length of bodj' ; snout short and rounded, opercular apparatus
large ; depth of head 1^ in its length ; width of head 1^ ; oy.e 6f iu head, If in snout, 4
in interorbital space ; caudal peduncle a little deeper than long ; scales 7-37-7, nearly
uniform, a little crowded anteriorly, finely punctate ; fins all small ; dorsiil I, '27; anal
1,8, bluish olive above; yellowish below ; fins blackish."
Specimens in United Slates National Mntieuin.
Number.
Locality.
Collector.
20774
Illinois Eivor at Peoria (very large; typical of bubalus)
S. A. Forbes.
Genus MYXOCYPRINUS Gill.
Myxocj/prinns Gill, Johnson's Cyclopajdia, p. ir)74, 1878.
Carpiodes et Sderognathtis sp. Blekker, GtiNiHER.
Type, Carpiodes asiativus Bleeker.
Etymology, /iv^au, to suck ; KV7vpt.voc, a carp.
This genus is known to me only l"om Dr. Bleeker's description of its
typical species. Whether it differs irom its relatives, Ichtkyobus, Buha-
Kchthys, etc., in any other character than the obvious one of the great
increase in the number of its dorsal rays and the smaller scales, I do
not know. In any event, however, its right to independent generic rank
is unquestionable.
Generic Characterizations.
MYXOCYPRINUS Gill, 1878. — " Myxocyprinus is a name proposed for the Carpiodes
08ia<»CM8 of Bleeker, which is distinguished by the multiradiate dorsal and anal fins
(e. g, D. 52; A. 13)." — (Gill, Johvmnh CijcJopadia, Appendix, p. 1574.)
54. MYXO0YPK[^'UiS ASIATICUS [Bleelcer) Jordan.
1864 — Carpiodes asialicus Blkeker, Nederl. Tydscrhr. Dierk. ii, 19.
Sclerognathus asialicus GtJNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 23, 1868.
Habitat.— China.
My only knowledge of this species is from Dr. Bleeker's original de-
scription, which I here subjoin : —
" Carpiodes asiaticus Blkr. — Carpiod. corpore oblongo compresso, altitudine 2|
fere in ejus longitudino absque, 3^ circiter in longitudine corporis cum pinna caudali,
218 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NOUTll AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY— III.
dorso vaUlo elovato iiiaximo couipresso ; latitudiuo corporis 2^ circiter iu ejus altitu-
dine; capite obtuso 5 fere in louf;itudine coiiioris nbs<iiie G circiter in longitndino cor-
pori.s cum pinua cauduli ; oculis iu ujcdia capitis lougirtudiiie sltis, diauietro 5 cijciter
iu lougi.udiue capitin, dianietris 2J circiter distantibus ; linea rostro-dor^ali vertico et
froiite declivi rectiuscula, rostro valde convcxa ; naribus orbitus approximatis, poste-
rioribus viilvula claudeudis; rostro obtuse truucatiusculo valde carcoso auto rictum
promiuente ; iabiis valde carooais papillatis, inferiore lobis paruin product is; ossesub-
orbitali auteriorc sat longo ante orLitam sito, scaphujforuii, duplo circiter lougiore
quain alto apico acute autrorsnm spcctante; osse suborbitali 'i" oblicjue tetragono
ajque alto circiter ac longo; ossibiia suborbitalibua ceteris gracilibus oculi diauietro
quadruiilo circiter humilioribus; opcrculo dnplo circiter altiore quani lato niarginibos
posteriore et iuferioro convexo ; osse scapulari valde brevi et obtuso; ossibus pbaryn-
gealibus coinpressis sat validis altioribus quam latis, deutibus 30 ad 50 compressis
corona vulgo uuituberculat is; squamis diniidio libero et diniidio basali subradiatim
etriatis, TjO in linea laterali, 24 in serie transversali absque ventralibus inliiuis <iuarum
12 lineam lattraluui inter et initiuni pinnas dorsalis ; squamie linea laterali postice
medio eniarginatis ; linea lateralis singulis nquauiis tubulo siuiplice niarginein squa-
luarum liberuiu attingente notata ; piuuis dorsali et anali basis vagina squamosa in-
clusa, dorsali basi non uiulto plus quo 2 iu longitndino totius corporis, longo ante
piunas ventrales incipiente, antico valdo elevata corporo vix liumiliore, acuta, valde
emargiuata, medio et postice co: pore quadruple circiter liumiliore radio postice radio
anali postico subopposito; jiinnis pectoralibus rotuiidales capite longieribus, ventra-
les nenattingeutibus; veutralibus acute rotuudatis pectoralibus non multo brcvioribus,
analem non attingeutibus; anali corporo minus duple bumiliorc, duplo altiore quam
basi louga, acntinsculu rotundata non emargiuata; caudali ])roiundo emargiuata lobis
acutis 4j cerciler iu Jongitudin6 corjiinis ; fulinc ((niMiro £uecesciiiii-iiliv:i(io, pinnis
fusco vel fusco-violaceo.
"B. 3. D. t-l'J. P. 1-17. V. 2-11. A. :;-ll vol 4-lU. C. 1-lG-l et lat. brcv.
" Hab. China.
" Longitude speciminis descripti 508'".
" Kern. La pr6sence de Catostomini dans les eanx de I'Asie orientale est un fait assez
curieux. Tilesius (\6yh. en avait fait connaltro un rcpn^entant, vivaut dans le Co-
vyma, daus lo L<!;iia, I'lndigirca et le Uogdo, espoie qu'il noninia Cyprinus rosiratns,
que M.Valenciennes rebaptisa Catostonins Tilesii et qui paralt etre un Acomus. Mais
t^etto espece (^tait jnsqu'ici la seule du groni)e qu'on eavait babitor I'Asio. L'espeee
actuelle prouve I'existeuce dans les fleuves de I'Asie orientale d'une seconde espfcce du
groupo et elle appiirtient manifestement an genre don t la Carpiudes cyprinus est le
type. Mais I'lle est reniartpiable parmi tons les peissons de la division des Icbtbyobi
(Carpiodes Kaf., Cycleptus Raf., IcUthyobus Raf ., et Bubalichtbys Ag.) par sou des tres-
61ov6 et angnleux et par sa tr^s-longuo dorsale :\ plus de r>i) rayons. C'eet un especo
dniinemuient distincte qu'on no pourrait confondro avec aucune des «'8pote8 am<Sri-
caines." — (Hlkiokkk, NoliceH siir Quelquea Genres et Espiceit des Cyprino'ides de Chine,
<_NederIandinvh Tijdnvhrift i-oor dc Dinkittidr, 1864, ii, pji. 19-21.)
ADDENDA.
23. CHASMISTES LIORUS Jordan, sp. nov.
Big-mouihed Sucker of Utah Lake.
1878 — Chasmistes fecundus Jvjhdax, Bull. Ilaydcu's Geol. Surv. Terr, iv, No. 2, 417. (Not
Caiostovms fecund us Cope & Yarrow.)
Chasmistes fecundus Joijr>/.N, p. 150 of the present work.
Since pages 149-151 of tbe present work were in press, I bave care-
fully recompared Cope and Yarrow's description and figure of their Cato-
stomus fecundus, and my notes on tbeir typical specimens, witb the speci-
mens on which the genus Chasmistes was based, and I bave come to the
conclusion, hinted at in the text, that the (Jhasmistes is a species distinct
from C. fecundus, and thus far un described. The specific name liorus
{hjo^, smooth; opoq, border) is therefore proposed for it, in allusion to
the smooth lips.
28 {b). CATOSTOMUS FECUNDUS Coped Yarrow.
Sucker of Utah Lake.
1876— Catostomus fecu7idus Cope & Yaukow,Zoo1. Lieut. Wheeler's Exp!. W. 100th Mer.
G78, plate xxxii, figs. 1,1a.
Catostomus fecundus J oi.v.KX & CopelaisD, Check List, 156, 1-70. (Name ouly.
Not Catostomus fecund us Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi ; nor Chasmistes fecundus
Jordan, Bull. Haydeu's Geol. Surv. Terr, iv, No. 2,417.)
Habitat. — Utah Lake.
As Stated above, I at first identified Chasmistes liorus from Utah
Lake with this species from the same waters, the two being very sim-
ilar as to scales and fins, and tbe form of the mouth and snout in the
figure of C. fecundus suggesting, tliough not resembling, tbe form of
those parts in Chasmistes. The finding of one of tbe typical specimens
of Catostomus fecundus in tbe National Museum has shown me that it is
a true Catostomus, and not a Chasmistes. 1 did not ascertain the lip
characters of the species while at the Museum, the mouth-parts being in
poor conditi9n, and I therefore am not now able to place it in the aua-
219
220 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
lytical kt'y to the species of tbe genus. If the upper lip is narrow, with
few r<nvK of tubercles, it will ijot be easy to separate /ec'MH<:/M8 from teres.
If the lip is broad, with many series of tubercles, it will be approximated
to C. occidentalism dittering, however, in the larger scales (about 00 in
the lateral line, instead of 72). I therefore quote the original descrip-
tion, and leave the relations of the species to be tinally settled at some
future time : —
" It is a true Catostomua Laving the parietal fontauelle well marked aud widely opeu.
The head eurers in entire length 5 times, the diameter of the orhit 6 times in greatest
length of side of head. The insertion of the dorsal fiu anteriorly is nearer to tlic end
of the muzzle than insertion of caudal ; the ventrals originating below middle of dor-
sal. The width of the dorsal to ventral enters tbe entire length to insertion of caudal
6 times.
" Radii : D. 12-13. A. 1-8. P. 7. V. 11. Scales are in 20 longitudinal rows fioni the
insertion of the first dorsiil to pectoral, acd in 60 transverse rows Iroui hranehiai to
insertion of caudal : they are elongate acd octagonal, smaller on dorsal region, and
larger on ventral. Body elongated, subfusiform. It dillers from C. {Acomus) (/rntrosua,
Gir., in many particulars, as may be seen from the following comparisons.
" Girard's species has no fontanelle ; is shorter aud narrower; the diameter of orbit
enters greatest length of side of head 5 timts instead of S. The anterior insertion of
dorsal fin is equidistant between the end of the snout aud the insertion of the cauual,
while in C.fccundus, it is nearer the end of the snout than insertion of caudal. The
ventrals in CgencroHus originate under the posteiior third ofthe dorsal ; iu C.fccundua
under the middle third of the dorsal. The radii iu C. generosus are: D. 10, A 2,7, P.
IG, V. 10, C. 27 ; iu V.fecundua: D. 12-13, A. 1,8, P. 17, V. 11.
"This species is abundant iu Utah Lake, and is called 'Sucker' by the eettlers.
They run well up the rivers to spawn iu June; feed ou the bottom and eat spaun of
better fish ; spawning beds on gravel ; bite at hook sometimes ; are extremely numer-
ous, and are considered a nuisance by the fishermen, but they meet with a ready sale
iu winter, at au average price of 2J cents a pouud." — (CoPK & Yai;i:ow, /. c.)
SpecivKTis in rnilcd i^fatcx yatioiidl Miiyiuni.
Number. I Locality.
Collector.
12^94
Utiiih Laki
do..
Yarrow & Henshaw.
Do.
BIBLIOORAPHY.
The following list comprises all the works known to the writer in which
new species or genera of Catostomidcc are indicated, or in which original
descriptions are given of genera or species previously known. In general,
I have endeavored to Hiciude all papers in which anything of importance
was added to or suhtracied from the sum of our knowledge of these
fishes : —
FORSTER (John Reinhold). [Description of C//j»7«ms ca/os<o?HMS Forster.j <Philo-
^•o[>llical Traiisuctious, vol. 63, London, 1773.
LACEPEDE (Bernard Germain Etlenne de la Ville-sur-Illon, Comic de). Histoire
Naturelle des Poissous par lo Citoyen La C<^p^de, membre de I'lnstitnt national,
et Professeur du Mus6uni de histoire naturelle. Toiue premier a cinquifeme.
A Paris, cliez Plassau, iuipriifeur libraire, Rue dn Cimetiere Andi'6-des-Arcs, No.
10. L'au VI de la Kdpubliqtie, — 17'J8 [— L'an XI de la Kdpublique, i. e. lc;03].
[Descriptions of Le Cyprin catostome, Cyprinus catostomus Forster, Le C.vpriu conimersonieu,
and Lo Cyprin sucet, Cyprinus nucetta Lac6pt;de.]
BLOCH (Mark Elieser) and SCHNEIDER (Johann Gottlob). M. E. Blochii
DoctorisMedicinjB Berolineusis, et societal ibus literariis multis adscript!, Systeraa
Ichrbyologiae icouibus CX illustratnm.— Post obitnm anctoris opus iuchoatum
ab.solvit, correxit, interpolavit Jo. Gottlob Schneider, Saxo.-Beroliui, sumtibus
Anctoris impressnm et bibliopolio Sanderiano commissuni, 1801.
[Description of Cyprinus catostomwi Foistcr.]
TILESIUS ( — ). ''Piscinm Camtschatcicoruui descriptionea et icones. <M6m. Ac.
Sc. St. Petersb. I and III, 1810-1811."
[Description and figure of Cyprinus rostraVus, ep. nov., from Eastern Siberia.]
PALLAS (Petro). Zoographia Rosso Asiatica sistens Omnium Animalium in extenso
Inqx-rio Kossico et adjacentibiis maribus observutorum, recensioneni, domicilia,
mores et descriptioues, aiiatomcn atque icones ilnririiorem anctore Peiro Pallas,
Eq. Aur. Academico Pctropolitano. Volnmen tertinni. Petroptdi. in otKcina
Caes. Academiae Scientnirum Impress. MDCCCXI. Edit. MDCCCXXXI.
[Description of Cyprinus rostratus quoted from Tilesius.]
MITCHILL (Samuel Latham). The Fishes of New York Described and Arranged.
< Transactions of the Literary and Philosophical Society, New York, 1814.
I Cyprinus teres and Cyprinus ohlongus, sp. nov.]
LE SUEUR (Charles A.) A new genns of Fishes, of the Order Abdominales, pro-
posed, ULder the name of Calosiomus; and the characters of this genus, with those
of its species, indicated. By C. A. Le Sueur. Read September 16, 1817. < Journal
of tho Acdemy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. 1, 1817, pp. 88-9() and
102-111.
[Descrihos Catostomus, gen. nov., and ttic following new species, most of which arc figured :— (7.
cyprinus, C. (jibbonus, O. luberculatus, C. macrolcpidotus, C. aurcolus, C. communis, C. longirostrum,
G. nigricans, C. inaculvsus, C. elongatus, C. vittatus.C. duquesnii, C. hostoniensis, and C. hudsonius. C.
teres (Mitch.), C. ohlongus (Mitch.), and 0.«tcc?/a (Lac.) are also described. This paper is an excel-
lent one, and compares favorably with most that has since been written on thi.H group.]
221
222 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NO^TH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.
RAFINESQUE > Constantine Samuel). Discover!. -a in Natural History niadb
during a .lounicy throu;^h tho Western Rej^ionof the United States l)y Constantine
Sauuiel Ratines(|iio Esq. Addressed to Samnel L. MitcliiU, President, and otber
members of ilie Lycenni of Natural History in a letter dated an Louisville, Falls
of the Ohio, 20th .July 1818. < Ameiicau Monthly Magazine and Critical Review,
New York, September, 1818.
[Deac! iption of Catontomus bitbalus nnd Catostomwi erythruruii, sp. nov., nmi notice of the discov-
ery of tbo ••Carp" '" Catostomus macropterus" aud the ''Sucker" Catostomns duqiuntnfi.]
Description of three now genera of flnviatile Fish, Pomoiis, Sarchirns and ICxo-
(jlonsum. By C. S. Ratinesque. Read December Ist & Hth. < Journal of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, i, 1818, pp. 417-4"i*2.
[Doacriiitioi! of Uxoglossum (IlypenteUum) inacropterum ; 8iib;jenu8 aud species new.]
Prodrome de 70 nouveaux Genres d'Animaux d6couvert8 dans I'iut^rieur des
fitats-Unis (l'Am(?riqtu; durant I'annc^e 1818. < .Journal de Cliymie, de Physicpio
et d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, June, 1819.
[Description of Amhlodon, gen. nov., based on tho ph.iryngeals of Haploidonotiis grunnirtui,
erroneously ascribed to a Buffalo-fish, with the species A. bubalus and A. niger, sp. uov., aud of
OycleptuH nigretceiM, gen. et sp. nov.l
LACEPEDE ('Bernard Germain Etiennej. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M.
le Comte Lart'qiede, suite et couiploment des Q^nvres de l?uffon. Tome cinquieme,
jivec viugt-trois nouvelles planches eu taille-douce. Paris, Rapet, Rue Saiut-
Andr^des-Arcs, No. 10, Cditeur du Temple de la G'oire ou les Fa.stes Militaires
de la France, onvrage in-folio, avec figures, 1819.
[A roprint of Lac^'pi^dc's work.]
RAFINESQUE (Constantine Samuel). Ichthyologia Ohieusis or Natural History
of the Fishes Inhabiting the River Ohio and its tributary streams. Preceded by
a physical description of the Ohio and its branches by C. S. Raliuesque, Professor
of Botany and Natural Hi-story in Transylvania University, Author of tho Ana-
lysis of Nature &c. &c., member of the Literary and Philosophical Society of
New York, the Historical Society of New York, the Lyceum of Natural History of
New Y'ork, tho Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia, the American Antiquarian
Society, the Royal Institute of Natural Sciences o£ Naples, the Italian Society
of Arts & Sciences, the Medical Societies of Lexington and Cincinnati &c., «S:c.
The art of seeding well, or of distinguishing witli accuracy the olrjects which we
perceive is a high faculty of tho mind, unfolded in few individuals, and despised
by tliose who can neither acquire it, nor ajipreciato its results. Lexington, Ken-
tucky. ))riuted for the .\uthor by W. (i. Hunt, (price one dollar), — 1820. (1 vol.
8vo. 90 pp.)
[Orijiinally printed in the 'Westorn Review aud llisce'.laneous Magazine, Lexington, Kentucky,
1819-20. It contains descriptions of the genera and species of Catontomi found in the Ohio
River, they being referred to three genera, CaloKtotnu*. Vycleptxui, and IlypenteUum, tho genns
CatontomuH being divided into five new subgenera, 2foxoiitoma. Ictiobun. Carpiodfs, Teretultu,
Eurijtitnmus, ai.d Deoacdjltu.
The following is the arrungeiucnt of tho species described: —
Genus CATnHT(.).Mrs.
Sut>genn8 2lox<>Ktnma.
anisuruH, sp. nor.
anisopterus, sp. nov.
Subgentis Ictiobim.
buliahis.
ciger.
Subgenus Carpiuden.
carpio, sp. nov.
velifiT, sp. nov.
xanthopns, sp. nov.
Sabgenus Teretuhu.
mclanops, sp. nor.
nielaiiofu."*, sp. nov.
fascio'ari.s, sp. nor.
ervthrurus.
Ilexuosus, sp. nor.
Subgenus Eun/ttomuii.
nieua."«tonius. sp. nor.
Subgenus DccaetyUu.
dnquesni.
Genus Cyclkptus. ^
nigrescens.
Genus lIxrENTBLii'M.
mocropteram.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 223
RICHARDSON (John). [Franklin's Journal.] 1823.
[Descriptions of Catostoiiivs forstcrianr^g, f.'p.noy., aiul Cntosioviits le siieiirii, hx>.i\ov., and noiea
on some other species.]
I'aiina-Boreali-Americana ; or tlio Zooloj^y of tlic Nortlifin Paits of British
America, contaiuinj^ descriptions of the objec's of Natural History collected on
tbe late Northern Land Exi)editiou8 under command of Capta.n John Franklin,
R. N. Part third. The Fish. By John Richardson M. D. F. R. S. F. L. S. member
of the Geographical Society of London, and the Wernerian Natural History
Society of Kdinburjjh ; Honorary Member of the Natural Historj Society of M(;ut-
real, and Literary and Philosophical Society of Quebec, Foreign Member of the
Geographical Society of Paris ; and Corresponding Member of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; Surgeon and Naturalist to the Expeditious. —
illustrated by numerous plates. — Published under the authority of the Right
Honorable the Secretary of State for Colonial Affairs. London : Richard Bent ley,
New Burlington St. MDCCCXXXVL
[Contalu.s notices or descriptions of Catontomus hudso7iius, C.forsterianus, 0. aureolus, C. nigri-
cans, and C.s^teuri.]
KIRTLAND (Tared Potter). Report on the Zoology of Ohio, by Prof. J. P. Kirt-
land, M. D. < Second Annual Report on the Geological Survey of the State of
Ohio, by W. W. Mather, Principal Geologist, and the several assistants. Colum-
bus: Samuel Medary, Printer to the State. 1838.
[Catalogue of Fishes, pp. 1C8-170. Notes on species mentioned, pp. 190-197. Xiuo species
referred to Catostomus are included, as follows: — velifer Raf., aureolus Lo S., elongatus Le S.,
Duquexnii Le S., erythrurus Raf., bubalus Kaf , gracilis Kirt., melanopsis Raf., nigraits Le S., and
f Hypcntdiuin inacropterum Raf. '' C. gracilis Kirt. [sp. nov.] is briefly characterized as distinguished
by the minuteness of the scales on the anterior part of the body, iiud as the scales approach the
caudal tin they incieaso to a medium size" (I. c. p. 19:i).]
STORER (David Humphreys). A Report on the Fishes of Massachusetts. By D.
HuMi])hrcys Storer, M. I). < Boston Jonrnal of Natural History, vol. ii, 1839, pp.
289-558.
[Descrii)lions of Catostomus gibbosits, C. tuberc^datus, O. nigricans, and C. bosioniensis.]
KIRTLAND (Jared Potter). Description of the Fishes of the Ohio River and its
Tributaries. By Jared P. Kiitland, Professor of the Theory* and Practice of
Medicine in the Medical College of Ohio, at Cincinnati. < Boston Journal of
Natural History, vols, iii-v, 1840-1844.
[Describes and figures Catostomus aureolus, C. communis, C. bubalus, C. elongatus, C. duques7ii,
C. anisurus, C. melanops, C. nigricans, and Sclerognathus ajprinus.]
[Papers on the Fishes of Ohio — in Family Visitor and in Annals of Science.
Cleveland, 1840-184G.]
[Desciiptionsof the specjps found in the vicinity of Cleveland, witli figures, most of them from
tbe samo plates as in his "Fishes of the Ohio". " Catostomus gracilis, sp. nov., also Catostom^is
gibbosug, not described in tho previous paper, here described and figured.]
THOMPSON(Zadcok). Fi.shts of Vermont. ^Chapter V, (pp. 1-J7-1.")1). < Natural
' History of Vermont, in History of Vt rniont, Natural, Civil, & Statistical, by Rev.
Zadock Thompson, Burlington, Vermont, 1842.
[Descriptions of Catostomus cyprinus, C. oblongus (= Jf . macrolepidotum), C. teres, C. nigricans
(= O. teres), and O. longirostrum.]
CUVIER (Georges Chretien Leopold Dagobert) and VALENCIENNES
(Achille). Histoire Naturelle des Poissons jtar M. le B."" Cuvier, Pair de France,
Grand Officier de la L6gion d'honneur, Conseilleur de I'fitat et au Conseil royal
224 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
CUVIER (G. C. L. D.) ""rf VALENCIENNES (A.)-Coufmuod.
dc riiistrucliou publiciiic, I'lua des qiiarantc do rAcadc^-niic fiaiifai^e, As80ci<S libre
do rAcadoMiio des liellt-s-Lettres, Secrdtaiio perpetuelle do cello, dea Sciences.
Mciiilutj des Socidtc'S et Acaddmies royales de Londres, dc Berlin, de PdUrsbomg,
d(> Stdckliolni, dc Tiuiu, de Goettiuguc, des Pays-Bas, de Munich, de Modfcne, etc. ;
et jiarM. A. Valenciennes, Professear de Zo(do<^ie an MnK^iim d'Hisloiie n;vlurelle,
Menibro do I'Academie loyale des Sciences de B.ilin, do la Soci«5tc Zoolo^iiqiie ile
Londres, etc. Tome dix-septi5me. 1842. {Cyprindides.)
[\iv»cr\\>\\oD» ui Catoatomus liudsonias, C. fornterianus, C.suceti, C. ffibbosus, O. tubcfcitla'us, C.
rr.acrolt'jjidotus, G. aurevlug, C. co7nmunU, G. lunjirobtrum, G. nigricans, C. maculogus, C.tUmgatuf,
C. vittalun, C. duqueinii, G. bontoniensis, C. teres, G. oblon^tis, C. /aaciatvs (sp. nov.), C. planiccps
(sp. iiov.), C carj/io (sp. dov.), G. tileiii (8p. nov.), Sclerognathxu (gen. nov.) cypriuus, Hclerogiiaty.un
cyprineUa (sp. nov.), and Exogloniium macrupterutn. 'i Inn voliiini' was writtcu altrr tim ili-alli of
Cuvicr by ValciiciouneB.J
DEKAY (James E.) Zoology of New Y'ork, or the New York Fauna; coinpri ing
detailed dcsci n»ti(>ns of all the animals bilherto observed within the State of New
Yt)rk, with notices of those occasionally fonnd near its bonlers, and accompanied
by a[)propriato iiUislrations. By James E. Dekay. l';ui TV. Fishis. Aliiany:
printed by W. & A. White «fc J. Visscher. \nA>.
[Descriplioim of Labeo clegan-> (sp. nov.), Labco oblongus. Lu'jm ryi^ruiu.i. Ldina iji .'...xj*/,, Ljbiu
eaopux (.sp. nov ), Catustomiu communui, Galostoiitun oneida (sji. nov.), Calo>,tomiig tubercukttux,
Gatoi-tomits pallulus {up. uov.), Catostomiis aureolus Catontomus nijricanii. Gjtottomun inacrolepi-
dolus, with uuticL-8 of other sptcies. In the Appi-ndix, the naino Labco clongatus is HU.'geat.d as a
sulislitutc for Labeo oblongus, to |)revent confusion with Labco oblongus C. <t V.]
HECKEL i^Johauu Jakob). , Abbildungen und Beschreibungen der Fi.sche Syriens
nobst eicer nenou Classification and Characteristik siimintlicher Gattnngen iKir
CypriLen von Johann Jakob Heckel, Inspector am K. K. Hof-Naturalienkabiuet
in Wien, mehr. gelobrt. Geeellsch. Mitglied. Stuttgart, E. Schweizerbart'sche
Verlagshandhing. 1843. pp. 109. (=pp. 9'Jl-lOyy, Russiggei's Reisen.)
[Contains a cla.ssitication of the GyprinidoB .iccordiDK to their teeth ; our specios <.f CatostomidcB
bein;; divided between Calostomiis and Rhytidontov.us, gen. nov., corresponding to Gatostomince
and Gycleptinat. Xo allusion in made to the Dubalichlhyina.]
STORER (David Humphreys). A Synopsis of the Fishes of North Ameiica, by
David llnniiihicys Storer, M D., A. A. S., Vice inesident of the Boston Society of
Natural History; Member of the American Philosophical Society, Corresponding
Member of tho Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, etc. Cambridge:
Metcalf & Comi)any, Printers to tbe University. 1840. (Reprinted from Memoirs
of the American Academy, ii, 184G.)
[Brief descriptions of 27 noniin il •JTi,.,i, < ,,r CutoUomuJi, two ( f Sc'e/ogna hus. and one ref-Tni)
erroneously to Exoglosmim.]
AGASSIZ (Louis). Lake Superior: its Phy.sical Character, Vegetation and .\nimais
comimrcd with those of other and similar regions, by t^ouis Agassiz, with a narra-
tive of the tour by J. Elliott Cabot, and contributions by other scientific gentle-
nien. Elegantly illustrated. Boston : Gould, Kendall and Lincoln, .''il) Washington
Street. 18r>0.
[Descriptions of sevoral species, with notes and remarks; Gatostomus aurora des-eribed a.n a
new species, and the name O.forsteriaiuis used in n new sense.]
BAIRD (Spencer Fullerton) nnd GIRARD (Charlea). Description of new speciis
of Fishes collected by John H. CiarU on the IJ. S. and Mexican Boundary Survey
under Lt. Col. Jus. D. Graham. By Spencer F. Baird and Charles Giraid. August
:?0, 185;}. < Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol.
C, pp. :W7-:iJ0. Angwit, 18.'j3.
{OaUMtomxu latipinnit, sp. nov.]
HIBLIOGRAPIIY. 225
STORER (David Humphreys). A History of the Fishos of Massachusetts. By
David Humphreys Storer. < Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences (Boston), new series, (IHCkJ to l'^67).
[Descriptions and excellent fi<oires of Catostomus hosioniensis and C. gibbosus.]
AGASSIZ (Louis). Notice of a collection of Fishes from the southern hend of the
Ttiini'ssee liiver, in the State of Alabama; hy L. Agassiz. < American Journal
of Science and Arts, second series, xviii, 1854, pp. 297-308, ou^-IjCm.
[Revives the Eafinesqnian {ifnera Carpiodes, IcHobun, Ci/cleptus, and Moxostoma ; desciibos sp.
nov. Carpiodes xirus, Carpiodes taurus, Carpiodes biso7i, Carpiodes vitubis, and Carpiodes vacca, and
rt'ctnAn Catostomus communis, Cnigricaiis, C. duqucsnii, and €■ ^nelanops i'vom liuntsville, Ala.
The specific descriptions are comparative only, and are not readily identitiable.]
BAIRD (Spencer Fullerton) atnl GIRARD (Charles). Description of New Species
of Fishes collected in Texas, New Mexico aud Sonora by Mr. John H. Clark on
the United States and Mexican Boundary Survey aud in Texas by Capt. Stewart
Van Vliet, U. S. A., by S. F. Baird and Charles Girard. < Proceedings of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Phladelpliia, vol. vii, 18o4, pp. 24-29.
[Descriptions ol' Catontomus co»gestus, C. clarki, O. insignis, and C. turrddus. sp. nov.]
AYRES (William O.) Descriptions of two new species of Cyprinoids. By Wm. O.
Ayres, M. D. Dec. 11, 1854. < Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences,
vol. i, pp. 18-19, 1854; 2d ed., pp. 17-18, 1873.
[Catostomus occidenlalis, sp. nov.] ^
Description of a new species of Catostomus. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Feb. 26,
1855. < Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, vol. i, pp. 31-32, 1855 ;
2d ed., pp. 30-32, 1873.
[Catostomus labiatus, sp. nov.]
AGASSIZ (Louis). Synopsis of the Ichthyological Fauna of the Pacific Slope of
North America, chiefly from the collections made by the II. S. Expl. Fxped., under
the command of Capt. C. Wilkes, with recent Additions and Comparisons with
Eastern types ; by L. Agassiz. < American Journal of Science aud Arts, 2d series,
vol. xix, 1855, pp. 186-231.
[Characterizes very fuUy the genera, viz: — Carpiodes Eaf. ; BubalicMhys Ag., gen. nov. ; Ichthy-
obus Kaf. ; Cyclcptus Hat'.; Moxostoma Eaf.; Ftyehostomus Af:;., gen. nov.; Hylomyzon Ag., geu.
nov. ; and Catostomus Lo Sueur. The species of each genus are noticed, and tho fallowing new
species .are very briefly and in most cases unsatisfactorily described : — Carpiodes thompsojii,
Bubalichthys bonastts, Ichlhyobas rauchii, Ichthyobus stolleyi, Moxostoma tenuc, and Catostomus
occidentalis.]
GIRARD (Charles). Researches upon the Cyprinoid Fishes inhabiting the fresh
waters of the United States of America, west of the Mississippi Valley, from speci-
mens in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institutiou. By (Jharles Girard, M. D.
<ProceediDgs of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 185(), itp. 165-
213.
[Twenty-six species ennmer.-ited — most of them briefly described. Two new genera are pro-
posed, Minomus and Acomus, and tlio following new species are characterized -.—Carpiodes damalis.
Moxostoma claviformis, Moxostoma kenncrlii, Moxostoma victorice, Moxostoma campbelli, Ptycho-
stomvs albidus, Ptychostomus haydeni, Acomus guzinaniensis, Acomiis generosus, Acomus griseus,
Acomxm lactarius, Catostomwi macrochilus, Catostomus sucklii, and Catostomus bernardini. These
descriptions are mostly short aud iusufliciont.J
— r Gc'.ieral Report upon the Zoology of the Several Pacific Railroad Routes.
= Reports of Explorations and Surveys to Ascertain the most practicable and
Economical Route for a Railroad from the Mississippi River to tho Pacific Ocean,
made under tho direction of the Secretary of War, in 1853-6, according to Acts of
Bull. N. M. No. 12—15
226 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III,
GIRARD (Charles)— Contimictl.
CoDj^rcas of Marcb :{, Iboo, May 31, 1854, ami August 5, 1854. Volunio X. Wasbiug-
ton, A. O. r. Nicholson, rriuter, l.~5U. (Part. 4, Fishes, by Dr. Charles CJirard.)
[Descriptiona ol' Carpioden damalis, Moxontoma claviformU, Ptychoslomus haydeni, Acorniu gene-
rosus, Acomu,s griseus, Acomus lactarius, CatonloiHim uccidentalis, Catontoinus labiulun, Catostomiuii
macrochcilun, and Catontomua siuklii; all of tlio species except Acomus generunut, O. cccidentalu,
C. labiatui, and O macrucheilui beiny accoiupauied by ligures.]
United States and Mexican Boundary Survey, under the order of Lieat. Col.
W. II. Emory, Major First Cavalry and United States Corauiissioner. — Ichthyology
of the Boundary, by Charles Girard, M. D. < United States and Mexican Bound-
ary Survey, vol. ii, part i, 185'J.
[Descriptions and li^urea of Ictiobus tumidus, 2foxostoma kennerlii, Moxnutoma viclorite, Moxo-
stoma campbelli, I'ti/chostimiis congenhis, Ptychogtomus albidus, Minomim insignis, Minomus pie-
beitis, Miiwmun clarki, Acomus latipinnis, Acomms guzinaniensis, and Catostomun bernardini.]
BLEEKER (Pieter van). "Conspectus systematis Cyprinorum. < Naturl. Tijdschr.
xNederl. lud. XXI, IbGO."
[Systematic arraugoment of the genera.]
ABBOTT (Charles Conrad). Descriptions of Four New Species of North American
Cyprinida;, by Charles C. Abbott. < Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia, 1860, pp. 473-474.
[Describes Catostomus texahus and Catostomus chloropteron.]
GILL (Theodore Nicholas). On the classification of the Eventognathi or Cypuini,
a suborder ot Tklkocki'IIAi.i, by Theodore Gill. < Proceedings of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, IrfGl, pp. 6-D.
[Characterizes the suborder Evcntognathi, equivalent to "the true Cyprinoids of Agassiz, with-
out teeth in the jaws, and with lar^e falciform lower pharyngeal bones". This suborder is diviiied
into four families, — Homalopteroidm. Cvbitoidce, Cypiiiwidce, and Ca'.antomoido! ; the latter family
being in turn divided into tbreo subfamilies,— Calo»'tomi)U», Cycleptince, and liubdlichthyince.]
PUTNAM (Frederick Ward). List of the Fishes sent by the Museum to different
Institutions, in exchange for other Specimens, with Annotations. By F. W. Put-
nam. = Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachu-
setts, U. S. A., 1863, (No. 1).
[Contains names of 10 species, with references to descriptions by Professor Agassiz.]
COPE (Edward Drinker). Partial Catalogue of the Cold-blooded Vertebrata of
Mi.liigaii. Parti, i'.y Prof: E. D. Cope.
[Not 64 on several species.]
GILL I, Theodore Nicholas). Synopsis of the Fishes of the Gulf of St. Lawrence
and the 15ay ot" Fninly. By Prof. Theodore Gill, M. A. < Canadian Naturalist,
August, 1H()5, (pp. 1-24 in reprint).
[Records Cataslomus boxtonioms and Moxontoma oblongum.]
BLEEKER (Pieter van). Notices sur Quebiues Genres et E8p&ces des Cyprinoides
de Chine par P. Blccktr. < Ned«rlandsch Tijdschrifl voor de Dierkunde, nitgo
geven door bet Koninklijlc Zoologisc'i Gonootschap, Natura Art is Magistra, te
Amsterdam, onder Kedaktio van P. Bleeker, 11. Schlegel en G. F. Wcsterman,
tweede jaargang, 1>65.
[Description of Carpiodes asiaXicus, sp. nov.]
THOREAU (Henry David). A Week on the Concord and Merrimack Rivers, by
Henry D. Thorean, author of " Walden," etc. New and revised e<lition. Boston :
Tickuor and Fields. 18G8.
(Contains an uccouut of the habits of Calostomwi bottonitiuii and 0. tuberculatiu.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 227
GttNTHER (Albert). Catalogue of the Pbysostomi, containing the families Hetero-
pygii, CypriuitUc, Gonorbynchida), Hyodontidaj, Osteoglossidaj, Cliipoidie, Clii-
roceutridre, Alepocepluilidii;, NotopteriJa), Halosauridae, in the collection of the
British Museum, by Dr. Albert Giintber. Loudon : Printed by order of the trust-
ees. ld6H, = Catalogue of the Fishes of the Biitish Mustm by Albert Giintber,
M. A., M. D., Ph. D., F. R. S., F. Z. S., etc., etc. Volume seventh.
[Contains descriptions of twenty-four species, besides twcntyoiio doubtful species merely
enumerated, ariauj;ed iu four genera, Catostomiis, lloxustuma, Sclerognathits, and Carpiodes.]
COPE (Edward Drinker). On the Distribution of Fresh Water Fishes in the Alle-
ghany Region of South- Western Virginia. By E. D. Cope, A. M. < Journal of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, new series, vol. vi, part iii,
January, 18G9, pp. 207-247.
[Description and figure of Teretulus cervinus, sp. nov., -with notes on T. duquesnei, Catontomus
nigricans, and C. communis.
GUNTHER (Albert). An Account of the Fishes of the States of Ceutral America
based on Collections made by Capt. J. M. Dow, F. Godman, Esq., and O. Salvin,
Esq. By Albert Giinther, M. A., M. D., Ph. D., F. R. S., F. Z. S. < Transactions
of the Zoological Society of London, vol. vi, 1869, pp. 377-494.
[Description of Bubalichthys meridionalis, sp. nov.]
COPE (Edward Drinker). Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of the Fresh Waters of
North Carolina, by Edw. D. Cope, A. M. < Proceedings of the American Philo-
sophical Society of Philadelphia, 1870, pp. 448-495.
[Descriptions of Flacopharynx carinatus (gea. ct sj). nov.), Ptychostomus papillosus (sp. nov.),P.
velatus (sp. nov.), P.collapsus (sp. nov.), F.pidiensis {sx>.-nov.),P.coregonus (sp. nov.), P. albus (i-p.
nov.), P. thalassinus (sp. nov.), P. robmtus (.sp. nov.), P. erythrurus, P. lachrymalis (sp. nov.), P.
macrolepidotus, P. duqjfesnei, P. carpio, P. oneida, P.aureolus, P.sueurii, P. crassilabris (sp. nov.),
P. breciceps {tip. now), P. conus (sp. nov.), P. cervinus, Carpiodes diformis (sihnov.), O. cutisanseritiits
(sp.nov.).C.selene (sp. nov.), C. velifer, C.grayi (sp. nov.), O.thowpsoni, C. bison, C. cyprinus, and
C.nummifer (sp. nov.), with notes on other species, and a very useful analysis of the species of
Plychostomus and Carpiodcs.]
Report on the Reptiles and Fishes obtained by the Naturalists of the Expedi-
tion, by E. D. Cope, A. M. < Preliminary Report of the United States Geological
Survey of Wyoming, and contiguous territories, (being a second annual report of
progress,) conducted under the authority of the Secretary of the Interior by F. V.
Haydeu, United States Geologist. Washington: Government Printing Office.
1872.
[Catostomus discobolus, Minomus delphinus, Minomus bardus, and Ptychostomus bucco, sp. nov.]
On the Plagopterinai and the Ichthyology of Utah. By Edward D. Cope, A.
M. Read before the American Philosojdiical Society, March 20th, 1874. < Pro-
ceedings of the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia, vol. 14, pp. 129-139,
1874.
[Minomus platyrhynehus and Minomus jarrovii described as new species.]
JORDAN (David Starr). Synopsis of the Genera of Fishes to be looked for in
Indiana, l)y Prof. David S. Jordan, M. D. < Sixth Annual Report of the Geologi-
cal Survey of Indiana, made during the year 1874, by E. T. Cox, State Geologist ;
assisted by Prof. John Collett, Prof. W. W. Borden, and Dr. G. M. Levette. Indi-
anapolis. Sentinel Company, Printers. 1875. pp. 197-228.
[Nine genera characterized and one or two species mentioned under each.] •
Concerniug the Fishes of the Ichthyologia Ohiensis, by David S. Jordan, M. S.,
M. D. <Proceediug8 of the Bulfalo Society of Natural History, lt76, pp. 91-97.
[Contains identifications of tho species described by Kafinesqno ; a now genus, Erimyzon, being
proposed for C'yprinus oblongus Mitchill.]
228 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICnTHYOLOGY — III.
JORDAN (David Starr). M;imi:.l of tbo Vertebrates of the Noitbern United States,
iiitliKliii;^ Ihu di.sliii'L east of tlio Mississippi River, and north of Nortii Carolina
and Tennessee, exclusive of n)arine species. 15y David .Starr Jordan, M. S., M. I).,
Professor of Natural History in N. W. C University and in Indiana State Medical
Colle-ije. Chicajjo: Jansen, McClnrg «Sc Company. ld7U.
(TwiMity-tUree speuica briefly dosciibed, and referred to iiino Rfnera.]
NELSON (Edward W.) A Partial Catalogue ..f tho Fishes of Illinois, by E. W.
Nclsc n. < liiilletin of the Illinois Museum of Natural History, i, IrtTtJ.
[Notes on il H|)ocie8; Ichthyobui cyanellus described as a uow species, and tlie gbuu» Carpiodes
united to Iclith}icbus.]
UHLER (P. R.) and LUGGER (Otto). List of Fishes of Maryland, by P. R. Uhler
ami Utto Lugger. < Kci»ort of the Commissioners of Fisheries of Malylan(^^ pp.
r.7-17ti. (l«7t;).
[Seven species described.]
COPE (Edward Drinker) ttiid YARROW (^ Henry C.) Report npon the collections
of Fishes nia<lo in portions of Nevada, I'tali, California, Colorado, New Mexico
an«l Arizona during the years 1871, 1S7:*, 187:5 and 1871, by Prof. E. D. Cope and
Dr. II. C. Yarrow. := Chapter VI. < Report npon Geographical and Geological
Explorations ami Surveys West of the O.ie Hnndredtli Meridian, in charge of First
Lieut. Geo. M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, under the direction of
Brig. Gen. A. A. Hnmphieys, Chief of Engineers, U. S. Army, published by authority
of Hon. Wm. W. Belknap, Secretary of War, in accordance with acts of Congress
of June 2:1, 1874, and February 15, 1875. In six volumes. Accompanied by one topo-
graphical and one geological atlas. Vol. V. — Zoology. Washington: Government
Printing Otljce. 1875. (Lssued in 1870.)
[Con'aiDB descriptions of Pantosteus (gen. n«v.), PantosUius plntijrhynchus, Pantosteiu jarrovii,
J'antoi,teu^ vxretccnii (xp. nov.), Catonloiniis iiuiigne, Ciitoslojnu.it alliculinn, Catosdoiiug dlscoboluin,
Cat<iiitomu.s fcnindum (^p. nov.*, Catoslomus giumanieiise, MoxosUnna trisiynatum (sp. nov.). Ply-
chontnmvui comjentxti, and Oarpiodcs grayi, witb li;;iire8 of most of tbo species]
JORDAN (David Starr) atid COPELAND (Herbert Edsou). Ch.-ck List t.f the
Fishes of the Fresh Waters of North America, by David 8. Jordan, M. S., M. 1)..
and Herbert E. Copeland, M. S. < Bulletin of tbo Buffalo Society of Nattiral
History, ii, 1876, pp. 13:J-1()4.
[Ei;jChly-lhreo nominal species cnnraeratMl, referred to ten pener.i, \\z:—Catoiitomiui, PatUoHtevti.
Hypcnteliuin , Erimyum, Tcretiilim, Placopharyux, Carpiodea, Ichthyobug, Bubalichthys, aniX Cyclcp-
tus.]
JORDAN (David Starr). On the Fishes of Northern Indiana. < Proceedings of
the ,\cademy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1877.
[Notes on several species; Ichthyobui uchyrus and Bubalichthys altim descibed ns new species,
fnuti MSS. left with tlio autbor by Mr. Nel.son ; an anidjuiH of tbe genera of Catonlowidce is niven,
nine of them being "accepted by Prof. Cope and tbo writer " ]
A Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of Upper Georgia, by David S. .Ionian, M. D.
< Annals of the Now York Lyceum of Natural History, I87t). (Published in 1'*'77.)
(N^otcs on numerous species, Myxostoma euryops beinj; describetl as new.)
KLIPPART (John H.) First Annual Report of the Ohio State Fish Commission to
tile Governor of the Statoof"Ohio, for the years 1875 and 1871). Columbus: Nevins
&. Myers, State Printers. 1877.
[Descriplions of Catculomiiti teres, Tcrrtiilu* oMoutmjj, Plaropharynx ea-inntu$, Carpiod^s diffor-
mU. and Carpiodea relif r, witli woodeiit't of alt but /'. earinatits and C. rcVfer. Tbe dcsciptions
are by Cliarleji II. fiilbort, raostly .irrangcd from MS.S. notes of D. S. ,rorilan ; the notes on bablta,
etc., by Mr. J. U. Klippart.^
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 229
JORDAN (David Starr) and BRAYTON (Alembert Winthrop). On Lagochila,
a new {renus of Catostomoiil lishes. < Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, 1877, pp. 280-2.-i:5.
[Dpscription and figure of Lagochila larcra (gen. et sp. nov.), wilh an analysis of the genera of
Catostomidce admitted, viz: — La^achila, PlacopUart/nx. Myxos'oina Erimyzon, Hyprntclium,, Cato-
ston.uK, Panlosteus, Cycleptus, Vai-piode.i, Ichthyohun, BuhMchVnys, and Myxocypnnus.]
HALLOCK (Charles). The Sportsman's Gazetteer and General Gnide. The Game
Animals, IJirds and Fishes of North America : their Habits and Various ^lethods
of Capture. Copious Instructions in Shooting, Fishing, Taxidermy, Woodcraft,
etc. Together with a Directory to the Principal Game Resorts of tiff; Country:
illustrated Avitli maps. By Chailes Hallock, Editor of "Forest and Stream",
Author of the "Fishing Tourist", "Camp Life in Florida", etc. New York: Forest
and Stream Publishing Company. 1877.
[Contains descriptions and notices of numerous specirs; the Ked Ilorse. Hf. macrolfpidotum,
being on p. 3:i8 inadvertently called " Catoiitomus ccjiedianum" .]
JORDAN (David Starr). Contributions to North American Ichthyology, based
primarily on the Collections of the United St:;te8 National Museum. I. Revievr
of Ilaiinesoue's Memoirs on North American Fishes, by David S. Jordan. Washiug-
tou : Government Printing Office. 1877. = Bulletin of the United States National
Museum, No. 9. pp. 5:3. .
[Contains ideatiflcations of the various nominal species described by Rafinesque.]
Contributions to North American Ichthyology, based prim.arily on the Collections
of the United States National Museum. II. A. — Notes on Cotiidw, Elheoaiomatida',
I'crcidw, Cenirardiidcv, Aphododcridw, Doii/soniaiidw, and Cyprinidw, with revisions of
the genera and descriptions of new or little known species. B. — Synopsis of tho
Silu) ido" of the fresh waters of North America. By David S. Jordan. Washington :
Government Printing Office. 1877. = Bulletin of the United States National
Museum, No. 10. pp. 110.
[Description of Myxostoma pcemlura, sp. nov.]
GILL (Theodore Nicholas). John.son's New Universal Cyclopaedia; a scientific and
popular treasury of useful knowledge. Illustrated with maps, plans and engrav-
ings. Editors in chief, Frederick A. P. Barnard, S. T. D., LL. D., L. H.D., M.N.
A. S., President of Columbia College, New York; Arnold Guyot, Ph. D., LL. D.,
M. N. A. S., Professor of Geology and Physical Geography, College of New Jersey.
Associate Editors — [29 persons, among th; m Theodore Gill, A. M., M. D., Ph. D.,
M. N. A. S., Late Senior Assistant Libraiian of the Library of Congress]. W^ith
numerous contributions from writers of distinguished eminence m every depart-
ment of letters and science in the United States and in Europe. Complete in four
volumes, including appendix. V(dume IV, S — Appendix. (Testimonials at the
end of the volume.) Ah in J. Johnson & Son, 11 Great Jones Street, New York.
MDCCCLXXVIIL
[Contains a description of the family Catastomida; a li.st of tho genera, and a diagnosis of Myxo-
cypriaus, gen. nov.]
JORDAN (David Starr). Manual of the Vertebrates of the Northern United States,
including the district East of the Mississippi River, and North of North Carolina
and Tennessee, exclusive of Marine Species, by David Starr Jordan, Ph. D., M. D.,
Professor of Natural History in Butler University. Second Edition Revised and
Enlarged. Chicago: Jansen, McClurg & Company. 1878.
«
[Descriptions of forty species, referred to eleven penera •.—Lagochila, Placopharynx, Myxo-
xtoma, Minylrema (gen. nov.), Erimyzon, llypcntelium, Catokiomus, Cychptiis, Caiyiodes. Ichthyohun,
and Eubalichthys. lu the Addenda, tho name Quasi^ilabia is auggesti^d as a suUslitute tor
Lagochila.]
230 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
JORDAN (David Starr). A Catalopjue of tlx' Fislics of tlio Fresh Waters of North
America. By David S. .Ionian, M. D. < IJiiliitin lY, Ilaydon's Geological Survey
of the Territories, No. 2, pp. 407-142. ^Yashillyton, May 3, 187H.
[Fifty-ono specips oniimeratod ; arrancud in thirteen poncra, viz: — Bubalichthijs. Ichthyohxtf,
Carpiodes, Gyclcplus, Pantostcug, Catostomxui, Chasmistes (gon. nov.), Erimyzon, Minytrema, Myxu-
stoma, Placopharynx, and Quassilabia.]
Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Grande, at Brownsville, Texas.
By David S. Jordan, M. D. < Bulletin Haydet^'s United States Geological and
Geographical Survey, vol. iv, No. 2. Washington, May '.?, 1878.
[Synonyruy aud note on Carpiodes tumidns.]
A Catalogue of the Fishes of Illinois, hy Prof. David S. Jordan. < Illinois
State Laboratory of Natural History. The Natural History of Illinois. Bulletiu
No. 2. Bloomingtiin, 111., Juno, 1878.
[Twenty-tbrce species enumerated, with notes ; these are arr.inped in nine genera.]
FORBES (S. A.) The Food of Illinois Fishes by S. A.Forbes. < Bulletin of the
Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, No. 2, 1878.
[Valuable notes on the food of Catos'.omidcB.]
JORDAN (David Starr). Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Grande,
at Brownsville, Texas, continued. By D. S. Jordan M. D. < Hayden's Bulletin
of the Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories, vol. iv. No. 3. Wash-
ington, July 23, l.>^78.
(Ileniarks on the probable identity of Carpiodes grayi and Iclihbus tumidus with Carpiod'n
cpprinus.]
Catalogue of the Fishes of Indiana, in Article Pisciculture (by Alexander
Heron). < Twenty-seventh Annual Report of the Indiana State Board of Agri-
culture, 1877. Volume XIX. Indianapolis. 1878.
[Twenty-two species enumerated, referred to ten penera.]
JORDAN (David Starr) avd BRAYTON (Alembert Winthrop). On the Dis-
triliutiou of the Fishes in the Alleghany Region of South Carolina, Georgia and
Tennessee, with Descriptions of New or Little Known Species. By David .S.
Jordan aud Alembert W. Brayton. < Bulletin of the United States National
MuHeuni, No. 12. Washington, Government Printing Ollice, 1878.
[Kotea on numerous species. ]
INDEX.
Acautharchus ..., 89
Acipensar 71, 90
AeipenseiidiB 71
Acoinus 151, 157
assopus ( Boleosoma) 82
affiuLs (Cliuostomus) 24
aj^assizi (Chologaster) b'4
all)a (Myxostoiiia) 130
alhidus (Atuiurus) b7
albiilus (Ptycbostomns) 129
albi(lus(Terctuliis) 129
albidum (Myxostouia) 101, 117, 129
albniii (Jlyxostouia). -.27, SG, 102, 117, loO
Albnruops IG, 19, 3G, G4, 78, 90
albus (Ptychostoiuus) 130
albus (Terctulas) 20G
alticolus (Catostomus) 102, 1G7
altipinnis (Notropis) 85
altus (Bubalicbthys) 102, 203
AlvonliiiB 12, 58, 73, 88
amanis (Albiirnops) 3G, 85
amaruH ( My bupsis") IG
auiains (Uybopsis hiidsoniiis) 3G
Aniblodou 211, 213
Ainbloplites 40, 4G, CO, 75, 89
ainblops (Ceratichthys) 79
Amblyopsis 89
amcricaua (Perca) 83
americana (Stilbe) 53
aniericauus (Noteuiigonns) 24, 38
Aniia 70, 90
Aruiidaj 70
Amiurus 28, 33, 39, 44, 55, 70, 81, 90
Auimocoetes 90
Ainmocrypta 88
aiialostaiins (Pliotogeuis) 20, 78, 84
An-ruilla 29, 33, 39, 44, 55, 70, 81, 90
Anguillidiii 29, 33, 39, 44, 55, 70, 81
auisopteriis (Catostomus) 100, 196
auisura (Myxostoma) 8G, 100, 102, 110,
12G, 128, 132
auisurus (Catostomus)... 100, 110, 120, 132
anisurus (Moxostoma) 132. 14G
auisurus (Ptychostonius) 132
aiiisniLis (Toretulus) 132
auiburum (Moxostoma) 132
Page.
annularis (Pomoxys) 47, 76, 83
auomalum (Camiwstoma).. .16, 43, 49, 63,
77,84
autoniensis (Amiurus uatalis) 55
Ai)hododeridiB 41, 47
Aphododerus 41, 47, 89
Apomotis 76, 89
arieopus (Catostomus) 160, lT.i
ardeus (Ly thrurus) 7d, 85
argentbus (Ammocuites) 87
argyiitis (Hyboguatbus) 16, 84
asiaticus (Caipiodes) 102, 217
asiaticus (Myxocypriuus) 102, 217
aspro (Alvordius) 58
Atberiuidaj 61, 76
atberinoides (Notropis) 64, 7d
atrilatus (Zygonectes) 84
atripiuuis ( Ailiua) 73
atripiuuis (Uloceutra) 73, 82
atrouabus (libiuicbtbys) 86
aurantiacus (liadroptenis) 58, 82
aureola (Moxostoma) 125
aureolum (Moxostoma) 125
aureolum (Myxostoma).. 100, 101, 116, 124
aureolus (Catostomus).. .100, 124, 125, 167
aureolus (Ptycbostomns) 125
aureus (Eupomotis) 15
auritus (Lepiopomus) 15, 36, 40, 83
aurora (Acomus) 176
aurora (Catostomus) 101, 176
bairuii (Potamocottus) 82
bardus (Miuomus) 184, ItitJ
bardus (Pantosteus) . 184
bernardiui (Catostomus) 102, 172
biguttatus (Ceraticbthys).. 2(), 33, 'AH, 43,
68, 79, 86
bison (Carpiodcs) 69, 86, 101, 194, 197
blcuuioides (Diplesium) 58, 73, 82
blenuioides (Etbeostoma) 58
Boleicbtbys 45,89
Boleosoma 13, 34, 58, 75, 89
bombil'rous (Lepiopomus) 60, 83
bouasus (Bubalicbtbys) 101, 2U9, 214
bostouieusis (Catostomus) 100, 166
breviceps ( Moxostoma) 127
brcvicops (Myxostoma) 127
231
232
INDEX.
rago.
breviceps (Ptycbostomus) 102, 127
breviceps (TtTotuhis) 127
brevipimie (Boleosoiua) 58
brniiiu-ns (AniiuruH) 28, U9, 44, 87
lUihaliclitliyiiJio UU
]!iibaliclilhys..5i, GU, 90, 104, 201, 20.3, 205
Inihalinus (Bubalicbtliys) 10:i, 200
bubiilus (Amblodou) 211, 214
biibalus (Iiiibalicbtby8)..101, 102,205, 200
bnbahis (Catostomus) 100, 200, 214
bububi8(kbthjobiis).8n, 100, lUl, 102,214
bncca.a (Eriuyuiba) 84
biiceo (Ptycbostomus) 102, 133
bucco (Teretulus) 13 i
biillaris (Seoiotilus) 80
calliseiua (Codonia) 37,85
calliseina (Episenia) 37
callistia (CoUoma) 50, 85
calli.stius (Pbotofjenis) 50
calva (Ainia) , 70,87
caiupbtlb (Eriiiiyzou) 140
cauipbelli (Moxostouia) 101,140
(Jampdstoma 10, 43, 49, 0:'., 77, 90
caiunra (Vaillantia) 89
camiiniH (Notlionotiis) 74,82
cauadi-nse (Stizostetbinni) >'3
caprodes (Porcina) 45, 57, 73, 82
cai iuatus (Placopharynx). .09, 80, 102, 107,
108, 109
carpio (Cariiiodos) 80, 100, 102, 195,200
carpio (Cato&tuimm) IGO, 101,118,200
carpio (lebtbyobuti) 200
carpio (ftloxostoma) 119
carpio (Myxosloiiia) IDJ, 115, 118,119
curj)io (Ptycbo.stomus) 118
carpio (Teretuhis) 119
Carpiodca. . . . 55. 09, 80, 90, ll'O, 193, 201, 217
cateuatum (Xcnisnia) 02,77,84
CatoutoQiidu) . ..20, 33, 38, 43, 54, 08, 80, 97,
98, 103
Catostoniii)a< 98
Catostoimi.s 27, 33, 54, 09, 80, 103,*il0,
130, 140, 151, 153, 154, 155, 158, ItU,
201, 219
catostomus(Cyprinus) 100, 175, 198
catoKtonins(Phi'iiacobius) 53
cavifrous ( Aiiibloplites) 83
Ceiitrarcbida) 15, 30, 35, 40, 40, (50,75
CoutrarcbiiH 30, 47, 89
cepcdianiiiu (DoroHonui) 49, 03
Coraticbtbys. ..24, 32, 38, 43, 53, 07, 79, 90
cerviiiuiii (Moxostouia) 129
ccrviiiiim (Myxostoma).. 20, 33, 38, 43, 80,
102, 117, 129
Pago.
cerviniis (Ptycbostomus) 129
cerviiius (Teretulus) 102, 129
Cba!nobrytlU8 15, 35, 40, CO, 89
Chasuiistes 103, 149, 1.50,219
cbiliticus (Mydropblox) 85
cbloiistia (Codoma) 21, 85
cblorocepbahm (Alburnop.s) 19, H5
cblorocepbalus (Ilybopsis) I'J
chloropterou (Catostomus) 102, lt;7
Chologaster 89
Chrosomus 05, 79, 90
cbr»;8omus (llybopsis) 4:t
chrosonms (IIydro[)blox) 49, 85
cbrysuchloris (Pouiolubus) 02, 77, 84
cbrysoleucus (Notemigoiius) 53, ()7, 79
cbrysops(Roccus) 83
ciuerea (Etbeostou)a) 59, 83
clarki (Catostomus) 159, 1(55
clarki (Miu(jiuus) 105
clavitormis (Erimyzoii'^ 140
clavilormis (Moxostoma) 101, 140
Cliuostomus 24,00
Clopeidae 02,77
coccogeuis (Luxilus) 31, 04, 85
Codoma .20, 37, 42, 50,90
cserulea (Codouia) 85
cojrulea ( Erogaia ) 51
collapsus (PtycbuhtoiMUs) 102, 132
commersoui (Cati)Stomu.s). ..27, 09, 80, 80,
IIHI, mi
comiuersonien (Lo Cypriu) IdO, lOO
commuuis (Catostomus) 80, 100, lOii
cougesta (Myxostoma) 133
cougestuni (Myxostouia) 101, 118, 133
cougestus (Catiwtomus) 13:5
congestus (Ptycbostomus) 120, 133
congestus (Teretulus) 133
copelaudi (Kbeoerypta) ?s2
Copelandia 89
Coregouus 89
coregonus (Myxostouia), 20, 80, 102, 118, 134
coregouus (Ptycbostomus) lt»2, 134
coruutus (Luxilus) 49, 04, 78
corporalis (8emotilus),26, 38, 54, 08, 80, f^(\
oonus (Myxostouia) 80, lu2, 11(5, 120
COHU8 (Ptychoslomus) 102, 120
coDUS (Teretulus) 12(>
CottidiD 47,57,73
craasilabrc (Myxo8toma)..80, 102, 110, 1215
crassilabris (Ptycbostomus) 102, 120
crassilabrib (Teretulus) 126
crassus (Alvonliiis) 12, 82
cn«<8U8 ( Esox ) 62, 84
Cristi vomer ^'.t
INDEX.
233
Page. I
cuprciis (Aminnis natails) 70
outisanserinns (Carpiodes) 80, 80, 102,
104, 195, 10(>
cyanellus ( Apomotis) 7G, ti'.^
cyanellns (Bubalichtbys) 86
cyanellu.s (Ichthyobus) 10:3, '206
Cycleptiuiu - 98
Cycleptiis 80, 90, 101, 186, 187, 189
cy pho ( Esox ) 84
Cypriuella 90
oyprinella ( Ichtbyobns) 214
cyprinella (Scleroguatbns) 214, 215
Cypriiii(l» 16, :?1, 156, 41, 49, 63, 77
CyprinodoutidiB :J1, 48, 62, 77
Cyprinns 140
cyprinus (Carpiodes) 55, 86, 101, 102,
195, 198
cyprinus (Catostomus) 100
cypiimis (Labeo) 198
cyprinus (Sclerognatbus) 197, 198
damaiis (Carpiodes) 199
Decactylus 151, 154
Decadactylus 151, 158, 159
delphinns (Minonins) 102, 184
delphinus (Paiitostcns) 184
diapbauus (Fundnlus) 84
dilVorniis (Carpiodes) 86, 102, 194, 195
dillbnnis (Icbtbyobus) 196
dili'ctuH (Notropis) -. 85
dineiiins (Notropis) 85
Diplesinm 58,73, 88
<li.scoboIu8 (Catostomus) 102, 162,179
Dorosoma 49, G.5, 77, 90
1 )orosoniatid:e 49, 6:.', 77
dispar (Zyj^onecfes) ; 84
dissiniilis(Ceraticbthys) 67, 79, 86
duipiesnii (Catostomus), 100, KO, 121, 129
duqucsnii (Mosostoma) 121
duquesnii (Myxostoma macrolopido-
Inm) 80, 100, 121
diuiuesnii (Myxostoma), 4".), 54, 68, 80, 115,
120, 124
diH|uesnii (Ptycbostomus) 121
dn((nesnii (Tcretulus) 121
Elassoma 89
oleffans (Boleichthys) 45,83
elegaus (Catostomus) 146
elegans (Labeo) 101, 145
eleutherus (Noturus) 70, 87
eionyata (Gila) 85
elongatus (Catostomus) 100, 189
e'.oiigatus (Cycleptus), 80, 86, 100, 189, 190
elougatus (Labeo) 101, 146
elongatus (Sclerognatbus) 189
Eaucacauthub 89
rage.
eos (Boleicbthys) 83
Episema 64, 90
Ericosma 88
Ericymba 90
Erimyzon, 27, 38, 43, 54, 69, 80, 90, 103, 136,
140, 143
Erogala 20
erytbrogaster (Cbi'osomus) 65, 79, 85
erytbrurus (Catostomus) 100, 121
erytbrnrns (Ptycbostomus) 121
erytbrurus (TercUilus) - 121
Esocid:e 16, 36, 48, 6 2
esopus (Catostomus) 146
esopus (Labeo) 101, 146
estor (Gila) (M), 79
Esox 16,36, 48, 62,89
Etbeostoma 15, 40, 59, 75, 89
Etbeostomatida^ 12,30, 34,40,45,57,73
etowanum (Hypentelium) 86
etowanns (Catostomus uigricaus), 54, 159,
163
Eucalia 89
Eupomotis 15, 46, 61, 89
euryops (Myxostoma), 54, 86, 103, 115, 119
euryops (Teretulus) 119
enrystoma (Codoma) 42, 85
curystomus (Pbotogenis) 42
evides (Ericosma) 82
exilis ( Noturus) 87
Exoglossum 90
fasciatus (Catostomus) 101,138
fasciolaris (Catostomus) 100, 145
fecuudus (Catostomus) 102, 150,219
fecundus (Cbasmistes) 102, 150
flabellare (Etbeostoma) 15, 59, 75, 83
flabellatus (Catonotus) 15
flammeus (Pboxinus) 65, 85
flexuosns (Catostomus) 100, 166
folium (Polyodon) 71, 81, 87
fontinalis (Salveliuus) 16, 31, 63, 84
formosa (Codoma) 42, 51
formosus ( Alburnus) 42
forsterianus ( Acomus) 167, 17(5
forsterianus (Catostomus). .. 100, 101, 167,
176
fretensis (Alburnops) 85
Fundulus 89
furcatus (Icbtbjelurus) 87
galacturus (Hypsilepis) 32
galacturus (Pbotogenis) 32, (')4, 78
Gambusia 89
generosus (Acomus) 183
generosns (Catostomus) 102, 17:5, 183
generosus (Pantosteus) 102, 182, 183
gibbosus (Catostomus) 100, 145
234
INDEX.
PaRO.
gibbosus (Labeo) 145
Gila '24,00,79,90
Girardiniis 81)
goodei (Erimyzon) 103, 144, 148
{gracilis (Catostounis) 101, 1C7
graiulij)inni8 (IMiotogenis) 42
gray i ( Carpiodes) 102, 199
pjriseiiH (Aconuia) 17G
grnniiieiis (Ilaploidonotus) 47, 01, 70
•rnlosiis (Cluenobryttus) 40, 00, 83
{^uttatns (Percopsis) 84
gnttatus (Zygonecti's) 48, 84
giiznianiensis (Acomiis) 178
guzmaniensis (Catostomiis) 102, 178
lladropteius 30, 34, 40, 45, 58, 88
Ilaploidonotus 47,01,70,89
haydeiii (Ptycbostomns) 101, 138
baydfui (Teretulus) 138
Ileniioplites 89
llemitreoiia 05, 79, 90
beterodon (Hemitremia) 85
beterurnm (Dorosomacepcdiaimm). 49, 77
hieroglyp'jicMs (Zygoncctos) 48, 81
binido (AnimocoBtes) 87
Hndsonius 19,30,90
Imdsouiiis (Catostoiiuis). 100, 100, 175, 17G
byalimis (Ceraticbtbys) 53, OS
li,\l)ognatbn.s 10,90
Ilyborliyncbus 03, 7H, 90
Hydropblox 18, 32, 30, 49, 04, 90
Hyloinyzou 151, 150
Hyodon 48, 02, 77, 89
HyodontidiB 48, 02, 77
llypentelinm 151. 154, 155, 157, 158
bypscloptciriiH (Lcncisciis) 42
bypsinotus (Ceraticbtbys) 25
Icbthielnnis 33, :!9, 43, 55, 09, 81, 90
Iclitby.djus 90, 10 1,211, 213, 214
Ictiobns 211,213
Iinostoma 88
incoiiHtans (Euc;ilia) 83
iii8cri[itiis (Notboiiotii.s) 34, 82
iiisciiptiis (Xenotis) 4(5, 01, 83
iusigue (Catostoimis) 105
in8igniH(Cato.HJoniiis) 101, 159, 105
insignia (Minomus) 105
insignia (Notnnia) 29, 87
intennpta (Moreno) 83
loa 88
iridfua (CtMitrarciins) 47,83
iscbaims (Xotcniigonn ) 24, '.^f^
iscbyrus (Icbtliyobns) 102, 215, 217
iscbyrns (Lepinpomns) 83
jarrovii (Miiioimis) 102,183
jarrovii (I'antostfus) 183
Pa CO.
,jessia3 (Poecilitbtbys) 59, 102
kennerlyi (Moxostonia) 101, 14H
Labeo 140, 142
labiatna (Catoatoniua) 100,173
Labideatbe.s 01,70,69
labrosus (Ceraticb thys) 25, 80
lacera (Lagocbila) 08,103,104,106
lacera (Qnassilabia) 08,80, 106
lacertosus (Hydropblox) 64
lacbrymale (Myxoatonia) 102, 115, 120
lacbryrnalia(Myxostoma dnqiU'snii). 120
lacbrymalia (Myxostonia niacrolc-
pidota) 120
lacbrymalia (Ptychoatonius) 102, 120
lacbrymalia (Teretulua) 120
lactarina (Acomiis) 170
lactarina (Catostomus) 102, 176
lacustria (Lota) 82
Lagocbila 104,105
latipinnis (Acomus) 178
latipinnis (Catostomus) ..101, 102, 102, 178
LepidosteidiB 29, 44, 55, 71, 81
Lepido.stona 29, 44, 55, 71, 81, 90
Lepiopomua 15, 30, 40, 40, 00, 70, 89
leptacantbua (Noturns) 44, .'5, 87
lesnt'urii (Catostomus) 100, 125
lencioda (Episema) 04, 85
leucops (Pbotogouis) 23
leucopus (Pbotoge"nis) 41, 84
limi (Melannra) 84
lineolatum (Etheostoma) 83
liorns (Cbasmistes) 219
lirus (Notropis) 53, 05, K5
Litbolepis 90
longiceps (Hybopsi.s) 64
longiroatris (Catostomus), 80, ICO, 102, 161,
175
long'rostrum (Catoatomua) 100, 175
Lota 88
binatns (Ilbinicbtbya) 67
lutipinnia (Hydropblox) 36,85
Luxilua 18,31, 49,64,78,90
lytbrocbloris (Xonotis) 83
Ly tbrurus 78, 90
macrocopbalna (Alvordius) .. S2
macrocliilns (t'atoatomus).. .. 102. 1(>0, 171
macroi-birus (Lepiopomus) 83
macrolipidoti (Myxostonia) 120
macrolt'pidiitum (Moxostoma) 120
macrolcpidotunj (MjiXoatoma), 54, 0>^, 80,
SO, 1(11. *102, 115. IK), 120, 124
macr(d»'j)id(»tiini (Tt-n-tulua) 120
uiacrolfpidotus (Catostomus), 100, 120, 125
macrob'iiiilot us ( Ptyrbostomus) 120
macropterum (Exoglosaum) 100, 103
IXDEX.
235
Pago.
maciopteruni (Hypentelium) 1G3
niacropttrns (Centrarchus) 36, 83
maculaticepa (Ailiua) 13
uiaciilati(!t*p8 (Boleosoma) 13,34
luaciilatuui (Boleosoma) 5b, 82
iiiaculatuiu (Etbeostoma) 12
uiaciilatus (Alvordius) 58, 73, 82
maculatus ( Iladropterus) 58
maculat us (Nothouotus) 82
maculosus(Acipeuser) 71, 87
maculosus (Catostoiuus) 100, 103
manitoii (Perciaa) 82
inargarotis (Enneacauthus) 83
uiarginatua (Noturus) 29
niarinoratus (Aiuiurus) 39,87
niatutiuus (Notroi)is) 85
maxilliiigua (Exoglossum) 80
luegaloi is (Xenotis) 70, 83
nicgasloinus (Catostoiuus) 100, UY.i
niblauops (CatostoniHs).. .27, 10), 130, 138
uielauops (Erimyzou) 27, 138
inelauops (Miuytrenia), 27, 54, 09, 80, 86,
lUO, 101, 137, 138
melanops (Ptycbostomus) 138
niolanops (Zygouectes) 84
melauoi)sis (Catostonius) 138
Melauuia 89
luelauurus (Rutilus) 100, 121
melas (Amiurus) 87
nieleagns (RliiuicLithys) 86
nieridioualis (Bubalichtbys) . . 102, 200, 210
meridionalis (Potaniocottus) . .47, 57, 73, 82
nieridioualis (Sclerognatbus) 210
Mesogonistius 89
Microperca 89
Micropterus 15, 30, 35, 40, 4l>, 00, 75, b9
micn)i)teryx (Notiopis) 05, 79, 85
microstomus (Alburuops) 04, 78, 85
inicrostomus (Miunilus) 04
Miuomus 151, 157, 180, 181
Miuytrenia.. 27, 54, 69, bO, 90, 103, 130, 137
iniurus (Noturus) 87
MoUienosia 89
niouaclius (Ceraticbtbys) 67,86
Moxostoma, 110, 113, 114; 136, 140, 142, 143
Myxocyprinus 104, 217
Myxostoma, 26, 33, 38, 43, 54, 68, 80, 90, 103,
110, 113
uasutus (Kbiuicbtbys) 86
natalis (Amiurus) 55, 70, 81, 87
iieogieus (Pboxinus) 85
ncvisensis (Alvordius) 82
niger (Arablodou) 209
niger (Ainmoccctes) 87
niger (Bubalicbtbys) 2U9
Page.
niger (Catostomus) 2t9
nigrescens (Cycleptus) 100, 180, 190
nigricans (Amiurus) 81, 87
nigricaus (Catostomus), 33, 54, 69, 80, 100,
101, 158, 159, 162, 103, 167
nigricans (Hylomyzon) 102
nigricaus (Hypentelium) 80, 102, 103
nigrofasciatus (Iladropterus) ...30, 34, 40,
45,82
uigromaculatus (Pomoxys) 47,76
niveiveutris (Amiurus) 87
niveus (Pbotogenis) 20, 85
notatus (Ilyborbyucbus) 63, 78, 84
notatus (Xystroplites) 61, 83
notatus (Zygouectes) 62, 77, 84
Notemigonus 24, 38, 53, 67, 79, 90
Notbonotus 13, 34, 58,74,89
Notropis 23, 53, 64, 78, 90
uottii (Zygouectes) 31, 48, 84
Noturus 29, 44, 55, 70, 90
uucbalis (Hyboguathus) 84
nuuimifer (Carpiodes) 102, 200
occideutalis (Catostomus) .. .101, 100, 172
oblongus (Cypriuus) 27, 100, 140, 145
oblougus (Erimyzon) 100, 145
oblongus (Labeo) 145
oblougus (Moxostoma) 145
oblongus (Teretulus) 145
obscurus (Lepiopomus) 40, 00,70, 83
obtusus (Rbinicbtbys) 54, 07, 86
oblongus (Catostomus) 145
olivaris (Pelodicbtbys) 70, 81, 87
olmstedi (Boleo,-oma) 13, 82
oneida (Catostomus) 101, 120
oneida (Ptycbostomus) 120
osseus (Lepidosteus)..29, 44, 55, 71, 81, 87
pallidus (Catostomus) 101, 107
pallidus (Eupomotis) 4(i, 01, 83
pallidus (Lepiopomus) .. .40, 40, 00, 76, 83
pallidus (Micropterus), 15, 40, 40, 60, 75, 83
Pantostcus 103, If 0, 181
papillosa (Myxostoma) 134
liapillosum (Myxostoma).. .26, 38, 86, 102,
118, 134
papillosum (Ptycbostomus) 102, 134
papillosum (Teretulus) 134
pellucidus (Pleurolepis) 82
Pelodicbtbys 70,81,90
peltastea (Xenotis) 83
Perca 89
Percida) 45, 60, 75
Percina 45,57,73,88
Percopsis 89
Pbenacobius 53,07,79,90
Pbotogenis 18, 20, 32, 41, 64, 78, 90
23G
INDEX.
Page.
])li()tuj;(.'nis (Notioj)is) iJ3, GO, 85
plioto^^enis (bqualiuM) 2\i
I'hoxinus 05,90
])li<)Xocephalii8 (Alvoicliii.s) 7'.i, 82
l)idieii»i.s(Myxo8toiiiu) 80, 118, lo3
pidieiisis (^Ptj-chostouius) I'Si
liidiensis (Terotulus) 13:{
riiu.-phuKs 78, UO
pinuigiT (Eniieacantbiis) 83
riacupbiuynx O'J, 90, 103, 107
pl;iDic*;i)8 (Catostoruus) 103
l)latycepbalu3 (Auiiuius) 28, 33, e7
platyccpbalus (Fiiuclodus) 28
phityibyucbiis (Miuomus) 1U2, 183
platyibyucbus (Paiitosteus) .. 180, 182, 183
l>latyibyncbus (Scapbirbyucbops). . 87
platystoiniis (Lfpidosteus) 71,87
plobuiiis (Cutostoimis) 101,184
l>lebuius (Miiioinus) 184
l)lebiMU.s (i'aiilosteiis) 102, 182, 184
jilt^bfjns (^Ciitostomus) 184
IVucilabtbys TjO, 75, 89
l)U3ciliira (Myxobloma) 103, 110,128
I'olyodou 71, 81, 90
Tolyodoutidio 71, 81
PouiolobiKs 02, 77, 90
jxiiuotis (Acaiitbarc'bus) 83
I'omoxys 47, 70, 89
I'otaiuocottiis 47, 57,73, 8S
piolixiim (Canipostonui auoiijalum ) 10,
49,03
]iroiiH'las (I'iiiiepbales) 78, 84
))i()ri;;i'r ((iihi) , 85
J'tyLbo.stoimi.s 110, 113, 114, 130
puuctatus (kblbaluius)..33, 39, 43, 55, 09,
81,87
puDctulata (Microperca) 83
py^^maiu (M«;lauuru) 84
I'y {lostuus 89
pynboincla.s (C'odoiua) 23, 85
pyrrbornclas (rbotoj^eiiis) 23
C^ua.ssilabia 08,90, 103, 104, 10,", 100
raucbii (Icblbyobus) 214, 215
ravL'iifli (Ksox) Ki, 48, 84
H'ti(:nhitiis(Cypriuu.s(CatostouiUH)) 100
ifticuhitiis ( Ksox) 10, 30, 48, 84
retropinnis (Catostoiiiiis') 101, 178
IJboocrypta 88
libiiikbtbya ,>!, 07, 90
libytidostomiis 180, 187
robustus (Icbtbyobii.s) 87
robust us (Ptycbostouiiis) 120
lobubtus (Ti.ri!luhi.s) 120
lostraiUH (Catostomus) 174
rostratus (Cyprinus) 174, 218
Page.
riibellus (Notroi)i8) 85
rubiciHidiis (Acipcnser) 71, 87
rubricroceus (Hybopsis) 32
rubricioceua (llydn)i)blox) 32, 04, 85
rubiifion8(Ceraticbtbjs) 32, 38, 80
rubrifrous (Nocomis) 32, 38
rubrifVous (NotropiH) 85
ruliliueatiis (Notbonotus) 58, 82
rupestrin (Aiiibbntlites).. .40, 40, 00, 75, 83
saluiofdes (Mici()pti;rus)..30, 3.5, 40, 40, 60,
75,83
Baliuoucum (Slizoutctbinm).. .45,00,75, 83
Baliuoutius (Esox) 84
Salmonidaj 10, 31, 03
ealudaiiiiH ( Alburuops) 10, 85
Salvelimis 10, 31, 03, 89
sanguifliins (Notbonotus) 75, 8i
eaugniijoleiiius (Xcnotis) 31, 40, 01, 83
sayauus (Apbododerus) 41, 47, 83
scabrice[)s (Episema) 85
Scapbiibyiicbops 90
ISciajuidaj 47, 01, 70
Sclerogriathus 190, 193, 201, 205, 217
scopiferus (Pbeoacobiiis) 80
seleue (Carpiodes) 102, 190
Beleuops (Ilyodou; 48, 02, 77, 84
SLMiiot.lus 20,38,43,54,08,80,90
sbumardii (Imostoma) 82
sicciihn (Labidestbes) 01, 70
Siliiridaj 28, 33, 39, 43, 55, 09, 81
siinotenim (Diijlesiunw) ..• 58, 73, 82
bimnlans (Ileiiiioplitcs) 8;J
spatula (Litbolepis) . 87
spectabilis (IVfilicbtbys) ti'i
spcctrunculns (Albiirnops) 04,85
speliDus (Auiblyopsis) 84
Bubterraneus (Typblicbthy.s) 84
sucetta (Catostomus) 144
eucetta (Cyprinus) 27, 100, 140, 144
Hucetta (Erimyzou), 27, 38, 43. 54. 09, 80, 80,
100, 101, 138, 144, 145
sucetta (Moxostoma) 144
sucetta (IVn-tuiiis) 1:58
suckleyi (Catostomus) 107
sucklii (Catostomus) 102,107
superciliosus (Ilyboi byiicbus) ^"4
squnmicops (Etbeostoma) 8;?
stelliforum (Xcnisma) 48, N4
stifiiuji-a ( Boleosoma) 45
Htigiiia?a (Ulocentra) 4.5, 82
stiginatura (Codoma) 50
stigmaturus (Photogonis) 50
stilltins (Notropis) 53
Stizostftbium 45, 00, 7.5, 89
8tolK-yi (Icbtbyobus) 101, 215,217
INDEX.
237
Pago.
straraineiis ( Alburnops) 85
sueurii (Catostonias) 1"25
siieurii (Cypiinus) 101
sueurii (Cypiinus (Catostomns)). .. r25
sueurii (Ptycljostomus) 125
sueuiii (Teretulus) 125
tabooijsis (Catostomns) 1(51, 173
Tauridea 88
taurus (Bubalichthjs) 55, 20G
taurus (Carpiodes) 101; 206
tolescopus (Notropis) 05, 79, 85
teuue (Moxostoma) 101, 146
teuuis (Eriuiyzon) 146
teres (Cat ostomus).. 100, 101, 102, 159, 166
Teretulus 110, 113, 114, 140
teretulus (Pheuacobius) SG
tergisus (Hyodon) 77, 84
tossellata (Etbeostoma) 59, 83
Tetra^^ouopterus 89
texauus (Catostomus) 102, 167
thalassiua (Myxostoma) 131
tbalassinuiu (Myxostouia) 86, 117, 131
tbalassinus (Notbonotus) 13, 82
tbalassinus (Ptycbostouius) 102, 131
tbalassinus (Teretulus) 131
tbompsoui (Carpiodes) 101, 195, 198
tbonipsoni (Icbtbyobus) 198
tlioreauianus (Seniotilus) 43
Thymallus 89
tilesii (Catostomus) 101, 174, 218
tricliroistia (Codoma), 50, 85
Tri-ilopsis 88
trisij^iiatum (Erimyzon) 16j, 167
trisij^natnni (Moxostoma) 102, 167
tuberculatus (Catostomus) 100, 145
tumidns (Carpiodes) 101,199
tumidus (Icbtbyobus) 199
Typbliebtbys 89
Uiocentra 45, 73, 88
Urauidea 88
uranops (Phenacobius) 67, 79, 86
urus ( Bubal icbtbys) .AVJ, 87, 101, 206, 209
urns (Carpiodes) 101, 201,209
urus (Sclerognatbus) 206
Page.
vacca (Carpiodes) 101, 199
Vaillantia 89
vandoisula (Gila) 24,85
vandoisulus (Leuciscus) 24
variatus (Peecilicbtbys) 75,82
velata (Moxostoma) 132
velata (Myxostoma) - 132
velatnm (Moxostoma) 132
velatum (Myxostoma) 26, 68, 86, 1 02,
117, 132
velatum (Teretulus) 132
velatus (Ptycbostomus) 102, 132
velatus (Teretulus) 132
velii'er (Carpiodes) 86, 194, 196
velifer (Catostomus) 100, 196
velifer (Ictby obus) 196
victorise (Moxostoma) 27, 138
viresceus (Pantosteus) 102, 182
viridis (Cbainobryttus) 15, 35, 83
vitrea (loa) 82
vitreum (Stizostetbium) 60,83
vittata (Hemitremia) 65, 79, 85
vittatus (Catostomus) 100, 145
vitulus (Bubalicbtbys) 206
vitulus (Carpiodes) 101
vulgaris (Auguilla), 29, 33, 39, 44, 55, 70,
81, 87
vulueratua (Notbonotus) 58, 82
wincbelli (Centrarcbus) 53, 68, 86
wiEobelli (Hyboiisis) 53
xtEDOcepbalus (Hydropblox) 49
xseuocepbalus (Hybopsis) 49
XLeunra (Codoma) 37, 85
xajnurus (Miunilus) 37
xautbocepbalus (xVmiurus) 87
xantbopus (Catostomus) 163
Xeuisma 48, 62, 77, 89
Xenotis 31, 46,61,76,89
Xystroplites 61, 89
yarrowi (Pantosteus) 183
zanemus (Ceraticbtbys) 24,86
zoiialis (Notbonotus) 58,82
Zygonectes 31, 48, 62, 77, 89
^cpavimcni of fhc ^nfcriot
IT. S. NATIONAL MUSEOTI.
13
BULLETIN
OF TBH
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
No. 13.
PUBLISHED UNDEE THE DIRECTION OF THE SJIITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
WASHINGTON:
aOVEllNMENT miNTING OFFICE.
1871).
THE FLOEA
OP
ST. CROIX km THE YIPtGIN ISLANDS,
•BY
B^RON H. F. ^. EaOERS.
WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
1879.
ADVERTISEMENT.
This work is the tliirteeiitli of a series of papers inteuded to illustrate
the collections of natural history and etlinology belonging to tlie
United States, and constituting the National Museum, of which the
Smithsonian Institution w^as placed in charge by the act of Congress of
August 10, 1840.
It has been prepared at the request of the Institution, and printed by
authority of the honorable Secretary of the Interior.
SPENCER r. BAIRD,
Secret art/ of ike Smithsonian Institution.
Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, May, 1879.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS,
WEST INDIES.
By Barox H. F. a. Eggers.
To the east of the island of Porto Eico, between 18° 5' and 18° 45' 55^.
lat. and Gi° 5' and 05° 35' W. long., stretches a dense cluster of some
larger and numerous smaller islands for a distance of about 85 miles,
which are known by the name of the Virgin Islands. The principal
islands are Vieques and Culebra, belonging to Spain, St. Thomas and St.
Jan, belonging to Denmark, and Tortola, Virgin Gorda, and Anegada,
belonging to England. The superficial area of the larger islands is only
from 10 to 40 square miles, whilst the smaller ones are mostly uninhabited
islets, or even rocks, some of which are nearly devoid of vegetation, the
coast-line of them all being sinuous, and forming numerous, small bays
and creeks. The Avhole group is evidently a submarine prolongation of
the moimtains of Porto Eico, showing its tops and higher ridges above
the h^A'el of the sea, the depth of which between the various islands and
Porto Eico is only from 6 to 20 fathoms. The decli\'ities to the north
and the south of the ridge on the reverse are very steep, no bottom hav-
ing been found 25 miles to the south in 2000 fathoms, and 80 miles to the
north the Challenger Expedition found a depth of about 3850 fathoms,
the greatest ever measured in the northern Atlantic Ocean.
The greatest height in the Archipelago is attained in its central part,
St. Thomas reaching up to 1550', Tortola even to 1780', St. Jan and
Virgin Gorda being a little lower, whilst the hills in Vieques and Cule-
bra, to the west, are only 500'-(>00' high, and Anegada, the northeastern-
most, is, as its Spanish name, the inundated, implies, merely alow or half-
submerged island, elevated but a few feet over the level of the sea. The
central islands, therefore, present the appearance of a steep ridge, pre-
cipitously sloping to the north and the south, and cut up by numerous
ravines, which during heavy rains are the beds of small torrents, but
which generally are without running water, and which at their lower end
widen into small level tracts on the sea-coast, often forming a lagoon on
the sandy shore. Between these level tracts the coast is usually very
Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 13 1 1
2 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
l)ol(l iiiid rooky, f<>nniii<; abrupt promontories of considerable lieij^ht
and picturesque appearance, the hills and ridges on tlie other hand
being more rounded and of a softer outline.
The Mliole group of islands, with the exception of Anegada, which is
built li}) of a tertiary limestone of very recent and probably pliocene
date, belongs to the cretaceous period,*showing as the principal rock a
breccia of felsite and scoriaceous stones, the cementing i)art of which
probably consists of decomposed hornblende, and having its cavities
commonly filled with quartz or calcareous spar. Besides this principal
rock, which is often found distinctly stratified, and which is called
Bluebit by the inhabitants, who generally employ the stone for 1)uilding
materials, limestone, diorite, clay-slate, and other less frequent minerals
also occur in the islands, forming, however, only a poor substratum for
vegetation everywhere. For the product of the decomposed rock is
generally a red heavy clay. Only Vieques shows a more fertile soil, pro-
duce«l by the alteration of a syenite-lilce diorite, its more level surface at
the same time allowing the fertile strata to remain on the surface; whilst
in the other islands the heavy rains as a rule will wash the loose cover-
ing of the ground down to the sea.
From various facts observed in Anegada and A'irgin Gorda by Sir 11.
Schomburgk,+ as well as by Mr. Scott, in Vieques, at Porto Ferro Bay,
it appears tliat at the present jteriod the mIioIc chain of islands is slowly
rising, so that perhaps in a geologically siteaking not very distant time
most of the islands may become connected reciprocally and with Porto
Rico.
To tlM' soutli oftlic ^'irgiIl Islands, at a distance of about .'Jl' miles, and
betwecMi 170 40' and ITo 47' X. hit., 04© 35' and 04^ 54' W. IcMig., lies the
island of St. Croix, geograi)hically considered an outlying i)art of the
former group, but separated from it by an immense chasm of more than
2000 fathoms, as statc<l above. This extraordinary ('rcvicehas no doubt
been formed at an early period, and ha*< in various respects contributed
materially to isolating the island from its neighbours.
St. Croix is of about 57 s(iuarc miles, and has a triangular lonii. with the
gicatesf leuglli, some L'O miles, from east 1o west, the greatest breadth
being about 5 miles, iu the western ]tart of the island, which becomes
gradually narrower towards the east. The coast-line is more <()nnected
and the surlaee more le\4'l than in most of the Virgin Islands, tln' hills
streieliiiig only along the !i(»itheni coast and tlirtiugh the eastern part of
"Cii'vo: On tlu- (ieoioif.v of tin- North-fastcrn Wrst Intlin iHlniids. Stockholm, 1871,
tBorghuiis: Almauacb tiir tlas Jalir 1837, \>\k lO'i mul -40."*.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. O
the island, reaching in some places as high as lloO' (Mount Eagle), but
averaging G00'-800' only.
The rock of these hills is nearly the same as in the above-named
group, although tlie Bluebit of this latter occurs more rarely, and is sub-
stituted by a fine, greyish, stratified clay-slate, without vestiges of any
organic remains. The strata of this slate are often ^•ery much disturbed,
so as to jjresent an exceedingly broken and overturned appearance. The
greater, western part of the island tbrms a large, slightly inclined plain,
sloi)ing towards the south, and interrupted in a fcAV i)laces hy low, short,
isolated ridges only 200'-300' high, and formed of a tertiary lime-
stone of the miocene period. This limestone is covered by a layer of
detritus and marls some feet thick, but shows itself at the surface in
various places, and contains several fossils, partly of still existing species
of mollusca.
Along the coasts are found some new alluvial formations, often enclos-
ing lagoons, some of which are of considerable size. These lagoons are
being gradually filled up by vegetable matter, as w^ell as by sand and
stones washed down by the rains from the hills; but whilst in the Virgin
Islands many similar lagoons have been raised already several feet above
the level of the sea, and laid completely dry, no such thing has been
observed in St, Croix. This seems to indicate that no rising of the ground
is taking place in the latter, as is the case in the former, as mentioned
above. From its whole structure and formation it may be inferred that
the soil is more fertile in St. Croix than in most of the Virgin Islands,
Vieques excei)ted, the sugar-cane being cultivated to a considerable ex-
tent on the island.
Whilst thus the geology of St. Croix and the Virgin Islands presents
some not unimportant differences, the climate may, on account of their
similar geograpliical position, as well as elevation above the sea-level, be
said to be materially the same in both.
In accordance with the geographical position of the islands, the tempera-
ture is very constant and high, the yearly mean average being 27.2° C.,
divided nearly equally over all the months, the coldest, February, show-
ing 25.0°, the warmest, September, 28.9°, a difference of 3.3° onl3\ The
same uniformity is observed in the daily variation, which scarcely ever
surpasses 5°, the thermometer rising gradually from a. m. till 2 i>. ni.,
and falling just as gradually during the rest oi the 24 hours.
Thus the difference of temperature at the various seasons of the year
is too small to affect the life of vegetation to any very percej)tible ex
4 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
tent, and it is tlicrefore tlie variable dejrreo of moisture at different times
which chiefly produces any variation in the development of vegetable
life at the different seasons.
The lowest tomperatnie observed at the sea -level, in the shade, is IS.IO;
the liighest, o5.5^. In the sun, the mercury will sometimes rise as high
as 51°, but as a rule does not surpass 40°. Observations made in St.
Thomas by Knox * and myself show a decrease of about 2° for an eleva-
tion of every 800', which gives to the highest ridges in St. Thomas an<l
Tortola an annual mean temperature 3.iO-4° lower than that of the coast,
a difference sufficient to produce some variation in the flora of these
parts. Tlie northern slope of the hills, from being the greater part of
the year, viz, from August to May, less ex])ost'd to the rays of the sun,
are generally also somewhat cooler and more moist than the southern
ones, the consequences whereof are also felt in the life of plants to a con-
siderable extent.
An equal regidarity, us observed in the temperature, manifests itself
with regard to the pressure of the atmosphere, the daily variations of
the l>arometer being only about 0.05", an<l the maximum yearly ditfer-
ence only 0.2". It is only during strong gales and hurricanes that the
barometer is more seriously affected, it then falling sometimes as much
as 2". These hurricanes, as a rale, occur only during the mouths from
August to October, at which period the trade-winds from the northeast,
which otherwise blow most part of the year, generally become unsteady
and uncertain. These constant winds, combined with the high tempera-
ture, no doubt are the reason why the moisture of the air is compara-
tively small, being on an average only 73 jH'r cent, of the possible nu\xi-
mum, thus exciting a constant evaporation in plants, and rendering it
necessary for them to obtain a gi'eater supi)ly of water through (hr soil
than in uku'C moist climates. For this reason a considerable (]uantity of
rain becomes of the highest importance to the vegetable life, as beijigthe
only form in which plants can obtain a sufficient amount of water neees-
sarv' to tlicir existence, even dew being very rare on account of the trade-
winds blowing also during the night the greater part of the year.
Neither of the islands in question is of suffu'ient elevation above the
sea to cool and condense the atmospheric moisture brought on by the
trade wind, nor is their eonliguration favourable for detaining the clouds,
their greatest extent being parallel to the direction of the wiiul. Thus,
for the greater part of the year they receive only a small quantity of
•Knox : An Historical Accouut of St. Thdraas, W. I. (Now York, ISi^S.)
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 5
rain, falling cliieliy in the form of short, rapid showers of only a few
minutes' duration, and it is not tiU. the warmer part of the year that
hea\^ and general rains become possible in these regions. During this
latter time, the trade-winds become irregular and slight, or are even
entii'ely suspended, as stated before 5 hence the moistiu'e generated by
the daily evaporation from the ocean is not carried off as soon as formed,
but is allowed to gather into rain-clouds, and finally to precipitate itself
again as rain nearly on the same spot where it was formed.
From observations made in various islands for a i)eriod of more than
twenty-five years, the annual mean quantity of rain seems to be about
the same in all the islands, averaging 42"-44"; the eastern parts of all,
as being more exposed to the direct action of the winds, always show-
ing a considerably smaller quantity than the central and western ones.
Although no month of the year is without rain, yet from the above it
will be easily concluded that there is a remarkable difference between
the various months in this respect : the driest, February, having only an
average of 1.5"; the wettest, October, of 7.0"; and to this difference, at
the various i)eriods of the year, it is chiefly due, that notwithstanding
the uniform temperature all the year round, yet some variations in the
aspect and intensity of vegetable life are observed in the various sea-
sons.
Both the annual and the monthly quantity of rain are subject to vary
considerably, one year showing 23", or in some places 18" only, another
again 70" or 78". A still greater difference may be observed between
the same months of different jeuvs : thus, February having had one year
0.10" only, another, on the contrary, 3.75"; May 0.47" the one year and
10.84" the other. These excessive variations must, no doubt, materially
affect vegetable life, indicating a1 the same time a considerable degree
of hardiness in respect to drought in the perennial plants indigenous to
the islands, and as alluded to above, acting upon them in a similar way
as the variations in temperature in colder climates.
The number of days on which rain falls averages for the period from
1852-73, IGl a year, giving a mean fall of rain of 0.27" per diem : Ajnil
showing the lowest nuuber, 9; October the highest, 16. From what has
been said before, it is evident, however, that the small monthly quantity
of rain during the dry i)art of the year, viz, January to April, divided
even over a great number of days (so as to amount to 0.14" or 0.18^'
only a day), can be of no great importance, as it is precipitated in a short
shower, is insuflicient for penetrating into the soil, and so is very soon
b FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND TIIK VIRGIN ISLANDS.
evaporated n^am l>y the action of the sun and the trade-wind combined.
It is not till ^lay, when tlic increased quantity <»f rain is suificient to
penetrate the parched soil, tliat its influence and eflect upon vegetation
makes itself felt by renewed life and activity in all the various branches
of the vegetable Idngdoin in general.
Looking at the vegetation of St. Croix and tlie Virgin Islands in its
generality, and without entering into details, we may consider it to be
identical, as a Avhole, showing the same main features, and naturally
divided into four distinct Ibrniations, as in most other AVest India
Islands, viz. the littoral, the shrubby, the sylvan, and the region of
cultivation, connected, of com'se, here and there by intermediate forma-
tions, but on the whole virtually distinct from different biological con-
ditions.
Beginning with the littoral llora, we liiid along the coast in shallow
water a multitude of Algie, among which are found some marine Pliane-
rogaina^, especially the common T}iaht,s,sia tcfitiiilinnm and Cymodocca
mauatonun, and in less quantity the beautiful little Halophila Baillonii,
a recently discovered Potamea, with oval delicate leaves, and growing
gregariously on the bottom of the sea in coarse gravel. The vegetation
of tropical seashores is of a very uniform character all over the world,
the physical conditions being similar on them all, and the migration
fi-om one shore to another being exceedingly facilitated l)y the sea as
well as by birds, storms, and the action and intercourse of the iuliab-
itants. Thus, the same species of littoral plants are found on nearly all
the West India islands, many of them also inhabitants of far distant
shores on the African and Asiatic continents, — belonging to the cosmo-
politan and transoceanic si)ecies, a list of which was first prepared by
Eobert Brown, and afterwards augmented by A. DeCandolle, and wliicli
seem to jiossess an extraordinary faculty for migration. According to
the ditferent character of the coast, as sandy, rocky, or swampy, the
vegetation on it also assumes a diflerent aspect.
On the s;in(l> sjiore, which is <'oinp(tsed of a liiif white graxcl, con-
sisting ])rincipally of innumerable, i)ieces of broken shells and corals,
and thus forming a thick layer of carbonate of lime, we see a luxurious
llora of trees, shnd)s, and minor ])lants, which all, on accoinit of the
undergroiMKl water collecting from the hills above, generally ha\'e a
green api»earance all the year round, even Mhen the hills of the interior
present a withered asi>ect from want of rain. Among the trees j^'ow-
jug here the most prcMninent are the Jlippomanc Maiiciiiclla, the Cocco-
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. I
hha nrifcra, Chrysobalanus Icaco, and Canclla alba, besides tlie Cocoa
micifera, which is planted and iiatiiralized, especially on the low sandy
seashore. Tinder these taller forms appear many kinds of shrubs, such
as Ecastophylhim Broicnei, Tourncfortia gnaphalodes, Borrlchia arbores-
cens, Ernodea litoralis, Suriana maritima, ErithaJis fruticosa, Colubrina
ferruginosa, Guilandina Bonduc and Bonducella, and several others.
Still lower shrubs and suffrutescent herbs are Scccvola Plumieri, Tourne-
fortia gnaphahdcs, Scsuvium portulacastrum, HeUotropium ciirassavicum,
Philoxenis vermiciilatiis, CaJcile cvqiiaUs, as well as several grasses and
sedges, as Sporobulu& Utoralis, Stenotaphrum americanum, and Cgperus
brunneiis, as also some remarkable creepers or climbers, such as
Iponum pcacaprcv and Lablah vulgaris.
I\Iost of these species disai^pear on the rocky cliffs, where they give
room for others, mostly shrubs of a low growth, and with thicker or
more coriaceous leaves, that are able to resist the force of the wind,
which often bends the whole plant into a dwarfish individual, the
branches of which are cut off at the top in a western direction. The
most common of these shrubs are Jacqidnia armillaris, Elwodendron
xylocarpum, Plmnieria alba, and Coccoloba punctata, as well as some
monocotyledonous plants, such as Pitcainiia angmtifoUa, Agave amcri-
cana, and a few Cacti, i^rincipally the stout Mclocactus communis.
Still more different forms appear where the coast becomes swampy
from the presence of lagoons. Here predominates the Mangrove forma-
tion, composed chiefly of Laguncidaria raccmosa, Conocarpus erectus, Avi-
cennia nitida, and Rliizophora Mangle, which all grow moi'e or less in the
water itself. In less moist places we find some others, such as Bucida
Buccras, Anona palustris, Antherylium Bokrii, and the curious Batis ma-
ritima, which recalls to the mind the halopliy tes of the steppes.
However different these various forms of littoral plants may apj)ear,
compared to each other, yet they all have in common the predilection
for the sea, the saline exhalation of which seems indispensable to their
growth. Some have even, like Avieennia, their leaves always covered
with small salt crystals; others, like Batis maritima, are true halopliytes,
and only very few of the plants of the coast iy generality are found in the
interior even of these small islands. An excex)tion is made by the cocoa-
nut palm, which is found growing all about on the islands, even on the
top of the highest hills, as also by Coccoloba uTifera, found in similar
localities.
In passing from the coast into the interior we find on the eastern, and
8 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
partly also on the southern part of all tlie islands, a drj' shrubby vege-
tation of a gjeyish or yellowish aspect, which, from the predominating"
genus coiiii)()sinj;- its elciiicnts, 1 have called the Croton vegetation. This
l)eculiar kind of dry shrub also occurs here and there in other parts of
the islands, where the soil, through reckless cidtivation, has become too
exhausted to produce a growth of taller trees, and it cannot be estimated
to cover less than one third part of the whole surface of the islands, pre-
dominating in some, as Tortola, St. Thomas, and Oulebra, less conspicu-
ous in others, as St. Jan, Vieques, and St. Croix.
The ravines as well as the northern and western parts of the islands
are often covered w'ith a growth of taller trees, forming a Idnd of forest,
composed of species partly evergreen and partly with deciduous foliage,
and Avhich, from one of the most prominent forms, 1 have called the Erio-
dendron vegetation. The area covered by this iorniation may be taken
to be about one fifth of the whole surface, the best wooded islands being
St. Jan and Vieques, the least wooded ones St. Thomas and Viigin
Gorda.
The remainder of the surface is either used for pasture or cultivated
■with sugar-cane or provisions, the former on a large scale iu St. Croix
and Vieques only, the latter everywhere on the islands where the soil
seems proper for the purpose. This last section 1 term the cultivated
region.
Considering first the C/roton vegetation, we find here a number of plants
whieh in varions ways have become enabled to resist the deteritnating
eftects of the dry climate, and to exist on the barren rocky soil always
found where the moisture is not suflBcient for decojnposing the natnral
rock of the surface. Thus, some of these plants, as the whole of the
genus Croton, already mentioned above, have small leaves, wliich, like
the stem, are covered with scales and tomentose hair, eontaining besides
arouuitic oil, all which contrivances tend to diminish evaporation as nmcli
as possible. The most common species of tliis n niaikable genus are C.
flavufi, ((.stroitcfi, bicolor, and bctuliinis. Otlier forms obtain the same
object by liaving very small, partly deciduous leaves and their stii>ides
transfornie(l into ])riekles, especially the Acacia*, such as .1. Far)irxiana,
macracniillui, fortitosa, and aarmeniom. Others, again, are rich in milky
juice, as JJupliorbia pct'wlaria^ Ramcoljia LanKtrclii, an<l the natnralized
Calotropis prnccrn, or nunely in aqueous sap, as the Cactea^ the connnon-
est forms of whieh are ^f^■JtH'avtus communis^ Ccrcus form.suii, and several
species of < )i>unt ia. Others, such as Bronudiacea', on the contrary, have
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 9
a very dry structure, and a dense cover of scales for protection, whilst
others again, such as Anona squamosa, which are apparently without
any means to resist the effects of dry weather, have no other remedy left
than to shed their leaves during a XJart of the year, and thus preserve
their existence at the temj>orary sacrifice of their vegetative organs.
All the forms mentioned above are of very slow growth, and, with the
exception of a few that are used for burning charcoal, of scarcely any
importance either to man or animals, for which reason the districts oc-
cupied by them as a rule present a very desolate and uninviting appear-
ance.
Where the climate becomes sufficiently moist, and the soil in conse-
quence thereof more decomposed and fertile, the forest appears in place
of the Croton vegetation, on the uncultivated lands, especially in ravines
and on steep declivities, which do not allow of cultivation or grass-
farming. As nearly everywhere in the troi)ics, the forest here is com-
posed of many different species of trees mixed together, a gregarious
growth being very rare. From the forests of moister troijical countries,
however, the woods in these islands are distinguished by possessing a
quantity of forms with thin, herbaceous leaves, which for this reason
shed their foliage during a i^art of the year, thus combining the appear-
ance of the woods of colder cUmates with the dark evergreen forms of
the intertropical countries. Some of these species with deciduous
foliage have two periods for iioweriug: one precocious in the first
months of the year, when the small quantity of rain seems insufiScient
to ijroduce both leaves and flowers at a time, and another later in the
year, when both foliage and blossoms are vigorously developed by the
increased moisture of the summer. The evergreens for the same reason
have a less fixed and more uidimited time for flowering, and seem to
show their reproductive organs whenever the quantity of rain becomes
sufficient for i)roducing them besides maintaining the already existing
foliage. Among the great variety of evergreen forms of trees and
shrubs, I shall here only mention as the most common several species
of Anona; of Guttifera^, such as Galophyllum Calaba and Glusia rosea;
of SapotaccjB, such as Sideroxylon, Chrysophyllum, Lucuma, and Di-
pholis ; of Rutacese, as Zanthoxylum and Tobiuia ; of Lauraceae, as Nec-
tandra and Orcodoxylon, as well as many others, for the details of which
I beg to refer to the systematica] part of my treatise. Others are pos-
sessed of aiirial roots by which to affix themselves to the stems of trees
and rocks, as several species of Ficus ; others again are vines, such as
Bignonia, Serjania, Gouania, and Cissus.
10 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Interspersed bctweeu these evergreens iU'c seen ^■arious species of
arboreous plants with deciduous leaves, tlie nuuiljer otAvliicli, however,
seldom is larjj:e enough to seriously change the general aspect of the
forest as beinj; uuiforinly green all the year round. The time for shed-
ding their foliage in these forms is generally from January to April,
most of them, as stated before, floweriug i)recociously at this time, as
the moisture in the ground is not suflicient to allow them to retain llieir
foliage together with the producing of the flowers. It appears evident
that this is the reason for the shedding of the leaves, from the fact ob-
served by me in several species (such as Piscidia Erythrina and others),
that iii(li\ iduals which, from being too young or for some other reason,
do not tlo\ver, do not shed their foliage, but evidently find moistui'c
enough in the soil to resist the drought, not having to spend theii
resources on the production of flowers and fruits, as others of their kind.
The most prominent among the trees and shrubs with a deciduous
foliage ai'c *S^>ow<?ias lutca^ SchmidcUa occidentalism the enormous Erio-
dcndron aii/rdctuosiim, Ilura crepitans^ Cascaria ramijlora, Sahinca jlorida,
and several others, which all more than the evergreens contribute their
share to the forming of a layer of leaf-mould under the taller forms. Yet
this layer is but scanty in most i)laces, and from the want of it, as well
as from the dense shade produced by the evergreen trees and shrubs,
the minor forms covering the ground are comparatively scarce, and
chiefly confined to some Piperacere, Acanthacea?, and Gramineae, as
well as a few ferns and mosses, among which Hemionitis 2)ahnata, Pteris
l)cduta, and As2)Ieniiim j^nf^ifJ^f^ft are the most conunon.
A somewhat richer variety is presented by the numerous epiphytes
that cover the branches and stems of trees and shrubs, notwithstanding
tlial the baric of the latter, from the uiiilbrm teiiipcratnre, is, as a rule,
exceedingly smooth, and but rarely covered with lichens or mosses. Of
real parasites oidy a few are met with, c>ij)ecvMy Loranthus cmarfiinatusj
whilst the non i)arasitical epiidiytes are numenmsly represented by
Bromeliacea' (princijially the genus Tillandsia), Aroidea3 (among tlu-m
the hu'ge-leaved Philodendron gifjantcum), and Orchidacea} (chiefly Epi-
dendrums an<l Oncidiums), as well as some ferns. Of these latter families,
se\ eral s])ecies ai'e Ibund oidy on the highest ri<lges of the islands,
at an ele\atioji of over l.')00', there forming a Ibiniation i»cculiar to
these regions, comprising, among others, some terrestrial Orchids, such
as JTiihoiaria maculosa and alatdj as well as sonu' Aroidea*, Uronu'liaeea^
and f»'rns, among wliirh the bfaiififnl Ciinflim tirhitmi deserves special
mention.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 1 1
The part of the island inhabited and cultivated by man of com'se rep-
resents the least of interest in a phyto-geographical sense, as nature here
has been modified and modelled according to the wishes and necessity
of society to such an extent as to almost entirely obliterate its original
character. As stated already, the princii)al object of cultivation is the
sugar-cane, which, however, is cultivated on a large scale only in the
two largest and most level of the islands, Vieques and St. Croix, the
others, viz. St. Thomas, St. Jan, Tortola, and Virgin Gorda, having,
with a few exceptions, long ago abandoned the cultivation of the cane
as unremunerative, the two remaining of the larger islands, Culebra
and Anegada, never having been appropriated to that purpose.
Besides the cane, some Sorglnim indjjare is also cultivated in fields for
herbage, the rest of the tilled soil being used for the i^lanting of the
common tropical vegetables, generally in small quantities, on patches
of soil selected here and there. The commonest of these plants are Yam
{Dioscorca alata and aUissima), Sweet Potato {Ipomcea Batatas), Okro
{Ahdmoschus escuJentus), Tanier {Xanthosoma sa/jittwfolmm), Pigeon-pea
{Ci/tisi(s Cajan), Tomato, and Pepper {Capsicum), as well as some Cucur-
bitaceae, as Pumpkin, Melon, and others.
Along with these useful plants follow a great number of herbaceous
annuals, mostly cosmopolitan weeds, introduced after the settlement of
the islands, and dependent on the continuous cultivation of the land, as
without the clearing of the soil from shrubs and trees their existence
would soon be terminated by the stronger arboreous species, which
would deprive them of the necessary light and air.
Thus, much against his wish, man favours the propagation of innu-
merable weeds, which in their short period of vegetation produce seeds
enough to secure their continuance on the land notwithstanding the
efforts to exterminate them by frequent weeding. Among the com-
monest of these forms are some Labiata? {Leomirus sibiriciis, Leonotis
neiietcefolia, and Leucas martinicensis), Argemone mexicana, Tribulus max-
imus, Boerhaavia erecta and panicidata, and especially many grasses
and sedges, such as Panicum, Paspalum, Chloris, Digitaria, Cyperus,
and others. The most troublesome of these, from an agricultural point
of view, is the Bay-grass {Cynodon Bactylon), said to be introduced, but
now found everywhere, and, on account of its long creeping rhizoma,
inextcM-minable.
Similar forms to these are seen growing along roads and ditches, espe-
cially some LeguminosjE, as Crotalaria, Desmodium, Phaseolus, Clitoria,
12 FLOKA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Centrosema, Terammis, Vigna, Ehyncliosia, and otbers; grasses, as Lap-
pago, Aristida, Sporobolus, Eleusine, Dactylocteuiimi, and Eragrostis ;
orSyiiautbereaf,asEl«'i)liaiitopius,Distieptus, BideusjaiidPectis. AVliilst
all these latter forms llower during the greater part of the year, the beau-
tiful Coiivolvulaeeai, such as Iiwmoca fastigiata, Nil, umhcUata, disnecta,
violacca, and otbers, arc in blossom only during the winter months, from
December to February.
In some places that are moist enough, sedges and semi-aiiuatie plants
will be seen growing; in a few rivulets which contain water all the year
round, and which are limited to Vieques and St. Croix, a few a(juatic
forms occur, such as Ecliinodorus cordifolius, Lemna minor, Tijplta iin-
(jmiifoJia, and Xymphaa ampla.
The pastures, which occupy a considerable extent of the hind, are
either artificial, — planted with Guinea-grass {Panicum maximum), a
perennial plant, and, like most of the cultivated West India plants, in-
troduced from tlie Ohl World, — or natural, covered with various forms of
indigenous Graminece as well as low shrubs and trees, tliat have con-
tinually to be cleared away to prevent the land becondng overrun by
them. Tlie artificial pastures as a rule are fenced in, and often protected
against the dry season by the plantingof Tliibet-trees (.Icrttm Lcbbel), now
commonly naturalized everywhere; the natural ones, on the contrary, are
generally open and abandoned to the cattle, whilst the artificial ones are
cut regularly, and the stock is not allowed to enter them.
The grasses composing the natural pastures are several species of Pa-
nicum, Paspalum, Dactyloctenium, and Sporobolus; some, as Trichola-na
imnhiri.s, being very bitter and unfit for herbage. The roaming about
of the cattle everywhere effectually prevents the re-establislmient of trees
or woods, which, for climatic reasons, would be desirable in many jdaces;
for the young buds are destroyed by sheei) i^"<^ goats, wliich no doubt
have contributed largely to deteriorating even the stdl existing woods.
Around dwellings are found planted and nalmalizcd most of the plants
now c^unmon to nearly all tropical countries, — some fruit-bearing, as
Tamarinditfi indiai, Mani/ifem iiidica, Corlva Tapacja, FcrKca firati.ssima,
Crcavcntia Cujctf, Melicucca hijuga; others ornain<'ntaI, as roiticiana rcgia,
CaUiandra mman, Cccmlpinia pnleherrimn. and others Actual gardens
are now vi>ry rare, tlowers being mostly enlti\;itrd in p(»ts or boxes.
Some few vegetables of colder climates are cultivated in shady i>laces
where water is abundant, such as salad, radishes, cabbage, and others.
In waste places are found most of the tropical weeds, as liicinm com-
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 13
mtinis, Datura Metel and Stramonium^ Euphorbia pilulifera, heterophylla,
and hypericifolia, Mirabilis jalapa^ Jatropha euro's, Cassia occidentalism
and especially several kinds of Sida and Abutilon as well as some other
Malvaceae.
The four formations mentioned above are nsually found only on the
larger islands, the smaller ones, from their limited size, generally pos-
sessing chiefly the littoral and shrubbj^ only. The island of Anegada,
although being one of the larger ones, yet from its structure and the
nature of its soil, seems to be chiefly covered by a vegetation composed
of the plants of the sandy shore, besides some of the trees and shrubs
following the settlement of man in these regions. Sir R. Schomburgk,
who has given a description of the island in the Journal of the Eoyal
Geographical Society, 1832, asserts tliat the island possesses several in-
teresting species of plants, among others a peculiar kind of Croton. As,
however, I have not been able to procure the work referred to above, I
am not prepared to say which those species are, and they are not men-
tioned by Prof. Grisebach in his Flora of the British West India Islands.
Although, as stated above, the general character of the flora both in
St. Croix and the Virgin Islands, considered as a whole, is essentially
the same and distinctly West Indian, yet, in looking more closely into
details, we are soon strnck by finding a great many species in the one
which aie not ftmnd- in the other. This is the more remarkable, as
from a geographical and climatical point of view the physical condi-
tions must be said to be materially identical.
In referrin.g to the list of plants given at the end of my treatise it will
be seen that out of a number of 881 indigenous phanerogamous species
no less than 215, or c. -|, are found in the Virgin Islands only, whilst 98,
or about ^, occur only in St. Croix, thus leaving only 508, or less than
I, in common to both.
As may be expected from the general character of littoral vegetation,
there are vcvy few species which are not found on both sides of the deep
channel separating St. Croix from its northern neighl)ours, the]ninci])al
exception being Baccharis dioica, which only occurs in St. Croix, and
EgJetes J)ominf/cnsi,<i, found by me only in the Virgin Islands.
Some greater difference is found in the dry shrubby formation, where
several very common plants, such as Euphorbia petioJaris, Acacia sar-
mcniosa, Mamillaria nivosa, and others, are to be seen in the Virgin Isl-
ands oidy, St. Croix having to itself a few less common species, such as
SccuriTiega aeidothammts and Castcia crecta.
14 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
It is, however, in the forest vegetation, ^vhic•h best represents the
original llora of the islands, tliat the greatest and most vaiied difi'er-
ences are observed, showing especially the great \ariety of species in
the Virgin Islands which are not all found in St. Croix, and among
which are many of the commonest and most generally distributed forms.
Belonging to St. Croix alone are comi)aratively few and lare sjjecies,
chielly some Ehamnaceai, viz, Majjtcnus ckvodcndroidcs and Zi typhus
rcdculattis, CatcshicaparviJlora^Bcloperone nemoro.sa, rctUiit Domingc.iai.s,
Buxu.s VaJiUi, and Urcra data. All these forms occur only in a few
localiiirs, and are of no importance to the general character of vegeta-
tion, as is the case on the Virgin Islands with many of the following
si)ecies that are found on them, but not in St. Croix. It would be too
nnicli to mention all the dilferent species here, for which 1 beg to refej-
to the ai)]>ended list and tabular statenu-nt. I shall only enumerate a
few of thi' most interesting, especially Malpighiaceoe (as lUjrsonima
lucida, Malpifihia Cnula and angmiifoJla), Kutaccfe {TUocarpuH racvmo-
sits, Tohlnia spinosa, Xanihodylum ochroxylum), Leguminosa^ [Sdhincd
forida, Picteiia aristata, Scshania sericca, and Acocia midijiora)^ and
Sapotaceoj {Sapota Sideroxylon). Among Monocotyledones are to be
mentioned Arthrosfi/Jidium capiUifoUumj Jihynchonporn punlUa, Dioscorca
pilofiitiscitla, Caiojysis nuians, and several Orchids. Scveial of these
plants grow more or less gregariously, thus bec()miiig cliaracteristical
to the formation. Among these i\ve Malpiffhia Cnida, licynosia htiifoUa,
Acacia nudijhra, Sahinca JloridOf and several s^jccies of I^ilea, most of
them being very common, and even generally used for doimslic ]mr
poses.
Besides tliese species, entirely wanting in St. Croix, tlir N'ii-in
Islands possess several that are very connnon, or at least not uncommon
on them, but which occur but very rarely in St. Croix, such as T/iriita.v
arf/ctitca, Itondclcila jrilosa, Faramca odoratissima^ Miconia anf/ustiftdiOy
Mimom Ccraionta, an<l others, and most of which 1 have not loimd my-
self in the latter island,but only found lalu'lled with St. Croix as hal)itat
in the Coi)enhagen herbarinm, so that an error in some cases at least
may be not at all im|)ossible.
However great are the dilferences in tlic Uora on the two groups of
islands, yet tliis interesting fact is not due to their posses.sing cnd«>mic
si)ecies, as all the ]>lants known as growing on them are also found in
other West India islands, especially Porto Kico, whence the vegetution
of both the Virgin Islj^nds and St. Croix seems to be derived. Thus it
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 15
is mainly to difi'erent periods of immigration under varied i)liysical
conditions that we must ascribe the remarkable discrepancies in the
flora of those apparently homogeneous islands. Some few species, it is
true, are indeed given in my list as having been found only in the Vir-
gin Islands, such as a few Cacte^, Vernonia Thomcc, and the new species
described by me on the present occasion. But as long as Porto Rico,
Hayti, and even Cuba, are still iusufticiently explored, it may very well
remain doubtful whether those species do not also occur in one or sev-
eral of them, just as several Cuban plants, described as endemical in
that island by Prof. Grisebach, have been found by me to occur not at
all unfrequently in the Virgin Islands and St. Croix, such as Arthronty-
lidium cajnUifolium, Reynosia latifoUa^ and B. miicronata.
It may thus be confidently asserted that both the groui)s in question
have deriv^ed their stock of plants from the neighbouring larger island of
Porto Eico. The question that remains to be solved is merely why
have they not all received the same species, and particularly whj' is it
that St. Croix, although the largest of all, has received a comparatively
and absolutely much less number of species than for instance the far
smaller St. Thomas!
For the explanation of these interesting facts we have no doubt to
look to the geological history of the islands, as the conditions for immi-
gration over sea, even if possible to all the species, are essentially the
same in both groups, and therefore give no solution of the problem in
question.
I am thus led to think that at a former period all the West India
islands have been connected mutually, and i)erhaps with a part of the
American continent also, during which time the plants in common to
all the islands, as well as to the West Indies and the continent, have
expanded themselves over their present geographical areas, at least as
far as they are not possessed of particular faculties for emigration over
the sea. By a subsequent volcanic revolution, St. Croix, as well as
many of the other islands, has tluuoafter been separated from Porto
Rico and the Virgin Islands, and put into its present isolated position,
which it seems to have retained ever since, whilst the latter group of
islands has either still for a long period remained in connection with
Porto Eico, or, if separated at the same time from it as St. Croix, has,
by another revolution, been again connected with the former.
The plants now found in the Virgin Group, but not occurring in St.
Croix, would thus have immigrated into the former from Porto Eico
16 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
after tlie separation of St. Croix from the latter, and immigration would
finally have ceased by the separation between them, as it exists at the
present period. Tims, the plants found in the Yirj'in Islands, but not
in St. Croix, would seem to have been more recently created in the
probable centre of vegetation, Porto Itico, or some other of the larger An-
tilles; the enilt'inic ones, as in the other islands also, being the youngest
of all, not having been formed till after the complete separation between
the islands had been efiected. This latter suggestion, which perhaps
seems contradictory to the general accepted theory of considering the
endemic forms on oceanic isles as the remnants of the oldest original
vegetation,* appears to be confirmed by the fact that even on such
recent formations as the Bahamas, which have as yet been but imper-
fectly explored, already no less than eighteen endemic species have been
discovered.t
The supposition that the islands may have been separated from the
beginning, and have received their floras through immigration over the
sea, is sullieiently confuted, partly by the great number of species com-
mon to them all, which clearly indicates the connection in fomier times
with a larger country, partly by the circumstance that most of the spe-
cies common to the islands are in no way better adapted for migration
over the water than those jjcculiar to the Virgin Islands only ; in fact,
but few of them apparently possess the faculty of crossing salt-w^ater
even for a limited distance.
Sui>posing the theory of a prolonged or oftener repeate<I connection
between Porto Pico and the Virgin Islands to be correct, it remains
still to explain how St. Croix can have obtained a number of species
which do not occur in the latter grou]). A few of these species, viz,
Castela erecia, Maytemis ehrodenclroides^ Zizuphus reticulatus, Anthacan-
thus jamai('C7hsu, and Buxns Vahlii^ occur in St. Croix on the tertiary
limestone only, and seem thus to have avoided the Virgin Islands as
not tinding tliere tin* substratum suited to their organisaticm. The
greater i)art, however, might, for all apparent reasons, as well occur in
the Virgin group as in St. Croix, and their absence in the former cannot
be exi>lained in this way. It must, however, be un<lerstood that wliilst
my iiivestigalitin of St. Croix has been tliorough, and carried on for
several years, my e\i»Ioiatiou «»f the N'iigiu Islands has been so for only
a jiart of them, especially the Danish ones, my collections from the
• Hooker : On Iiisiilar Floras.
t Griseb.': Geogr. Verbr. dor Pll. Wcstindieus, p. 55.
FLORA OF ST. CKOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 17
otliers being only imperfect. Without expecting too much from tins
circumstance, yet I feel confident that not few of the St. Croix plants,
apparently wanting in the Virgin group, nmy, hy closer research, still
be discovered growing there on some of them, whilst, on the other hand,
I am equally confident that none, or scarcely any, of the Virgin Islands'
species wanting in St. Croix will be found in the latter island.
It may furthermore be observed that scarcely any of the St. Croix
species which I have given as being absent from the Vu-gin group are
common or widely distributed over the island, and so are not possessed
of any great faculty for conquering ground in the struggle for exist-
ence, for which reason some of them may not have been able to gain
admission on the much smaller surface of the Virgin Islands, or, having
obtained a footing, they may have lost it again by the later immigra-
tion of other species, now peculiar to the grou^i comj)ared with St. Croix,
many of which, as will be remembered, are gregarious, and gifted with
great facility for expanding themselves.
A very few species form an exception as to the limited distribution i]i
St. Croix, Bacharis Valilii, Cordia alba, and JEgiphila martinicemis, oc-
curring rather frequentlj^ in the island, but having as yet not been found
at all in the Virgin group, although they occur in several others of the
West India islands. I am not prepared to give a satisfactory explana-
tion of this fact at the present moment; but such isolated exceptions will
no doubt always be met with in the explanation of general phenomena,
and most probably a more thorough investigation of vegetable biology
will at a future day aftbrd a satisfactory explanation of such appiu"-
ently inconsistent facts'.
In drawing the necessary consequences of the above stated theorj^ for
explaining the geographical distribution of vegetable species in St. Croix
and tlie Virgin Islands, it would thus appear necessary to conclude, for
instance, from the occurrence of Sahinea florida both in Porto Eico, the
Virgin Islands, and Dominica, but not in St. Croix, that the first-named
islands were still all connected, when the latter had already been sep-
arated from them and put into its present isolated iiosition. A similar
inference might be drawn from the distribution of Malpighia Ciiida,
Avhilst tlie occurrence of Acacia nudi flora would seem to prove a simi-
lar thing for Ilayti, Porto Pico, and Antigua.
It can, therefore, scarcely be presumed, as done by Prof. Grisebach
in his Geogr. Verbreitung der Pfi. Westindiens, that the distribution
of species is regulated chiefly by geographical distances. A closer in
vestigation of the flora of the various islands no doubt wiU confirm the
Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 13 — -2
18 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
theory drawn from tlio facts observed in regard to the niutiuil rtlatioii
between St. Croix and the Virgin Ishind.s, that geoh)gical rovolntions
have been ecjually or perliaps cvi-n more powerfully iutluential in arrang-
ing the distribution of species than the greater or smaller distance, and
the similarity of physical conditions.
A full knowledge of these interesting factvS can, however, not be ex-
l)ected till a more thorough exploration of all the "West India islands
has taken place. Few of them are as yet tolerably well known, and it is
therefore earnestly to b(! hoped that such an exploration of all the West
Indies may soon be efi'ected, the result of which will no doubt be of
the highest importance both to botany and to all other branches of
natural science.
It generally requires the accunudated study and knowledge of gener-
ations before the less palpable and more delicate, but often most impor-
tant, facts in natural history can be explained : the West Indies have
been comparatively well studied since the middle of the last century;
and it would seem well now to follow up the work in order to complete
a thorough investigation, which might be used as a basis for the ex-
planation of similar facts observed in other and less well known parts
of the world.
The flora of the Virgin Islands and St. ("roix has been studied by
several botanists, some of whom ha\ «• ])u])lislied the results of their re-
search, which has, however, among the former grou]). been rhielly eon-
lined to the Danish islands, the English and particularly the S})anish
ones having as yet been onlj' imperfectly explored.
Publications on the flora of these islands ard given by West in his
Description of St. Croix (('o])en]iagen, 171)3); Schlechtendal, I'lonila
Ins. St. Thonnv, in Linna'a, 1S'_\S-31 and 1S;;4; and Eggers, Flora of St.
Croix, in the Vidensk. ^Nledd. fra Naturhist. Forening (Coi)enhagen, 187G)
besides minor contributions in Vahl's Eclogju Americauir, Synd)ohe Ik>-
tanicae, and Enumeratio i'lantaruin, Krebs in Naturli. Tidsskril't, 1847,
on the flora of St. Thonuis, De Candolle's Prodromus, and Grisel)acirs
Flora of the British West India Islands. Tliis latter work, no doubt
from want t»f nniterial, scarcely ever mentions tiie Ibilish Virgin Islaiuls.
Collections of jilants from the islands in (luestion are found (-hielly in
the Museum of the Botanical Garden in ('«»penhagcn, as well as scat-
tered in other European herbaria, (-ollected ])riiu'ipally l)y v. Kolir, West,
Dr. Ityan. Ledrn. Kiedle. T/lb'rminier in the ])ast century, by Ilen/.fui,
WahlniHun. lClir('nl>erg. Dr. K'avn. Dr. Ilornlteelc. Ducliassaing. SclKtin-
iMugU, Pice, W \(llt r. Orsted, Krel>s, and Eggers in the present.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 19
The following list of plants from St. Croix and the Virgin. Islands
formed on my own collections and the publications or collections of other
botanists, comprises 1013* species of phanerogamons and vascular cryp-
togamous plants, of wliicli 881 are indigenous and 132 naturalized, those
merely cultivated being added in brackets after each family.
In determining the species I have, besides consulting the more im-
portant general systematical works on botany, as much as possible fol-
lowed Prof. Grisebach's standard work on the Flora of the British West
India Islands, to which I therefore beg to refer when no other authority
is given. Synonymes and references to other authors are given only
where it was thought desirable to supplement the Flora of Grisebach in
this respect.
To the specific names of plants I have added only such statements as
are not given in Grisebach's work, — as local name, time for flowering,
technical use, as well as descriptive 'remarks, where my own observation
"shows a difference from the descrix)tion given in the flora mentioned
above.
In referring to Schlechtendal, or the herbarium of the Copenhagen
Museum, I have used the abbreviations Schl. and Hb. Ha^Ti. ; in quoting
West or Schlechtendal, their resi)ective works on St. Croix and St.
Thomas, mentioned above, are nndei'stood to be referred to.
Special localities for habitats are given only where a plant is rare, or
at all events uncommon ; otherwise the island alone is mentioned.
The expression, "All islands," is meant to imply that the species is
found both in St. Croix and the Virgin group, without necessarily mean-
ing to say that it occurs in every island of the latter.
In summing up the statistical results from my list of species, nearly
the same conclusions with regard to the most numerous families are
arrived at as those given in Prof. Grisebach's Geogr. Verbr. der Pflanzen
Westindiens, p. 73, for tlie Caribbean Islands.
The proportion between Mono- and Dicotyledonous plants indigenous
and naturalized is 1 : 5.8, in the indigenous ones alone 1 : 4.0, thus show-
ing the plurality of the recently introduced i^Iants to have been Dicoty-
ledonous. The proportion mentioned in the ])lants indigenous to the
islands is somewhat lower than stated by Grisebach, as cited above, to
be the rule in the West Indies, where it is given as 1:4, indicating, no
doubt, that the climate of St. Croix and the Virgin Islands is less moist
than that of the West Indies in general.
*Dc Candolle (Geogr. Bot. p. 1274) gives to St. Thomas as the probable number of
Phanerogama oaly 450 ; but my list shows about 900.
20
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
TahJe showing the dislribulion of the Indigenous Species of Phanei-ogamce cud Cnjplogonm
T'ascularcs in St. Croix and the Virgin Islands.
Dilleniaceas
ADOnaceaj
Menispermacea). .
N\iupha>acc£B . —
Papavorace»
Cracilera)
Cappaiitlaceae —
Bixaceas
Violacem
Tol ygalacere
CaiyophyllaceiB. . .
ilalvacea)
Boiiibaceso ,
Biittneriacea}
TiliaceiB
Tematiomiacese . .
GiittitVnD
CancUacea}
Erythroxylaccffi .
Malpi jihiacea
Saplii(Licea)
MeliacciB
OxalidaccJD
Zysophyllacoae ...
jKutaceio
01acace89
Ampolidea)
Celastraceas
Khamnacose
Terebinthacea). . .
LegnniinosiB
f'hrysobalanacesB
Myrtaceas
M(■la^to^lac«^as . . .
LythrariacpflB
Onagracero
Khizophoraceas ...
Combn-tatesB
Cucurbitacea)
Papayac<?aj^
I'assifloraceas
Ttimeracea)
Cictaceas
AraliacesB ,
UiubfUifcraj ,
I.orantliaceio
IIiibiacMD
Synanthereas
T.'ibfliacpiD
(loodenoviaccjB ..
iIyrsinacoa>
ij.ipotacejB
A.— DlC0TYLED0J(E8.
a*
> a
13
E o
S "^
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
21
TahJe sliowing tJte disty'ihuUon of the Indigenous Species of rhancrogamce and CryptogamcB
Vasculares in St. Croix and the Virgin Islands — Continued.
Styraceae
Ebenaceae
Oleacese
Apocynacca)
Asclepiadacca) . . .
ConvolvTilacea). . .
IlydrolcaceiB
BoraginacesB
Solanaeeaj
Scrophulariaceaj .
Bignoniacese
Acanthaceaj
Gesneriaceas
Labiatas
Verbeiiaceae
Myoporaccae
rium'uaginaceae . .
rhytolaccaceas...
Cbenopodiacea) . .
Amarantaceaj
Nyctaginacea) ...
Polygonaceai
Lauracea;
ThymeteacesB . . .
EupborbiacesB ...
Urticacoaj
Aristolocbiacea3 .
Begoniaceas
Piperaceae
Aliamaccre ,
Ilydrocharidaceae .
Potameae
Aroidc89
Typhacea)
Palmaj
Commelynaceaj . . .
Graminaceae
Cyporaceae
Liliaccao
Smilacca)
DioscoreacciB
BromeliaceaD
Seitaniineaj
Orchidacea)
B. — ^MONOCOTYLEDONES.
C— CKYPTOGAil^S; VASCULARES.
T-ycopodiacca3
J-'ilices
Naturalized species .
Total
115
12
215
6
221
508
109
1
1
2
11
7
34
1
24
21
6
9
15
1
12
20
1
1
5
3
15
G
8
9
1
38
21
2
1
12
1
1
5
9
1
2
5
53
33
8
2
3
8
1
15
2
34
881
132
1013
l^XORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGLN ISLANDS.
WEST INDIES.
I. PHANEROGAMJE.
A. DICOTYLEDONES.
1. Davilla nigosa, Poir.
St. Thomas (Griseb. Fl. p. 3).
ANOIVACE^.
2. Anona muricata, L. (v. Soursop, Susakka).
n. Feb.-May. Leaves with a peculiar strong scent, used against
fever and vermin. Fruit edible j pulp resembling curdled milk, acidu-
lous. In forests and thickets, common. — All islands.
3. A. laurifolia, Dun. (v. Wild Soursop).
Fl. Feb.-May. Resembling the former species in the foliage, but
leaves of a quite different smell. Not uncommon in forests. — St. Croix ;
St. Thomas.
4-. A. palustris, L. (v. Monkey-apple, Buuya).
Fl. Maj^-June. Fruit not edible ; used as bait for fishes. Common in
marshy soil. — All islands.
5. A. squamosa, L. (v. Sugar-apple).
Fl. April-June. Foliage partly deciduous in March and Ajiril. Fruit
edible, sweet, soft. Common in thickets. — All islands.
6. A. reticulata, L. (v. Custard-applc).
Fl. April-May. Fruit edible. In woods, not uncommon ; also i)lanted
near dwellings. — All islands. — The enlarged top of the connective in all
si)ecies of Anona is siliceous. None of the species enumerated aboA'c
contains narcotic principles, as is the case with A. CJierimolia, Mill., and
others.
7. Guatteria Ouregou, Dun.
St. Thomas (Griseb. Fl. p. 7).
8. Oxandra laurifolia, Ricb. (Uvaria excelsa, Valil in Hb. Juss.).
St. Croix (Caledonia Gut, West, p.* 292).
23
24 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
9. Cccculus domiiigeusis, DC.
ri. Juuo-Aiiji. Stem Avoody, as mucli as two iiielies in <liainetor.
Inllorescences olteii 3 or -1 uniseiial in the same axil. (See Delessert,
leoiies, t. 90.) In forests, not common. — St. Thomas (near St. Peter,
1000').
10. Cissampelos Pareira, L. (v. Yclvct-loaf). (.) Pareira and /?) microcarpa, DC.
Fl. Nov.-March. In forests and thickets, eoiunion. — All islaiids.
W1'JIPII.EACE.E.
11. Nymphaea ampla, DC. (v. Water-lily), ft) parviflora.
V\. April-July. In rivulets. — St. Croix (Kiugshill Gut); Vieques
(Port Ptoval).
PAPAVERACE.*:.
12. Argemoiie mezicana, L. (v. Thistle).
Fl. the whole year. A very common weed in dry i)laces. — All islands.
CRUCIFER.i:.
13. Nasturtium officinale, R. Br. (v. Water-cress).
Never seen flowering. Natiualized along riATilets. — St Croix; St.
Thomas.
14. Sinapis brassicata, L. (v. Wild Mustard).
Fl. Jan.-June. Around dwellings and in waste places, Jiot uncom-
mon. — All islands.
15. Sinapis arvensis, L.
Fl. cleistogamous in February. Eegular flowers later in the year.
Naturalized; rare. — St. Croix (near Anguilla).
16. Lepidium virginicum, L.
Fl. the whole year. A common weed along roadsides and near dwell-
ings. — All islands.
17. Cakile aequalis, L'llor.
Fl. Fel).-July. ]talher common on sandy shores. — All islands.
[Cultivated si)ecies: liras.sica o/er</art, L. (v. Cabbage); Lcpidtmn suti-
rum, L. (v. Cress); and 7irt^)/m??JM .vrT^/t'»«, L. (v. Eadixh).]
CAPPAKIDACE.E.
13. Cleome pentaphylla, L. (v. Massdmbcc).
I'l. the; whole year. Flowers often polygamous. Leaves used as
spinich. A conimon weed near dwellings and in waste places. — All
islands.
FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 25
19. C. puugens, "W. (\. Wild Massiimbee). c) and /?) Swartziana.
Fl. tlie ^Yll<)lo year. Common along roads and ditclies. — All islands.
20. C. viscosa, L.
ri. ]May-Dec. Naturalized here and there. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
21. Moringa pterygosperma, G. (v. Horsc-radisli-trec).
ri. the whole year, lioot with a flavour of horse-radish. Naturalized
and common near dwellings. — AU islands.
22. Capparis amygdalina, Lam.
Fl. March-June. Leaves on young radical shoots linear in this and
the two following species. Not uncommon in thickets. — All islands.
23. C janiaicensis, Jacq. (v. Black Willie), a) margiuata and p') siliquosa.
Fl. April-Aug. g) not uncommon; yS) less common along the shore
and in thickets. — All islands.
21. C. cynophallophora, L. (v. Lingtian-tree). a) and /5) saligna.
Fl. Feb.-Aug. — Glands 2-4, uniserial iu the axils, exuding nectar
when young before the time of flowering, and are to be considered as
reduced branches or inflorescences.
25. C. verrucosa, Jacq.
Fl. Ai)ril-May. A middle-sized tree. Not nncommou in forests on
the Virgin Islands.
26. C. froadcsa, Jacq. (v. Rat-bean).
Fl. Feb.-May. Seeds very iioisonous. Common in forests. — All
islands.
27. Morisonia americana, L. n) and /3) subpeltata, Gris. in litfc.
Fl. May-Oct. A considerable-sized tree. «) aU islands; ,3) leaves
subpeltatc. — St. Croix (Spring Gut).
BIXACE^.
28. Bixa Orellana, L. (v. Roucon).
Fl. June-July. The red pigment of the fruit was generally used by
the Caribs for anointing the whole body (Du Tertre). Natiu-alized iu
forests. — St. Croix (Crequis, Wills Bay); -St. Thomas (Crown).
29. Trilix crucis, Griseb.
Fl. April-June. Stipules very variable. Petals always abortive in
my specimens. A low tree or shrub. Uncommon in forests. — St. Croix
(Wills Bay, Mt. Eagle); St. Thomas (Flag mil); St. Jan (Cinnamon
Bay).
2G FLORA OF ST. CKOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
30. Casearia sylveatris, Sw.
11. Jau.-Feb. aixl ]May-Julj. Seed covered by a red aiillns. Com-
iiioii ill forests and tllieket^^. — All islands.
31. C. parvifolia, AV. <t) aud ,3) microcarpa, K.u'g.
Fl. Maicli-July. Flowers odorous. Stamens alternately of equal
length. Not uneommon in forests. A low tree. — a) Virgin Islands;
/3) fniit small, 2'" tliam., St. Croix.
32. C. ramiflora, Vahl. < ).
Fl. Jan.-Feb. and July-Aug. Pedicel articidatc below the middle.
Arillus fibrous. Common in forests. — All islands.
33. Samyda glabrata, S\v.
Fl. June, l^are, in thickets on highest hill-tops. — St. Thomas (Crown,
1400').
34. S. serrulata, L.
Fl. Feb.-]May. Flowers odorous, precocious. Pedicels ai'ticulated at
tlic middle. Leaves of young radical shoots linear. Common in thick-
els. — All islands.
TIOLACE^.
35. lonidium strictum, Vent.
Fl. all the year round. Flower matutine. Rather uncommon in lis-
sures of rocks in thickets. — St. Croix ; Water Island.
TA.^IARICACE.E.
36. Tamarix iudica, AVilld. (v. Cypress),
Fl. Sept.-Oct. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
POLVGALACE.l].
37. Polygala angustifolia, 1II5. Ktb.
Fl. Dec.-Feb. Jn the shade of dense thickets. Kare. — St. Thomas
(Cowcirs Hill).
38. Securidaca Bio'wnei, C!r. {S. bcandcnn of West).
¥]. Feb.-Ai)ril. Naturalized around Christiausted, v. Eohr. — St.
Croix.
39. S. erecta, L.
St. Thomas (DC. Prodi, i, 311; Oris. Fl. p. 30).
40. Krameria Izina, L.
Fl. .Tilly. The Ihrco narrow ju'tals, resembling abortive stamens, are
bent forward and cover the anthers. Tlic iwo lateral oi.es are fleshy,
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 27
and covered ou the outer side with fleshy papDlse. Fruit 1-seeded by
abortion. Gregarious along* roadsides in dry localities, but uncom-
mon. — St. Thomas (Bovoni).
CARYOPIITLLACEiE.
I. PaUOXYCIIIACIC-E.
41. Drymaria cordata, W. /3) diaiidra.
Fl. May-June. In moist localities in the shade. Eare. — St. Croix
(Spring Garden).
42. Cypselea humifusa, Turp.
Fl. July. Gregarious around a small fresh-water lagoon. Eare. —
Water Island.
II. MOLLUGINEiE.
43. Mollugo verticillata, L.
Fl. Aug. Leaves often fleshy. On rocky shores. Eare. — Buck Isl
and, near St. Thomas.
44. M. nudicaulis, Lam.
Fl. Sept.-Dec. Not uncommon in moist localities. — St. Croix; Buck
Island near St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
III. PORTULACE^.
45. Talinum triangulare, W.
Fl. all the year round. Flower open till 11 A. M. Sepals of unequal
size. The large one 1 -ribbed, the smaller one 3-ribbed. Petals often
yellow (as represented in Jacq. Stirp. Americ. t. 135). Eather uncom-
mon. On rocks near the seashore. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
46. T. patens, W.
Fl. all the year round. Flower open from 3 P. M. till sunset. Petals
pale red or yellow (Bot. Mag. 1. 1543). Eoot tuberous. Here and there
in rocky situations. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
47. Portulaca oleracea, L. (v. Purslane), a) macrantha, 3) micrantha, Egg.
Fl. the whole year. Flower open till 10 A. M. a) brownish, 5 petals,
as manj' as 25 stamens, corolla G'" diam. /?) green,' 4 petals, 10-12 sta-
mens, corolla 3'" diam. Both varieties common along roadsides and in
open spots. — All islands.
48. p. quadrinda, L. (Mant. 78).
Fl. all the year round. Petals 4, yellow, 2'" long. Flower open from
11 A, M. till 3 P. M. Leaves opposite, clasping together towards even-
ing. A conmion weed in gardens and along roads. — All islands.
28 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
49. P. pilosa, L.
Fl. all the year round. Often nearly glalnous. Eoots tuberous.
Petals red or yellow, large. Corolla up to 10'" diain., open only till 9
a. m. Seeds darlc brown. Leaves adpressing themselves downward to
the stem towards evening. Not uncommon. Along ditches and in
grass-llelds. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
50. P. halimoides, L.
ri. Juno-Dec. Common along roadsides and among rocks. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.
51. Sesuvium portulacastrum, L. (v. Bay-flower).
Fl. all the year round. Sejials rosy inside. Common on .sandy
shores. — All islands.
52. Trianthema monogynum, L.
Fl. all the year round. Branches always originating in the axil of
the smaller leaf. Stamens 7-17. Sepals and stamens rosy or white.
Common on roelcy shores. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
OTALVACE^.
53. Rlalvastrum spicatum, Gris. (v. IToUow-stock).
y\. all the year round. Flower exi)anding in the afternoon. Very
variable. A common Aveed along roads and in lields. — All i.slands.
54. M. tricuspidatum, Asa Gray.
Fl. all the year round. Common along roads and tlitches. — All isl-
r.iids.
55. Sida carpinifolia, L. c) aud /3) brevicuspidata.
n. Sept.-]March. Pedicel geniculate at the base, or as often not so.
Petals imbricate dextrorsely or siuistrorsely. Both forms very conuuon
weeds everywhere in dry localities. — All islands.
5G. S. glomerata, Cav.
I'l. Aug.-Oct. — But']c Island near St. Thomas; Vieciues.
57. S. cilinri3, L.
Fl. Sept.-March. Flower exi)an(k(l till 10 A. 31. Stipules always
longer than the petioles. Leaves closely clasping- the stem in the
evening. Gregai'ious on roads and near <litehes. Conuuon. — .Ml islands.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 29
58. Sida jamaicensis, L.
n. Dec-March. FloAver expanded till A. ]\r. Calyx shorter than
the corolla. lu grass-fields and thickets. Often sutirutescent, G' high.
Common. — All islands.
59. S. spinosa, L. a), ft) aiigustifolia, Lam., and 7) polycarpa, l^'^g.
Fl. Sept.-Marcli. y) snffrutescent, 4' high. Pedicel as long as the
whole leaf. Pistils, ovaries, and carx)ids always 12. a) and /?) common
in grass-fields and pastures, y) near rivulets. — All islands.
60. S. rhombifolia, L. (v. Swart Maraii). 7) retusa.
Fl. Dec-March. Petals showing a purple blot at th*e base. Com-
mon in waste places. — All islands.
61. S. tristis, Schleclit. (Liuna;a, iii, 271).
St. Thomas (Schl.).
62. S. supina, L'Her. a) glabra aud ft) pilosa, Egg.
Fl. Nov.-March. Two very distinct forms : «) in shady, moist places 5
ft) in dry localities. Kot uncommon in thickets and forests. — All islands.
63. S. arguta, Cav. (not S. arguta, Sw., as stated inGiiseb. Sy.st. Unters. j). 31)
St. Croix (West, 297); St. Thomas (Schl.).
64. S. nervosa, DC. a) and ft) viscosa, Egg.
Fl. Dec-April, ft) viscous and glandular pilose. Petals reddish;
pistils red. IS^ot uncommon along roads and ditches. — All islands.
65. S. acuminata, DC. a) macrophylla and ft) microphylla.
St. Thomas (Schl.). "Inlocis siccis."
66. S. cordifolia, L. ft) althaefolia, Sw.
Fl. March. Here and there along roads. — St. Croix (West, 297); St.
Jan (Bethania).
67. S. humilis, W. (?) Cav.
St. Thomas (Schl.). "In locis umbrosis."
68. Abutilon periplccifolium, G. Don. a) aud ft) albicans, cari)id.s 3-ovulatc.
Fl. all the year round. Seeds dimorphous. The two seeds in the
superior cell glabrous, the one in the inferior silky, a) not uncommon
along roads. /3) uncommon. — St. Croix (« and ft)) St. Jan [ft).
69. A. umbellatum, Sw.
Fl. Dec-March. Seeds cordate, brown. Not very common in open,
dry localities. — All islands.
30 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
70. A. iiidicum, O. Don (v. Mahoe). a) and ft) asiaticum.
¥1. all the year round. Flower expanded after 3 P. M. only. Both
forni8 coininon alon^,^ roads and on waste places. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
71. A. lignosum, Huh. (v. Marsb-inallow).
Fl, Xo\ .-]\Iay. I'lower expanded during the afternoon only. Seeds
irregularly Iriangulai', \erru('ose, grey. — St. Croix.
72. Bastardia viscosa, Ktli. «).
Fl. all the year ntund. Flower expanded during the afternoon only.
Coninion along roads and in dry localities. — All islands.
73. Malachra capitata, L, a) and ft) alceifolia, J.-u-q.
Fl. Dec-March. Flower expanded oidy till 2 P. M. Along ditches
and in moist places, a) rather common ; ft) less common. — All islands.
74. M. urens, I'nit.
Fl. April. Petals yellow, puberulous externally. Seeds smooth, gla-
brous. Uncommon on waste places. — St. Thomas (western shore of the
harbour).
75. Urena lobata, L. a) americana.
Fl. i^ov.-June. Flower expanded till 10 A. M. In forests. — St. Croix
(rare; Prosperity on the north coast); St. Thomas; St. Jan (not iin-
coniinoii).
76. Pavonia spiuifex, Cav. •
I'l. Oct.-Dec. JJather common in thickots and forests. — All islands.
77. P. racemosa, S\v.
Fl. Oct. In marshy soil among Lagtincularia and Couocari)us. — Si.
Croix (uncommon ; Salt River).
70. Koateletzkya pentasperma, Cr.
1'1. Aug. Flower exi)an<l('(l tilllO A. ^r. In marshy soil. Pare. — St.
Thomas (Ivnnnbay).
79. Abelmoschus esculeutus. W.A. (v. Okro).
J'l. all the year round. Fruit used immature as a vegetable. Culti-
vated and naturalized near dwellings. — All islands.
80. Hibiscus clypeatus, L.
St. Croix (West, !>. 2i»S).
81. H. vitifolius. L.
Fl. Dec-March. Along roads and in thida-ts. — St. Croix (naturalized
in the eastern i)art of the island).
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 31
82. H. SabdarifFa, L. (v. Red Sorrel).
Fl. Oct.-XoY. Leaves used as a vegetable. Calyx at length fleshy,
used for lemonade. Cultivated and naturalized here and tbere. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.
83. H. pbceniceus, Jacq.
Fl. Sept.-March. Eather common in thickets, especially near dwell-
ings. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
84. H. brasiliensis, L.
St. Croix (West, p. 298)
85. Gossypium barbadeiise, L. (v. Cottou-tree). a) aud ,3).
Fl. all the year round. Down stellate. Common in dry localities.
Formerly cultivated. — All islands.
86. G. vitifolium, Lam.
IsTaturalized in St. Thomas (Schl.), perhaps from having been cultivated
in former times.
87. Paritiuni tiliaceum, A. Juss. (v. IVIalioe),
Fl. Oct.-]March. Bark employed as rope. Along coasts, but rare. —
St. Croix (West, p. 297) ; St. Thomas (Schl.) ; St. Jan (Fish Bay).
88. Thespesia populnea, Corr. (v. Otaheite Tree).
Fl. all the year round. Very easily propagated by cuttings. A shady
tree with very hard wood. Naturalized and cultivated everywhere, es])e-
cially in moist localities. All islands.
All Malvaceae are i>rotandrous.
[Cultivated species: Althcv rosea, L. (v. Hollyhock); Hihiscus rosa-
sinennis, L. (v. Chinese rose) ; and S. mutabilis, L. (v. Changeable Hibis-
cus).]
BOMBACE.E.
89. Adansonia digitata, L. (v. Guinea Taiiiariiid).
Fl. June-July. Leaves deciduous in March-April. The acid pulx) of
the fruit used for lemonade. Naturalized in w^ooded valleys. — St. Croix
(Prosperity; Crequis); St. Tliomas.
90. Eriodendron anfractuosum, DC. (v. Silk-cotton-tree).
Fl. Feb.-April. Leaves deciduous March-Aiiril. Stem growing to
immense size. Common in forests. All islands.
91. Myrodia tiirbinata, Sw,
St. Croix (Spring Garden, West, p. 298).
32 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
92. Helicteres jamaiceusis, .Jao(i.
Fl. ]\Iarc'h-Aiig. Spiral of carpids 2\. Common in tliickcts. — All
islaiul.s.
IJ ir T T .\ I^ S« I A C E iE.
93. Guaauma iilmifolia, Lain. (v. Jackass Calaln).
Fl. April-June. ANOod used lor oars. Kot uncommon in pa.stures. —
St. Croix; St. Thomas.
94. Theobroma Cacao, L. (v. Cocoa-titf)-
Fl. June. Xatmalized in shady valleys. — St. Croix (Prosperity;
Mount Stewart).
95. Ayenia pusilla, L.
Fl. all the year round. Flowers often transformed into a hollow
monstrosity by the larva of a wasp. Fruit nunieate. In thickets, com-
mon. — All islands.
96. Melochria pyraniidata, L.
Fl. all the year round. Common in pastures. — St. Croix.
97. M. tomentosa, L. (v. Broom-wood).
Fl. All the year round. Calyx tomcutose, greyish white. Tonu'Utum
interspersed with glandidous hairs. Used for brooms. Common in dry
thickets. — All islands.
98. M. nodiflora, Sw.
Fl. Nov.-July. Common in pastures and ahmg roads. — All islands.
99. "Waltheria americaua, L. (v. M.arsh-raallow).
Fl. Oct.-May. Common in pastures. — All islands.
TII.IACE.C
100. Triumfetta Lappula, L. (v. ]Jiir-l)Usli).
Fl. Nov.-April. Comm(»n in thickets. — .Ml islands.
101. T. althaeoides, Lam. (v. Malioo).
Fl. Dec-March. In forests, uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
102. T. semitriloba, L. (v. I5ur-l»ush).
Fl. Oct.-March. In thickets and alon^^ roads, common. — All islands.
103. T. ihomboidea, .Ia<'q.
Fl. Dec-April. Uncommon in thickets. — St. Croix (Sjiriuic •jut).
104. CorchoruB acutangulus, Lam.
Fl. June-Xov. The lowest serratures of tlu' leaves in jny sjua uncus
often show oue or two lon^ setaceous bristles, as stated in DC. I*rodr.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. oO
i, 505. Griseb. Fl. p. 97, does not mention them, as lie does in C. oUto-
rius, neither does the figure in Wight's Icoues, iii, t. 730, show them in
this species. From observations made by me on C. afiiffoufulus, as well
as on C. hlrtus, such bristles on the lower serratures ol" the leaves are ot
no specific value in this genus, being a variable feature. In gardens
and near dwellings, not uncommon. — St. Croix 5 St. Thomas.
105. C. siliquosus, Ij. (v. Papa-lolo).
Fl. Xov.-July. Leaves used as a vegetable (Calalu). Along roads
and in pastures, common. — All islands.
IG6. C. hirtus, L.
Fl. June-Sept. Two lowest serratures of the leaves sometimes show-
ing one or two setaceous bristles. In gardens and along roads, not
uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
107. C. hirsutus, L.
Fl. all the year round. Hairs of the stem scabrous. On sandy shores,
common. — All islands.
TEKNSTROMIACE^.
108. Ternstromia elliptica, S\v.
Fl. Feb.-April. The two bracts at the base of the persistent calyx
are to be considered as such (Swartz, Flora lud. Occ. p. 961; DC. Prodr.
i, p. 523; and Ilook. & Benth. Genera Plant, i, p. 182), and not sis sepals
(Griseb. Fl. p. 103) on account of their being deciduous, but the sepals
not. Tho number of ovules in my specimens are about twenty in each
cell. (Hook, and Benth. 1. c. ascribe to the genus only two, rarely three
to six, in each cell ; Grisebach 1. c. only two to four. Tu the Catal. Plant.
Cub. p. 36, Griseb. mentions, however, a variety of T. ohovaJis, Eich.,
with ten to thirteen ovules in each cell.) Sepals rosy, flowers fragrant
In forests on high hills, rare. — St. Croix (Maroon Hill, 900'); St. Jan
(Bordeaux Hill, 1200').
GUTTIFEK'E.
109. Clusia rosea, L. (v. Cliiggrr-applc*)-
Fl. May-Sept. Aerial roots as much as 20' long, supporting the
young trees on rocks or other trees. In forests. — St. Croix (rare, Wills
Bay); Virgin Islands (not uncommon).
110. C. alba, L. (v. Wild Mamey).
St. Croix (West, p. 312). Probably a mistake for the first named
species.
Bidl. Nat. Mus. Xo. 13 3
34 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS,
111. Mammea amcricana, Ij. (v. Municj).
Fl. Feb. ami later in Aug. Fruit generally one-seeded, eatable.
Coninion in forests and i)lanted along I'oads. — All islands.
112. Calophyllum Calaba, .lacq. (v. Santa Maria).
Fl. ]\ray-July. In forests along rivulets. — St. Croix (common in the
northern part of tlie island); St. Thomas (rare).
CAIVELLACE.E.
113. Canella alba, Mmr. (v. ^Vliitc-l)aik).
Fl. Jan.-April. r>errv dark eriinson. Leaves used in warm baths for
rlieuinatisni. On sandy shores and in forests. — All islands.
ERITHKOXVLACE^.
114. Erythroxylum ovatum, Cav. (v. "Wild Cherry, Biisselet).
Fl. Ai)ril-Sei)t. Precocious. Branches, as a rule, transformed into
brachyldasts. Common in thickets. — All islands.
{IJ. areohitum, West, p. 28G, and E. hrcvi2}cs, Bertero in Schlecht. Flo-
rnla, are, no doubt, n)istakes for the species mentioned above.)
MAEPIGIIIACE.E.
115. Byrsonima spicata, Rich.
Fl. July- Aug. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Parasol Hill); St. Thomas
(Signal Hill); St. Jan (Bordeaux).
116. B.lucida, Rich.
Fk 0(.t._St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. i, 580); \'ieques (Campo Asilo).
117. Buuchosia Swartziana, CJiis.
V\. .July, redici'l uniglan(bdar and bibraclcolate at the joint. Ver^'
much attacked by insects. In thickets. — St. Croix (rare, King.shill); St.
Thomas (not uncommon) ; St. Jan.
110. Galphimia glauca, Cav. (Icou. v, p. CI) {G. gracilis, Bartl.).
V\. all tlie year round. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.
119. Malpighia glabra, L. (v. (Miorry).
Fl. 3Iay-.Iuiic. I'rnit edible. Common in Ihiikets. — St. Croix; St.
Thomas.
120. M. urens, L. a) .intl ,7) lanceolata.
FL Jinie-Oct. a) common in tliickets. — All islands; it) rare, St. Croix
(Spring gut).
FLORA* OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 35
121. M. Cnida, Sprcng. (Ncne Entclock. iii, f)!).
n. June-Sept. Alonj;- roads^ and in thickets, not uncommon. — St.
Jan ; Water Island ; Vieques.
122. M. angustifolia, L.
n. June-Uct. In thickets, not uncommon. — Water Island; Vieques.
123. Stigm?iphyllon periplocifolium, Juss.
Fl. all the year round. Samarai red. In thickets, common. — All
islands.
124. Heteropteris purpurea, Ktli.
Fl. all the year round. Common in hedp:es and thickets. — All islands.
125. H. parvifolia, DC. (v. Bull Vis).
Fl. all the year round. As common as the preceding species. — All
islands.
SAPIj\E>A€ExTE.
12S. Cai'diospermum Halicacabum, L. (v. Balloon-Aiuc).
Fl. Sept.-March. Eather common in thickets and near dwellings. —
St. Croix; St. Thomas.
127. C. micrccarpum, Ktli.
Fl. Jan.-March. In thiclicts, rare. — St. Croix (Spring-gut); St. Jan
(Enigheit).
120. Gerjania lucida, Schuui. (v. Whito Vis, Ciibritc rottin.u;).
Fl. Dec-June. Stem used as rojie. Common in thickets. — All isl-
ands. — {Faullinia curassavica, West, p. 281, is no doubt a mistake for
this species.)
129. Cupania fulva, Mart.
Fl. January. In forests, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands.
130. ScTpii.dus inaequalis, DU. (v. Soap-seed).
Fl. Dec-Jan. Seeds used for ornaments. In forests along rivulets.
Not uncommon. — St. Croix.
131. Schmidelia occidentali::, Sw.
Fl. May-Sept. Not uncommon in forests, especially in St. Croix. —
All islands.
132. Melicocca bijuga, L. (v. Kenoppy tree).
Fl. April-May. Leafless during flowering. Flowers fragrant. Fruit
astringent, edible. Naturalized and now very common everywhere,
36 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND TUE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
often 11)1111 in;;- a sccoiidaiy ^iioAVili in clcaicd woodland. Intioducod
from tlie Spanish main. — All islands.
133. Dodonaea viscosa, L.
n. Ainil. On sandy seashores, rare. — St. Croix (Sandy Point).
ITIELIACi:^.
134. Melia sempervirena, S\v. (v. Lilac, Ilagbusli).
FI. all tlu' year round. Connnon in forests and near dwellings. — All
islands.
135. Tiichilia hirta, L.
Fl. June-July. Common in thickets. — All islands.
{Guarea trichiUoides, Jacq., said to occur in St. Croix (West, p. 281),
seems to me rather doubtful.)
136. Swietenia Mahagoni, L. (v. Maliogany).
Fl. April-June. In wooded valleys and along roads and dwellings.
Not uncommon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
OEKAIVIACCE.
[Cultivated occur several species of Geranium, I/ITer., and Pelargo-
nium, L'ller.]
BALSAITIIKACE^.
137. Balsamina hortensis, Dcsp. (v. Lady-slippors).
Fl. all the year round. Naturalized everywhere in gardens. Seeds
often germinating in the capsule. — All islands.
AIJRA1>JTIACE.¥:.
138. Citrus medica, L. a) (v. Citron). ;i) Limonum, K'i.sso (v. Liiiu').
Fl. Ai)ril-."\lay. a) naturalized, but rare, in gardens, fl) naturalized,
common in gardens and near dwellings, also in forests. — All islands.
139. C. Aurantiiim, L. a) (v. Orange). /?) Bigaradia, Dnh. (v. S<-vi!lc Orang»>).
V\. >May-.Iuly, Both forms naturalized in gardens, especially «),
Common in St, Croix; rare in St. Thomas and St. Jan, where the species
is said to have died out nearly, from disease.— (Mentioned also by
]Jreutel, Loiulon Journal of Botany, ii.)
140. C. buxifolia, V:u\v. (v. Fnrbitldcu Fruit).
Fl. .July. Naturalized in a few places. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
141. C. decumaua, L. (v. Sliaddock).
Fl. July- Aug. Fruit used for preserves. Xatinalized in gardens. —
St. Croix : St. Thomas.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 37
14-2. Triphasia trifoliata, DC. (v. Sweet Lime).
Fl. April-Juno. Naturalized in thickets and near dwellings. Com-
mon in all the islands.
[Cultivated species: Mnrraya exotica^ L. (v. Cyprian), and Coolia
2)unctata, Eetz.]
OXALIDACE^.
143. Oralis Martiana, Zucc.
F\. i^Iay-Aug. Naturalized in gardens on all tLe islands.
144. O. ccrniculata, L. /3) microphylla, Poir.
n. all tlie year round. Gregarious in fields. — St. Croix ( Annally) ;
St. Thomas.
ZlGOPIIYI^LACEiE.
145. Tribulus cistoides, L.
Fl. all the year round. Along roads and in open spots, gregarious. —
St. Croix (in the easternmost jiart of the island only).
146. T. maxiinus, L. (v. Ceiitipee-root, Longlo).
Fl. all the year round. Stamens alternately of equal length. The
whole plant is used in baths against boils. A A^ery common weed along
roads and in waste places. — All islands. "
147. Guajacum ofEcinalc, L. (v. Lignum vitije, Poel<euliolt.).
Fl. March-April. Common in former times, but now nearly exter-
minated. On the seashore and in forests, rare. — All islands.
143. Pilocarpus racemosus, Vabl.
Fl. Feb.-March. Leaves undivided, 3-foliate or imi^ari-pinnate in
the same sjiecimen (as stated in ITook. & Beiith. Genera, i, 299, and Fl.
Brasil. fasc. Go). Inflorescence terminal and axillary. A low tree. In
forests, rare. — St. Jan (Kingshill, 1000') ; Vieques (Eavn in Hb. Havn.).
(Specimen from Montserrat in Hb. Ilavn. also named P. JanrifoUus,
Vahl.)
149. Tobinia punctata, Gr.
Fl. Sept. Leaves often itinnatc. Dots on the leaves pellucid. In
thickets, not uncommon. — St. Croix.
150. T. spinosa, Dcsv.
Fl. May-June. Leaflets prickly on the principal nerves on both sides,
bearing 2 stipular prickles at the base. Carpids 3 (2-1) globose, with a
short beak, black, verrucose, o'" long. Seeds black, signing. Rare in
forests.— St. Thomas (Flag Uill, 000').
38 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
151. Fagara microphylla, Desf. (v. Kamgoat-Liisb) (F. trof/odes, Jarq. iu West).
Fl. June-Dec. Dots of tbe leaves pellucid. The w liole plaut lias a
stroiitj smell. Xot uufonnnon in tliickets. — St. Croix ; Buck Isliind,
near St. Croix.
152. Zauthoxylum Clava-Herculis, L. (v. "White Prickle).
FI. April-June. Aculei corky, C" long, gi'eyisb, with a luirrow brown
point. In forests, not uncommon. — All islancfs.
153. Z. flavum, Yalil (Xaturli. Sclsk. Skrift. vi, i:W, 1810) (v. Yellow Sander).
Xot seen tlo^verin•,^ A line timber-tree, used for furniture. Xot un-
common in forests in former times, but now nearly extinct. — St. Jan
(Bordeaux Hills) (St. Croix! St. Thomas'?) (Montserrat, Eyau iu lib.
Ha\Ti.) ; Martinique (West in Hb. Havn.).
154. Z. Ochroxylum, DC (v. Yellow Prickle) {Z. f^implicifoHum, Yahl in lib. Ilavn.).
Fl. Juue-yu\'. 9 Panicle 1" lony- ; pedicels -J'" long:, braeteole at
the base deciduous. Calyx 5-partite, ^"' diani. Petals ."i, imbricate,
white, I'" long, pellucid-dotted. Style thick, \"' high ; stigmas trian-
gular. Ovaries 3 on a short gynophore. Carpids 3 (1-2) globose, ver-
rucose, partly dehiscent, H'" diam. Seed shining-black. Stem armed
■with large corky aculei, often connected and forming long ridges down
the stem. Wood yellow. The whole plant is possessed of the same
strong smell as Fagara. ]Si"ot uncommon in forests. — St. Thomas (Flag
Hill 000'); St. Jan (Rogiers) (Montserrat, IJyan in Hb. Havn.; ]Marti-
nique, South America, Hb. Havn.). (A braiu-h witlioiit llowcrs, marked
Z. macrophyUum, St. Croix, Ryan in Hb. Havn., seems to belong to this
species.)
155. Quassia amara, L. lil. (v. Qua.s.sia).
I'l. 2s'ov.-Feb. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.
156. Castela erecta, Turp.
Fl. Feb.-June. Petals purple. 9 with 8 rudimentary stamens, alter-
nately of equal size. Carpids 2-3-1. In dry lliicki'ts along the south
coast, not uncommon. — St. Croix.
157. Picraena ezcelsa, Lindl. (v. Uiltcr-asli).
Not seen flowering. \\()(>(1 wvy bitter, used lor stonuuhic properties
in drinks. In forests, rare — St. Croix; St. Jan.
158. Schcepfla arborescens, Ii. S.
Fl. lM'l».-]Mar«li. I'ruit lu-arly always l-sccdi-d by abortion. Here
iind tlicre in forests. — St. Croix (Saltriver. Wills P>ay); St. Thomas
(Crown, 1400').
FLOKA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 39
AITIPEL,I»EiE.
159. Cissus sicyoides, L. (v. L:iuibnili, Pinna koop),
n. nil tlie year iouikI. Flowers purple or yellow. Aerial roots long,
filiform. Coniiiiou iu forests. — All islands.
160. C. trifoliata, L.
n. all the year round.- On rocks and trees, not common. — St. Croix;
St. Thomas.
161. C. acida, L.
Fl. June-Aug-. In thickets near the coast, common. — AU islands.
162. Vitis caribasa, DC.
Fl. June. In dense forests, rare. — St. Croix (Caledonia Gut) ; St.
Thomas (Crown).
CEIiASTKACEiE.
163. Maytenus eleeodendroides, Gris. (Cat. Plant. Cub. p. 54). (lihaimtns polij-
gamus, Vahl in Hb. Havn., and iu West, p. 27G.)
Fl. Dec. Flower brownish, small. Calyx 5-partite, 5'"diam. Petals
5, oval, V" long. Stamens 5, often all or i)art of them transformed into
petals and more or less sterile. Stigma subsessile, 2-lobed. Ovary 2-
locular, 2-ovulate. Disc brown, undulate, }/" high. Seed bhick with a
red arillus. Eare in dry thickets. — St. Croix (Fair Plain).
164. M. Isevigatus, Gris. in litt. {Tihamnus Icev'ujatus, Vabl in Syiub. Bot. iii, 41 ;
Ccaniitltii.s, DC).
Fl. May-Oct. Capsule tardily dehiscent, 1-3-seeded, 6'" long. Seeds
brown, reticulate with red veins, 2'" diam. Arillus tough, white. A
shrub or middle-sized tree. iN^ot uncommon iu forests. — All islands.
165. Elaeodendron xylocarpum, DC. (v. Spoou-troe, Nut Muscat).
Fl. Sept.-Dec. Stamens often transformed, as in Maytenus elccoden-
droides. Drupe orange-coloured, 8'" long. Common on rocky shores ;
more uncommon in St. Croix. — All islands.
166. Myginda pallens, S\v.
Fl. Oct.-May. Common in thickets, principally in marshy soil. — All
islands.
167. M. latifolia, Sw.
St. Croix (Pflug, sec. Vahl Symb. Bot. ii, 32) ; St. Thomas (Schl.).
168. Schaefferia frutescens, Jacq.
Fl. Sept.-Dec. Common in thickets. — All islands.
4u flora of st. croix and the vikgin islands.
uiia:tsnace^.
169. Reynosia latifolia, (iris. (Cat. PI. Cub. :J4) (v. (jluuiiia). EmeiitL in Eggors,
Vidiiiskali. Mrdd. Ira Naluiliibt. Fon;iiiug, Copeuhagcu, 1678, ciiui icoiU',p. 17:5.
l-'l. .luiu'-.Iuly. Coinmou in dry thickets. — Virgiu Islands.
170. R. mucronata, (iris. (1. c'.).(Eggors, 1. c).
jS'ot seen flowering. Kare in dry tliickcts near the coast. — St. Croix
(easteniniost i)art of the island, near Tagiie Bay).'
171. Condalia ferrea, Oris. (v. Eddeu-wood).
Fl. S«'i)t.-.Jaii. Keel of the calyx-lobes foliaceous. Drupe oval, L'.V"
long. ;Not uncomiuou in thickets and forests. — All islands.
172. Colubriua ferruginosa, Brongii.
ri. Jan. and ]\lay-July. A low shnib. Common on sandy shores. —
All i.slands.
173. C. recliuata, Broiigu. (v. Suake-ront, Maboe-Laik).
n. Nov.-March. Style L'-^-partite. Leaves used for the preparation
of stomachic drinks. Kot uncommon in thickets. — All i.slands.
174. Zizyphus reticulata, DC. (Prodr. ii,20) {PuUm-m, Yalil, Ed. Am. iii, (i).
Fl. July. Disc brownish. Capsule 3-locular, one seed in each cell,
Vi'" long-, glabrous. Seeds puiple; pnlp reddish brown. In dry
thickets, rare.— St. Croix (Fair Plain).
175. Gouania domiiigensis, L. (v. Soap-stick, Silvi).
ri. Oct.-Jan. Stem used as roiie. Comnuiu in thickets. — All islands.
TEREBB^TIIACE.i:.
176. Bursera gummifera, L. (v. Tnipontiue-tree).
Fl. April-Scpt. Trotandrous. Easily i)n)pagatc<l by large cuttings,
and generally used for forming fences. Common in forests and along
roads. — All islands.
177. Hedvrigia balsamifera, S\v.
St. Croix (^^'est in 111>. IbiNU. and ]>. 281 as Iclca (ilflssima).
178. Amyris sylvatica, .lacq. (v. Flamboyant).
Fl. Feb.-A])iil and July-Sei)t. Inlloresccnce tii<-liotomoiis. Wood
resinous and u.scd lor torches, especially in catching lobsters at night.
Not unconnnon in forests. — All islands.
179. Spondias lutea, L. (v. Ilog-plum).
Fl. .Maicli. coi-tanous, and later July. Feavcs deciduous in Feb.
Fruit o\a], edible. Conmion in Ibicsts — All islands.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 41
180. S. purpurea, L. (v. Jainaica Plum).
Fl. Fob-March, precocious. Naturalized in gardens and wooded val-
leys. — All islands. '
101. Rhus antillana, Egg. (ii.sp.).
Sect. Sumach. Leaves irapari- pinnate ; leaflets 4-5-jug-al, petiolulate,
lanceolate, acuminate, obtuse at the base, entire, <!;lal)r<)ns, cliartiu'eous ;
veins proiuinulous beneath. Cyme ramose; branclilets bracteolate,
equalling' the leaves. Flower pedicellate, small, green, 5-merous, mostly
<J, the rest hermaphrodite. Calyx and petals persistent in the fertile
flower. Stamens erect, a little longer tlian tlie petals, inserted into a
flesliy central disc ; filaments villous at the base. Ovary inserted upon
a short fleshy gynojihore. Drui)e globose, glabrous, 1-seeded by abor-
tion. A low tree. Approaching R. mefojrium, L. Fl. Jan. In forests,
rare.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1400') ; St. Jan (Hb. Havn. as Xanthox-
ylum). (St. Croix, Stony-ground?)
1S2. Comocladia ilicifolia, Sw. (v. Prapra).
Fl. iNlarch-May. IJoot containiug a lasting red dye. Common on lime-
stone. — All islands.
183. Mangifera iudica, L. (v. ilaugo-tree).
Fl. Feb.-April. Fruit edible. Introduced towards the close of last
century, and now cultivated and naturalized everywhere. — All islands.
134. Auacardium cccideutale, L. (v. Caslicw, Cherry).
Fl. Dec-April. Pedicel becoming fleshj', and containing in abund-
ance a slightly astringent juice. Seeds used as almonds. Common in
forests and along roads. — AU islands.
105. Crotalaria verrucosa, L.
Fl. all the year round. Natui'alized along roads. Very common. — All
islands.
186. C. retusa, L.
Fl. all the year round. Common along roads and in waste places.
Naturalized. — All islands.
187. C. latifolia, L.
Fl. Nov. Leaves golden sericeous beneath. Corolla greenish. Not
uncommon in thickets. — All islands.
108. C. incana, L. (v. Rattk'-bu.sli).
Fl. all the year round. Stii)ules deciduous, the scar exuding nectar
afterwards, as well as the base of the bracteoles. Common along roads
and near dwellings. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
42 FLORA OF ST. CKOIX AXD THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
189. Iiidigcfera tinctorla, L.
Fl. April- Aug. Cultivated in former times, but now only found wild
or naturalized. Common in dry localities. — All islands.
190. I. Anil, L.
yi. all tlic year round. The whole plant is much attacked by insects.
Very common in dry thickets. — All islands.
191. Tephrosia ciuerea, I'eis. u) aud /3) litoralis, Pcis.
¥L Feb.-June. Uoth forms here aud there in thickets. — All i.slands.
192. Cracca caribaea, Benth.
St. Croix (Schl.); St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. p. 183).
193. Coursetia arborea, Gris.
St. Jan (Gris. Fl. p. 183).
194. Sabinea florida, DC. (v. Watcrpann.a).
Fl. March-July. Precocious. Wood used for fishpots. Gregarious.
Common in thickets and forests. — Virgin Islands. (Cultivated in St.
Croix.)
195. Pictetia Gquamata, DC. (Froilr. ii, 311) (v. Fustic).
Fl. June. Flowering period only 5 or dajs. Branches in tlii.s and
the following species commonly transformed into brachyblasts. Com-
mon in forests and thickets. — A^irgin I.slands.
196. P. aristata, DC. (I.e.) (v. Fuslic).
Fl. Feb., ]Marcli, and June-Aug. llather eommuu in thickets. — Vir-
;;in I.slands; St. Croix (Jacq. Hort. Schcbubr. ii, GO).?
(Both species are perhaps to be united, as proposed by Jacquin.)
197. Agati grandiflora, Dcsv.
i'l. all tiie year round. Naturalized in gardens, eonnnon. — All islands.
198. Sesbania sericea, DC.
Fl. Nov. In tiiiekets near the coast, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Flag
Hill).
199. .fflschyiicmene americana, L.
Fl. Nov.-Jan. In i)asturcs and along roads, not uncommon. — St.
Croi.x.
200. Zornia diphylla, Pens.
I'l. Jtily-Ang. In pastures on high hills, rare. — St. Thomas (Signal
Hill, Crown).
201. Lourea vespertilionla, Dcsv.
Fl. Feb.-April. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
FLORA OF ST. CEOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 43
202. Alysicarpus vaginalis, DC.
n. Nov.-Dec. Leaves very variable. Along roads, common. — ^All
islands.
2C3. Dcsmodium triflorum, DC.
Fl. L)ec.-Feb. Common, near ditches and in moist localities. — All
islands.
204. D. incanum, DC.
Fl. Oct.-Jan. Common in pastures. — All islands.
205. D. scorpiurus, Dosv.
Fl. Dec- Jan. In pastures, not very common. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas
(Duchass).
206. Desmodium tortuosum, DC.
Fl. Oct.-Jan. Common in ijastures. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
207. D. spirale, DC.
Fl. Nov.-Jan. jSTot uncommon in pastures and along- roads. — All
islands.
208. D. moUe. DC.
Fl. Dec-Jan. Lomentum often 3-4-jointed. Eather common in i)as-
tures. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
209. Stylcsanthes prccumbens, Sv. .
Fl. Oct.-Dcc Lomentum in my specimens always 2-jointed. Com-
mon along roads. — All islands.
210. S. viscosa, Sw.
St. Croix (West, p. 301). (Perhaps a mistake for the former species.)
211. Arachis hypogaea, L. (v. Piuduis, Groimd-imts).
Fl. May- Aug. Seeds used for making cakes or eaten roasted. Culti-
vated and naturalized. — All islands.
212. Abrus praecatorius, L. (v. Jnniboo-bead, Scru})lior, Wild Liqnorico).
Fl. Oct.-Feb. Leaves used for washing clothes. Common in tliick-
ets and on hedges. — All islands.
213. Rhynchosia minima, DC. «) and /?) lutea, KgS>
Fl. all the year round. Seeds black, with small grey spots, a) Stand-
ard veined with pui'ple; a low climber, ft) Stitndard uniformly yellow;
climbing up to 0'. Both forms common in pastures and thickets. — All
islands.
44 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
214. R. phaseoloides, DC.
Fl. ]\Iar<'li. Stem latonilly compressod. IJarciii foivsts. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill, IL'UO').
215. R. reticulata, DC.
n. all the year round. Leaflets a.s lonj^- as IV'. Common on fences
and along roads. — .Vll islands.
216. Cajanus indicus, Sjircn;^. (v. IMj^eoii-pcn, Vcudu lioiiiitjf).
l'"l. all the year rounil. Seeds used as a enMiiuou vegetable for soup.
Cultivated and naturalized. — All islands.
217. Clitcria Ternatea, L. (v. IJluo Viuo).
j'l. all the year roiuid. Common in tliiekets. — All islands.
218. Centrosema virginianum, lUiitb. u) and ,f) angustifolium.
Fl. all the year round. Very eommon in ditehes and on fences. — All
islands.
219. Teramnus uncinatus, Sw., var. albiflonis, Eyg.
Fl. Sept.-March. Corolla IV" long, eonstanlly v.hite. Legume 1"
long, black, pilose. Counnon in pastures and along roads. — St. Cioix;
St. Thomas.
220. Galactia filiformis, Bcnth.
Fl. Oet.-Jan. lioots (illcii Ix-aring small tnltcrs. Common in lliirk-
ets. — All islands.
221. G. teuuiflorn, W. &. A.
Fl. Feb.-.Iunc. In forests, rare. There seems not to be suflieient
reason for uniting this species to the preceding, as done by (Iriseb. Fl.
J,. ]!»i._St. Thomas (Flag Hill); St. Jan (llogiers).
222. Vigua lutecla, Ltiilli. (v. Wild IVa).
I'l. all the year round. Common in moist localiti«'s. — All islands.
223. Dolichos lablab, \.. ( D.hnighalensis, Jnvi].).
I'l.all the year round. Seeds bi-owu. Aciy conuiion along the sea-
shores. — All i.slands.
224. Phaseclus luuatus, L. (v. Bonny Via).
Fl. Dec.-l'eb. Corolla -white or rosy. Naturalized in thickets and
near dwellings. — All islands.
225. Ph. vulgaris, T.. (v. White I?.-an).
IM. I'eb.-.bdy. Cultivated and naturalized near dwellings. — All
islands.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 45
226. Ph. alatus, L.
St. Croix (West, p. 299).
227. Ph. semierectus, L.
Fl. all the year rouud. Flower expanded only in the sun. Common
along roads and in pastures. — All islands.
228. Canavalia parviflora, Beiitli. (Flor. Bras, xv, i, 177).
Fl. Feb. Inflorescence extra-axillary (as in C. honariensis, Lindl. Bot.
Eeg. 1199). Legume broad on the back, without iiromiuent ridges, 3"
long, 11" broad. Seeds crimson, shiuing, ^l" long. In forests, rare. — St.
Thomas (Signal Hill, 1300').
229. C. gladiata, DC. /?) ensiformis, DC. (v. Sour-eyes, Overlook) {Dollchos acina-
ciformis, Jacq. Icon. Rar. t. 559). Bot. Mag. 40-27.
Fl. Aug.-Dec. Naturalized in provision grounds. — St. Thomas (Signal
Uill, 1200').
230. C. obtusifolia, DC. {DoVuhos rotundifoIiHS, Valil).
Fl. aU the year round. Common along the seashore. — All islands.
231. Mucuna pruriens, DC. (v. Cow-itch).
Fl. Oct.-Xov. In shady valleys. Eare. — All islauds.
232. Erythrina Corallodendron, L. (v. Flamboyant).
Fl. Feb.- April. Precocious. Stamens all of unequal length. leather
common, especially along roads and near dwellings. — All islands.
233. E. horrida, Egg. (u. sp.).
FL Feb.-March. Very prictlj'. Approaching to the preceding, but
stem, branches, petiole, and leaf-ribs on both sides armed with stout
and straight prickles ; legume terete, long-beaked. A low tree, branches
luocumbent. In forests, not uncommon. — All islands.
234. Piscidia Erythrina, L. (v. Dog-wood, Stink-troe).
Fl. March-April. Precocious. Only those individuals that flower drop
the leaves. Common in thickets. — All islands
235. Drepanocarpua lunatus, Moy.
St. Croix (Isert, 1787, in Hb. Havn ; West, p. 298).
236. Hecastophyllum Brownei, Pcrs.
Fl. June-Dec. Not uncommon on sandy shores. — All islands.
237. Andira inermis, Sw. (v. Dog Almond, Bastard Mahogany, lion Kloot).
Fl. ^Fay-Aug. and Dec. Not uncommon in forests and along livu-
lets. — All islands.
46 FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
238. Scpbora tomentosa, L.
Fl. July-.Tiiii. Aloii^- sandy shores, rare. — St. Croix (Wliit(As Bay,
Turner's Hole).
239. Myrospermum frutescene, Jacq.
Fl. ]May-Jui)('. Legume resinous. Naturalized near (Iwcllinys. — St.
Croix.
240. Haematoxylon campechianum, L. (v. Lon:woo(l).
Fl. Fc'b.-May. The young plants prickly on the stem. Here and
there on sandy shores. More common in former times. — All islands.
241. Parkinsonia aculeata, L. (v. Horse-bean).
Fl. all the year round. Common in dry localities. — All i.slands.
242. Guilandiua Bonduc, L. (v. Yellow Nickars).
Fl. ]May-Oct. Common along sandy shores. — All islands.
243. G. melanouperma, EjifT. (u.sp.) (v. Black Nickars).
Fl. June-0(;t. Resembling the preceding, but leatiets smaller, gla-
brous, shining, prickles red and seeds shining-black. Seeds used for
ornaments. In dry thickets n(»ar the shore, rare. — St. Croix (Sandy Point,
Grai)e-tree Baj).
244. G. Donducella, L. (v.Gii'V Nickars).
Fl. all the year round. Anthers successively dehiscent. Flowers
polygamous. Very common along sandy shores. — All i.slands.
245. Caesalpinia pulchcrrima, Sw. (v, DudeUlu).
Fl. June-Dec. Bracteoles large, subulate, but deciduous before the
expansion of the flower. Commonly naturalized along roads and near
dwellings. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
246. Poinciana regla, r.o.j. (Rot. Mag. 2884) (v. Flamboyant).
Fl. May-July. Bracteoles as in the preceding. Leaves deciduous
Dec-April. A handsome tree of very quick growth. Naturalized iu
gardens and near dwellings. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
247. Lebidibia coriaria, Sdil. (v. Dividivi).
I-'l. A])ril-May. Legume used for tanning i>urposes. Rather common
on dry hills. — Mrgiu I.sland.s (St. Croix, cultivated).
2<10. Caasia Fistula. L.
I'l. Sei»t. Naturalized here and (here in shady valleys. — St. Croix
(The William).
249. C. grandis, !>. (v. Liquoricc-trce).
Fl. .Vpril-July. The pulp containing rhaphides in abundance. Nat-
uralized and cultivated near dwellings.^St. Croix; St. Thomas.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 47
250. C. bacillaris, L.
VI. Xov.-May. Coinmou in thickets and woods on liigli liilLs. — St
Thomas.
251. C. bicapsularis, L. (v. StiverbiisL, Styver bla).
Fl. all the year round. A^ery common in waste places. — All islands.
252. C. florida, Valil.
Fl. Dec. Naturalized near towns. — St. Thomas.
253. C. biflora, li. ft) angustisiliqua, Lam.
Fl. Nov.-May. In thickets, rare. — St. Croix (Longford).
254. C. alata, L. (v. Golden Caiulloslick, Floiti).
Fl. May-Nov. Along rivulets, not uncommon, — Virgin Islands (nat-
uralized in St. Croix).
255. C. cccideutalis, L. (v. Stiukiiig-weed).
Fl. all the year round. Eoot used against fever. A very common
weed near dwellings and in waste i^laces. — All islands.
256. C. obtusifolia, L.
Fl. June-Nov. Common in dry localities. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
{C. triflora, Vahl (Eclog. Am. iii, p. 11) (West, St. Croix), is a doubt-
ful species. I have not been able to find the original specimen of Vahl
in Hb. Havn.)
257. C. glandulcsa, L. a)stricta, Schl., and ft) ramosa.
Fl. all the year roiuid. Both forms common in pastures and along
roads. — All islands.
258. C. nicticans, L.
Fl. all the year round. In the same localities as the preceding. — St.
Croix ; St. Thonuis.
259. Tamarindus indica, L. (v. Tamarind-f roe).
Fl. March-June. Naturalized everywhere, especially near dwell-
ings. — All islands.
260. Hymenaea Courbari], L. (v. Locust-tree).
Fl. Jan. and July-Aug. Bracts large, early deciduous. The wood is
an excellent timber on account of its being very hard and close-grained.
In forests, here and there. — All islands.
261. Bauhinia tomentosa, L.
Fl. May-June. Leaves partly d(!ciduous in jMarch. Naturalized in
gardens and near dwellings. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
48 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIKGIN ISLANDS.
262. B. ungula, .I;i( (^
St. Tlionias (Gris. FI. L'l 1).
263. Adenantbera pavonina, L. ( \ . C'<ii]Ufli<ot).
I'l. -luly-Ocl. N;itui:iliz<'<l iicmi- (l^v(■lliIl,^,^s and in sliady valleys. —
All i.slaii.l.-^.
264. Neptuina pubescens, lUntli.
ri. Aii^'. Ja'^^uhu' containing' as many as seeds. Ivare. — lUick Island,
near St. Tliomas.
265. Desmanthus virgatus, W. a) an<l ,^) strictus, IJtit.
Fl. all the year round. IJotli forms common in pastures and along
roads. — All i.slands.
266. D. depressus, Kill.
St. Thomas (Sehl.).
267. Mimosa pudica, L. n) (v. Gritclicc).
Fl. all the year round. In pastures and along roads. — St. Croix (very
rare, Mt. Stewart); Virgin I.slands (common).
268. M. asperata, L.
St.Thomas(Gris. Fl.LMO).
269. M. Ccratonia, L. (v. I'.Iiick Aiii:irit, Ainjirt'tsti-tlcil).
Fl. .lune-Dee. On high hills. — St. Croix (West, p. 'M2 ; his si)ecimens
are found in lib. Ilavn.); Virgin lsl;iii<ls (cmnuMm).
270. Leucaeiia glaiica, IJciith. (v. Wild Taiiiariinl).
I'l. all the year round. Leallels closing together in str(»ng" sunlight.
Seeds u.se<l for fancy work, such as collars, baskets, etc. A'ery common
everywhere, also as .secondary growth on cleared woodlands. — All i.slands.
271. Acacia Catechu, W.
1 "1. -May-duly. Stem furnished with strong black aeulei. Naturalized
in shady valleys. — St. Croix (Crequis).
272 A. nudiflora, \V. ( v. .\iii:int ).
11. ,May and No\. -Dec. Protandrous. Young foliage reddish. A\'ood
used lor fencing. .\ low Hcc. Conunon in thickets and \\t»ods. — \'irgin
Islands.
273. A. Earmentosa, Dr.sv. (v. Catrh :iiMl-kt«i>. Mliifc Police').
I'l. -Inly-Sept. Stem geneiall> angular or excn winged. .\ ver,\' spiny
climbing shrub, the recurved spines of Avhich often make thickots impene-
trable. C<»nuiion on dr\ hills. — \'irgin Islands.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 49
274. A. macracantha, HB. /3) glabrens (v. Stiuk Cashu).
n. Dec- April. A shrub or low tree. AVood exhaling a very dis-
agreeable odour. Conimon in thickets on dry hills. — All ishinds.
275. A. tortuosa, W. (v. Casba).
Fl. ail the year round. Flowers fragrant. Bracteoles rhomboid, ciliate.
Often gregarious. Common on dry hills. — All islands.
276. A. Farnesiana, AV. (v. Cash;!).
Fl. all the year round. Flowers fragrant ; bracteoles spathulate, ciliate.
Foliage of this and the two former species eaten by goats, and their wood
generally ua!;ed for making charcoal. Common in dry locahties.^All
islands.
277. A. arabica, W.
Fl. y<)v.-Jan. ]S"aturalized near dwellings. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
278. A. Lebbek, W. (v. Thibet-tree).
Fl. April-Sept. Leaves deciduous Kov.-March. Flowers fragrant.
Foliage eaten by cattle. The tree is often overgrown by Loranthus emar-
fjinatus. Naturalized in pastures and elsewhere. — St. Croix (very com-
mon) ; Virgin Islands (common, except St. Jan, w^here the tree seems not
to thrive).
(A. frondom, W., var. ecjlandulosa, St. Thomas, is mentioned by
Schlcchtciidal as spontaneous, but, being an East Indian species, is most
luobably only cultivated or at most naturalized. I have not seen the
species in the island.)
279. Calliandra portoricensis, Ijcutli.
Fl. Feb. Climbing by the aid of young branches that twine themselves
around the branches of other trees. In forests, rare. — St. Jan (King's
nill) ; Vieques.
230. C. purpurea, Bi'uth. (v. Soklier-Avood, West).
St. Croix (Gris. Fl. p. 224, probably on the authority of West. This
author, however, says, p. 312, that the tree is only cultivated in the isl-
and. Uis specimens are in existence in lib. Havn. I have not seen the
tree on the island).
281. C. Saman, Gri.s. (v. Giant Tliibet-trcc).
Fl. ]\Iay-Aug. A very large tree of quick growth. Xaturalized near
dwellings and planted along roads. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
282. Pitheco'.obium unguis-cati, Btiitb. a) and /3) forfex, Ktb. (v. Crab-prickle).
Fl. Sept.-Jan. Gynophore V" long. Seeds black, shining; arillus
rosy. Wood used ibr iishpots. Both forms common on limestone and
in marshy soil. — All islands.
Bull. Xat. Mus. Xo. 13 4
50 FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
283. Inga laurina, W. (v. Lady-finger-trce).
Fl. July-Sept, and Jan.-Marcli. Petiole bearing a narrow wing on
each side. Corolla greenish. (Jacqiiin's drawing does not show any
wing on the petiole. In the letterpres.s, however, of his Stirp. Am., he
expresses a doubt whether the petiole is Avinged or not.) Wood used
for fences, etc. Common in forests. — All islands.
[Cultivated species: Fisum sativum, L. (v. Green Pea); Dolklios spliwro-
spermus, DC. (v. Black-eje Pea); D. aesquipedalis, L. ; Poinciana Oilliesiij
Hook. ; and a C'as/^arecf.]
CIIKVSOUALA^VACEiE.
284. Chrysobalanus Icaco, L. (v. Cocoa-i)lum, Cacos).
Fl. Dec.-Feb. and July- Aug. Fruit black or white ; used for preserves.
On sandy shores or in forests on high hills. Common. — All ishinds.
ROSACE.IB.
[Many varieties of Mosa gulUca, L., and li. centifoUa, L., are cultivated
in gardens on all the islands, and are flowering abundantly all the year
round. In the time of West (c. 1700), roses were rare, and flowered but
seldom, so that we here seem to have an instance of gradual acclimati-
sation.]
ilIYRTACEiE.
285. Calyptranthes Thomasiana, Berg (LinnsBa, xxvii, 26).
St. Thomas (Ventenat and Ravn in Hb. Havn.).
286. C. Chytraculia, Sw. /?) ovalis, Borg, and t) Zyzygium. Borg (1. c. p. 28).
hi forests, rare. — St. Thomas; St. Croix.
287. C. pallens, Gri.s.
Fl. Jvdy-Aug. Branchlets quadrangular. In forests, rare. — St. Croix
(King.shill Gut); St. Thomas (Crown).
288. Myrcia coriacea, DC. })Iinrayana, Gris.
I'l. Juni-July. In forests on high hills, uncommon. — AH islands.
289. Jambosa malaccensis, DC.
Fl. A] nil-May. Naturalized in shady valleys; rare. — St. Croix (Cre-
quis).
290. J. vulgaris, DC. (v. roiinr<>.-i<-i i«t).
Fl. Mwrcli-Jime. Fruit used for preserves. Naturalized along ri\'u-
lets and in forests, coininoii. — All islands.
291. fiugenia buxifolia, \V.
Fl. JinK'-S('i)t. Pcliolcs rrddisli. Gregarious, especially along the
sea.shorc. — St. Croix; S(. Thomas.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 51
292. E. Poiretii, DC.
St. Tlioinas (Gris. Fl. 236).
293. E. monticola, DC.
Fl. .luly-Sept. Leaves variable, distichous. Flowers strongly fra-
grant. When not flowering, tLe shrub emits a foetid smell. Rather
common in forests. — All islands.
294. E. axillaris, Poir.
Fl. Aug.-Oct. Leaves variable. Petiole reddish. In thickets;
rare. — St. Croix (Lebanon Hill, Fair Plain).
295. E. lateriflora, W. {E. corduia, DC. Prodr. iii, 272, and probably E. scssiliflora, lb.
273).
Fl. Sept.-Xov. Leaves very variable, ovate, cuneate, or oblong.
Flowers sessile or subsessile, crowded in the axils. Berry globose,
jHirple, 2'" diam. Common in thickets and forests. — All isl^inds.
296. E. sessiliflora, Valil (Symb. Bot. iii, C4).
Fl. July-Oct. Fruit large, rosy, |"-1" diam. Flowers sessile, large,
white, 5'" diam. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas
(Cowell's HiU).
(Both DC. and Gris. seem to confound these two very distinct species,
the flowers and fruits of which are highly diflerent in most respects.
DC. Prodr. iii, 273, says of his U. sessiliflora: Fructus dimidio minor
quam E. lateriflorw^ yet immediately above he says of this latter species :
Fructus et sem. ignoti. Vahl's description is very correct, also, of the
fruit, of which he says : Pruui magnitudine, giobosus.)
297. E. flavovirens, Berg (I.e.).
St. Jan (Ravn in lib. Havn.).
298. E. glabrata, DC. (Prodr. iii, 274).
St. Croix (Berg).
299. E. pallens, DC. {E. nitida, Vulil in lib. Havn.) (v. CromOerry).
Fl. Sept.-i*^ov. Leaves shining. In forests, uncommon. — All islands.
<
300. E. acetosans, Poir. (DC. Prodr. 1. c. 283).
St. Jan (in forests, Berg in Linnaea, xxx, 662) ; St. Croix (Mount Eagle,
Richard).
301. E. virgultosa, DC.
Fl. April-July. Leaves variable- Common along the seashore and
in forests. — All islands.
52 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
302. E. procera, Poir. (v. I^liuk Cherry, Rock-myrtle) (Myrtiis cerasina, Vabl iu \Ve.st,
p. '*1>0).
Fl. Feb, and Aug.-Xov. Flowers fi*agi*ant; fruit (Mliblc; a favourite
food lor wild pigeons. In forests, common. — All islands.
303. E. pseudopsidium, .larq. (£. 77(OH(rtNi«»a, I}er;j;) (v. liasfanl (luava, ClirLstmas
Cheny).
Fl. April-Dec. Flowers fragrant; fruit oval. A shrub or low tree. In
forests, not uncommon. — All islands.
304. E. ligustrina, \V.
Fl. April and Sept. In tliickets and woods, common. — All islands.
305. E. portoricensis, DC. (Prod, iii, 2G6) (Stenocalyx, Berg).
St. Croix (ex lib. Vablii in Hb. Berol.).
306. E. uniflora, L. (v. fturinain Cherry).
Fl. 3Iarch-Aug. Fruit edible, acidulous. A middle-sized tree. Nat-
uralized and planted in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
307. E. floribunda, West (v. Gnava-beny).
Fl. June-Aug. Berry black, globose, shining, 4'" diam., aromatic ;
used for preserves or juit in rum. In forests, not nncommon. — All isl-
ands.
{I'J. )H(n-(/i)i<it(t and E. inicrantha, West, p. 2'JO, are not mentioned in
Vahl's Symb. Bot. pars iii, as stated, and are probably included in some
of tlie species enumerated above.)
308. Anamomis punctata, Gris.
I'l. June. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Maroon Hill, Wills Bay); St.
Jan (Cinnamon Bay).
309. Pimenta vulgaris, W. & A. (v. Ciiinaiii<)ii-l>iislO.
Fl. June-July. In Ibrests, rare. An excellent timber tree. — St. Croix
(Maroon Hill); Virgin Islands. *
310. P. acris. W. &. A. (v. Ray-leaf). «).
1"I. .Iiilv-Aug. i'roiii the leaves the wcli-kuowu l>ay rum is <listilled.
In forests near the coast, not coninion. — St. ("roi\ ; \'ie([ues.
311. Psidiuni Guava, IJadd. (v. Gnava). a).
Fl. all tlic year round. Fruit edible; also u.scd lor i>r<.'srrvc's. \'ery
common, overrunning pjuitiu'es and becoming troublesome in many
])lac(s. — .Ml i.slands.
312. P. cordatum, Siiu.s. (v. Sperry Guava).
Fl. May-July. Fruit fragrant. In thickets on hills, not unconunon. —
Virgin Islands.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 53
313. Punica granatum, L. (v. romcgranate).
Fl. Apiil-Oct. Flowers crimson or yellow Fruit the same. I^atur-
alized in valleys and near dwellings. — ^All islands.
314. Mouriria domingensis, Walp. {Petaloma Mouriri, Sw.).
St. Croix (BaudoniusGut, West, p. 285, and specimens in Hb. Havn.).
[CiUtivated species: Myrtus communis^ L. (v. Myrtle), and Couroupita
guianensis, Aubl. (v. Xutmeg).]
MELASTOMACE^.
315. Clidemia hirta, Don.
St. Thomas (Eiedle sec. ]^audin, Ann. des sc. nat. 1853, xviii, p. 532).
316. C. spicata, DC.
Fl. June-July. In forests, not uncommon. — All islands.
317. C. rubra, Mart.
St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. p. 248 ; Finlay sec. Naudin, 1. c).
318. Diplochita serrulata, DC.
Fl. Feb.-May. Not uncommon in wooded valleys. — St. Croix ; St.
Thomas.
319. Tetrazygia elaeagnoides, DC.
•Fl. April-Aug. Common in forests and on high hills. — ^All islands.
320. Miconia argyrophylla, DC.
St. Thomas (Finlay sec. Kaudin, Gris. Fl. p. 256).
321. M. impetiolaris, Don.
Leaves as long as l.y. — St. Croix (West in Hb. Havn.) ; St. Thomas
(Gris. Fl. p. 256; Bonpland sec. Naudin. Montserrat (Ryan in Hb.
Havn.).
322. M. praeina, DC.
St. Thomas (Eiedl^ sec. Naudin).
323. M. laevigata, DC.
Fl. March- July. In forests, not uncommon. — All islands.
324. M. angustifolia, GrLs.
Fl. March. A good-sized shrub, often gregarious on limestone. — St.
Croix (Benzon in Hb. Havn.); Virgin Islands (not uncommon. Mont-
serrat (Kyan in Hb. Havn.).
[Several of the species mentioned by Naudin as having been collected
in St. Thomas I omit as being a rather doubtful habitat. These are:
Tshudya herhiceana^ Gris. {Miconia, Naud.); Cremanium amygdalinum,
Gris. {Osscea, DC), and Ifepsera aquatica, Naud.]
54 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
LYTIIRAKIE/E.
325. Ammania latifolia, L.
Fl. Dec-June. Here aud there in moist localities. — St. Croix (Lower
Cove, Anna's Uope) ; St. Thomas (Flag Hill).
326. Antherylium Rohrii, Viilil (Syuib. 13ot. iii, 6t5) (v. Pricklt-wood).
Fl. Oc't.-Martli. Precocious. Petiole bibraeteate above tlie miiUHe.
In marshy soil near the coast. — St. Croix (rare; Fair Plain, Stony
Ground) ; Virgin Islands (common).
[Cultivated species: Laicsonia hiermls, L. (v. Mignonette), and Lager-
str'omia indica, L. (v. Queen of Flowers).]
ONACiRACE.i:.
327. Jussieua su.flfruticosa, L. a) ligustrifolia, Kth.
Fl. all the year round. Here and there in inoist places. — St. Croix
(Crequis, Golden Eock); St. Thomas (Caret Bay).
KIIIZOPIIOKACE.E.
328. Rhizophora Mangle, L. (v. Mangrove, Mangelhoom).
Fl. all the year round. Gregarious along the shore of lagoons. — All
islands. (See Botaniska Notiser, 1S77, Lund, and Vidensk. Medd. fra
Is'aturhist. Foreuing in Coi^enhagen, 1877-78.)
COITIBK£TAC£^.
329. Termiualia Catappa, L. (v. Almoud-trec).
Fl. Jan. -April and Sept. Naturalized in valleys and near dwellings. —
St. Croix (common) ; Virgin Islands (rar«).
330. Lagunculaiia racemosa, G. (v. White Mangrove).
Fl. all the year round. AVood used for fislipots. Common in salt-
water lagoons. — All islands.
331. Bucida Buceras, L. (v. Gregory).
Fl. May-Aug. A splendid timber tree. Leaves often attackcdlty a
fungus {Erineum, ^^de Kunze mycol. Hefte, ii, 148). Flowers often trans-
formed into long monstrosities (figured already in P. Browne's Jamaica,
tab. -3). Common in valleys and especially along the coast. — All isl-
ands.
332. Conocarpus erecta. L. (v. Button-wood). «) «nd 8) procumbens, Jacq.
I'l. all the year round. Common along the coast and in lagoons. —
All islands.
fCnltivatcd species: (JuisqiKtlis indica, L.J
I
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 55
CUCURBITACE^.
(Griseb. Flora, and Naudiu: Aunales des sc. nat. 1859, '62, '63, aud '66.)
333. Momordica Charantia, L. a) and /3) pseudobalsamina (v. Maid-apple).
Fl. Dec. and April-Aug. Common on fences and near ditches. — All
islands.
334. Lufifa cylindrica, Eoem. (Syu. Mou. ii, 63) {L. Fctola, Ser. Wight Icou. ii, t. 499)
(v. Straiuer-vine).
Fl. Oct.-Dec. Tendril 5-fid. Fruit broAVTi, -k" long. Naturalized on
fences. — St. Croix j St. Thomas.
335. Cucurbita Pepo, L. u) (v. Pumi)kin) and j3) Melopepo (v. Squash).
Fl. May.-Xov. and Feb. Fruit used extensively as a vegetable.
Naturalized and cultivated. — All islands.
336. Lagenaria vulgaris, Ser. u) (v. Gobie) aud /3) viscosa. Egg. (v. Bitter Gobie).
Fl. Sept.-Jan. The whole plant has a strong smell. Tendril 2-fid.
/5) leaves A'iscous, petiole biglandular near the top. Used as a blister.
Not uncommon in waste i)laces. a) on fences. Fruit used for goblets. —
St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
337. Melothria pervaga, Gris.
Fl. Dec-April. In thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.
338. Cucumis A.nguria, L. (v. Cucumber).
Fl. Jan.-March. Anthers glabrous in the bud, pilose after dehiscence,
collecting the pollen. Berry used for soup and pickles. Common in
pastures and on fences. — All islands.
339. Cephalandra indica, Naud. (1. c. 1866, p. 14) {Coccinia, W. & A.).
Fl. Dec-June. Naturalized near dwellings aud in shady valleys. —
St. Croix.
340. Trianosperma graciliflorum, Gris. (T. BelangerU, Naud.).
Fl. Nov.-Jan. Leaf 3-5-lobed. Tendril often bifid. In forests, not
uncommon. — All islands. •
341. T. ficifolium, Mart. (Syst. nat. med. veg. Bras. 79) (Bryonia, Lam.).
Fl. March. In forests, not uncommon. — St. Thomas (Soldier Bay) ;
St. Jan (West, p. 301).
342. Anguria trilobata, L.
St. Croix (Ham's Bluft', West, p. 305).
343. A. glomerata, Egg. (n. sp.).
Fl. Feb.-March and May-Aug. Eoot tuberous. Stem sufifraticose,
bark grejisli. Leaves alternate, ovate-triaugulate or 3-lobed, some-
[>G FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
tinios 3-partite, narrowly cordate at the base, denticulate, acuminate,
scabrous above, whitish pubescent beneaih. Tendril simple. 9 flowers
glomerate, sessile or subsessile, 8-20 in the glomerule. Calyx urceolate-
cyliiidrical, small. Petals 5, orange-(;oloured or red, lanceolate, erect, 5'"
long. Style bitid; stigmas thick, globose, obsoletely li-lobed. Ovary 1'-
locular; o\ides 3-8 in each cell. Berries densely glomerate, sessile or
subsessile, oval, glabrous, striate, red, 8'" long. Seeds .'3-8, urceolate-
globose, verrucose, brownish, 2'" long. 3 unknown. A high clindjcr.
Stem often ^" diam. at the base, succulent. In forests, not uncom-
mon. — St. Croix (Jacob's Peak, Claremont,); St. Thomas (Picaru Penin-
sula).
All Cucurbitaceaj are protog\^^lous.
[Cultivated species: Sechium cdule, Sw. (v. Choco); Cucumis .saiivus, L.
(v. Mutton-cucumber) ; C. Melo, L. (v. Muskmelon), and Citrulhts vul-
garis, Schrader (v. Watermelon).]
PAPAYACE.E.
344. Carica Papaya, L. (v. I'apaw).
Fl. March-Aug. Stem often branched. Fruit used as a vegetable.
Common near dwellings and in waste jdaces. xVll islands.
PASSIFLORACE.E.
345. Passiflora suberosa. L. (v. Fop, IikUho-Ikitv).
FI. Sept.-l)ec. Common on rocks and fences. — All islands.
346. P. pallida, L.
Fl. Oct.-Dec. In forests, rare.— St. Cioix (Wills Bay); St. Jan.
347. P. hirsuta, L. (/'. parvijUmt, 8w.)
St. Croix (West, i>. M).
348. P. peltata, Cav.
St. Tliomas (Schl.).
349. P. rubra, L.
Fl. Sept. -Feb. In forests ;nid on rocks. — St. Croix (rare); \'irgiii Isl-
ands (common).
350. p. laurifolia, L. (v. n.-ll-appU-)-
Fl. all the year roun<l. Leaf-margin glandiiliferous. I Seriy fragrant,
cont.aining an edible jmlp. In thickets on high hills (j)erhai)s only nat-
uralized) and cultivated. — .Ml islands,
351. P. incarnata, I..
St. Croix (West, \^. ;{(»4).
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THR VIRGIN ISLANDS. 57
352. P. fcetida, L. (v. Lovo in tlio mist).
n. Sept.-Jau. Protandrous. On fences and near ditclies, common. —
St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
[Cultivated species: P. quadrangularis, L. (v. Grenadilla), the berry of
which is edible.j
353. Turnera iilmifolia, L.
Fl. Marcli-Oct. In waste phices, common. — All islands.
354. T. parviflora, Benth.
Fl. Sept.-Dec. and Jan.-May. Leaves always cglandular; calyx not
tomentose. Gregarious on rocky seashores, rare. — St. Thomas (Co well's
Hill) ; Buck Island, near St. Thomas.
CACTACEiE.
355. Mamillaria nivosa, Link (Pfeifter Enum. Cact. 1837, p. 11) (If. iortolcnsia,
Hort. BeroL).
Fl. all the year round. Flower i)ale yellow; berry clavate, purple.
Seeds brt)wnish. On rocks near the seashore. — Buck Island and Flat
Gays, near St. Thomas ; Tortola (Pf.).
356. Melocactus communis, DC. (v. Pope's Head).
Fl. all the year round. Berry clavate, jnirple, |" long. Seeds black,
verrucose. Up to four feet high. On dry hills and rocks, especially
near the shore. — All islands.
357. M. atrosanguineus, Ilort. Berol.
St. Thomas (Ff. 1. c. p. 44).
358. Cereus floccosus, Ilort. Borol. (v. Dildo).
Fl. Oct.-Jul}-. Berry depressed globose, dark ci-imson, lA" diam.
Pulp red; seeds small, black. On dry hills in thickets, common. — All
islands.
359. C. armatus, Otto.
St. Thomas (Pf 1. c. p. 81).
360. C. triangularis, Haw. (v. Cliigger-apple).
Fl. July. Berry large, crimson, edible, o" long, oval. On trees and
rocks in forests, not uncommon. — All islands.
361. C grandiflorus. Haw. (v. Nightbloomiug Cereus).
Fl. May-July. Naturalized in gardens and near dwc"ings. — St. Croix ;
St. Thomas.
58 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
362. Opuntia curassavica, Mill. (v. Siukers).
I'^l. all tlic year round. Berry purple, f" long, clavate. Gregarious
iu dry localities, which are olteu rendered imi)euetrable by its i)resence.
A^M'v coiimion. — All islands.
363. O. Tuna, -Mill. (.v. Prickly Ptar).
Fl. all the year round. Berry ovate, crimson, edible. Seeds small,
black. Used for fencing purposes. In dry localities, very comiiion. —
All islands.
364. O. honida, Salm. (v. Bull-sucker.s).
Fl. all tliH year round. Flower reddish -yellow. In dry localities, com-
mon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
365. O. spinosissima, Mill.
Fl. all the year round. Spines white, 5-8 in each cluster, deciduous
on the stem. Flower |" diameter. Plant reaching 20'-25' high. In dry
thickets, common. — All islands.
366. O. tuberculata. Haw. (v. Firiicli rrickly I'cai).
F'l. tljc whole year. Flower small, yellow. Branches used tor poul-
tices. Plant lo'-ir/ high. Naturalized and planted near dwellings.-^
St. Croix; St. Thomas.
367. O. cccciiiellifera, Mill.
Fl. all the year round. Plant 15'-20' high. On limestone, uncom-
mon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
368. O. catocantha, Ilort. Borol.
St. Thomas (Pf. 1. c. p. lOG).
369. Peiieskia aculeata, Mill. (v. Suriuam Gooseberry).
Fl. July. Fruit acidulous, edible. Naturalized and cultivated. — St.
(vroix; St. Thomas.
370. P. Bleo, 1115. K.
Fl. all the year roun<l. Sepals accrescent on the fruit. Naturalized
and eiillivate(l in gardens. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
[Cultivated species: CcreiLH 2)cnirianus^ Tabem.; C. monodonos, DC;
C. repaudifs, Haw., and C. Pln/llnntfnt)i, DC]
371. Bryopliyllum calyciuum, Salish. (v. Witiulorrul Leaf).
F\. Jan.-.March. — Naturalized in ilry locaUties, common, gregarious. —
All islands.
FLORA OF ST CEOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 59
372. Panax speciosum, Willd. (8pet'. Plant, iv, p. 112i^)).
Not seen flowering. Leaflets 8, of unequal size, the central ones lar-
gest. Margin slightly undulate and denticulate. Ui5j)er surface covered
with distant and deciduous muricate hairs j tonientum on the lower sur-
face deciduous. A low tree. In forests, very rare. St. Jan (King's
Hill, 1000', on the northern slope of the hills). (Cuba, Porto Eico, Ca-
racas.)
UMBELLIFERiE.
373. Eryngium foetidum, L.
Fl. Sopt.-jMay. Biennial. Along rivulets and in moist x)laces, rare.
—St. Thomas (Caret Bay).
374. Anethuni graveolens, L. (v. Dill).
n. March-Oct. Naturalized along roads and near dwellings. — All
islands.
[Cultivated species: Petroselinum sativum, Iloflm. (v. Parsley); Daucus
Carota, L, (v. Carrot); Pimpinella Anisum, L. (v. Anise); Fmniculum vul-
(/are, Gairtn. (v. Fennel); Antkfiscus ccre/olium, L. (v. Chervil), and
Apium graveolens, L. (v. Celery).]
EOKAl^TMACE^.
375. Loranthus emarginatue, Sw. (v. Biias-fram-boom).
Fl. all the year round. Inflorescences uniserial. On trees, especially
Acacia LehbeJc and Pisonia suhcordata. Common. — All islands.
376. Phoradendron flavens, Gris.
Fl. April-June. Seed compressed, green, with white hands. On Pi-
sonia suhcordata, rare. — St. Croix (Stony Ground).
CAPKIFOEIACE.E.
[Cultivated occur: Sambucus nigra, L. (Fl. April-July), and Lonicera
Gaprifolium, L. (v. Honey-suckle).]
RUBIACE^.
377. Genlpa americana, L.
Fl. July. In forests on high hills, rare. — St. Thomas (Crown) ; St. Jan
(llogiers).
378. Catesbaea parviflora, Sw.
Fl. Sept.-Dec. Fruit black, shining. In dry thickets, uncommon. —
St. Croix (Fair Plain).
GO FLORA OP 8T CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
379. Randia aculeata, L. a) and ft) mitis.
Fl. April-July. «) in dry thickets, ft) in shady valleys. Common. —
All islands.
380. Hamelia patens, .Tacq.
11. all the year round. 0'-15' high. lu shady valleys, not uneora-
mon. — All islands.
331. H. lutea, Kohr.
11. all the year lound. In forests, uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thoma.s.
382. Goiizalea spicata, DC.
Fl. May-Oct. In pastures on high hills, above 1000', not uncommon. —
Virgin Islands.
383. Exostemnaa caribaeuni, R. S. (v. Black Torch).
M. -luiic-Dec. Conunon in thickets. — All islands.
384. Portlindia grandiflora, L.
Fl. .lune-Di'c— St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. iv, p. 405 ; Gris. FI. p. ;3J4) ; St.
Ci-oix (cultivated).
%
385. Rondeletia pilosa, Sw.
Fl. all the year round. In thickets. — St. Croix (rare, near Cane Bay);
Virgin I.slands (eoinnion).
386. Oldenlandia corymbosa, L.
Fl. Fch.-March. Seeds brown, minutely verrucose. In waste places,
rare. — St. CroLx (Government House yard).
387. O. cailitrichioides, Gris. (PI. Wright, p. G06).
Fl. Dec. Flower expanded early in the morning and late in the after-
noon. Gregarious among stones. — St. Croix (Governnimt lTou.se).
388. Spigelia anthelmia, L. (v. Worm-weed).
I'l. all the year round. In open, moist localities, uncommon. — St. Croix ;
St. Thomas.
389. Giiettarda scabra, Lam.
Fl. June-Dec. Flower expanded towards evening. Drupe dark ciiiii-
Ron, oftni 1 .scodcd by abortion. In woods, coiiinion. — All i.slands.
390. O. parvifolia, Sw.
I"l. ,iulv-()('t. In woods, not uncommon. — All islands.
391. Stenostomum lucidum, G.
Fl. Dec-April. In forests, rare.— St. Croix ; St. Thomas (Signal Hill).
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 61
392. Chione glabra, DC.
Not seen flowering. In foreste, rare. — St. Croix (Fair Plain) ; St.
Thomas (Soldier Bay).
393. ScolQsanthus versicolor, Yalil.
n. Oct.-Dec. Pedicels often transformed into spines, as mentioned
by DC. (Prodr. iv, 484). Leaves 2'"-3'" long.— St. Croix (West and Ryan
in Hb. navn.) ; St. Thomas (rather common in thickets) -, Water Ishind.
394. Erithalis fruticosa, L. a) und fi) odorifera, Jacq.
yi. Oct.-March. Along the coast, not uncommon. — All islands.
395. Chiococca racemosa, Jacq.
Fl. March-Dec. In forests, common. — All islands.
396. Ixora ferrea, Bentli.
Fl. Feb.-May and Nov.-Dec. Among rocks on high hills over 1200',
not uncommon. — St. Thomas (Crown).
397. Coffea arabica, L. (v. Coffee-tree).
Fl. May-July. Berry rijie Nov.-Dec. Naturalized in shady localities.
Formerly cultivated on most estates on a small scale, principally in St.
Jan. — All islands.
398. Faramea odoratissima, DC. (v. Wild Coffee).
Fl. June. In thickets on high hills.— St. Croix (West and Benzon in
Hb. Havn.) ; Virgin Islands (not uncommon).
399. Psychotria glabrata, Sw.
Fl. June-Sept. Here and there in shady valleys. — All islands.
400. P. tenuifolia, Sw.
Fl. May. In thickets on high hills, rare.— St. Thomas (Crown, 1500^).
401. P. Brownei, Sprg.
Fl. June-Sept. In woods, common. — All islands.
402. P. horizontalis, Sw.
Fl. May-Dec. Along roads and in thickets, common. — All islands.
403. Palicourea Pavetta, DC. a) and /3) var. rosea, Ej^g.
Fl. Feb. and Aug. f^) corolla-lobes rosy, anthers bluish, and stem
brownish. In forests, not uncommon. — /9) all islands, a) St. Thomas
(Signal Hill).
404. Morinda citrifolia, L. (v. Paiu-killer).
Fl. June- Aug. Leaves used against headache. Naturalized in gar-
dens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
62 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
405. Geophila reniformis, Cham. & Sclil.
Fl. Dcc.-.Tan. and Aug. On tlie ground in dense woods, rare. — St.
Thoiiui.s (Signal Hill, St. Peter); Vieques (lib. Himi.).
406. Ernodea litoralis, S\v.
n. Dee.-May. Along sandy coasts, not uncommon. — All islands.
407. Diodia rigida,Cliam. & Schl. (Liimsea, iii, 341).
St. Thomas (Schl.).
408. D. sarmentosa, Sw.
St. Thomas (Schl.).
409. Spermacoce tenuior, Lain. (v. Iron-grass), a) andj3) angustifolia, Egg.
Fl. all the yeai round. ,1) leaves linear-lanceolate. In pastures an<I
along roads. Both forms common. — All islands.
410. Borreria verticillata, Mcy.
Fl. May-Oct. Suftruticose. In pastures on hills.— St. Croix (Hb.
Havn.) ; St. Thomas (not uncommon on Crown).
411. B. stricta, Mey. (Priuiit. Fl. Essequib. p. 83).
Fl. Dec-March. In pastures, here and there. — St. Croix (Parade
Ground).
{B. raginata, Ch. & Schl. (St. Thomas, Schl.), is a doubtful species
(DC. Prod, iv, 551).)
412. B. parviflora, Mey.
Fl. March- June. Along roads and in forests. — St. Croix (Benzon in
nb. Havn.) ; St. Jan (Rustenberg, not uncommon).
[Cultivated species: Ixora Bandhuca, Boxb. (v. Burning Love), and
I. stricta, Roxb.]
SVIVAINTIIEKEiE.
413. Sparganophorus Vaillantil, G.
Fl. March-Sept. In moist localities, not uncommon. — St. Croix; St.
Thomas (DC. Prod, v, 12).
414. Vernonia arborescens, Sw. u) Swartziana, .^) Lessingiana, ; ) divaricita, Sw.
Fl. ^lay-Dec. In thickets, all three forms not uncommon. — All i.slands.
415. V. punctata, Sw.
Fl. all the year round. In thickets, common. — All islands.
416. V. Thomae, H.ulh. (Vid. M.d.l. iVa Xat. For. l6o2, p.G6).
Fl. all the year n»uu<l. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Thomas.
I
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 63
417. Elephantopus mollis, Ktli.
n. March-Miiy. Head 4-flowered. In pastures, here and there. —
All islands.
418. Distreptus spicatus, Cass.
Fl, Jan.-Marcli. In pastures and along roads, common. — All islands.
419. Ageratum conyzoides, L.
Fl. Dec-June. Achenium usually 4-gonous. Along roads and ditches,
common. — All islands.
420. Hebeclinium macropliylluin, DC.
Fl. June-Sept. Achenium black, 3-gonous. In forests. — St. Croix
(rare; Caledonia, Wills Bay) ; St. Thomas (not uncommon).
421. Eupatoriura odoiatum, L. (v. Christmas-busli).
Fl. Nov .-March. Along roads and in thickets, common. — All islands.
422. E. repandum, \V.
Fl. Dec-July. On hills, not common. — All islands.
423. E. atriplicifolium, Valil (Syiub. Bot. iii, 9G).
Fl. Dec-May. Leaves coriaceous, glabrous ; glandular impressions
numerous on the upper surface. Flower odorous. On sandy shores,
common. — All islands.
424. E. canescens, Valil.
Fl. Oct.-Nov. lu thickets, uncommon. St. Croix (Spring-gut) ; St.
Thomas (DC. Prod, v, 155).
425. E. Ayapaiia, Vent.
St. Croix (naturalized sec Vahl, who received it from Pflug; probably
only cultivated).
426. E. cuneifolium, Willd.
St. Tliomas (DC. Prod, v, 177).
427. Mikania gouoclada, DC.
Fl. Dec-March. In forests. — St. Croix (rare ; Caledonia) ; Virgin
Islands (not uncommon).
428. Erigeron cuneifolius, DC. (Prod, v, 288).
Fl. Dec-July. — Rhizome perennial, for which reason this species must
be considered sufficiently distinct from the annual E. Jamaicensis, Sw.
The two species are united into one by Prof. Grisebach in his Fl. p. 365.
In pastures on high hills, not uncommon above 1200'. — Virgin Islands.
429. E. spathulatus, Vahl.
Fl. April-July. Along roads and ditches, rather common. — All islands.
64 FLOKA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
430. E. canadensis, L.
FI. Juiu'-Xov. liay-flowers often ligulate. Along roads, common. —
All islands.
431. Baccharis Vahlii, DC. (Proil. v, 411) (D. dioica, Valil).
Fl. all the year round. As much as 30' high. On rocky seashores,
gregarious, not uncommon. (The specific name of DC. is to be pre-
ferred to that of Vahl, notwithstanding the priority of the latter, for
the reasons stated in the Prodronms.) — St. Croix (northwestern coast).
432. Pluchea odorata, Cass. (v. Sweet Sceut, Ovra bla).
Fl. Fel).-April. Leaves used as tea agahist colds and as diuretic
medicine. In moist localities, not uncommon. — All islands.
433. P. purpurascens, DC.
Fl. all the year round. Along rivulets, not uncommon. — St. Croix
(Gallows Bay, King.shill Gut).
434. Pterocaulon virgatum, DC.
Fl. all tli<' year round. On dry hills, common. — All islands.
435. Melampodium divaricatum, DC. (Prod, v, f/JO) (J/. jjaZH(/o««wi, Ktb.).
Fl. Oct.-Feb. Along ditches, gregarious, rare. — St. Croix (Jolly Hill).
436. Ogiera ruderalis, Oris.
Virgin Islands (Oris. Fl. p. 309).
437. Acanthospermura humile, DC.
Fl. all the year round. Leaves not glandular beneath. A common
weed along roads. — St. Thomas.
438. Xauthium macrocarpum, DC. (Piodr. v, iVi:?) (.Y. oricnlalc, h.).
Fl. Oet.-Fi'l). A common weed, naturalized around dwi'lUngs. — All
islands.
439. Parthenium Hysterophorus, L. (v. Mnlf-wced, Wlii\e-liead-hrooiii).
I'l. all the y<>ar round. A very eoinnion weed everywhere. — All islands.
440. Ambio:ia artcmisiaefolia, T-. ;^) trijiitensis.
Fl. Sei)t.-( )('t. Naturalized in waste i)laees. — St. Croix (Fredrikssted).
441. Zinnia niultinora, L. (v. Siiakf-dowcr).
Fl. Fcb.-Aug. -Vlong roads, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands.
442. Z. elegans, .h.\fi\.
FI. ."Nlay-Oct. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.
443. Eclipta alb.i, Hassk.
I'l. .luiic-Feb. In moist localities, not uucoimiioii. — All islands.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. G5
444. Bonichia arborescens, DC.
Fl. all the year round. On sandy shores, gregarious. — St. Croix (com-
nion); St. Thomas (Smith's l»ay).
445. "Wedelia carnosa, Rich.
Fl. June-Jan. Along ditches, gregarious. — St. Croix (western part
of the island, not uncommon).
446. W. buphthalmoides, Oris. (v. Wild Tobacco), a), ji) antiguensis, Nirhols,
and y) dominicensis.
Fl. all the year round. Leaves delicately fragrant, a) rare; /?) and /)
common along roads and in thickets. — All islands.
447. W. affinis, DC. (Prod, v, 541) {W. caJijcina, Rich.).
St. Thomas (Wydler).
448. W. acapulensis, HB. K.
St. Thomas (Schl. in Linna^a, 1831, 727).
(Grisebach, Fl. 372, thinks these two species to be included probably
in ir. frufc.scois, Jacq.)
449. W. criiciana, Rich.
St. Croix (DC. Prodr. v, 542).
450. "W. discoidea, Less. (Liniiiea, 1831, 728).
St. Thomas (Less. 1. c).
451. Melanthera deltoidea, Rich.
St. Thomas (Less.).
452. Sclerocarpus africanus, Jacq. (Icon.Rar. i, t. 17G).
Fl. Kov.-Dec. Along roads and in thickets, rare. (Naturalized?) —
St. Thomas (Parade ground).
453. Bidens leucanthus, W.
Fl. Sept.-Dec. Under trees, on high hills.— St. Croix (West, p. 303);
Virgin Lslands (common).
454. B. bipinuatus, L.
Fl. Sept.-March. Achenium often 5-aristate. In j)astures and along
ditches, common. — All islands.
455. Cosmos caudatus, Kth.
Fl. Dec-March. Along roiwi.s and in fields, not uncommon. — x\ll
islands.
456. Verbesina alata, T>.
Fl. Feb.-Aug. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 13 5
C6 FLORA OF ST, CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
457. Syiiedrella uodiflora, G. (v. Fatten barrow).
Fl. all the year round. A common weed evorywlieie. — All i.siands.
458. Pectis punctata, .Tacci-
JL Oct.-.Maicb. In pastures and along ditches, common. — .\.ll
islands.
459. p. linifolia, Less.
St. Thomas (Less. Gris. Fl. p. 378).
460. P. humifusa, Sw.
Fl. all the year round. Gregarious on rocks and between stone.*?, not
uncommon. — All islands.
461. Egletes domingensis, Ca.ss. a) glabrata. DC. ; 3) carduifolia. IX'.: ; ) genuiiia.
Fl. all the year round. On the sandy .seashore, a) and y) rather com-
mon, ft) found by Oersted (Vid. Mcdd. 1852, p. lOG).— St. Thomas.
462. Erechtbites hieracifolia, T\af. a) and ;) cacaloides, Less.
Fl. all the year round. In moist localities, not unconMiion. — St. Croix
(;-); St. Thomas («).
463. Emilia sonchifolia, DC.
Fl. Jan. -Oct. In shady localities. ^Natiiralized, common. — All
islands.
464. E. sagittata, DC. (Prodr. vi, iWi) {Cacalia coichua, Siui.s.).
Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
{CaeaVia coccinca, Sims., is, according to DC. Prodr. vi, 332, a synonym
for EmiUa coccinea. This latter species does, however, not occur in the
Prodromus at all, and on a former page, 302, the Cacalia of Sims. is given
as syncmymous with E. sagittata.)
465. Leria nutans, DC.
Fl. June-March. In .shady localities on hills, not uncommon. — All
islands.
466. Brachyrhamphus intybaceus, DC. (.Tacq. Icon.Rar. i. t. KvJ).
I'l. all tlic year round. Near dwellings and in waste places, a com-
iiKta weed. — All i.siands.
467. Sonchus oleraceus, I.. ^\. W'iM Salad).
I"l. all the yv.w lound. AclK-niuin mostly t-i'urrowed. Along roads
and near dwellings, common. — All islands.
{Clni/sof/onum divhotomum, sp. nov., N'alil. mentioned in West, j). 303,
as occurring in St. Croix, is not describetl in any of Vahfs publications ;
FLORA OF JT. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 67
and as no specimens are to be found in lib. ITavn., I have not been able
to identify the species.)
[Cultivated species: Helianthus annunfi, L. (v. Sunflower); Pi/refhrnm
indicutn, Ci\ss.', Aster chhicnds, Ij.; Taffctes 2)tttida,Jj.', Tithonia speciom^
Hook.; Georgina varMbilisj Willd., and Lactnca sativa., L. (v. Salad).]
I^OISELIACEiE.
468. Isotoma loiigiflora, Prsl.
Fl. all the year round. The uhole plant is jjoisonous. In shady locali-
ties and in pastures on hij^li hills. St. Croix (rare, ]\Iount Pleasant,
AVills Bay) ; Mrgin Islands (rather connnon on the hills).
OOOfl>£ i\0 VI ACE ^.
469. Scaevola Plumieri, L.
Fl. Jan.-Apiil. On sandy shores. — St. Croix (not uncommon) ; St.
Thomas (Smith's Bay).
MYRSIAACE.E.
470. Ardisia coriacea, S\v.
n. June-Aug'. Leaves niiuiitely spotted beneath. In forests and on
high hills, not uncommon. — All islands.
471. Jacquinia aimillaris, L. u) and p) arborea, V. (v. Bay Sallic).
Fl. Sei)t.-Feb. On the rocky shore, not uncommon. — All islands.
SAPOTACE.5E.
472. Chrysophyll'jm Cainito, L. (v. Star-applo).
Fl. May-July. Fruit edible. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Springfield);
St. Thomas (Signal Hill).
473. C. pauciflorum, Lam.
Fl. June. l\i forests, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Flag Hill).
474. C. oliviforme, S\v. ,/?) monopyieiium.
I'l. July. In forests, not very common. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
475. C. microphyllum, .Jacq. (v. I'aliin^r).
Fl. Sept.-Jan. In wooded valleys, rare. — St Croix (Biigby Hole) ; St.
Thomas (Santa Maria Gut).
476. C. glabi-um, Jaccj.
Fl. Sei)t.-Dec. and March-July. In woods and thickets, common. —
All islands.
477. Sapota Achras, Mill. (v. Mespcl).
Fl. Sept.-Oct. and March. Fruit sweet, edible. In forests and culti-
vated, common. — All islands.
G8 FLOKA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIKGIN ISLANDS.
473. 5. Sideroxylcn, Oris. (v. Bully wood).
Xot seen in flower. A tall tree, affording a spleiKlid piir]»l(', very
hard timber. In fore.st.^, rare. — St. Jau (Baas Gut).
479. Siderosylon Mastichcdendron, Jacq. (v. Mastic).
n. Au<,^-Sept. An excellent t ind)er tree. In forests, rare. — St. Croix
(Lebanon Hill); St. Thomas (Northsido Bay); St. Jan (Baas Gut)
(Montserrat, Ryan in Hb. Havn.).
480. Dipholis salicifolia, DC.
Fl. Feb.-March. In thickets and forests. — St. Croix (not uncommon
in the western i)art of the island) ; St. Jan (Klein Cancel Bay).
481. Bumelia cuneata, S\v. (v. Break-bill).
Fl. Feb.-April. r.ranches often transformed into long spines. Very
good timber tree. Along the coast principally in marshy soil, not un-
common. — All islands.
482. Lucuma multiflora, DC. {Achras macrophyUa, Valil in Hl>. Ilavn.).
Fl. June-July and Dec-Jan. Leaves as much as Ih' long. — St. Croix
(Hb. Ha\ni. from Wills Bay) ; St. Thomas (here and there in forests j
Signal Hill, 1500').
STYRACEiE.
483. Symplocos martiuiceusis, .Ja«ii.
I'l. JMarch-Au.u. In forests on high hills. Flowers fragrant. — St.
Thomas (Signal Hill above 1200', not uncommon).
EBEIVACE^.
484. Maccreightia caribaea, A. DC.
Vieques (Duchassaing sec. Gris. System. Unters. p. 01).
OLEACE.E.
485. Liiiociera compacta. IJ. Rr.
• FL May-Oct. In forests, rather common. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
486. Forestiera poriilosa, I'nir. a) and ,,?) Jacquiiiii, I'giT. (Jacii. Ic Uar. t. n*J.".).
J'l. Felt, and Se])t.-Oct. h\ thickets near the coast, uncommon. — '/)
St. Thomas (Cowell's Hill) ; ft) St. Croix (northern shore near Claremont).
.fAS.lII.-VArE.E.
487. Jasminum pubescens, W. (v. Star .Tos.saniini>).
Fl. all tlic year round. Naturalized in gardcMis. — All islands.
[Cultivated species: J. officinale^ \j.', J. rci'olntum, L. (v. Xepaul Jes-
fiamiue), aiul Xyctanllics Sdmhac, L. (v. Double Jessamine).]
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 69
APOCY]^ACE.i:.
483. Thevetia iieriifolia, Juss. (v. Milk-bush).
Fl. all the year round. AYood emploj'ed for building boats. In tliick-
ets on dry hills, common. — All islands.
489. Rauwolfia intida, L. (v. Milk-tree).
n. all the year round. In forests and thickets, common. — All islands.
490. R. Lamarckii, A. DC. (v. Bittcr-busli).
Fl. all the year round. On drj' hills, common. — All islands.
491. Nerium Oleander, L. (v. Xeviiim).
Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens and near dwellings.
Common. — All islands.
492. Tabernaetnontana (citrifolia, Jacq. ?).
Fl. Juue-Aug. In thickets, here and there. — St. Thomas (French-
man's Bay).
493. Vinca rosea, L. (v. Cliiircli-flower).
Fl. all the year round. Xear houses and on waste places, very com-
mon. — All islands.
494. Plumieria rubra, L. (v. Red Franchipani).
Fl. all the year round. Natiu-alized near dwelUngs. — All islands.
495. P. obtusifolia, L. (v. "White Franchipani).
Fl. all the year round. Xaturalized in gardens.— All islands.
496. P. alba, L. (v. Snake-root, Klang hout).
Fl. all the year round. On rocks near the shore and in dry thickets,
common. — All islands.
497. Echites agglutinata, Jacq.
Fl. July- Aug. In thickets, rare. — St. Croix (Cane Bay) j St. Thomas
(Flag Hill).
498. E. circinalis, S\v.
Fl. Dec. In forests, rare. — St.Thomas (Flag Hill).
499. E. neriandra, Gris.
Fl. Oct.-Jan. Here and there in thickets, not uncommon. — AU
islands.
500. E. suberecta, Jacq.
Fl. May-Aug. In thickets, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Cowell's Hill) ;
St. Croix (West, p. 277).
TO FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
501. E. barbata, Dc-sv.
iSt. Croix; St. Thoiuas (DC. Pnulr. viii, 453).
[Cultivated species : Allumanda cathartita, L., and TaberiKvnwntana
cupcnsisj L. (v. Cape Jessamine).]
ASCLEPlADACEiE.
502. Metastelma parviflorum, K. Dr.
St. Tlioinas (Ducliass).
503. M. Schlechtendalii, Dies. (J/, alhijiorum, Gris.).
Fl. all the year round. In dry thickets, very coniinoii. — All i.slands.
(The specific distinction of Grisebach's si)ecies does not seem to be
sufficiently permanent to justify a separation into two.)
504. Asclepias curaasavica, L. (v. Wild Ipecacuana).
Fl. all the year round. Eoot used as an emetic. Along roads and
ditches, coinnion. — ^Ul islands.
505. A. uivea, L.
St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. 410).
506. Sarcostemma Bro-wnei, Mt-y.
St. Thomas (West, p. 278, as Asclepias riininaUs, Sw.).
507. Calotropis procera, R. IU-. (v. Silk Catti'm).
Fl. all the year round. Xatur.alized in dry localities, commtMi. — All
islands.
508. Ibatia murlcata, Gris.
V]. ;ill tlie year round. In dry tliickcis, roimnon. — All island.'^.
509. Fischeria scandens, DC.
Fl. Aug. ]n forests, rare. — St. Croix (Spring-gut).
[Cultivated species; Hof/a carnosa, W. 1\y. (v. Wax-flower) and Ste-
Ithanotis Jlorihunda, A. lirongn.]
COIVVOLVl I.AC'E.E.
510. Ipomcea bona-nox, I-.
Fl. Oct.-May. Naturalized in ganh-iis.— St. Crobc ; St. Thomas,
511. I. Tuba, Don.
I'l. all the year round. On shrubs near the coast, uncommon.— All
islands.
FLORA OF ST. CKOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 71
512. I. tuberosa, L.
Fl. Feb.-Marcli. In forests, liire. — St. CroLx (Bugby Hole) ; St.
Thomas (ScbL).
513. I. dissecta, Pursli (v. Noyau Viuo).
Fl. Xov.-May. Corolla-tube puri)le inside. The whole i)lant has a
taste of prussic acid, and is used for the preparation of a liquor called
Xoyau. On fences and along roads, common. — All islands.
514. I. pentapliylla, Jacq.
Fl. Dec. -March. In thickets and along ditches. — St. Croix ; St.
Thomas.
515. I. quinquefolia, Gris.
Fl. l)ec.-Jan. Corolla expanded from 8 A. M. to 3 P. M. In pastures
and low thickets, common. — St. Thomas.
516. L Batatas, Lam. (v. Swoot Potato), a), /3) leucorrhiza, and } ) porphyroihiza.
Fl. all the year round. Propagated by cuttings. A common vege-
table. Cultivated and natiu-alized everywhere. — All islands.
517. I. fastigiata, Swt. a).
Fl. Oct.- Jan. In'thickets, not uncommon. — St. Thomas.
518. L violacea, L. (v. Grauni Vine).
Fl. Dec.-Feb. Coralla expanded towards evening. In forests and
along rivulets, not uncommon. — All islands.
519. I. caruea, Jacq.
St. Croix (Wills Bay sec. West, p. 272).
520. I. leucantha, Jac^q. (Icou.Rar. ii, t. 318).
Fl. March-May. Capsule pilose; roots tuberous. On dry hills, not
uncommon — St. Jan (near Ivlein Kanelbay).
521. L triloba, L. a) and /3) Eustachiana, .Ia<(|.
Fl. Sept.-]\Iarch. Corolla expanded till 10 A. "SI. Both forms in moist
localities, not uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thoma.s.
522. I. umbellata, Moy.
Fl. Jan.-March. Along rivulets and ditches, common. — All islands.
523. I. pes-caprae, Sw. (v. Bay Vin<5).
Fl. all the year round. Corolla sometimes white. On sandy sea-
shores, verj' common. — All islands.
72 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
524. I. asarifolia, R. S.
Danish islands (Giis, Fl. \k 471).
(As this species is a native of Senegal, I doubt the correctness of the
above liabitat.)
525. I. quinquepartita, R. S. {Conv. oialifolius, West (uon Vahl) sec. DC. Prodr. ix,
:!G7).
St. Croix (West, p. 271).
526. I. triquetra, R. S. {Conv. triqiicter, Vahl, Symb. Rot. iii, 32).
St. Croix (West, p. 271); St. Thomas (Schl.).
527. I. repanda, Jac(i.
Fl. Feb.-;March. Leaves heterumorphous, often 2-4-lobed. Tubers
large, a favourite food for wild hogs. In forests, uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Flag Hill); St. Jan (Macumbi).
528. I. filifonnis, Jacq.
Fl. Oct.-April. In thickets, often near the shore, not uncommon. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.
529. I. arenaria, Steud.
Fl. Dec-April. Stem woody, as much as |" diam. Root large,
tuberous. Flowering partly precocious. On dry hills, in thickets, not
uMcoiniiioii. — All islands.
530. I. Quamoclit, L. (v. Sweet William).
Fl. all the year round. Near dwellings and along roads, common. —
St. Croix; St. Thomas.
531. T. coccinea, L. (/. licclerafoUa, L.).
1"1. l)ec.-]\l;ir('Ii. In lliickets, common. — All i.slands.
532. I. Nil. Rth. (Bot. Mag. t. 188) (v. Moniing-Klory).
Fl. Oct.-]\Iareh. (Nirolla ox]iau(led till 1» A. M. Along ditches and
near dwellings, common. — All i.sland.s.
533. I. purpurea, Lain.
Fl. Oct.-1'Vl), Niitiirali/.cd in gardens. — St. Croix; St. Thoma.<;.
534. I. acuminata, 11. S.
Fl. Nov.-Maich. <'»)roll;i criinson, as stated in Symb. Bot. iii, 2G.
Tsnir rivnicis, on ticr.s, r;ir<'. — St. Croix (Golden Kock).
535. I. tiliacea, t-hois.
St. Thonni.s (Srlil.).
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 73
536. Jacquemontia tamnifolia, Gris.
n. Dec.-Feb. Seeds glabrous, greyis-li. lu thickcte, common. — All
islands.
537. Convolvulus pentanthus, Jacq. (Jacquemontia violacea, Chois.).
Fl. Aiig.-Dec. Ill thickets, on liills, coramou. — All islauds.
538. C. jamaicensis, Jacq.
Fl. Dec.-Feb. In thickets, on the sandj- seashore, rare. — St. Croix
(Sandy Point) j St. Thomas (Cowell's); Water Island.
539. C. uodiflonis, Defer. (C albijlorus, West) (v. Clashi-mulat).
Fl. Oct.-March. Common in thickets. — All islands.
540. C. melanostictus, Sclil. (Linuaea, vi, 737).
St. Thomas (Schl.).
541. C. sagittifer, HB. Kth.
St. Thomas (Schl.).
542. Evolvulus liuifolius, L.
Fl. Dec.-Aijril. In moist localities, here and there. — All islands.
543. E. mucronatus, S\v.
Fl. Dec-March. In marshy soil, not uncommon. — All islands.
544. E. nummularius, L.
Fl. Nov.-March. Among rocks in shady localities, not uncommon. —
AU islands.
545. Cuscuta americana, L. (v. Love-weed).
Fl. all the year round. In dry thickets, covering shrubs and trees,
often killing them. Very common. — All islands.
(West, p. 271, mentions two species. Convolvulus matutlnus and C.vene-
natus, as occurring in St. Croix, and refers for their description to Vahl's
Symb. Bot. i)ars 3, as spec. nov. As, however, they are not described in
any of Vahl's publications, and no specimens are in existence in lib.
Ilavn., I am unable to say whether they are old species or new^ ones.)
[Cultivated species: Jpomwa Learii, Anual. Fl. et Pom. 1810, p. 381,
and I. llorsfallia'j IIoolc]
llVI>E£OI.i:ACEiC:.
546. Nama jamaicensis, L.
Fl. March- Aug. Among stones and rocks, a common weed. — St. Croix j
St. Thomas.
74 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
BOKA<<il.\AC'EiC
547. Cordia GerascauthuB, Jatfi. /3) subcanescens (v. Rosewood, Cuppar).
Fl. Oct. All cxcc'lk'nt timber tree. In forests, not very eoimuon. —
A'ir<;in Island.
548. C. alba, R. S. (v. White Maujack).
Fi. jMareli-Seyt. In thickets and along roads, not uncommon. — St.
Croix (eastern i)art of the island).
549. C. Sebestena, .Tacq. u) (Bot. Mag. t. 794). /3) rubra, Egg. (v. Scarlet Cordia,
Fluytc boom).
Fl. all the year round, ft) leaf-ribs red; calyx scarlet as the corolla.
Both forms common in forests and i)lanted near dwellings. — All islands.
550. C. Collccocca, L. (v. Maujack).
Fl. March-April. Precocious. In forests, common. — All islands.
551. C. nitida, Vahl.
Fl. -laii.-Feb. and Sept.-Oct. Flowers slightly odorous. In forests,
not unconunon. — All islands.
552. C. laevigata. Lam.
St. Thomas (Schl.).
553. C. sulcata, DC.
Fl. June. Leaves up to 1^' long. In forests, not common. — Virgin
Islands ; St. Croix (West, p. 275).
554. C. ulmifolia, .Tn.s.s. a) ovata, /i) ovalis, and ;. ) Ifneata.
Fl. .May-Aug. In dry thickets, common. — '-<) all islands ; ft) St. Thomas
(Ledru) ; y) St. Croix (West).
555. C. cylindiistachya, Sprengl. a) portoricensis, Sprgl. /?) floribunda, Sprgl.
(>) graveolens, Klli.
FL all the year round. Ou dry hills. All three forms common. — St.
Croix ; St. 'J'liomas.
556. C. martinicensis, R. S.
St. Croix (Griseb. Fl. p. 481).
557. C. globc^a, Ktli.
I'l. Jiily-Scpf. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
558. Beurieria succulenta, .Tacq. (v. .Tiniipi r).
i'l. .hine-Se})t. In forests and thickets, common. — All islands.
559. Rochefortia acanthophora, (Jri.s.
I'l. ,Junc-Sci»t. hi thickets. — St. Croix (rare. Fair IMain. Jacob's
Feakj ; A'irgin Islands (not uncomimui).
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 7o
560. Tournefortia gnaphalodes, R. Br. (v. Sea-lavender).
Fl. all the year loiiiid. On sandy shores, common. — All islands.
561. T. hirsutissima, L. (v. Chichery grape).
n. Sei)t.-April. Along- roads and in thickets, especially on lime-
stone, common. — All islands.
562. T. foetidissima, L.
St. Croix (West, p. 270).
563. T. bicolor, Sw. j3) laevigata, Lam.
Fl. Ma}'. Berry globose, "white. Among rocks on high hills, rare. —
St. Thomas (Crown, 1500').
564. T. laurifolia, Vent.
St. Thomas (DC).
565. T. volubilis, L.
Fl. May-Aug. Inflorescence extra-axillary, often transformed into a
hollow, globose, muricate, green monstrosity, in which lives the larva of
a dipterous insect. Common in thickets. — All islands.
566. T. microphylla, Desv,
Fl. May-Sei3t. In the same localities as the former, common. — All
islands.
567. Heliotropium indicum, L.
Fl. all the year round. Along roads and in waste places, common. —
All islands.
568. H. parviflorum, L. (v. Eye-bright).
Fl. all the year round. A common weed everywhere. — All islands.
569. H. curassavicuni, L.
Fl. the whole year. On the sandy seashore, common. — All islands.
570. H. fruticosum, L.
Fl. all the year round. Up to (J' high. On diy hills. — St. Croix (com-
mon in the eastern part); Virgin Islands (not uncommon).
[Cultivated species: H.perviiamtm, L. {y. Heliotrope.)]
POI.EITIOI\IACE.i:.
[Cultivated in gardens: Phlox Dnoninoitdii, Hook.]
SOLA^ACEvE.
571. Brunfelsia americaiia, Sw. a) and 3) pubescens (v. Rain-tree).
FL May-Dec. Flowers odorous before rain. In thickets aiul woods,
common. — Virgin Islands (cultivated in gardens in St. Croix).
7G FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
572. Datura Metel, L. (v. Firc-wwil).
PI. all the year round. Flowers uoeturual. Along roads and in waste
])la(.'e8, naturali/ed everywhere. — All islands.
573. D. fasluosa, L.
Fl. all the year round. >.'aturalizcd in gardens and near dwellings. —
.\11 islands.
574. D. Tatula, L.
Fl. May-Uee. Along roads, naturalized, but rare. — St. Croix (Hope).
575. D. Straniouium, L. (v. Firo-weed).
Fl. Sept.-Feb. Naturalized in waste places, eoninion. — All islands,
576. Nicotiana Tabacum, L.
Fl. ]\lay-]S'ov. I'sed as a medicine, but n(»t for smoking. Xaturalizecl
near dwellings. — All islands.
577. Physalis peruviana, L.
Fl. jNlay-Nov. Jn liclds, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Rapoou).
578. P. pubescens, L.
Fl. March-May. In shady valleys, uncommon. — St. Croix (Creqiiis) ;
St. Thomas.
579. P. Linkiana, N.s.
Fl. Dee. In cultivatiHl fields, not uncdiiinKiu. — St. Thomas.
580. P. augulata, L.
Fl. Se]>t.-Jan. Stamens of unequal length; anthers successively de-
hiscent. Along roads and ditches, common. — All islands.
581. Capsicum dulce. llort. (DC. Prodr. xiii, i. 4'J"^) (v. Sweet Pepper).
Fl. Marcli-rTiily. llerrv oblong. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix;
St. Thomas.
582. C. frutescens, L. (v. Bird Pepper).
y\. Aug.-Dec. Used as a condiment. Here and tlnre in forests and
mltivated.— St. Croix; St. Thoma.s.
583. C. baccatiim, L. (v. Sinull J'< pper).
Fl. Aug.-.Iau. In forests and near dwellings, not uncommon. — All
islands.
584. C. annuum, L. (v. Popper).
Fl. all the year roun<l. Fruit univnsally used as a condiuieut. Cul-
tivated and naturalized evervwhere. — All islanils.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 77
585. Lycopersicum cerasiforme, Dun. (Solan, -p. 113) (v. Small Trovo).
Fl. ]May-Sei)t. Berry jilobose, small, yellow. Xot iinoonunon near
dwelling's (perhaps only naturalized). Used as a vegetable. — St. Croix;
St. Thomas.
586. L. esculentum, Mill. (v. Tomato, Trovo).
Fl. all the year round. Berry used as a vegetable. Cultivated and
naturalized everywhere. — All islands.
587. Solanum nodiflorum, Jacq. n) .and (3) oleraceum, Dun. (v. Lnmhnsh).
Fl. May-Dec. Stem often prickly. In liekls and in waste jjlaces, com-
mon. — All islands.
588. S. verbascifolium, L. (v. Turkey-beny).
Fl. June-Oct. In waste places, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands; St.
Croix (West, p. 274).
589. S. racemcsum, L. (v. Canker-berry).
Fl. all the year round. Proterandrous. In waste places, very com-
mon. — All islands.
590. S. igneum, L. (v. Canker-berry).
Fl. all the year round. Habitat of the preceding. Very common. —
All islands.
591. S. bahamense, L. (S. jpersicwfoUiim, Dun.)
Fl. Jan.-Aug. Along coasts, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands.
592. S. lanceifolium, Jacc^.
Not seen flowering. Leaves and stem very pricklj'. In forests, rare. —
St. Jan (King's Hill, 1000').
593. S. torvum, Sw. (v. Plate-busli).
Fl. all the year round. A shrub or small tree. In forests and near
dwellings, common. — All islands.
594. S. inclusum, Oris., vai-. albiflonim, Fgs-
Fl. all the year round. Corolla white, |"-1" diam. Stigma .3-.1-
branched, stellate. Berry globose, somewhat depressed, hirsute, orange
coloured, 1" diam. The excrescent calyx prickly. In dry thickets, not
uucommon. — Virgin Islands.
595. S. aculeatissimum, Jacq.
Fl. April-May. ISTaturalized b^- mules from Montevideo. — St. Croix
(Frederiksted).
596. S. mammoaum, L.
St. Croix (West, p. 275).
78 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND 1UE VIRGIN ISLANDS
597. S. polygamum, Vahl (v. Kakkoilakka-bon-j).
Fl. all the year round. In dry tliickots, conimon. — Yirjiin Inlands.
(In DC. Prodi*, xiii, i, 197, it is stated that this species has been found
in St. Croix by Wydler, which, however, appears doubtful to me. West,
]). L'T."), only ^ives St. .Ian as habitat, yet Yald in his Symb. IJot. iii, 30,
and after him probably Griseb. Fl. p. 443, refer to West as the authority
for St. Croix as habitat.)
593. Cestrum laurifolium, L'llt r.
Fl. Jan.-April. Petiole black ; berry dark purple. In forests, not
unconinion. — All islands.
599. C. diurnum, L.
Fl. Feb.-Juue. In forests, uncommon. — Vii'gin Islands; St. Croix
(West, p. 27(;).
600. C. uocturnum, L.
Fl. March. In forests, rare. — St. Jan (Ro£;iers, Joshee Gut).
I Cultivated species: Dai tna suaveolens, IIBK.; retunia injctaghiifora,
Juss., and P. violacca, Lindl.; Sohnium Seaforthianum, Andr., »S'. tubero-
sum^ L. (v. Irish potato), and .S'. Meloiujoia, L. (v. Egg-plant, Beranger).]
SCROPIIULAKBACE.E.
601. Scoparia dulcis, L.
V\. all tlie year roiuid. A common weed along roads and in moist
localities. — All islands.
602. Capraria biflora, L. a) and ,3) pilosa (v. Goat-weed).
Fl. all the year round. Leaves used for tea. Both forms along roads,
common, a) in moist, fi) in dry localities. — All islands.
603. Herpestis striata, Scluad.
St. TlioiiKis (P.enth.).
604. H. chamaedryoides, Kili.
V\. Dec-March. Pedicel bearing two bracteolic at the base. The
two innermost calyx-loV)es setaceous. In moist localities, rar<'. — St.
Croi.K (S]>ring-gnt).
605 H Monniera, Ktli.
I'i. ;ill tlie yeai- round. .VIoii.u" ri\ nlets nnd on tlie inaigins of lagoons,
common. — All islnnds.
606. Vnndellia diffusa, I..
St. Croix {Kyan in lib. Ilavn.. Vald's Eclogue, ii, 47) (Mont.serrat,
Eyan in lib. Ilavn., ^^ cnlgaris").
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 79
[Cultivated species: Ifaurandia Bardayana, Lindl. (v. Fairy Ivy),
and Tiusseliajxncca, Zucc. (v. Madeira Plant).]
BIG?*01^IA4^'1E.E.
607. Crescentia Cujete, L. (v. Calabasli-treo).
Fl. all the year round. Leaves deciduous in Bee. Tlie fruit is used
for vessels. "NTear dwellings and in forests, common. — All islands.
608. C. cucurbitina, L. (v. Black Calabash).
I'l. Marcli-Nov. Wood used for boat-building. In dense forests near
rivulets, not uncommon. — All islands.
€09. Catalpa longisiliqua, Cham.
St. Thomas (Oris. Fl. 44G).
610. Tecoma Berterii, DC.
Fl. March-July. Leaves deciduous Feb.-xVpril. In dry thickets,
common. — Virgin Islands.
611. T. leuccxylon, Mart. (v. White Cedar).
Fl. March-April, precocious, and later coetanous in Sept.-Oct. Wood
used for building boats. In forests and on dry hills, common. — All
islands.
612. T. stans, .Inss. (v. Yellow Cedar).
Fl. all the year round. Anthers julose beneath. In Ihiclcets, com-
mon ; often gregarious, esi)ecially in St. Croix. — All islands.
613. Blgnonia aequinoctialis, L.
Fl. April-Sept. Anthers ])ilose or glabrous (hence Vahl's distinction
on this account between his B. HpectahiUs (Symb. Bot. iii, p. 80) and this
species not justified). Here and there in nuirshy forests. — St. Thomas
(Xorthside Bay, Sta. INIaria); St. Croix (Salomon's estate. West, p. 204).
614. B. unguis, L. (v. Cat-elaw).
Fl. April-May, precocious, later .''gain coetanous in Xov. Stem 11"
diam., showing the irregular structure peculiar to all climbing Bif/iwui-
acecv. Fruit as much as 2G" long. In forests, not unconunon. — All
islands. •
615. Distictis lactiflora, DC. (Prodr. ix, IDI) {r.'upiouia, Vahl).
Fl. all the year round. On fences and in dry thickets, here and
there. — St. Croix (Cotton Grove, Southgate Farm) (cultivated in St.
Thomas).
[Cultivated species: Tecoma capcnsis, Lindl.]
80 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
ACAl^TIIACE^.
616. Ruellia tuberosa. L. (v. Christmas-pride).
Fl. all the year round; most abundantly towards Clnistinas. Along
r()a«ls and ditches, coniinon. — All islands.
617. R. strepens, L.
St. Croix (Iscrt sec. DC. Prodr. xi, ll'l).
618. Stemonacauthus coccineus, Oris.
Fl. Jan.-April. Cleistogamous flowers in July: also an intermediate
form between cleistogamous and normal flowers. Jn shady forests,
ijire. — St. Croix (Caledonia, "Wills Bay); St. Jau (Bordeaux Uills); St.
Thomas (Wydl. .«ec. DC. Prodr. xi, 217).
619. Blechnum Brownei, .Jii.ss. (v. Penguin nalsaiu).
Fl. Dec.-April. Used against cough. In pastures and along ditches,
coniinon. — All islands.
620. Barleria lupulina, Limll. (Hot. Reg. t. \i<i).
Fl. Dec.-April. Naturalized near dwellings and in gardens. — St.
Thomas ; St. Jan.
621. Thyrsacanthus nitidus, Xs.
St. Croix (v. Bohr sec. Symb. Bot. ii, 5, and Isert see. DC. Prodr. xi,
.".27); St. Thomas (Xees).
622. Dianthera pectoralis, Mnrr. (v. Garden Balsam).
Fl. Dec-March. Used against coughs. jSaturalized near dwellings
and in gardens. — All islands.
623. D. sessilis, Gri.s. {Jitxficia paucifora, Valil in Kciog. Ani. i, 2).
Fl. .luuc-.Iuly. Flowers often cleistogamous. Ivhizome perennial.
Tn thi<-k<'ts, here and then*.— St. Croix (Salt BivcrV, St. Thomas.
624. Justicia carthagenensis, .Tacq.
y\. Dfc -:\Iarch. Along ditches and in forests.— .Ml islands.
625. J. reflexiflora, Rich. (Valil's Enuni. Riant, i. V>7^. var. glnndulosa. I'.gg.
11. all the year round. Bracts densely glanduliferous. Seeds glo-
bose, In-own^ IMocuiiibciit among bushes. — St. Croix (rare. Fair Plain);
St. Thomas; I'.uck Island (not uncommon).
626. J. periplocajfolia, .Jacq.
St. Thomas (Schl.).
627. Beloperone nemorosa, \t < s.
I'l. ,lan.-March. Calyx one-sixth of the Icn-th of tiic coi<»lla. In
forests, rare. — St. Croix (Caledonia, llam's Blufl \ alley).
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 81
628. Crossandra infundibuliformis, Nees.
n. ]Marcli-Jnne. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix.
629. Stenandrium rupestre, Ns. (DC. Prodr. xi, 283) {RueUin ?, Sw. Fl. Ind, Occ.
p. 1071; riuiii. Icon. ed. Bunn. t. 75, as Gcrardia). a) glabrous, /3) pilose.
Fl. Dec-May, cleistogamous. Normal flowers Jime-Aiig. Corolla
expanded till 9 A. M. Rhizome perennial; roots fusiform, tuberous.
Gregarious on the ground in forests, rare. — a) St. Thomas (Flag Hill,
7UO'-000') ; ,5) St. Jan (Baas Gut).
630. Anthacanthus spinosus, Nces.
Fl. all the year round. Flowers heterostylous. On rocks and in for-
ests, common, especially in St. Croix. — All islands.
631. A. jamaicensis, Gris.
Fl. June-July. Corolla-lobes glandular inside. On limestone, rare. —
St. Croix, in stony ground.
632. A. microphyllus, Ns.
Fl. ]May-Aug. In forests, here and there. — All islands.
633. Dicliptera adsurgens, Juss.
Fl. Jan.-Feb., cleistogamous; normal, March- April. In thickets
and near ditches. — St. Croix (common) ; St. Jan (less common).
634. Thunbergia volubilis, Pers.
Fl. all the year round. Naturalized along ditches and rivulets. — St.
Croix (Caledonia, Mt. Stewart); St. Thomas (Tutu).
[Cultivated species: Graptophyllum liortense, Nees, Justicia bicolor,
Andr., Thimhergia alata, Boj., Th. fragrcms, Eoxb., and Sesamuin orien-
tale, L. (v. Benye).]
635. Martynia diandra, Glox. (v. Cocks).
Fl. Sept.-Dec. Three rudimentary filaments; l'-3' high. Along
roads and in waste x)laces, not uncommon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
LABIATE.
636. Ocimum Basilicum, L.
Fl. ]May-Aug. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.
637. O. micranthum, W. (v. Passia Balsam).
Fl. Aug.-Nov. Corolla expanded during the morning. Used against
coughs. Along ditches and in pastures, gregarious, — All islands.
638. Coleus amboinicus, L. (v. East India Thyme).
Fl. April-May. Naturalized in dry localities, gregarious. — All
islands.
Bull. Nat. IVIus. No. 13 G
82 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
639. Hyptis capitata, .T,i(<|. (v. Wild Hops).
Fl. Kov.-]\I:u(Ii. Al«»iiy: rivulets, common. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
G40. H. Buaveolens, Poit.
Fl. Oct.-Fob. 3'-4' liijili. In dry localities, common. — St. Croix ; St.
TlioTiias. /
641. H. pcctinata, Poit. (v. French Tea).
Fl. Xu^'.-April. As much as 8' high. In dry localities, not uncom-
mon. — All islands.
642. H. verticillata, Jacq.
St. Thomas (Oris. Fl. p. 489).
643. Salvia occidentalis, 8\t.
11. Dec-March, llhizome thick. Along roads, common. — All islands.
644. S. tenella, Sw.
St. Tliomas (Oris. Fl. p. 490; Schl.).
645. S. serotina, L.
Fl. Si'pt.-April. Leaves very bitter. Corolla white. In dry locaa-
ties, gregarious, common. — All islands.
646. S. cocciuea, L. a) and /?) ciliata, Bentli.
Fl. all the year round. Along ditches and roads, common. — An
islands.
647. Leonunis sibiricus, L.
Fl. all the year round. Corolla sometimes white. A common weed
in fields and along roads. — All islands.
648. Leucas martiaicensis, K. Br.
Fl. IMarcli-Nov. A weed, common in gardens aiid along roads. — Si.
Croix.
649. Lconotis nepeteefolia, IJ. Br. (v. Hollow Stock).
I'l. all the year round. Corolla sometimes white. Gregarious, a very
(MtiiiiiKm weed evervwliere. — All islands.
650. Mentha aquatica, ].. {v. Mini).
Not seen llowering. Xaturalized along livulets, gregarious. — St.
Croix (Caledonia).
[Cultivated sjieeies: Eosmarinus officinalis, L. (v. Rosemary), TJnfmvt
Tul(j(iris, L. (v. Thyme), and Orignnum }fajorana, L. (v. Sweet Marjoram
Tea).]
FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 83
VERBElVACEiE.
651. Piiva echinata, Jnes.
Fl. all the year roimd. Corolla expanded, till 10 A. M. A common
weed along roads and in gardens. — All islands.
652. Bouchea Gbrenbergii, Cham.
n. Dec-May. Gregarious along roads and in dry localities, com-
mon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
653. Stachytarpha jamaicensis, V. (v. Vervain).
Fl. all the year round. Flower expanded till noon. Pollen 3-4-
branched, stellate. LeaA^es used against fever. Very common along
roads and ditches. — iVll islands.
654. S. strigosa, Valil.
St. Thomas (Ehrenb. sec. DC. Prodr. xi, 564 ; Oris. Fl. p. 494).
655. Lippia ix>difIora, Rich.
Fl. all the year round. Gregarious in moist localities, not uncom-
mon. — St. Croix (La Eeine, Fair Plain).
656. Lantana Camara, L. (v. Sage).
Fl. all the year round. Berry considered to be poisonous. On dry
hills, very common. — All islands.
657. L. polyacantha, Sthaucr (DC. Prodr. xi, 597) (Z. scahrida, Ait.).
Fl. all the year round. In dry localities, here and there. — St. Croix
(St. George) ; St. Thomas (Solberg).
658. L. involucrata, L.
Fl. all the year round. Corolla and berry violet. In thickets, com-
mon, especiaily on limestone. — All islands.
659. L. reticulata, Per.s.
V\. all the year round. On limestone, rare. — St. Croix, in stony ground
(King's HiU).
660. Citharexylum quadrangulare, Jacq. (v. Firldlewood, Snsanna).
Fl. July-Sept. In forests, not uncommon. — St. Croix j St. Thomas.
661. C. cinereum, L. (v. Sn.sanna).
Fl. July-Dec. Leaves of both these species becoming red in Feb., and
droi)ping oft" at the same time that the new ones make their appear-
ance. On young radical shoots the leaves are linear and deeply serrate.
The wood is quite useless, even for firewood. In dry thickets and for-
ests, common, often gregarious. — All islands.
84 FLORA OP ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
662. C. villosum, Jacq. (Icon. Var. t. 118).
St. Thomas (Schleclit., Bertero, Duchass. sec. Gris. Syst. Uiit.;.
663. Duranta Plumieri, Jacq.
Fl. May-Dec. Along roads and in thickets, common. — All islands.
664. Callicarpa reticulata, Sw.
St. Croix (West, p. 209).
665. .ajgiphila martiuicensis, Jacq.
¥1. An<:.-Jaii. Flowers often heterostylous. In forests, common. —
St. Croix.
666. Clerodeudron aculeatum, L. (v. Clinc-chiic).
Fl. all the year round. Common on dry hills and in marshy soil. —
All island.><.
667. C. fragrans, W.
Fl. all the year round. Long creeping rhizome. Gregarious on high
hills in .shady places, naturalized. — St. Thomas (Dorothea, Liliendal).
668. Petitia domingensis, Jacq. a).
Fl. ]May-Sopt. Leaves often ternatc. Drupe commonly 4-loculate.
A tree up to 50' high. In forests, not uneonunon. — St. Croix (Caledo-
nia, Punch, WiUs Bay).
669. Vitex divaricata, Sw.
Fl. ]May-July. Filaments glandular-pilose. A low tree, here and
there in forests. — St. Croix (Caledonia. Wills Bay) ; St. Thomas (Crown);
St. Jan (Cinnamon Bay).
670. Avicennia nitida, .Jacq.
Fl. all the year round. Upper surface of leaves always covered with
sni:ill salt crystals. Along the seashore and lagoons, common. — All
islands.
671. A. totaentosa, Jacq.
St. Croix (West, p. 2G9) ; St. Thomas (Sehl.).
[Cultivated species: Verbena chamathifolia, Juss., in several varie-
ties, Petrcea nohiMUs, Jacq. (v. Wreath-plant), Aloynia citriodora, Ortega
(v. Lemon-scented Verbena), Vitcx Agnus-castns, L. (v. Wild Black Pep-
per), antl Trohnskjohlin Kniifjninea., Retz.]
ITIYOPORACEyE.
672. Bontia daphnoides, L. (v. White .Mling).
Fl. all the year round. On .samly .shores. — St. Croix (rare, Turner's
Hole) ; Virgin Islands (not uncommon).
FLORA. OF ST. CKOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLAlTiS. 85
673. Plantago major, L. y3) tropica (v. English Plantain).
Fl. Jan.-Marcb. Proterogynous. Leaves used against inflammation
of the eyes.
PtUMBAOIWACEJE.
674. Plumbago scandens, Tliunb. (v. Blister-leaf).
¥1. all the year round. Leaves used as blisters. In thickets and
forests, common. — ^All islands.
[Cultivated species : P. capensis, Thuub.]
PHYTOLACCACEvE.
675. Suriana maritima, L.
Fl. June-Dec. Stamens mostly 10. Filaments pilose. On sandy
shores, not uncommon. — All islands.
676. Microtea debilis, Sw.
Fl. Jul} -Sept. In shady places, rare. — St. Croix (Spring Garden,
Wills Bay).
677. Rivina laevis, L. (v. Snake-bush, Stark mahart). a) and /?) pubescens.
Fl. all the year round. A common weed everywhere, both forms. —
All islands.
678. R. octandra, L.
Fl, Feb.-Aug. Pedicel and calyx becoming reddish-brown as well
as the fruit. Stamens in two whorls, mostly 12. In thickets and
forests, common. — All islands.
679. Petiveria alliacea, L. (v. Gully-root).
Fl. all the year round. A very common weed everywhere. — All
islands.
CHEIVOPODIACE^.
680. Chenopodium ambrosioides, L.
Fl. March. In waste places and on walls, here and there. — St. Croix
(Fredriksted) ; St. Jan (Cruz Bay).
681. Ch. murale, L.
Fl. Jan.-May. On walls, uncommon, naturalized. — St. Croix; St.
Tliomas.
682. Obione cristata, Moq. (DC. Prodr. xiii, ii, i>. 110).
Fl. March-Aug. On sandy shores, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Water
Bay); St. Jan; St. Croix (Schl.).
86 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
683. BouBsingaxxltia baaelloides, Kth. (Dot. Mag. t. 3GiO).
Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gaidciis and cultivated. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.
684. Batis tuarituua, L.
Fl. all the year round. Gregarious along the eoast of lagoons, com-
mon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
[Cultivated species: Beta vulgaris, L. {\. Eed Beet).]
AlflAKARfTACE^.
685. Celosia argentea, L. {C. mnrgarltacva, L.).
Fl. all the year round. Naturalized around dwellings. — St. Thomas ;
St. Croix (West, p. 277).
686. C. nitida, Vahl.
Fl. all the year round. In forests and thickets, not uncommon. — Sl
Croix ; St. Thomas.
687. Chamissoa altissima, Klii.
Fl. Dec-March. In forests, here and there. — St. Croix (Lebanon
Hill) ; St. Thomas (Signal Hill).
688. Achyranthes aspera, L. a) argentea, Lam. y) obtusifolia, Laiu.
Fl. Dec-March. In thickets and on waste places, common. — All
islands.
689. Gomphrena globosa, L. (v. Bachclor'.s Button).
Fl. all the year rouud. Naturalized in gardens and near dwellings. —
All islau<ls.
690. Iresine elatior, Hi<li.
Fl. Sept.-March. Uppermost leaves always alternate. In thieket.s,
coiiiinoii. — All islands.
691. Philoxerus vermiculatus. K. T?r. (v. Bay-flower).
Fl. all the year round. .Vhuig the coast, very coiiinioii. gregarious. —
All islands.
692. Alternanthera polygouoicles, M. Hi. c).
Fl. all the year round. In sandy places, coiiiiiinii. — .Ml i.>^laud.s.
693. A. ficoidea, \l. Wr.
Fl. all the year round. In moist localities, unconnnon. — St. Thomtus
(Ilaulover).
694. A. Achyrantha, H. Br.
V\. March-Aug. Among rocks and stones, here and there.— St. Croix,
St. Tiioiiias (Schl.j.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS, 87
695. Amblogyne polygonoides, Raf.
Fl. all the year round: <? flowers very few. In sandy places near
the coast, common. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
696. Scleropus amarantoides, Scliiad.
Fl. all the year round. Leaves often discoloured with white cross-
stripes. In sandy localities, common. — All islands.
697. Euxolus caudatus, Moq.
Fl. aU the year round. In waste places, common. — All islands.
698. E. oleraceus, Moq. (v. Lnmbo).
Fl. all the year round. Xear dwellings, common. — All islands.
699. Amarautus spinosus, L.
Fl. Jan.- April. Near rivulets and ditches, uncommon. — St. Croix;
St. Thomas.
700. A. tristis, L.
St. Thomas (Wydler sec. DC. Prodr. xiii, ii, 2G0).
701. A. pauiculatus, L. (v. Bower).
Fl. all the year round. A troublesome weed on account of its lonj»-
tai)-root. Common everywhere. — All islands.
WYCTAGIWfACE^.
702. Mirabilis Jalapa, L. (v. Four-o'clock).
Fl. all the year round. Flower expanded from 4 P. M., purple, yellow,
or pink. Around dwellings, common. — All islands.
703. Boerhaavia erecta, L.
Fl. Det'.-Feb. Along ditches and in pastures, unoommon.^St. Croix
(Mt. Stewart).
704. B. paniculata, Rich. (v. Batta-batta).
Fl. all the year round. Calyx often transformed into a hollow mon-
strosity by the larva of a wasp. A very common weed. — All islands.
705. Pisonia aculeata, L.
Fl. Fcb.-Apvil. In forests, common. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
706. P. subcordata, S\v. (v. Manqjoo, L<)l)lolly).
Fl. Ai)ril-June. Leaves partly deciduous. "Wood useless for timber
and fuel. Along coasts, common, growing to a large tree. — All islands.
707. P. Inermis, .Jacq.
Fl. Ai>ril-May. Leaves on the young branches whorled. In forests,
common. — All islands.
[Cultivated species: Bougainvillea spectabUis. Willd.J
88 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AM> THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
POLYOO^ACE^.
708. Coccoloba uvifera, Jacq. (v. Sea-grape).
Fl. .1 lily-Dec. Wood hard, duik piiii)le, used for shipbuilding. On
the sandy .seashore, commou. Sometimes in the interior as high up as
120(1'.— All islands.
709. C. leogauensis, Jacq.
Fl. ^lay-July. Flowers in fascicles of 3-4, of which, however, one
only bears fruit. Drupe oval, violet, 4'" long. On sandy shores, rare. —
St. Croix (Sandy Point).
710. C. rugosa, Do.sf. (DC. Prodr. xiv, 15'2 ; Bot. Mag. t. 4536).
St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. 1. cX
711. C. laurifolia, Jacq. (Hurt. Selicenbr. iii, p. 9, t. 2G7).
Fl. ]March-July. Leaves deciduous April to ]\Iay. Fruit purplish,
pointed at both ends. In thickets, hero and there. — St. Croix (Sandy
Point, Hard Labour).
712. C. diversifolia, Jacq.
Fl. May-July. O'-S' high. Along the coast, uncommon. — St. CroLs
(La Yalh^e, Claremout).
713. C. obtusifolia, Jacq.
St. Croix (West, p. 281).
714. C. punctata, .Jacq. a) Jacquinii, ,3) barbadensis, Jacq., 6) parvifolia (v. Red
AVddd, Rocbout), y) microstichya, W.
Fl. Aug.-Dec. a) leaves as much as I'l' long. A shrul> or low tree.
«>) and y) common; a) and ,3) uncommon. — All islands.
715. C. iiivea, .Jac(i.
I'l. June-Sept. Flowers delicately odorous. Fruit white wlicn ripe.
In Ibrests, not uncommon. — All i.slands.
{€. Klotzschiaiia, Meissn., and C. Kunthiaita, Meissn. (DC. Prodr. xiv,
155 and IGG), are said to have been found in St. Thomas, but tlu-y are
both very doubtful species, founded on single specimens, and have
therefore been here omitted.)
[Cidtivated .species: Antigonon cordntnm. Mart. & Galeotti (v. Mexican
Wreath -plant), and Rumex resimriiis, L.]
716. Ciuuamomuiu zeilaiiicum, Itl.
V\. .V]>ril-]May. Naturalized in a few places in shady vidley.s. — St.
Croix (Cre(pii.s).
FLORA OF ST CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 89
717. PhcBbe antillana, Meissn. (DC. Prcdr. xv, i, p. 31). y) cubensis.
St. Croix (West in Hb. Petrop. sec. DO. 1. c).
{Ph. montana, Gris., said by Meissu. (DC. Prodr. 1. c. p. 23G) to be
synonymous with irt«r«<.9 longifolia, Yah], mentioned by West, p. 2.'^'2, as
a new sjiecies from St. Croix, ought perhaps to be added to this list; but
as the specimens seen by me in Hb. Havn. as Lanriia lonfjifoJia, Vahl,
do not agree with Grisebach's, I prefer to omit the species here, as being
doubtful.)
718. Persea gratissima, Gaertn. (v. Alligator Pear).
Fl. March-May. Stamens, 9 jierfect, 3 less perfect and sterile, G rudi-
mentary. The fruit is a favourite vegetable. In gardens. — All islands.
719. Hufelandia pendula, Ns. (H. Thomwa, Nees).
St. Thomas (sec. DC. Prodr. 1. c. p. 05, Hb. Kunth!).
720. Acrodiclidium salicifolium, Gris.
Fl. May-Aug. In forests, here and there. — St. Croix (Wills Bay,
Spring-gut).
721. Nectandra coriacea, Gris.
Fl. May-Aug. In forests, rare. — St. Thomas (Soldier Bay) ; St. Jan
(Hb. Havn.).
722. N. tuembranacea, Gris.
Fl. June. In dense forests, uncommon. — St. Croix (Wills Bay) ; St.
Thomas (Signal Hill).
723. N. antillana, Meissu. (DC. Prodr. 1. c. 153) (iV. leucantha, Gris.).
Fl. May-June. In forests, not uncommon. Fragrant. — All islands.
724. Oreodaphne leucoxylon, Nees.
Fl. July. In dense forests on high hills, uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill) (Montserrat, Eyan in Hb. Havn.).
725. Cassyta americana, L.
Fl. March-xVpril. Inflorescence often branched. On Manchineel and
Acacia trees along the seashore, here and there. — St. Croix (Cotton
Grove) ; St. Thomas (Water Bay) ; Vieques (Hb. Havn.).
THYIfIEL.EACEiE.
726. Daphnopsis caribaea, Gris.
Fl. July and Dec-March. In forests, not uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Flag Hill, Signal HiU).
90 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
EUPIIORBIACE^.
727. Bu2UB Vahlii, Baill. (DC. Protlr. xvi, i, p. l(i) {Tricera laviyutd, .S\v., var. SaJicta-
Cntcia, Eggcrs in Fl. St. Crucis, p. 111).
VI. Jime-Oct. Oil limestone, rare.— St. Croix (Stony Ground).
728. Savia sessiliflora, W. (Spec. Plaut. iv, p. 771).
I'l. rlinu-JJcr. In thickets on dry liills, not uncommon. — All Islands.
729. Phyllanthus acuminatus, Vnhl (Syuib. Bot. ii, 95).
St. Thomas (Herb. DC. sec. DC. Prodr. xv, ii, 381). Vahl, however,
gives only Cayenne (Eohr) as habitat.
730. Ph. Niruri, L. (v. Creole Cliiiiine).
Fl. all the year round. Very common in gardens and along roads. —
All islands.
731. Ph. distichus, Miill. (DC. Prodr. 1. c. 413) {Cicca, L.) (v. Gooseberry).
Fl. Juiu'-Scpt. Fruit used for preserves. Naturalized near dwell-
ings. — All i.><lands.
732. Ph. nobilis, Miill. (1. c. 41.'j). v) Antillana {Cieca, Ju.s.s.) (v. Gongora-hont).
Fl. July, and afterwards precocious in Dec-Jan. In forests, not un-
common. — All islands.
733. Ph. falcatU3, Sw. (v. Boxwood).
]"'l. all the year round. In mar.shy soil, not uncommon. — Vieques.
734. Securinega acidothamnus, Miill. (1. 0.451) (Fliiggia, Gris.).
Fl. ]\Iay-,luiM'. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Croix (eastern part
of the ishmd).
(I have adoi)tcd i\Iiiller's generic name, Fliif/f/ea being an older name
for a genus of Ophiopogoneic established by L. C. llichard.)
735. Drypetes laevigata, Gris. ined. (£'jrc<rcflna poh/andra, Gris. Cat. PI. Cub. p. 20,
& Idamio.s. iicuer Euphorb. p. 1^-0).
Fl. Sept. <? . 1 have not found the female flower nor fruit, and am
therefore not able to supply the deliciency in this respect in Griso-
bach'.s Diagno.si.s. — St. Croix (Fair riain) ; St. Jan (Cinnamon Bay).
736. D. glauca, Vabl.
St. Croix (111.. ll:ivn. Kyan, IJohr; '-Hollow berry of Bugby nole*")
(Montserrat, Byan in IIIi. Ilavn.).
737. Croton abtroites, .Ml. (v.Wliitc Mariiu).
Fl. Dec.-.July. Style H! branched. In dry thickets, very common. —
All islands.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 91
738. C. betulinus, Vabl (Symb. Bot. ii, p. 98).
Fl. all tlie year round. A low shrub, brownish. Common in thick-
ets. — All islands.
739. C. flavens, L. (v. Marau).
Fl. all the year round. Gregarious on diy hills, also as secondary
growth ; very common, and a troublesome shrubby weed. — All islands.
740. C. discolor, Willd. (Spec. Plant, iv, 352) (C. halmmifer,!..).
Fl. all the year round. x\long roads in dry localities, common. — St.
Croix (eastern part of the island) ; St. Thomas (Hb. Thunb. sec. DC.
Prodr. 1. c. p. 615).
741. C. oval folius, "West.
Fl. all the year round. Along roads and in waste places, very com-
mon. — All islands.
742. C. lobatus, L.
Fl. March-Dec. In the same places as the preceding, very common. —
All islands.
743. C. humilis, L.
St. Thomas (Bertero sec. DC. Prodr. 1. c. G70).
(An arboreous as yet undetermined Croto7iea, not found in blossom,
occurs in a few specimens on Flag Ilill in St. Thomas.)
744. Aleurites Moluccana, Willtl. (Spec. Plaut. iv, 590) {A. iriloha, Forst.) (v,
Wahmt).
Fl. all the year round. ISTatui'alized near dwellings and in gardens. —
St. Croix; St. Thomas.
745. Ricinella pedunculosa, Miill. (Linmea, xxxiv, 153) (Adelia Eidnclla, L.).
Fl. March-May, i)recocious. Always very spiny. In dry thickets,
not uncommon. — All islands.
746. Argyrothamnia fasciculata, Miill. (Limuea, 1. c. 146) (Ditaxis, Sdil.).
Fl. Jan.-May and Sept. In thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.
747. A. candicans, Miill. (DC. Trodr. 1. c. 741) (Argythamnia, Svv.).
Fl. Sept.-April. Capsule dark blue ; seeds verrucose. In thickets,
common. — All islands.
748. Acalypha chamaedrifolia, Miill. (1. c. 879). /?) genuina (A. reptam, Sw.),
y) brevipes.
Fl. all the year round; female flowers developing gradually. Bracts
persistent after dissemination. • On rocks and in crevices, not uncom-
mon. — St. Croix (,S); St. Thomas {y).
92 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
749. Tragia volubilis, L. (v. Nettle, Bran-uettle).
Fl. Feb., Sept. ]Malc flowers often transformed into a globose mon-
strosity. The plant is believed by the negroes to give them luck in
iiiaiketiug. In thickets and along roads, common. — All islands.
750. Ricicus communis, L. a) (v. Castor-oil tree).
Fl. all the year round. Seeds used for pressing castor-oil. Xatuial-
i/A'd on waste places, common. — All islands.
731. Manihot utilissima, Pohl (Plant. Uras. i, :52) (v. Cassava).
Fl. March-May. Hoot used for manufacturing starch and flour, which
is made up into flat, thin cakes (bambam). Naturalized and culti-
vated. — All islands.
752. Jatropha Curcas, L. (v. French Physic-mit, SkitiietcM).
Fl. all the year round. Seeds very drastic. A low tree, often planted
on graves. Naturalized near dwellings, common. — All islands.
753. J. gossypiifolia, Jj. (v. Pbysie-uut). a) staphysagricefolia, fi) elegans.
Fl. all the year round. The whole plant has a disagreeable smell.
Suflrutescent, l'-4' high. A troublesome weed near dwellings and in
flelds. Very common everywhere. — All islands.
754. J. multifida, L. (v. Coral-bush).
Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix ; St.
Thomas.
755. Sebastiania lucida, Miill. (DC. Prodr. I.e. 1181) (Excoecaria, Sw.).
Fl. Feb.-June. A shrub or low tree, r)'-20' high. In thickets and
forests, common. — All islands.
756. Hippomane Mancinella, L. (v. Mauehineel-tree).
Fl. i)reco('ious, lM'l>.-A])ril, cot'tanous, May-June. Wood afibrding
excellent timber, but very little used on account of the caustic milky
juice. On sandy shores, often gregarious, sotnetimes in the interior of
the islands on hills. — St. Croix (common) ; Virgin Islands (uncommon).
757. Exccecaria Laurocerasus, Miill. (1. c. 120'i). ) ) laurifolia.
Not seen llowering. A high tree: bark smooth, white. In dense
forests, raie. — St. Jan (Cinnamon Uay).
758. Hura crepitans, L. (\ . Sandlxix-treo).
Fl. Sept. Leaves deci<lnons in Jan.-.\pril. Seeds drastic. A high
tree with horizontal brandies and ]»riPkly stem. In forests and near
dwellings, common. — All islmuls.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 93
759. Dalechampia scandens, L.
n. Feb.-Jime. Male inflorescence bearing at the base two res^inous
corpuscula, deciduous together with the male flowers. Baillon considers
them to be sterile bracts; MiiUer takes them for monstrous anthers.
Central female flower pedicellate. In thickets, common. — All islands.
760. Euphorbia buxifolia, Lam.
Fl. all the year round. On the sandy shore, common. — x\ll islands.
761. E. articulata, Barm.
Fl. all the year round. Along the seacoast, common. — All islands.
762. E. pilulifera, L.
Fl. all the year round. In waste places and along roads, very com-
mon. — All islands.
763. E. hypericifolia, L. a) uud fi) hyssopifolia, L.
Fl. all the year round. Lea\'es distichous. Used against dysentery.
Same places as the preceding. A common weed. — All islands.
764. E. thymifolia, Bnrm.
Fl. all the year round. The whole plant reddish. Leaves folding
together during night and in rainy weather. Among stones and along
roads, very common. — All islands.
765. E. prostrata, Ait. •
Fl. the whole year. Together with the preceding, common. — All
islands.
766. E. petiolaris, Sims (Bot. Mag. t. 883) (v. Maucliinoel).
Fl. the whole year. Partly precocious in the spring. On dry hills
and in thickets. — Virgin Islands (common) ; St. Croix (West, p. 288 ?).
(West's U. cotinifolia, said to occnr in St. Croix, is evidently meant for
this species. I doubt, however, the correctness of the habitat, and am
of opinion that it is a mistake for St. Thomas, where the species is ex-
ceedingly common.)
767. E. geniculata, Ortega (Dcead. p. Ifi; DC. Piodr. xv, ii, 72). {E. prun'tfoUa,
.Tac(i. Ilort. Scli(Eubr. iii, t. 277, a form willi larger, serrate leaves.)
Fl. Dec.-^Iarch. In forests and near dwellings, not uncommon, often
gregarious. — St. Croix (Government House) ; St. Thomas (Signal Hill).
768. E. heterophylla, li. [i) cyathophora, Jacq.
Fl. all the year round. Gregarious in dry places, common. — All
islands.
769. E. neriifolia, L. (DC. Plant. Grasses, i, t. 40).
Fl. March-June. A large tree, stem 2'-3' diam. Naturalized near
dwellings, common. — All islands.
94 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
770 Pedilauthus tithymaloides, Poit. a), /?) padifollus, Poit., aii.l y) angusti-
folius, Poit.
11. all the year louiul. Tn tliickets and gaidcns. iiiicoiimioii. — All
islands.
All Euplwrbiacecc are proterog^Tious.
I (Cultivated species: Jatroj}ha paudurafoUa, Andr., Codkvnm varieffa-
tum, ]\liill. a) pktum^ Euphorbia pulchei-rima^ ^Y., E. splendcns, Bqj., and
E. antiquorum, L.]
URTICACE.*:.
771. Celtis trinervia, Lam.
Fl. June-Dee. In forests and tliickets, not nncomiuon. — All islands.
772. C. aculeata, Sw. n) ami fi) serrata.
Fl. ^Tarch-Sept. Proterogynous. Both fomis not uncoiiiinttu in
thickets. — All islands.
773. Sponia micrantha, Docs.
Fl. April-Sept. In forests, here and there. — All islands.
774. Ficus crassinervia, Desf.
Fl. Jan. In forests, not uneoninion. — St. Croix (Crequis, Wills Bay).
775. F. trigonata. T>.
F'l. ;May-Aug. In forests. — St. Croix (rare, Crequis"): ^■ir.^•in Islands
(not uncommon). •
776. F. Isevigata, Vahl.
Fl. Jan.-March. lu forests and on rocks, not uncommon. — St. Croix
(Cre«]uis, Jacob's Peak).
777. F. lentiginosa, Vahl.
Fl. May. In forests on high hills, uncommon.— St. Thomas (Signal
Hill).
778. F. populnea, W.
IK July-Aug. Figs geminate in the axils, red with dark sjtots.
Oil rocks and epiphytic on trees, not uncommon. Long ai-rial root.s. —
All i.slauds.
779. F. peduuculata, Ait.
Fl. Jaii.-]May. F'igs red, generally inhabited by a suiall hymeuopte-
rous insect. On rocks, walls, and trees, common. Long aerial roots. —
All i.slauds.
780. Artocarpus incisa, L. (v. Bread fruit-treo).
Fl. May-July, l-'ruit not edible. Naturalized in shady valleys. — All
islands.
781. Cecropia peltata, L. (v. 'I rniiiiMi-titf).
I'l. Apiil-Juuc. hi shady forests, not uih'Ouiukui. — All islands.
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 95
782. Madura tinctoria, Don (v. Fustic).
FI. Jinie-Oct. Young shoots -with deeply serrate leaves. Wood
aflbrding an excellent timber, but now very scarce. In forests, here
and there. — All islands.
783. Fleurya asstuans, Gaud.
Fl. June-Dec. On rocks in shady forests, here and there. — St. Croix
(Spring Garden); St. Thomas (Crown).
784. Urera elata, Gris.
St. Croix (Spring Garden, West, p. 306 ; his specimen in Hb. Havn.).
785. U. baccifera, Gaud.
St. Thomas (Wedd. in DC. Prodr. xvi, i, 93).
(West's Urtica elongata, Vahl, said, p. 300, to occur in St. Croix, and
probably intended for an Urera, I have not been able tft identify, from
\rant of description and specimens.)
785. Pilea microphylla, Licbm. a), [i) trianthemoides, Lindl., and y) succulenta
(v. Duck-weed).
Fl. all the year round. On rocks and stones in shadj' situations. «)
uncommon; li) and y) common. — All islands.
787. P. semidentata, Wedd.
Fl. March-July. Gregarious among rocks on high hills, not uncom-
mon. — St. Thomas (St. Peter).
788. p. grandis, Wedd.
Fl. June. In leaf-mould on high hills, gregarious, uncommon. — St.
Thomas (Crown, 1500').
789. P. nummularifolia, Wedd.
St. Thomas (Hornbeck in Hb. Havn.); Vieques (near Campo Asilo).
790. P. inaequalis, AVedd.
Fl. July-Aug. Gregarious on rocks in forests, uncommon. — St.
Thomns (Signal Hill, Crown).
791. P. Sanctae-Crucis, Liebin. (Vid. Selsk. Skrift., v. E^ekke, ii, 301).
St. Croix (Orsted, I.e.).
792. Rousselia lappulacea, Gand.
St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. xvi, i, 235 ; Gris. Fl. p. IGO).
[Cultivated species: Ficun Carica^lj. (v. Fig-tree), and F. elastica, L.j
ARISTOLOCHIACEiE.
793. Aristolochia trilobata, L. (v. Tdbaeco-pipc).
ri. May-Aug. On fences and in forests on high hills. — St. Croix
(West, p. 305); Vii-gin Islands (not uncommon).
96 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
794. A. anguicida, L. (DC. Prodr. xv, i,464; Bot. Mag. 4361; Descourtilz, Fl.Mdd.
d<'S Antilles, iii, 202) (v. Crane's Neck).
n. Oct.-Dec. A number of dipterous insects are usually found im-
prisoned in the lower part of the perigonal tube, whence escape is impos-
sible on account of the downward-bent hairs on tlie inner sniface. The
hairs dropping;" off after fertilization, the imprisoned insects are set at
liberty aijain. In tliiekets, rare. — St. Croix (liecovery liill).
BEOONIACEii:.
795. Begouia humilis, Hdit. Kew. (ed. i, vol. iii, 3.53).
St. Tliomas (Finlay in lib. Mus. Paris, sec. DC. Prodr. xv, i, 297).
[Cultivated occur several species of Begonia.]
A]TIE]¥TA€E.«:.
[Cultivated m gardens and near dwellings : Ccmuarina equisetifoJia,
Forst. (PL June-xVug.) Of very' quick growth.]
PIP£KA€£iE.
796. Piper Sieberi. Cas. DC. (Euckea, Miq.).
PL all the year round. In forests ; often gregarious and form.ing a
dense underwood, common. Used for walking-sticks. — All islands.
797. P. Bredemeyeri, Jacq. (Artanthe, Mici.).
PI. Sept. In shady valleys, not uncommon. — St. Croix (Caledonia,
Crequis).
798. P. auritiim, Ktli.
.St, Tlionias (DC. Prod. 1. c. 321).
799. P. Blattarum, Sprgl.
PL Jan.-Maicli. In forests, rare. — St. Thomas (Crown, Signal Hill).
800. P. peltatum, L. (v. Monkey's Hand) {Potomorphc, Miq.).
Fl. Feb.-Aug. In forests, along rivulets, and among roeks on high
hills. — St. Croix (rare, Caledonia, Springfield) ; Virgin islands (not un-
eonniKin on high hills).
801. Pepeiomia pelliicida, Kfli.
Fl. May-Aug. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Kohrs Minde); St. Tliomas
(DC. Piod. 1. c. 402).
8C2. P. acuminata, Micj. (/'. fiiiadcloupcnsiH, Caw. DC.) (v. .'Jtone Cin;;er).
1"). nil the year round. On roeks in forests, conunon. — All ishuids.
803. P. glabella, Di.tr.
I'l. May-Sept. In the same places as the preceding, common. —
All ishnuls.
804. P. cubana, Ca.^. DC.
St.- Croix (DC. Prod. 1. e. li;i).
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 97
805. P. obtusifolia, Cas. DC, Diotr., Miq. a) aud P) clusiaefolia.
n. April-July. On rocks and nnder sliady trees in leaf-niOTild. Gre-
garious, not uncommon, u) all islands ; ii) St. Tliomas (Crown).
806. P. scandens, Ruiz ot Pa v.
St. Thomas (DC. Prod. 1. c. 434).
807. P. polystachya, Miq.
Fl. Dec-Jan. Stem and lower surface of the leaves reddish. Among
rocks in forests, not uncommon, gregarious. — All islands.
B. GYMNOSPERM^.
CYCADACEiE.
[Cultivated in gardens occurs Cyeas revoluta, Thunb. (v. Sago Palm).]
COIVIFEK^.
[Cultivated in gardens occur several species of Thuja.]
C. MONOCOTYLEDONES.
AEISMACE^.
808. Echinodorus cordifolius, Gris.
n. Ai^ril-Aug. Flower expanded only till 10 A. M. Leaves hetero-
morphous, the primordial ones submerged, linear-lanceolate, x^assing
by degrees into the ordinary emersed ones. In rivulets, here and there. —
St. Croix (King's Hill Gut, Armas Hope Gut).
HY^DROCIIARIDACE^, L. C. Rich.
809. Thalassia testudinum, Solandor (Koenig).
Not seen flowering. Gregarious in shallow sea- water, very common. —
All islands.
POTAME.E, .luss.
810. Cymodocea manatorum, Asclicrson (Natnrf. Fiviindc in Berlin, ,Tun. — Oct.,
ldG8).
Not seen flowering, gregarious on tin; bottom of the sea ; mostly in
shallow water. — All islands.
811. Halodule Wrightii, Ascbers. (1. c, and Ncnniaycrs Auleit. zur wiss. Beob.
anf Re i sen).
St. Thomas (Krebs sec. Aschers.).
Bull. Xat. Mus. No. 13 7
98 • FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
012. Halophila Baillouii, Asclicrs. (in Xciiniayi-r, 1. c. p. 307).
IJhizoiiic croei)in^, thin. Leaves oniiI, dcnliciilate, whoiled or oppo-
site, 3'" long-, ly" broad. Monoecious,
Fl. ^ : .'5 niembranaeeous white braets; 1-3 stamens ; fihunent ^"'
long; anther e\ liiidrical, yellowisli, glabrous, l-celled. Tollen-
gi'ains rusiforin.
Fl. 9 : 3 persistent bracts, as in c? . Ovarj' sessile, ovate, }/" long,
- loculate. Style bifid, 2.1'" long; branches pointed, often of
unequal length. Capsule oval, glabrous, 2'" long ; seeds about
20, globose, hard, tessellate on the surface. Starch-giains trian-
gular.
Male tloAvers very rare comiiarcd to the nuudjer of female ones.
Fl. all the year round. Gregarious on the bottom of the seaon coarse
coral sand in a depth of from two to four fathoms, here and there. — St.
Thomas (harbour).
813. Ruppia rostellata, Koch.
Fl. all the year round. Gregarious in shallow rivulets, not uncom-
mon. — St. Croix (King's Hill Gut, in company witli a species of Chara);
St. Thomas (Tutu Gut, Krebs in Hb. Havn.).
[Another Potamea, j)ossessing a creei)ing rhizome and delicate linear
leaves, has been found by me in the harbour of St. Thomas at a <lei>th of
Irom 3 to G fathoms, but on account of only sterile eipecimeus having been
obtained it remains a« yet undetermined.]
Aiioie>i..i:.
014. Anthurium Hucgelii, Sdiott (v. Boycr) {A. acaitlc. Sell.).
Fl. July-Mar<'li. Young radical leaves very different from the older
ones, being lanceolate and long-petiolcd. 1 consider Schott's ^1. acaitlc
not to be specifically distinct from this species. On rocks and trees, not
niiconimoii, often gregarious. — All islands,
815. A. macrophylliun, Sell.
I'l, July- Dec. Among rocks in fon'sts. uncommon. St, Jan (near
I'.ethania),
81G. A. cordifolium, Ktli. (vAViM 'liiiii. r. Mar.M.n .Taiuolo) {hot. Ma^'. t. li^'Ol, T.^Ol
J>eiug a misprint in (iris. Fl. jt. ."lO"^).
Fl, July-Nov, Among rocks in forests, gregarioi^. here and thcic. —
St, Croix (Wills i;:iy, IJlue .Mountain); St. Jan (Macumbi, 12»>0'j.
C17. Dieffenbachia Seguine, Sch. (v. Dunil) Cnno).
I'^l. ^'May-Dec. In moist phiccs on lii<'li hills. iinconniuMi. — St. Thomas
(Caret Bay, 1000').
FLORA OP ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 99
818. Philodendron hederaceiim, Sch.
Fl, Awg. On trees in dense forests, rare. — St. Thomas (Crown, 1400').
819. Ph. giganteum, St-li. (Prod. Syst. Aroid. p.2Gl).
Fl. Marcli-,7uly. Petiole 2'-2.V lonji'; lamina 2^-3' lonijr, 2' broad.
Peduncle l^"-3h" long; spatlie ll"-12"long, opening itself only dnring
two nights. Spadix Avhite, giving out a strong odour and considerable
high temperature during anthesis. I^Tumerous ai'rial root.s, stem l'-2'
long. Among rocks in dense forests on high hills, gregarious on trees. —
St. Thomas (Signal Hill and Crown, 1500').
(The picture in Bot. Mag. t. 3314, of the much smaller Ph. fragrantisfii-
mum, Kth. {Caladlum, Hook.), gives a good representation of the habit
of this species.)
820. Csladium smaragdinum, C. KocL (Scliott, 1. c. IG.")) (v. Guinea Ciiiger).
Fl. May-July. Rhizome tuberous, yellow. In pastures on high hills,
not uncommon.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill, above St. Peter, 1400').
821. Xanthosoma atrovirens. C. Kocli (v. Scratch-throat).
Xot seen flowering. Rhizome large, tuberous, used as a vegetable.
Leaves imngeut when eaten as spinach. Cultivated and naturalized on
X)rovision grounds. — St. Croix ; St. Tliomas.
822. X. Skagit', eefolium, Sell. (v. Taiiier).
Fl. July. Lamina of the spathe white, with a delicate rosy tinge.
Spathe disclosing it.self during two nights from 7 to 10 o'clock; spadix
meanwhile giving forth a strong fragrance and showing a temperature
of 12° C. above that of the air. Leaves used as spinach and the tubenms
rhizome as a common vegetable. Cultivated and naturalized on pro-
vision grounds. — All ishuxls.
823. X. ? hastatum, Egg. (Arniu, Vahl.) (v. Iiuliau Kale).
Not seen flowering. Leaves hastate, with long pointed obliquebasilav
lobes; used for spinach. (Naturalized?) Cidtivated and spontaneous
in forests. — All i.slands.
824. Pistia ccciden'alis, lil.
% Fl. all the year round. Cultivated and naturalized in gardens. — St.
Thomas.
825. Lemna minor, Tj.
Not seen liowerijig. In livuh't.s, not uncommon. — St. Croix (Jealousy
Gut, I^air Plain Gul).
[Cultivated species: Caladinm hicolor, Vent., C. pictum, DC, and C.
pictaratum, Linden.]
100 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
TYPHA^'E.E.
826. Typha anjjtistifolia, L., var. domingensis, l'< is.
ri. Sopt.-.Maivh. Used lor making uiat.s. In rivulet. s and around
lagoons, not uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Jan.
PA.\B>ANACE.K.
[Cultivated in gardens occurs Pandanus odoratissimus, L. fil. (v.
Screw Pine).]
PALITI.E.
827. Thriuax argentea, Ltxld. (v. Teyer-tree).
Fl. ]May-Juno. Stem 10'-20' high. Leaves u.sed for making ropes,
thatching roofs, and other domestic purposes. On the northern slope of
the hills in forests and tickets. — St. Croix (very rare, only one specimen
seen, near Bellevue Mill) ; Virgin Islands (conniion).
828. Oreodoxa regia, Ktli. (v. Mountain Cabbage).
Fl. April-Aug. The young leaf-bud used as cabbage. Berries eaten
by hogs. In forests and along roads, common. — All islands.
829. Cocos nucifera, L. (v. Cocoa-nut Tree).
Fl. Feb.-Mareh. Leaves used for thatching roofs. The ripe fruit,
although occurring in abundance, is scarcely used, and of no economical
importance. Naturalized along the seashore and along roads. — ^Ml
islands.
CO:»13IEL,Y]VAClR/E.
830. Tradescantia geuiculata, Jacci- ,3) effusa, Mart.
Fl. ."March. Seeds bluish, verniculose. — Vieques (near Campo Asilo).
831. T. zebrlna, Hortiil. (v. Wandering Jew).
Fl. May. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
832. T. discolor, S\\ .
Fl. April-Aug. Stamens often by retrogra<le nietaniorpliosis trans-
formed into petals. Naturalized in waste places and near dwellings. —
All islands.
833. Callisia repens, L.
V\. .lan.-March, Gregarious in shady i)laces, not uncommon. — All
islands.
f
834. C. umbellulata, Lam.
Fl. Jan. Seeds white with a red spot. I'lowersmonandrous. Among
rocks in shady jdaces, rare.— St. Thomas (Signal TTill, 1lM)(»').
835. Commelyna cayennenais, Kieli. (French (oass).
I'l. all the year round, l-^lower expanded till !> A. M. One of the
sterile stamens always abortive. In moist localities, common. — All
i.slauds.
FLORA OF ST. CKOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 101
836. C. elegans, Kfli. (v. Froncli Grass).
]'l. all the year ronud. Flower ephemeral. In moist localities, very
common. — All islands.
ORAMINACE^.
837. Bambusa vulgaris, iScbrad. (v. Bamboo Caue).
Not seen llowering'. 2s'aturalized along rivulets and in gardens. —
St. Croix; St. Tliomas.
838. Arthrostylidium capillifolium, Giis. (Plant. Wrigbt. in Mem. Anier. Acad, viii,
5:51, IStVJ).
;N"ot seen flowering. In forests, climbing among trees and shrnbs to
a considerable lieight, rare. — St. Thomas (Flag Hill, 700') ; St. Jan
(Ilornbeck in Hb. Havn., from "a large cataract, called Battery ") ;
Vieques (flowering specimens from Hornbeck in Hb. Havn.; others re-
ceived from Campo Asilo by me).
839. Eragrostis poaeoides, P. Br.
Fl. June-Dec. Stigmas white. Along roads and in dry localities,
often gregarious, common. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
840. E. ciliaris, Lk.
Fl. March-Dec. Anthers black. In dry localities, common. — All
islands.
841. Sporobolus virginicus, Ktli. (v. Sband(?r).
Fl. May-Oct. Anthers and stigmas yellow. Used in baths for
children. Along the coast and lagoons, common. — All islands.
842. S. litoralis, K^.h. (v. Sbander).
Fl. May-Dec. In the same places as the preceding, common. — All
islands.
843. S. indicus, R. Br. (v. Hair-jrrass).
Fl. May-Oct. Anthers purple; stigmas yellow. Along roads and
ditches. — All islands.
844. Aristida stricta, Micb.
y\. March-Dec. Anthers yellow. Awns of unequal length, always
longer than the glumes. Along ditches and in thickets, here and
there. — St. Croix (Crequis, Fair Plain); St. Thomas (Schl.); St. Jan
(Adrian Estate).
845. Olyra latifolia, L. ft) arundinacea.
I'l. JJec.-Jan. In forests, rare. — St. Jan (Cinnamon Bay); Vieques
(Campo Asilo).
846. Pharus glaber, Kth.
Fl. June-Dec. Anthers yellow; stigmas white. In forests, not un-
common. — All islands.
102 FLOKA or bT. CKOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
047. Pappopho:uni slopccuroides, Valil.
Fl. l'\'l).-3Iuich. I'-o' liigh. Ai!i()ii<;- rocks near the coast, rare. —
lliick Island, near St. Thomas; A'irgin Gorda (Vabl iu iSymb. J5()t. iii. 10).
848. Bouteloua litigiosa, Lag.
n. Oct.-Jan. Anthers red; stigmas wliite. In thickets and waste
l^laces, not iincomnion. — vSt. Tliomas (Cowell's Hill — Town).
849. Leptochloa mucronata, Ktb.
Fl. ]May-Oct. Si)ikelets often 1 -flowered. Alon;: ditches, not nn
coniinou. — St. Croix.
050. L. virgata, V. Br. a), /3) gracilis, Ns., auil >) luultiflora, Kgj?.
Fl. May-Dec. Anthers white; stigmas purple. ;') spikelets 9-flow-
ered. Awns very short; fertile glumes not ciliate. Along roads, com-
mon. — a) and fi) all islands ; y) St. Croix (Work and Eest).
851. Chloris eleusiuoides, Gris.
Fl. ]May-Xov. Along ditches, here and there. — St. Croix (Beeston
Jlill, Mount Welcome).
852. Ch. radiata, S\v.
Fl. May-Oct. Stigmas browu. Gregarious along roads, common. —
All islands.
853. Ch. ciliata, Sw.
Fl. Feb.-Sei)t. Anthers rosy. My specimens show only one sterile
flower in each spikelet besides the fertile one (see Swartz\s I'lora Ind.
Occ. p. 180). Along roads, not uncommon. — All islaiid.s.
054. Dactylocteniiini aegyptiacum, W. (v. Tcu-pcr-cfiit Gniss).
Fl. March-Nov. Anthers straw-coloured; stigmas white. A good
pasture-grass. Along roads and in fields, comjiion. — All islands.
855. Eleusiue indica, L.
Fl. .March-Dec. Anthers greyish; stigiaas purple. Common every-
wher<'. — All islands.
056. Cynodon Dactylon, IVrs. (v. Ray Gra.s.s, Rilly fJra.ss).
J'l. May-Oct. Anthers straw-coloured, with jmrplc spots; stigmas
purple. A good i)asture-grass, and lit for making good hay, but at the
same time a mo.st troublesome weetl in cane-fields on account of its long
and creeping rhizome. Said to have been introduced. Along the coast
and in lidds, gregarious. — St. Croix and St. Thomas (very conunon); St.
.Ian (uuconunon, Little IMantation).
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 103
857. Paspalum compressum, Xs. (v. Flat Grass).
FI. Juiie-Oct. Anthers light yellow; stigmas white. Near ditches
and in shady localities, not nncoinmon. — All islands.
058. P. conjugatum, Berg.
Fi. Jnne-Dec. Anthers yellow; stigmas white. In moist localities,
common. — All islands.
859. P. pusillum, Vent.
St. Thomas (Fliiggc sec. Gris. Syst. Uut., p. 114).
860. P. distichum, L. u) aud /3) vaginatum, Sw.
Fl. June-xVng. Proterandrons. Anthers light yellow; stigmas black.
Along rivnlets, not nncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
861. P. notatum, Fliigge.
St. Thomas (Fliigge see. Gris. Syst. Unt., p. 111).
862. P. caespitosum, Fliigge.
Fl. May-Sept. Anthers orange-coloured. In moist localities, not
uncommon. — All islands.
863. P. glabnim, Poir.
Fl. May-July. Here and there along^itches. — St. Thomas (Schl.) ;
St. Jan (liiff Bay).
864. P. plicatulum, Miclix.
l^'l. ]Maich-Sei>t. Along the seacoast, not uncommon. — All islands.
865. P. virgatum, L. u).
Fl. i\Iay-()ct. Anthers straw-coloured; stigmas white. In moist
localities, not uncommon. — All islands.
066. p. panic ulatum, L.
St. Thomas (Schlechtendal).
867. P. spathaceum, HB. K.
St. Thomas (Schlechtendal).
868. Digitaria filiformis, Miilil.
Fl. Dec. In dry thickets, here and there. — St. Thomas (Cowell's
Hill).
869. D. marginata, Lk. (v. Running Grass).
Fl. March-Sei)t. Anthers purple M'ith white stripes; stigmas purple.
A good pasture-grass. Along ditches and roads, common. — All islands.
104 FLOKA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
070. D. setigera, Kiiiith.
11. ,liiiic'-Oct. Anthers and stigmas purple. Along roads, commou. —
All islands.
871. Eriochloa punctata, Hamilt.
J'l. Maicii-^Sopt. Anthers brownish; stigmas black. In moist locali-
ties, here and there. — St. Croix (Crequis, La Grange); St. Thomas
(Schl.).
872. Stenotaphruni americanum, Sebrauk (v. Horse Grass).
ri. May-Aug. Anthers orange-coloured; stigmas purple. AU)iigtlie
coast and in moist localities, gregarious, common. — All islands.
873. Orthopogon setarius, Sprcnji;.
Fl. ^larch-Dec. Anthers light purple; stigmas purple. In forests,
common. — All islands.
874. Panicum paspaloides, Pers.
Fl. March-Sept. Anthers reddish; stigmas straw-coloured. Tlic
hermaphrodite flower in this and all other species of Panicum is proter-
androus, the stamens dro])i)ing off before the stigmas appear. These
latter are then fertilized by the agency of the wind from other individ-
uals before the stamens of tire male flower make their appearance, self-
fertilization being thus evidently impossible. Along rivulets and iu
moist localities, not uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.
875. P. brizoides, L.
St. Thomas (Sehlechtendal).
876. P. colouum, L.
I'l. March-Sept. Anthers piu"ple; stigmas black. Along roads and
(lit (lies, common. — All islands.
877. P. proatratum, Lam. a) au«l ,3) pilosa, Efjij.
Fl. June-rluly. Anthers orange-coloured; stigmas black. ,i) Khacliis
of sjiikelets pilo.se. — «) All islands (common); 3) St. Croix (La Grange).
878. P. fusciim, S\v. (v. Roiir Grass), a) and /9) fasciculatum, Sw.
11. Feb.-Se])t. .\iitljers orange-coloured; stigmas purple. AMmired
bv tlie eatlle. — ,) All islands, fi) St. Croix ; St. Thomas (Schleeliten-
dal). ><'ot iiiK'oiiiiiion.
879. P. molle, Sw. (v. Ytilta <lc Para, Spanish Grass).
11. May-Oet. Anthers yellow; stigmas purple. Naturalized here
anil tliei<' ill i>astures. — St. Croix (Coltou C.rove).
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 105
880. P. diCfusum, Sw.
Fl, May-Oct. Anthers orange-coloured; stigmas dark piirj)le. In
moist localities, uncommon. — All islands.
881. P. maximum, Jacq. (v. Guinea Grass) {P. imhidamnm, Sw.).
Fl. June-Sept. Anthers brownish; stigmas light purple. A splendid
pasture-grass, growing to the height of 1-', forming dense tufts and
being i)ropagated by the rhizome. Naturalized and cultivated every-
where. — All islands.
882. p. divaricatum, L. u) and 3) puberulum.
Fl. May-Dec. Anthers light yellow; stigmas white. Eesembling a
thin Bamboo Cane. 8'-16' high. Both forms not uncommon in forests,
climbing over trees and shrubs. — All islands.
883. P. glutinosum, Sw.
St. Croix (West, p. 2G7).
884. P. brevifolium, L.
Fl. Aug.-Dec. Anthers and stigmas white. In gardens and along
roads, here and there. — St. Thomas (Barracks).
885. p. cayennense, Lam.
St. Thomas (Schlechtendal).
886. Setaria glauca, P. Br. a).
Fl, May-Oct. In forests, common. — All islands.
887. S. setosa, P. Br. a) and /?) caudata, E. S. (v. Sour Grass).
Fl. April-Uec. Anthers orange-coloured; stigmas purple, a) 3'-7'
high ; in forests and along ditches, common. — All islands. /3 ) in dry
thickets, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Cowell's Hill).
888. Cenchnis echinatus, L. /3) viridis, Sprcng. (v. Burr Grass).
Fl. April-Dec. Anthers light yellow; stigmas white, with a purple
spot in the middle. The ripe farinaceous seeds eaten by the cattle.
Along the coast, very common. — All islands.
889. Anthephora elegans, Scbreb.
Fl. Jan.-Oct. Anthers brownish. In thickets, here and there. — St.
Croix ; St. Thomas.
890. Tricholaena insularis, Oris. (v. Bitter Grass, Long Grass).
Fl. March-Dec. Anthers brownish ; stigmas white. Never touched
by cattle whilst green, on account of its bitter taste. Spikelets easily
detached and carried far away by the wind. Very common along roads
and in dry places. — All islands.
106 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
891. Lappago aliena, Spreng.
Fl. May-Dt'c. Sti^^iiias Aviiite. Generallj^ both spikclets fertile.
Xeur ditches and in tliieUets, comnion. — All islands.
892. ^ndropogon saccharoides, L.
11. Au^.-Oct. Anthers li^ht yellow; stigmas dark pmple. Awn not
twisted. Along roads, here and there. — St. Croix (Beestou Hill Grange).
893. Anatherum bicorne, P. Br. (v. Jolly Gras.s).
Fl. Jnly-Oct. 2'—^' high. Used for thatching roofs. >Tot eaten l)y
the cattle. Gregarious on high hills, where it is dillicult to counteract
its spreading, even by burning it now and then. — St. Thomas (northern
.slope of the highest ridge).
894. Sorghum vulgare, Peivs. (v. Giiint'a Corn).
n. Dec. 8'-lG' high. Xaturalized and cultivated for herbage and
for making flour of the grain. — All i.slaiuls, principally St. Croix and
Vierpu^s.
895. Saccharum cfiScinarum, L. (v. Siif^ar-caiK-).
n. Dec-May. Katuralized an<l culliN atcd. Sugar- growing islands
are now only two, viz., St. Croix and Vieques, whilst the other Virgin
Islands have only a very few cane estates, principally for .selling the
raw cane in the markets. The average i)vodnce of sugar from both the
above-mentioned islands is about 2."> million ])()uii(ls. The i»l;int is pi-oj»a-
gated by cuttings that are laid entirely under ground.
(The genus ranicum excei>ted, all (iramindcea' are proterogynons.)
[Cultivated species: Andropoijon Svhananihria^ L. (v. Lemon-grass),
Zea Mays, L. (v. Indian Corn), and Coix Lacrt/ma, L. (v. Job's Tears).]
cypeka€e;e.
896. Cyperus polystachyus, Rottb.
V\. -Inly. On liigli liill.s, rare.— St. Tlionias (("lown. I.'.OO').
897. C. l^vigatus, L. (Cod. ]>. til) {('. miicroiKihis, Unilh.). a) albidus.
11. .March- Oct. Connective i)ointed. Along rixnlrts, nut uncom-
mon.— St. Croix; St. Thomas (Sehl., iJiickeler).
893. C. compressus, L.
Fl. Dec. I'lowcis 1' androns. Near 1 he coast in iiioisl phiccs, uncom-
mon. — ."-^t. 'Ihoiiias (lla\cn Sight).
899. C. coufertus, Sw.
Fl. Dec. In Ihickct.s, here and there. — St. Thomas (Cowelfs IJill);
St. Croix (Gris. Fl. o03).
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 107
900. C. ochraceus, Valil.
Til. May-Oct. lu moist localities, uncommon. — St. Croix (Crequis).
901. C. viscosus, Ait.
Fl. April-Xov. Stamens always 3 (see Swartz's Fl. Ind. Occ. p. 113).
Seeds geiiuiuating- in moist weatlier on the parent, and often growing-
out into young plants an inch or two in length. Along rivulets and
ditches, not uncommon. — St. Croix j St. Thomas.
902. C. surinamensis, Roltb.
St. Thomas (Schl.).
903. C. articulatus, L. (v. Stiug Bisorn).
Fl. JMareh-Sept. In ditches, not uncommon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
904. C. rotundus, L. (v. Nut Grass).
Fl. all the year round. Tubers sweet, eaten by hogs. A troublesome
weed, very common in fields and along roads.— All islands.
905. C. brunneus, Sw. {C. 2>Janifo1ius, Rich.).
Fl. May. On the coast and near lagoons, not uncommon. — All islands.
906. C. sphacelatus, Rottb.
Fl. Feb. On high hills in pastures, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Signal
HiU).
907. C. distans, L.
Fl. Aug. In pastures on higli hills, common. — St. Thomas (Signal
Hill).
908. C. unifoliuB, BcEckler (Liunaea, Nene Folgo, ii, 374).
St. Croix (Ka\Ti in Reliq. Lehm.).
909. C. filiformis, S\v.
Fl. all the year round. In moist localities, not uncommon. — St.
Thomas.
910. C. odoratus, L.
Fl. April-Oct. Near rivulets and ditches, here and there. — St. Croix
(Mount Pleasant, Annas Hope).
911. C. pennatus, Lam. (llu'cklcr, 1. c. 404) (C Ehrenba-f/ii, Ktli., C. flcxuosii.i,ViM)
Fl. all the year round. Along the coast, not uncommon. — St. Thomas.
912. C. ligularis, L.
Fl. March-Dec. Along rivulets, not uncommon. — All islands.
108 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
913. C. flavomariscus, (iris. {C. favus, Bojckler).
F\. Allf,^ III i)astures on liills, licre and there. — St. Tliomas (Signal
Hill); l>nek Island (near St. Thomas).
914. Kyllinga filiformia, Sw. «) aud }) capillaris, Gris.
ri. June-Dee. Invohieral leaves of various lengths. Both forms not
uncommon in forests. — St. Croix (The AVilliam, Eliza's Eetreat).
915. K. triceps, Rottb.
ri. ]\l;ir(]i. In shady moist localities. — St. Jan (Daas Gut).
916. K. monocephala, Rotlli.
Fl. all the year round. Tn moist places in forests, common. — All
islands.
917. K. brevifolia, Rottli. (lunend. iu Balkier, Linntea, ISM, 4'2.">). (3) longifolia.
St. Thomas (Ehreuberg sec. Bceckler).
918. Scirpiis capitatus, L.
I''l. all the year round. Aclicnium black. Alon,^ rivulets, connnon. —
All i.slands.
919. S. nodulosus, Ktli.
El. ]March-Dec. Along rivulets and iu ditches, uncommon. — St. Croix
(Adventure).
920. S. subdistichus, BtL-tkler (Liumca, 1SG9-70, 490).
St. Thomas (Bcklr.).
921. S. mutatus, Vahl.
I'l. ^larch-Dee. I'lliwiicnts flat ; style often bifid. In moist places,
not uncoiiiinon. — St. Croix; St. Jan.
922. S. ferrugineus, L.
Fl. all the year r(uind. Eilaments flat. Gre^jaiioiis iu tufts on the.
sandy scashoio and near lagoons, uncommon. — St. Croix (Fredt'riksted);
St. Jan (llrct r.ay).
923. S. brizoides, Sw. (FimhiixtiiUM pol!imorj>h(i, Bn-rklt r).
J"I. Au,L;.-S('|)t. Ill ]»as1ui('s on Iii^li liills, ((mmuioii. — \'ir.L;iu Islands.
924. Rhynchospora pusilla, (mIs.
FI. iM'b.-July. Antlicis 1 ",'" long, hi pastures (»n liills, rare. — St.
Thomas (Signal Hill, J Ki(t').
925. R. pura, (iri.s.
El. Eeb.-Aug. Seeds oi'ieii ueriiiin.iiiiig on the icireiit. Ill the same
idaces as the preceding. St. 'riiomas (Signal Hill).
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND TEE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 109
926. Scleria pratensis, T.indl. (v. Cutting Grass).
n. April-yov. Ill forests and pastures on Iiigli hills, unconiinoii. —
St. Croix (Springfield, Mount Eagle); St. Thomas (Signal Hill).
927. S. scindens, Ns. (v. Razor-grass).
n. Aug.-Sept. Ill forests, rare.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1500').
928. S. filiformis, S\v. (.s'. lilhofipcrma, W.).
n. May-Kov. In thickets, not uncommon.— St. Croix (King's Hill) ;
St. Thomas (CoweU's Hill).
[All Cypcracece are proterogynous, with white stigmas and light yel-
low anthers.]
LILIACE^.
929. Aloe vulgaris, L. (v. Sempervivie).
Fl. March-April. Gregarious on limestone (naturalized?), common. —
All islands.
930. Yucca gloriosa, L.
n. June-Aug. Naturalized in gardens and near dwellings. — St.
Croix ; St. Thomas.
931. Agave americana, L. (v. Karatii).
n. Feb.-May. On dry hills, common. — ^All islands.
932. A. sobolifera, Salm-Dj-ck. (v. Karatrt).
Very seldom or never bearing flowers. Propagated by bulblets in
June-July, growing out to a considerable size whilst still on the parent.
On hills and in thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.
933. Fourcroya cubensis, Haw. (v. Female Karatii).
Fl. March and July-Aug. In dry thickets, not uncommon. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.
934. Pancratium caribaeum, L. (v. White Lily, Ladybns).
Fl. May-Nov. Flowers nocturnal; fragrant. On rocky coasts, not
uncommon. — All islands.
935. Crinum erubescens, Ait.
Fl. all the year round. Flowers nocturnal; fragrant. Along rivu-
lets, here and there. — St. Croix (Hogensborg).
936. Amaryllis equestria, Ait. (v. Red Lily).
Fl. March-Oct. On rocky shores, gregarious, not uncommon. — All
islands.
110 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
937. A. tubispatha, K<r. (v. Snow-drop).
Fl. Apiil-Oc't., especially after heavy rains. In fields and near dwell-
injrs, n(>t iineoninion. — All islands.
[Cultivated si)eeies: Allium Jiatidonum, L. (v. Ciboiile), rohjaniJi<s tiihe-
rosuj L. (v. Tuberose), and Crinnm giganteum, Andr.J
ASPAKAGIXACE^.
938. Sanseviera guineensia, "\V. (Spec, ii, 159) (Bot. Mag. t. 1179) (v. Guana-tail).
Fl. Xov.-Dec. Fibres of the leaves yield a jjcood material for ropes.
Naturalized here and there on dry hills, gregarious. — St. Croix (Frie-
deusfeld); St. Thomas (around town).
SiniLACE^.
939. Sniilax havanensis, Jacq.
Xot seen flowering. In forests, here and there. — St. Croix (Cale-
donia, "Wills Bay, Eolir's ]Minde).
940. S. popiilnea, Ktli. (Knnin. Plant, v, 192).
Fl. June-,Iuly (J). Unarmed. Leaves i"-o" long, :}"-!" broad. In
forests, a high climber, rare. — St. Thomas (Flag Hill, 9C0').
S>l«S<«HEACE.i:.
941. Dioscorea pilosiuscula, Biit.
Fl. Dec., but rarely. Older leaves purple beneath, broad while .stripes
oil the ni)iK'r snrfju'e. ^lale inllorcsccnce .■>" h)n,u, ix-Tubilous. A.xillar
bulli.s large, often bilid, greyi-sh-brown, generally producing leaves
wliil.si .still in connection with the parent, dro])])ing olf later and Ibrm-
iiig new i)lants. In sliady forests, nin-onimon. — St. Thonuis (Signal liiil,
northern slope above St. Peter, 1000').
942. D. alata, 1,. (v. V.iiii). a), ,/?) vulgaris, Mi<|.
Not seen lloweriiig. Propagated by the ilii/.ome. Natmali/.ecl and
cultixated in pio\isi<»n grounds. IJlii/.oiiie aiVording a nntrilixe vcgeta-
1,|,.._A11 islaiid.s.
943. D. altissima, I, am. (v. Vain).
Not seen llowering. Stem ('vlindiical. Occurring in the saniei)laces
and used in the same way as the ])reccding. — All islands.
944. Rajania pleioneura, (;ii>.
Fl. Dec. In forests, rare.— St. Thouuis (Flag Hill, SOO').
FLORA OP ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. Ill
945. R. hastata. ^.
n. Sept.-Dec. In forests and on fences on high hills, not nncom-
nion.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill, Northside) (St. Croix?).
IRIDACE.E.
946. Cipura plicata, Gris. (v. St. Jan Grass, Bloodroot).
Fl. all the year round. 3>ulbs crimson. Naturalized in gardens and
valleys. — All islands.
BROMElLIACEiE.
947. Bromelia Pinguin, L. (v. Pinguin).
Fl. Dec. and April-June. Pulp edible, acid. Used for fences. Gre-
garious in forests and thickets, common. — All islands.
948. Chevalliera lingulata, Gris.
Fl. March-JrJy. Petals white, with a bluish point. Berry glabrous,
pmk or blue. On trees and rocks on high hills, not uncommon. — St.
Thomas (Crown, Signal Hill, 1500') ; St. Jan (Macnmbi).
949. Pitcairnia angustifolia, Ait.
Fl. Aug.-Sept. Seeds red, pointed at the base; appendage white,
truncate. On trees and rocks. — St. Croix (rare, King's Hill Gut); Vir-
gin Islands (common, especially on the coast).
950. Tillandsia fasciciilata, S\v.
Fl. JaiJ.-Feb. Capsule a little shorter than the bract. On trees in
forests and on high hills, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Crown); St. Jau
(Baas Gut).
951. T. utriculata, L. (v. Wild rinc).
Fl. Feb.-Aug. Inllorescence over 8' high. On trees and rocks, com-
mon. — All islauds.
952. T. recurvata, L. (v. Old Mau's Beard).
Fl. Jan.-Feb., but very rarely. Seeds often germinating- in the cap-
sule. Used for stuffing mattresses. On trees, gregarious, very com-
mon. — All islands.
953. T. usnecides, L. (v. Old Man's Beard).
FU March, rarely. Petals greenish. On shrubs, common, grega-
rious. — All islands.
954. Catopsis nutans, Gris.
Fl. June-Aug. Petals fleshy, white. Seeds brown; i)ai)pus 11"
112 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
loii^-, \vliit<% silky. On trees ainl roclvs on liij^li liills, iiwt iiiieoinniou. —
St. Thomas (Signal Uill, Crowii, 1400'-i500').
[Cultivatctl species: Aixniassa satira, Liiull. (v. rinc-ni)y)le).
955. Musa paradisiaca, 1.. (v. Plautiiin).
Fl. May-Aug. I'Yiiit eaten only boiled or liied. Naturalized and
cidtivated, but rare. — All islands.
956. M. sapientium, L. (v. Banana).
FL May-Xov. Fruit eaten raw or fried. Naturalized and cultivated
everywhere, occurring in several varieties (Bacuba, Fig, Ladj-fmger,
St. Vincent Banana, etc.). — All islands.
SCITA.llI.\EiE.
957. Renealmia sylvestiia, Gris.
Fl. Aug. In forests in shad}' and moist localities, rare. — St. Croix
(Golden Rock) ; St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1400').
958. Zingiber officinalis, Rose. (v. Ginger).
Fl. Sept. Naturalized an<l cultivated in fcnest districts, here and
there.— St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
959. Canna indica, L. (v. Indian Shot).
I'l. all the year round. In moist places and near dwellings, not un-
common. — All islands.
960. C. Lamberti, Lindl. (v. Siarli-t Indian Shot).
¥]. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.
961. C. ednlis, Kcr. (v. Tont-lo-niois).
]■'!. all the year rduiid. Tiiliers used for ]>ro(lneing salep. Natural-
ized and cultivated along ri\ nlets. — .Ml islands.
962. Maranta arundinacea, L. (v. Arrow-root 1.
Not seen tlowering. Tubers yielding the best kind of sale]). Nat-
uralized and cultivated here and there. — All islands.
(Cultivated species: Alphiia nutan.s, Baf. (v. Shell-plant), and Cio-
<i(iii<i Uimjn, L. {\. Turmeric).
OI« IIID.iC E.K. *
963. Liparls elata, Lindl.
V\. .hine-Dec, Bracts ])nrple. My s])eeimens on I lie whole sonu'-
what smaller than thepieture in I'xil. Mag. t. 117."». On led day among
FLORA OF ST CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 113
rocks on high hills, here and there. — St. Tlioinas (Liliendal, Bonne Reso-
lution).
964. Epidendrum subaequale, Eggeis, ii. sp.
n. Feb.-March. Tubers cylindrical, small, several-leaved. Leaves
2-5, linear, channelled, pointed, much shorter than the scape; sterile
bracts short, distant, pointed, floral ones smaller; flowers in a simple
raceme, 3-4. Perigonial divisions lanceolate, pointed, nearly conform.
Lip slightly adnate to the column, 3-lobed; lobes rounded, the two lat-
eral ones a little shorter than the middle one. Column auricled below
the anther; auricles small, purple. Ovary linear, striate, ^" long. Al-
lied to U. acicularej Batem., but leaves several, much shorter than the
scape, and lip broadly 3-lobed. Leaves 5"-G" long, 2'" broad ; scape
20"-24" high, straight. Peduncles J" long ; perigonial divisions green-
ish, with brown spots, ^" long ; lip purjjle, with darker stripes and a
yellow crest in the middle, ^" long. The whole plant of a sometimes
darker, sometimes lighter hue, flowers even sometimes quite white. On
rocks and the roots of trees in dry thickets, here and there. — St. Thomas
(Cowell's Hill, Solberg).
965. E. bifidum, Aubl.
Fl. May-Dec. On trees and rocks, not uncommon. — All islands.
966. E. ciliare, L.
Fl. June-Feb. Flowers fragrant. Gregarious on rocks and old tree-
trunks, common. — All islands.
967. E. cochleatum, L. (Bot. Mag. t. 151, bad).
Fl. April-]\Iay. On trees in forests, rare. — St. Croix (Mount Eagle,
1150'; Jacob's Peak, 950').
968. E. patens, Sw.
Fl. July-Aug. Leaves distichous ; scape compressed, l'-2' high. On
rocks in leaf-mould, rare, on high hills. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1500').
969. Brassavola cucuUata, R. Br.
Fl. Junc-Octb. Gregarious on rocks, rare. — St. Thomas (John Bruce
Bay).
970. Polystachya Inteola, Hook.
Fl. March-Nov. Flowers often cleistogamous and n6rmal on the
same branch and at the same time. Both forms yielding good seeds.
On rocks and old tree-trunks, not uncommon on hills. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill, 1200'-1500').
Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 13 8
114 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
971. Oncidium Lemonianum, Liinll.
Fl. May-.Iiily. Never giving fruit, but propagating itscll I>y i»r(>-
ducing young plants from buds in the axils of the sterile bracts below
the flowers, which remain in connection with the i)arent i)lant, and tlius
often forming long colonies of i)lants from one tree to another. In for
ests and thickets, gregarious, but rare. — St. Thomas (Picara Pcninsnlii.
Fortuna).
(The lateral sepals in my specimens being distinct, I am inclined to
retain Lindley's specific name instead of uniting my plant with O. tctra-
petahim, W., as done by Grisebach.)
972. O. variegatum, S\v.
Fl. July-Octb. On rocks and trees in sliady jilaces, not uncommon. —
Virgin Islands.
973. Prescottia myosurus, G. Rchb.
Fl. Marcli. In grass-fields on high hills, uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill, 1400').
974. Spiranthes elata, Rich.
Fl. March. Leaves deciduous during anthesis. In leaf-mould on liigli
hills, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands.
975. Stenorrhynchus lanceolatus, Kiili.
Fl. May. Leaves deciduous during anthesis. Only ^'-1' high. In
clayey soil among rocks on high hills, rare.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill,
Crown).
976. Habenaria maculosa, Lindl.
Fl. Feb. Spur 1" long, nectariferous. In pastures on high hills.
rare.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill).
977. H. alata, II. ...k.
Fl. Feb. Si)ur 0'" long, nectariferous. In the same localities as the
I.nceding, rare.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill, above St. Peter, 1400').
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 115
II. CRYPTOGAMS VASCULARES.
I^YCOPODIACE^.
©78. Lycopodium cernuum, L.
Gregarious among rocks on high hills, here and there. — St. Thomas
(Crown, Signal Hill).
979. Psilotum triquetnim, Sw.
In shady places among rocks, not uncommon. — St. Croix (Crequis) ;
St. Thomas (Signal Hill).
FlIilCES.
980. Ophioglossum reticulatum, L.
In pastures under rocks on high hills, not uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Crown).
981. Davallia aculeata, Sw. (v. Prickly Fern).
In pastures on high hills, here and there. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill,
above St. Peter, ISOOO-
982. Adiantum villosum, L.
Among rocks in forests, uncommon. — St. Croix (Crequis, Vieques).
983. A. intermedium, Sw.
On high hills, not uncommon. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill).
984. A. microphyllum, Kaulf.
Fragrant in the morning. In dense forests, uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Crown).
985. A. tenerum, Sw. (v. Maiden-hair).
In thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.
986. A. fragile, Sw.
In the same localities as the preceding, uncommon. — All islands.
987. Cheilanthes microphylla, Sw.
St. Croix (West, p. 313, Benzon in Hb. Ilavn.); St. Thomas (Eavu
in 111). Havn.).
988. Pteris longifolia, L.
Along rivulets in forests, rare. — St. Croix (Crequis).
116 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
989. P. pedata, I..
Gregarious iu forests, here and there. — St. Thomas (Signal Ilill, near
St. Peter).
990. Taenitis lanceolata, 1?. Br.
In leaf-mould on rocks, not iincommon. — All islands.
991. Antrophyum lineatum, Kaulf.
In ft)rests, rare. — St. Thomas (St. Peter).
992. Blechnum occidentale, L.
Gregarious iu pastures and forests, very common. — All islands.
993. Chry sodium vulgare, Fde.
In marshy soil, gregarious; up to 15' high. Not uncommon. — All
islands.
994. Hemionitis palmata, L. (v. Strawberry F'em).
Propagating itself by buds from the serratures of the frond. Grega-
rious in shady forests, here and there. — St. Croix (Eliza's Eetreat); St.
Jan (Eogiers, King's Hill).
995. Gymnogramme calomelanos, Kaulf. (v. Silvery Fern).
On hills and among stones, not uncommon. — All islands.
Var, pumila, Egg.
Dwarfy, cartilaginous. On old walls, here and there. — St. Croix
(Bodkin); St. Tliomas (Cowell's Battery).
996. Aspleinum serratum, L.
I'rond u]) to 4' long. On rocks in forests, very rare. — St. Thomas
(Signal Ilill. 1400').
997. A. firmum, Kze.
St. Thomas (Griseb. Syst. Unters. p. 134) {A. ahscissum, W.).
998. A. piimihim, .'^w.
Oil clayey soil in forests, gi'egari(»us, here and there. — S). Thomas
(Matthis Gut); St. .Ian (Kogiers).
999. Aspidium punctulatum, Sw.
In forests, not uneoinnion. — St. Thomas.
1000. A. semicordatmn, ."^w.
In sliady localitii's, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands,
FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 117
1001. A. patens, Sw.
In forests, here and tliere. — St. Croix (Creqnis); St. Thomas (Crown).
1002. A. molle, Sw.
In the same localities as the preceding, not uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill).
1003. A. invisum, Sw. a).
In shady localities, rare. — St. Croix (Crequis).
1004. Polypodiuni tetragonum. Sw.
In forests, not uncommon. — All islands
1005. P. crenatum, Sw.
St. Croix (West, p. 313, Benzon in Hb. Havn.); St. Thomas (Hb.
Havn.).
1006. P. aureum, L.
On dead trees and rocks, not uncommon. — All islands.
1007. P. areolatum, Thuub.
In the same places as the preceding, but rare. — St. Thomas (Crown).
1008. p. incisum, Sw.
St. Croix (West, p. 313).
1009. P. incanum, Sw.
Among roots of large trees, gregarious, not uncommon. All islands.
1010. P, piloselloides, L.
In forests and pastures among rocks on high hills, here and there. —
St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1300').
1011. p. serpens, Sw.
On trees and rocks on high hills, rare. — St. Croix (top of Mount Ea-
gle, 1150').
1012. p. Phyllitidis, L. u) and ft) repens.
In forests on rocks and trees, not uncommon. — All islands.
1013. Cyathea aiborea, Sw.
Stem 12'-15' high, 3" diam. In forests on high hills, rare. — St. Thomas
(Crown, western slope, 1400'; Caret Bay Gut).
CORRECTIONS AISTD ADDITIONS.
Page 19. Fourteeuth line from above, after " local name" read — wLicli as a rule is
derived either from tbo Euglish or the Dutch language, except in Vieques and Culebra.
Page 84. To Avicennia nitida. — The grouud under the tree is sometimes covered with
a peculiar kind of aerial roots, proceeding from the underground roots erect into the
air to a height of four to six inches.
Page 99. To Araidece. — A supposed Aroidea with an immense, nearly aphyllous, climb-
ing, terete, green stem, about 100' long, 1" diam., with scaly, early deciduous leaves
aud aerial roots resembling those of Vanilla, is met with in a few places in St. Thomas
(among rocks on Flaghill in the forest). As, however, neither fruit nor flower has
as yet been found, it is slill doubtful even to which family this interesting species
may belong.
Pago 100, No. 827, Cancel the lines, "Leaves used for making ropes, thatching roofs,
aud other domestic purposes."
Add before No. 823 :
827». Th. pan-ijiora, Sw. (v. BuU-Seger). Fl. May-July; stem 30'-40' high, up to
3' in circumference. Berry in both species black, fleshy. Leaves of this species are
used for making ropes, hats, roofs, and for other domcstif purposes. Ou the northern
slopes of tlie hills, conmion. — Virgin Islands.
Add before Commchjnacca' :
(Cultivated species : rhocnix sj/inoaa, Thouuiug, and Lulania horbonica, h.)
118
INDEX
The names in italics are those of the cultivated plants of the islands.
Abelmoschus escult-ntus .
Abrus prajcatorius
Abutilon indicum
lignosnm
periplocifolium .
umbellatum
Acacia arabica
Catechu
ramesiana
frondosa
Page.
30
43
30
80
29
29
49
48
49
49
Lebbek 49, 59
macracantha 49
nudiflora 48
sai-mentosa 48
tortuosa 49
Acalypha chamaedrifolia 91
ACANTHACEiE 80
Acanthospermum humile 64
Achyranthes aspera. 80
Acrodiclidium salicifolium 89
Adansonia digitata 31
Adenanthera pavonina 48
Adiantum fragile 115
intennedinm 115
microphyUum 115
tenerum 115
villosiun 115
.Slgiphila martinicensis 84
.^Ischynomcno amoricana 42
Agati granditiora 42
Agave americana 109
sobolifera 109
Ageratuni conyzoides 63
Aleurites Moluccana 91
ALISMACE.^ 97
Allamanda cathartica 70
Alligator Poar 89
Ailing, white 84
Allium fiitulosum 110
Almond, Dog 45
Almond-tree 9 54
Aloe vulgaris ] 09
Aloysia citriodora 84
Alpinia nutatig 112
Altemanthera Achyrantha. .
ficoidea
polygonoides .
Althcea rosea
Alysicarpus vaginalis
AM ARANTACE Ji;
Amarantus paniculatus
spinosus
tristis
Amaret
Amaretsteckel
Amaryllis equestris
tubispatha
Amblogyne polygonoides
Ambrosia artemisia;folia
AMENTACE.^;
Ammannia latifolia
AMPELIDE^
Amyris sylvatica
Anacaidium occidentale
Anamomis punctata
Ananassa saliva
Anatherum bicorne
Andiia inerrais
Andropogon saccharoides
Schoenanthus
Anethum gravcolcns
Anguria glomerata
tiilobata
Anise
Anona laurifolia
muricata
palustris
reticulata
Squamosa
AN0NACEJ3
Anthacanthus jamaicensis
microphyllus
spinosus
Anthephora elegans
Anthcrylium Eohrii *
Anthriscus Cere/olium
Anthurium cordifolium
Huegelii
macrophyllum
Antigonon cordatum
Antrophyum lineatum
Apium, graveolens
APOCYNACE^
Apple, Bell
Chigger
Custard
Maid
Monkey
Pino
Star
Sugar
Ai achis hypogaea
ARALIACEiE
Ardisia coriacoa
Argenionomoxicana
Argyrotliamnia candicans
fasciculiita
Aristidaxtiicta
119
Page.
48
109
no
87
C4
90
54
39
40
41
52
112
100
45
106
106
59
35
55
59
23
23
23
23
23
23
81
81
81
105
54
59
98
98
98
88
110
59
09
50
33,57
23
111
«7
23
43
59
07
24
91
91
101
120
INDEX.
Page.
Ariatolochia ODtniicida 06
trilobata 00
ARISTOLOCHIACE^ 95
AUOIDEJE 9*
Arrow-root 112
Artlirostylidium capillifolium 101
Artocarpus incisa 94
ASCLEPIAUACEiE 70
Asclt-pias curassavica 70
nivca 70
Ash, Bitter 38
ASPAEAGINACE^a; 110
Aapidiuin iu visum 117
mollo 117
patens 117
pimctulatum 116
semicordatum 116
Aspleniuin firmum 116
pumilum 116
serratum 116
Aster chinetisia 67
AUKANTIACE^a; 36
Avicennia nitida 84, 118
tonientosa 84
Ayenia pusilla 32
Baas-fram boom 59
Baccharis Vahlii 64
Baclielor's Button 86
Balloouvine 35
Balsam, Garden , 80
Passia 81
Penguin 80
Balsamina hortensis 36
BALSAMINACE^ 36
Bamboo Cane 101
Bambusa vulgaris 101
Banana 112
Barleiia lupulina 80
Ban-o \v, Fallen 66
Bastard Guava 52
Mahogany 45
Bastardia viscosa 30
Batis maritima 80
Bat ta-ba t ta 87
Bauhinia tomcntosa 47
ungula 48
Bay-flower 28,86
Grass 102
Leaf 52
Sallio 67
Vino -• 71
Bean, Horso 46
Kat 25
Whit€ 44
Beet 86
Begonia humili.s 06
BEGONIACE^ 06
Bell apple 56
Beloperouo nemorosa 80
Benyo 81
Beta vulgaris 86
Beurreria siieculcnta 74
Bideus bipiuuafus 65
leucantlius A 65
Bignonia tuquiuoctialis 70
unguis 70
Page.
BIGNOMACE^ 79
Billy Grass 102
Bird Pepper 76
Bisom 107
Bitter-ash M
Bush CO
Gobio 55
Grass 105
BixaOrcUana 25
BIXACE^ 25
Black Amaret 48
Calabash 70
Cherry 02
Nickars 46
Pepper, "Wild 84
Torch 00
WiUio 25
Black-eye Pea 50
Blechnum Brownei 80
oc'cidentalo 116
Blister-leaf 85
Blood-root Ill
Blue Vine •. 44
Bocrhaavia erecta 87
paniculata 87
BOMBACEJi: 31
Bonny Vis 44
Bontia daphnoides 84
BOKAGINACE^ 74
Borreria parvifloi-a 62
stricta 62
verticillata 62
Borrichia arborescens , 65
Bouchea Ehrenbergii 83
Bougainvillea itpectabilis 87
Boussingaultia baselloides 86
Bouteloua litigiosa lO-J
Bower K7
Boxwood IH)
Brachyrhamphus intybaceus fifi
Bran Nettle X
Brassavola curullata 11:;
Brasgiea oleracea L'J
Breadfruit-treo 94
Break-bill 68
Brisselct n4
Bromelia Pinguin Ill
BR0MELIACE2E Ill
Bn>om, white-head 64
Brooiii-woo<l 'S2
Bninfi'^a ainericana 75
Bryojih vlhim calycinum 58
Bucida Buoei-as 54
Bull-suckers 58
Vis 35
Bully Wood 68
Bumelia cuneata 68
Bunchosia Swartziana .'. :m
Bunya 23
Bur-bush 32
Burning Love 62
Bun-Grass. 105
Bursern gumniifera 40
bL'ttni:i;iace/E .12
Button- wood 51
Busus Vahlii 90
INDEX.
121
Page.
Byrsonima lucida 34
spicala 34
Cabbage 24
Mountaiu 100
Cabrite 35
Cacalia coccinea 66
Cacoa 50
CACTACEiE 57
Csesalpinia pulchtTiima 46
Cajanus iiidicus 44
Cakile ajqualis 24
Calabash, Black 79
Calabash-tree 79
Caladium hicolor 99
pictum 99
picturatum 99
smaragdmum 99
CiUalu, Jackass 32
Calliandra portoricensis 49
purpurea 49
Saman 49
Callicarpa reticulata 84
Callisia repens 100
umbellulata 100
Calophyllum Calaba 34
Calotropis proccra 70
Calyptranthes Chytraculia 50
pallens 50
Thomasiana 50
Canavalia ^ladiata 45
obtusifolia 45
parviflora. 45
Candlestick, Golden 47
Cane, Bamboo .• 101
Dumb 98
Sugar 106
Canella alba 34
C ANELLACE^ 34
Canker-berry 77
Canna ednlis 112
indica 112
Lamberti 112
Cape Jessamine 70
C APPARIDACEiE 24
Capparis amygdalina 25
cynophallophora 25
frondosa 25
jamaicensis 25
verrucosa 25
Capraria biflora 78
CAPRIFOLIACE^ 59
Capsicum annuum 76
baccatum 76
dulce 76
frutescens 76
Cardiospermum Halicacabum 35
microcarpum 35
Carica Papaya 56
Carrot 59
CARTOPHTLLACE^ 27
Casearia parvifolia 26
ramiflora 26
sylvestris 26
Cashd 49
Cashew 41
Cafparea 50
Pago.
Cassava 92
Cassia alata 47
angustisiliqua 47
bacillaris 47
bicapsularis 47
liiflora 47
Fist ula 46
Uorida 47
glandulosa 47
grandis 46
uicticans 47
obtusitblia 47
occideutalis 47
Cassy ta amcricana 89
Castela erecta 38
Castor-oil tree 92
Casuarina equisetifolia 96
Cat-claw 79
Catalpa longisUiqua 79
Catch-and-keep 48
Catesbaea parviflora 59
Catopsis nutans Ill
Cattun 70
Cecropia peltata 94
Cedar 79
CELASTRACE^ 39
Celery 59
Celosia argentea 86
nitida 86
Celtis aculeata 94
trinervia 94
Cenchrus echinatus 105
Centipee-root 37
Centrosema virginianum 44
Cephalandra indica 55
Cereus, Night-blooming 57
Cereus armatus 57
floccosus 57
grandiflorus 57
monoclonos 58
peruvianus 58
Phyllanthus -. 58
repandus 58
triangularis 57
Cost rum diunium 78
laurifolium 78
nocturnum 78
Chamissoa altissima 86
Changeable Hibiscus 31
Cheilanthes microphylla 115
CHENOrODIACEiE 85
Cheuftpodium ambrosioidcs 85
niurale 85
Cherry 34, 41
Black 52
Christmas 52
Surinam 52
Wil 
TVNews
OpenLibrary